Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



NATERA, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  8071
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  01-0894487
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



Natera, Inc.
201 Industrial Road, Suite 410
San Carlos, California 94070
(650) 249-9090
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Herm Rosenman
Chief Financial Officer
Natera, Inc.
201 Industrial Road, Suite 410
San Carlos, California 94070
(650) 249-9090
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Robert V. Gunderson, Jr., Esq.
John F. Dietz, Esq.
Richard C. Blake, Esq.
Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
1200 Seaport Blvd.
Redwood City, California 94063
(650) 321-2400

 

Daniel Rabinowitz, Esq.
General Counsel
Natera, Inc.
201 Industrial Road, Suite 410
San Carlos, California 94070
(650) 249-9090

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2004



          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value   $100,000,000   $11,620
 
(1)
Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued June 1, 2015

                             Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK



Natera, Inc. is offering                        shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering                        shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $               and $               per share.



We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "NTRA".



We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. Please see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14.



PRICE $              A SHARE



 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
  Proceeds,
Before Expenses,
to Us
  Proceeds,
Before Expenses,
to the Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

  $                 $                 $                 $              

Total

  $                 $                 $                 $              

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions, and expenses.

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                           shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                           , 2015.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



MORGAN STANLEY   COWEN AND COMPANY   PIPER JAFFRAY

BAIRD   WEDBUSH PACGROW

                       , 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  14

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  56

Industry and Market Data

  58

Use of Proceeds

  59

Dividend Policy

  59

Capitalization

  60

Dilution

  62

Selected Financial Data

  64

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  65

Business

  86

Management

  130

Executive Compensation

  136

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  146

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  150

Description of Capital Stock

  153

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  158

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

  161

Underwriting

  164

Legal Matters

  169

Experts

  169

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  169

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1



        Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

        Through and including                                    , 2015 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our common stock. You should carefully consider, among other things, our financial statements and the related notes and the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a rapidly growing diagnostics company with proprietary molecular and bioinformatics technology that we are deploying to change the management of genetic disease worldwide. Our novel molecular assays reliably measure many informative regions across the genome from samples as small as a single cell. Our statistical algorithms combine these measurements with data available from the broader scientific community to detect a wide range of serious conditions with best-in-class accuracy and coverage. Our technology has been proven clinically and commercially in the prenatal testing space. We believe this success can be translated into the liquid biopsy space, and we are developing products for a number of oncology applications. In addition to our direct sales force in the United States, which we are continuing to expand, we have a global network of over 70 laboratory and distribution partners, including many of the largest international laboratories. We are enabling even wider adoption of our technology by introducing a global cloud-based distribution model. We have launched seven molecular diagnostic tests since 2009, and we intend to launch new products in prenatal testing and oncology in the future. In March 2013, we launched Panorama, our non-invasive prenatal test, or NIPT. Over 55,000 Panorama tests were accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our revenues have grown from $4.3 million in 2010 to $159.3 million in 2014. Our net losses decreased from $37.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        Genetic inheritance is conveyed through a naturally occurring information storage system known as deoxyribonucleic acid, or DNA. DNA stores information in a linear sequence of the chemical bases adenine, cytosine, guanine and thymine, represented by the symbols A, C, G, and T. Billions of bases of A, C, G, and T link together inside living cells to form the genome, which can be read like a code or a molecular blueprint for life.

        While differences in the specific sequence and structure of this code drive biological diversity, certain variations can also cause disease. Examples of genetic diversity include copy number variations, or CNVs, and single nucleotide variants, or SNVs. A CNV is a genetic mutation in which relatively large regions of the genome have been deleted or duplicated, and an SNV is a mutation where a single base has changed. When single base changes are common in the population, that position on the chromosome is called a single nucleotide polymorphism, or SNP. When genetic variations are a cause of disease, such as Down Syndrome or breast cancer, detecting them within the patient's tissue sample can enable diagnosis and treatment. Our goal is to develop and commercialize non- or minimally invasive tests for the highly reliable detection of variations covering a broad set of diseases.

        Our approach combines proprietary molecular biology and computational techniques to measure genomic variations in tiny amounts of DNA, as small as a single cell. Our molecular biology techniques allow us to target over 20,000 regions of the genome simultaneously in a single test reaction, without losing molecules by splitting the sample into separate reaction tubes, so that all relevant variants can be detected. We believe our approach, which we call mmPCR, or massively multiplexed polymerase chain reaction, represents a fundamental advance in molecular biology. To make sense of this deep and rich set of biological data and deliver a diagnosis, we have developed computationally intensive algorithms that combine the data generated by mmPCR with the ever-expanding set of publicly available data on genetic variations. We have optimized these algorithms to enable laboratories around the world to run diagnostic tests locally, and access our algorithms in the cloud.

 

1


Table of Contents

        We have first applied our technology to prenatal testing, and we are leveraging our core expertise to develop blood-based diagnostic tests for cancer. In both prenatal testing and oncology, the use of blood-based diagnostic tests offers significant advantages over older methods, but the significant technological challenge is that it requires the measurement of very small amounts of relevant genetic material circulating within a much larger blood sample.

        In prenatal testing, our approach based on measuring thousands of SNPs simultaneously is fundamentally distinct from the approach employed in other commercially available NIPTs. Based on extensive data published in the journals Obstetrics & Gynecology, the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology and Prenatal Diagnosis, we believe Panorama, our non-invasive prenatal test, is the most accurate NIPT commercially available in the United States.

        In oncology, we have demonstrated our ability to detect both CNVs and SNVs from very low concentrations of tumor DNA circulating in a blood sample. Because breast, ovarian and lung cancer are driven by both CNVs and SNVs, we believe that our approach is well-suited for early detection, recurrence monitoring and therapy selection for these cancers.

        We attribute our commercial success and future growth prospects to the following:

 

2


Table of Contents

 

3


Table of Contents

Proprietary technology drives our test performance and pipeline

        The sensitivity, specificity and coverage of our tests are driven by our proprietary mmPCR method of amplifying the DNA in a sample, and by our bioinformatics algorithm, which relies on a statistical technique known as maximum likelihood estimation, or MLE. MLE is widely used in other industries to enhance the quality of noisy or complex data inputs, such as in the conversion of a transmitted analog communication signal to a digital format. We have applied MLE to high throughput genetic data. Our ability to multiplex over 20,000 primer sets in a single experiment allows us to achieve a high signal to noise ratio, or the ratio of useful information to irrelevant data, when detecting small amounts of DNA within a much larger sample.

        The analytic and clinical validity of our technology demonstrated in Panorama and our other products has been described in multiple peer-reviewed publications, including the journals Science, Human Reproduction, Molecular Human Reproduction, Fertility and Sterility, PLOS ONE, Genetics in Medicine, Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Genome Medicine and American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology.

Panorama: Applying our molecular technology and bioinformatics to prenatal diagnostics

        We launched Panorama in March 2013. Panorama non-invasively screens for fetal chromosomal abnormalities, including Down syndrome, Edwards syndrome, Patau syndrome, Turner syndrome and triploidy, which often result in intellectual disability, severe organ abnormalities, and fetal demise. Panorama can be performed as early as nine weeks into a pregnancy, which is significantly earlier than traditional methods, such as serum protein measurement where doctors measure certain hormones in the blood. Based on data published in Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy and Obstetrics & Gynecology, Panorama demonstrated greater than 99% overall sensitivity for aneuploidies on chromosomes 13, 18 and 21 and triploidy and less than 0.1% false positive rate for each syndrome, which we believe makes it overall the most accurate NIPT commercially available in the United States. Sensitivity is calculated as the ratio between the number of individuals that test positive for the condition over the total number of individuals in the tested cohort who actually have the condition. A paper published in the August 2014 issue of Obstetrics & Gynecology, reported that Panorama had a statistically significant lower false positive rate than other NIPT methods practiced by our U.S. competitors. Based on data published in Obstetrics & Gynecology, Prenatal Diagnosis, and American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, we have also demonstrated the ability to identify fetal sex more accurately than competing NIPTs. This is partially a result of Panorama's unique ability to detect a vanishing twin, which is a known driver of fetal sex errors with quantitative methods used by our competitors.

        Panorama's specificity and sensitivity reduce the need for unnecessary confirmatory invasive procedures, lowering the total cost to the healthcare system of these procedures and limiting the resulting risk of spontaneous miscarriage. We believe Panorama's test performance has allowed us to command a price premium compared to other NIPTs while achieving over 55,000 Panorama tests accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. A test is accessioned when we receive the test, the relevant information about the test is entered into our computer system and the test sample is routed into the appropriate sample flow.

        In 2014, we enhanced Panorama by adding the capability to screen for five of the most common genetic diseases caused by microdeletions, using our Panorama microdeletions panel. Microdeletions are missing sub-chromosomal pieces of DNA, which can have serious health implications depending on the location of the deletion. Based on data published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology and Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy, the combined prevalence of these targeted microdeletions is more frequent than one in a thousand pregnancies, which together makes them more common than Down syndrome for women younger than 29 years of age. Almost 60% of births in the United States occur in women 29 years old or younger. Unlike Down syndrome, where the risk increases with maternal age, the risk of these five microdeletions is independent of maternal age. Therefore, we believe our microdeletions testing capability

 

4


Table of Contents

will be a significant driver of Panorama adoption in all risk categories, including those who are traditionally considered average-risk for Down syndrome. Panorama has demonstrated best-in-class performance screening for microdeletions. In validation studies, Panorama achieved sensitivity greater than 95% for the 22q11.2 deletion syndrome and has been validated to perform at low fetal fractions. The two other NIPTs currently screening commercially for this condition claim to have sensitivity of only between 60% and 87%. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 83% of customers who ordered the basic Panorama panel directly from us, have also ordered screening for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome or the full microdeletions panel. Based on the prevalence of these conditions in younger women and the performance of Panorama, we believe Panorama is the most appropriate cfDNA-based screening test for the growing NIPT market for average-risk pregnancies.  

        In April 2015, we updated both the molecular and bioinformatics portions of Panorama. These updates both reduce the cost of running Panorama and further increase the sensitivity of the test allowing it to run with lower fetal fraction input. These updates lead to a less frequent need to require blood redraws from the patient, while further improving performance.

        We have launched seven prenatal genetic tests since 2009, and in 2015, we launched Constellation, our cloud-based software product, which is helping to enable our cloud-based distribution model. In addition to Panorama and our microdeletions panel, we also offer a carrier screening test, pre-implantation genetic screening and diagnosis for embryos prior to IVF, non-invasive tests for prenatal paternity testing, and products of conception testing that identifies fetal chromosomal causes of miscarriage. Using Constellation, we also have a non-invasive prenatal paternity test, which is marketed and sold exclusively by a partner from whom we receive a royalty.

Our development pipeline in oncology diagnostics

        We believe that our ability to interrogate genes at tens of thousands of points in parallel in a single reaction at the scale of a single molecule is well suited to the analysis of cancer-associated genetic mutations in circulating tumor DNA, or ctDNA. For the development of these products, we are working with world-renowned oncology centers, such as the Feinstein Institute for Medical Research at North Shore LIJ, Stanford University, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Columbia University, Johns Hopkins University, Vanderbilt University and Cancer Research UK on research collaborations, clinical trials and engaging with their leading doctors on our oncology advisory board.

        We have demonstrated that our mmPCR platform can provide highly accurate detection of CNVs and SNVs in the plasma from patients with cancer, with sensitivities lower than 0.5% ctDNA for the detection of CNVs and approximately 0.01% ctDNA for the detection of SNVs. Our ability to simultaneously detect both CNVs and SNVs in ctDNA at very low concentrations in standard plasma samples drives our potential opportunity in the oncology diagnostics space. Because breast, ovarian and lung cancer are largely driven by CNVs, we believe that our ability to detect CNVs at low ctDNA levels will be well-suited for early detection, recurrence monitoring and therapy selection for these cancers.

        Based on the promise of our technology, we are currently developing non-invasive oncology diagnostic products to address several markets. For ovarian and lung cancer we are developing reflex tests and early detection and recurrence monitoring, for breast cancer we are developing early detection monitoring and recurrence monitoring, and we are developing a therapeutic monitoring product to cover various cancers.

Industry Overview

        Every individual has a unique genome and we believe that comprehensive knowledge of this genetic makeup is becoming integral to the practice of medicine. We also believe that eventually many individuals in a modern healthcare system will have their genome sequenced at birth, resulting in the potential for dramatic improvements in health and an overall reduction in healthcare costs through preventive care and better disease management. The ability to identify the presence of diseases early, easily, and inexpensively has the potential to impact the lives of millions of patients and save billions of dollars in healthcare costs.

 

5


Table of Contents

The rapid expansion of next-generation DNA sequencing has unlocked a wealth of information about the role of genomics in disease, and is enabling a new class of diagnostic tests that improve patient care. As the cost and performance of next-generation sequencers continues to improve, we expect availability and demand for molecular diagnostic tests will continue to accelerate.

        In prenatal diagnostics, NIPTs use NGS to screen for chromosomal abnormalities, such as Down syndrome, by measuring fetal DNA circulating in the bloodstream of an expectant mother. According to the U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention, in the United States in 2013 there were approximately four million births, which included over 600,000 births resulting from pregnancies that were considered high-risk. Additionally, we estimate that there are over 12.5 million annual births in developed countries and over 16 million in China that fit our addressable market.

        The first generation of NIPTs rely on quantitative methods, which simply measure the amount of DNA, to predict chromosomal abnormalities. All of our competitors in the United States rely on this technique. These tests provided a valuable addition to older diagnostic techniques. However, they generally offer varying levels of sensitivity and specificity for whole chromosomal abnormalities, and we believe they are not well-suited for screening for many severe yet relatively common genetic disorders, such as microdeletions. A study in the New England Journal of Medicine found microdeletions or duplications in 1.7% of all pregnancies, indicating substantially higher prevalence rates than common fetal aneuploidies in the general population.

        Cancer remains one of the greatest areas of unmet medical need despite decades of advancement. The potential market opportunity for "liquid biopsies" in cancer focused on therapeutic monitoring, recurrence monitoring and diagnosis is significant and has the potential for broad applicability across a variety of tumor types. The American Cancer society estimates that in 2015, there will be approximately 1.7 million new cancer cases diagnosed and more than 575,000 cancer deaths in the United States. We estimate that our planned therapeutic monitoring panel has the potential to address approximately 65%, or 1.1 million, of the annual new cases in the United States of cancer, including ovarian, breast, lung and many other cancers. Furthermore, our planned lung cancer early detection and reflex test has the potential to address a market of an estimated more than 7 million individuals in the United States who have a history of smoking one pack of cigarettes a day for 30 years or more and are recommended by the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force for annual computed tomography scans. Our planned breast and ovarian cancer early detection and reflex tests have the potential to address a market of an estimated 12 million individuals in the United States who have an elevated risk of breast or ovarian cancer based on genetic risk or family history.

Our Cloud-Based Distribution Model

        We sell our tests directly and partner with other clinical laboratories to distribute our tests globally. Currently, all of our products are laboratory-developed tests, or LDTs, and we perform all of our commercial testing in our laboratory certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA. However, our technology is compatible with standard equipment used around the world, and a range of NGS platforms, and we have developed the capability for our partners to run their molecular assays themselves and then access our computation-intensive algorithms via a cloud-based distribution model for the final step of the analysis. As of May 28, 2015, we have entered into five contracts with laboratories outside of the United States and three contracts with laboratories within the United States to develop and run their own NIPT test under our cloud-based model.

        We believe that introducing a cloud-based distribution model provides us with a competitive advantage by allowing us to:

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

        Our vision is to deploy our powerful molecular technology and bioinformatics to change the management of genetic disease globally. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

7


Table of Contents

        If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects may be adversely affected.

Corporate Information

        We were initially formed in California as Gene Security Network, LLC in November 2003. We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2007, and we changed our name to Natera, Inc. in January 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, California 94070, and our telephone number is (650) 249-9090. Our website address is www.natera.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or accessible through, our website as part of this prospectus.

        As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. As an "emerging growth company," we expect to take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

        We may use these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

        We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting

 

8


Table of Contents

requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

        The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

        Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms "Natera," "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Natera, Inc. Natera, Prenatus, Powered by SNPs, Spectrum, Anora, Constellation, Horizon and Panorama and other trademarks or service marks of Natera appearing in this prospectus are the property of Natera. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

9


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Shares of common stock offered by us

                   shares.

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                 shares.

Shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares (                 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the issuance of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $     million, or approximately $     million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

We intend to use approximately $        of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes and approximately $        for continued investments in research and development for our core technology and development of our product offerings. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. However, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

 

"NTRA".

 

10


Table of Contents

        The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 62,523,199 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, provided, however, that in the event that the actual initial public offering price is lower than $7.83 per share, the shares of Series F preferred stock will convert into a larger number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

11


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our summary financial data. We derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed interim financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which in our opinion are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this summary financial data in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect for the full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenues:

                         

Product revenues

  $ 54,955   $ 157,308   $ 27,209   $ 46,899  

Other revenues

    216     1,981     86     536  
                   

Total revenues

    55,171     159,289     27,295     47,435  

Cost and expenses:

                         

Cost of product revenues

    37,275     78,396     15,900     24,843  

Research and development

    11,550     17,292     4,298     5,630  

Selling, general and administrative

    31,614     62,936     14,379     23,239  
                   

Total cost and expenses

    80,439     158,624     34,577     53,712  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,268 )   665     (7,282 )   (6,277 )

Interest expense

    (1,873 )   (4,219 )   (809 )   (1,010 )

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

    (7,901 )            

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

    (2,166 )   118     (806 )   (1,800 )

Other income (expense)

    98     (1,716 )   (719 )   (917 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (37,110 ) $ (5,152 ) $ (9,616 ) $ (10,004 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.93 ) $ (0.66 ) $ (1.28 ) $ (1.16 )
                   
                   

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    6,261     7,825     7,484     8,620  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.10 )       $ (0.17 )
                       
                       

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          52,693           59,797  
                       
                       

 

12


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 80,348   $ 80,348        

Restricted cash

    1,346     1,346        

Working capital

    67,955     67,955        

Total assets

    120,104     120,104        

Long-term debt

    25,689     25,689        

Convertible preferred stock

    240,585            

Total stockholders' deficit

    (180,086 )   60,499        

        The preceding table presents a summary of our unaudited balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015:

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' deficit by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We derive most of our revenues from Panorama, and if our efforts to further increase the use and adoption of Panorama or to develop new products in the future do not succeed, our business will be harmed.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2015, 74% and 94%, respectively, of Panorama product revenues were a result of orders placed through our direct sales force and international laboratory partners. Although we derive some revenues from our other products, we expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from the sales of Panorama, at least in the near term. We are in the process of increasing the awareness and adoption of Panorama among laboratories, clinics, clinicians, physicians, payers and patients. Continued and additional market acceptance of Panorama and our and our laboratory partners' ability to attract new customers are key elements to our future success. The market demand for NIPTs has grown in recent periods and is evolving, but this market trend may not continue or, even if it does continue to grow, physicians may not recommend and order Panorama, and our laboratory partners may not actively or effectively market Panorama. In addition, most third-party reimbursement for Panorama is from payers in the United States, with coverage primarily limited to high-risk pregnancies. Our future success is also dependent on our ability to develop new products in the future, such as in the field of cancer. A reduction in the demand for our current or future tests, or a reduction in the growth of such demand, could be caused by, among other things, lack of customer acceptance, competing technologies and services, regulatory restrictions, lack of sufficient reimbursement by third-party payers for Panorama or decreases in spending on prenatal testing. If the market and our market share fail to grow or grow more slowly than expected, our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

        Our ability to increase sales and establish significant levels of adoption and reimbursement for Panorama is uncertain, and we may never be able to achieve profitability for many reasons, including, among others:

14


Table of Contents

Even if we are successful in addressing these risks with respect to Panorama, we may not be successful in addressing these risks in connection with our new products, including in the field of cancer.

We have incurred losses since our inception and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, which could harm our future business prospects.

        We have incurred net losses since our inception in 2003. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred stock, convertible debt and other debt instruments. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $37.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $9.6 million and $10.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $179.8 million and $189.8 million, respectively, including in each case $107.4 million of non-cash interest expense from accretion of convertible notes. Such losses are expected to increase in the future as we continue to devote a substantial portion of our resources to efforts to increase adoption of, and reimbursement for, Panorama and our other products, improve these products, and research and develop future diagnostic solutions, including in the field of cancer. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenues, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the life sciences and technology industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or these risks and uncertainties change due to changes in our markets, or if

15


Table of Contents

we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations, and our business may suffer.

Uncertainty in the development and commercialization of our planned future cancer products or other new products could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We continue to focus research and development efforts on NIPTs, with an increasing effort to expand our platform and apply our expertise in processing and analyzing cell free DNA to the field of cancer. The launch of any new diagnostic tests, including those in the field of cancer, will require the completion of certain clinical development and commercialization activities and the expenditure of additional cash resources. We cannot assure you that we can successfully complete the clinical development of any other diagnostic test, including those in the field of cancer, or that we can establish or maintain the collaborative relationships that are essential to our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to reduce our expenditures sufficiently or otherwise mitigate the risks associated with our business to raise enough capital to complete clinical development or commercialization activities. Clinical development requires large numbers of patient specimens and, for certain products, may require large, prospective, and randomized clinical trials. We may not be able to collect a sufficient number of appropriate specimens in a timely manner in the future to complete clinical development for any planned diagnostic test, including those in the field of cancer, or we may be unable to afford or manage the large-sized clinical trials that some of our planned future products may require. Such failures could prevent or significantly delay our ability to research, develop, complete clinical development and validation, obtain FDA clearance or approval as may be necessary, or launch any of our planned diagnostic tests, including those in the field of cancer. Any failure to complete on-going clinical studies for our planned diagnostic tests, including those in the field of cancer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

        Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenues, gross margin, profitability and cash flows, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Fluctuations in quarterly results may adversely impact the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, without limitation, those listed elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section. In addition, our quarterly results may fluctuate due to the fact that we recognize costs as they are incurred, but there is typically a delay in the related revenue recognition as we record most revenue only upon receipt of payment. Accordingly, to the extent sales increase, we may experience increased losses unless and until the related revenues are recognized. In addition, as we ramp up our internal sales and marketing and research and development efforts, we expect to incur costs in advance of achieving the anticipated benefits of such efforts. Finally, following the introduction of our cloud-based distribution model to additional laboratory partners, we may experience decreased revenues or slower revenue growth as the cost per test will be lower than for the laboratory-based model we presently offer. We also may face competitive pricing or reimbursement rate pressures, and we may not be able to maintain our premium pricing in the future, which would adversely affect our operating results.

16


Table of Contents

If our agreements with our laboratory partners are terminated, as occurred last year with two of our largest partners, or our laboratory partners do not effectively market or sell Panorama, and we are not able to offset the resulting impact to our gross profit through our direct sales efforts or through agreements with new partners, our commercialization activities related to Panorama may be impaired and our financial results could be adversely affected.

        We have expanded our U.S. direct sales force to increase our direct sales, but a significant element of our commercial strategy remains to establish and leverage relationships with our laboratory partners to sell Panorama and our other products both in the United States and internationally. The percent of our revenues attributable to our U.S. direct sales force for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 59%, up from 45% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to U.S. laboratory partners for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 26%, down from 42% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to international laboratory partners and other international sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 14%, up from 13% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to our U.S. direct sales force for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 80%, up from 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The percent of our revenues attributable to U.S. laboratory partners for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 6%, down from 46% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The percent of our revenues attributable to international laboratory partners and other international sales for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 14%, down from 15% for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

        In February 2013, we entered into a licensing and joint development agreement with Bio-Reference Laboratories, Inc., under which Bio-Reference has the right, on a non-exclusive basis, to: (a) sell Panorama and have us perform the tests; (b) develop and sell an NIPT based on our technology as its own LDT; and (c) access our algorithm to analyze the data that results from the test that Bio-Reference develops. In April 2015, we amended and restated this agreement. Our agreement with Bio-Reference lasts until April 2017, followed by three successive one year autorenewal terms, unless earlier terminated by either party in accordance with the agreement.

        Most of our international laboratory partner agreements were signed in 2013 and have an initial term of two years but may be terminated by either party with 60 days' notice. Certain of the agreements automatically renew for successive periods but may still be terminated by either party with 60 days' notice. While some of these agreements require the laboratory partner to exclusively sell Panorama, if the partner wanted to sell another NIPT, it could terminate our agreement upon the 60 days' prior notice.

        In 2014, our two largest laboratory partners in 2013, Quest and Progenity, terminated their agreements with us. We are engaged in litigation with Progenity regarding Progenity's termination of their agreement, amongst other issues, which is more fully described in "Business—Legal Proceedings."

        Quest, Progenity and Bio-Reference have been important contributors to our sales of Panorama. Our international laboratory partner relationships have been important to our ability to increase awareness of and expand utilization of Panorama overseas. For 2013, Quest, Progenity and Bio-Reference accounted for 16%, 12% and 5% of our total revenues, respectively, and our international sales accounted for 13% of our revenues. Quest and Progenity accounted for approximately 50% of our revenues from the sale of Panorama in the year ended December 31, 2013. Sales to Quest, Bio-Reference and Progenity represented 10%, 6% and 5% of our revenues in 2014, respectively. Sales to Quest, Bio-Reference and Progenity represented a combined 27% of our revenues generated from Panorama in the year ended December 31, 2014. As Progenity and Quest have done, other laboratory partners may decide to exercise their termination rights under our contracts, or any laboratory partner that is not bound by obligations of exclusivity or non-competition to us or our products could decide to sell a competing product and may choose to promote such tests in addition to or in lieu of our tests. Moreover, our partners could merge with or be acquired by a competitor of ours or a company that chooses to de-prioritize the efforts to sell our products. If Bio-Reference or our other laboratory partners were to exercise their termination rights or

17


Table of Contents

begin selling competing products, we may be unable to replicate the benefits we have received through these relationships with other laboratory partners or our direct sales capabilities, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

        In addition to the risks of termination, having Panorama and our other products distributed through partners reduces our control over our revenues, our market penetration and our gross margin on sales by the partner if we could have otherwise made that sale through our direct sales force. The financial condition of these laboratories could weaken, these laboratory partners could breach their agreements with us or stop selling our products, or uncertainty regarding demand for our products could cause these laboratories to reduce their marketing efforts in respect of our products. Further, our laboratory partners may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, misappropriate our trade secrets or use our proprietary information in such a way as to expose us to litigation and potential liability. Disagreements or disputes with our laboratory partners, including disagreements over customers, proprietary rights or our or their compliance with contractual obligations, might cause delays or impair the commercialization of Panorama or our other tests, lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to new tests, or result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would divert management attention and resources and be time consuming and expensive. For these reasons or others, these partnerships may not be successful. If this is the case, our ability to increase sales of Panorama and our other products and to successfully execute our strategy could be compromised.

Our rapid growth and recent substantially increased growth in and dependence on our direct sales force has placed strains on our training and compliance infrastructure.

        The percentage of our revenues attributable to our U.S. direct sales for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 80%, up from 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. During this period we experienced rapid growth in our sales force and in our billing and marketing personnel. This growth has placed strains on our ability to adequately train personnel and monitor compliance with our policies and procedures. We are taking steps to increase our efforts and implement systems in both of these areas, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. Our steps to implement appropriate monitoring of our sales, billing and other personnel is ongoing and we have in the past experienced, and there can be no assurance that we will not in the future experience, situations in which employees fail to adhere to our policies. In particular, we have received three inquiries from non-governmental third-party payers questioning communications of certain of our employees regarding our obligation to seek payment from patients of the unreimbursed portion of a test. Failure by our sales, billing, marketing or other personnel to follow our policies may cause third-party payers to refuse to provide all or any reimbursement for tests accessioned, may cause third-party payers to seek repayment from us of amounts previously reimbursed and harm our ability to secure in-network coverage with third-party payers. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our revenue, cash flow and financial condition, and reduce our growth prospects.

If we are unable to compete successfully with either existing or future prenatal testing products or other test methods, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenues or achieve profitability.

        Our principal competition comes from existing testing methods, technologies and products, including other NIPTs and carrier screening tests offered by our competitors, used by obstetricians and gynecologists, or OB/GYNs, maternal fetal medicine specialists, or MFMs, or in vitro fertilization centers. Established, traditional first-line testing prenatal methods, such as serum protein measurement, where doctors measure certain hormones in the blood, and invasive prenatal diagnostics tests like amniocentesis have been used for many years and are therefore difficult to change or supplement.

        We are engaged in commercial activities in the molecular testing field, which is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, changing customer preferences, emerging competition, evolving industry standards, reimbursement uncertainty and price competition. If we fail to

18


Table of Contents

anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments, demand for our tests will not grow and may decline, and our business, revenue, financial condition and operating results could suffer materially. Moreover, many companies in this market are offering, or may soon offer, products and services that compete with our tests, in some cases at a lower cost than ours. We cannot assure you that research and discoveries by other companies will not render our existing or potential tests uneconomical or result in tests superior to our existing tests and those we develop. We also cannot assure you that any of our existing tests or tests that we develop will be preferred by customers or payers to any existing or newly developed technologies or tests. In addition, physicians may choose to recommend the tests of our competitors.

        We compete with numerous companies that develop NIPTs, including Sequenom, Inc., Illumina, Inc., through its Verinata division, Ariosa, Inc., which was recently acquired by F. Hoffman La-Roche Ltd, Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Counsyl, Inc., Quest, Beijing Genomics Institute, or BGI, and Berry Genomics Co., Ltd. Some of these NIPTs are sold at a lower price than Panorama. As NIPTs gain greater market acceptance, tests and services being offered or developed by the aforementioned and other companies could cause sales of our tests and services to decline or force us to reduce the cost of Panorama. We expect additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter the prenatal testing market, including through business combinations, and new tests and technologies are introduced. For example, F. Hoffmann La-Roche acquired Ariosa, Inc. in December 2014. We also compete against companies providing carrier screening tests such as Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Counsyl, Inc., Good Start Genetics, Inc., Progenity and Quest. Each of these companies offers comprehensive carrier screening panels, and other laboratories offer carrier screening testing for other diseases, particularly cystic fibrosis. Our products of conception, pre-implantation genetic screening, pre-implantation genetic diagnosis and non-invasive prenatal paternity testing products face competition from various laboratories that offer or seek to offer similar solutions. In addition, our future products, such as products in the field of cancer, will face competition from various companies that offer or seek to offer competing solutions. We believe that there are a number of companies seeking to develop cancer diagnostic tests that would examine blood samples, rather than solid tumor biopsies, which are the type of cancer diagnostic tests that we are seeking to develop. These current and future competitors could have greater technological, financial, reputational and market access advantages than us, and we may not be able to compete effectively against them. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which could harm our revenues, operating income or market share. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenues or achieve profitability.

We may experience difficulties that delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of enhanced or new tests.

        Our success will also depend on our ability to effectively introduce enhanced or new tests. We have initiated efforts to perform single cell analysis in NIPT and to leverage our technology and processes in the field of cancer testing. The development of enhanced or new tests is complex, costly and uncertain. Furthermore, enhancing or developing new tests requires us to accurately anticipate patients', clinicians' and payers' needs and emerging technology trends. We may experience research and development, regulatory, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent our introduction of enhanced or new tests. The research and development process in molecular diagnostics generally takes a significant amount of time from the research and design stage to commercialization. This process is conducted in various stages, and each stage presents the risk that we will not achieve our goals. For example, we may have to abandon a test in which we have invested substantial resources. In order to successfully commercialize tests that we may develop in the future, we may need to conduct lengthy, expensive clinical trials and develop dedicated sales and marketing operations or enter into collaborative agreements to achieve market awareness and demand. Any delay in the research and development, approval, production, marketing or distribution of enhanced or new tests could adversely affect our competitive position and results of operations.

19


Table of Contents

        We cannot be certain that:

        These factors, and other factors beyond our control, could delay the launch of enhanced or new tests.

Our cloud-based distribution model may be difficult to implement, and may not be successful in satisfying any necessary regulatory requirements, including the FDA's draft guidances related to oversight of laboratory-developed tests.

        We have only recently begun to deploy our bioinformatics technology for use by other laboratories by making it available through a cloud-based distribution model. Only one partner is currently using the cloud-based model commercially to market its non-invasive prenatal paternity test, and two international partners are working on their commercial launches for NIPT. Other contracted partners for our cloud-based model are in earlier stages of development and still other potential partners are in the contract negotiation stage. We do not know whether we can build or support this model to scale. The launch of this platform for use in NIPT is subject to regulatory requirements, and its success is subject to both the risks affecting our business generally and the inherent difficulty associated with implementing a new strategy and platform and is dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of our management and other employees and our relationship with, and efforts of, our partners. Launching this new cloud-based distribution model involves risks, significant costs and potential liabilities. Among the risks are the following: our ability to execute the strategy in a timely or efficient manner or at all; our and our partners' ability to obtain required regulatory authorizations from the FDA and international regulatory agencies; disruption of our business and distraction of our employees and management; transferring portions of our proprietary technology to third parties that may not take the same security precautions as we do to protect this information; and an inability to achieve anticipated benefits and costs savings, any of which may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement the cloud-based distribution model or that implementation will result in benefits or cost savings at the levels that we anticipate or at all.

        We met with the FDA in July 2014 to discuss the regulatory status of our software that enables our cloud-based distribution model. The FDA has recently indicated to us that this software may be appropriate for review under the de novo classification. However, the FDA has not committed to this position and may take a different position in the future. While the FDA has not yet determined the appropriate regulatory pathway for our software, the FDA has stated that it will not prevent us from marketing the software in the United States while we continue to discuss with the FDA how our software will be regulated and the FDA determines the regulatory pathway; however, it is possible that the FDA

20


Table of Contents

may reverse itself on the issue of our ability to continue to market the software during our discussions. The FDA's decision about the appropriate regulatory approach could also be impacted by its plans to regulate LDTs, as outlined in the October 3, 2014 draft guidances described in "Business—Government Regulations."

        If our cloud-based software is regulated as a device, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory oversight and review, including compliance with requirements such as the quality system regulation, or QSR, which establishes extensive requirements for quality assurance and control as well as manufacturing procedures; the listing of our devices with the FDA; adverse event and malfunction reporting; corrections and removals reporting; and labeling and promotional requirements. We may also be subject to additional FDA post-marketing obligations. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to offer our cloud-based software and may be subject to enforcement action by the FDA, such as the issuance of warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions and criminal prosecution. In addition, if a test developed by any of our cloud-based distribution model partners in the United States is found not to be an LDT, the partner may not be able to market its test, and we would not receive the revenues anticipated from that partner.

        Our cloud-based distribution model relies on the adoption by clinical laboratories in the United States and around the world of our cloud-based solutions, whereby the laboratory would run its own NIPT molecular testing assays based on our technology or other molecular testing assays in its own facilities and then access our proprietary algorithms through the cloud for the analysis of the assay results. However, we do not know whether clinical laboratories will adopt this method of using our products and services in sufficient volume or at all. As of May 28, 2015, we have signed agreements with only ten partners under our cloud-based distribution model and only one partner has begun commercializing products using this model. In the diagnostics industry, the market for cloud-based solutions and services is not as mature as the market for on-premise enterprise software, and it is uncertain how quickly and to what extent our cloud-based distribution model will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. The rate of adoption of our cloud-based distribution model will depend on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our solution, as well as our ability to address security, privacy and regulatory requirements or concerns. In addition, our cloud-based software will need to be compatible with whatever next-generation sequencing, or NGS, hardware a clinical laboratory is using. Because we do not control the manufacturing and specifications of the NGS equipment, some clinical laboratories may not be able to use this model.

        If we or other cloud-based solution providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data or disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based solutions in the diagnostics industry, including our solutions, may be adversely affected. Such events could also result in potential lawsuits and liability claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based solutions caused by technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or other challenges, we may not be able to execute our planned business model, and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

If the FDA requires us to obtain regulatory clearance to market our software for diagnostic purposes and we do not receive such clearance, or comply with ongoing FDA regulatory requirements, we would be unable to commercialize our cloud-based distribution model or be subject to regulatory action.

        We utilize software to aid in the calculation of test data. Laboratories utilizing our technology may have access to this software in our cloud-based distribution model. It is possible that we will need to obtain regulatory clearance for our software in order for it to be used by third parties in the conduct of their diagnostic tests based on our technology. We are currently engaged in discussions with the FDA regarding the regulatory status of our software to make calls of copy number variants, which could be used to support

21


Table of Contents

our cloud-based distribution model for NIPT in the United States. The FDA has recently indicated to us that this software may be appropriate for review under the de novo classification. However, the FDA has not committed to this position and may take a different position in the future. The FDA has stated to us that it will not prevent us from marketing the software in the United States while we continue to discuss with the FDA how our software will be regulated and the FDA determines the regulatory pathway; however, it is possible that the FDA may reverse itself on the issue of our ability to continue to market the software during our discussions. The FDA's decision about the appropriate pathway could also be impacted by its plans to regulate LDTs, as outlined in the October 3, 2014 draft guidances described in "Business—Government Regulations." If necessary, we intend to seek regulatory clearance for our software for diagnostic purposes; however, we cannot guarantee that we will obtain clearance. If clearance is required and we are unable to obtain it, we would be unable to commercialize our cloud-based distribution model in the United States.

        If our software is regulated as a device, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory oversight and review, including routine inspections by the FDA of our manufacturing facilities and compliance with requirements such as the QSR; requirements pertaining to the registration of our manufacturing facilities and the listing of our devices with the FDA; adverse event and malfunction reporting; corrections and removals reporting and labeling and promotional requirements. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to make our software available and/or may be subject to enforcement by the FDA such as the issuance of warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Implementation of our cloud-based distribution model may negatively impact our financial results and results of operations.

        Currently, all blood samples that are necessary to perform our tests, except for our non-invasive prenatal paternity test and a small portion of our carrier screening testing, are sent to our laboratory in San Carlos, California for analysis. Our laboratory is certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA. In our laboratory, we perform both the molecular biology and bioinformatics analysis on the samples to produce the results for our tests. As our laboratory partners adopt our cloud-based distribution model whereby outside laboratories perform the molecular biology analysis and we offer our bioinformatics analysis in the cloud on a portion of the tests we sell, we will no longer process these tests in our laboratory. We expect to receive license fees or similar payments for use of our bioinformatics technology, but the revenues per test would be lower than the amount we receive when we perform the entire test ourselves. If the cloud-based distribution model does not lead to a sufficient increase in volume of tests sold to offset the lower revenues per test, our overall revenues will be lower, and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We anticipate relying on third-party data centers to host our cloud-based software, and any interruptions of service or failures may impair the delivery of our cloud-based software and harm our business.

        We currently provide and will continue to provide our cloud-based software to our laboratory partners through third-party data center hosting facilities located in the United States and other countries. Any technical problems that may arise in connection with the third-party data center hosting facilities could result in interruptions in our service. These types of problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds, cause laboratory partners to terminate their contracts with us and adversely affect our ability to attract new laboratory partners. We could also be exposed to potential lawsuits and liability claims. Our business will also be harmed if our laboratory partners and potential laboratory partners believe our service is unreliable.

22


Table of Contents

If our products do not perform as expected, our operating results, reputation and business will suffer.

        Our success depends on the market's confidence that we can provide reliable, high-quality genetic testing results. There is no guarantee that the accuracy and reproducibility we have demonstrated to date will continue as our test volume increases. We believe that our customers are likely to be particularly sensitive to test limitations and errors, including inaccurate test results and the need on occasion to perform second blood draws on patients. As a result, if our tests do not perform as expected, our operating results, reputation, and business will suffer. We may be subject to legal claims arising from such limitations, errors, or inaccuracies.

        Panorama and our other products use a number of complex and sophisticated biochemical and bioinformatics processes, many of which are highly sensitive to external factors. An operational or technology failure in one of these complex processes or fluctuations in external variables may result in sensitivity and specificity rates that are lower than we anticipate or that vary between test runs or in a higher than anticipated number of tests which fail to produce results. In addition, we regularly evaluate and refine our testing process. These refinements may initially result in unanticipated issues that may reduce our sensitivity and specificity rates.

We expect to rely on third party laboratories to perform some of our testing.

        We currently send out a small portion of our Horizon carrier screening testing to third-party laboratories. In the future, we intend to send out an increasing portion of such testing to third-party laboratories. These third-party laboratories are subject to contractual obligations to perform this testing for us but are not otherwise under our control. We, therefore, do not control the capacity and quality control efforts of these third-party laboratories other than through our ability to enforce contractual obligations on volume and quality systems. In the event of any adverse developments with these third-party laboratories or their ability to perform this testing in accordance with the standards that we and our customers expect, our ability to provide our Horizon test to customers may be delayed or interrupted. While we expect to have two separate third-party laboratories performing this testing in order to avoid single sourcing, we will not have the ability to perform the entire test that we will market to customers ourselves, so we will not have a backup if either or both third-party laboratories are unable to satisfy our demand for this testing. Any natural or other disaster, acts of war or terrorism, shipping embargoes, labor unrest or political instability or similar events at our third-party laboratories' facilities that causes a loss of testing capacity would heighten the risks that we face. Changes to or termination of our agreements or inability to renew our agreements with these parties or enter into new agreements with other laboratories that are able to perform such testing could impair, delay or suspend our efforts to market and commercialize Horizon. Because we cannot ensure these third-party laboratories' actual performance of this testing, the quality of such performance, or the ability of these third-party laboratories to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, we may be subject to significant delays caused by interruption in performance or to lost revenue from such interruption. Such interruption could lead to the loss of customers through harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future. In addition, certain third party payers that we are under contract with may take the position that sending out this testing to third-party laboratories is contrary to the terms of our contract and may refuse to pay us for testing that we have outsourced. If any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

If we are unable to successfully grow revenues for our products in addition to Panorama, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

        Our ability to successfully grow revenues for our products in addition to Panorama, such as Horizon, Spectrum, Anora and our non-invasive prenatal paternity testing products, is uncertain and is subject to risks, including that the adoption and demand for such products may not grow as we expect, we may not be able to demonstrate that our products are equivalent to or superior to competing products, we and our

23


Table of Contents

laboratory partners may not be able to maintain and grow effective sales and marketing capabilities, our laboratory partners may choose to more actively or exclusively market tests by competitors, we may experience supply constraints, and we may fail to adequately protect our intellectual property relating to our products or others may claim we infringe their intellectual property rights. If we are not able to increase adoption of and grow revenues for these products, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We depend on certain of our laboratory partners to accurately and timely report financial information to us.

        In some cases we depend upon our laboratory partners to report the number of tests that we perform and that are purchased and billed by them, or license fees owed to us for testing that they perform in which they have used our intellectual property. Accurate and timely reporting of this information to us is required in order for us to report our revenue in an accurate and timely manner as our agreements with these laboratory partners require them to pay us a fee based on the number of our tests purchased by them, or the number of tests that they perform using our intellectual property for which they owe us a license fee. If our laboratory partners do not accurately and timely report such information to us, the reporting of our financial results may be inaccurate or delayed.

If the results of our clinical studies do not support the use of our tests, particularly in the average-risk pregnancy population, or cannot be replicated in later studies required for regulatory approvals or clearances, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

        As the healthcare reimbursement system in the United States evolves to place greater emphasis on comparative effectiveness and outcomes data, we cannot predict whether we will have sufficient data, or whether the data we have will be presented to the satisfaction of any payers seeking such data in the process of determining coverage for our tests, particularly in the average-risk pregnancy population for which such data is expected to be of particular interest.

        The administration of clinical and economic utility studies is expensive and demands significant attention from certain members of our management team. Data collected from these studies may not be positive or consistent with our existing data, or may not be statistically significant or compelling to the medical community. If the results obtained from our ongoing or future studies are inconsistent with certain results obtained from our previous studies, adoption of Panorama would suffer and our business would be harmed.

        Peer-reviewed publications regarding our tests may be limited by many factors, including delays in the completion of, poor design of, or lack of compelling data from clinical studies. If our tests or the technology underlying our current tests or future tests do not receive sufficient favorable exposure in peer-reviewed publications, the rate of clinician adoption of our tests and positive reimbursement coverage decisions for our tests could be negatively affected. The publication of clinical data in peer-reviewed journals is a crucial step in commercializing and obtaining reimbursement for tests such as our tests, and our inability to control when, if ever, results are published may delay or limit our ability to derive sufficient revenues from any test that is the subject of a study.

        In addition, test development, including development of the data necessary to obtain clearance and approval, is time consuming and carries with it the risk of not yielding the desired results. The performance achieved in published studies may not be repeated in later studies that may be required to obtain either FDA premarket clearance or approval, which could become important to our business strategy. Limited results from earlier-stage verification studies may not predict results from studies in larger numbers of subjects drawn from more diverse populations over a longer period of time. Unfavorable results from ongoing preclinical and clinical studies could result in delays, modifications or abandonment of ongoing analytical or future clinical studies, or abandonment of a product development program, or may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals or clearances or commercialization of our product candidates.

24


Table of Contents

If our sole laboratory facility becomes inoperable, we will be unable to perform our tests and our business will be harmed.

        We do not have redundant laboratory facilities, other than third-party laboratories that we intend to employ to perform some of our Horizon carrier screen testing, and our San Carlos, California laboratory facility is situated near active earthquake fault lines. Our facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or manmade disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, power outages and contamination, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our tests for some period of time. The inability to perform our tests or the backlog of tests that could develop if our facility is inoperable for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers or, in some cases, single suppliers, for some of our laboratory instruments and materials and may not be able to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers.

        We have sourced and will continue to source components of our technology, including sequencers, reagents, tubes and other laboratory materials, from third parties. Our sequencers, certain reagents and blood collection tubes are sole sourced. Our failure to maintain continued supply of such components, or supply that meets quality control requirements, particularly in the case of sole suppliers, would seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In the event of any adverse developments with these vendors, our product supply may be interrupted, and obtaining substitute components could be difficult or require us to re-design our products which would have an adverse impact on our business. Any natural or other disaster, acts of war or terrorism, shipping embargoes, labor unrest or political instability or similar events at our third party manufacturers' facilities that causes a loss of manufacturing capacity would heighten the risks that we face. Changes to or termination of our agreements or inability to renew our agreements with these parties or enter into new agreements with other suppliers could result in the loss of access to important components of our tests and could impair, delay or suspend our commercialization efforts, including efforts to market and commercialize Panorama. Because we rely on third party manufacturers, we do not control the manufacture of these components, including whether such components will meet quality control requirements. If the supply of components we receive do not meet quality control standards, we may not be able to use the components, or if we use them not knowing that they are of inadequate quality, which recently occurred with respect to a reagent leading to inconclusive readings requiring blood redraws, it may prevent our tests from working properly or at all. Because we cannot ensure the actual production or manufacture of such critical equipment and materials, or the quality of such components, or the ability of our suppliers to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, we may be subject to significant delays caused by interruption in production or manufacturing or to lost revenue from such interruption or from spoiled tests.

        One of these third parties, Illumina, is currently the sole supplier of our sequencers and related reagents for Panorama, along with certain hardware and software, pursuant to a supply agreement that expires in August 2016. Without sequencers and the related reagents, we would be unable to run our tests and commercialize our products. In early 2013 prior to our entering into our agreement with Illumina, Illumina completed its acquisition of Verinata Health Inc., our direct competitor in the NIPT market. We understand Illumina supplies the same or similar sequencers and consumables to Verinata. Because of Illumina's acquisition of Verinata, we face increased risk and uncertainty regarding continuity of a successful working relationship with Illumina under the current supply agreement, including with respect to our ability to compete with Verinata in the marketplace based on test price and in view of economic advantages enjoyed by Verinata associated with the cost of sequencers and related consumables. We also face risk and uncertainty regarding our ability to renew the supply agreement at all or on financial terms that are attractive or acceptable to us. Our failure to maintain continued supply of the sequencers and reagents, along with the right to use certain hardware and software, would adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we are continuing to evaluate alternative sequencing

25


Table of Contents

platforms for Panorama, we have chosen not to productize our tests on these alternative platforms as they are not as well proven as Illumina's sequencers and Illumina has thus far provided us more favorable commercial terms. In the event that it is in our commercial interest or we are forced to transition sequencing platforms, we may not be successful in selecting, acquiring on commercially reasonable terms, and implementing an alternative platform that is satisfactory for our needs or that we can employ in a commercially sustainable way. The sole supplier of the blood collection tubes included in Panorama and our non-invasive prenatal paternity testing products in the United States is Streck, Inc. Transitioning to a new supplier from any of our sole suppliers could be time consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our ability to supply our products to the market, could affect the performance specifications of our tests or could require that we re-validate Panorama and our other tests using replacement equipment and supplies, which could delay the performance of our tests and result in increased costs. Any disruptions to our laboratory performance and ability to deliver our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

We rely on commercial courier delivery services to transport samples to our laboratory facility in a timely and cost-efficient manner and if these delivery services are disrupted, our business will be harmed.

        Our business depends on our ability to quickly and reliably deliver test results to our customers. Blood samples are typically received within days from the United States and outside the United States for analysis at our San Carlos, California facility. Disruptions in delivery service, whether due to labor disruptions, bad weather, natural disaster, terrorist acts or threats or for other reasons could adversely affect specimen integrity and our ability to process samples in a timely manner and to service our customers, and ultimately our reputation and our business. In addition, if we are unable to continue to obtain expedited delivery services on commercially reasonable terms, our operating results may be adversely affected.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and reputation.

        In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including legally-protected health information, credit card information, and personally identifiable information, such as Panorama results. We also store sensitive intellectual property and other proprietary business information, including that of our customers, payers and collaboration partners. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data center systems and cloud-based data center systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information, including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information. We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to securely process, transmit, and store this critical information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure, and that of our third-party billing and collections provider, may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions.

        A security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of or prevents access to patient information, including personally identifiable information or protected health information, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with state breach notification laws, subject us to mandatory corrective action, require us to verify the correctness of database contents and otherwise subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent such security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, our operations could be disrupted, and we may suffer loss of reputation, financial loss, and other regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information, including sensitive patient data. In addition, these breaches and other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm of the type described above.

26


Table of Contents

        Any such breach or interruption could compromise our data security, and the information we store could be inaccessible or could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such interruption in access, improper access, disclosure, modification of, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to perform tests, provide test results, bill payers or patients, process claims and appeals, provide customer assistance services, conduct research and development activities, develop and commercialize tests, collect, process and prepare company financial information, provide information about our tests, educate patients and clinicians about our service, and manage the administrative aspects of our business, any of which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business. Any such breach could also result in the compromise of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, which could adversely affect our competitive position.

        The cloud-based distribution model that we have released and are expanding adds some additional data privacy risk, as certain personal health and other information may be sent to and stored in the cloud by our partners. We have contractually obligated our partners to not send personally-identifiable information to our cloud servers, and we have an agreement with the vendor that hosts our software in the cloud to comply with data privacy laws, such as HIPAA. However, we cannot be certain that our partners will comply with these requirements or that our cloud vendor will comply with the terms of our agreement.

        In addition, the interpretation and application of health-related, privacy and data protection laws in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation. Complying with these laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.

The marketing, sale and use of Panorama and our other products could result in substantial damages arising from product liability or professional liability claims that exceed our resources.

        The marketing, sale and use of Panorama and our other products could lead to product liability claims against us if someone were to allege that our test failed to perform as it was designed, or if someone were to misinterpret test results. In addition, we may be subject to liability for errors in, a misunderstanding of, or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide as part of the results generated by Panorama and our other products. For example, Panorama could provide an average-risk result which a patient or physician may rely upon to make a conclusion about the health of the fetus, which may, in fact, have the condition because the Panorama result was a so-called false negative. If the resulting baby is born with the condition, the family may file a lawsuit against us claiming product or professional liability. A product liability or professional liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend. Although we maintain product and professional liability insurance, our insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability or professional liability claims or any judgments, fines or settlement costs arising out of any such claims. Any product liability or professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could harm our reputation, result in a cessation of our services or cause our partners to terminate existing agreements and potential partners to seek other partners, any of which could adversely impact our results of operations.

27


Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully scale our operations to support demand for Panorama, our business could suffer.

        As our test volumes grow, we will need to continue to ramp up our testing capacity, implement increases in scale and related processing, customer service, billing and systems process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program and technology platform to support testing on a larger scale. We will also need additional equipment, laboratory space and certified laboratory personnel to process higher volumes of our tests. We cannot assure you that any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance will be successfully implemented or that equipment, laboratory space and appropriate personnel will be available. As additional tests are developed, we may need to bring new equipment on-line, implement new systems, technology, controls and procedures, and hire personnel with different qualifications.

        The value of Panorama and our other products depends, in part, on our ability to perform the tests on a timely basis and at an exceptionally high quality standard, and on our reputation for such timeliness and quality. Failure to implement necessary procedures, transition to new equipment or processes or to hire the necessary personnel could result in higher costs of processing or an inability to meet market demand. There can be no assurance that we will be able to perform tests on a timely basis at a level consistent with demand, our efforts to scale our commercial operations will not negatively affect the quality of test results, or we will be successful in responding to the growing complexity of our testing operations.

        In addition, our growth may place a significant strain on our management, operating and financial systems and our sales, marketing and administrative resources. As a result of our growth, our operating costs may escalate even faster than planned, and some of our internal systems may need to be enhanced or replaced. If we cannot effectively manage our expanding operations and our costs, we may not be able to grow successfully or we may grow at a slower pace, and our business could be adversely affected.

Our business is susceptible to costs and risks associated with international operations.

        As part of our ongoing growth strategy, we intend to continue to expand within and target select international markets to grow our revenues outside the United States. Conducting international operations subjects us to risks, including:

28


Table of Contents

        These risks, if realized, could harm our business or results of operations. Additionally, operating internationally requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to increase international revenues or expand or establish operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenues or profitability.

        Outside the United States we enlist partners and local and regional laboratories to assist with blood draw, sales, marketing and customer support. Subject to regulatory clearance, where required, we have begun to contract with international partners to run the molecular portion of our tests in their own labs and then access our algorithm for analysis of the resulting data via our cloud-based distribution model. Locating, qualifying and engaging additional partners and local laboratories with local industry experience and knowledge will be necessary to effectively market and sell our tests outside the United States. We may not be successful in finding, attracting and retaining such partners or laboratories, or we may not be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Sales practices utilized by our partners that are locally acceptable may not comply with sales practices standards required under United States laws that apply to us, which could create additional compliance risk. Even if we are able to effectively manage our international operations, if our partners and local and regional laboratories are unable to effectively manage their businesses, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. If our sales and marketing efforts are not successful outside the United States, we may not achieve market acceptance for our tests outside the United States, which would harm our business.

If we lose the services of our founder and Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

        Our success depends in large part upon the continued service of our senior management team. In particular, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Matthew Rabinowitz, is critical to our vision, strategic direction, culture, products and technology. We do not maintain key-man insurance for Dr. Rabinowitz or any other member of our senior management team. The loss of our founder and Chief Executive Officer or one or more other members of our senior management team could have an adverse effect on our business.

An inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

        To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In the near term, we plan on hiring a substantial number of additional domestic sales specialists. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for sales, scientific, medical, laboratory and technical personnel and especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where our headquarters and laboratory facilities are located. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations to their former employees, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees in the San Francisco Bay Area often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

29


Table of Contents

We may engage in acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders or reduce our financial resources.

        In the future, we may enter into transactions to acquire other businesses, products or technologies. Because we have not made any acquisitions to date, our ability to do so successfully is unproven. If we identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to make such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all. Any acquisitions we make may not strengthen our competitive position, and these transactions may be viewed negatively by customers or investors. We may decide to incur debt in connection with an acquisition or issue our common stock or other equity securities to the stockholders of the acquired company, which would reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. We could incur losses resulting from undiscovered liabilities of the acquired business that are not covered by any indemnification we may obtain from the seller. In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business in an effective, timely and non-disruptive manner. Acquisitions may also divert management attention from day-to-day responsibilities, increase our expenses and reduce our cash available for operations and other uses. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future acquisitions or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

We may need to raise additional capital after this offering, and if we cannot raise additional capital when needed, we may have to curtail or cease operations.

        The proceeds of this offering may not be sufficient to fully fund our business and growth strategy. We may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financings, corporate collaborations or licensing arrangements to continue to fund or expand our operations.

        Our actual liquidity and capital funding requirements will depend on numerous factors, including:

        Additional capital, if needed, may not be available on satisfactory terms or at all. Furthermore, any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities will dilute stockholders' ownership interests in us and may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, the terms of any financing may adversely affect stockholders' holdings or rights. Debt financing, if available, may include restrictive covenants. To the extent that we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

30


Table of Contents

        If we are not able to obtain adequate funding when needed, we may have to delay development programs or selling and marketing initiatives. In addition, we may have to work with a partner on one or more of our tests or market development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to our company.

Our outstanding debt may impair our financial and operating flexibility.

        As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had approximately $25.9 million and $25.3 million of debt outstanding. Except for operating leases, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements in place or available. Our debt agreements contain various restrictive covenants and are secured by all of our assets, including our intellectual property. These restrictions could limit our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must use a portion of these funds to make principal and interest payments on our debt.

        We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our ability to make principal and interest payments will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. If we incur additional debt, a greater portion of our cash flows may be needed to satisfy our debt service obligations, and if we do not generate sufficient cash to meet our debt service requirements, we may need to seek additional financing. In that case, it may be more difficult, or we may be unable, to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us. As a result, we would be more vulnerable to general adverse economic, industry and capital markets conditions as well as the other risks associated with having indebtedness.

Ethical, legal and social concerns related to the use of genetic information could reduce demand for our tests.

        DNA testing, like that conducted using Panorama and that we expect to conduct in the field of cancer, has raised ethical, legal and social issues regarding privacy and the appropriate uses of the resulting information. Governmental authorities could, for social or other purposes, limit or regulate the use of genomic information or genomic testing or prohibit testing for genetic predisposition to certain conditions, particularly for those that have no known cure. Similarly, these concerns may lead patients to refuse to use genetic tests even if permissible. Ethical and social concerns may also influence U.S. and foreign patent offices and courts with regard to patent protection for technology relevant to our business. These and other ethical, legal and social concerns may limit market acceptance of our tests or reduce the potential markets for services and products enabled by our technology platform, either of which could harm our business.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and other worldwide anti-bribery laws.

        We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, which prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. Our reliance on independent laboratories to sell Panorama and other products internationally demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in corrupt activity, because these distributors could be deemed to be our agents, and we could be held responsible for their actions. Other U.S. companies in the medical device and pharmaceutical field have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with foreign government officials. We are also subject to similar anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom's Bribery Act of 2010, which went into effect in 2011, which also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for companies to fail to prevent bribery. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business,

31


Table of Contents

prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, and other remedial measures.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

        Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change" (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. As a result of our most recent private placements of equity securities and other transactions that have occurred over the past three years, we may have experienced an "ownership change," or, upon the closing of this offering, may experience an "ownership change." We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which may not be in our control). As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss, or NOLs, carryforwards of approximately $57.9 million and $40.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2027 and 2017, respectively, if not utilized. We also had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million, which begin to expire in 2027, and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.0 million, all of which could be limited if we experience "ownership changes."

Reimbursement and Regulatory Risks Related to Our Business

If we are unable to expand third-party payer coverage and reimbursement for Panorama and our other tests, if there is a decrease in the amount of reimbursement for such tests, or if we are required to refund any reimbursements already received, our revenues and results of operations would be adversely affected.

        Our business depends on our ability to obtain or maintain adequate reimbursement coverage from third-party payers and patients. Third-party reimbursement for our testing represents a significant portion of our revenues, and we expect third-party payers such as insurance companies and government healthcare programs to continue to be our most significant source of payments going forward. In particular, we believe that expanding insurance coverage from the high-risk to the average-risk pregnancy population and obtaining a positive coverage decision and favorable reimbursement rates from commercial third-party payers and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and state reimbursement programs for Panorama will be a necessary element in achieving commercial success. If we are unable to obtain or maintain adequate reimbursement coverage from third-party payers for our existing tests or future tests, our ability to generate revenues would be limited. For example, physicians may be reluctant to order the use of our tests due to the substantial potential cost to the patient if reimbursement coverage is unavailable or reimbursement amounts are inadequate. Our laboratory partners in the United States will likely decline to market our tests without positive reimbursement decisions from third party payers. Additionally, in some instances we may not receive positive determinations when we seek third-party payer reimbursement approvals.

        The reimbursement environment, particularly for molecular diagnostics, is changing and our efforts to broaden reimbursement coverage for our tests with third-party payers may not be successful as standards evolve. Third-party payers from whom we have received reimbursement may withdraw or decrease the amount of reimbursement coverage for our tests at any time and for any reason, or we may be required to refund reimbursements already received. As a result, there is significant uncertainty about whether the use of tests, such as Panorama, expanded carriers screening panels, screening for microdeletions, or cell free tumor DNA tests, will be eligible for coverage. There is also a question of whether reimbursement will become available for the average-risk pregnancy population, by third-party payers or, if eligible for coverage, what the reimbursement rates will be for those services and tests.

        Our strategy to achieve broad reimbursement coverage is focused on demonstrating the clinical utility and economic benefits of Panorama, including screening for microdeletions, and our other tests, engaging

32


Table of Contents

with key members of the MFM and OB/GYN community and educating clinicians, but there is no assurance that we will succeed in any of these areas or that, even if we do succeed, we will receive favorable coverage and reimbursement decisions. In some cases, our tests or their uses with certain populations may be considered experimental by third-party payers and, as a result, such payers may decide not to reimburse for such tests or such uses. Currently, most third-party payers have negative coverage policies, meaning that their policy is not to reimburse for NIPT in the average-risk population. In addition, third party payers may decide to bundle payment for multiple tests, such as carrier screen tests or our Panorama test and the separate Panorama screen for microdeletions into a single payment rate. Third-party payers may also decide to deny payment or recoup payment for testing that they determine to have been not medically necessary. The risk of recoupment is higher when we are under contract, or in network, with a payer, and that payer has negative coverage decisions for aspects of our tests, for example NIPT for average-risk pregnancies. For example, one third-party payer has recently made an inquiry as to our submitting claims for services that were ordered by a physician but were outside of their medical policy and has indicated that it may seek reimbursement of certain amounts from us on that basis. To the extent that third-party payers may take such actions, reimbursement for our testing could decline.

        If adequate third-party reimbursement is unavailable, we may not be able to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on investment in test development and sales and marketing activities. Furthermore, if a third party payer denies coverage, it may be difficult for us to collect from the patient, and we may not be successful in doing so. It is our policy not to grant reduced payment terms to patients covered by a government payer or where otherwise prohibited by law. If we are in-network with a payer, we bill patients for their full contractual responsibility and make a good faith attempt to collect. When we are an out-of-network provider, it is our policy to send patients bills reflecting their full responsibility according to the payer's explanation of benefits and to send multiple bills if they are unpaid. However, we are often not able to collect the full patient responsibility in these out-of-network situations, particularly if the patient is left with a large balance. Where a patient contacts us, we have had a policy to negotiate with the patient for payment of less than the full patient responsibility, and in some cases considerably less, based on what the patient can pay or if the patient was able to make payment promptly. Because it is not cost-effective and would be detrimental to customer relations, we typically have not enforced collections from patients through a collection agency, but this is not a formal policy, and we reserve the right to do so. As a result of these policies and approaches, we generally collect a smaller amount for our tests when third-party payers deny coverage or cover only a portion of the invoiced amount.

        We are aware of policies and practices of our competitors, including private- and publicly-funded companies, to offer patients a set cap on their out-of-pocket responsibility, waive patient responsibility altogether, and, in some cases, to not send patients a bill at all, all of which we believe is not in accordance with third party payers' policies and, in some cases, not compliant with the law. In contrast, it is our policy not to offer such caps or waivers and to send multiple bills to patients. Because of this discrepancy, our offerings can be perceived as less attractive to patients and their doctors, who are concerned about patients having a large financial responsibility for these products. As a result, we believe that our revenues and results of operations have been adversely affected, and may continue to be so affected to the extent such competitors continue such practices.

        We have sought to train our sales representatives to appropriately communicate that we do not routinely waive or place a cap on patient responsibility. However, our recent rapid growth has placed strains on our ability to adequately train personnel and monitor compliance with our policies and procedures. As a result, and because of attendant confusion caused by others in the industry explicitly offering waivers and caps, some of our sales representatives' may have miscommunicated our policy or their communication of our policy of providing discounts for paying promptly may have been misinterpreted by doctors and patients as a routine waiver or cap on the patients' responsibility for their bills. We have received three inquiries from non-governmental third-party payers questioning the

33


Table of Contents

sufficiency of our efforts to collect payments from patients for the balance of their bills not covered by the payer. We are in discussions with all three of these payers to address their concerns. We believe that our billing policies, where we do offer discounts, and collection practices have not violated applicable laws or our obligations to these payers. In an effort to clarify that we do not offer waivers or caps on patient obligations, we have recently updated and published our billing policy. In addition, we are making an ongoing effort to expand and strengthen our compliance program and the training of our sales representatives. The payers that have raised questions about our efforts may not be satisfied with our responses and past or current approaches to seeking payment from the patients. These payers may decide to reimburse for our tests at a lower amount or not at all and may seek repayment from us of amounts previously paid to us. If these consequences were to occur, or if other third-party payers raised similar concerns, our financial results could be negatively impacted and our stock price could decline. A third-party payer could bring a legal action seeking reimbursement of previous amounts paid if a payer believed such payments were made in breach of contract, in the case of contracted payers, or were otherwise contrary to law. If the payer was successful in proving such reimbursement was in breach of contract or otherwise contrary to law, we could have to make a cash payment, which could be significant, and we might be required to restate our financials from a prior period, which would likely have a negative impact on our stock price.

        If we are successful in entering into additional contractual arrangements with commercial third-party payers in the United States to provide Panorama to their covered patients, the amount of overall reimbursement we receive may decrease if, as we would expect, we are reimbursed less money per test at a contracted rate than at a non-contracted rate, which could have a negative impact on our revenue. We may also experience delays or be unable to contract with payers.

Our revenues may be adversely affected if we are unable to successfully obtain reimbursement from the Medicare Program.

        Our revenues from Medicare are currently very small, given the population that Medicare covers, and we do not expect those revenues to increase materially with regard to NIPT. However, Medicare reimbursement can affect Medicaid reimbursement. For example, fee-for-service Medicaid programs generally do not reimburse at rates that exceed Medicare's fee-for-service rates and many commercial third-party payers look to the amounts that Medicare pays for testing services and set their payment rates at a percentage of those amounts. Reimbursement amounts for laboratory tests furnished to Medicare beneficiaries are typically based on the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, set by CMS pursuant to a statutory formula established by the U.S. Congress. Our current Medicare Part B reimbursement was not set pursuant to a national coverage determination by CMS. Although we believe that coverage is available under Medicare Part B even without such a determination, we currently lack the national coverage certainty afforded by a formal coverage determination by CMS. Thus, CMS could issue an adverse coverage decision as to Panorama which could influence other third-party payers, including Medicaid, and could therefore harm our business.

        Under Medicaid regulations, we must be recognized as a Medicaid provider by the state in which the Medicaid recipient receiving the services resides. As of March 31, 2015, we are recognized by 31 states as a Medicaid provider. We may not be able to be recognized as a provider by many Medicaid programs, including because some states require that a provider maintain a laboratory in that state in order to be recognized, which would limit our ability to bill for our services. In addition, we may face challenges in obtaining reimbursement even when we are recognized as a Medicaid provider. Thus, if the CLFS rate for our services and tests are low, the Medicaid reimbursement amounts will also likely be low. Low Medicaid reimbursement rates for our tests could harm our business and revenue.

34


Table of Contents

Our revenues may be adversely impacted if third-party payers withdraw coverage or provide lower levels of reimbursement due to changing policies, billing complexities or other factors.

        Some third-party payers from whom we have received reimbursement to date have not entered into agreements with us to govern approval or payment terms. Therefore, such third-party payers could withdraw such coverage and reimbursement for our tests in the future for any reason. Managing reimbursement on a case-by-case basis is time consuming and contributes to an increase in the number of days it takes us to collect accounts receivable and increases our risk of non-payment. Negotiating reimbursement on a case-by-case basis also typically results in the provision of reimbursement at a significant discount to the list price of our tests.

        Further, even if we do have written agreements regarding reimbursement with certain third-party payers, those agreements are not guarantees of reimbursement coverage in an adequate amount. For example, third-party payers with which we have written agreements typically have policies that state they will not reimburse for use of NIPTs in the average-risk pregnancy population. In addition, the terms of certain of our written arrangements may require us to seek pre-approval from the third-party payer or put in place other controls and procedures prior to conducting a test. To the extent we fail to follow these requirements, we may fail to receive some or all of the reimbursement payments to which we are entitled.

        Even if we are being reimbursed for our tests, third-party payers may review and adjust the rate of reimbursement, require co-payments from patients or stop paying for our tests. Government healthcare programs and other third-party payers continue to increase their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services by demanding price discounts or rebates and limiting both coverage on diagnostic tests they will pay for and the amounts that they will pay for new molecular diagnostic tests. These measures have resulted in reduced payment rates and decreased utilization for the clinical laboratory industry. Because of the cost-containment trends, governmental and commercial third-party payers that currently provide reimbursement for, or may in the future cover, our tests may reduce, suspend, revoke or discontinue payments or coverage at any time. Reductions in the prices at which our tests are reimbursed may harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        Billing for clinical laboratory testing services is complex. In cases where we do not receive a fixed fee per test performed, we perform tests in advance of payment and without certainty as to the outcome of the billing process. In cases where we do expect to receive a fixed fee per test due to our reimbursement arrangements, we may have disputes over pricing and billing. Each third-party payer typically has different billing requirements, and the billing requirements of many payers have become increasingly stringent.

        Among the factors complicating our billing of third-party payers are:

        These risks related to billing complexities, and the associated uncertainty in obtaining payment for our tests, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In the United States, the American Medical Association, or AMA, generally assigns specific billing codes for laboratory tests under a coding system known as Current Procedure Terminology, or CPT, which we and our customers must use to bill and receive reimbursement for our diagnostic tests. Once the CPT code is established, CMS establishes payment levels and coverage rules under Medicare while private payers establish rates and coverage rules independently.

        We currently submit for reimbursement using CPT codes that we believe are appropriate for our testing, but there is a risk that these codes may be rejected or withdrawn or that payers will seek refunds of

35


Table of Contents

amounts that they claim were inappropriately billed to a specific CPT code. A new CPT code specific to NIPT came into effect in January 2015; however, not all payers may implement this code in a timely fashion, and reimbursement may be less than we have received in the past. We do not currently have specific CPT codes assigned for Panorama or microdeletions and there is a risk that we may not be able to obtain such codes, or if obtained, we may not be able to negotiate favorable rates for such codes, or be able to receive reimbursement for the average-risk NIPT patient population using such codes.

        We accordingly cannot guarantee that our current or any future tests will have a CPT code assigned. In addition, there can be no guarantees that government and commercial third-party payers will establish positive or adequate coverage policies for our tests or reimbursement rates for any CPT code we may use.

If the FDA were to begin actively regulating our tests as outlined in the FDA's October 3, 2014 draft guidances, we could incur substantial costs and delays associated with trying to obtain premarket clearance or approval and incur costs associated with complying with post-market controls.

        We currently offer a number of prenatal genetic tests, including Panorama, and each of those tests is an LDT. An LDT has been generally considered to be a test that is designed, developed, validated and used within a single laboratory. The FDA takes the position that it has the authority to regulate such tests as medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, but it has generally exercised enforcement discretion with regard to LDTs. This means that even though the FDA believes it can impose regulatory requirements on LDTs, such as requirements to obtain premarket approval or clearance of LDTs, it has generally chosen not to enforce those requirements to date.

        On October 3, 2014, the FDA issued draft guidances outlining its plan to actively regulate LDTs using a risk-based approach. The FDA intends to fully regulate, in a phased-in manner, LDTs that it considers moderate-risk or high-risk, beginning with those within the high-risk category it considers "highest-risk devices." With regard to premarket review, under the proposed guidances, the highest-risk LDTs will be the subject of premarket submissions 12 months after the guidances are finalized. Premarket submission requirements will be phased-in over the following four years for the remaining high-risk LDTs. Then, beginning in year five, moderate-risk LDTs will be required to be the subject of premarket submissions.

        Based on our current understanding of the draft guidances, with the exception of our non-invasive prenatal paternity test, our current tests, including Panorama, would be treated as moderate-risk or high-risk. We do not expect that our current tests will be among the highest-risk devices. The FDA has indicated that high- and moderate-risk LDTs that are on the market if and when the draft guidances are finalized will remain on the market while the FDA reviews the submissions. We would not expect to be forced to remove any of our current products from the market based on any final guidance if we comply with the requirements outlined in such final guidance.

        The FDA's proposed framework in the draft guidances outlines post-market controls including registration and listing or FDA notification, corrections and removals reporting and adverse event reporting that will be required of all LDTs except those for forensic (law enforcement) use and certain LDTs for transplantation. For moderate- or high-risk tests, it also would require compliance with the QSR at the time the FDA clears a 510(k) for a test or the laboratory submits a PMA for a test. We would need to comply with these controls, which will be costly and time-consuming, and if we fail to comply we could be subject to enforcement action.

        The regulation by the FDA of LDTs remains uncertain. It is unclear whether the FDA will finalize the guidances, when it will finalize the guidances, or whether any final guidances would be substantially revised from the draft versions. The comment period for the draft guidances closed February 2, 2015. The draft guidances have been the subject of considerable controversy and it is unclear whether the draft guidances will be finalized, and if so, what they will contain. In addition, Congress may act to provide further direction to the FDA on the regulation of LDTs.

36


Table of Contents

        In the meantime, the FDA could also disagree with our assessment that our prenatal tests are LDTs, and could require us to seek clearance or approval to offer our tests for clinical use even before it finalizes any future guidance. If FDA premarket review or approval is required for our tests or any of our future tests we may develop, or if we decide to voluntarily pursue FDA review or approval, we may be forced to stop selling our tests or we may be required to modify claims or make other changes while we work to obtain FDA clearance or approval. Our business would be adversely affected while such review is ongoing and if we are ultimately unable to maintain premarket clearance or approval. For example, the regulatory 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, or PMA, process may involve, among other things, successfully completing analytical, pre-clinical and/or clinical studies beyond the studies we have already performed for each of our products and submitting a premarket notification or filing a premarket approval application with the FDA. Performance achieved in published studies may not be repeated in later studies that would be required to obtain either FDA premarket clearance or approval. Limited results from earlier-stage verification studies, beyond the validation and other studies we have already performed for each of our products, may not predict results from studies in larger numbers of subjects drawn from more diverse populations over a longer period of time. Unfavorable results from ongoing preclinical and clinical studies could result in delays, modifications or abandonment of ongoing or future clinical studies, or abandonment of a product development program or may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals or commercialization. In addition, we may require cooperation in our filings for FDA approval from third party manufacturers of the components of our tests. If required, and we are unable to obtain such cooperation, we may be unable to achieve desired regulatory approvals.

        Obtaining FDA clearance or approval for diagnostics can be time consuming and uncertain and requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and clinical data. If premarket review is required by the FDA or if we decide to voluntarily pursue FDA premarket review of our tests, there can be no assurance that our current tests or any tests we may develop in the future will be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all. Ongoing compliance with FDA regulations would increase the cost of conducting our business and subject us to heightened regulation by the FDA and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements, both of which may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

        Furthermore, the FDA or the Federal Trade Commission may object to the materials and methods we used to promote the use of our current prenatal tests or other LDTs we may develop in the future. Enforcement actions by the FDA may include, among others, untitled or warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil or criminal penalties; recall or seizure of current or future tests, products or services; operating restrictions and partial suspension or total shutdown of production.

Changes in laws and regulations, or in their application, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The clinical laboratory testing industry is highly regulated, and failure to comply with applicable regulatory, supervisory or licensing requirements may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the laws and regulations governing the marketing and research of clinical diagnostic testing are extremely complex and in many instances there are no clear regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations, which increase the risk that we may be found to be in violation of these laws.

        The regulatory environment in which we operate may change significantly and adversely in the future. The molecular diagnostics industry as a whole is a growing industry and regulatory agencies such as the FDA may also apply heightened scrutiny to new developments in the field of molecular diagnostics. While we have taken steps to ensure compliance with the current regulatory regime in all material respects, given its nature and our geographical diversity, there could be areas where we are non-compliant. Should we not be in compliance with regulatory requirements or any changes thereto, we may be subject to sanctions which could include required changes to our operations, adverse publicity, substantial financial penalties and criminal proceedings. Any change in the laws and the regulations relating to our business, whether in

37


Table of Contents

the form of new or amended laws or regulations or regulatory policies, or the application of any of the above, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our costs to comply with the new laws or constraining our ability to develop, market and commercialize our tests.

        For example, a development affecting our industry is the increased enforcement of the federal False Claims Act and, in particular, actions brought pursuant to the False Claims Act's "whistleblower" or "qui tam" provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal governmental payer program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring civil actions on behalf of the federal government for violations of the False Claims Act and permit such individuals to share in any amounts paid by the defendant to the government in fines or settlement. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it is subject to mandatory damages of three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim. In addition, various states have enacted false claim laws analogous to the federal False Claims Act, and in some cases go even further because many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payer and not merely a governmental payer program.

        In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased U.S. federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians, which are governed by laws and regulations including the Stark law. Among other requirements, the Stark law requires laboratories to track, and places a cap on, non-monetary compensation provided to referring physicians. While we have a compliance plan to address compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws and regulations, the evolving commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and reporting requirements increases the possibility that we could violate one or more of these requirements.

If we fail to comply with federal, state and foreign laboratory licensing requirements, we could lose the ability to perform our tests or experience disruptions to our business.

        We are subject to CLIA, a federal law that regulates clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. CLIA regulations require clinical laboratories to obtain a certificate and mandate specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management and quality assurance. CLIA certification is also required in order for us to be eligible to bill state and federal healthcare programs, as well as many private third-party payers, for our tests. To renew these certifications, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years. Moreover, CLIA inspectors may make random inspections of our clinical laboratory.

        We are also required to maintain state licenses to conduct testing in our laboratories. California law establishes standards for day-to-day operation of our clinical laboratory in San Carlos, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control matters. We maintain a current license in good standing with the California Department of Health Services, or DHS. However, we cannot provide assurance that DHS will at all times in the future find us to be in compliance with all such laws. If our clinical laboratory is out of compliance, DHS may suspend, restrict or revoke the license to operate our clinical laboratory, assess substantial civil money penalties, or impose specific corrective action plans. Any such actions could materially affect our business.

        In addition, our clinical laboratory is required to be licensed by New York State. New York law also mandates proficiency testing for laboratories licensed under New York state law, regardless of whether such laboratories are located in New York. We have obtained a license from the New York State Department of Health, or DOH, for our San Carlos laboratory. We cannot provide assurance the DOH will at all times find us to be in compliance with applicable laws. Should we be found out of compliance

38


Table of Contents

with New York laboratory requirements, the DOH may suspend, limit, revoke or annul our laboratory's New York license, censure us or assess civil money penalties.

        Moreover, several other states require that we hold licenses to test samples from patients in those states. We have obtained licenses from states where we believe we are required to be licensed. From time to time, we may become aware of other states that require out-of-state laboratories to obtain licensure in order to accept specimens from the state, and it is possible that other states do have such requirements or will have such requirements in the future. If we identify any other state with such requirements or if we are contacted by any other state advising us of such requirements, we expect to seek to comply with such requirements.

        Any sanction imposed under CLIA, its implementing regulations, or state or foreign laws or regulations governing licensure, or our failure to renew a CLIA certificate, a state license or accreditation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, also has the authority to impose a wide range of sanctions, including revocation of the CLIA certification along with a bar on the ownership or operation of a CLIA-certified laboratory by any owners or operators of the deficient laboratory. If we were to lose our CLIA certification or required state licensure, we would not be able to operate our clinical laboratory and conduct our prenatal tests, in full or in particular states, which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Changes in government healthcare policy could increase our costs and negatively impact coverage and reimbursement for our tests by governmental and other third-party payers.

        The U.S. government has shown significant interest in pursuing healthcare reform and reducing healthcare costs. Government healthcare policy has been and, we expect, will continue to be a topic of extensive legislative and executive activity in the U.S. federal and many U.S. state governments. As a result, our business could be affected by significant and potentially unanticipated changes in government healthcare policy, such as changes in reimbursement levels by public third-party payers. Any of these or other changes could substantially impact our revenues, increase costs and divert management attention from our business strategy. Going forward, we cannot predict the full impact of governmental healthcare policy changes on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In the United States, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the HealthCare and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the PPACA, was signed into law in March 2010 and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical and medical device industries, including the diagnostics sector, in a number of ways. A number of states have challenged the constitutionality of certain provisions of the PPACA, and many of these challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions. Members of Congress have also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the PPACA. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the PPACA, whether to certain provisions or its entirety.

        Currently, under the PPACA, each medical device manufacturer will have to pay a sales tax in an amount equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices that are listed with the FDA. Although the FDA has contended that clinical LDTs, such as Panorama and our other tests, are medical devices, the FDA has generally exercised its discretion not to regulate such tests at this time, and, as a result, none of our tests are currently listed with the FDA. We cannot be sure that the tax will not be extended to services and tests such as ours in the future or that the FDA will not change its position regarding the regulation of LDTs, which decision could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, as most third-party payers, including Medicaid, will not reimburse for use of medical devices which must be cleared by the FDA but which have not been. From time to time, the tax is subject to legislative and executive discussion regarding potential repeal. The PPACA also mandates a reduction in payments for clinical laboratory services paid under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, of 1.75% for the years 2011 through 2015.

39


Table of Contents

        Other significant measures contained in the PPACA include, for example, coordination and promotion of research on comparative clinical effectiveness of different technologies and procedures, initiatives to revise Medicare payment methodologies, such as bundling of payments across the continuum of care by providers and physicians, and initiatives to promote quality indicators in payment methodologies. The PPACA also includes significant new fraud and abuse measures, including required disclosures of financial arrangements with physician customers, lower thresholds for violations and increasing potential penalties for such violations. We are monitoring the impact of the PPACA to determine any trends and changes resulting from the legislation that may impact our business over time.

        Among other things, the PPACA creates a new system of health insurance "exchanges," designed to make health insurance policies available to individuals and certain groups through state- or federally-administered marketplaces in addition to existing channels for obtaining health insurance coverage. In connection with such exchanges, certain "essential health benefits" are intended to be made more consistent across plans, setting a baseline coverage level. The states (and the federal government) have some discretion in determining the definition of "essential health benefits" and we cannot predict at this time whether Panorama will fall into a benefit category deemed "essential" for coverage purposes across the plans offered in any or all of the exchanges. Failure to be covered by plans offered in the exchanges could harm our business.

        In addition to the PPACA, various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged from federal and state governments. The Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 introduces a multi-year pricing program for services paid under the CLFS that is designed to bring Medicare allowable amounts in line with the amounts paid by private payers. For newly developed advanced diagnostic tests for which there is no CLFS payment amount, the Medicare payment rate for approved tests for the first three quarters that the tests are offered will be the actual list price offered to third party payers. Thereafter, CMS will use the data collected under the Act to establish payment rates for such newly developed advanced diagnostic tests. CMS will assign unique Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System, or HCPCS, codes for existing advanced diagnostic tests by January 1, 2016, and publicly report the payment rates for such tests. CMS will assign temporary HCPCS codes to newly developed approved advanced diagnostic tests and finalize such HCPCS codes within two years. In addition, federal budgetary limitations and changes in healthcare policy, such as the creation of broad limits for NIPTs or requirements that beneficiaries of the government health plans pay for, or pay for higher, portions of clinical laboratory tests or services received, could substantially diminish the sale, or inhibit the utilization, of future NIPTs, increase costs, divert management's attention and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and achieve profitability.

        We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or how any such future legislation, regulation or initiative may affect us. The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion of government's role in the U.S. healthcare industry, as well as changes to the reimbursement amounts paid by payers for our current and future tests, may adversely affect the volumes of services and tests that we provide and may therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

If we or our laboratory partners, consultants or commercial partners market tests in a manner that violates healthcare fraud and abuse laws or otherwise engage in misconduct, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties.

        We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by both the U.S. federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

40


Table of Contents

        We have adopted policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws. In the ordinary course of our business, we conduct internal reviews of our compliance with these laws, and our compliance is also subject to governmental review. The growth of our business and sales organization and our expansion both within and outside of the United States may increase the potential of violating these laws or our internal policies and procedures. The risk of our being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. If our operations, including the conduct of our employees, distributors, consultants and commercial partners, are found to be

41


Table of Contents

in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government programs, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of pre-marketing product approvals, private qui tam actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Changes in the way the FDA regulates the reagents, other consumables, and testing equipment we use when developing, validating, and performing our tests could result in delay or additional expense in bringing our tests to market or performing such tests for our customers.

        Many of the sequencers, reagents, kits and other consumable products used to perform our prenatal testing, as well as the instruments and other capital equipment that enable the testing are offered for sale as analyte specific reagents, or ASRs, or for research use only, or RUO. This includes the sequencers supplied to us by Illumina. If the FDA were to require clearance or approval for the sale of Illumina's sequencers and if Illumina does not obtain such clearance or approval, or if the FDA were to find that a supplier failed to comply with applicable requirements, we would have to find an alternative sequencing platform for Panorama. If we were not successful in selecting, acquiring on commercially reasonable terms and implementing an alternative platform on a timely basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, a decision by the FDA to require clearance or approval for the sale by our sole supplier in the United States of the blood collection tubes used for Panorama and our non-invasive prenatal paternity testing could result in interruptions in our ability to supply our products to the market and adversely affect our operations.

        Certain reagents and instruments are also obtained from sole suppliers and are offered for sale as ASRs. ASRs consist of single reagents or primer pairs, which are intended for use in a diagnostic application for the identification and quantification of an individual chemical substance in biological specimens. ASRs are medical devices, but most are exempt from the 510(k) and PMA premarket review processes. As medical devices, ASRs have to comply with the QSR provisions and other device requirements. In 2007, the FDA issued a Guidance Document which clarified and narrowed the scope of products that are considered ASRs. The FDA could disagree with a supplier's assessment that the reagents are ASRs, and could require the supplier to seek clearance or approval for the reagents. If the FDA were to require clearance or approval for the reagents, certain of our suppliers may cease selling the reagents to us and any failure to obtain an acceptable substitute could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Products that are intended for research use only and are labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with the FDA requirements, including the approval or clearance and other product quality requirements for medical devices. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA has said it will consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed and to whom, when determining its intended use. If the FDA were to take enforcement action against certain of our suppliers' RUO products, such action could significantly and adversely affect our ability to provide timely testing results to our customers or could significantly increase our costs of conducting business. Additionally, if the FDA were to take enforcement action against RUO suppliers, certain of our suppliers may cease selling RUO products to us and any failure to obtain an acceptable substitute could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

42


Table of Contents

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by international government regulatory and business risks.

        We will increasingly subject ourselves to regulation in foreign jurisdictions as we offer our tests internationally. Our international operations subject us to varied and complex domestic, foreign and international laws and regulations. Compliance with these laws and regulations often involves significant costs or requires changes in our business practices that may reduce revenues and profitability. We may be subject to the regulatory approval requirements for each foreign country in which we sell our tests. Our future performance depends on, among other matters, the timely receipt of necessary regulatory approvals for our tests. Regulatory approval can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, regulatory processes are subject to change, and new or changed regulations can result in increased costs and unanticipated delays. Any changes in foreign approval requirements and processes may cause us to incur additional costs or lengthen the time required for regulatory approval of our tests. We may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all, and any failure to do so may cause us to incur additional costs or prevent us from marketing our tests in foreign countries, which may harm our business.

        We may incur additional legal compliance costs associated with our global operations and could become subject to legal penalties if we do not comply with certain regulations. For example, we are subject to the FCPA which, among other restrictions, prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, as well as anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of other jurisdictions. In addition, our international activities are subject to compliance with U.S. economic and trade sanctions, which restrict or otherwise limit our ability to do business in certain designated countries. Our training and compliance program and our other internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. Other limitations, such as prohibitions on the import into the United States of tissue necessary for us to perform our tests or restrictions on the export of tissue imposed by countries outside of the United States, or restrictions on importation and circulation of blood collection tubes or other equipment or supplies by countries outside the United States, may limit our ability to offer our tests internationally in the future.

Our use of hazardous materials in the development of our tests exposes us to risks related to accidental contamination or injury and requires us to comply with regulations governing hazardous waste materials.

        Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of hazardous materials and chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. In addition, we are subject on an ongoing basis to federal, state and local regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified hazardous waste materials. An increase in the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations could harm our business and results of operations.

If the validity of an informed consent from a patient intake for Panorama was challenged, we could be forced to stop performing Panorama tests, which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

        We are required to ensure that all clinical data and blood samples that we receive have been collected from subjects who have provided appropriate informed consent for us to perform our testing, both commercially and in clinical trials. We seek to ensure that the subjects from whom the data and samples are collected do not retain or have conferred on them any proprietary or commercial rights to the data or any discoveries derived from them. Our partners operate in a number of different countries, and, to a large extent, we rely upon them to comply with the subject's informed consent and with local law and international regulation. The collection of data and samples in many different countries results in complex

43


Table of Contents

legal questions regarding the adequacy of informed consent and the status of genetic material under a large number of different legal systems. The subject's informed consent obtained in any particular country could be challenged in the future, and those informed consents could prove invalid, unlawful or otherwise inadequate for our purposes. Any findings against us, or our partners, could deny us access to or force us to stop testing samples in a particular territory or could call into question the results of our clinical trials. We could become involved in legal challenges, which could require significant management and financial resources and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Any failure to obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

        Our success and ability to compete depend, in part, on our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other intellectual property rights and to operate without having third parties infringe, misappropriate or circumvent the rights that we own or license. If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection covering our products, others may be able to make, use or sell products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the sizeable development and licensing costs that we have incurred, which would adversely affect our ability to compete in the market. As of March 31, 2015, we held six issued U.S. patents and 45 pending U.S. patent applications. We also held one issued Australian patent and one issued Chinese patent. We have filed and are actively pursuing additional patent applications in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, India, Japan and Russia. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products or product candidates is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities. However, the patent positions of diagnostic companies, including ours, can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. The Supreme Court has in recent years issued a number of decisions relating to the patentability of diagnostic method claims. We cannot predict what impact these decisions may have on our ability to obtain or enforce patents relating to diagnostic methods in the future. We believe that no consistent policy regarding the scope of valid patent claims in these fields has emerged to date in the United States. The patent situation in the genetic diagnostics industry outside the United States also is uncertain. Moreover, the U.S. patent laws have recently changed, there have been changes regarding how patent laws are interpreted, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, has introduced new procedures to the patent system. Some of these changes and procedures are currently being litigated, and we cannot accurately determine the outcome of any such proceedings or predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws which might be enacted into law. Those changes may materially affect our patents, our ability to obtain patents or the patents and applications of our collaborators and licensors. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any current or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or that we will develop additional proprietary products which are patentable. Moreover, patents issued or that may be issued to us in the future may not provide us with any competitive advantage. Our patent position is subject to numerous additional risks, including the following:

44


Table of Contents

        Any of these factors could hurt our ability to gain patent protection for our products.

45


Table of Contents

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our business may be adversely affected.

        Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. As a means to enforce our trademark rights and prevent infringement, we may be required to file trademark claims against third parties or initiate trademark opposition proceedings. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a trademark of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the trademark at issue. We may not be able to protect our rights to these and other trademarks and trade names which we may need to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest.

        Our pending trademark applications in the United States and in other foreign jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed or may subsequently be opposed. Our applications to register the "Natera," "Panorama," "Powered by SNPs," "Prenatus," "Spectrum" and "Anora" trademarks have been allowed and/or have proceeded to registration in the United States. We have certain other trademark applications pending in the United States and abroad, but there can be no assurance that these applications will be allowed and not opposed. Even if these applications proceed to registration, third parties may challenge our use or registration of these trademarks in the future. Other companies in the medical diagnostics space may be using trademarks that are similar to ours and may in the future allege that the use of our trademarks in connection with our tests infringes or otherwise violates their trademarks. In addition, failure to maintain our trademark registrations, or to obtain new trademark registrations in the future, could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our marketing efforts in the countries in which we operate. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

If we are not able to prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, the value of our technology and products could be significantly diminished.

        We rely on trade secret protection to protect our interests in proprietary know-how and in processes for which patents are difficult to obtain or enforce, including the proprietary algorithm that we use to analyze DNA sequences and genetic information as part of Panorama. We may not be able to protect our trade secrets adequately. We have a policy of requiring our consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements and our employees to enter into invention, non-disclosure and non-compete agreements. However, no assurance can be given that we have entered into appropriate agreements with all parties that have had access to our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. There is also no assurance that such agreements will provide for a meaningful protection of our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure of information. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that any of our employees, consultants, contract personnel, or collaborators, either accidentally or through willful misconduct, will not cause serious damage to our programs and our strategy, for example by disclosing important trade secrets, know-how or proprietary information to our competitors.

        It is also possible that our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information could be obtained by third parties as a result of breaches of our physical or electronic security systems. Any disclosure of confidential data into the public domain or to third parties could allow our competitors to learn our trade secrets and use the information in competition against us. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Any action to enforce our rights is likely to be time consuming and expensive, and may ultimately be unsuccessful, or may result in a remedy that is not commercially valuable. These risks are accentuated in foreign countries where laws or law enforcement

46


Table of Contents

practices may not protect proprietary rights as fully as in the United States or Europe. Any unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information could harm our competitive position.

We may be required to reduce the scope of our intellectual property due to third-party intellectual property claims or challenges to our patents.

        Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our patent applications, which could require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to ours that claims priority to an application filed prior to March 16, 2013, we may have to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful if, unbeknownst to us, the other party had independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to such inventions. In addition, changes enacted on March 15, 2013 to the U.S. patent laws under the America Invents Act resulted in the United States changing from a "first to invent" country to a "first to file" country. As a result, we may lose the ability to obtain a patent if a third party files on the invention we wish to patent with the USPTO first. Derivation proceedings were also established as part of the "first to file" system. Such proceedings could allow a third party to allege that we are not entitled to a patent because we derived the invention from the invention of another party. We may also become involved in similar proceedings in other jurisdictions.

        Furthermore, recent changes in U.S. patent law under the America Invents Act establish new procedures for post-issuance challenges to U.S. patents, including inter partes reviews and post-grant oppositions. There is significant uncertainty as to how the new laws will be applied and if our U.S. patents are challenged using such procedures, we may not prevail, possibly resulting in altered or diminished claim scope or loss of patent rights altogether. Similarly, some countries, notably members of the European Union, also have post grant opposition proceedings that can result in changes in scope and/or cancellation of patent claims.

We are currently involved in patent litigation with Sequenom relating to Panorama and our non-invasive paternity test, and an adverse result could harm our business and results of operations.

        We are currently involved in patent litigation with Sequenom. An adverse ruling in such proceeding could require us to pay damages, including treble damages, attorneys' fees, costs and expenses, require us to pay license fees or result in an injunction preventing us from selling Panorama and our non-invasive prenatal paternity test, any of which could adversely affect our ability to offer these tests, our ability to continue operations and our financial condition. For more information on our current legal and regulatory proceedings, see "Business—Legal Proceedings." We may also in the future be involved with other litigation or USPTO actions with the same or other third parties. We expect that the number of such claims may increase as the number of products and the level of competition in our industry segments grows.

Our products could infringe patents and other property rights of others, which may result in costly litigation and, if we are not successful, could cause us to pay substantial damages or future licensing fees or otherwise limit our ability to commercialize our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We operate in a crowded technology area in which multiple third parties own or control potentially relevant intellectual property, including patents. There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the genetic diagnostics industry. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and target markets. Competitors may assert that our products infringe their intellectual property rights. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. In addition, our competitors and others may have

47


Table of Contents

patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products infringes these patents.

        We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to proceedings or claims that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the intellectual property or other rights of others. As described above, we are currently involved in patent litigation with Sequenom. The number of such claims may increase as the number of products and the level of competition in our industry segments grows.

        We may receive notices of claims of direct or indirect infringement or misappropriation or misuse of other parties' proprietary rights from time to time. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in such actions, or that other actions alleging misappropriation or misuse by us of third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or other rights, or the validity of our patents, trademarks or other rights, will not be asserted or prosecuted against us.

        As we move into new markets and applications for our products, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and, in the future, have significantly stronger, larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenues and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success depends in part on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties.

        We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending against any claims of infringement. Parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell products, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and ongoing royalties, elect to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products. We may not be able to obtain these licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. We could incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, we could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products to avoid infringing third-party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses could prevent us from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products could materially affect our business and our ability to gain market acceptance for our products.

        Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be negative public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

        In addition, our agreements with some of our customers, suppliers or other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims, including the types of claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Patents held by third parties may force us to makes changes in our operating procedures that would be costly to implement.

48


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property may be infringed upon by a third party.

        Third parties may infringe one or more of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights. We cannot predict if, when or where a third party may infringe our intellectual property rights. To counter infringement, we may be required to file infringement lawsuits, which can be expensive and time consuming. There is no assurance that we would be successful in a court of law in proving that a third party is infringing one or more of our issued patents or trademarks. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us, alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent's claims narrowly and/or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question, any of which may adversely affect our business. Even if we are successful in proving in a court of law that a third party is infringing our intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in halting their infringing activities, for example, through a permanent injunction, or that we would be fully or even partially financially compensated for any harm to our business. We may be forced to enter into a license or other agreement with the infringing third party at terms less profitable or otherwise commercially acceptable to us than if the license or agreement were negotiated under conditions between those of a willing licensee and a willing licensor. We may not become aware of a third-party infringer within legal timeframes for compensation or at all, thereby possibly losing the ability to be compensated for any harm to our business. Such a third party may be operating in a foreign country where the infringer is difficult to locate and/or the intellectual property laws may be more difficult to enforce. Some third-party infringers may be able to sustain the costs of complex infringement litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Any inability to stop third-party infringement could result in loss in market share of some of our products or even lead to a delay, reduction and/or inhibition of the development, manufacture or sale of certain products by us. There is no assurance that a product produced and sold by a third-party infringer would meet our or other regulatory standards or would be safe for use. Such third-party infringer products could irreparably harm the reputation of our products thereby resulting in substantial loss in our market share and profits.

Developments or uncertainty in the patent statute, patent case law or USPTO rules and regulations may impact the validity of our patent rights.

        Our patent rights may be affected by developments or uncertainty in the patent statute, patent case law or USPTO rules and regulations. For example, the patent position of companies engaged in the development and commercialization of diagnostic tests are particularly uncertain. Three cases involving diagnostic method claims, "gene patents," and analytical tools have been decided by the Supreme Court in the past few years. On March 20, 2012, the Supreme Court issued a decision in Mayo Collaborative Services v. Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., a case involving patent claims directed to measuring a metabolic product in a patient to optimize a drug dosage amount for the patient. According to the Supreme Court, the addition of well-understood, routine or conventional activity such as "administering" or "determining" steps was not enough to transform an otherwise patent ineligible natural phenomenon into patent eligible subject matter. On June 13, 2013, the Supreme Court issued its decision in Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., a case involving patent claims held by Myriad Genetics, Inc. relating to the breast cancer susceptibility genes BRCA1 and BRCA2. Myriad held that isolated segments of naturally occurring DNA, such as the DNA constituting the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, is not patent eligible subject matter, but that complementary DNA, which is an artificial construct that may be created from RNA transcripts of genes, may be patent eligible. On June 19, 2014, the Supreme Court issued its decision in Alice Corp. v. CLS Bank Int'l, a case involving the patent eligibility of computer-implemented method claims. In Alice, the Supreme Court held that implementation of an otherwise abstract idea on a computer was not enough by itself to make the idea patent-eligible. What remains unclear after Alice is how an abstract idea is defined, which the Court explicitly declined to address. We believe this has resulted in uncertainty and inconsistency in the application of Alice to software-based tools, such as proprietary

49


Table of Contents

analytical algorithms. On December 16, 2014, the USPTO issued an interim guidance memorandum to patent examiners for subject matter eligibility analysis of all claims involving a judicial exception (i.e., laws of nature/natural principles, natural phenomena and/or natural products, and abstract ideas). This guidance is not final, and it is expected that the guidance will change in light of future developments in the case law and in response to public feedback. While this guidance can inform decision-making at the USPTO, federal courts are not bound by this guidance.

        We cannot assure you that our efforts to seek patent protection for our technology and products will not be negatively impacted by the decisions described above, rulings in other cases or changes in guidance or procedures issued by the USPTO. We cannot predict what impact the Supreme Court's decisions in Prometheus, Myriad, and Alice may have on the ability of molecular diagnostic companies or other entities to obtain or enforce patents relating to diagnostic methods, tools, or isolated products of nature in the future. The patent-eligibility of algorithmic analysis techniques is particularly in flux.

        Moreover, although the Supreme Court has held in Myriad that isolated segments of naturally occurring DNA are not patent-eligible subject matter, certain third parties could allege that activities that we may undertake infringe other gene-related patent claims, and we may deem it necessary to defend ourselves against these claims by asserting non-infringement and/or invalidity positions, or pay to obtain a license to these patents. In any of the foregoing or in other situations involving third-party intellectual property rights, if we are unsuccessful in defending against claims of patent infringement, we could be forced to pay damages and ongoing royalties, and to obtain licenses from third parties, or be subjected to an injunction that would prevent us from utilizing the patented subject matter. We may not be able to obtain these licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. Such outcomes could materially affect our ability to offer our tests and harm our business.

        We believe our technology is differentiated from that at issue in the above cases, but the full impact of the decisions is not yet known and they have created uncertainty around the patent-eligibility of diagnostic tests and methods. The claims of our patent applications may therefore fail to issue, or if they do issue, may subsequently be challenged or invalidated, on the grounds that they include subject matter that is not patent-eligible based on the Supreme Court's rulings in these cases and the further evolution of case law in this area.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

        We employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or diagnostic companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of our employees' former employers or other third parties. We may also be subject to claims that former employers or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. There is no guarantee of success in defending these claims, and if we do not prevail, we could be required to pay substantial damages and could lose rights to important intellectual property. Even if we are successful, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and other employees.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the

50


Table of Contents

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. Our management and other personnel have little experience managing a public company and preparing public filings. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Additional compensation costs and any future equity awards will increase our compensation expense, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could adversely affect our profitability. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on reasonable terms. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies."

        For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we also intend to take advantage of certain other exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the end of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (ii) in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million and (iii) in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, and (b) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and,

51


Table of Contents

beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be for the year ending December 31, 2016, provide a management report on internal controls over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal controls over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer an emerging growth company. We do not expect to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to our management report on internal controls over financial reporting for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

        If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal controls over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or, when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustainable, and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. An active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell shares purchased in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile which could subject us to litigation.

        The market price of our common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as those in this "Risk Factors" section and others including:

52


Table of Contents

        In addition, if the market for life sciences stocks or the stock market in general experiences uneven investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The market price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies within, or outside, our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Some companies that have experienced volatility in the trading price of their stock have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If we are the subject of such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering for any of the purposes described in "Use of Proceeds," and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our capital stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our common stock.

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be prohibited or limited by the terms of any current or future debt financing arrangement. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of the price of our common stock.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

        The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock of $            per share as of                        . Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of approximately $            per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

        This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and any previous exercise of stock options granted to our service providers. In addition, as of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 15,253,754 shares of our common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $1.76 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

53


Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause the stock price of our common stock to decline.

        We may issue additional securities following the completion of this offering. In the future, we may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. We also expect to issue common stock to employees and directors pursuant to our equity incentive plans. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in subsequent transactions, or common stock is issued pursuant to equity incentive plans, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders following this offering could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

        All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders' ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Subject to certain limitations, approximately                                     shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options vested as of the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Certain holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock could be adversely affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Insiders have substantial control over us and will be able to influence corporate matters.

        As of March 31, 2015, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 42.5% of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit stockholders' ability to influence

54


Table of Contents

corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our common stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

        In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on merger, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

        For information regarding these and other provisions, see "Description of Capital Stock."

55


Table of Contents


INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, strategy and plans, and our expectations for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "design," "intend," "expect," "could," "plan," "potential," "predict," "seek," "should," "would" or the negative version of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, strategy, short- and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

56


Table of Contents

        These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in "Risk Factors." Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

        You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

57


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

        We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this registration statement from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications, in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly-available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this registration statement is reliable and is based on reasonable assumptions, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

58


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the issuance of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, facilitate an orderly distribution of shares for the selling stockholders, increase our visibility in the marketplace, create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional working capital and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently intend to use approximately $        of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes and approximately $        for continued investments in research and development for our core technology and development of our product offerings. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. However, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time, and we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for any of these purposes. We have not yet determined the manner in which we will allocate the net proceeds received by us from this offering, and as a result, management will have broad discretion in the allocation and use of the net proceeds.

        Pending our use of the net proceeds received by us from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our credit agreement with ROS Acquisition Offshore LP and our loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank each restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that may further restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

59


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015, as follows:

        You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and
per share data)

 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 80,348   $ 80,348   $    
               
               

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 51,232,536 shares authorized, 51,177,534 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    240,585            

Stockholders' deficit:

                   

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;                shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 82,000,000 shares authorized, 11,345,665 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                        shares authorized,                         shares issued and outstanding, pro forma,                         shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1     6        

Additional paid-in capital

    9,725     250,305        

Accumulated deficit

    (189,812 )   (189,812 )      
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (180,086 )   60,499        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 60,499   $ 60,499   $    
               
               

60


Table of Contents

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders' deficit by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        If the underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, common stock, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit and shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 would be $            ,            , $            , $            and            , respectively.

        See "Prospectus Summary—The Offering" for a description of those shares that are or are not reflected as outstanding shares on a pro forma basis in the table above.

61


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

        The pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of our common stock as of March 31, 2015 was $             million, or $            per share. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments referenced under "Capitalization."

        After giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments referenced under "Capitalization" and (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                                    shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015 would have been $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to investors purchasing our common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $            

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2015

  $      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors

         
         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

         
           

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

        $            
           
           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $             million, or approximately $            per share, and the dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $            per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $             million, or approximately $            per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $            per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        If the underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) after this offering would be $            per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table summarizes as of March 31, 2015, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price

62


Table of Contents

range on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Total Shares   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         
                         

        Sales of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders to                        , or approximately        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors to                         , or approximately        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, existing stockholders would own        % and new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

        See "Prospectus Summary—The Offering" for a description of those shares that are or are not reflected in the foregoing tables or discussion.

        To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2007 Stock Plan and outstanding common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants as of March 31, 2015 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own        % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

63


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        We derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements. You should read the selected financial data together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data is qualified in its entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenues:

                         

Product revenues

  $ 54,955   $ 157,308   $ 27,209   $ 46,899  

Other revenues

    216     1,981     86     536  
                   

Total revenues

    55,171     159,289     27,295     47,435  

Cost and expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cost of product revenues

    37,275     78,396     15,900     24,843  

Research and development

    11,550     17,292     4,298     5,630  

Selling, general and administrative

    31,614     62,936     14,379     23,239  
                   

Total cost and expenses

    80,439     158,624     34,577     53,712  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,268 )   665     (7,282 )   (6,277 )

Interest expense

    (1,873 )   (4,219 )   (809 )   (1,010 )

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

    (7,901 )            

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

    (2,166 )   118     (806 )   (1,800 )

Interest income and other (expense), net

    98     (1,716 )   (719 )   (917 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (37,110 ) $ (5,152 ) $ (9,616 ) $ (10,004 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.93 ) $ (0.66 ) $ (1.28 ) $ (1.16 )
                   
                   

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    6,261     7,825     7,484     8,620  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.10 )       $ (0.17 )
                       
                       

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          52,693           59,797  
                       
                       

 

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance Sheets Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,496   $ 87,176   $ 80,348  

Restricted cash

    896     1,311     1,346  

Working capital

    25,538     76,605     67,955  

Total assets

    59,723     123,623     120,104  

Long-term debt

    22,464     24,474     25,689  

Convertible preferred stock

    185,199     240,612     240,585  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (171,509 )   (171,335 )   (180,086 )

64


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a rapidly growing diagnostics company with proprietary molecular and bioinformatics technology that we are deploying to change the management of genetic disease worldwide. Our novel molecular assays reliably measure many informative regions across the genome from samples as small as a single cell. Our statistical algorithms combine these measurements with data available from the broader scientific community to detect a wide range of serious conditions with best in class accuracy and coverage. In addition to our direct sales force in the United States, which we are continuing to expand, we have a global network of over 70 laboratory and distribution partners, including many of the largest international laboratories. We are enabling even wider adoption of our technology by introducing a global cloud-based distribution model. We have launched seven molecular diagnostic tests since 2009, and we intend to launch new products in prenatal testing and oncology in the future. In March 2013, we launched Panorama, our non-invasive prenatal test, or NIPT. Over 185,000 Panorama tests were accessioned during the year ended December 31, 2014 and over 55,000 Panorama tests were accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our revenues have grown from $4.3 million in 2010 to $159.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, and from $27.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $47.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015.

        We were formed in 2003 under our former name, Gene Security Network. From 2006 through 2013, the National Institutes of Health awarded us cumulative grants of $5.7 million to conduct various research projects including non-invasive aneuploidy screening on circulating fetal cells for prenatal diagnosis. An initial period of research and development was followed by the commercialization of the following tests:

65


Table of Contents

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, we processed substantially all of our tests in our laboratory certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, in San Carlos, California. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, we accessioned greater than 64,000 tests, including greater than 55,000 Panorama tests. In 2014, we accessioned greater than 215,000 tests, including greater than 185,000 Panorama tests. In 2013, we accessioned greater than 85,000 tests, including greater than 65,000 Panorama tests. A test is accessioned when we receive the test, the relevant information about the test is entered into our computer system and the test sample is routed into the appropriate sample flow. Our customers include independent laboratories, national and regional reference laboratories, medical centers and physician practices. We market and sell our tests both through our sales force and those of our laboratory distributors. We bill clinics, laboratory distribution partners, patients and insurance payers for the tests we perform. In cases where we bill laboratory distribution partners, our partners in turn bill clinics, patients and insurance payers. Insurers reimburse for NIPT procedures in high-risk pregnancies based on positive coverage decisions, which means that the insurer has determined that NIPT in general is medically necessary for this category of patient. In the United States, the payers with positive NIPT coverage decisions include UnitedHealthcare, AETNA, Anthem, Humana and CIGNA. We and our laboratory partners have in-network contracts with insurance providers that account for over 140 million covered lives in the United States. A "covered life" means a subscriber, or a dependent of a subscriber, who is insured under an insurance policy with the insurance carrier identified. The number of covered lives represented by insurers that have positive coverage decisions or with which we or our laboratory partners have a contract provides a measure of our access to the healthcare market. Although our target market for NIPT is a much smaller subset of the total number of covered lives because it excludes subscribers for whom our NIPT would not be performed, such as men, children and post-menopausal women, we believe the number of U.S. covered lives for whom we have access under contract represents an important indicator of our access to the total available market for our products. Insurers also reimburse for our products through out-of-network claims submission processes where we do not have a contract with that insurer.

        The principal focus of our commercial operations currently is to distribute molecular diagnostic tests through both our direct sales force and laboratory partners, and the number of tests that we accession is a key indicator that we use to assess our business. We accessioned over 64,000 tests for the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to 44,000 tests for the three months ended March 31, 2014. We accessioned over 215,000 tests for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 85,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase in volume is primarily due to the commercial growth of our Panorama test. We significantly increased the number of our domestic sales specialists in the third and fourth quarters of 2014 in an effort to increase the number of tests distributed through our direct sales force. The percent of our revenues attributable to our U.S. direct sales force for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 59%, up from 45% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to U.S. laboratory partners for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 26%, down from 42% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to international laboratory partners and other international sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 14%, up from 13% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The percent of our revenues attributable to our U.S. direct sales force for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 80%, up from 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The percent of our revenues attributable to U.S. laboratory partners for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 6%, down from 46% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The percent of our revenues attributable to international laboratory partners and other international sales for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was 14%, down from 15% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Our

66


Table of Contents

ability to increase our revenues and gross profit will depend on our ability to further penetrate the U.S. market with our direct sales force.

        In addition to distributing molecular diagnostic tests, we seek to establish licensing arrangements with laboratory partners related to the use of our molecular and bioinformatics capabilities. In February 2014, we entered into a licensing and service arrangement with DNA Diagnostics Center, Inc., to enable the development of a non-invasive prenatal paternity test based on our proprietary technology. We have recognized $1.1 million and $0.5 million in revenues from the arrangement during the year ended December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. The arrangement commenced in the second quarter of 2014. We have begun to introduce a cloud-based distribution model, allowing certain U.S. and international laboratory partners through a license to our technology, to develop and run our molecular processes in the partners' laboratories and then have the resulting raw sequenced genetic data analyzed by our proprietary algorithm that we host in the cloud. This model will result in lower revenues and gross profit per test than in cases where we process a test ourselves.

        Our revenues increased from $55.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $159.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, and from $27.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $47.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. We generate revenues primarily from the sale of Panorama, which we commercially launched in 2013. Panorama revenues accounted for $30.9 million, or 56%, of our 2013 revenues, $116.1 million, or 73% of our 2014 revenues and $34.8 million, or 73% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Sales to Quest, Progenity, DNA Diagnostics Center, Inc. and Bio-Reference Laboratory, Inc., our largest laboratory distribution partners, represented 16%, 12%, 5% and 5% of our 2013 revenues, respectively. Sales to Quest and Progenity represented a combined 51% of our 2013 revenues generated from Panorama. Sales to Quest, Bio-Reference and Progenity represented 10%, 6% and 5% of our revenues in 2014, respectively. Sales to Quest, Bio-Reference and Progenity represented a combined 27% of our revenues in 2014 generated from Panorama. Progenity terminated its agreement with us in the second quarter of 2014 and no longer distributes our NIPT. Quest terminated its agreement with us in the third quarter of 2014 and no longer distributes our NIPT. Revenues from customers outside the United States were $6.9 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively and were $4.1 million and $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. All of our revenues have been denominated in U.S. dollars, but we expect to begin receiving foreign currency in 2015, primarily denominated in Euros. For both the year ended December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 14% of our revenues were generated in international markets.

        Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $37.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively. This included non-cash interest expense related to our convertible promissory notes issued in 2011 and 2012, or our Series C and Series D Convertible Notes, of $7.9 million and nil for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and non-cash stock compensation expense of $1.7 million and $5.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $179.8 million.

        Our net losses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $9.6 million and $10.0 million, respectively. This included non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.6 million and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $189.8 million.

Components of the Results of Operations

Revenues

        We generate revenues from the sale of our genetic tests, primarily from the sale of our NIPT, Panorama. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the nature of the fee charged for the services delivered and existing contractual arrangements. For tests performed where an agreed upon reimbursement rate or fixed fee and a predictable history or likelihood of collections exists, we recognize revenues upon delivery of a report to the prescribing physician or clinic based on the established billing rate less contractual and other adjustments, such as an allowance for doubtful accounts, to arrive at the

67


Table of Contents

amount that we expect to collect. In all other situations, as we do not have a fixed or determinable price, a sufficient history of collection or we are not able to determine the price for our test, we recognize revenue when cash is received.

        We have two significant distribution channels: direct sales and through our laboratory partners. In cases where we promote our tests through our direct sales force, we generally bill directly to a patient, clinic or insurance carrier, or a combination of the insurance carrier and patient for the fees. We do not maintain an account receivable balance in our financial statements for outstanding billing to the insurance payers because we cannot determine the collectable portion of the billings until cash is received.

        In cases where we sell our tests through our laboratory partners, the majority of our laboratory partners bill the patient, clinic or insurance carrier for the performance of our tests, and we are entitled to either a fixed price per test or a percentage of their collections. For tests sold through a limited number of our laboratory partners, we bill directly to a patient, clinic or insurance carrier, or a combination of the insurance carrier and patient for the fees.

        Revenues recognized on a cash basis represented 45%, 67% and 82% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. As of May 28, 2015, we have ten licensing and service arrangements with laboratories under our cloud-based distribution model. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized revenue from only one such arrangement.

        The fixed fees identified in contracts with laboratory partners change only if a pricing amendment is agreed upon between both parties. For cases in which there is no fixed price established with a laboratory partner, we then recognize revenues from partner distributed tests on a cash basis.

        Our ability to increase our revenues will depend on our ability to further penetrate the domestic and international markets and, in particular generate sales through our direct sales force, offer additional tests, obtain reimbursement from additional third-party payers and increase our reimbursement rate for tests performed. In the future, we expect to generate revenues by providing access to our cloud-based distribution model. To the extent we are successful in having new or existing customers adopt this product delivery platform, our revenues per test will decrease and our cost of product revenues per test will also decrease.

Cost of Product Revenues

        The components of our cost of product revenues are materials and service costs, personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with testing samples, shipping charges to transport samples, third-party test fees, and allocated overhead including rent, information technology costs, equipment depreciation and utilities. Costs associated with performing tests are recorded when the test is processed regardless of whether and when revenues are recognized with respect to that test. As a result, our cost of product revenues as a percentage of revenues may vary significantly from period to period because we do not recognize all revenues in the period in which the associated costs are incurred. We expect cost of product revenues in absolute dollars to increase as the number of tests we perform increases. However, we expect that the cost per test will decrease over time due to the efficiencies we expect to gain as test volume increases and from automation and other cost reduction initiatives. In addition, to the extent we are successful in having new or existing customers adopt our cloud-based distribution model, our revenues per test will decrease and our cost of product revenues per test will also decrease.

Research and Development

        Research and development expenses include costs incurred to develop our technology, collect clinical samples and conduct clinical studies to develop and support our products. These costs consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, prototype materials, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, regulatory costs, electronic medical record set up costs, costs associated with setting up and conducting clinical studies at domestic and international sites and allocated overhead, including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation and utilities. We expense all research and development

68


Table of Contents

costs in the periods in which they are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to developing additional products. In the near term we will continue to grow research and development expenses in support of Panorama and other new products and programs, including the application of our proprietary technologies for cancer and other disease detection.

Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include executive, selling and marketing, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, billing and client services. These expenses consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, direct marketing expenses, audit and legal expenses, consulting costs, education seminars, payer outreach programs and allocated overhead, including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation, and utilities. In the near term, we expect selling, general and administrative expenses will increase driven by the costs of hiring additional sales personnel associated with further penetrating the domestic and international market, and marketing and education expenses to drive market penetration and reimbursement. We also expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase as a result of becoming a public company. These expenses are related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Global Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. We also expect our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we expand our billing and client services functions.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense is attributable to borrowing under our senior secured term loan and our equipment financing facility. We also recognize revenue-based royalties to the lender associated with our senior secured term loan as part of interest expense.

Interest Expense from Accretion of Convertible Notes

        We recognized non-cash interest on our Series C and Series D Convertible Notes in 2012 and 2013. The conversion of our Series C and Series D Convertible Notes into Series C and Series D preferred stock took place in February 2013 and accordingly we do not expect to recognize non-cash interest related to these convertible notes in future periods.

Interest (Expense) Benefit from Changes in the Fair Value of Long-Term Debt

        Interest expense also arises from changes in the fair value associated with our senior secured term loan.

Interest Income and Other (Expense), Net

        Interest income is from interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and other expense relates to the changes in the fair value associated with our warrants.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best estimates and judgment. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ materially from these estimates and could have an adverse effect on our financial statements. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.

69


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

        We consider our services rendered when we deliver reports of our test results. When we have contracted a fixed or determinable price for our services and when collectability of revenues is reasonably assured, we recognize revenues upon delivery of test reports which include contractual and other adjustments, such as an allowance for doubtful accounts, to arrive at the amount that we expect to collect. The fixed fees identified in contracts change only if a pricing amendment is agreed upon between the parties. For cases in which there is no price established, we recognize revenues on a cash basis. In all other situations, as we do not have a sufficient history of collection and are not able to determine a predictable pattern of payment, we recognize revenues when cash is received.

        Certain of our arrangements include multiple deliverables. For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, we evaluate each deliverable to determine whether it qualifies as a separate unit of accounting. This determination is based on whether the deliverable has "stand-alone value" to the customer and whether a general right of return exists. The consideration that is fixed or determinable is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. We use judgment in identifying the deliverables in our arrangements, assessing whether each deliverable is a separate unit of accounting, and in determining the best estimate of selling price for certain deliverables. We also use judgment in determining the period over which the deliverables are recognized in certain of our arrangements. Any amounts received that do not meet the criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue until such criteria are met.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, we had one licensing and service arrangement with laboratories under our cloud-based distribution model. As of May 28, 2015, we have ten such signed licensing and service arrangements with partners, of which only one partner has begun commercializing products using this model. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized revenue from only one such arrangement. We receive royalty revenue through the licensing of our proprietary technology pursuant to one such arrangement. Royalty revenues are derived from licensing and service agreements which are recognized when earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in Other Revenues in the statements of operations. We are not currently recognizing revenues from our other licensing and service arrangements.

Income Taxes

        We file U.S. federal income tax returns and tax returns in various states. To date, we have not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state income tax authority. We have not recorded any U.S. federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, due to our history of operating losses.

        As of December 31, 2014, our gross deferred tax assets were $27.5 million, for which we established a full valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses, or NOLs, and tax credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state NOLs carryforwards of approximately $57.9 million and $40.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2027 and 2017, respectively, if not utilized. The deferred tax assets related to NOLs do not include excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises. We also had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million, which begin to expire in 2027, and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.0 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely.

        We are required to reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. We must use judgment in assessing the potential need for a valuation allowance, which requires an evaluation of both negative and positive evidence. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence should be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. In determining the need for and amount of our valuation allowance, if any, we assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our

70


Table of Contents

deferred tax assets using historical levels of income, estimates of future income and tax planning strategies. As a result of historical cumulative losses and, based on all available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that our recorded net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, we recorded a valuation allowance against all of our net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014. We will continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of this allowance.

        Federal and California tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of NOLs and credit carryforwards in the event of an "ownership change" for tax purpose, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, our ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as the result of such ownership change. Such a limitation could restrict the use of the NOLs in future years and possibly a reduction of the NOLs available.

        We are subject to U.S. federal income taxes and to income taxes in various states in the United States. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations, and require significant judgment to apply. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2010. We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for all prior tax years since incorporation.

        As of December 31, 2014, the balance of gross uncertain tax benefits was $1.4 million. In 2014, the balance of gross uncertain tax benefits increased $0.5 million related to current year research credits claimed. The reversal of the uncertain tax benefits will not affect our effective tax rate to the extent that we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We do not anticipate significant changes to our current uncertain tax positions through December 31, 2015. We recognize any interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Fair Value Measurements

        Our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value comprise investments in money market funds and liabilities for preferred stock warrants and our senior secured term loan. The fair value accounting guidance requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified in one of the following three categories:

This hierarchy requires that we use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

Fair Value—Senior Secured Term Loan

        We have elected to account for our senior secured term loan at fair value. The fair value of this liability represents a term loan, royalty interest, and a delayed draw loan that is based upon the achievement of certain revenues targets over the life of the contract. The fair value of the liability is determined using Level III inputs such as discounted cash-flow methodology, a Monte Carlo Simulation model for projected revenues, and the Longstaff-Schwartz model for royalty payments with significant inputs that include discount rate, projected revenues, projected royalty payments and percentage probability of occurrence for projected revenues and royalty payments. A significantly different fair value measurement could result from the following: a significant change in projected revenues in isolation, a significant change in the timing of the delayed draw loan, a significant change in the discount rate in isolation, or changes in the probability of occurrence between the outcomes in isolation.

71


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

        We have included stock-based compensation as part of our cost of product revenues and our operating expenses in our statements of operations as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

Cost of product revenues

  $ 62   $ 291   $ 69   $ 83  

Research and development

    616     1,593     1,053     261  

Selling, general and administrative

    979     3,273     1,488     803  
                   

Total

  $ 1,657   $ 5,157   $ 2,610   $ 1,147  
                   
                   

        Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to our employees and non-employees is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. No compensation cost is recognized on stock options for employees and non-employees who do not render the requisite service and therefore forfeit their rights to the stock options. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock options. We account for stock options issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in our statements of operations during the period that the related services are rendered.

        In April 2012, our board of directors modified the terms of certain stock option awards that were fully vested to reset the term of the vesting schedule for these awards to vest over the subsequent seven years and to extend the expiration of the awards through May 1, 2019. In the event of an initial public offering of our common stock, the remainder of the unvested stock options will become fully vested. The board of directors did not change the exercise price of the awards. We will recognize approximately $2.8 million in additional stock-based compensation over the extended vesting period of seven years, or through the earlier date of our initial public offering. We have recognized $0.1 million of such stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. As of March 31, 2015, $1.6 million of stock-based compensation related to these modifications remained unrecognized.

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of our expected stock price volatility, the expected life of the awards, a risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Determining these assumptions requires significant judgment. The expected term was based on the simplified method and where we did not qualify to use the simplified method, we used the lattice model, and the volatility rate was based on that of publicly traded companies in the DNA sequencing, diagnostics or personalized medicine industries. When selecting the public companies in these industries to be used in the volatility calculation, companies were selected with characteristics believed to be comparable to us, including enterprise value and financial leverage. Companies were also selected with historical share price volatility sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock options. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock options. The expected life of the non-employee option grants was based on their remaining contractual life at the measurement date. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities that were consistent with the option's expected life. The expected

72


Table of Contents

dividend assumption was based on our history and expectation of no dividends. Our assumptions are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  

Expected term (years)

    6.0     4.91—7.06     5.4—6.3     5.6—5.7  

Expected volatility

    63.7%—85.7%     73.35%—87.03%     84.4%—87.0%     72.6%—73.0%  

Expected dividend rate

    0%     0%     0%     0%  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.44%—2.86%     1.65%—2.04%     1.65%—1.94%     1.56%—1.58%  

        In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our equity awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

        There is a high degree of subjectivity involved when using option-pricing models to estimate stock-based compensation. There is currently no market-based mechanism or other practical application to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates stemming from these valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. Although the fair value of stock-based awards is determined using an option-pricing model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value that would be observed in a market transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller. If factors change and we employ different assumptions when valuing our stock options, the compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have historically reported.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

        We have been a privately held company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, our board of directors, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management and based upon independent third party valuations, has for financial reporting purposes periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, also known as the Practice Aid. Generally, we performed these valuations on a quarterly basis during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and as of March 31, 2015. In conducting these valuations, our board of

73


Table of Contents

directors considered the objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant in each valuation conducted, including management's best estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed by our board of directors, a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

        The dates of our valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, our board of directors' estimates have been based on the most recent valuation of our shares of common stock and its assessment of additional objective and subjective factors it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant.

        There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, stage of commercial growth, reimbursement from commercial third-party payers and government payers, the timing of a potential initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determination of the appropriate valuation method at each valuation date. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense and net loss applicable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

        The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 2013 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the per share estimated fair value of the underlying common stock.

Grant Date
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Common
Stock Value
Per Share on
Grant Date
 

4/18/2013

    813,300   $ 0.850   $ 0.85  

5/16/2013

    169,000     0.850     0.85  

2/25/2014

    4,028,912     1.630     1.85  

2/25/2014

    75,000     1.793     1.85  

9/18/2014

    2,319,544     2.320     3.31  

12/10/2014

    1,253,000     3.310     4.57  

3/26/2015

    1,719,750     4.57     5.75  

        Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of                would have been $     million of which approximately $     million related to vested options and approximately $     million related to unvested options.

        Our board of directors estimated our enterprise value as of the various valuation dates using a market approach and an income approach, which are acceptable valuation methods in accordance with the Practice Aid. Under the market approach, enterprise value can be estimated by evaluating recent arm's length transactions involving the sale of our preferred stock to investors and by comparisons to similar publicly traded companies. Under the income approach, enterprise value can be estimated using the discounted cash flow method. Additionally, each valuation reflects a marketability discount, resulting from the illiquidity of our common stock.

74


Table of Contents

        As provided in the Practice Aid, there are several approaches for allocating enterprise value of a privately held company among the securities held in a complex capital structure. The possible methodologies include the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, the option-pricing method, or OPM, the current-value method, or a hybrid of the PWERM and the OPM, which we refer to as the hybrid method. Under the PWERM, shares are valued based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future returns, considering various future outcomes available to us, as well as the rights of each share class. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the enterprise's value. The exercise prices associated with these call options vary according to the liquidation preference of the preferred stock, the preferred stock conversion price, the exercise prices of common stock options, and other features of a company's equity capital structure. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities' fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. The current-value method, which is generally only used for early stage companies, is based on first determining enterprise value using a market, income or asset-based approach, and then allocating that value to the preferred stock based on its liquidation preference or conversion value, whichever would be greater. For each of the valuations referred to above, we used the OPM to establish estimated fair value.

        After the completion of this offering, we expect to use the market closing price for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market to determine the fair value of our common stock.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2014   2015   Variance   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues:

                         

Product revenues

  $ 27,209   $ 46,899   $ 19,690     72.4 %

Other revenues

    86     536     450     523.3  
                     

Total revenues

    27,295     47,435     20,140     73.8  
                     

Cost and expenses:

                         

Cost of product revenues

    15,900     24,843     8,943     56.2  

Research and development

    4,298     5,630     1,332     31.0  

Selling, general and administrative

    14,379     23,239     8,860     61.6  
                     

Total cost and expenses

    34,577     53,712     19,135     55.3  
                     

Loss from operations

    (7,282 )   (6,277 )   1,005     (13.8 )

Interest expense

    (809 )   (1,010 )   (201 )   24.8  

Interest expense benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

    (806 )   (1,800 )   (994 )   123.3  

Interest income and other (expense), net

    (719 )   (917 )   (198 )   27.5  
                     

Net loss

  $ (9,616 ) $ (10,004 ) $ (388 )   4.0 %
                     
                     

Revenues

        Revenues increased $20.1 million, or 73.8%, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to increased sales of Panorama. Revenues from Panorama increased $15.3 million and revenues from all other products increased $4.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. Revenues from

75


Table of Contents

customers outside the United States were $4.1 million and $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Cost of product revenues

        Cost of product revenues increased $8.9 million, or 56.2%, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to an increase in the volume of tests performed in the quarter combined with an increase in material and personnel costs, which are directly related to the growth in Panorama tests performed in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015. Panorama test costs on average are lower than our other products. Because Panorama represented a relatively large proportion of the total units accessioned in the three months ended March 31, 2015, average costs per unit decreased in the period. As a percentage of revenues, cost of product revenues declined from 58.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 52.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Sequentially, however, cost of product revenues as a percentage of revenues increased from 45.4% for the three months ended December 31, 2014 to 52.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to reduced average reimbursement for our Panorama test relating to new Current Procedure Terminology, or CPT, codes coming into effect in January 2015 and to our incurring costs for tests accessioned in advance of recognition of related revenue.

Research and development

        Research and development expenses increased $1.3 million, or 31.0%, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development headcount as well as a $0.2 million increase in outside services costs, a $0.6 million increase in laboratory expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in office, facilities and other expenses.

Selling, general and administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $8.9 million, or 61.6%, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to a $6.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growth in sales personnel related to our direct sales model. Selling, general and administrative expenses reflects the net addition of 224 employees from March 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015. In addition, we experienced a $0.5 million increase in travel expenses and $0.6 million increase in outside services costs, primary related to legal fees. Office expenses increased $0.3 million, facilities expenses increased $0.3 million, marketing expenses increased $0.3 million and administrative and other expenses increased $0.4 million. As we continue to expand our direct sales force, we expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase.

Interest expense

        Interest expense increased $0.2 million, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015 and was primarily comprised of interest expense related to the senior secured term loan and equipment financing facility.

Interest expense benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

        Interest expense from changes in the fair value of long-term debt increased $1.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to fair value

76


Table of Contents

measurement of the senior secured term loan for the period ended March 31, 2015. This term loan was entered into in April 2013.

Interest income and other (expense), net

        Interest income and other (expense), net increased $0.2 million from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015 and was primarily related to the fair value measurement of the outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2015.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2014   Variance   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues:

                         

Product revenues

  $ 54,955   $ 157,308   $ 102,353     186.2 %

Other revenues

    216     1,981     1,765     817.1  
                     

Total Revenues

    55,171     159,289     104,118     188.7  
                     

Cost and expenses:

                         

Cost of product revenues

    37,275     78,396     41,121     110.3  

Research and development

    11,550     17,292     5,742     49.7  

Selling, general and administrative

    31,614     62,936     31,322     99.1  
                     

Total cost and expenses

    80,439     158,624     78,185     97.2  
                     

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,268 )   665     25,933     (102.6 )

Interest expense

    (1,873 )   (4,219 )   (2,346 )   125.3  

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

    (7,901 )       7,901     (100.0 )

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

    (2,166 )   118     2,284     (105.4 )

Interest income and other (expense), net

    98     (1,716 )   (1,814 )   (1,851 )
                     

Net loss

  $ (37,110 ) $ (5,152 ) $ 31,958     (86.1 )%
                     
                     

Revenues

        Revenues increased $104.1 million, or 188.7%, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to increased sales of Panorama, which was launched in March 2013. Revenues from Panorama increased $85.2 million and revenues from all other products increased $18.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, we accessioned greater than 215,000 tests, including greater than 185,000 Panorama tests. We recognized revenue on greater than 138,000 tests, including greater than 121,000 Panorama tests, in the year ended December 31, 2014. Ninety-three percent of the 138,000 tests and 94% of the 121,000 Panorama tests were accessioned in the year ended December 31, 2014, and the remainder were accessioned in prior periods. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we accessioned greater than 85,000 tests, including greater than 65,000 Panorama tests. We recognized revenue on greater than 58,000 tests, including greater than 45,000 Panorama tests, in the year ended December 31, 2013. Ninety-seven percent of the 58,000 tests and 100% of the 45,000 Panorama tests were accessioned in the year ended December 31, 2013, and the remainder were accessioned in prior periods. The number of tests we accession in a given period differs from the number of tests on which we recognize revenue in that period because: for certain tests we recognize revenue upon cash receipt, which may occur a number of months after the test is accessioned; and in some cases, we do not ultimately receive reimbursement or payment for tests we accession. Our efforts to increase the number of tests distributed through our direct sales force in the third and fourth quarters of 2014 resulted in a higher average payment

77


Table of Contents

per test. The vast majority of tests distributed through our direct sales force are billed to insurance payers and revenue is predominantly recognized on a cash basis as price is not fixed and determinable and collection is not reasonably assured.

        Revenues from customers outside the United States were $6.9 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Cost of product revenues

        Cost of product revenues increased $41.1 million, or 110.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in material and personnel costs, which are directly related to the growth in Panorama tests performed in 2014. Panorama unit costs on average are lower than our other products. Because Panorama represented over 86% of the total units accessioned in the year ended December 31, 2014, average costs per unit decreased in the period. The cost of product revenues reflects the net addition of 39 employees from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. As a percentage of revenues, cost of product revenues declined from 67.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 49.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Research and development

        Research and development expenses increased $5.7 million, or 49.7%, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to a $4.0 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel as well as a $0.7 million increase in outside services costs, primarily related to consulting fees, a $0.3 million increase in laboratory expenses, and a $0.7 million increase in office, facilities and other expenses. The increase in personnel-related costs included a $1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. Research and development reflects the net addition of 13 employees from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

Selling, general and administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $31.3 million, or 99.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to a $22.0 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growth in sales personnel related to our direct sales model. This includes a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. Selling, general and administrative reflects the net addition of 115 employees from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. In addition, we experienced a $2.5 million increase in expenses in our marketing, advertising and promotional event programs and travel primarily related to the expansion of marketing for Panorama. Travel expenses increased $3.1 million, administration and other expenses increased $1.4 million, office expenses increased $1.0 million, outside services increased $0.8 million, and facilities expenses increased $0.5 million. As we continue to expand our direct sales force, we expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase.

Interest expense

        Interest expense increased $2.3 million, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 and was primarily comprised of interest expense related to the senior secured term loan and equipment financing facility.

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

        Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes decreased $7.9 million, or 100%, from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 and was primarily comprised of interest

78


Table of Contents

from accretion of Series C and Series D Convertible Notes during the year ended December 31, 2013. These notes converted into preferred stock in February 2013.

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

        Interest expense from changes in the fair value of long-term debt decreased $2.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 due to fair value measurement of the senior secured term loan for the period ended December 31, 2014. This term loan was entered into in April 2013.

Interest income and other (expense), net

        Interest income and other (expense), net decreased $1.8 million from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 and was primarily related to the fair value measurement of the outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of our eight most recently completed quarters. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods, and operating results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2013
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revenues:

                                                 

Product revenues

  $ 10,993   $ 16,145   $ 23,168   $ 27,209   $ 35,736   $ 45,804   $ 48,559   $ 46,899  

Other revenues

    70     74     72     86     100     470     1,325     536  
                                   

Total revenues

    11,063     16,219     23,240     27,295     35,836     46,274     49,884     47,435  

Cost and expenses:

                                                 

Cost of product revenues

    8,941     9,525     12,759     15,900     19,014     20,820     22,662     24,843  

Research and development

    2,574     2,939     3,648     4,298     4,122     4,372     4,500     5,630  

Selling, general and administrative

    6,918     8,148     10,470     14,379     13,905     16,303     18,349     23,239  
                                   

Total cost and expenses

    18,433     20,612     26,877     34,577     37,041     41,495     45,511     53,712  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,370 )   (4,393 )   (3,637 )   (7,282 )   (1,205 )   4,779     4,373     (6,277 )

Interest expense

    (447 )   (655 )   (724 )   (809 )   (936 )   (1,202 )   (1,272 )   (1,010 )

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

                                 

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long-term debt

    (1,251 )   (487 )   (428 )   (806 )   1,340     708     (1,124 )   (1,800 )

Interest income and other (expense), net

    78     (13 )   23     (719 )   287     (561 )   (723 )   (917 )
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (8,990 ) $ (5,548 ) $ (4,766 ) $ (9,616 ) $ (514 ) $ 3,724   $ 1,254   $ (10,004 )
                                   
                                   

79


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends

        In general, our rapid growth of revenues is attributed to reimbursement from increased volumes of our Panorama, Horizon and Anora tests. In most of the quarters presented, we added sales and marketing personnel to our direct sales channel and added laboratory operations, research and development and administrative personnel to support our growth. The sequential decrease in revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 is mainly due to reduced average reimbursement for our Panorama test relating to new CPT codes coming into effect in January 2015 and to the delay in revenue recognition as we generally recognize a substantial portion of our revenue on a cash basis. The increase in net loss for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 compared to the last three quarters of 2014 is also due to our incurring additional compensation and commission expenses associated with increased headcount, particularly in sales and marketing personnel, in advance of such personnel becoming fully effective, as well as increased unrealized loss from changes in the fair value of long-term debt. Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have incurred net losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, we had a net loss of $37.1 million, $5.2 million and $10.0 million, respectively, and we expect to incur additional losses in future periods. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $189.8 million.

        To date, we have funded our operations primarily with the net proceeds from sales of our preferred stock and convertible promissory notes, borrowings under our senior secured term loan arrangement with ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, or ROS, our credit facilities with a commercial bank and revenues from operations. We also received $5.7 million of grant income from the National Institutes of Health. As of March 31, 2015, we had $80.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and $1.3 million of restricted cash.

Series F Financing

        In November and December 2014, we received approximately $55.5 million in the aggregate from our sale of approximately 7.1 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock.

Senior Secured Term Loan

        In April 2013, we entered into a senior secured term loan arrangement with ROS, which we refer to as the Secured Loan Arrangement. The Secured Loan Arrangement consists of a term loan, or Credit Agreement, a warrant to purchase shares of common stock and an agreement to pay royalties on our revenues, or Royalty Agreement. The Credit Agreement, as amended on June 6, 2014, consisted of up to $40.0 million in aggregate borrowing capacity, of which we borrowed $20.0 million. We did not use the remaining borrowing capacity of $20.0 million which expired on December 31, 2014.

        Our borrowings under the Credit Agreement accrue interest at a rate equal to 8% plus the greater of LIBOR or 1%. We are required to pay the accrued interest on the last day of each fiscal quarter and the full principal amount of the borrowings is due at maturity in April 2019. We may, at our option, prepay the borrowings by paying ROS a prepayment premium equivalent to ten percent of the outstanding principal. Repayment of the borrowings does not eliminate our royalty payment obligations under the Royalty Agreement, which expires no later than April 2023.

        Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property. The Credit Agreement contains conditions to borrowing, events of default, and covenants, including covenants limiting our ability to dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge with or acquire other entities, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends or other distributions to holders of our capital stock, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The

80


Table of Contents

Credit Agreement also includes financial covenants requiring us to maintain minimum liquidity and revenue thresholds. During the continuance of an event of default, ROS may accelerate the repayment of amounts outstanding, terminate the term loans and foreclose on all collateral. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

        In connection with the Credit Agreement, we entered into a Royalty Agreement with ROS, which we amended on June 6, 2014 and which expires no later than April 2023. Under the Royalty Agreement, we are required to make a royalty payment of 1% of fiscal year revenues of up to $50.0 million and 1.5% of fiscal year incremental revenues above $50.0 million.

        In addition, in connection with the Credit Agreement, we issued a warrant to ROS to purchase 614,007 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.4251 per share. The warrant expires in April 2023.

Equipment Financing Facility

        In November 2011, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank. We amended this agreement in January 2012, May 2012, January 2013, April 2013 and most recently in December 2014, or the Fifth Amendment. The loan and security agreement, as amended, or the Equipment Financing Facility, allowed us to borrow $5.9 million to fund equipment purchases. We will pay interest on the unpaid principal at the financial institution's prime rate plus 3.10%, which equaled 6.35% upon closing of the agreement. The loan will mature on May 31, 2017. We are required to make 30 payments of principal and interest through the maturity of loan.

        We may, at our option, prepay the borrowings prior to December 2016 by paying Comerica a prepayment premium equivalent to one percent of the outstanding principal amount.

        Our obligations under the Equipment Financing Facility are secured by a first lien on specified equipment. The Equipment Financing Facility contains conditions to borrowing, events of default, and covenants, including covenants limiting our ability to dispose of assets, including our intellectual property, undergo a change in control and merge with or acquire other entities, in each case subject to certain exceptions. During the continuance of an event of default, Comerica may accelerate the repayment of amounts outstanding, terminate the credit extensions and foreclose on all collateral. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all material covenants under the terms of the Equipment Financing Facility.

        Upon satisfying all of our obligations under our arrangement with ROS, including the Credit Agreement and the Royalty Agreement, our obligations under the Equipment Financing Facility will be secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property.

Cash Flows

        Our primary uses of cash are to fund our operations as we continue to grow our business. We expect to continue to incur operating losses in future periods as our operating expenses increase to support the growth of our business. We expect that our research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as we expand our marketing efforts and increase our internal sales force to drive increased adoption of and reimbursement for Panorama, continue our research and development efforts with respect to expanding Panorama's and Horizon's capabilities and further developing our product pipeline. We expect that we will use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, in combination with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for these purposes and for the increased expenses associated with being a public company. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

        Based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and our anticipated cash from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least

81


Table of Contents

the next 12 months. Management may elect, however, to finance operations by selling additional equity securities. If additional funding is required or desired, there can be no assurance that additional funds will be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all, or that we will generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operating needs or achieve or sustain profitability. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operations, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs. Doing so will likely have an unfavorable effect on our ability to execute on our business plan. If we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (24,132 ) $ 10,490   $ (5,039 ) $ (2,491 )

Cash used in investing activities

    (8,245 )   (9,942 )   (2,601 )   (3,749 )

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    57,126     56,132     (125 )   (588 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    24,749     56,680     (7,765 )   (6,828 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    5,747     30,496     30,496     87,176  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 30,496   $ 87,176   $ 22,731   $ 80,348  
                   
                   

Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

        Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $2.5 million. The net loss of $10.0 million reflects non-cash charges of $1.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.1 million of stock compensation expense and a $2.8 million charge from the change in the value of long-term debt and warrants, and other non-cash charges of $0.1 million. The increase in net operating assets of $2.8 million was primarily due to a $1.8 million increase in inventory related to preparation of a new product launch, an increase in prepaid assets of $1.3 million and an increase in other assets of $0.2 million offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $0.5 million. Operating liabilities increased by $4.7 million primarily driven by increases in accounts payable of $5.7 million offset by decreases in accrued compensation of $0.4 million, other accrued liabilities of $0.5 million and deferred revenue of $0.1 million.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014, our net cash used by operating activities of $5.0 million consisted of a net loss of $9.6 million. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.6 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.1 million, loss from change in fair value of long-term debt of $0.8 million and loss from changes in fair value of warrants of $0.7 million. Changes in working capital totaled a decrease of $0.6 million which consisted of increases in accounts payable of $1.8 million, accrued compensation of $0.2 million and accrued liabilities of $1.5 million. These activities were offset by increases in accounts receivable of $1.3 million, inventory of $2.6 million and prepaid and other current assets of $0.3 million.

        Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $10.5 million. The net loss of $5.2 million reflects non-cash charges of $5.1 million of depreciation and amortization, $5.2 million of stock compensation, a $1.7 million charge from the change in the value of warrants and other non-cash charges of $0.2 million. The increase in net operating assets of $0.7 million was primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in inventory to meet the material requirements for the sale of Panorama and

82


Table of Contents

an increase in prepaid assets of $0.1 million offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $0.3 million. Operating liabilities increased by $4.1 million primarily driven by increases in accrued compensation of $3.0 million and other accrued liabilities of $4.4 million offset by decreases in accounts payables of $2.4 million and deferred revenue of $0.9 million.

        Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $24.1 million. The net loss of $37.1 million reflects non-cash charges of $7.9 million related to the conversion of the Series C and Series D Convertible Notes, $2.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $2.2 million change in fair value of long-term debt and $1.7 million of stock-based compensation. The increase in net operating assets of $15.3 million was primarily due to a $9.1 million increase in inventory to meet the material requirements for the sale of Panorama and a $5.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased revenues from laboratories and clinics ordering Panorama. Cash used in operating activities was offset by a $14.0 million increase in operating liabilities primarily driven by a $6.8 million increase in accounts payable, a $6.3 million increase in accrued liabilities and a $0.9 million increase in deferred revenues.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $3.7 million and was primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment.

        Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $2.6 million and was primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment.

        Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $9.9 million and was primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment.

        Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $8.2 million and was primarily related to the acquisition of property and equipment.

Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

        Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.6 million consisting primarily of repayments of $0.6 million on the Equipment Financing Facility.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014, net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million, consisting of net proceeds from the Equipment Financing Facility of $0.6 million, which were offset by $0.2 million in payments on the Equipment financing Facility, an increase in restricted cash of $0.3 million and an increase in deferred costs in connection with this offering of $0.3 million.

        Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $56.1 million consisting primarily of $55.4 million from the sales of Series F convertible preferred stock and $5.1 million in net proceeds from the Equipment Financing Facility. This was offset by repayments of $2.5 million on the Equipment Financing Facility, increases in deferred offering costs $1.7 million and an increase in restricted cash of $0.4 million.

        Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $57.1 million and consisted primarily of $35.4 million from the sale of Series E convertible preferred stock and bridge loan, $20.0 million from the Credit Agreement draw down, and $3.2 million in net proceeds from the Equipment Financing Facility. This was offset by issuance costs of $0.4 million in connection with the sale Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.5 million in payments on the Equipment Financing Facility and a $0.9 million increase in restricted cash.

Contractual Obligations

        See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a description of our contractual obligations under the Credit Agreement, Royalty Agreement and the Equipment Financing Facility.

83


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Operating leases

  $ 3,694   $ 2,274   $ 1,420   $   $  

Long-term debt(1)

    20,000             20,000      

Other long-term debt(2)

    5,265     2,340     2,925          

Interest on long-term debt(3)

    7,694     2,068     3,730     1,896      

Inventory purchase commitments

    16,326     14,326     2,000          
                       

Total

  $ 52,978   $ 21,007   $ 10,075   $ 21,896   $  
                       
                       

(1)
Represents amounts payable under our Credit Agreement with ROS Acquisition LP.

(2)
Represents amounts payable under our Equipment Financing Facility with Comerica.

(3)
Interest payments on long-term debt are estimated based on: (a) the outstanding principal balance of the Credit Agreement, which was $20.0 million as of March 31, 2015, and (b) the outstanding principal balance on the Equipment Financing Facility of $5.3 million as of March 31, 2015. The interest rate for borrowings under the Credit Agreement is equal to the greater of LIBOR or 1% per annum plus the applicable margin of 8% per annum or 9% floor on the outstanding Credit Agreement balance plus royalty payments based upon projected revenues. Interest payments for borrowings under the Credit Agreement, in the table above, are estimated using Natera's March 31, 2015 rate of 9.0%, but excludes royalty payments due to the variability in future revenues. Interest payments on the Equipment Financing Facility are made monthly at the rate of 6.35% of the principal amount outstanding.

        The amounts in the table above do not include a purchase commitment entered into in January 2015 for a minimum of $5.3 million in connection with a laboratory services agreement which services are required to be rendered within 18 months starting from May 2015.

        The amounts in the table above do not include the obligation entered into in March 2015 for up to $6.75 million that we will be responsible to pay in connection with an agreement with a major manufacturer to develop a version of our Panorama test for use in a specific country, including the right to market and perform such test. The development and approval process is expected to take two to four years.

Operating Lease Obligations

        As of March 31, 2015, we sub-lease office facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. In January 2013, we amended our sublease agreement to expand our corporate headquarters. In connection with the amendment, we executed a letter of credit in favor of the lessors for $0.8 million, which is secured with a restricted cash account.

        The related subleases expire in October 2016. On March 21, 2014, we entered into an additional sub-lease agreement to expand our San Carlos facilities for additional office and laboratory space. The lease and additional sub-lease expire in January 2017.

Inventory Purchase Obligations

        As of March 31, 2015, we have non-cancelable contractual commitments with Illumina, Inc. for approximately $16.3 million for inventory material used in the laboratory testing process. This represents binding and future minimum purchase obligations through September 30, 2016.

84


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily relate to interest rates. Our Credit Agreement has an interest rate of 8% plus the greater of LIBOR or 1% on the principal outstanding. Our equipment financing facility has an interest rate of 3.10% plus the Prime Reference Rate. Both the LIBOR and Prime Reference Rate are variable. Such interest-bearing instruments carry a degree of risk; however, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

        Our operations are currently conducted primarily in the United States. As we expand internationally, our results of operations and cash flows may become subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In periods when the U.S. dollar declines in value as compared to the foreign currencies in which we incur expenses, our foreign-currency based expenses will increase when translated into U.S. dollars. In addition, future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar may affect the price at which we sell our tests outside the United States. To date, our foreign currency risk has been minimal and we have not historically hedged our foreign currency risk; however, we may consider doing so in the future.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

        We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

85


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a rapidly growing diagnostics company with proprietary molecular and bioinformatics technology that we are deploying to change the management of genetic disease worldwide. Our novel molecular assays reliably measure many informative regions across the genome from samples as small as a single cell. Our statistical algorithms combine these measurements with data available from the broader scientific community to detect a wide range of serious conditions with best-in-class accuracy and coverage. Our technology has been proven clinically and commercially in the prenatal testing space. We believe this success can be translated into the liquid biopsy space, and we are developing products for a number of oncology applications. In addition to our direct sales force in the United States, which we are continuing to expand, we have a global network of over 70 laboratory and distribution partners, including many of the largest international laboratories. We are enabling even wider adoption of our technology by introducing a global cloud-based distribution model. We have launched seven molecular diagnostic tests since 2009, and we intend to launch new products in prenatal testing and oncology in the future. In March 2013, we launched Panorama, our non-invasive prenatal test, or NIPT. Over 55,000 Panorama tests were accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our revenues have grown from $4.3 million in 2010 to $159.3 million in 2014. Our net losses decreased from $37.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Genetic inheritance is conveyed through a naturally occurring information storage system known as deoxyribonucleic acid, or DNA. DNA stores information in a linear sequence of the chemical bases adenine, cytosine, guanine and thymine, represented by the symbols A, C, G, and T. Billions of bases of A, C, G, and T link together inside living cells to form the genome, which can be read like a code or a molecular blueprint for life.

        While differences in the specific sequence and structure of this code drive biological diversity, certain variations can also cause disease. Examples of genetic diversity include copy number variations, or CNVs, and single nucleotide variants, or SNVs. A CNV is a genetic mutation in which relatively large regions of the genome have been deleted or duplicated, and an SNV is a mutation where a single base has changed. When single base changes are common in the population, that position on the chromosome is called a single nucleotide polymorphism, or SNP. When genetic variations are a cause of disease, such as Down Syndrome or breast cancer, detecting them within the patient's tissue sample can enable diagnosis and treatment. Our goal is to develop and commercialize non- or minimally invasive tests for the highly reliable detection of variations covering a broad set of diseases.

        Our approach combines proprietary molecular biology and computational techniques to measure genomic variations in tiny amounts of DNA, as small as a single cell. Our molecular biology techniques allow us to target over 20,000 regions of the genome simultaneously in a single test reaction, without losing molecules by splitting the sample into separate reaction tubes, so that all relevant variants can be detected. We believe our approach, which we call mmPCR, or massively multiplexed polymerase chain reaction, represents a fundamental advance in molecular biology. To make sense of this deep and rich set of biological data and deliver a diagnosis, we have developed computationally intensive algorithms that combine the data generated by mmPCR with the ever-expanding set of publicly available data on genetic variations. We have optimized these algorithms to enable laboratories around the world to run diagnostic tests locally, and access our algorithms in the cloud.

        We have first applied our technology to prenatal testing, and we are leveraging our core expertise to develop blood-based diagnostic tests for cancer. In both prenatal testing and oncology, the use of blood-based diagnostic tests offers significant advantages over older methods, but the significant technological challenge is that it requires the measurement of very small amounts of relevant genetic material circulating within a much larger blood sample.

        In prenatal testing, our approach based on measuring thousands of SNPs simultaneously is fundamentally distinct from the approach employed in other commercially available NIPTs. Based on

86


Table of Contents

extensive data published in the journals Obstetrics & Gynecology, the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology and Prenatal Diagnosis, we believe Panorama, our non-invasive prenatal test, is the most accurate NIPT commercially available in the United States.

        In oncology, we have demonstrated our ability to detect both CNVs and SNVs from very low concentrations of tumor DNA circulating in a blood sample. Because breast, ovarian and lung cancer are driven by both CNVs and SNVs, we believe that our approach is well-suited for early detection, recurrence monitoring and therapy selection for these cancers.

        We attribute our commercial success and future growth prospects to the following:

87


Table of Contents

88


Table of Contents

Proprietary technology drives our test performance and pipeline

        Our intellectual property covers many proprietary methods for obtaining and analyzing genetic information, including, but not limited to, methods for multiplex PCR, enriching genetic material, single cell isolation and analysis, identifying chromosomal abnormalities in small or mixture samples of DNA where target DNA could be derived from a fetus or a cancer tumor, determining relational status of DNA such as for paternity testing, and estimating the fraction of target DNA in a mixture such as where the target DNA is from a fetus, a tumor or a rejected organ.

        The sensitivity, specificity and coverage of our tests are driven by our proprietary mmPCR method of amplifying the DNA in a sample, and by our bioinformatics algorithm, which relies on a statistical technique known as maximum likelihood estimation, or MLE. MLE is widely used in other industries to enhance the quality of noisy or complex data inputs, such as in the conversion of a transmitted analog communication signal to a digital format. We have applied MLE to high throughput genetic data. Our molecular assays can multiplex over 20,000 primer sets in a single reaction well, which we believe is a fundamental innovation in molecular biology. In the case of Panorama, our molecular tests use mmPCR to run approximately 13,000 PCR primer sets in a single reaction. Each of these primers targets a region of the genome that varies between individuals. These variations are commonly referred to as single nucleotide polymorphisms, or SNPs. Our ability to multiplex this large number of primer sets in a single experiment allows us to achieve a high signal to noise ratio, or the ratio of useful information to irrelevant data, when detecting small amounts of DNA within a much larger sample. We have developed software tools for assay design that substantially streamlines our development process. When developing new diagnostic tests, we simply specify the genomic variations and copy number regions we are interested in detecting, and our bioinformatics algorithm generates the set of necessary primer designs to make an accurate measurement.

        In the case of Panorama, our bioinformatics algorithm generates billions of hypotheses about the potential genomic state of the fetus using maternal genetic information and publicly available data such as the HapMap database from the Human Genome Project, which indicates the probability of inheriting various blocks of genetic information from the parents. Specifically, our algorithm generates hypotheses about how many copies of a particular chromosome segment are in the fetus, and sub-hypotheses, which are hypotheses about the specific inheritance patterns, meaning which chromosome segments are inherited from each parent, including recombination, or the exchange of DNA within the parent chromosomes that occurs during the formation of the sperm and the egg that become the fetus. These hypotheses are then compared to the actual SNP measurements of the maternal DNA and fetal free-floating DNA, which is fetal DNA not contained within a cell, and a likelihood is calculated for each hypothesis. The hypothesis with the maximum likelihood predicts the genetic state of the fetus. Our bioinformatics algorithm applies MLE to combine the large and complex data generated from the patient sample with the growing body of publicly available genomic information.

89


Table of Contents

        The figure below describes the Panorama test process.

GRAPHIC

        The analytic and clinical validity of our technology demonstrated in Panorama and our other products has been described in multiple peer-reviewed publications, including the journals Science, Human Reproduction, Molecular Human Reproduction, Fertility and Sterility, PLOS ONE, Genetics in Medicine, Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Genome Medicine, and American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology.

Panorama: Applying our molecular technology and bioinformatics to prenatal diagnostics

        We launched Panorama in March 2013. Panorama non-invasively screens for fetal chromosomal abnormalities, including Down syndrome, Edwards syndrome, Patau syndrome, Turner syndrome and triploidy, which often result in intellectual disability, severe organ abnormalities and fetal demise. Panorama can be performed as early as nine weeks into a pregnancy, which is significantly earlier than traditional methods, such as serum protein measurement where doctors measure certain hormones in the blood.

        Based on data published in Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy and Obstetrics & Gynecology, Panorama demonstrated greater than 99% overall sensitivity for aneuploidies on chromosomes 13, 18 and 21 and triploidy and less than 0.1% false positive rate for each syndrome, which we believe makes it overall the most accurate NIPT commercially available in the United States. Sensitivity is calculated as the ratio between the number of individuals that test positive for the condition over the total number of individuals in the tested cohort who actually have the condition. A paper published in the August 2014 issue of Obstetrics & Gynecology, reported that Panorama had a statistically significant lower false positive rate than other NIPT methods practiced by our U.S. competitors. Based on data published in Obstetrics & Gynecology, Prenatal Diagnosis, and American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, we have also demonstrated the ability to identify fetal sex more accurately than competing NIPTs. This is partially a result of Panorama's unique ability to detect a vanishing twin, which is a known driver of fetal sex errors with quantitative methods used by our competitors. The October 2014 issue of the American Journal of

90


Table of Contents

Obstetrics & Gynecology noted that the ability of Panorama to identify additional fetal haplotypes is expected to result in fewer false positive calls and prevent incorrect fetal sex calls.

        Panorama's specificity and sensitivity reduce the need for unnecessary confirmatory invasive procedures, lowering the total cost to the healthcare system of these procedures and limiting the resulting risk of spontaneous miscarriage. We believe Panorama's test performance has allowed us to command a price premium compared to other NIPTs while achieving over 55,000 Panorama tests accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. A test is accessioned when we receive the test, the relevant information about the test is entered into our computer system and the test sample is routed into the appropriate sample flow.

        In 2014, we enhanced Panorama by adding the capability to screen for five of the most common genetic diseases caused by microdeletions, using our Panorama microdeletions panel. The sensitivity, specificity, and positive predictive value, or PPV, of this test were described in a November 2014 publication in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology. PPV is the likelihood that a positive result on a test indicates a true positive result in the patient. Microdeletions are missing sub-chromosomal pieces of DNA, which can have serious health implications depending on the location of the deletion. Based on data published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology and Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy, the combined prevalence of these targeted microdeletions is more frequent than one in a thousand pregnancies, which together makes them more common than Down syndrome for women younger than 29 years of age. Almost 60% of births in the United States occur in women 29 years old or younger. Unlike Down syndrome, where the risk increases with maternal age, the risk of these five microdeletions is independent of maternal age. Diseases caused by microdeletions are often not detected via common screening techniques such as ultrasound or hormone-based screening, yet the presence of a microdeletion can critically impact postnatal treatment. For example, when learning prior to the birth of a newborn with 22q11.2 deletion syndrome, or DiGeorge syndrome, doctors will know to deliver calcium to the infant to avoid seizures and permanent cognitive impairment and will know to avoid administering routine vaccinations due to the immunodeficiency frequently associated with this condition. Panorama has demonstrated best-in-class performance screening for microdeletions. In validation studies, Panorama achieved sensitivity greater than 95% for the 22q11.2 deletion syndrome and has been validated to perform at low fetal fractions. The two other NIPTs currently screening commercially for this condition claim to have sensitivity of only between 60% and 87% and, further, have not demonstrated performance at low fetal fractions, where performance of NIPTs using the quantitative method has been found to suffer. In fact, a recent publication showed that one competitor's NIPT had a sensitivity for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome that fell below 20% when fetal fraction was below 10%, which represents approximately half of all patients seeking NIPT, based on data published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 83% of customers who ordered the basic Panorama panel directly from us, have also ordered screening for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome or the full microdeletions panel. The Panorama microdeletions panel has conditional approval from the New York State Department of Health.

91


Table of Contents

        The graph below summarizes the incidence of genetic diseases for which prenatal screening is relatively common, as well as the incidence of genetic diseases caused by microdeletions that are screened by the Panorama microdeletions panel. Incidence rates are higher than that of many commonly tested disorders, such as cystic fibrosis and spinal muscular atrophy. Based on data recently published in Prenatal Diagnosis, the incidence rate of 22q11.2 deletion alone is over three times more common than cystic fibrosis.

BARCHART

        The graph below demonstrates how the relative incidence of Down syndrome and genetic diseases caused by the microdeletions screened for by the Panorama microdeletions panel varies with maternal age.

LINECHART

        Because the prevalence of microdeletions is independent of maternal age, it is more common at birth than fetal aneuploidies for children born to younger women. Therefore, we believe our microdeletions testing capability will be a significant driver of Panorama adoption in all risk categories, including those who are traditionally considered average-risk for Down syndrome. Based on the prevalence of these conditions in younger women and the performance of Panorama, we believe Panorama is the most appropriate cfDNA-based screening test for the growing NIPT market for average-risk pregnancies.

92


Table of Contents

        In April 2015, we updated both the molecular and bioinformatics portions of Panorama. These updates both reduce the cost of running Panorama and further increase the sensitivity of the test allowing it to run with lower fetal fraction input. These updates lead to a less frequent need to require blood redraws from the patient, while further improving performance. The cost savings comes primarily from a reduction in the number of molecular probes used from approximately 20,000 to approximately 13,000. This change, along with improved chemistry, reduces by roughly one third of the number of sequencing reads needed to yield the same quality of information as previously. In validation studies, the new process demonstrated specificity of 100% and sensitivity of 99.5%, including 99.4% for Down Syndrome and 100% for Edwards, Patau and Turner's syndromes and triploidy. In addition, validation data of the new methods supports the conclusion that these improvements will meaningfully reduce the frequency of Panorama's failure to achieve a reportable result due to low fetal fraction.

Our comprehensive offering in women's health genetics and beyond, for doctors and laboratories

        Using the same blood draw taken for Panorama, we can also offer the Horizon carrier screening, or CS, panel, our inherited disease CS test. Horizon was created based on recommended screening guidelines from the American Congress of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, or ACOG, the American College of Medical Genetics and Genomics, or ACMG, and the Victor Center for the Prevention of Jewish Genetic Diseases. Currently, the Horizon panel screens for 12 diseases, including cystic fibrosis and Fragile X syndrome, and can be augmented to screen for more than 35 disorders to suit a patient's needs and family history. Horizon can be performed simultaneously with Panorama to significantly enhance the disease coverage of our NIPT offering for patients.

93


Table of Contents

        We have launched seven prenatal genetic tests since 2009, and in 2015, we launched Constellation, our cloud-based software product, which is helping to enable our cloud-based distribution model. The following table summarizes our commercial products launched to date.

Product
  Indication(s)   Year Launched   Description
Constellation Software   Any clinical or research application that involves analysis of copy number variants, or CNVs, and single nucleotide variants, or SNVs, in a DNA mixture   2015   Allows laboratory customers to gain access through the cloud to the same algorithms and bioinformatics that we use in our own laboratory, allowing for validation and commercialization of tests based on our technology, including NIPT.

Panorama Microdeletions Panel

 

22q11.2 deletion syndrome (DiGeorge syndrome)
1p36 deletion
Angelman syndrome
Cri-du-chat syndrome
Prader-Willi syndromes

 

2014

 

Screens free-floating fetal DNA from a maternal blood sample as early as nine weeks gestation for microdeletions associated with common syndromes that result in severe intellectual disability and moderate to severe physical disabilities.

Panorama Non-Invasive Prenatal Test (NIPT)

 

Trisomy 21 (Down syndrome)
Trisomy 18 (Edwards syndrome)
Trisomy 13 (Patau syndrome)
Triploidy
Sex chromosome trisomies
Monosomy X
Fetal sex

 

2013

 

Screens fetal free-floating DNA from a maternal blood sample as early as nine weeks gestation for instances of either extra or missing chromosomes of interest. Panorama can also identify fetal sex and if there are three sets of each chromosome, which is known as triploidy.

Multi-Disease Carrier Screening (CS) (recently rebranded as Horizon)

 

Cystic fibrosis
Spinal muscular atrophy
Fragile X syndrome
Over 35 other conditions

 

2012

 

CS test performed either before or during pregnancy for a large number of serious genetic disorders that could be passed on to the carrier's children.

Non-Invasive Prenatal Paternity Testing

 

Paternity

 

2011

 

Reliably indicates paternity from fetal free-floating DNA in a maternal blood sample, taken as early as nine weeks gestation, and a blood sample from the alleged father(s).

Products of Conception Testing (POC) (recently rebranded as Anora)

 

Post-miscarriage testing for all aneuploidies, triploidies, 1:3 tetraploidy, clinically significant deletions and duplications >1 Mb, and both single chromosome and complete uniparental disomy

 

2010

 

POC test developed specifically to identify fetal chromosomal causes of miscarriages using a SNP microarray.

Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis (PGD) (recently rebranded as Spectrum)

 

Inherited diseases

 

2010

 

Spectrum PGD can test for specific genetic disease(s) that the couple is known to be at risk to pass on to their children and is performed in conjunction with PGS to identify and selectively transfer those embryos from an IVF cycle that are free from the genetic disease and also have normal chromosome results.

Pre-implantation Genetic Screening (PGS) (recently rebranded as Spectrum)

 

Extra or missing chromosomes and segmental deletions or duplications

 

2009

 

Spectrum PGS can inform clinicians and patients which IVF-created embryo samples have the correct number of chromosomes and are suitable for transfer and which ones have chromosomal abnormalities that would result in lack of implantation, miscarriage, or the birth of a baby with birth defects.

94


Table of Contents

        We have a direct sales force and managed care team and a global network of over 60 laboratory partners who market our test. Where our sales force can access physician offices directly, as in the U.S. market, we are able to maximize cross-selling opportunities by offering the full portfolio of our products. We also generate a higher gross margin when we sell testing services directly, compared to when our products are distributed by laboratory partners to be performed at our CLIA laboratory. The pie charts below show, from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015, the increasing shift in distribution of our products toward direct distribution.

GRAPHIC

        We generate the highest gross margins on royalty revenue collected from laboratories that run tests in their own facilities and have the sequencing data analyzed by our Constellation software under our cloud-based distribution model. Currently, our non-invasive prenatal paternity test is performed, marketed and sold exclusively through our cloud-based distribution model by a Constellation customer from whom we receive a royalty per test. We have also enabled research and clinical trial partners such as the Feinstein Institute in the United States with Constellation. As of May 28, 2015, we have entered into five contracts with laboratories outside of the United States and three contracts with laboratories within the United States to develop and run their own NIPT test using Constellation. We are in active discussions with many other potential partners in the United States and abroad to continue to grow our cloud-based distribution network.

Future applications of our technology connected with prenatal testing

        We intend to refine and expand our offering in prenatal diagnostics by leveraging our core technology and the data we gather as our sample volumes grow. For example, the microdeletion samples that we gather through Panorama NIPT or through Anora POC testing help us refine the algorithms that detect these anomalies, the exact genetic regions where these anomalies are sought, and the positive predictive value with which they are reported. As another example, our expertise analyzing single fetal cells developed through our Spectrum products for IVF centers is informing our efforts to measure intact fetal cells and mixtures of fetal cells from a mother's blood draw. Non-invasive measurement of these single cells would enable us to potentially replace invasive confirmatory procedures, such as amniocentesis, over time.

        We believe that, in the future, our informatics technology will be used to generate a nearly full genome of an individual. Articles in the April 2015 issue of Genome Medicine and in the April 2015 issue of Science highlight the ability of our informatics technology to determine, from tiny amounts of DNA as small as single fetal cells, which chromosome segments from the parent contributed to the DNA of the fetus. This allows us to substantially reconstruct the genome of the fetus by sequencing the parents' genomes. We plan to combine this DNA reconstruction technique with a targeted panel, similar to our Panorama test with microdeletions but more extensive, to detect de novo genetic mutations such as CNVs, which are not inherited from the parents. This enhanced view of the near full genome, combined with

95


Table of Contents

knowledge of the parent DNA, has the potential to substantially impact the management of many aspects of an individual's health, from birth through adulthood. Future applications include prediction of disease susceptibilities and appropriate interventions, selection of drugs and drug dosages, nutrition guidance and many other emerging applications.

Our development pipeline in oncology diagnostics

        We believe that our ability to interrogate genes at tens of thousands of points in parallel in a single reaction at the scale of a single molecule is well suited to the analysis of cancer-associated genetic mutations in circulating tumor DNA, or ctDNA. In applications such as cancer therapy monitoring, cancer recurrence monitoring and early detection screening, thousands of loci, or genetic locations, must be interrogated simultaneously without splitting a sample, and sensitivity to tiny amounts of tumor DNA as low as a single molecule is crucial. We are developing a set of mmPCR panels to analyze ctDNA in plasma and identify SNVs, more commonly referred to as mutations, as well as CNVs. If development is successful, we expect to be able to commercialize these panels for the detection of or screening for multiple common forms of cancer, including breast, ovarian, and lung cancer, as well as to help select cancer therapies based on the mutation profile. For the development of these products, we are working with world-renowned oncology centers, such as the Feinstein Institute for Medical Research at North Shore LIJ, Stanford University, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Columbia University, Johns Hopkins University, Vanderbilt University and Cancer Research UK on research collaborations, clinical trials and engaging with their leading doctors on our oncology advisory board.

        We have presented data we have generated on our core technology's proof-of-concept success at detecting cancer markers at low levels in tumors and in ctDNA at multiple conferences including the 2015 Annual Meeting of the American Society of Human Genetics, the 2015 Advances in Genome Biology and Technology (AGBT) Meeting, the 2014 San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, the Molecular Medicine Tri-Conference 2015, the 2015 American College of Medical Genetics (ACMG) Annual Clinical Genetics Meeting and the International Molecular Diagnostics Europe 2015.

        We have demonstrated that our mmPCR platform can provide highly accurate detection of CNVs and SNVs in the plasma from patients with cancer, with sensitivities lower than 0.5% ctDNA for the detection of CNVs and approximately 0.01% ctDNA for the detection of SNVs. Our ability to simultaneously detect both CNVs and SNVs in ctDNA at very low concentrations in standard plasma samples drives our potential opportunity in the oncology diagnostics space. Because breast, ovarian and lung cancer are largely driven by CNVs, we believe that our ability to detect CNVs at low ctDNA levels will be well-suited for early detection, recurrence monitoring and therapy selection for these cancers.

        In preliminary experiments, using a non-optimized assay and mmPCR panel, we were able to detect SNV and/or CNV cancer signatures in the blood of: 92% of patients with cancerous lung nodules from stage IA through stage IIIA, 15 out of 17 of which were detected at stage I; 83% of patients with breast cancer tumors from stage I through stage III, 28 out of 35 of which were detected at stage I or II; and 100% of ovarian tumors at stage III. These results were achieved in all cases by analyzing only 5 regions for CNVs and, in the case of breast and lung cancer, a panel of SNVs developed from publicly available data such as the Cosmic database. Because the tumors had been previously-identified in these patients, we used an approach to detect CNVs that would be used in the context of recurrence monitoring. We are currently developing a set of mmPCR panels, using publicly available data such as Cosmic and The Cancer Genome Atlas in combination with our own samples, that will cover an even greater portion of disease load and are suited for screening, reflex testing and recurrence monitoring.

        We expect that Natera's focus on the detection of somatic SNV and CNV mutations at low concentrations in ctDNA will provide increased accuracy compared to many protein-based biomarkers and other methods currently used for non-invasive screening for cancer. We intend to change the paradigm of earliness of detection, sensitivity and specificity, as we have done for non-invasive prenatal testing. The

96


Table of Contents

standard of care screening tests for the types of cancers for which we have products in development are listed below and have the indicated specificities and sensitivities:

Type of Cancer
  Standard of Care Screen   Specificity   Sensitivity

Ovarian

  CA-125   95%   20–57%

Lung

  Low Dose Cat Scan   73%   94%

Breast

  Mammography   89–91%   63–69%

        In contrast, our goal is to achieve specificities in the range of 99% to 99.9% and sensitivities in the range of 95% to 99% for the screening tests that we are developing for these cancers.

        Protein-based biomarkers found in the blood of individuals with cancer are also found, albeit at lower levels, in the blood of healthy individuals as well as in the blood of individuals with benign masses. In contrast, cancer-associated somatic CNVs and SNVs are only thought to be present in the blood of individuals with cancer. Consequently, we believe our approach for the non-invasive detection of cancer will provide a high sensitivity and specificity result for individuals tested, in contrast to ambiguous and difficult to interpret risk scores that are typically produced from protein-based tests.

        The mmPCR panels may be used both to detect variants at low levels in tumor samples as well as to detect variants in cell-free DNA. After comparison with other cell-free DNA technologies, Natera's mmPCR technology was selected for use in Cancer Research UK/University College London's TRACERx clinical trial (enrolling up to 850 patients with lung cancer) for the multi-year monitoring of patient-specific SNVs in plasma, to understand the evolution of cancer mutations over time, and to monitor patients for disease recurrence.

        Based on the promise of our technology, we are currently developing non-invasive oncology diagnostic products to address several markets:

97


Table of Contents

        Beyond the products we develop ourselves, in order to access the many opportunities in oncology, we plan to offer our automated mmPCR design tool as a service to researchers and CLIA-certified laboratories, allowing them to design their own oncology diagnostics assays and perform their own studies using our Constellation cloud software.

Industry Overview

Growth in Next Generation Sequencing and Genetic Testing

        Every individual has a unique genome and we believe that comprehensive knowledge of this genetic makeup is becoming integral to the practice of medicine. We also believe that eventually many individuals in a modern healthcare system will have their genome sequenced at birth, resulting in the potential for dramatic improvements in health and an overall reduction in healthcare costs through preventive care and better disease management. The ability to identify the presence of diseases early, easily, and inexpensively has the potential to impact the lives of millions of patients and save billions of dollars in healthcare costs. The rapid expansion of next-generation DNA sequencing has unlocked a wealth of information about the role of genomics in disease, and is enabling a new class of diagnostic tests that improve patient care. In the same way that the doubling of transistors on an integrated circuit approximately every two years as described by Moore's Law has enabled an accelerating pace of computing power per dollar and innovation in information technology, we believe next-generation sequencing, or NGS, technology is driving a similar advance in the understanding of genetic disease because NGS technology parallelizes the sequencing process and produces millions of sequences concurrently. According to the National Human Genome Research Institute, the cost of sequencing a human genome has fallen from $3 billion in 2004, to $10 million in 2007, to as little as $1,000 today. As of May 2015, genetests.org estimated that there were more than 44,000 different genetic tests available from over 650 laboratories. As the cost and performance of next-generation sequencers continues to improve, we expect availability and demand for molecular diagnostic tests will continue to accelerate.

The prenatal genetic testing market has rapidly adopted sequencing-based diagnostic tests

        In prenatal diagnostics, NIPTs use NGS to screen for chromosomal abnormalities, such as Down syndrome, by measuring fetal DNA circulating in the bloodstream of an expectant mother. According to the U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention, in the United States in 2013 there were approximately four million births, which included over 600,000 births resulting from pregnancies that were considered high-risk. Additionally, we estimate that there are over 12.5 million annual births in developed countries and over 16 million in China that fit our addressable market. With traditional prenatal screening of hormone-based biomarkers in serum, roughly one in six pregnancies with a chromosomal abnormality will screen negative on hormone tests, and only one in twenty who screen positive on hormone-based tests will actually have an affected pregnancy. Since invasive testing such as amniocentesis, which is recommended to confirm a screening result, can result in fetal loss in as many as one in 300 procedures, patients and physicians have been eager to adopt more precise screening methods. The first generation of NIPTs introduced in 2011 and 2012, which relied on NGS equipment and quantitative methodology, offered a

98


Table of Contents

significant improvement in care compared to the older hormone-based biomarkers. In December 2012, ACOG issued guidance recommending non-invasive prenatal testing for women at high risk of carrying an aneuploid fetus.

First-generation NIPTs have limitations in accuracy and scope

        The first generation of NIPTs rely on quantitative methods, which simply measure the amount of DNA, to predict chromosomal abnormalities. All of our competitors in the United States rely on this technique. These tests provided a valuable addition to older diagnostic techniques. However, they generally offer varying levels of sensitivity and specificity for whole chromosomal abnormalities, and we believe they are not well-suited for screening for many severe yet relatively common genetic disorders, such as microdeletions. These tests amplify fetal DNA circulating in the mother's blood either by amplifying all the DNA of the sample or by a targeted approach which focus on specific loci. They then employ NGS or microarrays to count the number of DNA sequences arising from a target chromosome and compare the amount of DNA detected to a reference chromosome in the sample which is assumed to have the normal two copies. If the amount of DNA detected from the target chromosome exceeds an expected amount derived from the reference chromosome, these tests return a positive result indicating a risk of aneuploidy of the target chromosome.

        Certain chromosomes, however, amplify inconsistently or generate variable amounts of DNA in the plasma, leading to variability in the comparison between the reference chromosome and the target chromosome. This can often lead to an inaccurate result using quantitative methods. For instance, the quantitative approach can detect trisomy 21, also known as Down syndrome, with greater than 95% sensitivity, but this method has been shown to be less effective at detecting trisomy 13, also known as Patau syndrome, and sex chromosomal abnormalities, and cannot detect triploidy, where the fetus has three copies of each chromosome. Quantitative methods may also produce false positive results from a vanishing twin, where a fetal twin spontaneously terminates often due to an aneuploidy, leaving residual genetic material in the maternal blood stream. Since quantitative methods do not differentiate between maternal and fetal DNA, they also produce false results caused by genetic anomalies on the mother's DNA, such as maternal mosaicism or deletions or duplications that are present on the mother. A set of such cases were described in the March 2015 issue of the New England Journal of Medicine. A paper published in the August 2014 issue of Obstetrics & Gynecology, reported that Panorama had a statistically significant lower false positive rate than the NIPT method practiced by our U.S. competitors. NIPTs using the quantitative method also have been shown to be ill-suited to address the needs of patients with low fractions of free-floating fetal DNA. For example, a 2011 study published in Genetics in Medicine found that the detection rate of trisomy 21 provided by a quantitative-method NIPT is reduced to 75% when fetal fractions are below 8%. We believe that approximately 25% of pregnancies are affected by such levels of fetal fractions during the first trimester.

        Quantitative methods have demonstrated relatively poor performance at detecting microdeletions, such as 22q11.2 deletion syndrome on which physicians and patients are increasingly becoming focused. A study in the New England Journal of Medicine found microdeletions or duplications in 1.7% of all pregnancies, indicating substantially higher prevalence rates than common fetal aneuploidies in the general population.

Improved Understanding of the Role of Genetics in Disease

        The proliferation of genetic measurement technology is driving a parallel increase in information on the genetic underpinnings of diseases both within and outside the prenatal space. For example, the Cosmic Database at the Sanger Center in Cambridge, United Kingdom is a public database of known genetic mutations in cancer, which is frequently updated as new studies are conducted. The database was launched in 2004 with data from four genes known to be mutated in cancer, and has since grown to document over 18,000 genes from millions of experiments across the world on hundreds of thousands of tumors. For many cancers, the mutations described in this single database account for over 90% of the disease load. As the

99


Table of Contents

scientific community's understanding of cancer accelerates, we believe technologies that enable the precise and efficient measurement of mutated fragments of DNA are well positioned to translate this information into diagnostic tests that improve patient care.

Overview of Genetic Testing in Cancer

        Cancer remains one of the greatest areas of unmet medical need despite decades of advancement. The diagnosis of cancer is complex and multi-dimensional. Practicing oncologists order multiple tests, including currently available molecular diagnostic tests, to better understand the genomic alterations that are driving their patients' cancer growth. We believe that clinical molecular diagnostics for cancer is driving significant growth in the global market for molecular diagnostic tests. These tests can identify a person's predisposition to a particular disease (predictive testing), detect whether a person has a disease (diagnostic testing), predict the potential effectiveness of a therapy or drug (therapeutic monitoring), or assess risk of disease progression or recurrence (recurrence monitoring). Currently, many of these tests require a tissue sample, which often necessitates an invasive procedure.

        Despite the discovery in the 1990's that tumors continually shed their unique genomic material into a patient's bloodstream, the genomic "signals" are too weak for current genomic analysis technologies to detect such signals reliably or before patients have a terminally high tumor burden. New genomic analysis technology is enabling the development of cancer products for the early detection and monitoring of cancer. These "liquid biopsies" provide genetic insights into a patient's cancer from easy to collect fluids such as blood rather than relying on tissue obtained from surgical biopsies.

        The potential market opportunity for "liquid biopsies" in cancer focused on therapeutic monitoring, recurrence monitoring and diagnosis is significant and has the potential for broad applicability across a variety of tumor types. The American Cancer society estimates that in 2015, there will be approximately 1.7 million new cancer cases diagnosed and more than 575,000 cancer deaths in the United States. We estimate that:

Our Solution

        Our technologies allow us to achieve a high signal to noise ratio when detecting fragments of DNA from samples as small as a single cell. We deliver screening tests with differentiated specificity, sensitivity, and coverage. Panorama, which can be ordered to include our microdeletions panel, offers best-in-class test performance and disease coverage, and can be combined with our Horizon CS test. Panorama and Horizon can be performed concurrently with a single blood draw from the patient. We sell our tests directly and partner with other clinical laboratories to distribute our tests globally. Currently, all of our products are laboratory-developed tests, or LDTs, and we perform all of our commercial testing in our CLIA-certified laboratory. However, our technology is compatible with standard equipment used around

100


Table of Contents

the world and a range of NGS platforms, and we have developed the capability for our partners to run their molecular assays themselves and then access our computation-intensive algorithms via a cloud-based distribution model for the final step of the analysis. Our cloud-based distribution model is being used by one partner to market our non-invasive prenatal paternity test. As of May 28, 2015, we have entered into five contracts with laboratories outside of the United States and three contracts with laboratories within the United States to develop and run their own NIPT test under our cloud-based model. We are in active discussions with many other potential partners in the United States and abroad to continue to grow our cloud-based distribution network.

Our differentiated approach: combining molecular genetics and bioinformatics expertise

        Our proprietary innovations in both molecular biology and bioinformatics drive performance of our current prenatal genetic tests and our development pipeline. We believe our ability to multiplex over 20,000 primer sets in a single reaction is a fundamental innovation in molecular biology. Each primer in the reaction is targeted to a particular region of the sample genome. Because primers have a tendency to react with one another, rather than the sample of interest, experiments that generate clear results become more challenging to run as the number of primers increases. This problem grows more acute as the amount of genetic material from a patient decreases, increasing the primers' tendency to cross-react and return misleading results. This limits the ability to analyze more than a few genes of interest at the level of a single cell.

        Our mmPCR technology optimizes primer behavior to generate a high-resolution measurement of thousands of DNA loci in patient samples. As a result, we can capture mutations from a single DNA fragment within a large background of extraneous DNA found in a patient's blood sample. We believe the technology that enabled mmPCR involves fundamental changes to the molecular processes of PCR as well as machine learning and thermodynamic modeling to optimize primer design and selection. We have developed an automated software tool for assay design that meaningfully streamlines our development process. When developing new diagnostic tests, we simply specify the genomic variations and copy number regions we are interested in detecting, and our tool generates the precise mix of necessary primer designs to obtain an accurate measurement, whatever the genetically-associated condition of interest is. We believe our molecular technology has the potential to enable a broad range of applications in prenatal diagnostics and cancer. For example, the ability to target primers in a specific area of chromosome 22 allows our prenatal microdeletions panel to assess the risk of 22q11.2 deletion syndrome with sensitivity and specificity that has been demonstrated to be better than other commercially available tests.

        Our bioinformatics technology complements our molecular technology to deliver a risk assessment with high sensitivity and specificity. We use proprietary statistical techniques to combine the measurements of our molecular assays with our internal databases and the vast and growing sources of publicly available genomic information to build highly detailed models of the genome of interest. For example, in Panorama, our algorithm combines genomic information from the mother with information from the Human Genome Project to predict billions of possible genotypes for the fetus. This data is then compared with actual measurements of the fetal DNA generated by our molecular assay, and a likelihood is calculated for each hypothesis. The algorithm selects as the most likely diagnosis the hypothesis that best matches the prior information from the Human Genome Project as well as the fetal DNA. This approach provides higher sensitivity and specificity than the purely quantitative method used by the first-generation NIPTs.

        This process includes the use of MLE, which is widely used in other industries, such as in the conversion of a noisy transmitted analog communications signal to a digital format. However, it is computationally complex to leverage this technique to combine genomic information from the patient's sample and information from the databases of the broader scientific community. We have issued U.S. patents claiming these methods and other pending applications in the United States and abroad. We also maintain trade secrets on our processes and practices. Our proprietary solution using MLE enables us to continuously improve the performance of our existing tests and efficiently develop new ones. As our patient volumes grow, our internal database of samples with genetic mutations and corresponding clinical

101


Table of Contents

outcomes further enhances our ability to interpret the clinical significance of complex genetic mutations. As the genomic data from the scientific community, such as the Cosmic Database and the Cancer Genome Atlas, becomes richer, we can seamlessly integrate new clinical knowledge into our bioinformatics algorithm, driving further improvement in our tests.

Panorama demonstrates the capabilities of our technology

        Panorama measures nucleotide identity at tens of thousands of SNP loci. Our SNP-based and bioinformatics-enhanced approach confers a number of advantages over first-generation NIPTs:

102


Table of Contents

        Panorama's commercial performance has been consistent with our validation data. A paper published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology reported test performance data from 28,739 commercial cases of Panorama that were screened for trisomy 21, trisomy 18, trisomy 13 and monosomy X. Confirmation was available for 62% of the screen-positive cases presuming similar rates among cases without follow-up, Panorama demonstrated per indication sensitivities between 97.3% and 100% and specificities of greater than 99.9% for all indications. Approximately 50% of the patients in the follow-up study were under the age of 35. We believe Panorama's performance in commercial practice represents a significant improvement over first-generation NIPTs that rely on quantitative methods.

        Panorama has demonstrated substantial commercial success to date. We believe our test performance has allowed us to command a price premium compared to low-cost NIPTs while achieving over 55,000 Panorama tests accessioned during the three months ended March 31, 2015. We have conditional approval from the New York State Department of Health to offer Panorama for aneuploidies and for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome in all pregnant women regardless of prior risk. We believe Panorama's superior performance, coupled with disease coverage for conditions where prevalence does not vary with common maternal risk factors, represent a compelling case for broad adoption of our prenatal tests across all pregnancy risk categories.

Cloud-Based Distribution of Our Tests to Expand Patient Access

        We have begun to expand access to our molecular and bioinformatics capabilities worldwide via a cloud-based distribution model. Our mmPCR technology is sufficiently robust to be run in standard equipment and extensive quality controls inherent in the design of our algorithm can allow laboratories around the world to run tests using our technology and receive results with consistent quality. In our cloud-based distribution model in the United States, we plan to license our technology to laboratory partners, who will develop and run their own LDTs under this license and use sequencing reagents and DNA extraction kits purchased from third parties of their choosing. We will distribute to these partners, through the cloud, our bioinformatics algorithm to analyze the data resulting from the performance of the partner's LDT. We initiated this cloud-based distribution model with a partner that is performing our non-invasive prenatal paternity test under license and having the resulting data analyzed by our algorithm in the cloud. As of May 28, 2015, we have three signed contracts with U.S. partners to develop their own NIPT LDTs and access our algorithm through the cloud-based model. Outside of the United States, the model is different because we can directly supply our partners with appropriate reagents and kits. The international partners also can sell under the Panorama brand name but are required to meet certain quality standards. We have signed five agreements with partners outside the United States to develop and run their own

103


Table of Contents

NIPT test under our cloud-based model, including leading commercial laboratories in China, Canada, India, Switzerland and Southeast Asia. We are in active discussions with many other potential partners in the United States and abroad to continue to grow our cloud-based distribution network.

        In July 2014, we achieved a CE Mark from the European Commission for our cloud-based analytical software. In May 2015, we achieved a CE Mark for the key reagent kits that our partners will need to run their portion of the Panorama test prior to accessing our cloud-based software. These combined CE Marks enable the cloud-based distribution model for Panorama NIPT in the European Union and other countries that accept a CE Mark. We are pursuing other regulatory approvals, as needed, to allow the international roll out of our cloud-based distribution model in regions that do not accept a CE Mark. In parallel, we are currently engaged in discussions with the FDA regarding the regulatory status of a version of our software to support our cloud-based distribution model in the United States. The FDA has stated to us that it will not prevent us from marketing the software in the United States while we continue to discuss how our software will be regulated and the FDA determines the regulatory pathway. The FDA's decision could also be impacted by its plans to regulate LDTs, as communicated in the FDA's draft guidances described in "—Government Regulations." We believe that, while we will be required to expend time and effort to identify and negotiate agreements with partners, limited additional capital expenditure will be required to bring the cloud-based distribution model to market assuming that our discussions with the FDA are successful.

        We believe that introducing a cloud-based distribution model provides us with a competitive advantage by allowing us to:

104


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

        Our vision is to deploy our powerful molecular technology and bioinformatics to change the management of genetic disease globally. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

105


Table of Contents

Products

        Our products demonstrate our expertise in molecular biology and bioinformatics and currently serve the reproductive medicine product area. Currently, all of the products we offer, except two, are LDTs because we designed, developed, and validated them for use in our CLIA-certified laboratory in California. We have recently launched Constellation, our cloud-based software, which is helping to enable our cloud-based distribution model. We currently offer the following products for the identified applications:

        NIPT: Panorama.    Our NIPT product, which we market under the Panorama brand, helps physicians assess fetal genetic abnormalities through non-invasive measures. Panorama can assess the risk of well-known conditions, such as Down syndrome, and lesser known serious abnormalities, such as Edwards and Patau syndromes. In aggregated data from validation studies published in Obstetrics & Gynecology and Prenatal Diagnosis, Panorama has demonstrated combined sensitivity of greater than 99% and specificity of greater than 99.9% per disorder for the Down, Edwards, and Patau syndromes and triploidy. In these studies, Panorama made no errors in fetal sex determination. This non-invasive test is an advance over traditional methods such as serum screening and provides greater accuracy and broader coverage. Panorama can be performed as soon as nine weeks into a pregnancy, which is significantly earlier than traditional methods, such as serum protein measurement. Panorama enjoys a number of advantages over first-generation NIPTs, including enhanced performance, broader disease coverage and more accurate identification of fetal sex.

        Panorama also has the capability to screen for five of the most common genetic diseases caused by microdeletions using the Panorama microdeletions panel. Microdeletions are missing sub-chromosomal pieces of DNA, which can have serious health implications depending on the location of the deletion. Most of the quantitative method NIPTs do not screen for microdeletions. Our sensitivity for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome, which is caused by the deletion of a small piece of chromosome 22, is greater than 95% based on data published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology. We believe this sensitivity is higher than any competing microdeletions tests currently offered in the NIPT sector. For a child with 22q11.2 deletion syndrome, early diagnosis and intervention can lead to a significant improvement in quality of life. Because microdeletions are more prevalent than fetal aneuploidies and their prevalence is independent of maternal age, we believe our microdeletions panel will be a significant driver of Panorama adoption in all risk categories. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 83% of customers who ordered the basic Panorama panel directly from us have also ordered screening for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome or the full microdeletions panel.

        The incidence during the first trimester of pregnancy of all of the conditions that Panorama, including the microdeletions panel, screens for is approximately 1 in 40 for women over 35 years old and 1 in 70 for women under 35 years old. The incidence of these conditions at live birth for all women is approximately 1 in 170.

        Panorama starts with a simple blood draw from the mother, either in a doctor's office or in a laboratory, as early as nine weeks into a pregnancy. Currently, all samples are then sent to our CLIA-certified laboratory in California. Next, we separate the plasma that contains maternal and fetal DNA and the "buffy coat" that contains maternal DNA in white blood cells. If available, we collect a cheek swab sample from the father, which can reduce the probability of needing a second blood draw. We extract DNA from each sample, process it to amplify the specific SNPs that we are interested in measuring and then sequence the DNA using NGS. Using our proprietary bioinformatics technology, we analyze the DNA sequences to assess the state of the fetal genome, focusing on the SNP data, while incorporating public information about the human genome. Our bioinformatics algorithm builds billions of detailed models of the potential genetic state of the sample to determine the most likely diagnosis. After Panorama generates its result, we provide the doctor or our laboratory partner with a simple report showing the risk that abnormalities are present in the fetus. Approximately 70% of Panorama results currently are delivered within seven calendar days after we receive the blood sample, and approximately 98% currently are delivered within ten calendar days.

106


Table of Contents

Case Study: Panorama indicates a problem, which is found to be a complete molar pregnancy

        A 41 year-old woman conceived through the implantation of two embryos via IVF. Only one fetus developed because the second embryo developed into a full molar pregnancy caused by each cell of the fetus having two copies of paternal DNA and no copies of maternal DNA. Such a pregnancy can be dangerous to the mother as it can lead to pregnancy-related tumors that proliferate uncontrollably and sometimes fatally. In this case, the detection of the molar pregnancy was complicated by the presence of a normal fetus, such that an ultrasound and amniocentesis indicated a normal singleton pregnancy. An abnormal Panorama result, however, indicated a vanishing twin or triploid pregnancy and spurred this woman's doctor to carefully monitor her pregnancy. At a subsequent visit, it was discovered that the sole fetus's heartbeat had stopped, and the pregnancy was evacuated. Follow-up testing revealed the molar pregnancy. No other NIPT would have flagged this pregnancy for the potential of a vanishing twin or triploidy, and even the invasive amniocentesis identified this pregnancy as normal. Had the close monitoring due to the abnormal Panorama result not occurred, the demise of the fetus may not have been identified until after 20 weeks gestation, which would have increased this woman's risk of developing cancer. This woman's physicians can now monitor her for the development of tumors and cancer.

        CS: Horizon.    Our CS test, which we market under the Horizon brand, is designed to screen for genetic defects in individuals or couples that take the test before or during a pregnancy. Horizon helps couples determine if they have genetic mutations, which, if passed to the child, could cause a disease in the child. Physicians can offer both Panorama and Horizon to a patient using a single blood draw. Our test panel includes disorders recommended by experts including ACMG, ACOG and the Victor Center for the Prevention of Jewish Genetic Diseases, including cystic fibrosis, Fragile X syndrome, spinal muscular atrophy and various diseases common in certain populations such as Ashkenazi Jewish and African heritage populations, such as sickle-cell disease. Targeted sequencing and analysis of the genetic information is performed to analyze the DNA from the individual's blood sample to determine if the individual is a carrier for the genetic disease in question. Horizon test results are generally returned in less than 10 business days from the day we receive the blood sample and often sooner, depending on the individual subtests ordered.

        In 2015, we intend to launch an improved version of the Horizon test, offering multiple test panels with more diseases, including Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy, or DMD, and hemoglobinopathies and a total of more than 250 disorders. The improved test is designed to offer more flexibility with sample collection, by accepting both blood and saliva, as well as improved sensitivity across ethnicities for the core conditions such as cystic fibrosis. Saliva collection will expand access where phlebotomy services are not available. We anticipate that this improved offering will significantly increase the value we deliver for our OB/GYN and IVF customers.

        PGS and PGD: Spectrum.    Our PGS and PGD tests, which we market under the Spectrum brand, are for couples undergoing IVF.

        Embryos created through IVF procedures have a high rate of non-viable chromosomal abnormalities, so doctors often implant multiple embryos to increase the chances of a successful pregnancy. This may lead to multiple births, increasing the mortality, preterm birth, and birth complication rates in those pregnancies. These embryos also often have chromosomal abnormalities that will not put the pregnancy at risk but could lead to the birth of a child with serious medical conditions. Our PGS test screens embryos for chromosomal abnormalities prior to embryo transfer. This allows IVF physicians to select and transfer embryos with normal chromosome results, improving implantation rates and reducing the rate of miscarriage. PGS combined with single embryo transfer, the preferred method to reduce mortality and pregnancy complications, greatly increases the rate of implantation and pregnancy, reduces the risks of a multiple pregnancy and may reduce the need for costly multiple IVF cycles.

107


Table of Contents

        Our PGD test screens embryos for couples undergoing IVF who are concerned about passing on a specific genetic defect to their child because of the results of a CS test, a previously known genetic risk, or because they already have one or more affected children with the genetic defect. Spectrum PGD Single Gene is for couples who know they harbor specific mutations that may lead to an affected child to determine whether the embryo contains the specific mutation in the disease-causing gene. Spectrum PGD Translocation is for a couple where one partner knows he or she has a balanced chromosomal rearrangement, which leads to an increased risk that the embryo may have too much or too little genetic information and may result in infertility, miscarriage, birth defects or disabilities. Our PGD test can analyze DNA from samples as small as a single cell.

Case Study: Natera helps a couple to avoid passing on pre-existing genetic disorder risk to their children

        Jim and Cheryl were referred by their IVF doctor to Natera for Spectrum PGD because of multiple reproductive risk factors: (i) Jim's risk of being a carrier of a Huntington Disease, or HD, gene mutation; (ii) at 39, Cheryl's age put her at increased risk of a pregnancy affected by a chromosome condition, such as Down syndrome; and (iii) Cheryl also carried a balanced chromosome rearrangement called a translocation that put her at a 50% risk with each conception for passing on an unbalanced chromosome rearrangement that would either lead to miscarriage or a baby with severe birth defects. The couple wanted comfort that their baby would be free of all three conditions. They chose to use Spectrum with simultaneous Translocation PGD and 24-chromosome aneuploidy screening because of its ability to test a single cell biopsied from each IVF-created embryo for all three concerns at the same time, with accuracy typically exceeding 99%. Spectrum analyzed single cells from nine different embryos produced by the couple, identifying one that tested negative for the three conditions. Natera also applied a "non-disclosure" testing method that reported which embryos were free of HD without revealing whether Jim was affected, which he did not want to know. The chosen embryo was transferred, resulting in the birth of healthy identical twins.

        POC: Anora.    Our POC product, which we market under the Anora brand, tests miscarriage tissue in women who have experienced one or more miscarriages to determine whether there was an underlying genetic reason for the miscarriage(s). Anora helps couples understand their future options, the likelihood of another miscarriage and whether there are any steps that may help them avoid a miscarriage in future pregnancies.

Case Study: Anora identifies a patient at very high risk for cancer allowing life-saving medical treatment

        A 34 year-old woman suffered a first trimester miscarriage, and her doctor ordered Anora to attempt to determine the cause. Although the initial results showed a male fetus with a normal number of chromosomes, Anora using a SNP microarray with proprietary bioinformatics was able to differentiate between the maternal and paternal chromosomes and identified that the fetal chromosomes came from two separate sperm from the father with none contributed by the mother. This rare type of conception develops into a complete molar pregnancy that puts the mother at very high risk to develop a pregnancy-related, and potentially lethal, cancer. Because other types of chromosome testing—traditional karyotyping or array comparative genomic hybridization—cannot differentiate between the maternal and paternal chromosomes' contribution, they would not have identified the molar pregnancy. Anora's differentiated testing method successfully identified this woman's cancer risk enabling the opportunity for appropriate medical monitoring and early treatment.

        Each of our Spectrum and Anora testing begins when we receive a blood, tissue or single cell sample from the IVF or obstetrician/gynecologist, or OB/GYN, clinic. We process the sample to extract DNA which is tested at hundreds of thousands of positions of interest on a SNP microarray. We evaluate the

108


Table of Contents

data points with our proprietary algorithm which determines the likelihood that the sample indicates an aneuploidy. We then compile a report and return it to the clinic.

        Paternity Product.    We offer a product, solely through our partners, for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing that allows a couple to safely establish paternity without waiting for the child to be born. Testing can be done as early as nine weeks in gestation using a blood draw from the pregnant mother and alleged father. Our internal data indicates that the accuracy of this test is greater than 99.9%. We have licensed this technology to a third party to perform the test in its clinical laboratory.

        Constellation—Cloud-Based Genetic Data Analysis Software.    This product supports our cloud-based distribution model by providing partners with access to our algorithm to have raw genetic sequencing data analyzed in the cloud. We have begun using this distribution model with laboratories inside and outside the United States, for both commercial products and research applications. We are also able to leverage Constellation to more efficiently perform our internal commercial laboratory activities and to perform research and development of our products. In July 2014, we achieved a CE Mark from the European Commission for Constellation and in May 2015, we achieved a CE Mark for the key reagent kits that our partners will need to run their portion of the Panorama test prior to accessing our cloud-based software. These two CE Marks enable our cloud-based distribution model in the European Union and other countries that accept a CE Mark. We are also engaged in discussions with the FDA, for use of a version of our software to support our cloud-based distribution model in the United States. The FDA has stated to us that it will not prevent us from marketing the software in the United States while we continue to discuss how our software will be regulated and the FDA determines the regulatory pathway.

        After receiving a report with results from any of our products, doctors have access by phone to our team of genetic counselors should they have any questions or require any guidance in advising their patients. Patients themselves may contact our genetic counselors by phone, with direct access provided to all patients who are tested with Spectrum or Anora and patients who have a high risk result for a genetic disease based on the Horizon screening or for a microdeletion syndrome based on the Panorama screening.

        Natera Connect is our physician portal, which enables our customers to easily complete various tasks online including ordering tests, tracking the status of a patient's test, reviewing patient results online, sharing results with patients, connecting with genetic counselors, ordering supplies and educational materials, and offering live chat support. We also provide a service to integrate with our customers' EMR systems to provide physicians a seamless experience of ordering tests and reviewing patient test results directly through their EMR systems. Additionally, we are improving Natera Connect to interface with customer EMR systems to auto-populate relevant patient information in Natera Connect, enabling a one stop physician portal for our products.

109


Table of Contents

        The table below lists articles that have been published in peer-reviewed journals discussing our products, their performance and scientific breakthroughs made possible by our technology. In addition, our technology and products have been featured in over 80 abstracts that have been presented at major medical and industry conferences since 2008.

Study
  Publication
 
NIPT    

Noninvasive prenatal testing for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome: deeper sequencing increases the positive predictive value

 

American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology (in press)

Detection of a complete molar pregnancy by single nucleotide polymorphism-based noninvasive prenatal testing

 

Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology (March 2015)

Expanding the scope of non-invasive prenatal testing: detection of fetal microdeletion syndromes

 

American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology (March 2015)

Clinical Experience and Follow-Up with Large Scale Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism-Based Noninvasive Prenatal Aneuploidy Testing

 

American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology (November 2014)

Detection of Triploid, Molar, and Vanishing Twin Pregnancies by a Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism-Based Noninvasive Prenatal Test

 

American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology (October 2014)

Single-nucleotide polymorphism-based noninvasive prenatal screening in a high-risk and low-risk cohort

 

Obstetrics & Gynecology (August 2014)

Non-invasive prenatal detection of trisomy 13 using a single nucleotide polymorphism- and bioinformatics-based approach

 

PLOS ONE (May 2014)

Prenatal detection of fetal triploidy from cell-free DNA testing in maternal blood

 

Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy (October 2013)

SNP-based non-invasive prenatal testing detects sex chromosome aneuploidies with high accuracy

 

Prenatal Diagnosis (July 2013)

Validation of targeted sequencing of single-nucleotide polymorphism for non-invasive prenatal detection of aneuploidy of chromosomes 13, 18, 21, X and Y

 

Prenatal Diagnosis (April 2013)

Non-invasive prenatal aneuploidy testing of chromosomes 13, 18, 21, X, and Y, using targeted sequencing of polymorphic loci

 

Prenatal Diagnosis (October 2012)

POC

 

 

Genomic imbalance in products of conception: single nucleotide polymorphism chromosomal microarray analysis

 

Obstetrics & Gynecology (August 2014)

Reliability of 46,XX results on miscarriage specimens: a review of 1,222 first-trimester miscarriage specimens

 

Fertility and Sterility (October 2013)

Informatics enhanced SNP microarray analysis of 30 miscarriage samples compared to routine cytogenetics

 

PLOS ONE (March 2012)

PGS and PGD

 

 

Common variants spanning PLK4 are associated with mitotic-origin aneuploidy in human embryos.

 

Science (April 2015)

Whole genome prediction for preimplantation genetic diagnosis

 

Genome Medicine (April 2015)

Origins and rates of aneuploidy in human blastomeres

 

Fertility and Sterility (December 2011)

Comprehensive analysis of karyotypic mosaicism between trophectoderm and inner cell mass

 

Molecular Human Reproduction (December 2010)

Preclinical validation of a microarray method for full molecular karyotyping of blastomeres in a 24-h protocol

 

Human Reproduction (January 2010)

Current methods for preimplantation genetic diagnosis

 

Journal of Clinical Embryology (Spring 2010)

Paternity Testing

 

 

Informatics-based, highly accurate, noninvasive prenatal paternity testing

 

Genetics in Medicine (December 2012)

110


Table of Contents

        We continue to validate the efficacy of our tests in on-going clinical trials. For example, we have recently closed enrollment in our PreNATUS clinical trial that is being run at approximately 32 sites with Columbia University acting as the coordinating site and George Washington University acting as the data coordinating center. The analysis phase is ongoing. This international study will analyze more than 700 samples from a population of pregnant women at between eight and 23 weeks gestational age, including 120 women with a fetus with an autosomal triploidy. Each subject will undergo invasive testing regardless of indication, which means they would be considered high-risk by the FDA, and the invasive testing result will be used as the clinical standard to assess the performance of Panorama. This study was designed such that the results could be used in a filing with the FDA if we choose to seek FDA approval of Panorama as an in vitro diagnostic, or IVD. An IVD, unlike an LDT, is not limited to development and use in a single laboratory, and thus can be used in any laboratory that has the appropriate qualifications and authorizations to run the test. An IVD customer, unlike an LDT customer, would not be required to develop any part of the test themselves. We may seek the approval or clearance of Panorama as an IVD to provide for a broader base of customers. We may also seek the approval or clearance of Panorama as an IVD in light of the FDA's plans for more active regulation of LDTs as announced in the July 2014 notification to Congress or to comply with any resulting regulatory requirements once finalized by the FDA.

        Additionally, we are enrolling patients in DNAFirst, a study run through Women and Infants Hospital in Rhode Island. DNAFirst has been developed as a clinical utility trial to assess how NIPT can best be integrated into clinical practice. As part of this trial, we will run the Panorama test on all pregnant women in Rhode Island who are interested in participating, and we expect enrollment to be between 3,000 and 3,500 women.

        We are enrolling patients in the SNP-based Microdeletions and Aneuploidy RegisTry (SMART) study. In this registry study, we expect to collect follow up outcomes for 10,000 pregnancies that are undergoing prenatal testing for whole chromosome aneuploidy and microdeletions with Panorama. We are also collecting perinatal data from all patients and follow-up genetic samples from participants found to be at high risk either through NIPT or other means, which would allow follow-up and additional analysis of potential correlation between fetal fraction and placental complications. We are collecting the data in accordance with FDA guidelines so that the samples could be used in a filing with the FDA, if we choose to seek FDA approval of Panorama as an IVD.

        In addition to our clinical trials, we actively collect and record follow-up data from our patients who receive invasive testing after receiving Panorama. We continue to monitor the accuracy of our tests and expect to report this follow-up data in future publications.

        An illustration of the resolution that can be achieved with our mmPCR capability is provided below. The figures display data from our approximately 20,000 primer mmPCR assay, where each assay targets one SNP. On the left, the assay is applied to a large genomic DNA sample from a child. On the right, the assay is applied to a single cell from the same child. Each dot represents data from a particular SNP location on a chromosome. The assay measures the amount of each of the two possible sequences of nucleotides, or alleles, at each SNP. The plots below show the relative proportion of the two alleles, plotted along the vertical axis, for each of the approximately 20,000 SNPs, arranged sequentially along the vertical axis. The two alleles are arbitrarily labeled A and B, and the dot is colored according to the allelic contribution of the mother—red (A) or blue (B). Those SNPs where both copies of DNA in the child contain only the A allele are red and are found at the very top of the plot, and those SNPs where both copies of DNA in the child contain only the B allele are blue and are found at the very bottom of the plot. The SNPs where the fetus contains at least one copy of the A allele and one copy of the B allele are found near the center of the plot. The four vertical bars separated by dotted lines display data from chromosomes 13, 18, 21 and X. For chromosomes 13, 18 and X, the middle band is centered on 0.5; which indicates that for those SNPs, the child has one copy of the A allele and one copy of a B allele (and therefore a relative

111


Table of Contents

proportion of 0.5), and, therefore, has the right number of chromosomes—two. In this sample, an additional chromosome is present at chromosome 21, which indicates the presence of trisomy 21. For chromosome 21, the bands centered at 0.33 and 0.66 signal the additional nucleotides contributed by the mother. The band centered at 0.33 represents SNPs where the child has two copies of the B allele and one copy of the A allele, and the band centered at 0.66 represents SNPs where the child has two copies of the A allele and one copy of the B allele. The assay clearly quantifies the difference between single molecules of a particular allele at each SNP. The images demonstrate our ability to derive actionable information from tiny quantities of DNA, as the data from a single cell in the image on the right is nearly as informative as the data from a large genomic sample in the image on the left.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        We have initiated efforts to perform single cell analysis in NIPT and to leverage our technology and processes in the field of cancer testing, but we do not have products for these applications at this time.

        We have developed an automated tool for assay design that meaningfully streamlines our development process. When developing new diagnostic tests, we simply specify the genomic variations and copy number regions we are interested in detecting, and our tool generates the precise mix of necessary primer designs to obtain an accurate measurement. We plan to offer this automated mmPCR design tool as a service to researchers and CLIA-certified laboratories, allowing them to design their own assays targeting any genomic region and then access our cloud-based distribution platform to analyze the resulting data. In exchange for such access, we would expect to receive a fee or future royalties on any applications developed and commercialized. Some areas that we believe other researchers and laboratories may be interested in applying this technology are: cancer detection in liquid, e.g. bladder cancer, forensic identity analysis in mixtures for law enforcement, organ transplant rejection monitoring, agricultural sample screening for patented lines, prenatal relationship testing for veterinary breeding and cell line purity testing for cell repositories.

Distribution Channels

        We distribute our products through two main channels:

        For the NIPT market, Panorama is typically ordered by an MFM or OB/GYN. There are over 37,000 OB/GYNs in the United States and most of them practice generalist medicine for women's health. They typically only assist women with average-risk pregnancies and will refer women with high-risk pregnancies to one of the more than 2,000 MFMs in the United States. In the longer term, we believe that Panorama

112


Table of Contents

will be adopted by physicians for broader use in average-risk pregnancies. Therefore, we anticipate that OB/GYNs will account for an increasing share of Panorama orders in the future.

        In the United States, we engage in a mix of direct sales and sales through our laboratory partners. We have utilized laboratory partners in the United States to capitalize on their relationships with MFMs and OB/GYNs, large distribution capabilities, and commercial infrastructure. We are currently partnered with leading academic and commercial laboratories. Our partners' capabilities augment our direct sales capabilities. We are able to offer direct accounts our full suite of products, including Panorama, the Panorama microdeletions panel, Horizon carrier screening and Anora products of conception testing. We have substantially expanded our direct sales force and efforts. As our direct sales force has gained experience selling under our name, we have developed our own strong relationships, and we have been increasing the number of our in-network contracts with payers. We intend to continue certain laboratory partner relationships in the United States where we have identified laboratory or distribution partners who share our focus on premium quality and service. In the future, we may develop certain cancer diagnostics, which we also expect to be able to offer through our direct sales force and through our established partner network.

        Outside of the United States, where our products are sold in over 60 countries, we currently sell predominantly through partner laboratories. We are currently contracted with leading laboratories in Germany, Spain, Switzerland, Canada and Brazil. Except for in two countries, none of our laboratory partners have the exclusive right to sell our products in a particular territory.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our domestic direct sales business accounted for 59% of our total revenues and the majority of these revenues were received from third-party payers. Our domestic laboratory partners and other channels accounted for 26% of our 2014 revenues. Our international sales—direct and laboratory partners combined—accounted for 14% of our 2014 revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our domestic direct sales accounted for 80% of our total revenues and the majority of these revenues were received from third-party payers. Our domestic laboratory partners and other channels accounted for 20% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our international sales—direct sales force and laboratory partners combined—accounted for 14% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, in 2014, our two largest U.S. partners at that time, Progenity and Quest, terminated our agreements and no longer market our tests.

        We have recently created a new distribution channel for laboratories to access our molecular and bioinformatics capabilities worldwide via a cloud-based distribution model. Our mmPCR technology is sufficiently robust to be run in standard equipment, and extensive quality controls inherent in the design of our algorithm will allow laboratories around the world to run tests using our technology and receive results with consistent quality. In our cloud-based distribution model in the United States, we plan to license our technology to laboratory partners, who will develop and run their own LDTs under this license and use sequencing reagents and DNA extraction kits purchased from third parties of their choosing. We will distribute to these partners, through the cloud, our bioinformatics algorithm to analyze the data resulting from the performance of the partner's LDT. We have begun using this cloud-based distribution model with a partner that is performing our non-invasive prenatal paternity test under license and having the resulting data analyzed by our algorithm in the cloud. As of May 28, 2015, we have signed contracts with three U.S. partners to develop their own NIPT LDTs and access our algorithm through the cloud-based model. Outside of the United States, the model is different because we can directly supply our partners with appropriate reagents and kits. The international partners also can sell under the Panorama brand name but are required to meet certain quality standards. We have signed five agreements with partners outside the United States to develop and run their own NIPT test under our cloud-based model, including partners in China, Canada, India, Switzerland and Southeast Asia. We are in active discussions with many other potential partners in the United States and abroad to continue to grow our cloud-based distribution network.

113


Table of Contents

        In July 2014, we achieved a CE Mark from the European Commission for Constellation, our cloud-based analytical software. In May 2015, we achieved a CE Mark for the key reagent kits that our partners will need to run their portion of the Panorama test prior to accessing our cloud-based software. These two CE Marks enable our cloud-based distribution model in the European Union and other countries that accept a CE Mark. We are pursuing other regulatory authorizations, as needed, to allow the international roll out of our cloud-based distribution model in regions that do not accept the CE Mark.

        In parallel, we are currently engaged in discussions with the FDA regarding the regulatory status of a version of our software to support our cloud-based distribution model in the United States. While the FDA has not yet committed to the appropriate regulatory pathway for our software, it has stated to us that it will not prevent us from marketing the software in the United States while we continue to discuss with the FDA how our software will be regulated and the FDA determines the regulatory pathway; however, it is possible that the FDA may reverse itself on the issue of our ability to continue to market the software during our discussions. The FDA's decision as to how to regulate our software could also be impacted by its plans to regulate LDTs, as communicated in the notification to Congress discussed in "—Government Regulations." We believe that, while we will be required to expend time and effort to identify and negotiate agreements with partners, only limited additional capital expenditure will be required to bring the cloud-based distribution model to market if our discussions with the FDA are successful.

Sales and Marketing

        Our sales representatives promote our products directly to physicians and also provide field level support to our U.S. laboratory partners' sales forces, when requested. Our international sales team focuses on the development of new laboratory partners, sales of Panorama, fostering relationships with key opinion leaders and managing existing laboratory partner relationships. We continually improve and simplify the process for ordering our products and receiving our test reports, including through our Natera Connect platform.

        We strive to develop strong relationships with ordering physicians and physician practices to build loyalty. We also provide features and services to improve access to our products and to enhance the customer experience. Natera Connect is our physician portal, which enables our customers to easily complete various tasks online including ordering tests, tracking status of a patient's test, reviewing patient results online, sharing results with patients, connecting with genetic counselors, ordering supplies and educational materials, and offering live chat support. We are building a patient portal and mobile application with services that are both informative and valuable through a patient's test journey. This includes pre-test information, enhancing the test experience through expanded options for sample collection, enabling test transparency and proactive engagement to follow up with a patient during and after the test, and offering free information sessions with genetic counselors before and after the test.

        We also cross-sell more than one of our products for use by a patient. For example, we are promoting the use of our Panorama and Horizon products together for pregnant women who have not had a CS test at the time they are ready to have an NIPT performed. These tests can both be run using one blood draw from the mother. Also, because of the importance and demand for the ability of Panorama to test for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome, we have included that feature in addition to our basic Panorama panel, unless the patient or physician ordering the test opts out of the 22q11.2 deletion syndrome screen. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 83% of customers who ordered the basic Panorama panel directly from us also ordered screening for 22q11.2 deletion syndrome or the full microdeletions panel. We have also enabled access for our customers to our network of phlebotomy centers, where patients using our tests can have their blood drawn.

        We market directly to physicians through clinical journals, educational webinars, conferences, tradeshows and e-mail marketing campaigns. While we do not sell directly to patients, we do engage in brand awareness campaigns directed at patients to highlight our products. Our marketing and medical

114


Table of Contents

science liaison team works extensively with key opinion leaders in the prenatal genetic testing field. We have established a medical advisory board, consisting of more than a dozen top academic and private MFMs, OB/GYNs and geneticists, and a global speakers' bureau with more than 50 members. We also dedicate resources to assist our laboratory partner network in marketing Panorama and our other products by conducting joint events, joint advertising and developing joint tools with our partner network.

        Professional societies such as ACMG, ACOG, the International Society for Prenatal Diagnosis, or ISPD, and the National Society for Genetic Counseling, or NSGC, play an important role in developing practice guidelines for physicians. These guidelines are generally interpreted as recommendations and expectations for standard medical practice, but not necessarily requirements or restrictions on physician choice. Different societies may also disagree over what constitutes good practice. For example, population-wide screening for spinal muscular atrophy is recommended by ACMG but not by ACOG. Nonetheless it is difficult to change practice patterns and reimbursement patterns on a broad level without support from the medical societies. We are committed to working collaboratively with these professional bodies, both in the United States and around the world, towards enabling greater access for patients to our products. ISPD has issued guidelines and ACMG has issued a statement that are supportive of NIPT in average risk pregnancies, which represent roughly 80% of the market, as well as high-risk pregnancies.

        Patient advocacy groups also have influence within the prenatal testing community. We have an exclusive partnership with the International 22q11.2 Deletion Syndrome Foundation, Inc., the leading patient advocacy and support group for families worldwide caring for someone with the 22q11.2 deletion syndrome. The joint mission of our relationship is to raise awareness about 22q11.2 deletion syndrome and the importance of early diagnosis. We do not have a written agreement with this Foundation, but we have made or pledged small contributions to this Foundation and a local hospital with which members of the Foundation are affiliated.

Key Relationships

        In addition to sales we make through our direct sales force, we distribute many of our products, both in the United States and internationally, through laboratory partners because many such laboratory partners have well-established relationships with MFMs and OB/GYNs. These customers also frequently have in-network contracts with key third party payers. Through our direct sales effort and our worldwide network of over 70 laboratory and distribution partners, we have established a broad distribution channel that includes over 600 genetics-focused sales representatives. We and our laboratory partners have in-network contracts with insurance providers that account for over 140 million covered lives in the United States. Our target market for NIPT is a much smaller subset of these covered lives because it excludes men, children and post-menopausal women who would not be users of our products. Where we have identified laboratory partners who share our focus on premium quality and service, we also contract with them to distribute our tests.

        In August 2013, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with Illumina, Inc. for the supply of Illumina genetic sequencing instruments and reagents. Last year, we amended the supply agreement, including to extend the term until September 2017. During the term of the supply agreement, Illumina has agreed to supply us with sequencers, reagents and other consumables for use with the Illumina sequencers. During the term of the supply agreement, we must provide a forecast, on a monthly basis, detailing our needs for certain of the Illumina products. The first four calendar months of each forecast are binding and the fourth month can vary by only up to 25% more or less than what was forecasted for that month in the

115


Table of Contents

prior month's forecast. In addition, during each calendar quarter, we must spend a minimum amount on reagents under this agreement. We and Illumina have agreed on prices for the sequencers and reagents, for which we are entitled to certain discounts based on total spend and other factors. We must pay a fee to Illumina for each clinical test that we perform using Illumina reagents. We are not bound to use exclusively Illumina's sequencing instruments and reagents for conducting our sequencing, but if we do use other sequencing instruments and reagents, we will no longer be entitled to discounts from Illumina. Illumina may only terminate the agreement: if we materially breach the agreement and fail to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice of such breach, and only after complying with additional notice provisions; if we become the subject of certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or in connection with certain changes of control of Natera. We may terminate the agreement: if Illumina materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice of such breach, and only after complying with additional notice provisions; if Illumina becomes the subject of certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; in connection with certain supply failures by Illumina or for convenience with four months written notice. The agreement also contains use limitations, representations and warranties, indemnification, limitations of liability and other provisions.

Competition

        We compete with numerous companies that have developed and market NIPTs, including Sequenom, Inc., Illumina, Inc., through its Verinata division, Ariosa, Inc., which was recently acquired by F. Hoffman La-Roche Ltd, Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Counsyl, Inc., Beijing Genomics Institute, or BGI, and Berry Genomics Co., Ltd. We expect additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter the prenatal testing market, including through business combinations, and new tests and technologies are introduced. These competitors could have greater technological, financial, reputational and market access resources than us.

        We also compete against companies providing CS tests such as Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Counsyl, Inc, Good Start Genetics, Inc., Progenity, Recombine, and Quest. Each of these companies offers comprehensive carrier screening panels. Other laboratories offer CS testing for other diseases, particularly cystic fibrosis.

        Our POC, PGS, PGD, and NIPT products face competition from various laboratories that offer or seek to offer competing solutions. In addition, our future products, such as products in the field of cancer, will face competition from various companies that offer or seek to offer competing solutions. We believe that there are a number of companies seeking to develop cancer diagnostic tests that would examine blood samples, rather than solid tumor biopsies, which are the type of cancer diagnostic tests that we are seeking to develop.

        We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

116


Table of Contents

Specific market share data regarding our products is not publicly available, and consumers may choose to use competing products for a variety of reasons, including lower cost. We believe, however, that we compete favorably on the basis of the factors above, particularly test performance, comprehensiveness of coverage of diseases and ability to conveniently test for multiple conditions, value of product offerings and effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts.

Research and Development

        We were founded on the belief that serious unmet needs in healthcare could be addressed by combining traditional molecular diagnostics with robust statistical techniques, and this belief is the basis of our research and development efforts. We focus our research and development efforts on conceiving and delivering disruptive technologies to genetic testing. We have invested, and continue to invest, significant time and resources toward improving and expanding our core technologies and tests. We have developed an automated tool for assay design that meaningfully streamlines our development process. When developing new diagnostic tests, we simply specify the genomic variations and copy number regions we are interested in detecting, and our tool generates the precise mix of necessary primer designs to obtain an accurate measurement. Research and development expenses were $11.6 million and $17.3 million for 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.3 million and $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

        In addition to our oncology products described above, we plan to dedicate resources to continue our research and development efforts to improve our NIPT product, including efforts to extend our cfDNA test and also to seek to develop new approaches to NIPT. For example, our SNP-based platform is well suited to analyze isolated fetal cells. Isolation techniques are typically contaminated with—or completely comprised of—maternal cells. Our SNP-based approach can accurately detect mixtures with contamination due to contaminating DNA where quantitative approaches would likely fail. This capability would allow us to analyze isolated circulating fetal or circulating tumor cells instead of cell free DNA. Working with intact cells or cells from a mixture may enable more extensive coverage of diseases, such as more microdeletion syndromes and select gene conditions, with high sensitivity and specificity. In addition, this method would be affected less by tissue heterogeneity, when compared to NIPT.

Intellectual Property

        We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. As of March 31, 2015, we had six

117


Table of Contents

issued U.S. patents, one issued Australian patent and one issued Chinese patent. Our U.S. patents are as follows:

U.S. Patent Number   Expiration Date   Subject Matter
8,532,930   March 12, 2029   ex vivo copy number determination methods directed to, among other things, certain aspects of our Panorama, Spectrum and Anora products

8,682,592

 

November 22, 2026

 

ex vivo copy number determination methods directed to, among other things, certain aspects of our Panorama, Spectrum and Anora products

8,515,679

 

March 12, 2029

 

ex vivo copy number determination methods directed to, among other things, certain aspects of our Panorama and Spectrum products

8,024,128

 

September 11, 2027

 

methods for predicting clinical outcomes not specifically tied to any of our current commercial products

8,825,412

 

March 12, 2029

 

methods of fetal aneuploidy determination

8,949,036

 

December 9, 2033

 

methods for non-invasive ploidy calling

        The expiration dates of these patents may be eligible for patent term extension in certain circumstances if the applicable legal requirements are satisfied. One of our patent applications, No. 14/092,457, has recently been allowed and relates to non-invasive ex vivo copy number determination methods. The term of this patent will depend, in part, on the patent term adjustment that will be calculated by the USPTO after the patent issues, if any. We also have issued patents on a version of the 8,024,128 patent in China and Australia. As of March 31, 2015, we had 45 pending U.S. patent applications and a number of applications in various foreign jurisdictions.

        We own a number of registered trademarks and trademark applications. We have registered the trademark "Panorama" in Argentina, Australia, the European Union, Japan, Mexico, Peru, Russia and South Korea. Our applications to register the "Panorama" trademark have been published in Brazil and Canada, filed in India, Israel, South Africa and Switzerland, and allowed in the United States, but have not proceeded to registration. In addition, we have one registered trademark and one published trademark application for "Panorama" in China. The "Natera" trademark is registered in the United States, Australia, the European Union, Japan and Russia, and applications have been published in Canada, and filed in India. In addition, we have one registered trademark and one filed trademark application in China for "Natera," and two published trademark applications in Brazil for "Natera." The trademark "Powered by SNPS" is registered in the United States and the European Union, and applications have been filed in Australia and published in Canada. The "Prenatus" trademark is registered in the United States. Our applications to register "Anora" and "Spectrum" trademarks have been allowed in the United States but have not yet proceeded to registration. We have pending applications to register the trademark "Constellation" in the United States and the European Union.

118


Table of Contents

        We also rely on trade secret protection embodied in our software used to analyze genetic information. We believe that our trade secret protection provides us with a competitive advantage because developing software comparable in performance to our software and molecular biology procedures for use with the software would be time consuming and expensive. We seek to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information by requiring our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and by controlling access to our software, documentation and other proprietary information. We are also seeking patent protection for our methods of obtaining and analyzing genetic information.

        In the past, parties have filed, and in the future parties may file, claims asserting that our technologies or products infringe on their intellectual property. We currently face a lawsuit from a competitor asserting patent infringement, as described in "Risk Factors" and in "—Legal Proceedings." We cannot predict whether other parties will assert such claims against us, or whether those claims will harm our business. The field of non-invasive prenatal genetic diagnostics is complex and rapidly evolving, and we expect that we and others in our industry will continue to be subject to third-party infringement claims.

Government Regulations

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 and State Regulation

        As a clinical laboratory, we are required to hold certain federal and state licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. As to federal certifications, in 1988, Congress passed the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, establishing more rigorous quality standards for all laboratories that perform testing on human specimens for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of disease. CLIA requires such laboratories to be certified by the federal government and mandates compliance with various operational, personnel, facilities administration, quality and proficiency testing requirements intended to ensure the accuracy, reliability and timeliness of patient test results. CLIA certification is also a prerequisite to be eligible to bill state and federal healthcare programs, as well as many commercial third-party payers, for laboratory testing services. Our laboratory located in San Carlos, California is CLIA certified. Our laboratory must comply with all applicable CLIA requirements. In addition, we are required to meet certain laboratory licensing requirements for states with regulations beyond CLIA. For more information on state licensing requirements, see "—California Laboratory Licensing" and "—New York Laboratory Licensing."

        CLIA requires that we hold a certificate applicable to the type of work we perform and comply with certain standards. In addition, CLIA requires each certified laboratory to enroll in an approved proficiency testing program if it performs testing in any category for which proficiency testing is required. Such laboratories must periodically test specimens received from an outside proficiency testing organization, such as the College of American Pathologists, or CAP, and then must submit the results back to that organization for evaluation. A laboratory that fails to achieve a passing score on a proficiency test may lose its right to perform testing in the category at issue. Further, failure to comply with other proficiency testing regulations, such as the prohibition on referral of a proficiency testing specimen to another laboratory for analysis, can result in revocation of the referring laboratory's CLIA certification.

        In addition, as a condition of CLIA certification, our laboratory is subject to survey and inspection every other year, as well as being subject to addition random inspections. Under CLIA, the biennial survey is conducted by CMS, a CMS agent (typically a state agency), or, if the laboratory holds a CLIA Certificate of Accreditation, a CMS-approved accreditation organization. Because CLIA is user-fee funded, all costs of administering the program must be covered by the regulated facilities such as ours, including certification and survey costs.

        Laboratories performing high complexity testing are required to meet more stringent requirements than laboratories performing less complex tests. In addition, a high-complexity laboratory like ours that is certified under CLIA may develop, validate and use proprietary tests referred to as LDTs. To date, the FDA has taken the position that generally it will exercise its enforcement discretion and not require

119


Table of Contents

pre-market clearance or approval for LDTs; however, CLIA requires validation for any LDT used in clinical testing. All of our current products are LDTs.

        CLIA provides that a state may adopt laboratory regulations that are more stringent than those under federal law, and a number of states have implemented their own more stringent laboratory regulatory requirements. State laws may require that laboratory personnel meet certain qualifications, specify certain quality control procedures, facility requirements or prescribe record maintenance requirements.

        Our laboratory in San Carlos, California has also been accredited by CAP, which means that our laboratory has been certified as following CAP guidelines in operating the laboratory and in performing tests that ensure the quality of our results.

FDA

        In the United States, medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, medical device development, testing, labeling, storage, premarket clearance or approval, advertising and promotion and product sales and distribution. IVDs are a type of medical device and are tests that can be used in the diagnosis or detection of diseases, conditions or infections, including, without limitation, the presence of certain chemicals, genetic information or other biomarkers. Prognostic and screening tests can also be IVDs.

        A subset of IVDs are known as analyte specific reagents, or ASRs. ASRs consist of single reagents, which are intended for use in a diagnostic application for the identification and quantification of an individual chemical substance in biological specimens. ASRs are medical devices, but most are exempt from the 510(k) and PMA premarket review processes. As medical devices, ASRs have to comply with some quality system regulation, or QSR, provisions and other device requirements. In 2007, the FDA issued a Guidance Document which clarified and narrowed the scope of products that are considered ASRs.

        To be commercially distributed in the United States, medical devices must receive from the FDA either clearance of a premarket notification, or 510(k), or premarket approval, or PMA, pursuant to the FDC Act prior to marketing, unless subject to an exemption. The FDA has recently indicated that it might exempt some carrier screening tests from the 510(k)-clearance requirement. Devices deemed to pose relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II. Many Class I devices and some Class II devices, including software to the extent that it qualifies as a device, are exempt from 510(k) premarket clearance. Those devices exempt from FDA premarket review must nonetheless comply with postmarket "general controls" (see discussion below), unless the FDA has chosen to exercise "enforcement discretion" and not regulate them. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k)-cleared device or a preamendment Class III device for which PMA applications have not been called, are placed in Class III, requiring PMA approval. A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k) application. All clinical studies of investigational devices must be conducted in compliance with any applicable FDA and Institutional Review Board, or IRB, requirements.

        510(k) clearance pathway.    To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating to the FDA's satisfaction that the proposed device is substantially equivalent in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a previously 510(k)-cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications. The previously cleared device is known as a predicate. The FDA's 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from three to 12 months, but it can last longer, particularly for a novel type of product.

120


Table of Contents

        PMA approval pathway.    The PMA approval pathway requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA's satisfaction. The PMA approval pathway is costly, lengthy, and uncertain. A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing, and labeling. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer's facilities for compliance with OSR requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures. The PMA review process typically takes one to three years but can take longer.

        De novo pathway.    If no predicate can be identified, the product is automatically classified as Class III, requiring a PMA. However, the FDA can reclassify, or use "de novo classification" for a device for which there was no predicate device if the device is average- or moderate-risk. The FDA will identify "special controls" that the manufacturer must implement, which often includes labeling and other restrictions. Subsequent applicants can rely upon the de novo product as a predicate for a 510(k) clearance. The de novo route is less burdensome than the PMA process. A device company can ask the FDA at the outset if the de novo route is available and submit the application as one requesting de novo classification. The de novo route has been used for many IVD products. The FDA has recently indicated to us that our software that enables our cloud-based distribution model may be appropriate for review under the de novo classification. However, the FDA has not committed to this position and may take a different position in the future.

        Postmarket.    After a device, including a device exempt from FDA premarket review, is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: the QSR, labeling regulations, registration and listing, the Medical Device Reporting regulation (which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur), and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act).

        The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public untitled or warning letter to more severe sanctions such as fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals already granted; and criminal prosecution. For additional information, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Government Regulation."

        Research use only.    Research use only, or RUO, products belong to a separate regulatory classification under a long-standing FDA regulation. In essence, RUO products are not regulated as medical devices and are therefore not subject to the regulatory requirements discussed above. The products must bear the statement: "For Research Use Only. Not for Use in Diagnostic Procedures." RUO products cannot make any claims related to safety, effectiveness or diagnostic utility, and they cannot be intended for human clinical diagnostic use. In November 2013, the FDA issued a final guidance on RUO products, which, among other things, reaffirmed that a company may not make clinical or diagnostic claims about an RUO product. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and is subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding the distribution of an RUO product, including how and to whom the product is marketed, when determining its intended use. We purchase and use ASRs, which are medical devices, and other reagents labeled as RUO for use in certain of our tests, and we run our tests on an instrument labeled as RUO.

        Laboratory-developed tests.    LDTs have generally been considered to be tests that are designed, developed, validated and used within a single laboratory. The FDA has historically exercised enforcement discretion and has not required clearance or approval of LDTs prior to marketing.

121


Table of Contents

        On October 3, 2014, the FDA issued two draft guidance documents regarding oversight of LDTs. The draft guidance documents are titled "Framework for Regulatory Oversight of" LDTs, which we refer to as "the Framework Guidance," and "FDA Notification and Medical Device Reporting for" LDTs, which we refer to as the "Notification Guidance." According to the Framework Guidance, the FDA plans to take a risk-based approach to regulating LDTs. According to the draft guidances, all labs with LDTs—except for those only performing forensic testing or certain LDTs for transplantation—would need to comply with some basic statutory requirements, regardless of the risks of the tests, including adverse event reporting, corrections and removals reporting and registration and listing or notification. In addition, "high" risk and "moderate" risk tests not subject to an exemption will need to be the subject of a PMA or 510(k) submitted to the FDA in a phased-in manner. High-risk tests are those that are classified by the FDA as Class III devices. Within those high-risk devices, the FDA identifies the "highest risk devices" as (1) LDTs with the same intended use as an approved companion diagnostic; (2) LDTs with the same intended use as an FDA-approved Class III device and (3) certain LDTs for determining safety and effectiveness of blood or blood products. Moderate-risk tests are those that are classified as Class II devices.

        With regard to premarket review, under the proposed draft guidances, the highest-risk LDTs identified above will be required to start submitting premarket submissions (either a 510(k) submission, PMA application or de novo submission, as applicable) 12 months after the guidance is finalized and this requirement for the remaining high-risk devices will be phased-in over the following four years. Then, beginning in year 5, moderate-risk LDTs will be subject to premarket submissions. The FDA explicitly states in the Framework Guidance that high-risk LDTs will remain on the market while the FDA reviews the applications; FDA officials have publicly indicated that the agency will adopt the same position for moderate-risk devices. Laboratories that offer high-risk or moderate-risk tests will be required to comply with the applicable sections of the Quality System Regulation at the time their PMA is submitted or 510(k) is cleared.

        The comment period for the draft guidances closed February 2, 2015. The draft guidances have been the subject of considerable controversy and it is unclear whether the draft guidances will be finalized, and if so, what they will contain. In addition, Congress may act to provide further direction to the FDA on the regulation of LDTs.

        We believe that all of the tests we currently offer, including Panorama, meet the definition of LDTs, as we designed, developed, and validated them for use in our CLIA-certified laboratory. Under the Framework Guidance, we believe that all of the tests we offer, except for our non-invasive prenatal paternity test, including Panorama, will be moderate-risk or high-risk tests.

California Laboratory Licensing

        In addition to federal certification requirements for laboratories under CLIA, licensure is required and maintained for our San Carlos clinical laboratory under California law. The California licensure law establishes standards for the day-to-day operation of a clinical laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. In addition, California law mandates proficiency testing, which involves testing of specimens that have been specifically prepared for the laboratory.

        If a clinical laboratory is out of compliance with California standards, the California Department of Health Services, or DHS, may suspend, restrict or revoke its license to operate the clinical laboratory, assess substantial civil money penalties, or impose specific corrective action plans.

New York Laboratory Licensing

        Because we receive specimens from New York State, our clinical laboratory is required to be licensed by New York, under New York laws and regulations, which establish standards for:

122


Table of Contents

        New York law also mandates proficiency testing for laboratories licensed under New York state law, regardless of whether or not such laboratories are located in New York. If a laboratory is out of compliance with New York statutory or regulatory standards, the New York State Department of Health, or DOH, may suspend, limit, revoke or annul the laboratory's New York license, censure the holder of the license or assess civil money penalties. Statutory or regulatory noncompliance may result in a laboratory's operator being found guilty of a misdemeanor under New York law. DOH also must approve each specific LDT before the test is offered in New York.

        We have received a permit from New York to offer our basic Panorama test to women with high-risk pregnancies and a conditional approval to offer both our basic Panorama and Panorama with the microdeletions panel to all pregnant women, regardless of risk. During the further standard review for a conditional approval, we are able to offer Panorama and Panorama with microdeletions to all pregnant women. We also have a permit from New York to offer our Spectrum and non-invasive prenatal paternity tests.

Other State Laboratory Licensing Laws

        In addition to New York and California, other states, including Florida, Maryland, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island, require licensing of out-of-state laboratories under certain circumstances. We have obtained licenses in these four additional states and believe we are in compliance with applicable licensing laws.

        Potential sanctions for violation of state statutes and regulations include significant fines, the disapproval of licensure applications and the suspension or loss of various licenses, certificates and authorizations, which could harm our business. CLIA does not preempt state laws that have established laboratory quality standards that are at least as stringent as federal law.

State Genetic Testing Laws

        Many states have implemented genetic testing and privacy laws imposing specific patient consent requirements and protecting test results. In some cases, we are prohibited from conducting certain tests without a certification of patient consent by the physician ordering the test. Requirements of these laws and penalties for violations vary widely.

HIPAA and Other Privacy Laws

        The privacy and security regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, collectively referred to as HIPAA, establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and require certain entities, called covered entities, to comply with standards that include the privacy and security of protected health information, or PHI. HIPAA further requires that covered entities enter into agreements meeting certain regulatory requirements with their business associates—independent contractors or agents of covered entities that have access to protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. These agreements require business associates to safeguard the covered entity's PHI against improper use and disclosure. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, which became effective on February 17, 2010, makes certain of HIPAA's privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates. We are a covered entity and also a business associate of our covered entity customers, and pursuant to the terms of the business associate agreements we have entered, we have certain obligations regarding the use and disclosure of any PHI that may be provided to us, and we could incur significant liability if we failed to meet such obligations. Among other things, HITECH also

123


Table of Contents

increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney's fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

        The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, promulgated standards under HIPAA with which we currently are required to comply. First, we must comply with HIPAA's standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures. We must also comply with the standards for the privacy of individually identifiable health information, which limit the use and disclosure of most paper and oral communications, as well as those in electronic form, regarding an individual's past, present or future physical or mental health or condition, or relating to the provision of healthcare to the individual or payment for that healthcare, if the individual can or may be identified by such information. Additionally, we must comply with HIPAA's security standards, which require us to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all electronic protected health information that we create, receive, maintain or transmit, to protect against reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the security of such information, and to protect such information from unauthorized use or disclosure.

        On January 17, 2013, the HHS Office of Civil Rights issued an omnibus final rule interpreting and implementing various aspects of HIPAA and HITECH. Among other things, the omnibus final rule further expanded business associates' liability for violations of HIPAA's privacy and security standards and added new obligations on business associates, including with respect to covered entities, subcontractors, government authorities, and individuals. We were required to comply with these standards by September 23, 2013.

        Various states in the United States have implemented equally restrictive requirements regulating the use and disclosure of health information that are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, particularly if they afford greater protection to individuals than does HIPAA. For example, Massachusetts law requires that any company that obtains personal information of any resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts implement and maintain a security program that adequately protects such information from unauthorized use or disclosure. There are also foreign privacy and security laws and regulations that impose restrictions on the access, use and disclosure of health information. As a business that operates both internationally and across the United States, any wrongful use or disclosure of personally identifiable information, even if it does not constitute PHI, by us or our third-party contractors, including disclosure due to data theft or unauthorized access to our or our third-party contractors' computer networks, could subject us to fines or penalties that could adversely affect our business and results of operations, including the cost of providing credit monitoring and identity theft prevention services to affected consumers.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

        The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it a felony for a provider or supplier, including a laboratory, to knowingly and willfully offer, pay, solicit or receive remuneration, directly or indirectly, in order to induce business that is reimbursable under any federal healthcare program. A violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute may result in imprisonment for up to five years and/or criminal fines of up to $25,000, civil assessments and fines up to $50,000, and exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs.

        Actions which violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or similar laws may also involve liability under the Federal False Claims Act, which prohibits knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to the U.S. Government. Although the federal Anti-Kickback Statute applies only to federal healthcare programs, a number of states have passed statutes substantially similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute pursuant to which similar types of prohibitions are made applicable to all other health plans and third-party payers.

124


Table of Contents

        Federal and state law enforcement authorities scrutinize arrangements between healthcare providers and potential referral sources to ensure that the arrangements are not designed as a mechanism to induce patient care referrals and opportunities. The law enforcement authorities, the courts and Congress have also demonstrated a willingness to look behind the formalities of a transaction to determine the underlying purpose of payments between healthcare providers and actual or potential referral sources. Generally, courts have taken a broad interpretation of the scope of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, holding that the statute may be violated if merely one purpose of a payment arrangement is to induce future referrals.

        In December 1994 and in June 2014, the HHS Office of Inspector General, or OIG, issued Special Fraud Alerts on arrangements for the provision of clinical laboratory services and relationships between laboratories and referring physicians. The Fraud Alert set forth a number of practices allegedly engaged in by some clinical laboratories and healthcare providers that raise issues under the federal fraud and abuse laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The OIG emphasized in the Special Fraud Alerts that when one purpose of such arrangements is to induce referrals of program-reimbursed laboratory testing, both the clinical laboratory and the healthcare provider (e.g., physician) may be liable under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and may be subject to criminal prosecution and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

        Recognizing that the federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, HHS issued a series of regulatory "safe harbors." These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if all of their requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued.

        While we believe that we are in compliance with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, there can be no assurance that our relationships with physicians, hospitals and other customers will not be subject to scrutiny or will survive regulatory challenge under such laws. If imposed for any reason, sanctions under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute could have a negative effect on our business.

        In addition to the requirements that are discussed above, there are several other healthcare fraud and abuse laws that could have an impact on our business. The federal False Claims Act prohibits a person from knowingly submitting or causing to be submitted false claims or making a false record or statement in order to secure payment by the federal government. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the statute authorizes actions to be brought on behalf of the federal government by a private party having knowledge of the alleged fraud. Because the complaint is initially filed under seal, the action may be pending for some time before the defendant is even aware of the action. If the government is ultimately successful in obtaining redress in the matter or if the plaintiff succeeds in obtaining redress without the government's involvement, then the plaintiff will receive a percentage of the recovery. Violation of the federal False Claims Act may result in fines of up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of up to $11,000 for each separate false claim, imprisonment or both, and possible exclusion from Medicare or Medicaid.

        We are subject to a federal law directed at "self-referrals," commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits, with certain exceptions, payments made by a laboratory to a physician in exchange for the provision of clinical laboratory services, presenting or causing to be presented claims to Medicare and Medicaid for laboratory tests referred by physicians who personally, or through a family member, have an investment interest in, or a compensation arrangement with, the clinical laboratory performing the tests. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law's referral prohibition may be fined up to $100,000 for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a claim to the Medicare or Medicaid programs in violation of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per claim submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed, and possible exclusion from participation in federal governmental payer programs. Claims

125


Table of Contents

submitted in violation of the Stark Law may not be paid by Medicare or Medicaid, and any person collecting any amounts with respect to any such prohibited bill is obligated to refund such amounts.

        Many states, including California, also have anti-"self-referral" and other laws that are not limited to Medicare and Medicaid referrals. We are subject to the California's Physician Ownership and Referral Act, or PORA. PORA generally prohibit us from billing a patient or any governmental or private payer for any diagnostic services when the physician ordering the service, or any member of such physician's immediate family, has an investment interest in or compensation arrangement with us, unless the arrangement meets an exception to the prohibition. Further, a violation of PORA is a misdemeanor and could result in civil penalties and criminal fines.

        Both California's fee-splitting statute, Business and Professions Code Section 650, and its Medi-Cal anti-kickback statute, Welfare and Institutions Code Section 14107.2, have been interpreted by the California Attorney General and California courts in substantially the same way as the federal government and the courts have interpreted the Anti-kickback Law. A violation of Section 650 is punishable by imprisonment and fines of up to $50,000. A violation of Section 14107.2 is punishable by imprisonment and fines of up to $10,000.

        Finally, other states have self-referral restrictions with which we have to comply that differ from those imposed by federal and California law.

        While we have attempted to comply with the federal fraud and abuse laws, California fraud and abuse laws and similar laws of other states, it is possible that some of our arrangements could be subject to regulatory scrutiny at some point in the future, and we cannot provide assurance that we will be found to be in compliance with these laws following any such regulatory review.

        Further, in addition to the privacy and security regulations stated above, HIPAA created two federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payers. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.

        Finally, federal law prohibits any entity from offering or transferring to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration that the entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary's selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services, including waivers of copayments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof) and transfers of items or services for free or for other than fair market value. Entities found in violation may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Although we believe that our sales and marketing practices are in material compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, relevant regulatory authorities may disagree, and violation of these laws or our exclusion from such programs as Medicaid and other governmental programs as a result of a violation of such laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Reimbursement

        We receive reimbursement for our products from a diverse and broad range of channels. The tests for which we receive reimbursement include Panorama, Horizon, Anora and Spectrum.

        Laboratory tests, as with most other healthcare services, are classified for reimbursement purposes under a coding system known as Current Procedure Terminology, or CPT, which we and our customers must use to bill and receive reimbursement for our diagnostic tests. These CPT codes are associated with the particular test that we have provided to the patient. Once the American Medical Association establishes a CPT code, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, establishes payment

126


Table of Contents

levels and coverage rules under Medicare while private payers establish rates and coverage rules independently. On January 1, 2013, CMS implemented a new set of CPT codes but without a fee schedule for the particular codes specific to NIPTs.

        We currently submit for reimbursement using CPT codes that we believe are appropriate for our testing, but there is a risk that these codes may be rejected or withdrawn or that payers will seek refunds of amounts that they claim were inappropriately billed to a specific CPT code. A new CPT code specific to NIPT came into effect in January 2015, however, not all payers may implement this code in a timely fashion and reimbursement may be less than we have received in the past. We do not currently have a specific CPT code assigned for Panorama, and there is a risk that we may not be able to obtain such a code, or if obtained, may not be able to negotiate favorable rates for this code, or receive reimbursement for average-risk NIPT patients using this code.

        We receive reimbursement from several distinct channels: commercial third-party payers, domestic laboratory distribution partners, distributors (paternity), international distribution partners, government health benefits programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and individual patients.

        Commercial third-party payers.    We submit claims for reimbursement and receive associated payments from commercial third-party payers. We have contracted rates of reimbursement with a number of third-party payers. For instances where we are not contracted with a particular third-party payer, we submit claims seeking reimbursement on a non-contracted basis.

        U.S. laboratory distribution partners.    We have contracted with many clinical and genetic laboratories in the United States for distribution of our products. Our reimbursement in this channel comes directly from the contracted laboratory. In some circumstances, we are asked to bill insurance on behalf of the distribution partner. In these instances, we collect payment directly from the third-party payer.

        Distributors (non-invasive prenatal paternity testing).    Our non-invasive prenatal paternity testing product is distributed globally through our partner DNA Diagnostics Center, Inc., to which we have licensed rights to market, sell and perform the molecular assay portion of our non-invasive prenatal paternity testing product. After performing the molecular assay, DDC will send the data to be analyzed by our proprietary algorithm in the cloud. DDC will bill and collect payment from the individual who orders the test. DDC will also distribute the test globally through a network of resellers.

        International distribution partners.    We have contracted with international laboratories to distribute Panorama. The international partners reimburse us at the contracted rate.

        Government health benefits programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.    We have obtained a Medicare Identification Number. We are a participating provider under 31 state Medicaid plans and also have submitted applications to several other state Medicaid plans.

        Individual patients.    We generally seek to collect co-payments and deductibles directly from patients in cases where we have billed a patient's insurance provider. For these patients, we offer a range of flexible payment plans to assist in the payment of co-payments and deductibles. We also seek to collect payment directly from patients for cash paying patients who do not have or have elected not to use their medical insurance. Cash paying patients are generally offered a discounted price.

        NIPT has received positive coverage decisions for high-risk pregnancies and are reimbursed by a number of private payers, including United Healthcare, AETNA, Anthem, Humana, CIGNA and others. Eighteen of the top twenty commercial payers in the United States have a positive NIPT medical policy covering high-risk NIPT. Average-risk reimbursement policies for the use of NIPT have not been established, but recent publications have analyzed the use of NIPT in the average-risk populations and we expect evidence to support utilization in these populations in the future.

        Based on AIS 2014 publication data, we and our laboratory partners have in-network contracts with insurance providers that account for over 140 million covered lives in the United States. Our target market

127


Table of Contents

for NIPT is a much smaller subset of these covered lives, because it excludes men, children and post-menopausal women who would not be users of our products.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2015, we had 674 employees, including 173 in laboratory operations and manufacturing administration, 91 in research and development and 410 in sales, general and administrative functions. We have not been subject to labor action or union activities, and our management considers its relationships with employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters are located in San Carlos, California. We currently lease approximately 87,000 square feet of laboratory and office space at 201 Industrial Road in San Carlos pursuant to two separate subleases, one for approximately 60,000 square feet and the other for approximately 27,000 square feet expiring in October 2016 and January 2017, respectively.

        We may expand our facilities capacity as our employee base and laboratory processing needs grow. We believe that we will be able to obtain additional space on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings. The results of such legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings could have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors.

        On January 6, 2012, we filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging that U.S. Patent No. 6,258,540 licensed by Sequenom from Isis Innovation Limited, Inc., or the '540 patent, is invalid, unenforceable and not infringed by us. The '540 patent relates to non-invasive prenatal diagnosis methods. This case was consolidated in the Northern District of California with a case that Sequenom, an affiliate of Sequenom, and Isis brought on January 24, 2012 in the Southern District of California alleging infringement by us and DDC, our distribution partner, of certain claims of the '540 patent. Ariosa and Verinata also filed declaratory judgment actions regarding the '540 patent against Sequenom in the Northern District. Sequenom asserted counterclaims of infringement of the '540 patent against both Ariosa and Verinata in those respective cases. All of these cases were designated related cases. On October 30, 2013, the District Court issued an order granting Ariosa's motion for summary judgment in its case against Sequenom, finding that the claims asserted against Ariosa are invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101 for reciting non-patentable subject matter. Many of the claims of the '540 patent asserted against us were invalidated by this order. Subsequently, Sequenom entered into stipulations with Verinata and us conditionally agreeing that the remaining asserted claims of the '540 Patent should be deemed invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101. The Court then entered judgment in favor of Verinata and us in the respective cases in November 2013. Sequenom has appealed all three judgments to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, or CAFC. The CAFC has consolidated the Ariosa, Verinata and our cases for purposes of appeal, such that the CAFC can make a single ruling on the '540 patent claims that apply to all parties involved. The appellate arguments were heard on November 7, 2014, but no decision has yet been issued. We intend to continue to vigorously assert our claims and defend against the counterclaims in this lawsuit, but we cannot be certain of the outcome.

        On April 22, 2011, a former employee filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that we made false statements to the government in connection with tracking of employee time and expenditures in connection with certain grants it received from the National Institutes of Health. After investigating the former employee's claims, the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of California filed a Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in this matter. We filed counterclaims against the former employee, alleging fraud in the inducement, breach of contract, and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. The case proceeded to trial beginning on January 20,

128


Table of Contents

2015, and on February 4, 2015 the jury returned a verdict in our favor on the plaintiff's claims and in favor of the plaintiff on our counterclaim. The plaintiff's motion for a new trial was denied, and judgment was entered in favor of Natera on the plaintiff's claims and in favor of the plaintiff on Natera's counterclaim. No notice of appeal has yet been filed by either party. We will continue to vigorously defend our favorable jury verdict, but we cannot be certain of the outcome.

        On June 12, 2014, we filed a complaint for breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition, and false advertising in the Superior Court of California, San Mateo County alleging that Progenity had breached a test services agreement with us by seeking to terminate the test services agreement without providing the contractually-required period of notification of termination and not honoring the exclusivity provisions of the agreement during that period. On June 13, 2014, we sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling Progenity to observe the period of exclusivity prior to termination. On June 19, 2014, Progenity filed a cross-complaint alleging we had breached the test services agreement and also a separate laboratory support services agreement between Progenity and us by contacting certain customers of Progenity, allegedly in violation of these agreements. On June 19, 2014, Progenity sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling us to cease contact with these customers of Progenity. On October 31, 2014, we filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings to dispose of most counts of Progenity's cross-complaint, which the Court denied on December 12, 2014. This matter is currently set for trial on November 30, 2015. We intend to continue to vigorously assert our claims and defend against the cross-complaint in this lawsuit, but we cannot be certain of the outcome.

129


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names of our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions as of March 31, 2015. Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Each executive officer is a full-time employee. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Name
  Age  
Position

Executive Officers

         

Matthew Rabinowitz

    42   Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman

Jonathan Sheena

    42   Chief Technology Officer and Director

Herm Rosenman

    67   Chief Financial Officer

Directors

   
 
 

 

Roelof F. Botha(1)(3)*

    41   Director

Todd Cozzens(1)(2)

    59   Director

Edward C. Driscoll, Jr.(3)

    62   Director

James I. Healy(2)(3)

    50   Director

John Steuart(1)(2)

    53   Director

*
Lead Independent Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee

(2)
Member of the compensation committee

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

        Matthew Rabinowitz, Ph.D. is a co-founder of our company and has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since 2005 and as Chairman of our board of directors since May 2015. Prior to co-founding our company, Dr. Rabinowitz served from 2000 to 2003 as Chief Executive Officer and from 2003 to 2007 as Chief Technology Officer of Rosum Corporation, a location-services technology company. From 1998 to 2000, Dr. Rabinowitz served as co-founder and Chief Scientist of Panop.com Inc., an online merchandizing company. Dr. Rabinowitz served as a consulting professor at Stanford University from 2004 to 2012. He has multiple publications in signal processing, machine learning, bio-informatics, and high-throughput genetic testing. He received the Scott Helt Memorial Award from the IEEE and received Technology Pioneer Awards from the World Economic Forum for founding Rosum and Natera. He currently serves on the advisory boards or boards of directors of multiple privately held companies. Dr. Rabinowitz holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics from Stanford University, a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Rabinowitz is qualified to serve as a director based on his experience as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer and his experience in the technology industry.

        Jonathan Sheena is a co-founder of our company and has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Technology Officer since 2007. In 1999, Mr. Sheena co-founded PhoneSpots, Inc. (formerly PocketThis, Inc.), a mobile technology company serving mobile carriers worldwide. From June 1999 to December 2007, Mr. Sheena held various roles at PhoneSpots, including Vice President of Product Management and Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Sheena holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Master of Engineering in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Sheena is qualified to serve as a director based on his experience with entrepreneurial companies and his particular familiarity with technology companies.

130


Table of Contents

        Herm Rosenman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2014. Previously, he held the position of Senior Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Gen-Probe Incorporated, a developer, manufacturer and marketer of nucleic acid probe-based products used for the clinical diagnosis of human diseases and for screening donated human blood, from June 2001 to April 2012, when Gen-Probe was acquired by Hologic, Inc., a developer, manufacturer and supplier of diagnostic products, medical imaging systems, and surgical products. From April 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Rosenman focused on his board memberships. Prior to joining Gen-Probe, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Ultra Acquisition Corp., a retail chain and consumer products manufacturer, from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Rosenman has served on the board of directors of Oxford Immunotec Global PLC, a commercial-stage diagnostics company, since 2013. Mr. Rosenman served on the board of directors of Medistem, Inc., a stem cell therapy company, from 2013 to 2014. Medistem, Inc. was acquired by Intrexon Corporation, a synthetic biology company. Mr. Rosenman served on the board of directors of ARYx Therapeutics Inc., a private drug discovery and development company, from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Rosenman served on the board of directors of Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a drug discovery and development company, where he served as Chairman of the Audit Committee from 2003 to 2007. He has also served on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Rosenman holds a B.B.A. in accounting and finance from Pace University and an M.B.A. in finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

        Roelof F. Botha has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Mr. Botha has been with Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since 2003, and has been a Managing Member of Sequoia Capital Operations, LLC since 2007. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Botha served in a number of roles at PayPal, Inc., most recently as the Chief Financial Officer. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Botha served as a management consultant for McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. Mr. Botha currently serves on the board of directors of Xoom Corporation, a provider of global money transfer services, and a number of privately-held companies. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Botha is qualified to serve as a director based on his financial and managerial experience and service on other public and private company boards of directors.

        Todd Cozzens has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Mr. Cozzens has been with Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since 2012. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Cozzens served as Chief Executive Officer of Optum Inc., a healthcare services and technology company. From 2000 to 2010, Mr. Cozzens served as Chief Executive Officer of Picis Inc., a provider of electronic medical record software to hospitals, until its acquisition by the UnitedHealth Group in 2010. Mr. Cozzens currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Cozzens is qualified to serve as a director based on his financial and managerial experience and service on other private company boards of directors.

        Edward C. Driscoll, Jr., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Dr. Driscoll has been with Claremont Creek Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 2006. From January 2007 to February 2010, Dr. Driscoll served as a Venture Partner at Claremont Creek Ventures. From February 2010 to July 2012, Dr. Driscoll served as a Technology Partner. Since July 2012, Dr. Driscoll has served as a Director at Claremont Creek Ventures. In addition, Dr. Driscoll was an angel investor with Health Tech Capital, Silicom Ventures and Sand Hill Angels from June 2005 to December 2013. From December 1995 to April 2005, Dr. Driscoll was founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Be Here Corporation, an internet, broadcast and videoconferencing technology company. From June 1993 to June 1995, Dr. Driscoll served as Chief Executive Officer of Focus Surgery, Inc., a non-invasive surgical equipment company that was spun off from Diasonics, Inc., a digital imaging and medical device company. From December 1987 to June 1993, Dr. Driscoll held various roles at Diasonics, including President of the Therapeutic Products Division and Chief Technology Officer. From December 1993 to December 2013, Dr. Driscoll held elected roles for the town of Portola Valley. Dr. Driscoll currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Dr. Driscoll holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Architecture from the University of Pennsylvania, a Master of Architecture and Landscape Architecture from Harvard University and a

131


Table of Contents

Ph.D. in Applied Earth Sciences from Stanford University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Driscoll is qualified to serve as a director based on his over 30 years of experience in the medical diagnostics field, his financial and managerial expertise and service on other private company boards of directors.

        James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2014. Dr. Healy has been a General Partner at Sofinnova Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 2000. Prior to June 2000, Dr. Healy held various positions at Sanderling Ventures, a venture capital firm, Bayer Healthcare Pharmaceuticals (as successor to Miles Laboratories), a research-based pharmaceutical company and ISTA Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a company specializing in ophthalmic pharmaceutical products. Dr. Healy is currently on the board of directors of Ascendis Pharma A/S, a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, Amarin Corporation plc, a commercial-stage biopharmaceutical company, Auris Medical Holding AG, a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on tinnitus, Coherus BioSciences, Inc., a biologics platform company, and several private companies. Previously, Dr. Healy served as a board member of Anthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on inflammation and autoimmune diseases, from 2006 to 2014; Durata Therapeutics, Inc., a pharmaceutical company focused on infectious and acute diseases, from 2009 to 2013; InterMune, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on orphan fibrotic pulmonary disease, from 1999 to 2014; KaloBios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of monoclonal antibody therapeutics, from 2001 to 2014; Hyperion Therapeutics, Inc., a commercial-stage orphan disease company, from 2007 to 2015 and several private companies. Dr. Healy holds an M.D. and Ph.D. in Immunology from Stanford University School of Medicine and performed neuroscience research at the University of Virginia School of Medicine. Dr. Healy holds a Bachelors of Arts in Molecular Biology and Scandinavian Studies from the University of California at Berkeley. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Healy is qualified to serve as a director due to his significant medical background, extensive experience investing and working in the life science industry and his extensive service on the boards of directors of other life sciences companies.

        John Steuart has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2007. Mr. Steuart has been a Managing Director at Prolog Ventures, a venture capital firm, since January 2013. From July 2012 to January 2013, Mr. Steuart served as an independent consultant. From 2004 to July 2012, Mr. Steuart served as Managing Director at Claremont Creek Ventures, a venture capital firm. Mr. Steuart currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Steuart holds a Bachelor of Art degree in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Steuart is qualified to serve as a director based on his financial and managerial experience and service on other private company boards of directors.

Board Composition

        Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of six members. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and an amended and restated voting agreement among certain of our stockholders. The amended and restated voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and none of our current stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

        Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

132


Table of Contents

        Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director's term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or the earlier of his death, resignation or removal.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors would be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class would consist of one-third of the authorized number of directors.

        The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws."

Code of Ethics

        Effective as of the completion of this offering, our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics. The code of ethics will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics will be posted on our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waiver of, our code of ethics at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Director Independence

        Under the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of time after this offering.

        Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees, and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of the non-employee members of our board of directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each non-employee director is "independent" as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

        One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our executive officers are responsible for the day-to-day management of the material risks we

133


Table of Contents

face. Our board of directors administers its oversight function directly as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. For example, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with our financial reporting, accounting and auditing matters; our compensation committee oversees major risks associated with our compensation policies and programs; and our nominating and governance committee oversees the management of risks associated with director independence, conflicts of interest, composition and organization of our board of directors and director succession planning.

Board Committees

        Effective as of the completion of this offering, our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules for meeting throughout the year and can also hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time, as appropriate. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will regularly report on their activities and actions to the full board of directors. Each member of each committee of our board of directors qualifies as an independent director in accordance with the Nasdaq Global Market listing standards. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on our website. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee

        Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Messrs. Botha, Cozzens and Steuart, each of whom can read and understand fundamental financial statements. All are independent under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market applicable to audit committee members. Mr. Steuart will chair the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Steuart qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market.

        The audit committee of our board of directors oversees our accounting practices, system of internal controls, audit processes and financial reporting processes. Among other things, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing our disclosure controls and processes and the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls. It also discusses the scope and results of the audit with our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm our interim and year-end operating results and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of our financial affairs. Our audit committee is responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. In addition, our audit committee has sole and direct responsibility for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including approving services and fee arrangements. Significant related party transactions will be approved by our audit committee before we enter into them, as required by applicable rules and listing standards.

Compensation Committee

        Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Cozzens, Healy and Steuart, each of whom is independent under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market applicable to compensation committee members. Mr. Cozzens will chair the compensation committee. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to executive officer

134


Table of Contents

compensation policies and programs. Among other things, specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and determining our chief executive officer's compensation. The compensation committee also determines the compensation of our other executive officers in consultation with our chief executive officer. In addition, our compensation committee administers our stock-based compensation plans, including granting equity awards and approving modifications of such awards. Our compensation committee also reviews and approves various other compensation policies and matters.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our nominating and governance committee will be Messrs. Botha and Healy and Dr. Driscoll, and Mr. Healy will chair the nominating and governance committee. The nominating and governance committee oversees the nomination of directors, including, among other things, identifying, evaluating and making recommendations of nominees to our board of directors and evaluates the performance of our board of directors and individual directors. Our nominating and governance committee is also responsible for reviewing developments in corporate governance practices, evaluating the adequacy of our governance practices and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Messrs. Cozzens and Steuart served on our compensation committee in 2014. In the past three years, none of the members of our compensation committee is or has in the past served as an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, we did not pay any cash fees, make any equity or non-equity awards, or pay any other compensation to the non-employee directors who served on our board of directors. A non-employee director is a director who is not employed by us and who does not receive compensation from us or have a business relationship with us that would require disclosure under certain SEC rules. Neither Dr. Rabinowitz, our chief executive officer, nor Mr. Sheena, our chief technology officer, received any compensation from us in 2014 for service as a director and are not included in the table below.

Name
  Total ($)  

Roelof F. Botha

     

Todd Cozzens

     

Edward C. Driscoll, Jr. 

     

Dr. James I. Healy

     

John Steuart

     

        As of December 31, 2014, none of our non-employee directors held outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock, other than Mr. Cozzens, who was granted an option to purchase 131,800 shares of our common stock on April 18, 2013.

        Prior to this offering, we generally have not provided any cash compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. Although we granted an option to Mr. Cozzens in 2013, we have not had any established policy with regard to equity-based compensation of members of our board of directors. We do have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

135


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, or our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Option
Awards
($)(1)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Matthew Rabinowitz

    2014     211,000     72,000 (2)   4,985,280     22,800 (3)   5,291,080  

Chief Executive Officer, President,

    2013     200,000     20,000         22,642     242,642  

and Chairman

                                     

Jonathan Sheena

   
2014
   
211,000
   
72,000

(2)
 
1,941,080
   
   
2,224,080
 

Chief Technology Officer

    2013     200,000     20,000             220,000  

Herm Rosenman

   
2014
   
245,913
   
48,527

(2)
 
301,023
   
   
595,463
 

Chief Financial Officer(4)

                                     

(1)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted to the officer in the applicable fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 6 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by us in determining the grant date fair value of our equity awards.

(2)
Represents a bonus paid on January 31, 2015, in recognition of 2014 performance.

(3)
Represents a payment made to Dr. Rabinowitz based on his use for business purposes of an apartment that he owned in New York, New York.

(4)
Mr. Rosenman's employment with us commenced in February 2014.

Narrative Explanation of Compensation Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers

        The base salaries of all of our executive officers are reviewed from time to time and adjusted when our board of directors or compensation committee determines an adjustment is appropriate. In November 2014, the base salary for each of Dr. Rabinowitz and Mr. Sheena was increased from $200,000 to $300,000. Pursuant to his offer letter with us, Mr. Rosenman's base salary is $275,000 and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus of $50,000 based on achievement of milestones and objectives agreed upon by him and our Chief Executive Officer.

        In February 2014, our board of directors granted a fully vested option to purchase 1,026,960 and 889,515 shares of our common stock to each of Dr. Rabinowitz and Mr. Sheena, respectively, in recognition of their outstanding performance in the prior year. Further, in December 2014, our board of directors granted an additional option to purchase 1,000,000 and 200,000 shares of our common stock to each of Dr. Rabinowitz and Mr. Sheena, respectively, as an additional incentive for each officer to remain in service with us. The December 2014 options vest over five years of continuous service provided to us by the officer, with 20% vesting after the completion of one of year of service following November 20, 2014, and the remainder vesting in substantially equal monthly installments thereafter.

        Pursuant to their amended letter agreements with us, our named executive officers are eligible to receive certain benefits in the event of our change in control or if their employment is terminated under certain circumstances, as described in the footnotes to the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End" table and under "Severance and Change in Control Benefits" below.

136


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

        Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans to the same extent as are all full-time employees generally. We generally do not provide our named executive officers with perquisites or other personal benefits, other than payment of certain expenses to Dr. Rabinowitz in connection with his use for business purposes of an apartment that he owned in New York, New York, as described in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Retirement Benefits

        We have established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan, which permits participants, including our named executive officers, to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We are responsible for administrative costs of the 401(k) plan. We may, at our discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. No employer contributions have been made to date.

Equity Compensation

        We offer stock options and restricted shares to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. We typically grant equity awards to new hires upon their commencing employment with us. Stock options allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and may or may not be intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the past, our board of directors has determined the fair market value of our common stock based upon inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms. Generally, our equity awards vest over four years, subject to the employee's continued employment with us on each vesting date.

        As described in the footnotes to the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End" table and under "Severance and Change in Control Benefits," equity awards granted to our named executive officers are subject to accelerated vesting in the event such officer is subject to an involuntary termination or if we experience a change in control. In the event of a conflict between the terms of their amended letter agreements with us and the vesting acceleration provisions approved by our board of directors at the time such awards were granted, Dr. Rabinowitz and Mr. Sheena will be entitled to whichever provision provides them with the greatest benefit.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table provides information regarding each unexercised option and all unvested stock held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014. The number of shares subject to each award and, where applicable, the exercise price per share, reflect all changes as a result of our capitalization adjustments.

        The vesting schedule applicable to each outstanding award is described in the footnotes to the table below.

137


Table of Contents

        In general, options granted to our named executive officers prior to 2012 are immediately exercisable with respect to all of the option shares, subject to our repurchase right in the event that the executive's service terminates before vesting in such shares.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Vested
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unvested
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
  Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested(1)
($)
 

Matthew Rabinowitz

    5/19/2011     263,479(2)(*)     30,638     0.38 (**)   5/19/2016              

    5/19/2011     497,978(2)(*)     57,905     0.34     5/19/2021              

    9/1/2012     228,119(3)(4)     177,426     0.77(**)     9/20/2017              

    9/1/2012     297,255(3)(4)     231,200     0.70     9/20/2022              

    2/25/14     1,026,960 (5)   0     1.63     2/24/2024              

    11/20/2014     0(6)(*)     1,000,000     3.31     12/9/2024              

                                  3,500,000 (7)      

Jonathan Sheena

    7/15/2010     75,000(3)(*)     0     0.27     12/16/2020              

    5/19/2011     223,958(2)(*)     26,042     0.34     5/19/2021              

    9/1/2012     133,634(3)(4)     103,938     0.70     9/20/2022              

    9/1/2012     321,428(3)(4)     250,000     0.70     9/20/2022              

    2/25/14     889,515 (5)   0     1.63     2/24/2024              

    11/20/2014     0(6)(*)     200,000     3.31     12/9/2024              

                                  870,000 (7)      

Herm Rosenman

    2/10/2014     0 (8)   225,600     1.63     2/24/2024              

*
Option may be exercised with respect to unvested shares.

**
Represents an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder. To comply with regulations under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code applicable to incentive stock options, the exercise price equals 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and the term of the option is limited to five years.

(1)
Market value is based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2014. As there was no public market for our common stock on December 31, 2014, we have assumed that the fair market value on December 31, 2014 was $            , which represents the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2)
Option vests in substantially equal monthly installments over 48 months of service following the vesting commencement date set forth above. Option vests as if the optionee had provided an additional 12 months of service to us if we are subject to a change in control prior to the termination of the optionee's service. In addition, the option fully vests if the optionee is subject to an involuntary termination within 12 months of our change in control.

(3)
Option vests over four years of service following the vesting commencement date set forth above, with 25% vesting upon completion of one year of service and in 36 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter.

(4)
Option will fully vest upon the earlier of the completion of this offering, our change in control or the optionee's death or disability.

(5)
Option was fully vested as of the date of grant.

(6)
Option vests over five years of service following the vesting commencement date set forth above, with 20% vesting upon completion of 12 months of service and in 48 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter.

(7)
All of the restricted shares will vest on the earliest of the thirtieth day following expiration of the market stand-off related to this offering, May 1, 2019, or our change in control in which the transaction proceeds consist solely of cash, readily marketable securities or a combination, provided the holder remains in our continuous service through such applicable date. In addition, all of the restricted shares will vest if, on or after May 1, 2013, the holder is terminated other than for cause or resigns for certain good reasons.

(8)
Option vests over two years of service following the vesting commencement date set forth above, with 50% vesting upon completion of 12 months of service and in 12 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter. In addition, if we are subject to a change in control before the optionee's service terminates, 50% of the then-unvested option shares will vest and become exercisable. Further, if the optionee is terminated by us other than for cause following our change in control, 50% of any then-remaining unvested option shares will vest and become exercisable.

138


Table of Contents

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

        Pursuant to amended letter agreements entered into with each of Dr. Rabinowitz and Mr. Sheena in June 2007, if we terminate the employment of Dr. Rabinowitz or Mr. Sheena for reasons other than cause, or if such executive resigns for good reason, then he will be eligible to receive:

        "Cause" means an officer's:

        "Good Reason" means a resignation after one of the following conditions has come into existence without the officer's consent:

        "Permanent Disability" means the officer's inability to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for at least 120 consecutive days due to a physical or mental impairment.

        In addition, in the event that we are subject to a change in control, 50% of the then-unvested portion of any equity or equity-based awards granted to Dr. Rabinowitz or Mr. Sheena will become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, and the remaining unvested portion will vest over the shorter of 12 months or the then-remaining vested period. Further, if, following a change in control, such named executive officer is terminated other than due to cause or permanent disability, or resigns due to a reduction in his base salary or following notice that his principal workplace will be relocated by more than 30 miles, all of his then-unvested equity or equity-based awards will become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable.

        A "Change in Control" means the consummation of our merger or consolidation with or into another entity or our dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

Equity Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

        General.    Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, in                                    , and we expect our stockholders to approve the 2015 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. The 2015 Plan became effective immediately on adoption although no awards will be made under it until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Our 2015

139


Table of Contents

Plan will replace our 2007 Stock Plan. However, awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Share Reserve.    The number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will equal the sum of                                    shares plus up to                                    shares remaining available for issuance under, or issued pursuant to or subject to awards granted under, our 2007 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will be increased automatically on the first business day of each of our fiscal years, commencing in 2016, by a number equal to the smallest of:

        In general, to the extent that any awards under the 2015 Plan are forfeited, terminate, expire or lapse without the issuance of shares, or if we repurchase the shares subject to awards granted under the 2015 Plan, those shares will again become available for issuance under the 2015 Plan, as will shares applied to pay the exercise or purchase price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to any award.

        Administration.    The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2015 Plan. The compensation committee has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the 2015 Plan and outstanding awards, including repricing outstanding options and modifying outstanding awards in other ways.

        Eligibility.    Employees, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to participate in our 2015 Plan.

        Under our 2015 Plan, the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to our non-employee directors may not exceed $                  in any one fiscal year, except that the grant date fair value of awards granted to newly appointed non-employee directors may not exceed $                  in the fiscal year in which such non-employee director is initially appointed to our board of directors.

        Types of Awards.    Our 2015 Plan provides for the following types of awards:

        Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.    The exercise price for options granted under the 2015 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash or, with the consent of the compensation committee:

140


Table of Contents

        An optionee who exercises a stock appreciation right receives the increase in value of our common stock over the base price. The base price for stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The settlement value of a stock appreciation right may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination.

        Options and stock appreciation rights vest as determined by the compensation committee. In general, they will vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights expire at the time determined by the compensation committee but in no event more than ten years after they are granted. These awards generally expire earlier if the participant's service terminates earlier. No participant may be granted stock options or stock appreciation rights under our 2015 Plan covering more than                                    shares in any fiscal year, except that a new employee may receive stock options or stock appreciation rights covering up to                                    additional shares in the fiscal year in which employment commences.

        Restricted Shares and Stock Units.    Restricted shares and stock units may be awarded under the 2015 Plan in return for any lawful consideration, and participant who receive restricted shares or stock units generally are not required to pay cash for their awards. In general, these awards will be subject to vesting. Vesting may be based on length of service, the attainment of performance-based milestones or a combination of both, as determined by the compensation committee. No participant may be granted restricted share awards or stock units with performance-based vesting covering more than                        shares during any fiscal year, except that a new employee may receive restricted shares or stock units covering up to                                     additional shares in the fiscal year in which employment commences. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common stock or a combination.

        Performance Cash Awards.    Performance cash awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan that qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the income tax deductibility limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, if the award is approved by our compensation committee and the grant or vesting of the award is tied solely to the attainment of performance goals during a designated performance period. No participant may be paid more than $            in cash in any calendar year pursuant to a performance cash award granted under the 2015 Plan.

        Performance goals for the grant or vesting of performance awards under the 2015 Plan may be based on any one, or combination, of the following:

Earnings (before or after taxes)
Earnings per share
Earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
Total stockholder return
Return on equity or average stockholders' equity
Return on assets, investment or capital employed
Operating income
Gross margin
Operating margin
Net operating income
Net operating income after tax
Return on operating revenue
  Sales or revenues
Expense or cost reduction
Working capital
Economic value added (or an equivalent metric)
Market share
Cash flow or cash balance
Operating cash flow
Cash flow per share
Share price
Debt reduction
Customer satisfaction
Stockholders' equity
Contract awards or backlog

        To the extent a performance award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the compensation committee may select other measures of performance.

141


Table of Contents

        Corporate Transactions.    In the event we are a party to a merger, consolidation or certain change in control transactions, outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Plan, and all shares acquired under the 2015 Plan, will be subject to the terms of the definitive transaction agreement (or, if there is no such agreement, as determined by our compensation committee). Such treatment may include any of the following with respect to each outstanding award:

        The compensation committee is not required to treat all awards, or portions thereof, in the same manner.

        The vesting of an outstanding award may be accelerated by the administrator upon the occurrence of a change in control, whether or not the award is to be assumed or replaced in the transaction, or in connection with a termination of service following a change in control transaction.

        A change in control includes:

        Changes in Capitalization.    In the event of certain changes in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or dividend paid in common stock, proportionate adjustments will automatically be made to:

        In the event that there is a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than our common stock in an amount that has a material effect on the price of our common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the compensation committee may make such adjustments to any of the foregoing as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion.

142


Table of Contents

        Amendments or Termination.    Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2015 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the 2015 Plan, it does not need stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law, regulation or rules. The 2015 Plan will terminate automatically 10 years after the later of the date when our board of directors adopted the 2015 Plan or approved the latest share increase that was also approved by our stockholders.

2007 Stock Plan

        General.    Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in January 2007, and it has been approved by our stockholders. The most recent amendment of our 2007 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in March 2015 and was subsequently approved by our stockholders. No further awards will be made under our 2007 Plan after this offering; however, awards outstanding under our 2007 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Share Reserve.    As of March 31, 2015, we have reserved 24,872,085 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2007 Plan, all of which may be issued as incentive stock options. As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 15,253,754 shares of common stock, at exercise prices ranging from $0.004 to $4.57 per share, or a weighted-average exercise price of $1.76 per share, were outstanding under the 2007 Plan, and 200,000 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2007 Plan. Unissued shares subject to awards that expire or are cancelled, shares reacquired by us and shares withheld in payment of the purchase price or exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of withholding taxes will again become available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

        Administration.    Our board of directors administered the 2007 Plan before this offering, and the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2007 Plan after this offering. The administrator has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the 2007 Plan and outstanding awards.

        Eligibility.    Employees, non-employee members of our board of directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to participate in our 2007 Plan.

        Types of Awards.    Our 2007 Plan provides for the following types of awards:

        Options.    The exercise price for incentive and nonstatutory stock options granted under our 2007 Plan may not be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash or cash equivalents or in one, or by any combination of, the following forms of payment, as permitted by the administrator in its sole discretion:

        Options vest as determined by the administrator. In general, we have granted options that vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. In most cases, prior to 2011 (and prior to 2012 with respect to

143


Table of Contents

our executive officers), our options were immediately exercisable, subject to our right to repurchase unvested shares. Options expire at the time determined by the administrator, but in no event more than ten years after they are granted, and generally expire earlier if the optionee's service terminates earlier.

        Restricted Shares.    Restricted shares may be awarded or sold under the 2007 Plan in return for cash or cash equivalents or, as permitted by the administrator in its sole discretion, in exchange for services rendered to us, by delivery of a full-recourse promissory note or through any other means permitted by applicable law. Restricted shares vest as determined by the administrator.

        Corporate Transactions.    In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, shares acquired under the 2007 Plan will be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement will provide for one or more of the following with respect to outstanding options:

        The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards in the same manner. The administrator has the discretion, at any time, to provide that an award granted under the 2007 Plan will vest on an accelerated basis if we are subject to a change of control or if the participant is subject to an involuntary termination.

        Changes in Capitalization.    In the event of certain specified changes in the capital structure of our common stock, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reclassification or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of stock effective without receipt of consideration by us, proportionate adjustments will automatically be made in each of the number of shares available for future grants under the 2007 Plan, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option and the exercise price per share subject to each outstanding option. In the event of an extraordinary cash dividend that has a material effect on the fair market value of our common stock, a recapitalization, spin-off, or other similar occurrence, the administrator at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of the number of shares available under our 2007 Plan, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option and the exercise price per share subject to each outstanding option.

        Amendments or Termination.    The administrator may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan, subject to stockholder approval if the amendment increases the number of shares available for issuance or materially changes the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options. The 2007 Plan will terminate automatically 10 years after the later of the date when our board of directors adopted the 2007 Plan or approved the latest share increase that was also approved by our stockholders.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        General.    Our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2015 ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors in                                    2015 and we expect our stockholders to approve it prior to completion of this offering. The 2015 ESPP will become effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Our 2015 ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Share Reserve.    We have reserved                                    shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2015 ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 ESPP will automatically

144


Table of Contents

be increased on the first business day of each of our fiscal years, commencing in 2016, by a number equal to the least of:

        The number of shares reserved under the 2015 ESPP will automatically be adjusted in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or a reverse stock split (including an adjustment to the per-purchase period share limit).

        Administration.    The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2015 ESPP.

        Eligibility.    All of our employees are eligible to participate if we employ them for more than 20 hours per week and for five or more months per year. Eligible employees may begin participating in the 2015 ESPP at the start of any offering period.

        Offering Periods.    Each offering period will last a number of months determined by the compensation committee, not to exceed 27 months. A new offering period will begin periodically, as determined by the compensation committee. Offering periods may overlap or may be consecutive. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, two offering periods of six months' duration will begin in each year on May 1 and November 1. However, if so determined by the compensation committee, the first offering period may start on the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering and will end on October 31, 2015, with the first purchase date occurring on October 31, 2015.

        Amount of Contributions.    Our 2015 ESPP permits each eligible employee to purchase common stock through payroll deductions. Each employee's payroll deductions may not exceed 15% of the employee's cash compensation. Each participant may purchase up to the number of shares determined by our board of directors on any purchase date, not to exceed                                     shares. The value of the shares purchased in any calendar year may not exceed $25,000. Participants may withdraw their contributions at any time before stock is purchased.

        Purchase Price.    The price of each share of common stock purchased under our 2015 ESPP will not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value per share of common stock on the first day of the applicable offering period (or, in the case of the first offering period, the price at which one share of common stock is offered to the public in this offering) or the fair market value per share of common stock on the purchase date.

        Other Provisions.    Employees may end their participation in the 2015 ESPP at any time. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us. If we experience a change in control, our 2015 ESPP will end and shares will be purchased with the payroll deductions accumulated to date by participating employees. Our board of directors or our compensation committee may amend or terminate the 2015 ESPP at any time.

145


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the cash and equity compensation arrangements of our directors and named executive officers discussed in "Management—Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation," the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2012, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with or immediate family members of any of the foregoing, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales of Convertible Preferred Stock

        The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible preferred stock since January 1, 2012 by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities. Each outstanding share of our convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. Based on shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will convert into 51,177,534 shares of our common stock assuming the conversion immediately upon the closing of this offering, provided, however, that in the event that the actual initial public offering price is lower than $7.83 per share, the shares of Series F preferred stock will convert into a larger number of shares of common stock.

 
  Shares of Preferred Stock    
 
Purchaser
  Series   Number of Shares   Aggregate
Gross Consideration
($)
 

Entities affiliated with Claremont Creek Ventures(1)

  Series C     1,303,860     1,773,251.03  

Entities affiliated with Claremont Creek Ventures(2)

  Series D     598,411     1,792,242.21  

Entities affiliated with Claremont Creek Ventures(3)

  Series E     1,908,435     7,048,239.32  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(4)

  Series C     5,774,240     7,852,968.41  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(5)

  Series D     2,008,091     6,014,234.28  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(6)

  Series E     812,592     3,001,068.75  

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII

  Series C     931,329     1,266,607.88  

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII

  Series D     4,016,184     12,028,471.23  

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII

  Series E     541,681     2,000,537.90  

Entities affiliated with Sofinnova Ventures(7)

  Series F     3,831,416     29,999,995.12  
               

Total

        21,726,239     72,777,616.13  
               
               

(1)
Includes (a) 42,375 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P. and (b) 1,261,485 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P.

(2)
Includes (a) 19,448 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P. and (b) 578,963 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P.

(3)
Includes (a) 31,835 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P., (b) 947,726 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P., and (c) 928,874 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures II, L.P.

(4)
Includes (a) 539,314 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LP, (b) 5,046,109 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII, LP, and (c) 188,817 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, LP. Roelof F. Botha, a member of our board of directors, is a managing general partner at Sequoia Capital. Todd Cozzens, a member of our board of directors, is an investment advisor at Sequoia Capital.

(5)
Includes (a) 187,556 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LP, (b) 1,754,870 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII, LP, and

146


Table of Contents

(6)
Includes (a) 75,896 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LP, (b) 710,125 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sequoia Capital XII, LP, and (c) 26,571 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, LP. Mr. Botha, a member of our board of directors, is a managing general partner at Sequoia Capital. Mr. Cozzens, a member of our board of directors, is an investment advisor at Sequoia Capital.

(7)
Includes (a) 1,915,708 shares of Series F preferred stock held by Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. and (b) 1,915,708 shares of Series F preferred stock held by Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. Dr. Healy, a member of our board of directors, is a managing general partner at Sofinnova Ventures.

Bridge Financings

        Prior to January 1, 2012, we completed a bridge financing with our existing investors, including Sequoia Capital, Claremont Creek and Lightspeed Ventures, through which we issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $20.0 million, or the 2011 Bridge. In January 2013, we completed a bridge financing with our existing investors, including Sequoia Capital, Claremont Creek and Lightspeed Ventures, through which we issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.0 million, or the 2013 Bridge. All of the convertible promissory notes issued in connection with the 2011 Bridge were converted into shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at the initial closing of the Series D convertible preferred stock financing in February 2013. All of the convertible promissory notes issued in connection with the 2013 Bridge were converted into shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at the initial closing of the Series E convertible preferred stock financing in February 2013.

Series F Financing

        In November and December 2014, we completed an equity financing with certain new investors and certain existing investors, through which we issued 7,088,121 shares of Series F preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55.5 million, or the Series F Financing. In addition, in connection with the Series F Financing, we issued warrants to certain existing stockholders, including Sequoia Capital, Claremont Creek and Lightspeed Ventures, to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement

        We are party to an amended and restated investors' rights agreement that provides certain holders of our capital stock, including holders of our preferred stock, with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The amended and restated investors' rights agreement also provides for a right of first offer in favor of certain holders of our capital stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The right of first offer will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the completion of this offering.

Loans to Officers

        We entered into a full-recourse promissory note with Matthew Rabinowitz, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman in April 2012. Pursuant to this note, which was secured by a stock pledge agreement, we loaned Dr. Rabinowitz $154,000. This loan bore interest at a rate per annum of 1.15%, compounded annually. As of March 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of this loan was $159,615, including

147


Table of Contents

principal of $154,000 and total accrued unpaid interest of $5,615. This loan, including all accrued interest, was repaid in full by Dr. Rabinowitz in May 2015.

        We entered into a full-recourse promissory note with Jonathan Sheena, our Chief Technology Officer, in April 2012. Pursuant to this note, which was secured by a stock pledge agreement, we loaned Mr. Sheena $38,280. This loan bore interest at a rate per annum of 1.15%, compounded annually. As of March 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of this loan was $39,564, including principal of $38,280 and total accrued unpaid interest of $1,284. This loan, including all accrued interest, was repaid in full by Mr. Sheena in May 2015.

Employment Arrangements with Immediate Family Members of Our Executive Officers and Directors

        Daniel Rabinowitz, a brother of Matthew Rabinowitz, our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman, has been employed by us since July 2004. Daniel Rabinowitz serves as our General Counsel and Secretary. During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, Daniel Rabinowitz had total cash compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation, of $212,157, $225,000, $603,702 and $1,032,305 respectively.

        Daniel Rabinowitz's compensation level was determined, in part, by reference to similarly situated employees who were not related to an executive officer or director. He was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to other similarly situated employees who were not related to an executive officer or director.

Indemnification Agreements

        Prior to the closing of this offering, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Change in Control Arrangements

        Certain of our executive officers have agreements in place that provide for certain benefits in the event of a change in control. For more information regarding these benefits, see "Executive Compensation—Severance and Change in Control Benefits."

Related Party Transaction Policy

        We intend to adopt a formal policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of such policy.

        Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons prior to 2014, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where

148


Table of Contents

a director or officer had a financial interest, including all of the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors would take this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such a transaction was fair to the company and in the best interests of all of our stockholders. In addition, for each related party transaction described above, the disinterested directors in the context of each such transaction approved the applicable agreement and transaction.

149


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned as of March 31, 2015, and immediately following the completion of this offering, by:

        The information in the following table is based on 62,523,199 shares of our common stock outstanding before this offering and                                    shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. The number of shares outstanding is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and assumes:

        "Common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering" above does not give effect to any such additional shares issuable upon conversion of the Series F preferred stock if the actual initial public offering price is lower than $7.83 per share. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person or entity and the percentage ownership of that person or entity, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of our common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. We did not deem these shares to be outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity.

150


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Natera, Inc., 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, California 94070.

 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %   Shares   %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                               

Roelof F. Botha(1)

    12,623,544     20.2 %                  

Todd Cozzens(2)

    71,391     *                    

Edward C. Driscoll, Jr. 

        *                    

James I. Healy(3)

    3,831,416     6.1 %                  

Matthew Rabinowitz(4)

    9,410,456     14.3 %                  

Herm Rosenman(5)

    141,000     *                    

Jonathan Sheena(6)

    2,997,132     4.7 %                  

John Steuart

        *                    

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8 persons)          

    29,074,939     42.5 %                  

5% Stockholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(7)

    12,623,544     20.2 %                  

Entities affiliated with Claremont Creek(8)

    12,046,390     19.3 %                  

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, LP(9)

    6,477,000     10.4 %                  

Entities affiliated with Sofinnova Ventures(10)

    3,831,416     6.1 %                  

Other Selling Stockholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)
Consists of (i) 10,979,892 shares held by Sequoia Capital XII, LP (Sequoia XII), and 51,824 shares of common stock issuable to Sequoia XII pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015; (ii) 410,850 shares of common stock held by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, LP (Sequoia Technology), and 1,939 shares of common stock issuable to Sequoia Technology pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015; and (iii) 1,173,500 shares held by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (Sequoia Principals), and 5,539 shares of common stock issuable to Sequoia Principals pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. SC XII Management, LLC is the general partner of Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P., and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (collectively, the Sequoia Capital XII Funds). The managing members of SC XII Management, LLC are Roelof F. Botha, James J. Goetz, Michael Goguen, Douglas Leone, and Michael Moritz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SC XII Management, LLC, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital XII Funds. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(2)
Consists of 71,391 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Cozzens pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, all of which are fully vested.

(3)
Consists of (i) 1,915,708 shares of common stock held by Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII); and (ii) 1,915,708 shares of common stock held by Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. (Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, and, collectively, the Sofinnova Funds). Sofinnova Management VIII, L.L.C. (Sofinnova Management VIII) is the general partner of Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII and Anand Mehra, Michael Powell, Srinivas Akkarju and James I. Healy, are the managing members of Sofinnova Management VIII. Sofinnova Venture

151


Table of Contents

(4)
Consists of (i) 4,910,830 shares of common stock held by Dr. Rabinowitz, (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock held by the Matthew Rabinowitz Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, and (iii) 3,499,626 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Rabinowitz pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, of which 2,499,626 of the shares were vested as of such date.

(5)
Consists of 141,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Rosenman pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, all of which are fully vested.

(6)
Consists of (i) 1,043,284 shares of common stock held by Mr. Sheena and (ii) 1,953,848 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Sheena pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, of which 1,753,848 were vested as of such date.

(7)
Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held by the Sequoia Entities.

(8)
Consists of (i) 10,621,450 shares of common stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P. (Claremont Ventures), and 69,163 shares of common stock issuable to Claremont Ventures pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015; (ii) 928,874 shares of common stock held by Claremont Creek Ventures II, L.P. (Claremont Ventures II), and 67,788 shares of common stock issuable to Claremont Ventures II pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015; and (iii) 356,792 shares of common stock held by Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P. (Claremont Partners, together with Claremont Ventures and Claremont Ventures II, the Claremont Entities), and 2,323 shares of common stock issuable to Claremont Partners pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. Claremont Creek Partners, LLC (CCP LLC) is the general partner of Claremont Ventures and Claremont Partners and Claremont Creek Partners II, LLC (CCP II LLC) is the general partner of Claremont Ventures II. The managing members of CCP LLC and CCP II LLC are Nat Goldhaber and Randy Hawks. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of CCP LLC and CCP II LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Claremont Entities. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address for the Claremont Entities is c/o Claremont Creek Ventures, 300 Frank Ogawa Plaza, Suite 350, Oakland, California 94612.

(9)
Consists of (i) 6,437,469 shares of common stock held by Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, LP (Lightspeed Venture Partners) and (ii) 39,531 shares of common stock issuable to Lightspeed Venture Partners pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. is the general partner of Lightspeed General Partner VIII, LP, which is the general partner of Lightspeed Venture Partners. As such, Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by Lightspeed Venture Partners and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Lightspeed Venture Partners. Christopher J. Schaepe, Barry Eggers, Ravi Mhatre and Peter Nieh are the directors of Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. and possess power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by Lightspeed Venture Partners and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Lightspeed Venture Partners. The address for Lightspeed Venture Partners is 2200 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(10)
Consists of the shares listed in footnote (3) above, which are held by the Sofinnova Funds.

152


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

        Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                        shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

        As of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding 62,523,199 shares of common stock held of record by 131 stockholders, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provided, however, that in the event that the actual initial public offering price is lower than $7.83 per share, the shares of Series F preferred stock will convert into a larger number of shares of common stock. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Common Stock

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to            shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and to establish the number of shares to be included in each series and fix the powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

        The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, which could depress the market price of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

153


Table of Contents

Warrants

        On July 25, 2007, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to various holders. For three months ended March 31, 2015, 20,000 shares of common stock were issued upon the exercise of certain of such warrants. As of March 31, 2015, the warrants were exercisable for an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share until their expiration on July 25, 2017.

        In connection with the Credit Agreement we entered into with ROS Acquisition Offshore LP on April 18, 2013, we issued to Royal Opportunities S.á r.l., or ROS, a warrant to purchase 614,007 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.4251. The warrant has a net exercise provision, which provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. As of March 31, 2015, the warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 614,007 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.4251 per share, and unless earlier exercised, is exercisable until the earlier of (i) its expiration on April 18, 2023 or (ii) a liquidation event as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

        In connection with the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, on November 2, 2009, we issued to SVB a warrant to purchase 55,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.16 per share. SVB assigned the warrant to SVB Financial Group. The warrant has a net exercise provision and contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. As of March 31, 2015, the warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 55,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.16 per share until its expiration on November 2, 2019.

        On November 20, 2014, we issued to the holders of our Series E preferred stock, on a pro-rata basis, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants have a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain subdivisions, combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations and consolidations. As of March 31, 2015, the warrants are exercisable for an aggregate of 700,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share until their expiration on November 19, 2019.

Registration Rights

        After this offering, the holders of                                    shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of our preferred stock will be entitled to contractual rights to require us to register those shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of our amended and restated investors' rights agreement. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account, holders of shares having registration rights are entitled to include their shares in our registration statement, provided, among other conditions, that the underwriters of any such offering have the right to limit the number of shares included in the registration. Additionally, ROS and SVB are entitled to certain piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below pursuant to the terms of their warrants as described in "—Warrants" above. These holders have waived their rights to include their shares in this offering.

        We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration described below, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. The registration rights terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the third anniversary of the completion of this offering; (ii) a liquidation event; or (iii) with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder, the earlier of the date that all shares held by the holder can be sold in compliance with Rule 144 or if the holder holds one percent or less or our

154


Table of Contents

outstanding common stock and all such shares can be sold in any three-month period in compliance with Rule 144.

Demand Registration Rights

        The holders of the registrable securities will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of February 2017 or six months following the effectiveness of this offering, the holders of 50% or more of the registrable securities then outstanding, may make a written request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover securities the aggregate offering price of at least $40,000,000, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions. We not obligated to effect more than two of these registrations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of shares having registration rights will, subject to certain exceptions, be entitled to include their shares in our registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such offering under certain circumstances, but not below 20% of the total amount of securities included in such offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, and subject to limitations and conditions specified in the amended and restated investors' rights agreement, the holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities may make a written request that we prepare and file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act covering their shares, so long as the aggregate price to the public, net of any underwriters' discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these Form S-3 registrations.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering include provisions that:

155


Table of Contents

Delaware Law

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

        In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include:

156


Table of Contents

        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person who, together with the entity's or person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporations.

        A Delaware corporation may "opt out" of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders' amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the completion of this offering the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent's address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and the telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "NTRA".

157


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                                    , 2014, including the shares of our common stock issuable upon (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, (ii) the net exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock and (iii) the net exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock and the conversion of those shares, a total of                        shares of common stock will be outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after                                    , 2014 and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Of these outstanding shares, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering and any shares of common stock sold upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, amended, or the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        The remaining            shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. "Common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering" above does not give effect to any such additional shares issuable upon conversion of the Series F preferred stock if the actual initial public offering price is lower than $7.83 per share.

        Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

     

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

     

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

       

        In addition, of the            shares of our common stock that were subject to options outstanding as of                                    , 2014, options to purchase            shares of common stock were vested as of                                    , 2014 and will be eligible for sale at various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, for less than one year.

158


Table of Contents

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the date of this offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the completion of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering we and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, described in "Underwriting."

        Certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to our initial public offering described above.

Registration Rights

        After the completion of this offering, the holders of                                    shares of common stock will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. Registration of

159


Table of Contents

these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares, other than shares purchased by our affiliates, becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information.

Equity Plans

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see "Executive Compensation—Equity Plans."

160


Table of Contents


CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of common stock applicable to non-U.S. holders who acquire such shares in this offering and hold such shares as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service and other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, any U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, any U.S. alternative minimum taxes or any state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment and certain U.S. expatriates).

        If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner therein will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership holding our common stock should consult their tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them.

        THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

161


Table of Contents

Dividends

        In general, the gross amount of any distribution we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of common stock will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% to the extent the distribution constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless the non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate. A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent any distribution does not constitute a dividend, it will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder's shares of common stock and then, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder's shares of common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock. Any such gain will be subject to the treatment described in "—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock."

        Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, as described above, if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. Dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with its conduct of trade or business within the United States may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the non-U.S. holder's shares of common stock unless:

        Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or so treated) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income tax basis, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain. An individual non-U.S. holder who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because the non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other disposition of our common stock will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses. We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

        Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, withholding tax of 30% applies to certain payments to foreign financial institutions, investment funds and certain other non-U.S. persons that fail to comply with certain information reporting and certification requirements pertaining to their direct and indirect U.S. securityholders and/or U.S. accountholders and do not otherwise qualify for an

162


Table of Contents

exemption. Such payments include dividends with respect to our common stock and, beginning after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements

        We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information reporting may also be made available under the provisions of a specific tax treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

        A non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup withholding for dividends on our common stock paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. offices of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. holder to the Internal Revenue Service and also backup withhold on that amount unless such non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification to the broker of its status as a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person) and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional income tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder generally can be credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

163


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Cowen and Company, LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
  Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Cowen and Company, LLC

   

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

   

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

   

Wedbush Securities Inc. 

   
     

Total:

   
     
     

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                        additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional                        shares of common stock.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   

Us

  $     $     $    

The selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

164


Table of Contents

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol "NTRA."

        We and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, (i) our directors and officers and such holders will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and (ii) we will not file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. In addition, our directors and officers and such holders agreed and consented to the entry of stop transfer instructions with our transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of each such person's shares of common stock except in compliance with the below restrictions.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

165


Table of Contents

        Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

166


Table of Contents

        In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of

167


Table of Contents

securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

168


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Redwood City, California. As of the date of this prospectus, an investment fund associated with Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP beneficially owned less than 0.1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements of Natera, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement, exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules at the SEC's public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file documents electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. The information on the SEC's web site is not part of this prospectus, and any references to this web site or any other web site are inactive textual references only.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.natera.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

169


Table of Contents

Natera, Inc.
Financial Statements

Index to Financial Statements

 
  Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014

    F-3  

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

    F-4  

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

    F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

    F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

    F-7  

Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015

    F-33  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-34  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-35  

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Interim Financial Statements

    F-36  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of Natera, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Natera, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Natera, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
April 15, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands except for par value)
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,496   $ 87,176  

Restricted cash

    150     503  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $508 in 2013 and $527 in 2014

    6,632     5,942  

Inventory

    10,652     11,542  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,177     1,314  
           

Total current assets

    49,107     106,477  

Property and equipment, net

   
9,791
   
14,574
 

Restricted cash

    746     808  

Other assets

    79     1,764  
           

Total assets

  $ 59,723   $ 123,623  
           
           

Liabilities, Preferred Stock, and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 11,297   $ 8,867  

Accrued compensation

    2,986     5,980  

Other accrued liabilities

    5,905     10,341  

Deferred revenue

    970     112  

Equipment loan, current portion

    1,843     2,340  

Warrants

    568     2,232  
           

Total current liabilities

    23,569     29,872  

Equipment loan, long-term portion

    1,382     3,510  

Senior secured term loan

    21,082     20,964  
           

Total long-term liabilities

    22,464     24,474  
           

Total liabilities

    46,033     54,346  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock issuable in series, $0.0001 par value: 51,233 shares authorized, 44,089 and 51,177 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $113,682 and $133,757 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively

   
185,199
   
240,612
 

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 82,000 shares authorized, 10,694 and 11,212 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,338     8,664  

Notes receivable from officers

    (192 )   (192 )

Accumulated deficit

    (174,656 )   (179,808 )
           

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (171,509 )   (171,335 )
           

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 59,723   $ 123,623  
           
           

   

See notes to the financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Statements of Operations

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
  2013   2014  

Revenues

             

Product revenues

  $ 54,955   $ 157,308  

Other revenues

    216     1,981  
           

Total revenues

    55,171     159,289  

Cost and expenses

             

Cost of product revenues

    37,275     78,396  

Research and development

    11,550     17,292  

Selling, general and administrative

    31,614     62,936  
           

Total operating expenses

    80,439     158,624  
           

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,268 )   665  

Interest expense

    (1,873 )   (4,219 )

Interest expense from accretion of convertible notes

    (7,901 )    

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long term debt

    (2,166 )   118  

Other income (expense)

    98     (1,716 )
           

Net loss

  $ (37,110 ) $ (5,152 )
           
           

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.93 ) $ (0.66 )
           
           

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    6,261     7,825  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

        $ (0.10 )
             
             

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

          52,693  
             
             

   

See notes to the financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

Natera, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Notes
Receivable
from Officers
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
(in thousands)
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    18,863   $ 10,516     9,533   $ 1   $ 1,422   $ (192 ) $ (137,546 ) $ (136,315 )

Issuances of Series C and D Preferred Stock upon conversion of notes payable and accrued interest

   
15,634
   
139,664
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Issuance of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $3.6932 per share net of issuance cost of $405,371

    9,592     35,019                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

            1,161         259             259  

Stock-based compensation

                    1,657             1,657  

Net loss

                            (37,110 )   (37,110 )
                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    44,089     185,199     10,694     1     3,338     (192 )   (174,656 )   (171,509 )

Issuances of Series F Preferred Stock at $7.83 per share net of issuance costs of $86,933

    7,088     55,413                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

            518         169             169  

Stock-based compensation

                    5,157             5,157  

Net loss

                            (5,152 )   (5,152 )
                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2014

    51,177   $ 240,612     11,212   $ 1   $ 8,664   $ (192 ) $ (179,808 ) $ (171,335 )
                                   
                                   

                                                 

See notes to the financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flow

 
  Year ended
December 31
 
(in thousands)
  2013   2014  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (37,110 ) $ (5,152 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

             

Accretion of convertible notes

    7,901      

Non-cash interest

    15      

Depreciation and amortization

    2,528     5,148  

Loss on sales of property and equipment

        11  

Stock-based compensation

    1,657     5,157  

(Gain) loss from changes in fair value of warrants

    (52 )   1,664  

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of long-term debt

    2,166     (118 )

Provision for doubtful accounts

    527     349  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (5,848 )   341  

Inventory

    (9,054 )   (890 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (820 )   (137 )

Other assets

    (63 )   (24 )

Accounts payable

    6,792     (2,430 )

Income taxes payable

        (15 )

Accrued compensation

    1,658     2,994  

Other accrued liabilities

    4,702     4,450  

Deferred revenue

    869     (858 )
           

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (24,132 )   10,490  

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

        15  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (8,245 )   (9,957 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (8,245 )   (9,942 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

    259     170  

Bridge loan

    2,000      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net

    33,019     55,413  

Proceeds from senior secured term loan

    20,000      

Costs paid for senior secured term loan

    (479 )    

Proceeds from equipment financing

    3,700     5,105  

Repayments of equipment financing

    (475 )   (2,480 )

Change in restricted cash

    (881 )   (415 )

Deferred offering costs

    (17 )   (1,661 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    57,126     56,132  
           

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    24,749     56,680  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    5,747     30,496  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 30,496   $ 87,176  
           
           

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

   
 
   
 
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 920   $ 2,063  
           
           

Purchases of property and equipment through accounts payable and accruals

  $ 2,942   $ 3,223  
           
           

Conversion of C and D notes

  $ 139,664   $  
           
           

Conversion of bridge loan

  $ 2,002   $  
           
           

See notes to the financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

        Natera, Inc. (the "Company") was formed in the state of California as Gene Security Network, LLC in November 2003 and incorporated in the state of Delaware in January 2007, with the mission of providing prenatal support through gene testing. The Company operates a laboratory certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments ("CLIA") providing a host of preconception and prenatal genetic testing services. The Company operates in one segment.

        The Company's product offerings include Pre-implantation Genetic Screening ("PGS") and Pre-implantation Genetic Diagnosis ("PGD") to analyze chromosomal anomalies or inherited genetic conditions during an in vitro fertilization ("IVF") cycle to select embryos with the highest probability of becoming healthy children; Products of Conception ("POC") testing to rapidly and extensively analyze fetal chromosomes to understand the cause of miscarriage; Non-Invasive Paternity Testing ("PAT"), to determine paternity by analyzing the fragments of fetal deoxyribonucleic acid ("DNA") in a pregnant mother's blood and a blood sample from the alleged father(s); High Throughput Carrier Screening ("HCS") to determine the risk of passing severe genetic diseases on to offspring, and Non-Invasive Prenatal Testing ("NIPT") that screens for chromosomal abnormalities of a fetus typically with a simple blood draw from the mother. All testing is available principally in the United States and Europe.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, the fair value of common stock and fair value of debt accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 815, Derivatives and Hedging, as well as income tax uncertainties. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best estimates and judgment. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors, however, actual results could differ from these estimates and could have an adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.

        The Company has incurred net losses since its inception and anticipates net losses and negative operating cash flows for the near future. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had a net loss of $5.2 million, and as of December 31, 2014, it had an accumulated deficit of $179.8 million. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $87.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. While the Company has introduced multiple products that are generating revenues, these revenues have not been sufficient to fund all operations. Accordingly, the Company has funded the portion of operating costs that exceeds revenues through a combination of equity issuances, debt issuances, and other financings. The Company expects to develop and commercialize future products and, consequently, it will need to generate additional revenues to achieve future profitability and may need to raise additional equity or debt financing that may not be available, if at all, at terms acceptable to the Company to fund future operations.

F-7


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company considers all liquid financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents may consist of cash on deposit with banks, money market funds, and certificates of deposit.

        Restricted cash consists of cash held in a financial institution as collateral for the Company's credit card line and letter of credit for its San Carlos office lease. The restricted cash may be released by the financial institution upon termination of the collateral requirement.

        The Company discloses the fair value of financial instruments for financial assets and liabilities for which the value is practicable to estimate. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company carried cash equivalents, which included investments in money market funds, senior secured term loan, and warrants at fair value according to the fair value measurement guidance.

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by placing its cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions with high credit ratings. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may consist of deposits held with banks, money market funds, or other highly liquid investments that may at times exceed federally insured limits. Cash equivalents are financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk, to the extent of amounts recorded in the balance sheets. The Company performs evaluations of its cash equivalents and the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution.

        The Company bills third-party payers for certain tests performed. The amount that is ultimately received from the payer for our claim and the timing of such payments are subject to the determination of the payer based on the nature of the test performed and their view of our business practices with respect to collections of plan deductibles and co-payments from patients and other activities. This determination can impact both the amount and timing of when our invoices are collected. Payers may also withhold payments and request refunds of prior payments if we do not perform in accordance with the policies of these payers.

        For 2013, two customers accounted for more than 10% of our revenues: Quest Diagnostics Incorporated (16%) and Progenity, Inc. (12%). For 2014, there were no customers exceeding 10% in total revenue. The Company is also subject to credit risk from its accounts receivable related to its product sales. The Company performs evaluations of customers' financial conditions and generally does not require collateral to support credit sales. As of December 31, 2013, two customers had receivable balances of 37% and 18% of total accounts receivable, and as of December 31, 2014 there are no customers who have a balance greater than 10%.

F-8


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the amount billed to the customer. Reducing this amount is an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make the contracted payments. Management analyzes accounts receivable and historical bad debt experience, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance when there is substantive evidence that the account will not be paid.

        Property and equipment, including machinery and equipment, software, and leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Machinery and equipment, including software, are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life or the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter.

        Inventory is valued at the lower of the standard cost, which approximates actual cost, or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. Inventory consisted entirely of supplies, which are consumed when providing its services to patients, and therefore does not maintain any finished goods inventory. The Company enters into inventory purchases and commitments so that it can meet future delivery schedules based on forecasted demand for its services.

        The Company generates revenues from the sale of its genetic tests, primarily from the sale of its NIPT, Panorama. The Company assesses whether its fees are fixed and determinable based on the nature of the fee charged for the services rendered and existing contractual arrangements. The Company generally bills an insurance carrier, a clinic or a patient for the test upon delivery of the test result. The Company also bills patients directly for out-of-pocket costs not covered by their insurance carriers representing co-pays and deductibles in accordance with their insurance carrier and health plans. Natera may not get reimbursed for tests completed as the tests are not covered under the insurance carriers reimbursement policies or Natera is not a qualified provider to the insurance carrier. For tests performed, where an agreed upon reimbursement rate or fixed fee and a predictable history or likelihood of collections exists, the Company recognizes revenues upon delivery of the test report to the prescribing physician based on the established billing rate less contractual and other adjustments, such as an allowance for doubtful accounts, to arrive at the amount that the Company expects to collect. In all other situations, as the Company does not have a sufficient history of collection and is not able to determine collectability, the Company recognizes revenues when cash is received. From time to time, we receive requests for refunds of payments previously made by insurance carriers. The Company has established an accrued liability for potential refund requests based on our experience.

        In cases where the Company sells its tests through its laboratory partners, the majority of the laboratory partners bill the patient, clinic, or insurance carrier for the performance of the Company's tests, and the Company is entitled to either a fixed price per test or a percentage of their collections. For tests

F-9


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

sold through a limited number of its laboratory partners, the Company bills directly to a patient, clinic or insurance carrier, or a combination of the insurance carrier and patient for the fees.

        The Company considers its services rendered when it delivers reports of its test results to the laboratory partner, clinic or patient. When the Company has contracted fixed rates for its services and collectability of its revenues is reasonably assured, it recognizes revenues upon delivery of test reports. The fixed fees identified in contracts with laboratory partners change only if a pricing amendment is agreed upon between both parties. For cases in which there is no fixed price established with a laboratory partner, the Company then recognizes revenues from partner distributed tests on a cash basis.

        Certain of the Company's arrangements include multiple deliverables. For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it qualifies as a separate unit of accounting. This determination is based on whether the deliverable has "stand-alone value" to the customer and whether a general right of return exists. The consideration that is fixed or determinable is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. The Company uses judgment in identifying the deliverables in its arrangements, assessing whether each deliverable is a separate unit of accounting, and in determining the best estimate of selling price for certain deliverables. The Company also uses judgment in determining the period over which the deliverables are recognized in certain of its arrangements. Any amounts received that do not meet the criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue until such criteria are met.

        The Company receives royalty revenue through the licensing and the provisioning of services to support the use of our proprietary technology with our customer. Royalty revenues are recognized when earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in Other Revenues in the statements of operations.

        Cost of product revenues includes the cost of materials, direct labor of laboratory personnel, equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with processing blood and other samples, quality control analyses, and shipping charges to transport samples and specimens from ordering physicians, clinics or individuals. Infrastructure expenses include allocated facility and related occupancy costs. Costs associated with the performance of diagnostic services are recorded as tests are processed. Costs associated with grants received are reported in research and development expenses.

        The Company records research and development costs in the period incurred. Research and development costs consist of personnel costs, contract services, inventory materials utilized in performing tests, costs of clinical trials and allocated facilities and related overhead expenses.

        The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.4 million and $1.1 million during 2013 and 2014, respectively.

F-10


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company expenses product shipment costs in cost of product revenues in the accompanying statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $2.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

        Income taxes are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Tax benefits are recognized when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained during an audit. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if current evidence indicates that it is considered more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

        Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to the Company's employees is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. No compensation cost is recognized on stock options for employees who do not render the requisite service and therefore forfeit their rights to the stock options. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock options.

        The Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in the Company's statements of operations during the period that the related services are rendered.

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of the Company's expected stock price volatility, the expected life of the awards, a risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Determining these assumptions requires significant judgment. The expected term was based on the simplified method and where the Company did not qualify to use the simplified method, the Company used the lattice model, and the volatility rate was based on that of publicly traded companies in the DNA sequencing, diagnostics, or personalized medicine industries. When selecting the public companies in these industries to be used in the volatility calculation, companies were selected with comparable characteristics to the Company, including enterprise value and financial leverage. Companies were also selected with historical share price volatility sufficient to meet the expected life of the Company's stock options. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the Company's stock options. The expected life of the non-employee option grants was based on their remaining contractual life at the measurement date. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities that were consistent with the option's expected life. The expected dividend assumption was based on the Company's history and expectation of dividend payouts.

F-11


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company accounts for warrants to purchase shares of its common stock and convertible preferred stock as a liability at fair value on the balance sheet date because the Company may be obligated to redeem these warrants at some point in the future. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value recognized as a gain or loss from the changes in fair value of the warrants in the statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until such time that the warrants are converted or expire.

        We capitalize costs of software held for internal use during the application development stage of a project and amortize those costs over their estimated useful lives of three years.

        Net loss and other comprehensive loss are the same because the Company had no unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income.

        Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive shares. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted-average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of potential dilutive shares outstanding for the period, determined using the if-converted method. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options, convertible notes, unvested shares subject to repurchase, and warrants are considered potential dilutive shares but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for all periods presented.

        Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. The pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from an initial public offering ("IPO").

        On April 5, 2012, the Jump-Start Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act") was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an "emerging growth company." As an emerging growth company, the Company has elected not to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

F-12


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed below, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

        In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures than under today's guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on its financial statements will be significant.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09) to provide guidance on revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under today's guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. Early adoption is not permitted. Upon adoption, ASU 2014-09 can be applied retrospectively to all periods presented or only to the most current period presented with the cumulative effect of changes reflected in the opening balance of retained earnings in the most current period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on its financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        The Company's financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value comprise investments in money market funds and a liability for convertible preferred stock warrants.

        The Equipment Financing Facility is not measured at fair value on a recurring basis and is carried at amortized cost. The Company believes the fair value of the Facility approximates its carrying value, or amortized cost, due to the short-term nature of this obligation and the interest rate relative to current market rates.

        The fair value accounting guidance requires that assets and liabilities be carried at fair value and classified in one of the following three categories:

        This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

F-13


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The following table represents the fair value hierarchy for the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2014  
 
  Level I   Level II   Level III   Total   Level I   Level II   Level III   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current Assets:

                                                 

Money market funds(1)

 
$

24,647
 
$

 
$

 
$

24,647
 
$

76,161
 
$

 
$

 
$

76,161
 
                                   
                                   

Current Liabilities:

                                                 

Warrants

 
$

 
$

 
$

568
 
$

568
 
$

 
$

 
$

2,232
 
$

2,232
 
                                   
                                   

Long-term Liabilities:

                                                 

Senior secured term loan

 
$

 
$

 
$

21,082
 
$

21,082
 
$

 
$

 
$

20,964
 
$

20,964
 
                                   
                                   

(1)
Included in cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet

        The Company's cash equivalents, which include money market funds, are classified as Level I because they are valued using quoted market prices. The Company's convertible preferred and common stock warrants are valued using Level III inputs; a third-party valuation specialist uses a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and Probability Weighted Average Expected Return Method ("PWERM") to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined for comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes.

        The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their fair value and are excluded from the table above.

        In April 2013, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan with a third-party lender, which consists of a credit agreement, royalty agreement, warrants, and loan commitment. The Company considered the guidance under ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments, which provides a measurement basis election for most financial instruments (i.e., either historical cost or fair value), allowing reporting entities to mitigate potential mismatches that arise under the current mixed measurement attribute model and ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures that provides for the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities, except for derivatives, for which the fair value is determined by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

        The Company evaluated the components of the senior secured term loan and determined that they are derivatives to be evaluated under ASC 815-15-25-1. The fair value accounting for derivatives is not an option, as derivatives must be fair valued under ASC 815 following the measurement guidance under ASC 820. Therefore, the Company engaged a third party to determine the fair value of the derivatives using the guidance of ASC 820 and recorded the Senior Secured Term Loan at fair value.

        ASC 815 requires the terms and features of an instrument that are not a derivative itself to be evaluated for embedded derivatives that must be bifurcated and separately accounted for as freestanding

F-14


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

derivatives. In general, under ASC 815-15-25-1, an embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative instrument if and only if the following criteria are met:

        Based upon the Company's evaluation, the senior secured term loan constitutes a liability with embedded derivative features that must be accounted for separately as mark-to-market instruments. In addition, adjustments to the embedded royalty feature will be recorded as interest expense as they occur, offset to the carrying amount of the debt (with the eventual cash outlay to settle such amounts recorded against the carrying amount of the debt). Based on the Company's evaluation, it was determined that the warrants granted are detachable and therefore are a stand-alone component of the senior secured term loan to be fair valued using Level III inputs as a separate derivative. Additionally, it was determined that the remaining components are embedded derivatives of the senior secured term loan, which require a fair value assessment using Level III inputs at the end of each reporting period. The Company's independent appraiser assisted in the evaluation of the components of the senior secured term loan that require significant judgment or estimation. The fair value of the components is calculated using various techniques such as (i) discounted future cash flows, (ii) the income approach, using various revenue assumptions and applying a Monte-Carlo simulation to each outcome and (iii) a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and PWERM to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined by comparison to comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes. The fair value of the senior secured term loan is re-measured at the end of each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded within non-operating expense in the statements of operations.

        The following table provides a roll forward of the fair value, as determined by Level III inputs, of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Warrants  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 14   $ 568  

Additions

    606        
           

Change in fair value

    (52 )   1,664  
           

Ending balance

  $ 568   $ 2,232  
           
           

F-15


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The following table provides a roll forward of the fair value, as determined by Level III inputs, of the senior secured term loan for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Term Loan  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $  

Additions, net of discount

    18,916  

Change in fair value recognized in non-operating expense

    2,166  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 21,082  

Change in fair value recognized in non-operating expense

    (118 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 20,964  
       
       

        The following table presents quantitative information about the inputs and valuation methodologies used for the Company's fair value measurement classified in Level III of the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2014.

 
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2014
  Valuation Methodology   Significant
Unobservable Input
  Weighted Average
Interest on
Discount Rate
(range, if applicable)
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)

Senior secured term loan

  $ 20,964            

Term loan

        Discounted Cash Flows   Discount rate on CCC bond plus premium   19.5%
CCC Bond range
(3.37% – 114.54%)

Royalty interest

        Royalty interest in future revenues   Revenues Volatility   $159,250 – $464,061
33.4%

Loan commitment

        Discounted Cash Flows   Discount rate on CCC bond plus premium   19.5%
CCC Bond range
(3.37% – 114.54%)

Warrants

  $ 2,232   Probability weighted expected return method   Discount for lack of marketability Volatility   20.0%


37.09%

Senior Secured Term Loan

        The fair value of the liability represents a term loan, royalty interest, and a loan commitment that is based upon the achievement of certain revenue targets over the life of the contract. The fair value of the liability is determined using discounted cash flow methodology, a Monte Carlo Simulation model for projected revenues, and the Longstaff-Schwartz model for royalty payments with significant inputs that include discount rate, projected revenues, projected royalty payments and percentage probability of occurrence for projected revenues and royalty payments. A significant change in projected revenues in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; a significant delay or (acceleration) in the delayed draw loan could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; a significant change in the discount rate in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; and changes in the probability of occurrence between the outcomes in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement.

F-16


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Warrants

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of warrants are derived from the Company's common stock valuation that is based upon a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and PWERM to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined for comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes. The inherent risk in the market volatility is the selection of companies with similar business attributes to the Company. Additionally, the PWERM analysis entails a number of assumptions about the timing of future events, the estimate of the probabilities that such events will occur, and a range of values under each of the potential events at future dates.

4. Balance Sheet Components

        The following table presents a reconciliation for the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Beginning balance

  $ 178   $ 508  

Bad debt expense

    527     349  

Write offs

    (197 )   (330 )
           

Ending balance

  $ 508   $ 527  
           
           

        The Company's property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  Useful Life   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2014
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Machinery and equipment

  3 years   $ 12,075   $ 18,632  

Furniture and fixtures

  3 years     67     217  

Software

  3 years     373     700  

Leasehold improvements

  Life of lease     1,036     1,036  

Construction-in-process

        689     3,583  
               

        14,240     24,168  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (4,449 )   (9,594 )
               

Total Property and Equipment, net

      $ 9,791   $ 14,574  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $2.5 million and $5.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, $5.9 million of the Company's equipment is pledged under the Equipment Financing Facility.

F-17


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

        The Company's accrued compensation consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,   December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accrued paid time off

  $ 937   $ 1,577  

Accrued commissions

    1,137     2,651  

Accrued bonuses

    522     1,141  
           

Other accrued compensation

    391     611  
           

Total accrued compensation

  $ 2,986   $ 5,980  
           
           

        The Company's other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accrued expenses

  $ 4,083   $ 8,560  

Accrued rent

    724     551  

Deferred lease obligation

    156     99  

Accrued interest

    701     764  

Sales tax payable

    241     367  
           

Total other accrued liabilities

  $ 5,905   $ 10,341  
           
           

5. Commitments and Contingencies

        As of year ended December 31, 2014, the Company sub-leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating sublease agreements. In January 2013, the Company amended its sublease agreement to expand its corporate headquarters. In connection with the amendment, the Company executed a letter of credit in favor of the lessors for $0.8 million, which is secured with a restricted cash account. The related subleases expire in October 2016.

        On March 21, 2014, the Company entered into an additional sublease agreement to expand its San Carlos facilities for additional office and laboratory space. This additional sublease expires in January 2017. The Company is in the process of amending its letter of credit with respect to this additional sublease.

        The future annual minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
  Operating
Leases
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2015

    2,258  

2016

    1,939  

2017

    60  
       

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 4,257  
       
       

F-18


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The Company is also required to pay its share of facility operating expenses with respect to the facilities in which it operates.

        From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes, litigation, and other legal actions as discussed below. The Company is aggressively defending its current litigation matters, and while there can be no assurances and the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company currently believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on its financial position. There are many uncertainties associated with any litigation and these actions or other third-party claims against the Company may cause the Company to incur costly litigation and/or substantial settlement charges.

        In addition, the resolution of any intellectual property litigation may require the Company to make royalty payments, which could adversely affect gross margins in future periods. If this were to occur, the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected. The actual liability in any such matters may be materially different from the Company's estimates, if any, which could result in the need to record or adjust a liability and record additional expenses. During the periods presented, the Company has not recorded any accrual for loss contingencies associated with such legal proceedings, determined that an unfavorable outcome is probable or reasonably possible, or determined that the amount or range of any possible loss is reasonably estimable.

        On January 6, 2012, the Company filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging that U.S. Patent No. 6,258,540 licensed by Sequenom, Inc. ("Sequenom") from Isis Innovation Limited, Inc. ("Isis") (the '540 patent), is invalid, unenforceable and not infringed by the Company. The '540 patent relates to non-invasive prenatal diagnosis methods. This case was consolidated in the Northern District of California with a case that Sequenom, an affiliate of Sequenom, and Isis brought on January 24, 2012 in the Southern District of California alleging infringement by the Company and DNA Diagnostics Center, Inc., the Company's distribution partner, of certain claims of the '540 patent. Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. ("Ariosa") and Verinata Health, Inc. ("Verinata"), now a division of Illumina, Inc. also filed declaratory judgment actions regarding the '540 patent against Sequenom in the Northern District. Sequenom asserted counterclaims of infringement of the '540 patent against both Ariosa and Verinata in those respective cases. All of these cases were designated related cases. On October 30, 2013, the District Court issued an order granting Ariosa's motion for summary judgment in its case against Sequenom, finding that the claims asserted against Ariosa are invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101 for reciting non-patentable subject matter. Many of the claims of the '540 patent asserted against the Company were invalidated by this order. Subsequently, Sequenom entered into stipulations with Verinata and the Company conditionally agreeing that the remaining asserted claims of the '540 Patent should be deemed invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101. The Court then entered judgment in favor of Verinata and the Company in their respective cases in November 2013. Sequenom has appealed all three judgments to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ("CAFC"). The CAFC has consolidated the Ariosa, Verinata and the Company's cases for purposes of appeal, such that the CAFC can make a single ruling on the '540 patent claims that apply to all parties involved. The appellate arguments were heard on November 7, 2014, but no decision has yet been issued.

        On April 22, 2011, a former employee filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Company made false statements to the government in connection with tracking of employee time and expenditures in connection with certain grants it received from the

F-19


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

National Institutes of Health. After investigating the former employee's claims, the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of California filed a Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in this matter. The Company filed counterclaims against its former employee, alleging fraud in the inducement, breach of contract, and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. The case proceeded to trial and on February 4, 2015, the jury found the former employee's allegations were without merit and returned a unanimous verdict in favor of Natera. The plaintiff has moved for a new trial, and a hearing is set on that motion for April 16, 2015. The Company will continue to vigorously defend its favorable jury verdict, but the Company cannot be certain of the outcome.

        On June 12, 2014, the Company filed a complaint for breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition, and false advertising in the Superior Court of California, San Mateo County alleging that Progenity had breached a test services agreement with the Company by seeking to terminate the test services agreement without providing the contractually-required period of notification of termination and not honoring the exclusivity provisions of the agreement during that period. On June 13, 2014, the Company sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling Progenity to observe the period of exclusivity prior to termination. On June 19, 2014, Progenity filed a cross-complaint alleging the Company had breached the test services agreement and also a separate laboratory support services agreement between Progenity and the Company by contacting certain customers of Progenity, allegedly in violation of these agreements. On June 19, 2014, Progenity sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling the Company to cease contact with customers. On October 31, 2014, the Company filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings to dispose of most counts of Progenity's cross-complaint, which the Court denied on December 12, 2014. This matter is currently set for trial on November 30, 2015. The Company intends to continue to vigorously assert its claims and defend against the cross-complaint in this lawsuit, but it cannot be certain of the outcome.

        As of December 31, 2014, the Company has non-cancelable contractual commitments with a supplier for approximately $14.0 million for inventory material used in the laboratory testing process.

6. Stock-Based Compensation

        On June 7, 2007, the Board of Directors (the Board) approved the 2007 Stock Plan (the 2007 Plan), which was amended and restated on March 25, 2010. Pursuant to the 2007 Plan, stock options may be granted to employees, consultants, and outside directors of the Company. Options granted may be either incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Under the amended and restated 2007 Plan, the Company had reserved approximately 23.6 million shares of its common stock for issuance through December 31, 2014.

        Stock options are governed by stock option agreements between the Company and recipients of stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees only under the 2007 Plan at an exercise price of at least 100% or higher under certain specified conditions of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board. The Board engages an independent appraiser to conduct a valuation analysis of the fair value of the Company's common stock. Under the 2007 Plan, non-statutory stock options may be granted to employees, consultants, and outside directors at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board. Options become exercisable and expire as determined by the Board, provided that the term of incentive

F-20


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

stock options may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Stock option agreements may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of an optionee's death, disability, or retirement, or other events.

        Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan provide employee option holders the right to exercise unvested options in exchange for common stock. As of December 31, 2014, the Company held $0.2 million of notes receivable from its officers for approximately 2.8 million exercised and unvested shares outstanding that are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event that the optionee's employment is terminated, either voluntarily or involuntarily. Accordingly, the Company has recognized the notes receivable as an offset to stockholders' equity. Generally, the repurchase right lapses on the first anniversary of the vesting start date for 25% of the options and in 36 equal monthly amounts thereafter.

        The following table summarizes option activity for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Outstanding Options  
(in thousands, except for contractual life and exercise price)
  Shares
Available for
Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
  (In years)
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    602     8,126   $ 0.48     8.60        

Additional shares authorized

    3,784                        

Options granted

    (982 )   982   $ 0.85              

Options exercised

        (1,161 ) $ (0.22 )            

Options forfeited

    765     (765 ) $ (0.69 )            
                             

Balance at December 31, 2013

    4,169     7,182   $ 0.55     8.14   $ 2,138  

Additional shares authorized

    3,440                        

Options granted

    (7,676 )   7,676   $ 2.11              

Options exercised

        (518 ) $ (0.30 )            

Options forfeited

    566     (566 ) $ (1.30 )            
                             

Balance at December 31, 2014

    499     13,774   $ 1.40     8.84   $ 43,659  
                             
                             

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

          7,458   $ 0.89     4.06   $ 27,438  
                             
                             

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

          12,350   $ 1.35     8.34   $ 39,734  
                             
                             

        The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $0.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

        The Company recorded employee stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The Company recorded non-employee stock-based compensation expense of $0.02 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and have been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods, if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

F-21


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following table presents the effect of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense on selected statements of operations line items for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  Employee   Non-Employee   Total   Employee   Non-Employee   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 55   $ 7   $ 62   $ 262   $ 29   $ 291  

Research and development

    612     4     616     1,563     30     1,593  

Selling, general and administrative

    970     9     979     2,956     93     3,273  
                           

Total

  $ 1,637   $ 20   $ 1,657   $ 4,781   $ 152   $ 5,157  
                           
                           

        As of December 31, 2014, approximately $10.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years.

Stock Options Modification

        Previously, the Company's founders were granted stock option awards on May 1, 2007, with a term of five years and an expiration date of May 1, 2012. Based upon a four-year vesting schedule, these awards were fully vested and expensed as stock-based compensation in the four years leading up to May 1, 2011. In April 2012, the Company's Board modified the terms of the original grant award to reset the term of the vesting schedule for these stock option awards to vest over the subsequent seven years. The revised vesting period began on May 1, 2012, and will end on May 1, 2019. The Board also changed the expiration of the award from May 1, 2012 to May 1, 2019. The Board did not change the exercise price of the original awards. Because of the extended term of the award and the change in vesting, the transaction was treated as a modification of the original stock option. Therefore, the Company recorded additional stock-based compensation due to the change in the fair value at the time of the modification.

        Accordingly, the Company will recognize approximately $2.8 million in additional stock-based compensation over the vesting period of seven years. The stock option modification resulted in additional stock-based compensation of approximately $0.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company has approximately 2.8 million stock option awards subject to re-purchase as of December 31, 2014 of which approximately $1.7 million of the stock based compensation expense has not been recognized as of December 31, 2014. In the event of an IPO for the Company's common stock, the remainder of the founders' unvested stock options become fully vested. In connection with an IPO, the Company would record the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense.

        In connection with the stock option modification, the executives exercised their unvested stock options for common stock with full recourse promissory notes. The Company recorded the promissory notes as a reduction of common stock and additional paid-in capital in stockholders' deficit because their collection in a reasonably short period is unlikely.

Valuation of Stock Option Grants to Employees

        The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options granted to employees on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of employee stock options is amortized on a

F-22


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, generally the vesting period. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2013   2014

Expected term

  6.0   4.91—7.06

Expected volatility

  63.7%—85.7%   73.35%—87.03%

Expected dividend rate

  0%   0%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.44%—2.86%   1.65%—2.04%

        Expected Term:    The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The Company's historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For granted "at-the-money" stock options, the Company estimates the expected term by using the simplified method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options that are not granted "at-the-money," the Company uses the binomial lattice model to calculate the expected term.

        Expected Volatility:    The Company derived the expected volatility from the average historical volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies within its peer group over a period approximately equal to the expected term.

        Expected Dividend Rate:    The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate:    The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U. S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term.

Valuation of Stock Option Grants to Non-Employees

        Total options outstanding as of December 31, 2014, include 0.24 million options that were granted to non-employees, of which 0.05 million options are unvested. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock option is earned and the services are rendered. The Company believes that the estimated fair value of the stock options is more readily measurable than the fair value of the services rendered. The fair value of the stock options granted to non-employees is calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes options-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2013   2014

Remaining contractual term

  8.4   4.42-10.01

Expected volatility

  75.6%—81.5%   71.86%—80.17%

Expected dividend rate

  0%   0%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.44%—2.51%   1.41%—2.61%

F-23


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Debt

Convertible Promissory Notes

        In December 2011, the Company entered into a convertible note purchase agreement with several private investor groups for $20.0 million. Per the agreement, principal and interest were due or convertible at maturity, upon a qualified financing, a change of control, or an event of default (collectively, Maturity). Upon Maturity, the Company had the option to repay the notes for five times the principal amount plus interest in cash, or convert it into shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $2.995 per share. The Series D Convertible Notes, which were unsecured, carried an interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of 0.20% per annum with a maturity date of June 30, 2013.

        In August 2010, the Company entered into a convertible note purchase agreement with several private investor groups for $12.0 million. Per the agreement, the principal and interest were due or convertible at Maturity, upon a qualified financing, a change of control, or an event of default. Upon Maturity, the Company had the option to convert the notes for five times the principal amount plus interest in cash, or convert it into shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.36 per share. The Series C Convertible Notes, which were unsecured, carried an interest rate on the unpaid principal balance, which was the greater of 0.53% per annum or the applicable federal rate with a maturity date of June 30, 2013. The effective interest rate for the Series C Convertible Notes was 0.53% and 0.54% for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The Series C and Series D Convertible Notes were accreted to the five times the principal amount over the contractual term, as settlement in cash was an option of the note holders and was potentially outside of the Company's control. In February 2013, the Series C and Series D Convertible Notes converted into approximately 8.9 million and 6.7 million shares of Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company accreted $7.9 million and nil respectively on the Series C Convertible Notes and on the Series D Convertible Notes.

Senior Secured Term Loan

        In April 2013, as amended in June 2014, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan arrangement (the "Secured Loan Arrangement") with ROS Acquisition LP ("ROS"). The Secured Loan Arrangement consists of $40.0 million of borrowing capacity with an initial draw of $20 million and a loan commitment of $10 million or $20 million ("Credit Agreement"), a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock, and an agreement to pay royalties on Company revenues ("Royalty Agreement"). The Company borrowed the initial tranche of $20.0 million on the effective date of the Credit Agreement and had the ability to draw up to an additional $10.0 million or $20 million at its option. The Credit Agreement interest rate is equal to the greater of (a) LIBOR or (b) 1% per annum plus the applicable margin of 8% per annum or 9% floor on the outstanding balance of the term loan. The Royalty Agreement bears a royalty payment of 1% applied to fiscal year revenues of up to $50.0 million and 1.5% applied to fiscal year incremental revenues above $50.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company incurred approximately $4.0 million in interest and royalty, which are due and payable quarterly. The interest on the loan is set forth in the financial statements as interest expense below loss from operations. The effective yield was approximately 19.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Under the terms of the Secured Loan Arrangement, the Company issued ROS a warrant to purchase 614,007 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.4251 per share. The Credit Agreement principal is due and payable on April 18, 2019. The Company may at its option, prepay the term loan borrowings by paying the lender a prepayment premium equivalent to ten percent of the outstanding principal. Prepayment of the amount due under the

F-24


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Debt (Continued)

Credit Agreement does not eliminate the royalty payment obligation, which expires no later than April 18, 2023. The Company may at its option, terminate the royalty obligation for a fixed dollar amount with cumulative royalty payments applied against the royalty obligation.

        ROS Acquisition LP maintains a security interest in substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property, to secure any outstanding amounts under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, conditions to borrowing and covenants, including restrictions on the ability to dispose of assets, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens and make distributions to stockholders, including dividends. The Credit Agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires the maintenance of minimum liquidity of $5.0 million and minimum revenue thresholds. During the continuance of an event of a default, ROS Acquisition LP may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility and foreclose on all collateral. The Company is in compliance with all covenants under the terms of the Secured Loan Arrangement with ROS Acquisition LP.

Equipment Financing Facility

        In April 2013, the Company entered into the Equipment Financing Facility with a financial institution. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company may borrow up to $5.0 million to fund equipment purchases. The financial institution maintains an interest in the underlying equipment until the loan is paid in full. The loan bears interest at the financial institution's prime reference rate plus 4.10% (the prime reference rate is defined as the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.50%), which was 7.35% upon closing of the agreement. In addition, the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty of 1% if paid before April 2015 and a 1% commitment fee. The equipment financing arrangement is payable in twenty-seven equal installments through September 30, 2015 and has a covenant that requires the Company to maintain a $5.0 million cash balance at all times.

        In December 2014, the Company amended its Equipment Financing Facility with the financial institution. Under the terms of the Amendment, the Company borrowed $5.9 million to fund equipment. The Company will pay interest on the unpaid principal at the financial institution's prime rate plus 3.10%, which was 6.35% upon closing of the agreement. The loan will mature on May 31, 2017. The Company is required to make 30 payments of principal and interest through the maturity of the loan in May 2017. In addition, the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty of 1% if paid before December 18, 2016.

Bridge Loan

        On January 28, 2013, the Company issued $2.0 million of promissory notes to a group of private investors. The promissory notes carried interest at 2.0% with a maturity date of April 19, 2013 and were convertible into Series E convertible preferred stock. On February 20, 2013, these promissory notes plus accrued interest converted into approximately 0.5 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock.

F-25


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Debt (Continued)

        Future minimum principal on long-term debt as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
  Principal  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015

  $ 2,340  

2016

    2,340  

2017

    1,170  

2018

     

2019

    20,000  
       

Total

  $ 25,850  
       
       

8. Warrants

        In 2009, the Company granted warrants to purchase 55,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.16 per share. The warrants were granted to a financial institution in connection with a secured equipment loan and expire on November 2, 2019.

        Under the terms of the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Company granted approximately 614,007 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $1.4251 per common share, which expire on April 18, 2023.

        In connection with the series F financing, the Series E preferred stockholders agreed to change the liquidation preference from two times to one times the liquidation value as described in the agreement. In exchange, on November 20, 2014, the Company issued common stock warrants to the series E preferred stockholders to purchase 700,000 shares at $0.01 per share. The warrants are carried in Additional Paid In Capital and the issuance of the warrants was treated as a deemed dividend by the common stockholder out of Additional Paid in Capital. The warrants expire in November 2019.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended in November 2014, authorizes the Company to issue 51.2 million shares of $0.0001 par value convertible preferred stock.

F-26


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2014, the convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares Issued and
Outstanding
  Liquidation
Amount
  Proceeds, net of
issuance costs
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

A-1

    5,000     5,000   $ 20   $ 20  

A

    8,173     8,173     4,005     3,927  

B

    5,745     5,690     6,600     6,569  

C

    8,941     8,941     12,160     58,876  

D

    6,694     6,694     20,047     80,788  

E

    9,592     9,591     35,425     35,019  
                   

F

    7,088     7,088     55,500     55,413  
                   

    51,233     51,177   $ 133,757   $ 240,612  
                   
                   

        Each share of Series A-1, Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock converts, at the option of the holder, into that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock that is equal to $0.004, $0.49, $1.16, $1.36, $2.995, $3.6932, and $7.83 per share, respectively (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations), divided by the conversion price of $0.004, $0.49, $1.16, $1.36, $2.995, $3.6932, and $7.83 respectively (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations). Additionally, each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion rate at the time in effect for such series of convertible preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of: (i) the Company's sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $40.0 million in the aggregate; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis); provided, however, that an automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock pursuant to clause (ii) above shall require the written consent or agreement of the holders of at least seventy percent of the outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock unless such conversion is in connection with (x) an underwritten public offering of this corporation or (y) a bona fide financing transaction with a pre-money equity valuation on an as converted, fully diluted basis of less than $100.0 million that results in a recapitalization of the Company, in which case on the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be required to convert each share of convertible preferred stock. Series A and Series B preferred stockholders may elect two Board members (voting together as a single class) and Series C preferred stockholders may elect one Board member. No Board member has been elected at this time for the Series C convertible preferred stock.

        The holders of shares of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on an equal basis, out of any assets legally available thereof, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in common stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock of this corporation) on the common stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as, and if declared by the Board. Such dividends are not cumulative. Dividend Rate means

F-27


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

$0.0392 per annum for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.00032 per annum for each share of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0928 per annum for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.1088 per annum for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.23996 per annum for each share of Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.2955 per annum for each share of Series E convertible preferred stock, and $0.6264 per annum for each share of Series F convertible preferred stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, or recapitalizations).

        In the event of a Company liquidation, the holders of Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such liquidation to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D convertible preferred stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the original issue price for the Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock, plus declared and unpaid dividends on such shares.

        The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted and such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, except as provided for the election of directors by separate class vote of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to vote, together with holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote. The Series A and Series B preferred stockholders may elect one director (voting together as a single class, not as a separate series and on an as-converted basis) and Series C preferred stockholders may elect one director at any election of directors.

10. Common Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated in connection with the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, authorizes the Company to issue 82.0 million shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, the Company had 10.7 million and 11.2 million shares of common stock outstanding, respectively. Each shareholder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of common stock, voting together as a class, may elect two directors.

F-28


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes

        The Company's effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

U.S. federal taxes (benefit) at statutory rate

  $ (12,617 )   -34.00 % $ (1,747 )   -34.00 %

State tax expense (benefit)

    (830 )   -1.50 %   (294 )   -5.72 %

Research and development credits

    (424 )   0.00 %   (530 )   -10.32 %

Interest expense on convertible debt

    2,691     25.50 %       0.00 %

Stock-based compensation

    234     0.20 %   755     14.70 %

Mark to market adjustments

    (17 )   -0.05 %   566     11.01 %

Other nondeductible items

    127     0.15 %   414     8.05 %

Change in valuation allowance

    10,836     9.70 %   851     16.57 %
                   

Provision for income taxes

  $     0.00 % $ 15     0.29 %
                   
                   

        The Company has not recorded any income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, due to its history of operating losses. As the provision for income taxes is not significant for 2013 and 2012, any income taxes have been reclassed in other income and expenses. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 22,084   $ 21,587  

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

    1,799     2,696  

Reserves and accruals

    1,621     1,717  

Stock based compensation

    471     1,505  
           

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

    25,975     27,505  

Less: valuation allowance

    (25,775 )   (26,627 )
           

    200     878  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Property and equipment

    (200 )   (878 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 0   $ 0  
           
           

        The Company established a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets in 2013 and 2014 due to the uncertainty surrounding realization of these assets. The valuation allowance increased by $10.8 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards of approximately $57.9 million and $40.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2027 and 2017, respectively, if not utilized. The deferred tax assets related to NOLs do not include excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises. Equity will be increased by $0.4 million, if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses ASC 740 ordering when determining when

F-29


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

excess tax benefits have been realized. The Company also had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million, which begin to expire in 2027, and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.0 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company also has federal alternative minimum tax credits of $20.0 thousand as of December 31, 2014 which can be carried forward indefinitely.

        Federal and California tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of NOLs and credit carryforwards in the event of an "ownership change" for tax purpose, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the Company's ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as the result of such ownership change. Such a limitation could result in limitation in the use of the NOLs in future years and possibly a reduction of the NOLs available.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 357   $ 898  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    436     462  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    105     0  
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 898   $ 1,360  
           
           

        The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2009. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits increased $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, due to additional research and development credits generated during the year. As of December 31, 2014, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $1.4 million. The reversal of the uncertain tax benefits would not affect the Company's effective tax rate to the extent that it continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

        The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes and to income taxes in various states in the United States. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations, and require significant judgment to apply. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2010. The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for all prior tax years since incorporation. The Company does not anticipate significant changes to its current uncertain tax positions through December 31, 2015.

        The Company recognizes any interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

12. Related-Party Transactions

        The chief executive officer of the Company receives a monthly payment based on his use for Company business purposes of an apartment that he owns in New York City. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company expensed $22,642 and $22,800, respectively.

F-30


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Net Loss and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

        Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding shares subject to repurchase, and without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The Company's potential dilutive shares, which include outstanding common stock options, unvested common shares subject to repurchase, convertible preferred stock and warrants, and convertible long-term notes, have not been included in the computation of diluted net loss per share for all periods as the result would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share.

        Potentially dilutive shares that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Options to purchase common stock

    7,182     13,774  

Warrants

    669     1,409  

Common stock subject to repurchase

    3,386     2,755  

Convertible preferred stock

    44,089     51,177  
           

    55,326     69,115  
           
           

        The Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2014, which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2014
 
 
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 

Numerator:

       

Net loss used in computing pro forma per share, basic and diluted

  $ (5,152 )
       
       

Denominator:

       

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    7,825  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    44,868  
       

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic

    52,693  
       
       

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.66 )
       
       

F-31


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Geographic Information

        The following table presents total revenue by geographic area based on the location of the Company's customers:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 48,263   $ 136,478  

Americas, excluding U.S. 

    1,402     4,883  

Europe, Middle East, India, Africa

    4,275     13,098  

Other

    1,231     4,830  
           

Total

  $ 55,171   $ 159,289  
           
           

15. Subsequent Events

        In January 2015, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with a major laboratory to perform testing services for carrier screen diseases. Upon the signing of the agreement the Company made a prepayment of $1.0 million towards services to be rendered in the future. In addition, the Company made a payment of $0.3 million in consideration for exclusivity rights of the laboratory.

        In March 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with a major manufacturer to develop a version of the Panorama test for use in a specific country, including the right to market and perform such test. The total development and approval process is expected to require up to $13.5 million between the manufacturer and the Company, for which the Company will be liable for up to $6.75 million.

        In April 2015, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for additional office space in Redwood City, California. The additional space carries a base rent of $62,700 per month. The lease period begins in June 2015 and will terminate in August 2016. In addition, the Company is required to make a security deposit of $125,500.

F-32


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Interim Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands except for par value)
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
  Pro Forma
Stockholders'
Equity as of
March 31, 2015
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 87,176   $ 80,348        

Restricted cash

    503     195        

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $527 in 2014 and $610 in 2015

    5,942     5,388        

Inventory

    11,542     13,322        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,314     2,618        

Total current assets

    106,477     101,871        

Property and equipment, net

    14,574     15,016        

Restricted cash

    808     1,151        

Other assets

    1,764     2,066        

Total assets

  $ 123,623   $ 120,104        

Liabilities, Preferred Stock, and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 8,867   $ 12,764        

Accrued compensation

    5,980     5,546        

Other accrued liabilities

    10,341     10,040        

Deferred revenue

    112     31        

Equipment loan, current portion

    2,340     2,340        

Warrants

    2,232     3,195        

Total current liabilities

    29,872     33,916        

Equipment loan, long-term portion

    3,510     2,925        

Senior secured term loan

    20,964     22,764        

Total long-term liabilities

    24,474     25,689        

Total liabilities

    54,346     59,605        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

                   

Convertible preferred stock issuable in series, $0.0001 par value: 51,233 shares authorized, 51,177 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), aggregate liquidation preference of $133,757 as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited); pro forma, 0 shares issued and outstanding (unaudited)

    240,612     240,585      

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 82,000 shares authorized, 11,212 and 11,346 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; pro forma, 62,523 shares issued and outstanding (unaudited)

    1     1     6  

Additional paid-in capital

    8,664     9,917     250,497  

Notes receivable from officers

    (192 )   (192 )   (192 )

Accumulated deficit

    (179,808 )   (189,812 )   (189,812 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (171,335 )   (180,086 )   60,499  
               

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 123,623   $ 120,104        

   

See notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements

F-33


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Statements of Operations

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
  2014   2015  

Revenues

             

Product revenues

  $ 27,209   $ 46,899  

Other revenues

    86     536  

Total revenues

    27,295     47,435  

Cost and expenses

             

Cost of product revenues

    15,900     24,843  

Research and development

    4,298     5,630  

Selling, general and administrative

    14,379     23,239  

Total operating expenses

    34,577     53,712  

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,282 )   (6,277 )

Interest expense

    (809 )   (1,010 )

Interest (expense) benefit from changes in the fair value of long term debt

    (806 )   (1,800 )

Other income (expense), net

    (719 )   (917 )

Net loss

  $ (9,616 )   (10,004 )

Net loss per share, basic

  $ (1.28 ) $ (1.16 )

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic

    7,484     8,620  

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

        $ (0.17 )

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

          59,797  

   

See notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements

F-34


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2014   2015  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (9,616 ) $ (10,004 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,069     1,641  

Stock-based compensation

    2,610     1,147  

Loss from changes in fair value of warrants

    728     963  

Loss from change in fair value of long-term debt

    806     1,800  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    149     91  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable, net

    (1,446 )   463  

Inventory

    (2,588 )   (1,780 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (287 )   (1,304 )

Change in restricted cash

        (34 )

Other assets

    13     (221 )

Accounts payable

    1,800     5,718  

Accrued compensation

    159     (435 )

Other accrued liabilities

    1,534     (455 )

Deferred revenue

    30     (81 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (5,039 )   (2,491 )

Investing activities

             

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    (2,601 )   (3,749 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,601 )   (3,749 )

Financing activities

             

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

    27     106  

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net

        (27 )

Costs paid for senior secured term loan

        (6 )

Proceeds from equipment financing

    584      

Repayments of equipment financing

    (169 )   (585 )

Change in restricted cash

    (255 )    

Deferred offering costs

    (312 )   (76 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (125 )   (588 )

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (7,765 )   (6,828 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    30,496     87,176  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 22,731   $ 80,348  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 545   $ 541  

Purchases of property and equipment through accounts payable and accruals

  $ 2,138   $ 1,556  

   

See notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements

F-35


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

        Natera, Inc. (the "Company") was formed in the state of California as Gene Security Network, LLC in November 2003 and incorporated in the state of Delaware in January 2007, with the mission of providing prenatal support through gene testing. The Company operates a laboratory certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments ("CLIA") providing a host of preconception and prenatal genetic testing services. The Company operates in one segment.

        The Company's product offerings include Pre-implantation Genetic Screening ("PGS") and Pre-implantation Genetic Diagnosis ("PGD") to analyze chromosomal anomalies or inherited genetic conditions during an in vitro fertilization ("IVF") cycle to select embryos with the highest probability of becoming healthy children; Products of Conception ("POC") test to rapidly and extensively analyze fetal chromosomes to understand the cause of miscarriage; Non-Invasive Paternity Testing ("PAT"), to determine paternity by analyzing the fragments of fetal deoxyribonucleic acid ("DNA') in a pregnant mother's blood and a blood sample from the alleged father(s); High Throughput Carrier Screening ("HCS") to determine the risk of passing severe genetic diseases on to offspring, and Non-Invasive Prenatal Testing ("NIPT") that screens for chromosomal abnormalities of a fetus typically with a simple blood draw from the mother. All testing is available principally in the United States and Europe.

        The Company has incurred net losses since its inception and anticipates net losses and negative operating cash flows for the near future. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company had a net loss of $10.0 million, and as of March 31, 2015, it had an accumulated deficit of $189.8 million. At March 31, 2015, the Company had $80.3 million in cash and cash equivalents. While the Company has introduced multiple products that are generating revenues, these revenues have not been sufficient to fund all operations. Accordingly, the Company has funded the portion of operating costs that exceeds revenues through a combination of equity issuances, debt issuances, and other financings. The Company expects to develop and commercialize future products and, consequently, it will need to generate additional revenues to achieve future profitability and may need to raise additional equity or debt financing that may not be available, if at all, at terms acceptable to the Company to fund future operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The accompanying unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial information. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim condensed financial information includes only adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position, changes in stockholders' deficit, and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015, are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or the results for any future periods. The condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 has been derived from audited financial statements at that date, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements, and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2014 that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain prior year amounts on the cash flow statement have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

F-36


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, the fair value of common stock and fair value of debt accounted for under ASC 815, as well as income tax uncertainties. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best estimates and judgment. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ from these estimates and could have an adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.

        The Company discloses the fair value of financial instruments for financial assets and liabilities for which the value is practicable to estimate. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company carried cash equivalents, which included investments in money market funds, senior secured term loan, and warrants at fair value according to the fair value measurement guidance.

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by placing its cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions with high credit ratings. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may consist of deposits held with banks that may at times exceed federally insured limits. Cash equivalents are financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk, to the extent of amounts recorded in the balance sheets. The Company performs evaluations of its cash equivalents and the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution.

        The Company bills third-party payers for certain tests performed. The amount that is ultimately received from the payer for our claim and the timing of such payments are subject to the determination of the payer based on the nature of the test performed and their view of our business practices with respect to collections of plan deductibles and co-payments from patients and other activities. This determination can impact both the amount and timing of when our invoices are collected. Payers may also withhold payments and request refunds of prior payments if we do not perform in accordance with the policies of these payers.

        The Company performs evaluations of financial conditions for clinics and laboratory partners and generally does not require collateral to support credit sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, there are no customers exceeding 10% in total revenue. As of March 31, 2015, one customer had a receivable balance of 10.4% of net accounts receivable, and as of December 31, 2014 there were no customers who had a balance greater than 10%.

        The Company generally bills an insurance carrier, a clinic or a patient for the test upon delivery of the test result. The Company also bills patients directly for out-of-pocket costs not covered by their insurance carriers representing co-pays and deductibles in accordance with their insurance carrier and health plans.

F-37


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Natera may not get reimbursed for tests completed if the tests are not covered under the insurance carriers reimbursement policies or Natera is not a qualified provider to the insurance carrier. For tests performed, where an agreed upon reimbursement rate or fixed fee and a predictable history or likelihood of collections exists, the Company recognizes revenues upon delivery of the test report to the prescribing physician based on the established billing rate less contractual and other adjustments, such as an allowance for doubtful accounts, to arrive at the amount that the Company expects to collect. In all other situations, as the Company does not have a sufficient history of collection and is not able to determine collectability, the Company recognizes revenues when cash is received. From time to time, we receive requests for refunds of payments previously made by insurance carriers. The Company has established an accrued liability for potential refund requests based on our experience.

        In cases where the Company sells its tests through its laboratory partners, the majority of the laboratory partners bill the patient, clinic, or insurance carrier for the performance of the Company's tests.

        For tests sold through a limited number of its laboratory partners, the Company bills directly to a patient, clinic or insurance carrier, or a combination of the insurance carrier and patient for the fees. The Company considers its services rendered when it delivers reports of its test results to the laboratory partner, clinic or patient. When the Company has contracted fixed rates for its services and collectability of its revenues is reasonably assured, it recognizes revenues upon delivery of test reports. The fixed fees identified in contracts with laboratory partners change only if a pricing amendment is agreed upon between both parties. For cases in which there is no fixed price established with a laboratory partner, the Company then recognizes revenues from partner distributed tests on a cash basis.

        Certain of the Company's arrangements include multiple deliverables. For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it qualifies as a separate unit of accounting. This determination is based on whether the deliverable has "stand-alone value" to the customer and whether a general right of return exists. The consideration that is fixed or determinable is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. The Company uses judgment in identifying the deliverables in its arrangements, assessing whether each deliverable is a separate unit of accounting, and in determining the best estimate of selling price for certain deliverables. The Company also uses judgment in determining the period over which the deliverables are recognized in certain of its arrangements. Any amounts received that do not meet the criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue until such criteria are met.

        The Company receives royalty revenue through the licensing and the provisioning of services to support the use of the Company's proprietary technology with its customer. Royalty revenues are recognized when earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in Other Revenues in the statements of operations.

        Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to the Company's employees is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. No compensation cost is recognized on stock options for employees who do not render the requisite service and therefore forfeit their rights to the stock options. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock options.

F-38


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in the Company's statements of operations during the period that the related services are rendered.

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of the Company's expected stock price volatility, the expected life of the awards, a risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Determining these assumptions requires significant judgment. The expected term was based on the simplified method and where the Company did not qualify to use the simplified method, the Company used the lattice model, and the volatility rate was based on that of publicly traded companies in the DNA sequencing, diagnostics, or personalized medicine industries. When selecting the public companies in these industries to be used in the volatility calculation, companies were selected with comparable characteristics to the Company, including enterprise value and financial leverage. Companies were also selected with historical share price volatility sufficient to meet the expected life of the Company's stock options. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the Company's stock options. The expected life of the non-employee option grants was based on their remaining contractual life at the measurement date. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities that were consistent with the option's expected life. The expected dividend assumption was based on the Company's history and expectation of dividend payouts.

        The Company accounts for warrants to purchase shares of its common stock and convertible preferred stock as a liability at fair value on the balance sheet date because the Company may be obligated to redeem these warrants at some point in the future. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value recognized as a gain or loss from the changes in fair value of the warrants in the statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until such time that the warrants are converted or expire.

        Net loss and other comprehensive loss are the same because the Company had no unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income.

        The pro forma stockholders' equity as of March 31, 2015 presents the Company's stockholders' equity as though all of the Company's outstanding convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering ("IPO") of the Company's common stock. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in the initial public offering are excluded from such pro forma financial information.

        Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive shares. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted-average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of potential dilutive shares outstanding for the period, determined using the if-converted method. For purposes of the diluted

F-39


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options, convertible notes, unvested shares subject to repurchase, and warrants are considered potential dilutive shares but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for all periods presented.

        Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. The pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from an initial public offering ("IPO").

        From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed below, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

        In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures compared to footnote disclosures under today's guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on its financial statements will be significant.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09) to provide guidance on revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under today's guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. In April 2015, the FASB proposed a one-year deferral of the effective date for ASU 2014-09. Under the proposal, ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. Early adoption up to the first quarter of 2017 is permitted. Upon adoption, ASU 2014-09 can be applied retrospectively to all periods presented or only to the most current period presented with the cumulative effect of changes reflected in the opening balance of retained earnings in the most current period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on its financial statements.

        In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. ASU 2015-03 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2015-03 on its financial statements will be significant.

F-40


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (ASU 2015-05). ASU 2015-05 provides guidance to clarify the customer's accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. ASU 2015-05 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2015-05 on its financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        The Company's financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value comprise investments in money market funds and a liability for convertible preferred stock warrants. The Equipment Financing Facility is not measured at fair value on a recurring basis and is carried at amortized cost. The Company believes the fair value of the facility approximates its carrying value, or amortized cost, due to the short-term nature of this obligation and the interest rate relative to current market rates.

        The fair value accounting guidance requires that assets and liabilities be carried at fair value and classified in one of the following three categories:

        This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

        The following table represents the fair value hierarchy for the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  December 31, 2014   March 31, 2015  
 
  Level I   Level II   Level III   Total   Level I   Level II   Level III   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current Assets:

                                                 

Money market funds(1)

  $ 76,161   $   $   $ 76,161   $ 70,155   $   $   $ 70,155  

Current Liabilities:

                                                 

Warrants

  $   $   $ 2,232   $ 2,232   $   $   $ 3,195   $ 3,195  

Long-term Liabilities:

                                                 

Senior secured term loan

  $   $   $ 20,964   $ 20,964   $   $   $ 22,764   $ 22,764  

(1)
Included in cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet

        The Company's cash equivalents, which include money market funds, are classified as Level I because they are valued using quoted market prices. The Company's convertible preferred and common stock

F-41


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

warrants are valued using Level III inputs; a third-party valuation specialist uses a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and Probability Weighted Average Expected Return Method ("PWERM") to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined for comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes.

        The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their fair value and are excluded from the table above.

        In April 2013, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan with a third-party lender, which consists of a credit agreement, royalty agreement, warrants, and loan commitment. The Company considered the guidance under ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments, which provides a measurement basis election for most financial instruments (i.e., either historical cost or fair value), allowing reporting entities to mitigate potential mismatches that arise under the current mixed measurement attribute model and ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures that provides for the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities, except for derivatives, for which the fair value is determined by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

        The Company evaluated the components of the senior secured term loan and determined that they are derivatives to be evaluated under ASC 815-15-25-1. The fair value accounting for derivatives is not an option, as derivatives must be fair valued under ASC 815 following the measurement guidance under ASC 820. Therefore, the Company engaged a third party to determine the fair value of the derivatives using the guidance of ASC 820 and recorded the Senior Secured Term Loan at fair value.

        ASC 815 requires the terms and features of an instrument that are not a derivative itself to be evaluated for embedded derivatives that must be bifurcated and separately accounted for as freestanding derivatives. In general, under ASC 815-15-25-1, an embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative instrument if and only if the following criteria are met:

        Based upon the Company's evaluation, the senior secured term loan constitutes a liability with embedded derivative features that must be accounted for separately as mark-to-market instruments. In addition, adjustments to the embedded royalty feature will be recorded as interest expense as they occur, offset to the carrying amount of the debt (with the eventual cash outlay to settle such amounts recorded against the carrying amount of the debt). Based on the Company's evaluation, it was determined that the warrants granted are detachable and therefore are a stand-alone component of the senior secured term loan to be fair valued using Level III inputs as a separate derivative. Additionally, it was determined that the remaining components are embedded derivatives of the senior secured term loan, which require a fair value assessment using Level III inputs at the end of each reporting period. The Company's independent appraiser assisted in the evaluation of the components of the senior secured term loan that require significant judgment or estimation. The fair value of the components is calculated using various techniques

F-42


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

such as (i) discounted future cash flows, (ii) the income approach, using various revenue assumptions and applying a Monte-Carlo simulation to each outcome and (iii) a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and PWERM to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined by comparison to comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes. The fair value of the senior secured term loan is re-measured at the end of each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded within non-operating expense in the statements of operations.

        The following table provides a roll forward of the fair value, as determined by Level III inputs, of the warrants for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

 
  Warrants  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 2,232  

Change in fair value

    963  

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $ 3,195  

        The following table provides a roll forward of the fair value, as determined by Level III inputs, of the senior secured term loan for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

 
  Term Loan  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 20,964  

Change in fair value recognized in non-operating expense

    1,800  

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $ 22,764  

        The following table presents quantitative information about the inputs and valuation methodologies used for the Company's fair value measurement classified in Level III of the fair value hierarchy at March 31, 2015.

 
  Fair Value at
March 31, 2015
  Valuation Methodology   Significant Unobservable Input   Weighted Average
Interest on
Discount Rate
(range, if applicable)
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)

Senior secured term loan

  $ 22,764            

—Term loan

        Discounted Cash Flows   Discount rate on CCC bond plus premium   16.5%
CCC Bond range
(4.79% - 24.3%)

—Royalty interest

        Royalty interest in future revenues   Revenues
Volatility
  $224,650 - $456,140
34.8%

—Loan commitment

        Discounted Cash Flows   Discount rate on CCC bond plus premium   16.5%
CCC Bond range
(4.79% - 24.3%)

—Warrants

  $ 3,195   Probability weighted expected return method   Discount for lack of marketability Volatility   20%


49.86%

F-43


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Senior Secured Term Loan

        The fair value of the liability represents a term loan, royalty interest, and a loan commitment that is based upon the achievement of certain revenue targets over the life of the contract. The fair value of the liability is determined using discounted cash flow methodology, a Monte Carlo Simulation model for projected revenues, and the Longstaff-Schwartz model for royalty payments with significant inputs that include discount rate, projected revenues, projected royalty payments and percentage probability of occurrence for projected revenues and royalty payments. A significant change in projected revenues in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; a significant delay or (acceleration) in the delayed draw loan could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; a significant change in the discount rate in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement; and changes in the probability of occurrence between the outcomes in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement.

Warrants

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of warrants are derived from the Company's common stock valuation that is based upon a hybrid model with inputs from a Black-Scholes model and PWERM to analyze the fair value of the Company's common stock with a market volatility that is determined for comparable companies in the same business sector and an analysis of future values of the Company assuming various future outcomes. The inherent risk in the market volatility is the selection of companies with similar business attributes to the Company. Additionally, the PWERM analysis entails a number of assumptions about the timing of future events, the estimate of the probabilities that such events will occur, and a range of values under each of the potential events at future dates.

4. Balance Sheet Components

        The Company's property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  Useful Life   December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Machinery and equipment

  3 years   $ 18,632   $ 21,012  

Furniture and fixtures

  3 years     217     217  

Software

  3 years     700     742  

Leasehold improvements

  Life of lease     1,036     1,036  

Construction-in-process

        3,583     3,208  

        24,168     26,215  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (9,594 )   (11,199 )

Total Property and Equipment, net

      $ 14,574   $ 15,016  

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, $5.3 million of the Company's equipment is pledged under the Equipment Financing Facility.

F-44


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

        The Company's accrued compensation consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accrued paid time off

  $ 1,577   $ 1,912  

Accrued commissions

    2,651     2,556  

Accrued bonuses

    1,141     478  

Other accrued compensation

    611     600  

Total accrued compensation

  $ 5,980   $ 5,546  

        The Company's other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accrued expenses

  $ 8,560   $ 8,535  

Accrued rent

    551     485  

Deferred lease obligation

    99     85  

Accrued interest

    764     502  

Sales tax payable

    367     433  

Total other accrued liabilities

  $ 10,341   $ 10,040  

5. Commitments and Contingencies

        As of March 31, 2015, the Company sub-leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. In January 2013, the Company amended its sublease agreement to expand its corporate headquarters. In connection with the amendment, the Company executed a letter of credit in favor of the lessor for $0.8 million, which is secured with a restricted cash account. The related subleases expire in October 2016.

        On March 21, 2014, the Company entered into an additional sublease agreement to expand its San Carlos facilities for additional office and laboratory space. This additional sublease expires in January 2017. In April 2015, the Company executed a letter of credit in favor of the lessor for $0.3 million, which is secured with a restricted cash account.

F-45


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The future annual minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
  Operating
Leases
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2015 (nine months)

    1,696  

2016

    1,939  

2017

    60  

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 3,694  

        Rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The Company is also required to pay its share of facility operating expenses with respect to the facilities in which it operates.

        From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes, litigation, and other legal actions as discussed below. The Company is aggressively defending its current litigation matters, and while there can be no assurances and the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company currently believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on its financial position. There are many uncertainties associated with any litigation and these actions or other third-party claims against the Company may cause the Company to incur costly litigation and/or substantial settlement charges.

        In addition, the resolution of any intellectual property litigation may require the Company to make royalty payments, which could adversely affect gross margins in future periods. If this were to occur, the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected. The actual liability in any such matters may be materially different from the Company's estimates, if any, which could result in the need to record or adjust a liability and record additional expenses. During the periods presented, the Company has not recorded any accrual for loss contingencies associated with such legal proceedings, determined that an unfavorable outcome is probable or reasonably possible, or determined that the amount or range of any possible loss is reasonably estimable.

        On January 6, 2012, the Company filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging that U.S. Patent No. 6,258,540 licensed by Sequenom, Inc. ("Sequenom") from Isis Innovation Limited, Inc. ("Isis") (the '540 patent), is invalid, unenforceable and not infringed by the Company. The '540 patent relates to non-invasive prenatal diagnosis methods. This case was consolidated in the Northern District of California with a case that Sequenom, an affiliate of Sequenom, and Isis brought on January 24, 2012 in the Southern District of California alleging infringement by the Company and DNA Diagnostics Center, Inc., the Company's distribution partner, of certain claims of the '540 patent. Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. ("Ariosa") and Verinata Health, Inc. ("Verinata"), now a division of Illumina, Inc. also filed declaratory judgment actions regarding the '540 patent against Sequenom in the Northern District. Sequenom asserted counterclaims of infringement of the '540 patent against both Ariosa and Verinata in those respective cases. All of these cases were designated related cases. On October 30, 2013, the District Court issued an order granting Ariosa's motion for summary judgment in its case against Sequenom, finding that the claims asserted against Ariosa are

F-46


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101 for reciting non-patentable subject matter. Many of the claims of the '540 patent asserted against the Company were invalidated by this order. Subsequently, Sequenom entered into stipulations with Verinata and the Company conditionally agreeing that the remaining asserted claims of the '540 Patent should be deemed invalid under 35 U.S.C. §101. The Court then entered judgment in favor of Verinata and the Company in their respective cases in November 2013. Sequenom has appealed all three judgments to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit ("CAFC"). The CAFC has consolidated the Ariosa, Verinata and the Company's cases for purposes of appeal, such that the CAFC can make a single ruling on the '540 patent claims that apply to all parties involved. The appellate arguments were heard on November 7, 2014, but no decision has yet been issued. The Company intends to continue to vigorously assert its claims and defend against the counterclaims in this lawsuit, but it cannot be certain of the outcome.

        On April 22, 2011, a former employee filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Company made false statements to the government in connection with tracking of employee time and expenditures in connection with certain grants it received from the National Institutes of Health. After investigating the former employee's claims, the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of California filed a Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in this matter. The Company filed counterclaims against its former employee, alleging fraud in the inducement, breach of contract, and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. The case proceeded to trial and on February 4, 2015, the jury found the former employee's allegations were without merit and returned a unanimous verdict in favor of Natera. The plaintiff's motion for a new trial, and judgment was entered in favor of Natera on the plaintiff's claims and in favor of the plaintiff on Natera's counterclaim. No notice of appeal has yet been filed by either party. The Company will continue to vigorously defend its favorable jury verdict, but it cannot be certain of the outcome.

        On June 12, 2014, the Company filed a complaint for breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition, and false advertising in the Superior Court of California, San Mateo County alleging that Progenity had breached a test services agreement with the Company by seeking to terminate the test services agreement without providing the contractually-required period of notification of termination and not honoring the exclusivity provisions of the agreement during that period. On June 13, 2014, the Company sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling Progenity to observe the period of exclusivity prior to termination. On June 19, 2014, Progenity filed a cross-complaint alleging the Company had breached the test services agreement and also a separate laboratory support services agreement between Progenity and the Company by contacting certain customers of Progenity, allegedly in violation of these agreements. On June 19, 2014, Progenity sought but did not receive a temporary restraining order compelling the Company to cease contact with these customers of Progenity. On October 31, 2014, the Company filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings to dispose of most counts of Progenity's cross-complaint, which the Court denied on December 12, 2014. This matter is currently set for trial on November 30, 2015. The Company intends to continue to vigorously assert its claims and defend against the cross-complaint in this lawsuit, but it cannot be certain of the outcome.

        As of March 31, 2015, the Company has non-cancelable contractual commitments with a supplier for approximately $16.3 million for inventory material used in the laboratory testing process.

F-47


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        In January 2015, the Company entered into a laboratory services agreement with a total contractual commitment for a period of 18 months to purchase tests for a minimum of approximately $5.3 million.

        In March 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with a major manufacturer to develop a version of the Panorama test for use in a specific country, including the right for the manufacturer to market and perform such test. Under the terms of the contract the Company will share up to half of the $13.5 million of the development and approval process costs as incurred. Further any other costs will be shared between the manufacturer and the Company equally. The reimbursement of the costs incurred by both partners under this agreement will be performed on a quarterly basis. As of March 31, 2015 the Company has not incurred any expenses in regards to this agreement.

6. Stock-Based Compensation

        On June 7, 2007, the Board of Directors (the Board) approved the 2007 Stock Plan (the 2007 Plan), which was amended and restated on March 25, 2010. Pursuant to the 2007 Plan, stock options may be granted to employees, consultants, and outside directors of the Company. Options granted may be either incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Under the amended and restated 2007 Plan, the Company had reserved approximately 24.9 million shares of its common stock for issuance through March 31, 2015.

        Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan provide employee option holders the right to exercise unvested options in exchange for common stock. As of March 31, 2015, the Company held $0.2 million of notes receivable from its officers for approximately 2.6 million exercised and unvested shares outstanding that are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event that the optionee's employment is terminated, either voluntarily or involuntarily. Accordingly, the Company has recognized the notes receivable as an offset to stockholders' equity. Generally, the repurchase right lapses on the first anniversary of the vesting start date for 25% of the options and in 36 equal monthly amounts thereafter.

F-48


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following table summarizes option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited):

 
  Outstanding Options  
(in thousands, except for contractual life and exercise price)
  Shares
Available for
Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
  (In years)
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    480     13,794   $ 1.40     8.83        

Additional shares authorized

    1,294                          

Options granted

    (1,720 )   1,720     4.57              

Options exercised

        (114 )   0.93              

Options forfeited

    146     (146 )   1.67              

Balance at March 31, 2015

    200     15,254     1.76     8.88     60,907  

Exercisable at March 31, 2015

          7,912     0.93     3.62     38,166  

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015

          13,672     1.68     8.67     55,617  

        The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.4 million. The total fair value of stock options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.7 million.

        Employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and have been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods, if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        The following table presents the effect of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense on selected statements of operations line items for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

 
  Three months ended March 31,  
 
  2014   2015  
 
  Employee   Non-Employee   Total   Employee   Non-Employee   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 66   $ 3   $ 69   $ 62   $ 22   $ 83  

Research and development

    1,049     4     1,053     249     12     261  

Selling, general and administrative

    1,481     7     1,488     784     19     803  

Total

  $ 2,596   $ 14   $ 2,610   $ 1,095   $ 52   $ 1,147  

F-49


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        As of March 31, 2015, approximately $14.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.2 years.

Valuation of Stock Option Grants to Employees

        The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options granted to employees on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of employee stock options is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, generally the vesting period. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions:

 
  Three Months ended
March 31,
 
  2014   2015

Expected term

  5.4—6.3   5.6—5.7

Expected volatility

  84.4%—87.0%   72.6%—73.0%

Expected dividend rate

  0%   0%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.65%—1.94%   1.56%—1.58%

        Expected Term:    The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The Company's historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For granted "at-the-money" stock options, the Company estimates the expected term by using the simplified method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options that are not granted "at-the-money," the Company uses the binomial lattice model to calculate the expected term.

        Expected Volatility:    The Company derived the expected volatility from the average historical volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies within its peer group over a period approximately equal to the expected term.

        Expected Dividend Rate:    The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

        Risk-Free Interest Rate:    The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U. S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term.

7. Debt

Senior Secured Term Loan

        In April 2013, as amended in June 2014, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan arrangement (the "Secured Loan Arrangement") with ROS Acquisition LP ("ROS"). The Secured Loan Arrangement consisted of $40.0 million of borrowing capacity ("Credit Agreement"), a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock, and an agreement to pay royalties on Company revenues ("Royalty Agreement"). The Company borrowed $20.0 million on the effective date of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement interest rate is equal to the greater of (a) LIBOR or (b) 1% per annum plus the

F-50


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Debt (Continued)

applicable margin of 8% per annum or 9% floor on the outstanding balance of the term loan. The Royalty Agreement bears a royalty payment of 1% applied to fiscal year revenues of up to $50.0 million and 1.5% applied to fiscal year incremental revenues above $50.0 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company incurred approximately $0.7 million and $0.9 million in interest and royalty expenses, respectively, which are due and payable quarterly. The interest on the loan is set forth in the financial statements as interest expense below loss from operations. The effective yield was approximately 18.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Under the terms of the Secured Loan Arrangement, the Company issued ROS a warrant to purchase 614,007 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.4251 per share. The Credit Agreement principal is due and payable on April 18, 2019. The Company may at its option, prepay the term loan borrowings by paying the lender a prepayment premium equivalent to ten percent of the outstanding principal. Prepayment of the amount due under the Credit Agreement does not eliminate the royalty payment obligation, which expires no later than April 18, 2023. The Company may at its option, terminate the royalty obligation for a fixed dollar amount with cumulative royalty payments applied against the royalty obligation.

        ROS Acquisition LP maintains a security interest in substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property, to secure any outstanding amounts under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, conditions to borrowing and covenants, including restrictions on the ability to dispose of assets, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens and make distributions to stockholders, including dividends. The Credit Agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires the maintenance of minimum liquidity of $5.0 million and minimum revenue thresholds. During the continuance of an event of a default, ROS Acquisition LP may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility and foreclose on all collateral. The Company is in compliance with all covenants under the terms of the Secured Loan Arrangement with ROS Acquisition LP.

Equipment Financing Facility

        In April 2013, the Company entered into an equipment financing facility with a financial institution. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company may borrow up to $5.0 million to fund equipment purchases. The financial institution maintains an interest in the underlying equipment until the loan is paid in full. The loan bears interest at the financial institution's prime reference rate plus 4.10% (the prime reference rate is defined as the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.50%), which was 7.35% upon closing of the agreement. The equipment financing arrangement is payable in twenty-seven equal installments through September 30, 2015 and has a covenant that requires the Company to maintain a $5.0 million cash balance at all times.

        In December 2014, the Company amended its Equipment Financing Facility with the financial institution. Under the terms of the Amendment, the Company borrowed $5.9 million to fund equipment. The Company will pay interest on the unpaid principal at the financial institution's prime rate plus 3.10%, which was 6.35% upon closing of the agreement. The loan will mature on May 31, 2017. The Company is required to make 30 payments of principal and interest through the maturity of the loan in May 2017. In addition, the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty of 1% if paid before December 18, 2016.

F-51


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Debt (Continued)

        Future minimum principal on long-term debt as of March 31, 2015 are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
  Principal  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2015 (nine months)

  $ 1,755  

2016

    2,340  

2017

    1,170  

2018

     

2019

    20,000  

Total

  $ 25,265  

8. Warrants

        In 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share to various holders. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, 20,000 shares of common stock were issued upon the exercise of certain of such warrants. As of March 31, 2015, the warrants were exercisable for an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share until their expiration on July 25, 2017.

        In 2009, the Company granted warrants to purchase 55,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.16 per share. The warrants were granted to a financial institution in connection with a secured equipment loan and expire on November 2, 2019.

        Under the terms of the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Company granted approximately 614,007 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $1.4251 per common share, which expire on April 18, 2023.

        In connection with the Series F financing, the Series E preferred stockholders agreed to change the liquidation preference from two times to one times the liquidation value as described in the agreement. In exchange, on November 20, 2014, the Company issued common stock warrants to the Series E preferred stockholders to purchase 700,000 shares at $0.01 per share. The warrants are carried in Additional Paid In Capital and the issuance of the warrants was treated as a deemed dividend by the common stockholder out of Additional Paid in Capital. The warrants expire in November 2019.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended in November 2014, authorizes the Company to issue 51.2 million shares of $0.0001 par value convertible preferred stock.

F-52


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

        As of March 31, 2015, the convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares Issued and
Outstanding
  Liquidation
Amount
  Proceeds, net of
issuance costs
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

A-1

    5,000     5,000   $ 20   $ 20  

A

    8,173     8,173     4,005     3,927  

B

    5,745     5,690     6,600     6,569  

C

    8,941     8,941     12,160     58,876  

D

    6,694     6,694     20,047     80,788  

E

    9,592     9,591     35,425     35,019  

F

    7,088     7,088     55,500     55,386  

    51,233     51,177   $ 133,757   $ 240,585  

        Each share of Series A-1, Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock converts, at the option of the holder, into that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock that is equal to $0.004, $0.49, $1.16, $1.36, $2.995, $3.6932, and $7.83 per share, respectively (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations), divided by the conversion price of $0.004, $0.49, $1.16, $1.36, $2.995, $3.6932, and $7.83 respectively (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations). Additionally, each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion rate at the time in effect for such series of convertible preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of: (i) the Company's sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $40.0 million in the aggregate; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis); provided, however, that an automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock pursuant to clause (ii) above shall require the written consent or agreement of the holders of at least seventy percent of the outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock unless such conversion is in connection with (x) an underwritten public offering of this corporation or (y) a bona fide financing transaction with a pre-money equity valuation on an as converted, fully diluted basis of less than $100.0 million that results in a recapitalization of the Company, in which case on the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be required to convert each share of convertible preferred stock. Series A and Series B preferred stockholders may elect two Board members (voting together as a single class) and Series C preferred stockholders may elect one Board member. No Board member has been elected at this time for the Series C convertible preferred stock.

        The holders of shares of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on an equal basis, out of any assets legally available thereof, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in common stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock of this corporation) on the common stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as, and if declared by the Board. Such dividends are not cumulative. Dividend Rate means $0.0392 per annum for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.00032 per annum for each

F-53


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

share of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0928 per annum for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.1088 per annum for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.23996 per annum for each share of Series D convertible preferred stock, and $0.2955 per annum for each share of Series E convertible preferred stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, or recapitalizations).

        In the event of a Company liquidation, the holders of Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such liquidation to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D convertible preferred stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the original issue price for the Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock, plus declared and unpaid dividends on such shares.

        The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted and such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, except as provided for the election of directors by separate class vote of the holders of common stock, and is entitled to vote, together with holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote. The Series A and Series B preferred stockholders may elect one director (voting together as a single class, not as a separate series and on an as-converted basis) and Series C preferred stockholders may elect one director at any election of directors.

10. Common Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated in connection with the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, authorizes the Company to issue 82.0 million shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company had 11.2 million and 11.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, respectively. Each shareholder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of common stock, voting together as a class, may elect two directors.

11. Income Taxes

        Due to the current operating losses, the Company recorded zero income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During these periods, the Company's activities were limited to U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions, as it does not have any foreign operations. The federal and state effective tax rate is approximately 36% before research and development credits and permanent adjustments related to the Company's outstanding debt.

        Due to the Company's history of cumulative operating losses, management concluded that, after considering all the available objective evidence, it is not more likely than not that all the Company's net deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, all of the Company's deferred tax assets, which includes net operating loss or NOL carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development continue to be subject to a valuation allowance as of March 31, 2015. The Company will continue to maintain a full valuation allowance until there is sufficient evidence to support recoverability of its deferred tax assets.

F-54


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company had $1.4 million unrecognized tax benefits at both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The reversal of the uncertain tax benefits would not affect the effective tax rate to the extent that the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Unrecognized tax benefits may change during the next twelve months for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.

        Interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters are recognized as a component of income tax expense. As of March 31, 2015, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

12. Related-Party Transactions

        The chief executive officer of the Company receives a monthly payment based on his use for Company business purposes of an apartment that he owns in New York City. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company expensed $5,700.

        The Company entered into a full recourse promissory note with the Company's chief executive officer, in April 2012. Pursuant to this note, which was secured by a stock pledge agreement, the Company loaned Dr. Rabinowitz $154,000. This loan bore interest at a rate per annum of 1.15%, compounded annually. As of March 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of this loan was $159,615. This loan, including all accrued interest, was repaid in full by Dr. Rabinowitz in May 2015.

        The Company entered into a full recourse promissory note with Jonathan Sheena, the Company's chief technology officer, in April 2012. Pursuant to this note, which was secured by a stock pledge agreement, the Company loaned Mr. Sheena $38,280. This loan bore interest at a rate per annum of 1.15%, compounded annually. As of March 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of this loan was $39,564. This loan, including all accrued interest, was repaid in full by Mr. Sheena in May 2015.

13. Net Loss and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

        Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding shares subject to repurchase, and without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The Company's potential dilutive shares, which include outstanding common stock options, unvested common shares subject to repurchase, convertible preferred stock and warrants, and convertible long-term notes, have not been included in the computation of diluted net loss per share for all periods as the result would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share.

F-55


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Net Loss and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

        Potentially dilutive shares that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Options to purchase common stock

    11,022     15,254  

Warrants

    669     1,389  

Common stock subject to repurchase

    3,178     2,601  

Convertible preferred stock

    44,089     51,177  

    58,958     70,421  

        The Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share, which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 
  Three months
ended
March 31,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands,
except
per share
data)

 

Numerator:

       

Net loss used in computing pro forma per share, basic and diluted

  $ (10,004 )

Denominator:

       

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic

    8,620  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    51,177  

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic

    59,797  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.17 )

F-56


Table of Contents


Natera, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Geographic Information

        The following table presents total revenue by geographic area based on the location of the Company's customers:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 23,213   $ 40,872  

Americas, excluding U.S. 

    971     1,297  

Europe, Middle East, India, Africa

    2,461     3,893  

Other

    650     1,373  

Total

  $ 27,295   $ 47,435  

15. Subsequent Events

        In April 2015, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for additional office space in Redwood City, California. The additional space carries a base rent of $62,700 per month. The lease period begins in June 2015 and will terminate in August 2016. In addition, the Company has paid a security deposit of $125,500.

        In April 2015, the Company amended its cash collateral limit with the creditors up to $2.5 million.

        In April 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Plan by 1,206,759 shares.

F-57


Table of Contents

LOGO



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred and payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of our common stock, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Select listing fee.

 
  Payable
by us

SEC registration fee

  $ *

FINRA filing fee

  *

Nasdaq Global Select listing fee

  *

Blue sky fees and expenses

  *

Accounting fees and expenses

  *

Legal fees and expenses

  *

Printing and engraving expenses

  *

Registrar and transfer agent fees and expenses

  *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

  *
     

Total

  $ *
     
     

*
To be filed by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions relating to the limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

II-1


        Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee, or other enterprise agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.4. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer, or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.

        Reference is made to the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 2.9 of our amended and restated investors' rights agreement, or IRA, contained in Exhibit 4.2 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described in our IRA.

        We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold from January 1, 2012 through March 31, 2015:

        Prior to January 1, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of $19,999,998.66 in principal of convertible promissory notes to seven accredited investors, accruing interest at a rate of 0.20% per annum. On February 20, 2013, all outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest in connection with such convertible promissory notes were converted into shares of our Series D preferred stock at $2.995 per share.(1)

        On January 28, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of $2,000,000.00 in principal of convertible promissory notes to six accredited investors, accruing interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum, compounded annually. On February, 20, 2013, all outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest in connection with such convertible promissory notes were converted into shares of our Series E preferred stock at $3.6932 per share.(1)

        On February 20, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 8,940,757 shares of our Series C preferred stock at $1.36 per share to nine accredited investors in exchange for the cancellation of certain outstanding convertible promissory notes, the aggregate outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest equal to approximately $12,159,430.(1)

        On February 20, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 6,693,636 shares of our Series D preferred stock at $2.995 per share to seven accredited investors in exchange for the cancellation of certain outstanding convertible promissory notes, the aggregate outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest equal to approximately $20,047,440.(1)

II-2


        From February 20, 2013 to July 26, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 9,591,902 shares of our Series E preferred stock at $3.6932 per share to 20 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of approximately $35,424,812.(1)

        On April 18, 2013, we issued to Royalty Opportunities S.á r.l., a warrant to purchase up to 614,007 shares of our common stock at $1.4251 per share. The warrant has a net exercise provision and contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain patent registrations, stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions.(1)

        From November 20, 2014 to December 11, 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,088,121 shares of our Series F preferred stock at $7.83 per share to eight accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of approximately $55,499,987. On November 20, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 per share to 20 accredited investors. The warrant has a net exercise provision and contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions.(1)

        We have granted to our directors, officers and employees options to purchase 15,819,006 shares of common stock under our 2007 Amended and Restated Stock Plan, as it may have been further amended, with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.70 to $4.57, and issued 7,088,308 shares of common stock upon exercise of such options for aggregate consideration of $477,105.32, at exercise prices ranging from $0.04 to $2.32.(2)

        Except with respect to the sale and issuance of our Series E preferred stock in February 20, 2013, in which Leerink Swann LLC received a commission in connection with such sale, none of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on the following exemptions:

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

II-3


Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Carlos, State of California, on the 1st day of June, 2015.

    NATERA, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MATTHEW RABINOWITZ

Matthew Rabinowitz
Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Matthew Rabinowitz and Herm Rosenman, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this registration statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

II-5


        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ MATTHEW RABINOWITZ

Matthew Rabinowitz
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), President and Chairman   June 1, 2015

/s/ HERM ROSENMAN

Herm Rosenman

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ JONATHAN SHEENA

Jonathan Sheena

 

Chief Technology Officer and Director

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ ROELOF F. BOTHA

Roelof F. Botha

 

Director

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ TODD COZZENS

Todd Cozzens

 

Director

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ EDWARD C. DRISCOLL, JR.

Edward C. Driscoll, Jr.

 

Director

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ JAMES I. HEALY

James I. Healy

 

Director

 

June 1, 2015

/s/ JOHN STEUART

John Steuart

 

Director

 

June 1, 2015

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

3.3

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated November 20, 2014.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.

 

10.1

 

2007 Stock Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

 

10.2

*

2015 Employee Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

 

10.3

*

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements thereunder.

 

10.4

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

 

10.5

 

Sublease Agreement, dated December 13, 2011, by and between Registrant and Nektar Therapeutics, as amended January 31, 2012 and January 3, 2013.

 

10.6

 

Sublease Agreement, dated March 21, 2014, by and between Registrant and Intrexon Corporation.

 

10.7

**

Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 21, 2011, by and between Registrant and Comerica Bank, as amended on January 27, 2012, May 31, 2012, January 28, 2013 and April 18, 2013.

 

10.8

**

Credit Agreement, dated April 18, 2013, by and between Registrant and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, as amended on June 6, 2014, Royalty Agreement, dated April 18, 2013, by and between Registrant and Royalty Opportunities S.á r.l., as amended on June 6, 2014.

 

10.9

 

Warrant, dated April 18, 2013, by and between Registrant and Royalty Opportunities S.á r.l.

 

10.10

 

Warrant, dated November 2, 2009, by and between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

10.11

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock.

 

10.12

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock.

 

10.13

**

Supply Agreement, dated September 18, 2014, by and between Registrant and Illumina, Inc., as amended (conformed copy).

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Omitted portions have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.




Exhibit 3.1

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATERA, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Natera, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:  That the name of this corporation is Natera, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on January 26, 2007 under the name Gene Security Network, Inc.

 

SECOND:  That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is Natera, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Zip Code 19904.  The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

1



 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.                                    Authorization of Stock.  This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock.  The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 133,232,536.  The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 82,000,000, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).  The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is  51,232,536, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which 5,000,000 shares are designated as “Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” 8,173,468 shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 5,744,650 shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 8,940,757 shares are designated as “Series C Preferred Stock,” 6,693,636 shares are designated as “Series D Preferred Stock,” 9,591,902 are designated as “Series E Preferred Stock,” and 7,088,123 are designated as “Series F Preferred Stock.”

 

B.                                    Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Preferred Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 

1.                                      Dividend Provisions.

 

(a)                                 The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).  For purposes of this subsection 1(a), “Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.0392 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.00032 per annum for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.0928 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.1088 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.2396 per annum for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, $0.2955 per annum for each share of Series E Preferred Stock and $0.6264 per annum for each share of Series F Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like).

 

(b)                                 After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate.

 

2



 

2.                                      Liquidation Preference.

 

(a)                                 In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (the “Proceeds”) to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such series of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (a).  For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.49 per share for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.004 per share for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $1.16 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $1.36 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock, $2.995 per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, $3.6932 per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock and $7.83 per share for each share of Series F Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

 

(b)                                 Upon the completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1  Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of the Proceeds to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the remaining Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire remaining Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (b).

 

(c)                                  Upon the completion of the distribution required by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2, the remaining Proceeds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

3



 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.  If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

 

(e)                                  (i)                                     A “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of this corporation’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of this corporation with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the sale of shares of Preferred Stock in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Liquidation Event.”  The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis); provided, however, that the approval of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series, and at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series, shall be required for such waiver if the Proceeds available for distribution in such Liquidation Event are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the full preferential amounts set forth in subsection 2(a) above.

 

4



 

(ii)                                  In any Liquidation Event, if Proceeds received by this corporation or its stockholders is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value.  Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(A)                               Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

 

(1)                                 If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

 

(2)                                 If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

 

(3)                                 If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation and the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

 

(B)                               The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by this corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

 

(C)                               The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event shall, upon approval by the stockholders of the definitive agreements governing a Liquidation Event, be superseded by any determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

 

(iii)                               In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:

 

(A)                               cause the closing of such Liquidation Event to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

 

(B)                               cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(e)(iv) hereof.

 

5



 

(iv)                              This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending Liquidation Event not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes.  The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that subject to compliance with the General Corporation Law such periods may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

 

3.                                      Redemption.  The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

4.                                      Conversion.  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)                                 Right to Convert.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series by the applicable Conversion Price, as defined below, for such series (the “Conversion Rate” for each such series), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion.  The initial Conversion Price per share for each series of Preferred Stock shall be the Original Issue Price applicable to such series; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).  All references to the Conversion Price herein shall mean the Conversion Price as so adjusted.

 

6



 

(b)                                 Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i)  this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $40,000,000 in the aggregate (a “Qualified Public Offering”) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis); provided, however, that (A) an automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (ii) above shall require the written consent or agreement of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock unless such conversion is in connection with (x) an underwritten public offering of this corporation or (y) a bona fide financing transaction with a pre-money equity valuation on an as converted, fully diluted basis of less than $100,000,000 that results in a recapitalization of this corporation, in which case only the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be required to convert each share of Preferred Stock and (B) an automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (ii) above shall require the written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock unless such conversion is in connection with (x) an underwritten public offering of this corporation or (y) a bona fide financing transaction with a pre-money equity valuation on an as converted, fully diluted basis of less than $100,000,000 that results in a recapitalization of this corporation, in which case only the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be required to convert each share of Preferred Stock.

 

(c)                                  Mechanics of Conversion.  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he, she or it shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued.  This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.  If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.  If the conversion is in connection with Automatic Conversion provisions of subsection 4(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

 

7



 

(d)                                 Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations.  The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(i)                                     (A)  (x) If this corporation shall issue after the date that the Company first issues shares of its Series F Preferred Stock (the “Original Issue Date”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price equal to the price paid per share for such Additional Stock or (y) if this corporation shall issue after the Original Issue Date, any Additional Stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.  For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i)(A)(y), the term “Common Stock Outstanding” shall mean and include the following: (1) outstanding Common Stock, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants.  Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

 

(B)                               No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.  Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

8



 

(C)                               In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

 

(D)                               In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

(E)                                In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefor:

 

(1)                                 The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

 

(2)                                 The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).

 

(3)                                 In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

9



 

(4)                                 Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

 

(5)                                 The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

 

(ii)                                  “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation after the Original Issue Date other than:

 

(A)                               Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof;

 

(B)                               shares of Common Stock issued to employees, directors, officers, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

 

(C)                               Except with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, Common Stock issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering in connection with which all shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock;

 

(D)                               Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the Original Issue Date;

 

(E)                               Up to 700,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of warrants issued by the corporation to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock on or about the date of the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

10


 

(F)                                Common Stock issued in connection with a strategic partnership (provided such strategic partnership is for other than primarily equity financing purposes) or bona fide business acquisition of or by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

 

(G)                              Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of Section 4(d); or

 

(H)                              Common Stock issued pursuant to a commercial credit transaction or an equipment or real property lease, provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and are approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

(iii)                               In the event this corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in subsection 4(d)(i)(E).

 

(iv)                              If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Original Issue Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

(e)                                  Other Distributions.  In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

11



 

(f)                                   Recapitalizations.  If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalently as may be practicable.

 

(g)                                  No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

 

(i)                                     No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and the corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractions is determined.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

(ii)                                  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

 

(h)                                 Notices of Record Date.  In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

 

12



 

(i)                                     Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(j)                                    Notices.  Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.

 

(k)                                 Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock.  Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

5.                                      Voting Rights

 

(a)                                 General Voting Rights.  The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and except as provided in subsection 5(b) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

13



 

(b)                                 Voting for the Election of Directors.  As long as at least 6,672,940 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in the aggregate remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors.  As long as at least 4,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors.  As long as at least 3,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors.  The holders of outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation at any election of directors.  The holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of this corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board’s action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by a unanimous vote of the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

 

6.                                      Protective Provisions.

 

(a)                                 So long as at least 14,000,000 of the shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series and on an as-converted basis):

 

(i)                                     consummate a Liquidation Event;

 

14



 

(ii)                                  alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of the Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                               pay or declare any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                              increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(v)                                 authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue (by reclassification or otherwise), any equity security (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security) having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, other than the issuance of any authorized but unissued shares of Series F Preferred Stock designated in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any security convertible into or exercisable for such shares of Preferred Stock);

 

(vi)                              redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service or pursuant to a right of first refusal;

 

(vii)                           amend or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws so as to affect adversely the Preferred Stock; or

 

(viii)                        change the authorized number of directors of this corporation.

 

(b)                                 So long as at least 4,000,000 of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

 

(i)                                     alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)                                  increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

15



 

(c)                                  So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

 

(i)                                     alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)                                  increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                 So long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

 

(i)                                     alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)                                  increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

(e)                                  So long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

 

(i)                                     alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)                                  increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

7.                                      Status of Converted Stock.  In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

C.                                    Common Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

 

16



 

1.                                      Dividend Rights.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                      Liquidation Rights.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B) hereof.

 

3.                                      Redemption.  The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

4.                                      Voting Rights.  The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding plus the number of shares thereof that are issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The number of directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this corporation may provide.  The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

 

17



 

ARTICLE IX

 

A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.  If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE X

 

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, but subject to all limitations and special approval requirements expressly set forth herein, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein (other than such limitations and special approval requirements expressly set forth herein) are granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

18



 

ARTICLE XII

 

In connection with repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Section 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

This corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of this corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity.  An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of this corporation who is not an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of this corporation.

 

*     *     *

 

THIRD:  The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH:  That said Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 20th day of November, 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Matthew Rabinowitz, President

 

20





Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS OF

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

 

1

 

1.1

Registered Office

 

1

 

1.2

Offices

 

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1

 

2.1

Location

 

1

 

2.2

Timing

 

1

 

2.3

Notice of Meeting

 

1

 

2.4

Stockholders’ Records

 

1

 

2.5

Special Meetings

 

2

 

2.6

Notice of Meeting

 

2

 

2.7

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

 

2

 

2.8

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

 

2

 

2.9

Voting Thresholds

 

3

 

2.10

Number of Votes Per Share

 

3

 

2.11

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

 

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

 

4

 

3.1

Authorized Directors

 

4

 

3.2

Vacancies

 

4

 

3.3

Board Authority

 

5

 

3.4

Location of Meetings

 

5

 

3.5

First Meeting

 

5

 

3.6

Regular Meetings

 

5

 

3.7

Special Meetings

 

5

 

3.8

Quorum

 

6

 

3.9

Action Without a Meeting

 

6

 

3.10

Telephonic Meetings

 

6

 

3.11

Committees

 

6

 

3.12

Minutes of Meetings

 

6

 

3.13

Compensation of Directors

 

7

 

3.14

Removal of Directors

 

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

 

7

 

4.1

Notice

 

7

 

4.2

Waiver of Notice

 

7

 

4.3

Electronic Notice

 

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

 

8

 

5.1

Required and Permitted Officers

 

8

 

5.2

Appointment of Required Officers

 

8

 

5.3

Appointment of Permitted Officers

 

8

 

i



 

 

5.4

Officer Compensation

 

8

 

5.5

Term of Office; Vacancies

 

8

 

5.6

Chairman Presides

 

8

 

5.7

Absence of Chairman

 

9

 

5.8

Powers of President

 

9

 

5.9

President’s Signature Authority

 

9

 

5.10

Absence of President

 

9

 

5.11

Duties of Secretary

 

9

 

5.12

Duties of Assistant Secretary

 

9

 

5.13

Duties of Treasurer

 

10

 

5.14

Disbursements and Financial Reports

 

10

 

5.15

Treasurer’s Bond

 

10

 

5.16

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

 

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

 

10

 

6.1

Stock Certificates

 

10

 

6.2

Facsimile Signatures

 

11

 

6.3

Lost Certificates

 

11

 

6.4

Transfer of Stock

 

11

 

6.5

Fixing a Record Date

 

11

 

6.6

Registered Stockholders

 

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12

 

7.1

Dividends

 

12

 

7.2

Reserve for Dividends

 

12

 

7.3

Checks

 

12

 

7.4

Fiscal Year

 

12

 

7.5

Corporate Seal

 

12

 

7.6

Indemnification

 

12

 

7.7

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

 

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

 

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE X LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

17

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

1.1                               Registered Office.  The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

 

1.2                               Offices.  The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1                               Location.  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Portola Valley State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”).  Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

 

2.2                               Timing.  Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2007, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

2.3                               Notice of Meeting.  Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

 

2.4                               Stockholders’ Records.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each

 



 

stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2.5                               Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

2.6                               Notice of Meeting.  Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

 

2.7                               Business Transacted at Special Meeting.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

2.8                               Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

 

(a)                                 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment.  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2



 

(b)                                 Presence by Remote Means.  If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(1)                                 participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(2)                                 be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

2.9                               Voting Thresholds.  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2.10                        Number of Votes Per Share.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

2.11                        Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

 

(a)                                 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders.  Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below.  No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a

 

3



 

sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

(b)                                 Electronic Consent.  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

(c)                                  Notice of Action.  Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

3.1                               Authorized Directors.  The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

3.2                               Vacancies.  Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.  If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.  If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of

 

4



 

the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

3.3                               Board Authority.  The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

3.4                               Location of Meetings.  The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

3.5                               First Meeting.  The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

3.6                               Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                               Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.  Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed).  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting.  If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.  If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.  If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of

 

5


 

Article VIII hereof.  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

 

3.8                               Quorum.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3.9                               Action Without a Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

3.10                        Telephonic Meetings.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.11                        Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

 

3.12                        Minutes of Meetings.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

6



 

3.13                        Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

3.14                        Removal of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV
NOTICES

 

4.1                               Notice.  Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

4.2                               Waiver of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

4.3                               Electronic Notice.

 

(a)                                 Electronic Transmission.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

(b)                                 Effective Date of Notice.  Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given:  (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a

 

7



 

number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

(c)                                  Form of Electronic Transmission.  For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

5.1                               Required and Permitted Officers.  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

 

5.2                               Appointment of Required Officers.  The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

 

5.3                               Appointment of Permitted Officers.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5.4                               Officer Compensation.  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

5.5                               Term of Office; Vacancies.  The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

5.6                               Chairman Presides.  The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.

 

8



 

He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

5.7                               Absence of Chairman.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

5.8                               Powers of President.  The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board he or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

 

5.9                               President’s Signature Authority.  The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

5.10                        Absence of President.  In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

5.11                        Duties of Secretary.  The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be.  He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

5.12                        Duties of Assistant Secretary.  The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if

 

9



 

there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

5.13                        Duties of Treasurer.  The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

5.14                        Disbursements and Financial ReportsHe or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

5.15                        Treasurer’s Bond.  If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

5.16                        Duties of Assistant Treasurer.  The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

 

6.1                               Stock Certificates.  Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

 

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

10



 

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

6.2                               Facsimile Signatures.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.  In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

 

6.3                               Lost Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

6.4                               Transfer of Stock.  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

6.5                               Fixing a Record Date.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;

 

11



 

provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

6.6                               Registered Stockholders.  The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1                               Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

7.2                               Reserve for Dividends.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

7.3                               Checks.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

7.4                               Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

7.5                               Corporate Seal.  The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

7.6                               Indemnification.  The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.  The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall:  (i) not be deemed

 

12


 

exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director.  The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

 

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

 

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes

 

13



 

assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

 

7.7                               Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

8.1                               These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

ARTICLE IX
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

9.1                               No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Common Stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Article IX:

 

(a)                                 Notice of Proposed Transfer.  If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation.  The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

 

(b)                                 Corporate Option to Purchase.  For fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all or any part of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice.  In the event the corporation elects to purchase all the shares, it shall give written notice to the selling stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

 

(c)                                  Preferred Stockholder Option to Purchase.  In the event the corporation does not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, the corporation shall, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said selling stockholder’s notice, give written notice thereof to the holders of this corporation’s Preferred Stock other than the selling stockholder (the “Stockholders”).  Said written notice shall state the number of shares that the corporation has elected to purchase and the number of shares remaining available for purchase

 

14



 

(which shall be the same as the number contained in said selling stockholder’s notice, less any such shares that the corporation has elected to purchase).  Each of the other Stockholders shall have the option to purchase that proportion of the shares available for purchase as the number of shares owned by each of said other Stockholders (calculated on an as-converted basis) bears to the total issued and outstanding shares of the corporation (calculated on an as-converted basis), excepting those shares owned by the selling stockholder.  A Stockholder electing to exercise such option shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of the corporation’s notice, give notice to the corporation specifying the number of shares such Stockholder will purchase.  Within such ten (10) day period, each of said other Stockholders shall give written notice stating how many additional shares such Stockholder will purchase if additional shares are available.  Failure to respond in writing to the notice given by the corporation within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed a waiver of such Stockholder’s right to acquire its proportionate part of the shares of the selling stockholder.  In the event one or more Stockholders do not elect to acquire the shares available to them, said shares shall be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Stockholders who requested shares in addition to their pro rata allotment.

 

(d)                                 Closing of Corporate or Stockholder Purchase.  In the event the corporation and/or Stockholders, elect to acquire any of the shares of the selling stockholder as specified in said selling stockholder’s notice, the corporation shall so notify the selling stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the corporation receives said selling stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its other Stockholders shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.

 

(e)                                  Sale by Selling Stockholder.  In the event the corporation and/or its other Stockholders do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, said selling stockholder may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and other Stockholders herein, sell elsewhere the shares specified in said selling stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its other Stockholders, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section 9.1, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in said selling stockholder’s notice.  All shares so sold by said selling stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

 

(f)                                   Permitted Transactions.  Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

 

(1)                                 A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family.  “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer;

 

15



 

(2)                                 A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw;

 

(3)                                 A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation;

 

(4)                                 A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who at the time of such transfer is an officer or director of the corporation;

 

(5)                                 A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

 

(6)                                 A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders; or

 

(7)                                 A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

 

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

 

(g)                                  Waiver of Right of First Refusal.  The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation upon duly authorized action of the Board of Directors, or by the stockholders upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder).  This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

 

(h)                                 Void Transfers.  Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

 

(i)                                     Termination of Right of First Refusal.  The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

 

(1)                                 On January  26, 2017 or

 

(2)                                 Upon the date of consummation of the corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

16



 

(j)                                    Legends.  The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

ARTICLE X
LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

10.1                        The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

ARTICLE XI
RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

11.1                        The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.

 

17



 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

The undersigned, Daniel Rabinowitz, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Amended and Restated Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent by the Directors on June 7, 2007.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 7th day of June, 2007.

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Rabinowitz

 

Secretary

 





Exhibit 4.2

 

NATERA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

November 20, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Restrictions on Transfer

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

3

 

2.1

Definitions

3

 

2.2

Request for Registration

4

 

2.3

Company Registration

5

 

2.4

Form S-3 Registration

7

 

2.5

Obligations of the Company

8

 

2.6

Information from Holder

9

 

2.7

Expenses of Registration

10

 

2.8

Delay of Registration

10

 

2.9

Indemnification

10

 

2.10

Reports Under the 1934 Act

12

 

2.11

Assignment of Registration Rights

13

 

2.12

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

2.13

“Market Stand-Off’ Agreement

13

 

2.14

Termination of Registration Rights

14

 

 

 

 

3.

Covenants of the Company

15

 

3.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

15

 

3.2

Inspection

16

 

3.3

Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants

16

 

3.4

Right of First Offer

16

 

3.5

Observer Rights

18

 

3.6

Board Committees

20

 

3.7

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements; Consulting Agreements

20

 

3.8

Redemption Rights

20

 

3.9

Reservation of Common Stock

20

 

3.10

Stock Vesting

20

 

3.11

Corporate Opportunities and Information Use

21

 

3.12

D&O Insurance

21

 

3.13

Green Dot Corporation

21

 

3.14

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

21

 

3.15

Termination of Certain Covenants

22

 

 

 

 

4.

Miscellaneous

22

 

4.1

Successors and Assigns

22

 

4.2

Governing Law

22

 

4.3

Counterparts

22

 

4.4

Titles and Subtitles

22

 

4.5

Notices

22

 

4.6

Expenses

22

 

4.7

Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers

23

 

i



 

 

4.8

Severability

24

 

4.9

Aggregation of Stock

24

 

4.10

Additional Investors

24

 

4.11

Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement

24

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 20th day of November, 2014, by and among Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each an “Investor” and together the “Investors”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (the “Series A Preferred Stock,” “Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” “Series B Preferred Stock,” “Series C Preferred Stock,” “Series D Preferred Stock,” and “Series E Preferred Stock,” respectively) and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer and other rights pursuant to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors as holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the Company desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, certain Investors are parties to the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and certain of the Investors (the “Series F Agreement”), which provides that as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock,” collectively with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), this Agreement must be executed and delivered by such Investors, Existing Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the Company and the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a)                                 Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

 



 

(i)                                there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(ii)                             (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

 

(c)                                  Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE ACT) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(d)                                 The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering

 

2



 

and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

 

Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

2.                                      Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                               Definitions. For purposes of this Section 2:

 

(a)                                 The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(b)                                 The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

(c)                                  The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

 

(d)                                 The term “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

 

(e)                                  The term “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(f)                                   The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

(g)                                  The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 2 are not assigned.

 

(h)                                 The number of shares of “Registrable Securities” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

 

3



 

(i)                                The term “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 under the Act.

 

(j)                               The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(k)                            The term “Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

 

2.2                               Request for Registration.

 

(a)                                 Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) four (4) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (for purposes of this Section 2.2, the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $40,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.2(a).

 

(b)                                 If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

4



 

(c)                             Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

 

(i)                                     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act; or

 

(ii)                                  after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

 

(iii)                               during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.3 below, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

(iv)                              if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof; or

 

(v)                                 if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

 

2.3                               Company Registration.

 

(a)                                 If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock

 

5



 

being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

(b)                                 Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof.

 

(c)                                  Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 2.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing

 

6



 

persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

 

2.4                               Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities (for purposes of this Section 2.4, the “Initiating Holders”) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                 promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

(b)                                 use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 2.4:

 

(i)                                     if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

 

(ii)                                  if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

 

(iii)                               if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.4 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

 

7


 

(iv)                    if the Company has already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

 

(v)                       in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

(c)                                  If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.4(a). The provisions of Section 2.2(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 2.4 for references to Section 2.2).

 

(d)                                 Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Sections 2.2.

 

2.5                               Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                 prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed;

 

(b)                                 prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                  furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

(d)                                 use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

 

8



 

(e)                                  in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

 

(f)                                   notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(g)                                  cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 to be listed on a national exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

 

(h)                                 provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company:

 

(i)                                     materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized negotiations;

 

(ii)                                  materially adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

 

(iii)                               require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided, however, that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates).

 

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.5, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

 

2.6                               Information from Holder. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of

 

9



 

disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.7                               Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless, in the case of a registration requested under Section 2.2, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.2 and provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.2 and 2.4.

 

2.8                               Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

2.9                               Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

 

(a)                                 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(a) shall not

 

10



 

apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person; provided further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the most current prospectus was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person to such person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 

(b)                                 To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.9(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.9(b), when combined with any contribution paid by such Holder pursuant to subsection 2.9(d) below, exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

(c)                                  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees

 

11



 

and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

 

(d)                                 If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.9(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                   The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 and otherwise.

 

2.10                        Reports Under the 1934 Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                 make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

 

(b)                                 file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

 

12



 

(c)                                  furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

2.11                        Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, affiliated venture capital fund or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) or if less than 500,000, all of the shares (as measured on the date hereof and including any subsequent shares acquired) held by such transferring Holder, provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 2.13 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

 

2.12                        Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.2, Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

 

2.13                        “Market Stand-Off” Agreement.

 

(a)                                 Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the

 

13



 

New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.13 shall apply only to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, the sale of any shares acquired in or after the Initial Offering or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Offering that are consistent with this Section 2.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

(b)                                 Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 2.13):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

2.14                        Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2 (i) after three (3) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering, (ii) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Offering at which such

 

14



 

Holder (A) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144 or (B) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3)-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 or (iii) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

3.                                      Covenants of the Company.

 

3.1                               Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall, upon request, deliver to (i) OrbiMed or its permitted assigns (“OrbiMed”) (so long as OrbiMed continues to hold at least 676,901 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), (ii) HealthCor Partners Fund II, LP or its permitted assigns (“HealthCor”), so long as HealthCor continues to hold at least 2,382,757 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), (iii) entities affiliated with Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. and Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P. (collectively, “Sofinnova”) (so long as Sofinnova continues to hold at least 3,831,418 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) and (iv) each other Investor (or transferee of an Investor) that holds at least five percent (5%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (each, a “Major Investor”):

 

(a)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

 

(b)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter comparing actual results to budgeted results and in a format reasonably satisfactory to Claremont Creek Ventures and Harmony Partners (“Harmony”);

 

(c)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year approved by the Board of Directors, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

 

(d)                                 such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Major Investor may from time to time request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (d) or any other

 

15



 

subsection of Section 3.1 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

3.2                               Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

3.3                               Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur or (iii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

3.4                               Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.4, the Company hereby grants to (i) OrbiMed (so long as OrbiMed continues to hold at least 676,901 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), (ii) HealthCor, so long as HealthCor continues to hold at least 2,382,757 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), (iii) Sofinnova, so long as Sofinnova continues to hold at least 3,831,418 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) and (iv) each other Investor that holds at least 6,000,000 shares of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock in the aggregate (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (an “Offering Investor”) a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Equity Securities (as hereinafter defined). The term “Offering Investor” includes any general partners and affiliates of an Offering Investor. An Offering Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (“Equity Securities”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Equity Securities to each Offering Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                 The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 4.5 (“Notice”) to the Offering Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Equity Securities, (ii) the number of such Equity Securities to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Equity Securities. If the consideration paid by others for the Equity Securities is not cash, the value of the consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, and any electing Offering Investor that cannot for any reason pay

 

16



 

for the Equity Securities in the form of non-cash consideration may pay the cash equivalent thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                 By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the giving of Notice, each Offering Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Equity Securities that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Offering Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Offering Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Offering Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase that portion of the Equity Securities for which Offering Investors were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Offering Investors, that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding).

 

(c)                                  If all Equity Securities that Offering Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 3.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 3.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Equity Securities to any person or persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Equity Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Offering Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                                 The right of first offer in this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, officers, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Act, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a strategic partnership, provided such strategic partnership is for other than primarily equity financing purposes, or a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (v) the issuance and sale of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series F Agreement, (vi) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights pursuant to a commercial credit transaction or an equipment or real property lease, provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes; (vii) the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 700,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) issued by the Company on or about the date hereof; or

 

17



 

(viii) the issuance of securities that, with unanimous approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company or affiliates of such existing stockholder. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Offering Investor in any subsequent offering of Equity Securities if (i) at the time of such offering, the Offering Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (ii) such offering of Equity Securities is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

(e)                                  The rights provided in this Section 3.4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Offering Investor; provided, however, that an Offering Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund.

 

(f)                                   The covenants set forth in this Section 3.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act or (ii) a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

3.5                               Observer Rights.

 

(a)                                 As long as Sequoia Capital owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Sequoia Capital to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

(b)                                 As long as Lightspeed Venture Partners (“Lightspeed”) owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Lightspeed to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

18


 

(c)                                  As long as Harmony owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Harmony to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

(d)                                 As long as OrbiMed owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of OrbiMed to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

(e)                                  As long as Claremont Creek Ventures owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Claremont Creek Ventures to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

(f)                                   As long as HealthCor owns at least 2,382,757 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), the Company shall invite a representative of HealthCor to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further,

 

19



 

that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

(g)                                  As long as Sofinnova owns not less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Sofinnova to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

 

3.6                               Board Committees. The director designated by Sequoia Capital pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, of even date herewith, as amended from time to time, shall have the right to be a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                               Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements; Consulting Agreements. The Company shall require all employees and consultants who create intellectual property on behalf of the Company to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, in substantially the form approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or a Consulting Agreement.

 

3.8                               Redemption Rights. If the Company grants redemption rights exercisable by a stockholder or any series of equity securities with redemption rights (whether by amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise), then the Company shall grant the same redemption rights to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock on the same terms and conditions.

 

3.9                               Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

3.10                        Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest in equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months.

 

20



 

3.11                        Corporate Opportunities and Information Use. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors and their affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the “Company Industry Segment”). Accordingly, the Company and the Investors acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person (as defined below) shall:

 

(a)                                 have no duty to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company, and

 

(b)                                 in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no obligation of confidentiality or other duty to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person’s possession, whether as a director, investor or otherwise (the “Information Waiver”), provided that the Information Waiver shall not apply, and therefore such Covered Person shall be subject to such obligations and duties as would otherwise apply to such Covered Person under applicable law, if the information at issue (i) constitutes material non-public information concerning the Company, or (ii) is covered by a contractual obligation of confidentiality to which the Company is subject.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.11 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any Covered Person’s duty of loyalty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company.

 

For the purposes of this Section 3.11, “Covered Persons” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

3.12                        D&O Insurance. Provided that the Investors have at least one representative serving on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain and maintain directors and officers liability insurance in the aggregate minimum coverage amount of $1,000,000.

 

3.13                        Green Dot Corporation. The Company shall not enter into any banking or nonbanking transaction with Green Dot Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (Next Estate Communications and Bonneville Bancorp) without the prior written consent of Sequoia Capital.

 

3.14                        Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company represents that it shall not and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official, in each case, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective

 

21



 

directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

 

3.15                        Termination of Certain Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 3.12 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act or (ii) a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

4.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

4.1                               Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

4.2                               Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

 

4.3                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.4                               Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

4.5                               Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 4.5).

 

4.6                               Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

22



 

4.7                               Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between or among the parties, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, are expressly canceled. Any term of this Agreement (other than Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 3.5 and Section 3.6) may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by Major Investors. The provisions of Section 3.4 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and each Offering Investor. The provisions of Sections 3.5(a) and 3.6 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Sequoia Capital. The provisions of Section 3.5(b) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Lightspeed. The provisions of Section 3.5(c) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Harmony. The provisions of Section 3.5(d) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and OrbiMed. The provisions of Section 3.5(e) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Claremont Creek Ventures. The provisions of Section 3.5(f) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and HealthCor. The provisions of Section 3.5(g) may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Sofinnova. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.7 shall be binding upon any Investor or group of Investors if it adversely affects such Investor or group of Investors in a different manner from other Investors or in a manner not proportionate to such Investor’s or group of Investors’ stock holdings as compared to other Investors, taking into account the different classes or series of stock held by such adversely affected Investor or group of Investors (it being understood that no Investor or group of Investors will be affected adversely and in a manner differently for this purpose merely because of the difference in the amounts of respective issue prices and liquidation preferences that arise from the differences in the original issue price of such Investor’s or group of Investors’ Preferred Stock vis-à-vis another Investor’s or group of Investors’ Preferred Stock), unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing by such adversely affected Investor or the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities held by such group of adversely affected Investors. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment or waiver. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

23



 

4.8                               Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4.9                               Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

4.10                        Additional Investors. Notwithstanding Section 4.7, no consent shall be necessary to add additional Investors as signatories to this Agreement, provided that such Investors have purchased Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the subsequent closing provisions of Section 1.3 of the Series F Agreement.

 

4.11                        Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be of no further force and effect, and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

 

Matthew Rabinowitz, President

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

201 Industrial Road, Suite 410
San Carlos, CA 94070

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

SOFINNOVA VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Sofinnova Management VIII, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James I. Healy

 

 

James I. Healy, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOFINNOVA VENTURE PARTNERS IX, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Sofinnova Management IX, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James I. Healy

 

 

James I. Healy, Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

FRANKLIN STRATEGIC SERIES - FRANKLIN BIOTECHNOLOGY DISCOVERY FUND

 

 

 

 

By:

Franklin Advisers, Inc., its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Evan McCulloch

 

 

Evan McCulloch

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

FRANKLIN TEMPLETON INVESTMENT FUNDS - FRANKLIN BIOTECHNOLOGY DISCOVERY FUND

 

 

 

By:

Franklin Advisers, Inc., its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Evan McCulloch

 

 

Evan McCulloch

 

 

Vice President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

JENNISON GLOBAL HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, LTD.

 

 

 

By:

Jennison Associates LLC, as the

 

 

Investment Manager of Jennison Global

 

 

Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Chan

 

 

David Chan, Managing Director of

 

 

Jennison Associates LLC

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.ÀR.L

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samuel D. Isaly

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Kolchinsky

 

 

Peter Kolchinsky, Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

Capital Research and Management Company, for and on behalf of SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine M. Nishiyama

 

 

Kristine M. Nishiyama

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc.

 

c/o Capital Research and Management Company

 

Attention: Erik A. Vayntrub

 

333 South Hope Street, 33rd Floor

 

Los Angeles, California 90071

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

HEALTHCOR PARTNERS FUND II, LP

 

By: HealthCor Partners II, LP, as general partner

 

By: HealthCor Partners GP, LLC, as general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Lightcap

 

Name:

Jeffrey Lightcap

 

Title:

Senior Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

Sequoia Capital XII

 

Sequoia Technology Partners XII

 

Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund

 

 

 

By:

SC XII Management, LLC

 

 

A Delaware Limited Liability Company
General Partner of Each

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Claremont Creek Partners, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claremont Creek Ventures II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Claremont Creek Partners, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Claremont Creek Partners, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Lightspeed General Partner VIII, L.P.,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd.,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ravi Mhatre

 

Name:

Ravi Mhatre

 

 

Duly Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATTHEW RABINOWITZ

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

201 Industrial Road, Suite 410

 

 

 

 

 

San Carlos, CA 94070

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

HARMONY PARTNERS FUND I, L.P.

 

By: Harmony Partners I, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Lotke

 

Name:

Mark Lotke, Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Suite 240

 

 

2200 Sand Hill Road

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HARMONY NATERA, LLC

 

By: Harmony Partners I, LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Lotke

 

Name:

Mark Lotke

 

Its:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Suite 240

 

 

2200 Sand Hill Road

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
FOR NATERA, INC.

 



 

Schedule of Investors

 

Harmony Partners Fund I

Harmony Natera, LLC

Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund
Sequoia Capital XII

Sequoia Technology Partners XII
Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P.

Claremont Creek Partners Fund, L.P.
Claremont Creek Ventures II, L.P.
Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII
The Founders Fund II Entrepreneurs Fund LP
The Founders Fund II LP

The Founders Fund II Principals Fund
Christopher Alafi (qualified individual)
Amberbrook VI LLC

Malmi LLC

jVen Capital, LLC

Alex Moshkevich (qualified individual)
Royalty Opportunities S.ÀR.L

HealthCor Partners Fund II, LP

Carl Seiden

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P.
Sofinnova Venture Partners IX, L.P.
Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.
RA Capital Healthcare Fund, LP

Franklin Strategic Series - Franklin Biotechnology Discovery Fund
Franklin Templeton Investment Funds - Franklin Biotechnology Discovery Fund
SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc.

 


 




Exhibit 10.1

 

NATERA, INC.

 

2007 STOCK PLAN

 

ADOPTED ON JANUARY 26, 2007 AND AMENDED ON JUNE 7, 2007

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page No.

 

 

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1

 

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

1

 

 

(a)  Committees of the Board of Directors

1

(b)  Authority of the Board of Directors

1

 

 

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY

2

 

 

(a)  General Rule

2

(b)  Ten-Percent Stockholders

2

 

 

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

2

 

 

(a)  Basic Limitation

2

(b)  Additional Shares

2

 

 

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

3

 

 

(a)  Stock Purchase Agreement

3

(b)  Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

3

(c)  Purchase Price

3

(d)  Withholding Taxes

3

(e)  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

4

 

 

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

4

 

 

(a)  Stock Option Agreement

4

(b)  Number of Shares

5

(c)  Exercise Price

5

(d)  Exercisability

5

(e)  Accelerated Exercisability

5

(f)  Basic Term

6

 



 

(g) 

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

6

(h) 

Leaves of Absence

7

(i) 

Death of Optionee

7

(j) 

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

7

(k) 

Transferability of Options

8

(l) 

Withholding Taxes

8

(m) 

No Rights as a Stockholder

9

(n) 

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

9

 

 

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES

9

 

 

(a)  General Rule

9

(b)  Surrender of Stock

9

(c)  Services Rendered

10

(d)  Promissory Note

10

(e)  Exercise/Sale

10

(f)  Exercise/Pledge

10

 

 

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

11

 

 

(a)  General

11

(b)  Mergers and Consolidations

11

(c)  Reservation of Rights

12

 

 

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS

12

 

 

(a)  General

12

(b)  Financial Reports

12

 

 

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS

13

 

 

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

13

 

 

(a)  Term of the Plan

13

(b)  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

13

(c)  Effect of Amendment or Termination

14

 

 

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS

14

 



 

NATERA, INC.
2007 STOCK PLAN

 

SECTION 1.                                     ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock.  The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares.  Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.                                     ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)           Committees of the Board of Directors.  The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees.  Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors.  Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it.  If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan.  Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

(b)           Authority of the Board of Directors.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

1



 

SECTION 3.                                     ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)           General Rule.  Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares.  Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

(b)           Ten-Percent Stockholders.  A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.  For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

SECTION 4.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

(a)           Basic Limitation.  Not more than 12,541,766  (Twelve Million Five Hundred Forty One Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty Six) Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8).  The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

(b)           Additional Shares.  In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.  However, the aggregate number of Shares issued upon the exercise of ISOs (including Shares

 

2



 

reacquired by the Company) shall in no event exceed 200% of the number specified in Subsection (a) above.  In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5.                                     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

 

(a)           Stock Purchase Agreement.  Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company.  Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)           Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights.  Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company.  Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

(c)           Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price at its sole discretion.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)           Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as

 

3



 

the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

 

(e)           Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting.  Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.  In the case of a Purchaser who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

 

(i)            Any right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares;

 

(ii)           Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

 

(iii)          Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service.

 

SECTION 6.                                     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

 

(a)           Stock Option Agreement.  Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.  The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement.  The

 

4



 

provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)           Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(c)           Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)           Exercisability.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company.  In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, an Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

 

(e)           Accelerated Exercisability.  Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, all of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, (ii) such Options do not remain outstanding, (iii) such Options are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its

 

5



 

parent and (iv) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options.

 

(f)            Basic Term.  The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option.  The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(g)           Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)            The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above;

 

(ii)           The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

 

(iii)          The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or

 

6



 

administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(h)           Leaves of Absence.  For purposes of Subsection (g) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(i)            Death of Optionee.  If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)            The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above; or

 

(ii)           The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(j)            Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting.  Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option

 

7


 

shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.  In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

 

(i)                                     Any right to repurchase the Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant;

 

(ii)                                  Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

 

(iii)                               Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the later of (A) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (B) the date of the option exercise.

 

(k)                                 Transferability of Options.  An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence.  If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, an NSO shall also be transferable by the Optionee by (i) a gift to a member of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or (ii) a gift to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family have a beneficial interest of more than 50% and which provides that such NSO is to be transferred to the beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death.  An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(l)                                     Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as

 

8



 

the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.  The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

(m)                             No Rights as a Stockholder.  An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(n)                                 Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options.  Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

SECTION 7.                                     PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

(a)                                 General Rule.  The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

 

(b)                                 Surrender of Stock.  To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is

 

9



 

exercised.  The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c)                                  Services Rendered.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(d)                                 Promissory Note.  To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  However, the par value of the Shares, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

(e)                                  Exercise/Sale.  To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

(f)                                   Exercise/Pledge.  To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to

 

10



 

the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

SECTION 8.                                     ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                 General.  In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

 

(b)                                 Mergers and Consolidations.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation.  Such agreement shall provide for:

 

(i)                                     The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

 

(ii)                                  The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

 

(iii)                               The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options;

 

(iv)                              The full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options; or

 

11



 

(v)                                 The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents, followed by the cancellation of such Options.

 

(c)                                  Reservation of Rights.  Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.                                     SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a)                                 General.  Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

(b)                                 Financial Reports.  The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.  Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

 

12



 

SECTION 10.                              NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11.                              DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

(a)                                 Term of the Plan.  The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.  If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) its adoption by the Board of Directors or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                 Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.  The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.  Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.  If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such

 

13



 

increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

 

(c)                                  Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination.  The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.                              DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                 Board of Directors” shall mean, as the case may be, (i) the managing member of the Company’s predecessor, Natera, Inc.or (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(b)                                 Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(i)                                     The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

(ii)                                  The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the

 

14



 

same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(c)                                  Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                 Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(e)                                  Company” shall mean Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(f)                                   Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                                  Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(h)                                 Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(i)                                     Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

(j)                                    Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(k)                                 Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

15



 

(l)                                     ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(m)                             Nonstatutory Option” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(n)                                 Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(o)                                 Optionee” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

(p)                                 Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(q)                                 Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(r)                                    Plan” shall mean this Natera, Inc. 2007 Stock Plan.

 

(s)                                   Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(t)                                    Purchaser” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(u)                                 Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

16



 

(v)                                 Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(w)                               Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $ 0.0001per Share.

 

(x)                                 Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

(y)                                 Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

 

(z)                                  Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

17


 

NATERA, INC. AMENDED 2007 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

 

OPTIONEE INFORMATION:

 

Name:

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

Address:

 

 

Employee Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTION INFORMATION:

 

Date of Grant:                                   , 20    

 

Type of Stock Option:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share: $                      

 

o Nonstatutory (NSO)

 

 

 

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Natera, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by the option:                                             

 

o Incentive (ISO)

 

EXERCISE INFORMATION:

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                                 .  (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

 

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $                        

 

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply]:

 

o                  Check for $                        , payable to “Natera, Inc.”

 

o                  Certificate(s) for                                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.  These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.  [Requires Company consent.]

 

o                  Attestation Form covering                                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.  These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.  [Requires Company consent.]

 

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [please review the attached explanation of the available forms of ownership, and then check one box]:

 

o                  In my name only

 

 



 

o                  In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

 

My spouse’s name (if applicable):

 

 

 

o                  In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the right of survivorship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o                  In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

 

 

 

 

 

o                  In the name of an eligible revocable trust [requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

 

Full legal name of revocable trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:

 

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE:

 

1.                                      I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2.                                      I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3.                                      I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4.                                      I am aware of the adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations.  I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

5.                                      I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

19



 

6.                                      I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

7.                                      I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss.  I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8.                                      I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9.                                      I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10.                               I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the forms of ownership available for my Purchased Shares.  I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that does not satisfy the requirements described in the attached explanation (i.e., a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust), I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes.  As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

11.                               I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise.  I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

12.                               I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Amended 2007 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities.  I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation.  In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors.  Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

20



 

13.                               I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

SIGNATURE:

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21



 

Explanation of Forms of Stock Ownership

 

PURPOSE OF THIS EXPLANATION

 

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the forms of legal ownership available for the shares that you are purchasing (the “Purchased Shares”).  For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal legal advice:

 

·                  To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered.  Some legal rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

·                  While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own situation may well be different from the norm.

 

·                  The law may change, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary.

 

·                  The form in which you own your shares may have a substantial impact on the estate tax treatment that applies to those shares when you die or the income tax treatment that applies when your survivors sell the shares after your death.

 

FOR THESE REASONS, THE COMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION AND BEFORE MAKING A DECISION ABOUT THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP FOR YOUR SHARES.

 

OVERVIEW

 

The Notice of Stock Option Exercise offers five forms of taking title to the Purchased Shares:

 

·                  In your name only,

 

·                  In your name and the name of your spouse as community property,

 

·                  In your name and the name of your spouse as community property with the right of survivorship,

 

·                  In your name and the name of your spouse as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, or

 

·                  In the name of an eligible revocable trust.

 

Title in the Purchased Shares depends upon (a) your marital status, (b) the marital property laws of your state of residence and (c) any agreement with your spouse altering the existing marital property laws of your state of residence.  If you are not married, you generally will take title in your name alone.  If you are married, title depends upon the marital property laws of your state of residence.  In general, states are classified either as “community property” states or as “common-law property” states.  (But individual state law may vary within these classifications.)

 

22



 

COMMUNITY PROPERTY AND JOINT TENANCY

 

Community property states include California, Texas, Washington, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Louisiana and Wisconsin.  In a community property state, property acquired during marriage by either spouse is presumed to be one-half owned by each spouse.  All other property is classified as the separate property of the spouse who acquires the property.  While either spouse has equal management and control over the community property and may sell, spend or encumber all community property, neither spouse may gift community property or partition his/her one-half interest without the consent of the other spouse.  Upon divorce, all community property is divided equally among the spouses and each spouse is entitled to retain all of his/her separate property.  Upon the death of a spouse, one-half of the community property (and all of the decedent spouse’s separate property) will pass to the decedent spouse’s heirs.  The other one-half of the community property remains the property of the surviving spouse.

 

Other states are common-law property states.  In a common-law property state, each spouse is generally deemed to own whatever he/she earns or acquires.

 

A married couple may elect to alter the marital property rules by mutually agreeing to take title to property in other forms.  For example, a couple residing in a community property state may generally enter into an agreement and transform what otherwise would be community property into the separate property of the spouse who earns or acquires the property.

 

In addition, many community property and common-law property states allow married couples to take joint title in property acquired during marriage.  For example, California allows a married couple to take title in a joint tenancy with the right of survivorship.  In a joint tenancy, each spouse owns a one-half interest in the property as separate property.  This means that each spouse may transfer or sell his/her one-half interest in the property while he/she is alive.  However, unlike traditional separate property, a spouse cannot transfer his/her one-half interest to heirs at death.  Instead, the surviving spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the property.  (This is called the “right of survivorship.”)  Both spouses must consent to taking property in a joint tenancy in lieu of having the community property laws apply.

 

California also allows a married couple to take title in the shares as community property with the right of survivorship.  This means that the shares are treated like community property while both spouses are alive.  However, if one spouse dies, then the other spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the shares.  In other words, the decedent spouse’s will or trust does not control the disposition of the shares.

 

If you have the Purchased Shares issued in a form other than those described above, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes.  This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares.  Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

 

TRUSTS

 

A transfer to a trust generally should not be treated as a “disposition” of the Purchased Shares for tax purposes if the trust satisfies each of the following conditions:

 

·                  You are the sole grantor of the trust,

 

23



 

·                  You are the sole trustee, or you and your spouse are the sole co-trustees,

 

·                  The trustee or trustees are not required to distribute the income of the trust to any person other than you and/or your spouse while you are alive, and

 

·                 The trust permits you to revoke all or part of the trust and to have the trust’s assets returned to you, without the consent of any other person (including your spouse).

 

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to a trust that does not meet these requirements, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes.  This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares.  Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

 

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to any trust, you will be required to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement in your capacity as trustee.  Under the Stock Transfer Agreement, the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

THE COMPANY WILL NOT CHECK TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP THAT YOU ELECT IN YOUR NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE IS APPROPRIATE.  YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISERS ON THIS SUBJECT.  IF AN INAPPROPRIATE ELECTION IS MADE, THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP MAY NOT WITHSTAND LEGAL SCRUTINY OR MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES.

 

24



 

EXPLANATION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
(Current as of May 2011)

 

PURPOSE OF THIS EXPLANATION

 

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the tax consequences of exercising your option.  For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal tax advice:

 

·                  To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered.  Some tax rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

·                  While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own tax situation may well be different from the norm.

 

·                  State and foreign income taxes are not addressed at all, even though they could have a significant impact on your tax planning.  Likewise, federal gift and estate taxes and state inheritance taxes are not discussed.

 

·                  Tax planning involving incentive stock options is exceedingly complex, in part because of the possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

 

·                 This explanation assumes that your option is not subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  However, the Company cannot be certain that section 409A is inapplicable to your option.  (Please refer to the last segment of this summary for more information about section 409A.)

 

·                  The tax rules change often, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary.  (Please refer to the date at the top of this page.)

 

FOR THESE REASONS, THE COMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION.

 

LIMIT ON ISO TREATMENT

 

The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates whether your option is a nonstatutory stock option (NSO) or an incentive stock option (ISO).  The favorable tax treatment for ISOs is limited, regardless of what the Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates.  Of the options that become exercisable in any calendar year, only options covering the first $100,000 of stock are eligible for ISO treatment.  The excess over $100,000 automatically receives NSO treatment.  For this purpose, stock is valued at the time of grant.  This means that the value is generally equal to the exercise price.

 

For example, assume that you hold an option to buy 60,000 shares for $8 per share.  Assume further that the entire option becomes exercisable in four equal annual installments.  Only the first 50,000 shares qualify for ISO treatment.  (12,500 times $8 equals $100,000.)  The remaining 10,000 shares will be treated as if they had been acquired by exercising an NSO.  This is true regardless of when the option is actually exercised; what matters is when it first could have been exercised.

 

25



 

EXERCISE OF NSO

 

If you are exercising an NSO, you will be taxed now.  You will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price you are paying.  If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount is subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes.  Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell the shares) is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.

 

DISPOSITION OF NSO SHARES

 

When you dispose of the Purchased Shares, you will recognize a capital gain equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) your tax basis in the Purchased Shares.  As described above, your tax basis in the Purchased Shares is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.  If the sale proceeds are less than your tax basis, you will recognize a capital loss.  The capital gain or loss will be long-term if you held the Purchased Shares for more than 12 months.  The holding period starts when you exercise your NSO.  In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

 

EXERCISE OF ISO AND ISO HOLDING PERIODS

 

If you are exercising an ISO, you will not be taxed under the regular tax rules until you dispose of the Purchased Shares.  (The alternative minimum tax rules are described below.)  The tax treatment at the time of disposition depends on how long you hold the shares.  You will satisfy the ISO holding periods if you hold the Purchased Shares until the later of the following dates:

 

·                  The date two years after the ISO was granted, and

 

·                  The date one year after the ISO is exercised.

 

DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES

 

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares after satisfying both of the ISO holding periods, then you will recognize only a long-term capital gain at the time of disposition.  The amount of the capital gain is equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) the exercise price.  In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

 

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares before either or both of the ISO holding periods are met, then you will recognize ordinary income at the time of disposition.  The amount of ordinary income will be equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price.  But if the disposition is an arm’s length sale to an unrelated party, the amount of ordinary income will not exceed the total gain from the sale.  Under current IRS rules, the ordinary income amount will not be subject to withholding for income or payroll taxes.

 

Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares will be equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.  Any gain in excess of your basis will be taxed as a capital gain—either long-term or short-term, depending on how long you held the Purchased Shares after the date of exercise.

 

26



 

SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX

 

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) must be paid if it exceeds your regular income tax.  The AMT is equal to 26% of your alternative minimum tax base up to $175,000 and 28% of the excess over $175,000.  (In the case of married individuals filing separately, the breakpoint is $87,500 rather than $175,000.)  Your alternative minimum tax base is equal to your alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) minus your exemption amount.

 

·                  Alternative Minimum Taxable Income.  Your AMTI is equal to your regular taxable income, subject to certain adjustments and increased by items of tax preference.  Among the many adjustments made in computing AMTI are the following:

 

·                  State and local income and property taxes are not allowed as a deduction.

 

·                  Miscellaneous itemized deductions are not allowed.

 

·                  Medical expenses are not allowed as a deduction until they exceed 10% of adjusted gross income (as opposed to the 7.5% floor that applies to regular income taxes).

 

·                  Certain interest deductions are not allowed.

 

·                  The standard deduction and personal exemptions are not allowed.

 

·                  When an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated as if the option were an NSO.  (See discussion below.)

 

·                  Exemption Amount.  Before AMT is calculated, AMTI is reduced by the exemption amount.  Under current law, the exemption amount is as follows:

 

Year:

 

Joint Returns:

 

Single Returns:

 

Separate Returns:

 

2011

 

$

74,450

 

$

48,450

 

$

37,225

 

After 2011

 

$

45,000

 

$

33,750

 

$

22,500

 

 

The exemption amount is phased out by 25 cents for each $1 by which AMTI exceeds the following levels:

 

Joint Returns: $150,000

Single Returns: $112,500

Separate Returns: $75,000

 

This means, for example, that the entire $74,450 exemption amount disappears for married individuals filing joint returns when AMTI reaches $447,800.

 

APPLICATION OF AMT WHEN ISO IS EXERCISED

 

As noted above, when an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated for AMT purposes as if the option were an NSO.  In other words, the spread is included in AMTI at the time of exercise.

 

27


 

A special rule applies if you dispose of the Purchased Shares in the same year in which you exercised the ISO.  If the amount you realize on the sale is less than the value of the stock at the time of exercise, then the amount includible in AMTI on account of the ISO exercise is limited to the gain realized on the sale.

 

To the extent that your AMT is attributable to the spread on exercising an ISO (and certain other items), you may be able to apply the AMT that you paid as a credit against your income tax liability in future years.  But the rules on calculating the available tax credits were amended frequently in recent years and have become extraordinarily complex.  On this issue in particular, you must consult your own tax adviser.

 

When Purchased Shares are sold, your basis for purposes of computing the capital gain or loss under the AMT system is increased by the option spread that exists at the time of exercise.  Again, an ISO is treated under the AMT system much like an NSO is treated under the regular tax system.  But your basis in the ISO shares for purposes of computing gain or loss under the regular tax system is equal to the exercise price; it does not reflect any AMT that you pay on the spread at exercise.  Therefore, if you pay AMT in the year of the ISO exercise and regular income tax in the year of selling the Purchased Shares, you could pay tax twice on the same gain (except to the extent that you can use the AMT credit described above).

 

SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The preceding summary assumes that section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply to your option.  In general, your option is exempt from section 409A if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board of Directors.  Since shares of Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value generally is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent appraisal firm retained by the Company.  In either case, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation.

 

If your option were found to be subject to section 409A, then you would be required to recognize ordinary income whenever a portion of your option vests (i.e. becomes exercisable).  The amount of ordinary income would be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of vesting minus the exercise price of the shares.  This amount would also be subject to a 20% federal tax in addition to the federal income tax at your usual marginal rate for ordinary income.

 

DISCLAIMER UNDER IRS CIRCULAR 230

 

To comply with IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the foregoing summary was not intended or written in order to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.  In addition, if the foregoing summary would otherwise be considered a “marketed opinion” under the IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the advice was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed by the summary.  The tax consequences of options will vary depending on the specific circumstances of each taxpayer.  Therefore, each taxpayer should seek advice from an independent tax adviser.

 

28



 

Natera, Inc. Amended 2007 Stock Plan

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Natera, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

«Name»

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

«TotalShares»

 

 

Type of Option:

«ISO»

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

 

«NSO»

Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$«PricePerShare»

 

 

Date of Grant:

«DateGrant»

 

Date Exercisable:  This option may be exercised with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below.  This option may be exercised with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

«VestComDate»

 

 

Expiration Date:

«ExpDate». [10 yrs from date of grant if NSO, 5 yrs from date grant if ISO granted to 10% Stockholder] This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Amended 2007 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

 

29



 

OPTIONEE:

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

NATERA, INC. AMENDED 2007 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

SECTION 13.                              GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                 Option.  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                 $100,000 Limitation.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                  Stock Plan and Defined Terms.  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 14.                              RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                 Exercisability.  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                 Stockholder Approval.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

30



 

SECTION 15.                              NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 16.                              EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                 Notice of Exercise.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c).  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this option shall sign the notice.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

 

(b)                                 Issuance of Shares.  After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)                                  Withholding Taxes.  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 17.                              PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                 Cash.  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                 Surrender of Stock.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)                                  Exercise/Sale.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

(d)                                 Promissory Note. Subject to the Board of Directors’ authority to refuse at any time in its sole discretion to allow payment under this paragraph, all or part of the Purchase Price may be paid with full-recourse promissory note in accordance with the requirements of Section 7(c) of the Plan.

 

31



 

(e)                                  Net Exercise.  Subject to the Board of Directors’ authority to refuse, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion to allow payment under this Subsection (e), payment of the Purchase Price may be satisfied by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise of the option by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Purchase Price; provided, however, the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Optionee to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate Purchase Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued; provided, further, that Shares will no longer be subject to the option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (i) Shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the Purchase Price pursuant to the “net exercise” arrangement, (ii) Shares are delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise, and (iii) Shares are withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations under Section 4(c) above.

 

SECTION 18.                              TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                 Basic Term.  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                 Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                  The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                               The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)                                  Death of the Optionee.  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)                                  The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that

 

32



 

this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

(d)                                 Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence.  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(e)                                  Notice Concerning ISO Treatment.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                     More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                  More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)                               More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 3 months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 19.                              RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                 Right of First Refusal.  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                 Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that

 

33



 

any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                  Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)                                 Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                  Permitted Transfers.  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                   Termination of Rights as Stockholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

34



 

SECTION 20.                              LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

a.                                      It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

b.                                      Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

c.                                       Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 21.                              NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 22.                              RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                 Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

(b)                                 Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which

 

35



 

are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  Investment Intent at Grant.  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                 Investment Intent at Exercise.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)                                  Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)                                   Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

36



 

(g)                                  Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 23.                              ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 24.                              MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                 Rights as a Stockholder.  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                 No Retention Rights.  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                  Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                 Modifications and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(e)                                  Entire Agreement.  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)                                   Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

37


 

SECTION 25.                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

(a)                                 Tax Consequences.  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)                                 Electronic Delivery of Documents.  The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability.  The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.  This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

(c)                                  No Notice of Expiration Date.  The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires.  This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

SECTION 26.                              DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                 Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Board of Directors” shall mean, as the case may be, (i) the managing member of the Company’s predecessor, Natera, Inc., LLC or (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                  Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                 Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  Company” shall mean Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

38



 

(f)                                   Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                                  Date of Grant” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(h)                                 Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(i)                                     Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(j)                                    Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(k)                                 Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(l)                                     Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(m)                             ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(n)                                 Notice of Stock Option Grant” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(o)                                 NSO” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                                 Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(q)                                 Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(r)                                    Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(s)                                   Plan” shall mean the Natera, Inc. Amended 2007 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(t)                                    Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

39



 

(u)                                 Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(v)                                 Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(w)                               Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(x)                                 Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(y)                                 Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(z)                                  Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(aa)                          Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(bb)                          Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

40



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. AMENDED 2007 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 27.                              GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                 Option.  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Grant Date the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                 $100,000 Limitation.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                  Stock Plan and Defined Terms.  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 28.                              RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                 Exercisability.  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

 

(b)                                 Stockholder Approval.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

SECTION 29.                              NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

41



 

SECTION 30.                              EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                 Notice of Exercise.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c).  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this option shall sign the notice.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.  In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                 Issuance of Shares.  After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c).  In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)                                  Withholding Taxes.  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 31.                              PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                 Cash.  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                 Surrender of Stock.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)                                  Exercise/Sale.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

(d)                                 Promissory Note. Subject to the Board of Directors’ authority to refuse at any time in its sole discretion to allow payment under this paragraph, all or part of the Purchase Price may be paid with full-recourse promissory note in accordance with the requirements of Section 7(c) of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  Net Exercise.  To the extent that the option is exercised with respect to vested Shares that are not subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7 below and further subject to the Board of Directors’ authority to refuse, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion to allow

 

42



 

payment under this Subsection (e), payment of the Purchase Price may be satisfied by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise of the option by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Purchase Price; provided, however, the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Optionee to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate Purchase Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued; provided, further, that Shares will no longer be subject to the option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (i) Shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the Purchase Price pursuant to the “net exercise” arrangement, (ii) Shares are delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise, and (iii) Shares are withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations under Section 4(c) above.

 

SECTION 32.                              TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                 Basic Term.  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Grant Date (five years after the Grant Date if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                 Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                  The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                               The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)                                  Death of the Optionee.  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)                                  The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option

 

43



 

directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date of the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.

 

(d)                                 Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence.  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(e)                                  Notice Concerning ISO Treatment.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                     More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                  More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)                               More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 3 months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 33.                              RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

 

(a)                                 Scope of Repurchase Right.  Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase.  The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares.  The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

 

(b)                                 Lapse of Repurchase Right.  The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(c)                                  Escrow.  Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Any additional or

 

44



 

exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow.  All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow.  Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months).  In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

 

(d)                                 Exercise of Repurchase Right.  The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares.  The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased.  Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares.  The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

 

(e)                                  Termination of Rights as Stockholder.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration).  Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

 

(f)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

 

(g)                                  Transfer of Restricted Shares.  The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence.  The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

45



 

(h)                                 Assignment of Repurchase Right.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 34.                              RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                 Right of First Refusal.  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                 Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                  Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

 

(d)                                 Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the

 

46



 

Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                  Permitted Transfers.  This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                   Termination of Rights as Stockholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

 

SECTION 35.                              LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

a.                                      It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

b.                                      Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

c.                                       Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 36.                              NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

47


 

SECTION 37.                              RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                 Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

(b)                                 Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  Investment Intent at Grant.  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                 Investment Intent at Exercise.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)                                  Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF,

 

48



 

EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)                                   Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                  Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 38.                              ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 39.                              MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                 Rights as a Stockholder.  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                 No Retention Rights.  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the

 

49



 

Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                  Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                 Modifications and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(e)                                  Entire Agreement.  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)                                   Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 40.                              DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                 Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Board of Directors” shall mean, as the case may be, (i) the managing member of the Company’s predecessor, Gene Security Network, LLC or (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                  Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                 Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  Company” shall mean Gene Security Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(f)                                   Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                                  Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(h)                                 Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

50



 

(i)                                     Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(j)                                    Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(k)                                 Grant Date” shall mean the Grant Date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(l)                                     Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(m)                             ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(n)                                 Notice of Stock Option Grant” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(o)                                 NSO” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                                 Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(q)                                 Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(r)                                    Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(s)                                   Plan” shall mean the Gene Security Network, Inc. Amended 2007 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Grant Date.

 

(t)                                    Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(u)                                 Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

 

(v)                                 Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

(w)                               Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

 

51



 

(x)                                 Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

 

(y)                                 Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(z)                                  Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(aa)                          Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(bb)                          Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(cc)                            Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(dd)                          Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(ee)                            Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

52





Exhibit 10.5

 

SUBLEASE

 

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease”) is dated for reference purposes only as of December 13, 2011, by and between NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    Sublandlord is the Tenant under a written Amended and Restated Built-to-Suit Lease dated as of August 17, 2004, with BMR-201 Industrial Road LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor-in-interest to Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P.) (“Master Landlord”) as Landlord, as amended by that certain Amendment to Build-to-Suit Lease dated January 11, 2005 and that certain Second Amendment to Build-to-Suit Lease dated July 29, 2007 (as so amended, the “Master Lease”), pursuant to which Sublandlord is leasing from Master Landlord certain premises which include Suite 420 (the “Premises”) on the fourth floor of the building with an address at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California (the “Building”). A copy of the Master Lease is attached as Exhibit A to this Sublease.

 

B.                                    Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord the portion of the Premises shown as the “Subleased Premises” on Exhibit B to this Sublease (the “Subleased Premises”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. For the purposes of this Sublease, the parties agree that the rentable area of the Subleased Premises is 20,123 rentable square feet.

 

C.                                    Sublandlord is willing to sublease the Subleased Premises to Subtenant, subject to Master Landlord’s approval, if required under the Master Lease, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as set forth below.

 

1.                                      Sublease Agreement. Sublandlord hereby subleases the Subleased Premises to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases the Subleased Premises from Sublandlord, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease.

 

2.                                      Term of Sublease. The term of this Sublease (the “Sublease Term”) shall commence on the date that the consent of the Master Landlord is obtained (the “Sublease Commencement Date”) and (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Sublease), shall expire on October 5, 2016 (the “Sublease Expiration Date”). As used herein, the “Sublease Rent Commencement Date shall mean the date on which the Sublease Alterations (as defined in Section 7 below) are substantially completed, but in no event later than May 1,2012.

 

3.                                      Sublease Rent; Security Deposit.

 

3.1                               Base Sublease Rent. Commencing on the Sublease Rent Commencement Date, and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter through the Sublease Expiration Date, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, in advance, without notice or demand, and without any

 

1



 

set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Sublease, in lawful money of the United States, by wire transfer of funds or by check payable to Nektar Therapeutics, base sublease rental (“Base Sublease Rent”) as follows:

 

Period

 

Base Sublease Rent Per Month

 

Sublease Rent Commencement Date – Last day of 7th month following Sublease Rent Commencement Date (the “Reduced Rent Period”)*

 

$

 17,000.00

**

 

 

 

 

If the Reduced Rent Period shall expire prior to October 5, 2012, then from the first day following expiration of the Reduced Rent Period – 10/5/12

 

$

 34,209.10

 

 

 

 

 

From the later to occur of: (i) the first day following expiration of the Reduced Rent Period; or (ii) 10/6/12 – 10/5/13

 

$

 35,215.25

 

 

 

 

 

10/6/13 – 10/5/14

 

$

 36,221.40

 

10/6/14 – 10/5/15

 

$

 37,227.55

 

10/6/15 – 10/5/16

 

$

 38,233.70

 

 


*If the Sublease Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the period from the Sublease Rent Commencement Date to the first (1st) day of the next calendar month shall be included in the 8th month following the Sublease Rent Commencement Date for purposes of determining the monthly Base Sublease Rent rate applicable for such partial month

 

**During this period, Base Sublease Rent is payable only with respect to 10,000 rentable square feet of the Subleased Premises.

 

A payment of Base Sublease Rent for the first month of the Sublease Term in the amount of $17,000.00 shall be delivered to Sublandlord concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease.

 

3.2                               Additional Rent. “Additional Rent” shall mean all sums other than Base Sublease Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, including (without limitation): overtime or excess service charges, and late charges, damages, interest and other costs and expenses related to Subtenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as Additional Rent, Subtenant’s pro rata share of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7 of the Master Lease (excluding Section 7.6 [Reserve Account]). Such Additional Rent amounts shall be paid by Subtenant within ten (10) days of receipt of Sublandlord’s billing therefor. Subtenant’s prorata share of such Operating Costs under this Sublease shall be 20.11% of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share relating solely to the Premises and 20.11% of Tenant’s Exterior Common Area Cost Share relating solely to the Premises, as those terms are defined in Section 7.1(a) of the Master Lease.

 

2



 

When reasonably requested by Subtenant if there has been a ten percent (10%) or greater increase in Operating Expenses, Sublandlord shall use its judgment reasonably exercised, to determine whether to audit the calculation of the annual Operating Expense statement as permitted under the Master Lease. In the event that Sublandlord elects to audit Operating Expenses and Sublandlord determines that Sublandlord was overcharged for Operating Expenses and Sublandlord in turn had overcharged Subtenant, then Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the amount of Subtenant’s overpayment promptly following the conclusion of such audit.

 

3.3                               Security Deposit.

 

(a)                                 Upon Subtenant’s execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the sum of $205,254.60 in cash or irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “Security Deposit”), to be held by Sublandlord as security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rent or measure of Sublandlord’s damages in case of default by Subtenant. If Subtenant provides cash to fund the security deposit upon execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall have the option to exchange such cash in full for an irrevocable letter of credit within sixty (60) days after execution. Subtenant agrees that any irrevocable letter of credit shall be drawn on a US commercial bank and in a form substantially acceptable to Sublandlord. Upon default by Subtenant, Sublandlord, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, may (but shall not be required to) apply the Security Deposit against any arrearages of Base Sublease Rent, Additional Rent, or any other damage, injury, loss, cost, expense or liability caused to Sublandlord by such default on the part of Subtenant. Should all or any part of the Security Deposit be used for the purposes described above during the term of this Sublease, then Subtenant shall remit to Sublandlord immediately (and in all events within not more than five days) after Sublandlord’s request therefor, the amount necessary to restore the Security Deposit to its original balance. Subtenant’s failure to restore the Security Deposit upon notice from Sublandlord shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Upon any termination of Sublandlord’s interest in the Premises, Sublandlord shall have no further obligation to Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit or any other sums due hereunder and prepaid by Subtenant upon transfer of the Security Deposit and any other such sums to Sublandlord’s successor in interest. No interest shall be payable on the Security Deposit and Sublandlord shall have no obligation to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds unless otherwise required by applicable Law. Subject to the requirements of, and conditions imposed by, Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases, Sublandlord shall, within thirty (30) days following the later to occur of the following: (i) the expiration of the Sublease, and (ii) the date on which Subtenant surrenders possession of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in the condition required hereunder, including, without limitation the conditions set forth in Section 11 below, return to Subtenant the portion of the Security Deposit remaining after deducting all damages, charges and other amounts permitted by Law. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that such deductions shall include, without limitation, all damages and losses that Sublandlord has suffered or that Sublandlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach of this Sublease by Subtenant. Subtenant hereby waives the protections of Section 1950.7(c) of the California Civil Code, as it may hereafter be amended, or similar laws of like import.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3(a) to the

 

3



 

contrary, provided that: (A) Subtenant has not been late in the payment of any rent due under the Sublease more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12)-month period, (B) no Event of Default by Subtenant under this Sublease has occurred and is still continuing as of the effective date of reduction with no apparent effort by Subtenant to cure such Event of Default as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, and (C) Subtenant has achieved net proceeds from an equity financing transaction equal to or greater than $15,000,000 as evidenced by Subtenant’s most current financial statements which shall be either: (i) audited financial statements, or (ii) unaudited financial statements certified to be true and correct by a senior officer of Subtenant, then Subtenant shall be permitted to decrease the amount of the Security Deposit to $68,418.20. The amount to be refunded to Subtenant pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be credited against rent next due hereunder within thirty (30) days after Subtenant delivers to Sublandlord the financial statement(s) which evidence satisfaction of the requirement set forth in (C) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such reduction be construed as an admission by Sublandlord that Subtenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Moreover, if an Event of Default with respect to the payment of Base Sublease Rent or Additional Rent occurs beyond applicable cure periods then, upon Sublandord’s written demand therefor delivered to Subtenant, Subtenant shall be required to restore the Security Deposit to the originally required amount of $205,254.60.

 

4.                                      Application of Master Lease.

 

4.1                               Sublease Subordinate to Master Lease. This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.

 

4.2                               Incorporation of Obligations Set Forth in Master Lease. In addition to the obligations of Subtenant under the terms of this Sublease as set forth in the other paragraphs of this Sublease (and except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Sublease), Subtenant shall also have and perform for the benefit of Sublandlord all obligations of the “Tenant” as are set forth in the Master Lease, which are hereby incorporated into this Sublease as though set forth herein in full, substituting “Subtenant” wherever the term “Tenant” appears, “Sublandlord” wherever the term “Landlord” appears, “Subleased Premises” wherever the term “Premises” appears” appears, and “Base Sublease Rent” wherever the term “Minimal Rental” appears; provided, however, that Subtenant’s obligations under the Master Lease shall be limited to the extent of the Subleased Premises and for the duration of the Sublease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall, at Subtenant’s request, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Master Landlord to perform Master Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, but Sublandlord shall not be obligated to perform for the benefit of Subtenant any of the obligations of Master Landlord under the Master Lease; the amount of rent payable to Sublandlord by Subtenant under this Sublease shall be as provided in paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 above; and the following provisions of the Master Lease shall not apply to this Sublease: Section 1.1(a) (Lease of Premises), Section 2 (Term), Section 3.1 (Minimum Rental), Section 4 (parking), Section 5 (Construction), Section 6.2(b) (Tax Protests), Section 6.2(c) (Tax Refunds), Section 7.4(b) (Audit Right), Section 7.6 (Reserve Account), Section 9 (Alterations) [but shall include Section 9.4 (No Liens)], Section 10.2 (Landlord’s Obligation for Maintenance), Section 12.1 (Landlord’s Insurance), Section 12.10(b) (Landlord’s Indemnification Obligations), Section 12.11 (Limitation on Landlord Liability), Section 13 (Sublease and Assignment), Section 17 (Subordination, Attornment and Sale) [but shall

 

4



 

include Section 17.3 (Estoppel Certificates)], Section 18 (Security), Section 19.14 (Brokers), Section 19.8 (Entire Agreement), Section 19.15 (Memorandum of Lease) and Exhibit C (Work Letter). In addition, whenever any period for notice from “Tenant” to “Landlord” is specified under the Master Lease, or any period within which “Tenant” is required to do anything under the Master Lease, the period applicable to Subtenant’s obligation to give such notice to Sublandlord or to perform under this Sublease shall be three days shorter than the corresponding period applicable to “Tenant” under the Master Lease (so that Sublandlord shall always have at least three days within which to give its own notice or performance to Master Landlord); further, wherever any period for notice from “Landlord” to “Tenant” is specified under the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall similarly have an additional period of at least three days within which to give notice to Subtenant under this Sublease. If any provisions of this Sublease conflict with any portion of the Master Lease as incorporated herein, the terms of this Sublease will govern.

 

4.3                               Preservation of Master Lease. So long as Subtenant is performing all of Subtenant’s obligations as provided in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not enter into any agreement that will cause either the Master Lease to be terminated or the Subleased Premises to be surrendered prior to the expiration of the Sublease Term, or cause any breach or default by Sublandlord under the Master Lease that will result in any such termination or surrender which breach or default remains uncured beyond applicable cure periods, unless Master Landlord shall accept this Sublease as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Subtenant and expressly assume Sublandlord’s obligations hereunder. Sublandlord shall not enter into any amendment or other agreement with respect to the Master Lease that will prevent or adversely affect the use by Subtenant of the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of this Sublease, increase the obligations of Subtenant or decrease the rights of Subtenant under this Sublease, shorten the term of this Sublease or increase the rental or any other sums required to be paid by Subtenant under this Sublease, without the prior written consent of Subtenant in each case. In the event Subtenant makes a request that Subtenant is entitled to make under this Sublease, which request requires the approval of Master Landlord, Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approval (but Sublandlord shall not be required to incur any cost or expense in order to do so).

 

4.4                               Subtenant’s Insurance; Subrogation. Subtenant shall keep in force at all times throughout the Sublease Term, at Subtenant’s expense, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Master Landlord, insurance as required under the Master Lease, with Sublandlord, Master Landlord and any other parties designated by Sublandlord or Master Landlord as additional insureds. Subtenant hereby waives and shall cause its insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against Sublandlord and Master Landlord for any loss or damage with respect to Subtenant’s property, improvements and alterations, the Building, the Subleased Premises, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had Subtenant carried the insurance required by this Sublease) covered by insurance.

 

4.5                               Default by Subtenant; Indemnification. Upon the failure of Subtenant to pay rent or comply with any other provisions of this Sublease or the occurrence of any other event which constitutes a default under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall be entitled to all the same rights and remedies against Subtenant on account of such default by Subtenant under this Sublease as are granted in the Master Lease to Master Landlord against Tenant on account of a

 

5



 

default by Tenant under the Master Lease. In addition to, and not in limitation of, the indemnification obligations set forth in the Master Lease, Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith, arising out of Subtenant’s default under this Sublease.

 

4.6                               Limitation of Liability. In no event shall Sublandlord or its stockholders, principals, officers, directors, employees, lenders, or agents be liable to Subtenant for any lost profit, damage to or loss of business or any form of special, indirect or consequential damage.

 

5.                                      Use. Subtenant shall use the Subleased Premises for general office purposes, laboratory and research and development only (the “Permitted Use”) and for no other purpose whatsoever. The parties acknowledge that Subtenant may use Hazardous Materials in connection with the Permitted Use (“Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations”) and that such use shall be permitted only to the extent that it is in compliance with the terms of Section 11.4 of the Master Lease, the terms of this Sublease and all applicable environmental laws.

 

6.                                      Condition of Subleased Premises.

 

(a)                                 Subtenant has thoroughly inspected and examined the Subleased Premises, has elected to sublease the Subleased Premises from Sublandlord under the terms of this Sublease on a strictly “AS IS” and “with all faults” basis, and acknowledges that Sublandlord has no obligation to make any improvements or provide any furnishings or equipment to Subtenant in connection therewith, except that Sublandlord shall provide an allowance as described in Section 7 below. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that on the Sublease Commencement Date, all systems, fixtures, and equipment located within the Subleased Premises and/or servicing the Subleased Premises shall be in good working order. Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant that, to Sublandlord’s knowledge as of the date of this Sublease, without investigation, Sublandlord has not received any notices from governmental authorities that the Subleased Premises: (i) are in violation of any environmental law, (ii) are in violation of the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act with respect to access to the Subleased Premises, and (iii) are subject to any enforcement or correction order(s) issued by any governmental authority in connection with the generation, use, storage, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

(b)                                 During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall be permitted to use the existing furniture located in the Subleased Premises, as more specifically shown on Exhibit D attached hereto (collectively, the “Furniture”) at no additional cost to Subtenant. Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the suitability of the Furniture for Subtenant’s particular use and Subtenant acknowledges that such use is strictly on an “AS IS” basis, without any representation or warranties, express or implied or statutory, of any kind whatsoever by Sublandlord and without recourse against Sublandlord. Upon the expiration of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall surrender the Furniture to Sublandlord in the original condition received, ordinary wear and tear and damage due to casualty excepted. Subtenant acknowledges that the items listed as “Excluded Assets” on Exhibit E attached hereto will not be included in the Furniture provided to Subtenant, and shall be removed from the Subleased Premises prior to the Sublease Commencement Date.

 

6



 

(c)                                  Subject to Section 6(a) above, by taking possession of the Subleased Premises, Subtenant acknowledges that the Subleased Premises are in a tenantable and good condition. Subtenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Subleased Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Sublandlord and, if required by the Master Lease, of Master Landlord; provided, however, that by execution of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall be deemed to have approved the Sublease Alterations as more particularly described in Exhibit C attached hereto. Subject to the Allowance described in Section 7 below, any approved alterations, additions or improvements to the Subleased Premises shall be made by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, and otherwise upon all applicable terms and conditions of the Master Lease (including any removal and restoration obligations) and this Sublease. Sublandlord agrees that Subtenant shall be allowed to perform the Sublease Alterations (as defined in Section 7 below) in the Subleased Premises, subject to Sublandlord’s review and approval of the plans and specifications and the approval of Master Landlord to the extent required by the Master Lease.

 

(d)                                 Subject to Section 7 below, Subtenant understands and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for any and all costs, expenses and related liabilities to construct any of its alterations and any and all damages or other sums that may be due to Master Landlord under the terms of the Master Lease in connection with the Subtenant’s alterations including, without limitation, any restriction that may be required by Master Landlord as a condition to its consent or otherwise required pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease and/or costs and expenses associated with restoring the Subleased Premises to its condition prior to such agreed upon alterations and any other alterations if required under the terms of this Sublease. All alterations to be made by Subtenant are contingent upon Master Landlord’s prior written consent and all other requirements provided in the Master Lease. Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against, and shall reimburse Sublandlord for, any and all claims, losses, liabilities for damages, other than consequential damages, (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) resulting from any alterations to be performed to the Subleased Premises by Subtenant.

 

7.                                      Allowance. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the costs of completing the laboratory build out in the current warm shell laboratory space in the Subleased Premises (the “Sublease Alterations”); provided, however, Sublandlord’s obligation to reimburse Subtenant for the Sublease Alterations shall be limited to the lesser of (A) actual construction costs incurred by third parties on behalf of Subtenant in its construction of the Sublease Alterations; and (B) an amount up to, but not exceeding, $250,000.00 (the “Allowance”). Sublandlord shall pay the Allowance to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after Sublandlord’s receipt of Subtenant’s written request (the “Disbursement Request”) therefor accompanied by partial, conditional lien waivers and copies of invoices from third parties providing services as part of the Sublease Alterations using AIA G701/702/703 documents, disbursed in the following increments:

 

(a)                                 20% of the Allowance no earlier than thirty (30) days following the Sublease Rent Commencement Date to the extent of paid invoices submitted.

 

(b)                                 20% of the Allowance no earlier than sixty (60) days following the Sublease Rent Commencement Date to the extent of paid invoices submitted.

 

7


 

(c)                                  20% of the Allowance no earlier than ninety (90) days following the Sublease Rent Commencement Date to the extent of paid invoices submitted.

 

(d)                                 25% of the Allowance no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the Sublease Rent Commencement Date to the extent of paid invoices submitted.

 

Each Disbursement Request shall be signed by Subtenant. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of the Allowance if there is a monetary Event of Default or a material, non-monetary Event of Default outstanding under the Sublease until such Event of Default is cured. Each Disbursement Request pursuant to this Section 7 must be accompanied by copies of paid invoices as evidenced by unconditional progress waivers from contractors and subcontractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final disbursement of the remaining 15% of the Allowance shall be disbursed within thirty (30) days after Subtenant’s written request therefor once Subtenant has substantially completed all of the Sublease Alterations in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, all building permits issued in connection with the Sublease Alterations, all applicable laws and the terms and provisions of this Section 7. Such final Disbursement Request shall be accompanied by: (i) third-party invoices for costs incurred by Subtenant in constructing the Sublease Alterations; (ii) evidence that Subtenant has paid the invoices for such costs; (iii) final, unconditional lien waivers and mechanics’ lien releases from any contractor or subcontractor who has constructed any portion of Sublease Alterations or any materialman who has supplied materials used or incorporated into any portion of the Sublease Alterations (if applicable), all such waivers and releases to be in the forms prescribed by California Civil Code Section 3262; and (iv) a copy of the certificate of occupancy for the Subleased Premises. All bills for the Sublease Alterations must be submitted to Sublandlord within six (6) months after the Sublease Rent Commencement Date, and Sublandlord will make no further payments related to the Sublease Alterations after such six (6)-month period. Any unfunded portion of the Allowance shall be deemed forfeited.

 

8.                                      No Assignment or Subletting.

 

(a)                                 Subtenant shall not directly or indirectly (by sale or transfer of a controlling interest in Subtenant’s capital stock or other form of proprietary interests, merger, consolidation, combination, reorganization recapitalization or otherwise), voluntarily or by operation of law or otherwise, transfer, assign, mortgage or hypothecate this Sublease, or any part thereof or interest therein, or permit the use of all or any portion of the Subleased Premises by any person or persons (including concessionaires and licensees) other than Subtenant, or sublet the Subleased Premises, or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of (i) Sublandlord (which may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by Sublandlord) and (ii) the Master Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease, in each instance. Any assignment or subletting without the consent of both Sublandlord and Master Landlord shall be void, shall constitute a material default hereunder and shall give Sublandlord the right, at its option, to exercise any of its remedies under this Sublease. Consent to any assignment or subletting shall not operate as a waiver of the necessity for a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting, and the terms of such consent shall be binding upon any person holding by, under or through Subtenant. If the rental or other consideration payable to Subtenant in respect of such subletting or assignment exceeds the rent payable by Subtenant under this Sublease, then all such excess rent and other consideration shall be deemed additional rent owed by Subtenant to Sublandlord,

 

8



 

and shall be payable to Sublandlord by Subtenant in the same manner and on the same terms as installments of Base Sublease Rent are payable by Subtenant under this Sublease (or upon Subtenant’s receipt thereof, whichever is earlier). Notwithstanding any assignment, subletting or other transfer by Subtenant or consent thereto by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall remain fully liable on this Sublease and shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease. So long as Subtenant is not in default under the Sublease, Sublandlord shall have no right to recapture or retake possession of the Subleased Premises.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 8(a), Subtenant may assign its interest in this Sublease (a “Permitted Transfer”) to the following types of entities (a “Permitted Transferee”) without the written consent of Sublandlord (although the consent of Master Landlord may be required in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease):

 

(1)                                 an Affiliate of Subtenant, as used herein, “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Subtenant;

 

(2)                                 any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Subtenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (A) Subtenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (B) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Subtenant on the date of this Sublease; or

 

(3)                                 any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Subtenant’s assets if such entity’s Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Subtenant on the date of this Sublease.

 

Subtenant shall promptly notify Sublandlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Subtenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Subtenant hereunder, or if Subtenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Subtenant hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Sublease, including the Permitted Use. No later than five (5) business days prior to the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Subtenant agrees to furnish Sublandlord with (A) a copy of the instrument effecting such Permitted Transfer, (B) documentation establishing Subtenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to such Permitted Transfer, and (C) evidence of insurance as required under the Master Lease and this Sublease with respect to the Permitted Transferee. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Sublandlord’s rights as to any subsequent assignments or sublettings. “Tangible Net Worth” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and franchises. Any subsequent assignment of this Sublease or subletting of the Subleased Premises by a

 

9



 

Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Section 8.

 

(c)                                  In addition, notwithstanding Section 8(a) or any other provision of this Sublease and/or the Master Lease to the contrary, in no event shall the occurrence of any of the following during the Sublease Term be considered an assignment or sublease for purposes of this section:

 

(1)                                 any cash or other capital contribution received by Subtenant, whether or not such contribution might cause a change in the ownership percentages or equity structure of Subtenant;

 

(2)                                 any Initial Public Offering of stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interests in Subtenant; or

 

(3)                                 any other sale or exchange of stock if Subtenant shall become a publicly traded company.

 

9.                                      Security; Janitorial. Sublandlord shall have no responsibility for or with respect to the amount and type of security services, if any, to be provided to the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby and expressly assumes all risk of loss in connection with, and waives any claim against Sublandlord for: (i) any unauthorized or criminal entry of third parties into the Subleased Premises or the Building, (ii) any damage or injury to property or persons, and (iii) any theft or loss of or damage to any property in or about the Subleased Premises or the Building from any unauthorized or criminal acts of third parties, regardless of any action, inaction, failure, breakdown or insufficiency of security. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to provide janitorial services to the Subleased Premises and Subtenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for providing janitorial services to the Subleased Premises.

 

10.                               Holding Over. If Subtenant (directly or through any transferee or other successor-in-interest of Subtenant) remains in possession of all or any part of the Subleased Premises after the expiration of the Sublease Term or earlier termination of this Sublease, such holding over, in the absence of an express written agreement to the contrary, shall be on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Sublandlord. In such event, Subtenant shall continue to comply with all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Sublease as though the Sublease Term had continued, except that such tenancy at sufferance shall be terminable by Sublandlord at any time and rent shall be paid for each month (or portion thereof) during which Subtenant holds over in the Subleased Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, in an amount equal to 200% of the highest monthly Base Sublease Rent due under this Sublease for any month during the Sublease Term, plus all other amounts that would otherwise have been payable as Additional Rent had the Sublease Term continued through the period of such holding over. If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises on the expiration of this Sublease, in addition to any other liabilities to Sublandlord accruing therefrom, Subtenant shall indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless from all loss or liability resulting from such failure, including without limitation (i) any claims of Master Landlord against Sublandlord for failure to surrender the Premises at the time and in the manner required under the Master Lease or for violating any term of the Master Lease, and (ii) any claims made by any succeeding subtenant, tenant or other

 

10



 

party based upon such failure. This indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. The provisions of this paragraph are in addition to and do not limit Sublandlord’s rights or Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease.

 

11.                               Surrender. Subtenant shall deliver and surrender to Sublandlord possession of the Subleased Premises immediately upon the Sublease Expiration Date or the earlier termination of this Sublease in the following condition: (i) with the Sublease Alterations remaining in place (so long as the Master Landlord had previously waived the requirement to remove same) and otherwise free of Subtenant’s personal property, broom clean and in as good condition and repair as the same were on the delivery date (loss by any insured casualty or condemnation and ordinary wear and tear only excepted), (ii) free of Hazardous Materials placed or permitted on the Subleased Premises by any party other than Sublandlord, and (iii) to the extent required by applicable Law, released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances. As used herein, “Hazardous Materials Clearances” shall mean all licenses, clearances or other authorizations of any kind, including without limitation “closure” letters, required to enter into and restore the Subleased Premises issued by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Subleased Premises. At least three (3) months before the Sublease Expiration Date, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s review and approval and to the relevant governmental authority for its review and approval, a narrative description of the action proposed (or required by any governmental authority) to be taken by Subtenant in order to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease Term, free from any residual impact from the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations (including obtaining all necessary “closure” letters) and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Closure Plan”). Such Closure Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of: (a) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of Subtenant with respect to the Subleased Premises, and (b) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Subleased Premises. The Closure Plan shall be subject to the review and approval of Sublandlord’s environmental consultant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In connection with the review and approval of the Closure Plan, upon the request of Sublandlord, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations as Sublandlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord evidence that the approved Closure Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed (the “Closure Report”) and Sublandlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Subtenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Sublandlord’s environmental consultant to review the Closure Report and to confirm that the Subleased Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of this Sublease, free from any residual impact from the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of-pocket expense incurred by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Closure Plan, to visit the Subleased Premises, to verify the satisfactory completion of the Closure Plan, and to confirm that there is no residual impact from the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations. Sublandlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Closure Plan and any report by Sublandlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Subleased Premises to Master Landlord and any other third parties. If Subtenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Closure Plan approved by Sublandlord, or if Subtenant shall fail to complete the approved Closure Plan, or if

 

11



 

such Closure Plan, whether or not approved by Sublandlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations in, on or about the Subleased Premises, Sublandlord shall have the right to take such actions as Sublandlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Subleased Premises and the Building are surrendered free from any residual impact from the Subtenant Hazardous Materials Operations, the cost of such actions plus an administrative fee of ten percent (10%) of such cost shall be reimbursed by Subtenant as Additional Rent promptly upon receipt of Sublandlord’s invoice therefor

 

12.                               Return of Deposits. All deposits and other sums paid by Sublandlord to Master Landlord and held by Master Landlord for the benefit of Sublandlord shall be returned by Master Landlord to Sublandlord in accordance with the Master Lease and Subtenant shall have no right or claim thereto.

 

13.                               Parking. Subtenant shall be entitled to its pro rata share of the parking spaces allocated to the Premises pursuant to Section 4 of the Master Lease.

 

14.                               Terrorism/Governmental Action. Subtenant warrants and represents to Sublandlord that Subtenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Sublandlord is restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’S Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action, and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

 

15.                               Contingent Nature of Sublease. This Sublease shall be contingent upon Sublandlord’s receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent. Sublandlord shall use commercially efforts to obtain the Master Landlord’s Consent within thirty (30) days of the full execution of this Sublease by Sublandlord and Subtenant. Sublandlord shall be responsible for all costs associated with obtaining Master Landlord’s consent including the fee set forth in Section 13.1(d) of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall deliver prompt written notice to Subtenant of Master Landlord’s granting (or denial) of consent to this Sublease. If the consent of Master Landlord has not been obtained by the date which is thirty (30) days following the full execution of this Sublease by Sublandlord and Subtenant (the “Outside Date”), then Subtenant may elect to terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord delivered at any time after the Outside Date and prior to receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent. If Subtenant elects to terminate this Sublease in accordance with the foregoing sentence, Sublandlord shall promptly refund any prepaid rent and Security Deposit to Subtenant.

 

16.                               Signage. Sublandlord shall cooperate with Subtenant and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Master Landlord’s consent to install suite door signage, elevator lobby directory signage, and main lobby directory signage stating Subtenant’s name and location, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense (and at no cost or expense to Sublandlord). In addition, in the event that: (i) Sublandlord leases the remainder of the Premises (excluding the Subleased Premises), (ii) the square footage of the Subleased Premises is greater than the square footage of any single subtenant’s sublease of a portion of the Premises, and (iii) Sublandlord

 

12



 

intends to offer exterior Building-signage rights to a subtenant who will be subleasing a portion of the Premises with a square footage which is less than the square footage of the Subleased Premises, then Sublandlord shall first offer its exterior Building signage rights to Subtenant (i.e., the right set forth in Section 9.5 of the Master Lease to display its corporate name and logo on the exterior of the Building) in the form of a written notice delivered to Subtenant which shall specify the terms of granting such signage rights to Subtenant (the “Signage Notice”). If Sublandlord and Subtenant fail to reach an agreement with regard to such signage rights within five (5) business days of Sublandlord’s delivery of the Signage Notice to Subtenant, then Subtenant shall have no further right with respect to such signage (it being understood that Subtenant’s right hereunder is a one-time right only), and Sublandlord may grant such signage rights to third parties on such terms as Sublandlord may elect in its sole and absolute discretion. Subtenant acknowledges that Master Landlord’s consent may be required in connection with Sublandlord’s granting such signage rights to Subtenant and if such consent is required by the terms of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with obtaining such consent. In the event that such signage rights are granted to Subtenant, then Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with installing and maintaining such signage.

 

17.                               Backup Generator. The parties hereto acknowledge that Sublandlord has installed a 350Kw backup generator that services the Premises (the “Generator”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Subtenant shall be entitled to use up to 30Kw of electricity produced by the Generator. Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install a separate meter to measure the electricity and any necessary wiring. Subtenant shall be responsible, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, for obtaining all necessary approvals from the Master Landlord in connection with the installation of such separate meter and wiring.

 

18.                               Miscellaneous.

 

18.1                        Attorneys’ Fees. If Subtenant defaults in the performance of any terms, covenants, agreements or conditions contained in this Sublease and Sublandlord places the enforcement of this Sublease or the collection of any rent due or to become due hereunder, or recovery of the possession of the Subleased Premises, in the hands of an attorney, or files suit upon the same, Subtenant agrees to pay Sublandlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. In addition, if Subtenant requests any consent or other action on the part of Sublandlord, in connection with which Sublandlord deems it necessary for any documents to be prepared or reviewed by its counsel, Subtenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in connection therewith.

 

18.2                        Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Subtenant or receipt by Sublandlord of a lesser amount than the rent and other charges herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent or other charge, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying a check or payment as rent or other charges be deemed an accord or satisfaction except in accordance with applicable law or upon the written consent of Sublandlord. Sublandlord may accept such check or payment without charge or pursue any other remedy in this Sublease.

 

18.3                        Entire Agreement. This Sublease sets forth the entire understanding between Sublandlord and Subtenant concerning the Subleased Premises and supersedes any and

 

13



 

and each term, covenant or condition of this Sublease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

18.9                        Exhibits. All Exhibits attached to this Sublease are hereby incorporated herein.

 

18.10                 Authority. If Subtenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other form of entity, the individuals signing this Sublease on behalf of Subtenant hereby represent and warrant that (i) Subtenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing and has all required power and authority to own, sublease, hold and operate properties and conduct business in the States of California and Delaware and (ii) such individuals have the authority to bind Subtenant to this Sublease.

 

18.11                 Execution of Sublease; Counterparts. The submission of this Sublease to Subtenant for examination or execution does not constitute a reservation of or option on the Subleased Premises or an offer of Sublandlord to sublease the Subleased Premises. This Sublease shall become effective as a Sublease, and Sublandlord shall become obligated hereunder, only upon the execution and delivery of this Sublease (theretofore executed by Subtenant) by Sublandlord to Subtenant. This Sublease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against the party whose signature is affixed thereto, and which together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil M. Labrucherie

 

By:

/s/ Brad Roberts

 

Name:

Gil M. Labrucherie

 

 

Name:

Brad Roberts

 

Title:

SVP & General Counsel

 

 

Title:

VP Finance

 

14



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Attach copy of Master Lease]

 

A-1


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE

 

By and Between

 

Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P.

 

a California Limited Partnership, as

 

LANDLORD

 

And

 

Nektar Therapeutics (fka Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc.),

 

a Delaware Corporation, as

 

TENANT

 

201 Industrial Road

San Carlos, CA 94070

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

PROPERTY

4

 

1.1

Lease of Premises

4

 

 

(a)

Buildings, Real Property, Improvements

4

 

 

(b)

Use of Common Areas

5

 

1.2

[Deleted]

5

2.

TERM

5

 

2.1

Term

5

 

2.2

[Deleted]

5

 

2.3

[Deleted]

5

 

2.4

Acknowledgement of Rent Commencement

6

 

2.5

Holding Over

6

 

2.6

Options To Extend Term

6

3.

RENTAL

7

 

3.1

Minimum Rental

7

 

 

(a)

Commencement of Rental Obligations for Phase 1

7

 

 

(b)

Commencement of Rental Obligations for Phase 2A

7

 

 

(c)

Rental Amounts for Phase 1A, Phase 1B, and Phase 2A: Annual Increases

7

 

 

(d)

Rental Amounts During First Extended Term

8

 

 

(e)

Rental Amounts During Second Extended Term

9

 

3.2

Late Charge

9

4.

PARKING

9

5.

CONSTRUCTION

9

 

5.1

Construction of Improvements

9

 

 

(a)

Base Building Work; Performance and Payment

9

 

 

(b)

Tenant’s Work; Phase 2A Improvements

9

 

 

(c)

Compliance with Law

10

6.

TAXES

10

 

6.1

Personal Property

10

 

6.2

Real Property Taxes

10

 

 

(a)

Real Property Taxes

10

 

 

(b)

Protests

11

 

 

(c)

Refunds

11

 

 

(d)

Other Taxes

11

 

 

(e)

Tax and Insurance Escrows

11

7.

OPERATING EXPENSES

11

 

7.1

Payment of Operating Expenses

11

 

 

(a)

Tenant’s Operating Cost Share

12

 

i



 

 

 

(b)

Adjustment of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share

12

 

7.2

Definition of Operating Expenses

12

 

 

(a)

Inclusions

12

 

 

(b)

Exclusions

13

 

7.3

Determination of Operating Expenses

15

 

7.4

Final Accounting For Lease Year

15

 

 

(a)

Annual Statement

15

 

 

(b)

Audit Rights

15

 

7.5

Proration

16

 

7.6

Reserve Account

16

 

7.7

Property Management Fee

17

8.

UTILITIES

17

 

8.1

Payment

17

 

8.2

Interruption

17

9.

ALTERATIONS

17

 

9.1

Right To Make Alterations

17

 

9.2

Title To Alterations

18

 

9.3

Tenant Fixtures and Personal Property

19

 

9.4

No Liens

19

 

9.5

Signs

19

10.

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

19

 

10.1

Tenant’s Obligation for Maintenance

19

 

 

(a)

Good Order, Condition and Repair

19

 

 

(b)

[Deleted]

19

 

 

(c)

Landlord’s Remedy

20

 

 

(d)

Condition Upon Surrender

20

 

10.2

Landlord’s Obligations for Maintenance

20

 

 

(a)

Good Order, Condition and Repair

20

 

 

(b)

No Abatement

21

 

 

(c)

Landlords’ Right of Entry for Repairs

21

11.

USE OF PROPERTY

21

 

11.1

Permitted Use

21

 

11.2

No Nuisance

21

 

11.3

Compliance With Laws

21

 

11.4

Environmental Matters

22

 

 

(a)

Definition of Hazardous Materials

22

 

 

(b)

Tenant’s Obligations Re: Hazardous Substances

22

 

 

(c)

Tenant’s Indemnity

24

 

 

(d)

Survival

24

12.

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

24

 

12.1

Landlord’s Insurance

24

 

12.2

Tenant’s Insurance

25

 

 

(a)

Commercial General Liability Insurance

25

 

 

(b)

Tenant’s Risk

25

 

ii



 

 

 

(c)

Other Insurance

25

 

12.3

Insurers; Primary Insurance

26

 

12.4

Blanket Policy

26

 

12.5

Deductibles

26

 

12.6

Certificates

27

 

12.7

Adjustment in the Event of Loss

27

 

12.8

Proration Upon Termination

27

 

12.9

Waiver of Subrogation

27

 

12.10

Indemnification

28

 

 

(a)

Tenant’s Indemnification Obligations

28

 

 

(b)

Landlord’s Indemnification Obligations

28

 

12.11

Limitation on Landlord Liability

29

13.

SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT

30

 

13.1

Assignment and Sublease of Building

30

 

 

(a)

Consent Required

30

 

 

(b)

Permitted Transfers

30

 

 

(c)

Consent Required

30

 

 

(d)

Procedure to Obtain Consent

31

 

 

(e)

Sublease of Phase 2A

31

 

13.2

Rights of Landlord: Effect of Landlord’s Consent

32

 

13.3

Advertising

32

 

13.4

Writing Required

32

 

13.5

Transfer Premiums

32

14.

RIGHT OF ENTRY AND QUIET ENJOYMENT

32

 

14.1

Right of Entry

32

 

14.2

Quiet Enjoyment

33

15.

CASUALTY AND TAKING

33

 

15.1

Damage or Destruction

33

 

 

(a)

Termination Rights

33

 

 

(b)

Limitations on Parties’ Obligations

34

 

 

(c)

Entitlement to Insurance Proceeds

34

 

 

(d)

Abatement of Rent

35

 

15.2

Condemnation

35

 

 

(a)

Termination Rights

35

 

 

(b)

Limitations on Parties’ Obligations

36

 

15.3

Reservation of Compensation

36

 

15.4

Restoration of Improvements

36

16.

DEFAULT

37

 

16.1

Events of Default

37

 

 

(a)

Nonpayment

37

 

 

(b)

Other Obligations

37

 

 

(c)

General Assignment

37

 

 

(d)

Bankruptcy

37

 

 

(e)

Receivership

38

 

iii



 

 

 

(f)

Attachment

38

 

 

(g)

Insolvency

38

 

16.2

Remedies Upon Tenant’s Default

38

 

 

(a)

Re-entry; Termination

38

 

 

(b)

Continuation of Lease

39

 

 

(c)

Remedies

39

 

16.3

Remedies Cumulative

39

 

16.4

Landlord’s Default

40

17.

SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND SALE

40

 

17.1

Subordination to Mortgage

40

 

17.2

Sale of Landlord’s Interest

41

 

17.3

Estoppel Certificates

41

18.

SECURITY

42

 

18.1

Deposit

42

 

18.2

Pledge of Security Deposit

42

19.

MISCELLANEOUS

43

 

19.1

Notices

43

 

19.2

Successors and Assigns

44

 

19.3

No Waiver

44

 

19.4

Severability

44

 

19.5

Litigation Between Parties

44

 

19.6

Surrender

44

 

19.7

Interpretation

45

 

19.8

Entire Agreement

45

 

19.9

Governing Law

45

 

19.10

No Partnership

45

 

19.11

Financial Information

45

 

19.12

Costs

46

 

19.13

Time

46

 

19.14

Brokers

46

 

19.15

Memorandum of Lease

46

 

19.16

Corporate Authority

47

 

19.17

Execution and Delivery

47

 

19.18

Survival

47

 

19.19

Waiver of Jury Trial

47

 

19.20

Exclusivity

47

 

19.21

Tenant’s Remedies

47

 

19.22

Security Measures

47

 

iv


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BUILD-TO-SUIT LEASE

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILD-TO-SUIT LEASE (“Lease”) is made and entered into as of August 17, 2004 by and between INHALE 201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Landlord”), and NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS (FKA INHALE THERAPEUTIC SYSTEMS, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Contribution Agreement. Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Contribution Agreement dated as of September 14 2000 (the “Contribution Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things: (i) Tenant agreed to contribute, and Landlord agreed to accept, inter alia, that certain real property situated at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California, as partially improved by Tenant (the “Real Property”); and (ii) the parties agreed to enter into a lease (the “Original Lease”) as of the date of closing under the Contribution Agreement. The Real Property is more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

B.            Build-to-Suit. Pursuant to the lease and the plans, specifications, and other documents required hereby, Landlord constructed and/or completed certain improvements on the Real Property, including (i) two connected four-story buildings containing an aggregate of approximately 390,000 square feet, consisting of approximately 171,965 square feet of rentable area and two lower stories primarily of parking for the foregoing buildings as well as for adjacent property currently leased and occupied by Tenant located at 150 Industrial Road; (ii) site improvements; and (iii) certain other improvements.

 

C.            Amendment and Restatement. The Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend and restate the Original Lease as set forth in this Lease to provide for certain modifications, including the deletion of Tenant’s rights respecting Phase 2B and certain other modifications, in complete replacement of the Original Lease entered into in connection with the Contribution Agreement.

 

D.            Definitions. Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires for the purpose of this Lease, all words and phrases having their initial letters capitalized herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate of Tenant: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 13.1(b).

 

Building Cost: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 18.2.

 

Building 1: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(ii).

 

Building 1 Termination Date: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

Building 2: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(ii).

 

1



 

Building 2 Termination Date: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

Buildings: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a).

 

Common Areas: shall mean the Interior and Exterior Common Areas, collectively, as indicated in Section 1.1 (a)(x).

 

Cosmetic Alterations: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 9.1.

 

Effective Date: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

Exterior Common Areas: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(viii).

 

Fair Market Rental: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 3.1(d).

 

Hazardous Materials: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 11.4(a).

 

HVAC: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

 

Improvements: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(vii).

 

Interior Common Areas: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(ix).

 

Landlord: shall have the meaning assigned in the Introduction.

 

Lease Year: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.3.

 

Lease: shall have the meaning assigned in the Introduction.

 

Minimum Rental: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 3.1(c).

 

Operating Expenses: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.2(a).

 

Parking Lease: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a).

 

Permitted Transfer: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 13.1(b).

 

Phase 1A: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(iii).

 

Phase 1B: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(iv).

 

Phase 2A: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(v).

 

Phase 2B: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(vi).

 

Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.4.

 

2



 

Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.4.

 

Premises: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a).

 

Prevailing Party: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 19.5.

 

Project: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(vii).

 

Real Property: shall have the meaning assigned in Recital A.

 

Rent Commencement Date: shall mean the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, or Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date, as defined in Section 2.4.

 

Requesting Party: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 17.3.

 

Requirements: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 11.3.

 

Responding Party: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 17.3.

 

Security Deposit: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 18.1.

 

Site Plan: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 1.1(a)(ii).

 

Tenant: shall have the meaning assigned in the Introduction.

 

Tenant Improvements: shall mean improvements to or within the Premises, other than improvements constructed by Landlord as part of the Building, constructed from time to time by Tenant.

 

Tenant’s Operating Cost Share: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.1(a).

 

Tenant’s Exterior Common Area Operating Cost Share: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.1(a).

 

Term: shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

Usable Square Feet: shall mean, with respect to each Phase shall mean the square feet indicated in Section 1.1(a) below.

 

3



 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.            PROPERTY.

 

1.1          Lease of Premises.

 

(a)           Buildings, Real Property, Improvements.

 

Subject to the Parking Lease dated as of September 14, 2000 (the “Parking Lease”) by and between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, on the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Phase 1A, Phase 1B, and Phase 2A (all as defined below and referred to collectively herein as the “Premises”). Upon the Building 2 Termination Date, the Premises shall consist of Phase 1A and Phase 1B only. The Premises, together with Phase 2B, were constructed by Landlord; and are located in two connected four-story buildings containing an aggregate of approximately 390,000 square feet, consisting of approximately 171,965 square feet of rentable area for office and laboratory research and development and two lower stories primarily of parking (collectively, the “Buildings and each a “Building”). The Buildings were constructed on the Real Property in connection with the Project.

 

(i)            The Real Property is located at 201 Industrial Road in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California.

 

(ii)           The location of the Buildings on the Real Property is substantially as shown on the site plans attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Site Plan”); the first Building to be constructed (“Building 1”) was constructed on the Real Property in the location depicted on the Site Plan, and the second Building was constructed (“Building 2”) on the Real Property in the location depicted on the Site Plan.

 

(iii)          The term “Phase 1A” shall refer to that portion of Building 1 consisting of approximately 39,077 rentable square feet (37,703 usable square feet) located on the fourth floor and the approximately 964 rentable square feet (930 usable square feet) located on the second floor and shown on the Site Plan.

 

(iv)          The term “Phase 1B shall refer to that portion of Building 1 consisting of approximately 39,876 rentable square feet (38,474 usable square feet) located on the third floor and shown on the Site Plan.

 

(v)           The term “Phase 2A shall refer to that portion of Building 2 consisting of approximately 45,574 rentable square feet (43,972 usable square feet) located on the third floor and shown on the Site Plan.

 

(vi)          The term “Phase 2B shall refer to that portion of Building 2 consisting of approximately 46,474 rentable square feet (44,840 usable square feet) located on the fourth floor and shown on the Site Plan.

 

(vii)         The Buildings and the other improvements to be constructed on the Real Property in connection with the Project, including the Common Areas (defined below), are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Improvements.” The “Project,” when completed, will consist of the Real Property and the Improvements.

 

(viii)        The parking areas (whether inside or outside the Buildings), courtyard, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped areas and other portions of the Project, including any areas leased under the Parking Lease, that lie outside the exterior walls of the Buildings to be constructed on the Real Property, as depicted in the Site Plan and as hereafter modified by

 

4



 

Landlord from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, are sometimes referred to herein as the “Exterior Common Areas.”

 

(ix)          The term “Interior Common Areas” shall refer to the interior lobby, elevators, stairwells, utility risers, and any mechanical rooms located outside any tenant’s premises in the Buildings.

 

(x)           The term “Common Areas shall refer collectively to the Exterior Common Areas and the Interior Common Areas

 

(b)           Use of Common Areas.

 

As an appurtenance to Tenant’s leasing of the Premises pursuant to Section 1.1(a), Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees, during the Term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, (i) those portions of the Common Areas improved from time to time for use as parking areas, driveways, courtyard, sidewalks, landscaped areas, lobbies, elevators, stairwells, utility risers, any mechanical rooms located outside any tenant’s premises, or for other common purposes, and (ii) all access easements and similar rights and privileges relating to or appurtenant to the Real Property and created or existing from time to time under any access easement agreements, declarations of covenants, conditions, and restrictions, or other written agreements now or hereafter of record with respect to the Real Property, subject however to the rights granted under the Parking Lease and any limitations applicable to such rights and privileges under applicable law, under this Lease and/or under the written agreements creating such rights and privileges.

 

1.2          [Deleted].

 

1.3

 

2.            TERM.

 

2.1          Term.

 

The term of this Lease (as it may be extended from time to time, the “Term”) shall commence upon mutual execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant (the “Effective Date”) and shall terminate on October 5, 2016 as to Phase 1A and Phase 1B (as it may be extended pursuant to Section 2.6, below, the “Building 1 Termination Date”), and August 16, 2007 as to Phase 2A (the “Building 2 Termination Date”).

 

2.2          [Deleted].

 

2.3          [Deleted].

 

5



 

2.4          Acknowledgement of Rent Commencement.

 

The Landlord and the Tenant agree that the following dates are the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date and the Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date:

 

Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date: October 6, 2000 (under Original Lease).

 

Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date: October 6, 2001 (under Original Lease).

 

2.5          Holding Over.

 

If Tenant holds possession of the Premises or any portion thereof after the Term of this Lease with Landlord’s written consent, then except as otherwise specified in such consent, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month at one hundred and two percent (102%) of the rental and otherwise upon the terms herein specified for the period immediately prior to such holding over and shall continue in such status until the tenancy is terminated by either party upon not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice. If Tenant holds possession of the Premises or any portion thereof after the Term of this Lease without Landlord’s written consent, then Landlord in its sole discretion may elect (by written notice to Tenant) to have Tenant become a tenant either from month to month or at will, at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rental (prorated on a daily basis for an at-will tenancy, if applicable) and otherwise upon the terms herein specified for the period immediately prior to such holding over, or may elect to pursue any and all legal remedies available to Landlord under applicable law with respect to such holding over by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, damage, claim, liability, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any delay by Tenant in surrendering the Premises or any portion thereof (except to the extent such delay is with Landlord’s prior written consent), including, but not limited to, any claims made by a succeeding tenant by reason of such delay. Acceptance of rent by Landlord following expiration or termination of this Lease shall not constitute a renewal of this Lease.

 

2.6          Options To Extend Term.

 

Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for Phase 1A and Phase 1B only (but not Phase 2A), at the Minimum Rental set forth in Section 3.1(b) and (c), below, and otherwise upon all the terms and provisions set forth herein with respect to the initial term of this Lease, for up to two (2) additional periods of ten (10) years each, the first commencing upon the expiration of the initial term hereof and the second commencing upon the expiration of the first extended term, if any. Exercise of such option with respect to the first such extended term shall be by written notice to Landlord at least eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the initial term hereof, exercise of such option with respect to the second extended term, if the first extension option has been duly exercised, shall be by written notice to Landlord at least eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the first extended term hereof. If Tenant is in material default hereunder, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, on the date of such notice or on the date any extended term is to commence, then the exercise of the option shall be of no force or effect, the extended term shall not commence and this Lease shall expire at the end of the then current term hereof (or at such earlier time as Landlord may elect pursuant to the default

 

6



 

provisions of this Lease). If Tenant properly exercises one or more extension options under this Section, then all references in this Lease (other than in this Section 2.6) to the “term” of this Lease shall be construed to include the extension term(s) thus elected by Tenant. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.6, Tenant shall have no right to extend the Term of this Lease beyond its prescribed term.

 

3.             RENTAL.

 

Tenant shall cause payment of Minimum Rental and other rent or charges to be received by Landlord on the first calendar day of each month of the Term of this Lease in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, except as specifically provided herein. All amounts payable by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed “Rent.”

 

3.1          Minimum Rental.

 

(a)           Commencement of Rental Obligations for Phase 1.

 

Tenant’s Minimum Rental obligations with respect to Phase 1A and Phase 1B shall commence on the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date and Tenant’s Operating Expense Obligations with respect to Phase 1A and Phase 1B shall commence as of the Effective Date, and both shall end on the Building 1 Termination Date, unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)           Commencement of Rental Obligations for Phase 2A.

 

Tenant’s Minimum Rental obligations with respect to Phase 2A shall commence on the Effective Date and Tenant’s Operating Expense obligations with respect to Phase 2A shall commence as of the Effective Date and both shall end on the Building 2 Termination Date, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)           Rental Amounts for Phase 1A, Phase 1B, and Phase 2A: Annual Increases.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord as minimum rental for the following Phases, in advance, without deduction, offset, notice or demand, on or before the respective Rent Commencement Date and on or before the first day of each subsequent calendar month of the Term of this Lease, the following amounts per month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.1 (“Minimum Rental”):

 

(i)            Phase 1A and 1B. Beginning on the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rental for Phase 1 in an amount equal to $287,701.20 ($3.60 per sq. ft. multiplied by 79,917).

 

(ii)           Phase 2A. Beginning on the Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rental for Phase 2A in an amount equal to $164,066.40 ($3.60 per sq. ft. multiplied by 45,574).

 

(iii)          [Deleted].

 

7


 

(iv)          Annual Increases. On the anniversary of each of October 6 of each year (as to the Phase 1 Rent) and October 6 of each year (as to the Phase 2A Rent), the then current Minimum Rental for the relevant Phase shall be increased by two percent (2%).

 

(v)           Partial Months. If the obligation to pay Minimum Rental hereunder commences on other than the first day of a calendar month or if the Term of this Lease terminates on other than the last day of a calendar month, the Minimum Rental for such first or last month of the Term of this Lease, as the case may be, shall be prorated based on the number of days the Term of this Lease is in effect during such month. If an increase in Minimum Rental becomes effective on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Minimum Rental for that month shall be the sum of the two applicable rates, each prorated for the portion of the month during which such rate is in effect.

 

(d)           Rental Amounts During First Extended Term.

 

If Tenant properly exercises its right to extend the Term of this Lease pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, the Minimum Rental during the first year of the first extended term shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rental value (as defined below), determined as of the commencement of such extended term in accordance with this paragraph. Upon Landlord’s receipt of a proper notice of Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend the Term of this Lease, the parties shall have thirty (30) days in which to agree on the Fair Market Rental at the commencement of the first extended term for the uses permitted hereunder. If the parties agree on such Fair Market Rental, they shall execute an amendment to this Lease stating the amount of the applicable minimum monthly rental (including the indexed amounts applicable during subsequent years of the first extended term as described above in Section 3.1(c)(iv)). If the parties are unable to agree on such rental within such thirty (30) day period, then within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least five (5) years experience appraising similar commercial properties in the County in which the Real Property is located to appraise and set the Fair Market Rental for the Premises at the commencement of the first extended term in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1(d). If either party fails to appoint an appraiser within the allotted time, the single appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser. If an appraiser is appointed by each party and the two appraisers so appointed are unable to agree upon a Fair Market Rental within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second, the two appraisers shall appoint a third similarly qualified appraiser within ten (10) days after expiration of such 30-day period; if they are unable to agree upon a third appraiser, then either party may, upon not less than five (5) days notice to the other party, apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the County in which the Real Property is located for the appointment of a third qualified appraiser. Each party shall bear its own legal fees in connection with appointment of the third appraiser and shall bear one-half of any other costs of appointment of the third appraiser and of such third appraiser’s fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted for either party in any capacity. Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser, the third appraiser shall set the Fair Market Rental for the first extended term by selecting the appraised value determined by the first two appraisers which is closest to his own determination, and shall so notify the parties, which determination shall be binding on the parties and shall be enforceable in any further proceedings relating to this Lease. For purposes of this Section 3.1(d), the “Fair Market Rental” of the

 

8



 

Premises shall be determined with reference to the then prevailing market rental rates for properties in the City of San Carlos with improvements and common area improvements comparable to those then existing in the Premises and paid for by Landlord.

 

(e)           Rental Amounts During Second Extended Term.

 

If Tenant properly exercises its right to a second extended Term of this Lease pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, the Minimum Rental during such second extended term shall be determined in the same manner provided in the preceding paragraph for the first extended term (including the rental increase provision for years after the first year of such second extended term), except that the determination shall be made as of the commencement of the second extended term.

 

3.2          Late Charge.

 

If Tenant shall fail to pay, when the same is due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable notice and cure period), any rent or other amounts due Landlord hereunder, such unpaid amounts shall bear interest for the benefit of the Landlord at a rate equal to the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, from the date due to the date of payment. Tenant further acknowledges that late payment of rent will cause Landlord to incur certain costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to determine with certainty. For this reason, in addition to interest, if Tenant shall fail to pay (which for purposes of this paragraph, “pay” shall mean actual receipt of the payment by Landlord) any installment of rent by the fifth (5th) day of the calendar month for which such installment is due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue installment of rent automatically shall be due without further notice, and shall be in addition to all other sums due. The parties agree that this additional late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant

 

4.             PARKING.

 

Landlord and Tenant agree that the Common Areas of the Real Property shall include not less than 690 parking spaces. Commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the Building 2 Termination Date, Tenant shall be entitled to 361 spaces, and commencing on the Building 2 Termination Date and ending on the Building 1 Termination Date, Tenant shall be entitled to 224 spaces, all in addition to those spaces provided in and subject to the Parking Lease.

 

5.             CONSTRUCTION.

 

5.1          Construction of Improvements.

 

(a)          Base Building Work; Performance and Payment.

 

Landlord has constructed Building 1 and Building 2 pursuant to its obligations under the Original Lease and Landlord and Tenant agree, subject to Section 5.1(c) below, that Landlord’s obligations in connection with such construction have been fully and satisfactorily performed.

 

9



 

(b)          Tenant’s Work; Phase 2A Improvements.

 

Tenant has constructed Tenant Improvements within Phase 1A Phase 1B of the Premises in accordance with the prior lease, and may make such future improvements and modifications to the same as set forth herein. Tenant and Landlord agreed under the Original Lease to provide Tenant with a Tenant improvement Allowance for tenant improvements within each Phase of the Premises equal to $100 per Usable Square Foot. Tenant and Landlord agree that this obligation has been satisfied as to Phase 1, and further agree Landlord shall construct improvements to Phase 2A pursuant to that Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C, and that such improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter shall meet Landlord’s obligations as to $70 per Usable Square Foot of Phase 2A, or such higher amount per Usable Square Foot actually expended by Landlord in constructing improvements within Phase 2A.

 

(c)           Compliance with Law.

 

Landlord warrants to Tenant that the Base Building Work and any other improvements constructed by Landlord from time to time shall not violate any applicable law, building code, regulation or ordinance in effect on the applicable Rent Commencement Date or at the time such improvements are placed in service. If it is determined that any of these warranties have been violated, then it shall be the obligation of the Landlord, after written notice from Tenant, to correct the conditions(s) constituting such violation promptly, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

 

6.            TAXES.

 

6.1          Personal Property.

 

Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes and assessments levied against or by reason of (a) any and all alterations, additions and items installed or placed on or in the Premises and taxed as personal property rather than as real property, and/or (b) all personal property, trade fixtures and other property placed by Tenant on or about the Premises. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s payment thereof. If at any time during the Term of this Lease any of said alterations, additions or personal property, whether or not belonging to Tenant, shall be taxed or assessed as part of the Real Property, then such tax or assessment shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after presentation by Landlord of copies of the tax bills in which such taxes and assessments are included and shall, for the purposes of this Lease, be deemed to be personal property taxes or assessments under this Section 6.1.

 

6.2          Real Property Taxes.

 

(a)           Real Property Taxes.

 

Commencing with the Effective Date and continuing for each calendar year, or tax year at Landlord’s option (such “tax year” being a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months for which the applicable taxing authority levies or assesses real property taxes), for the balance of the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of all real property taxes, pursuant to Section 7.2(a) below. Such sum for any partial year of the Lease Term shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days of such partial year. Landlord also shall provide Tenant with a copy of the applicable tax bill or tax statement from the taxing

 

10



 

authority. In addition to any other amounts due from Tenant to Landlord, if Tenant fails to pay the real property taxes to Landlord as herein required, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any interest, penalties or late charges caused by Tenant’s late payment.

 

(b)           Protests.

 

If the Premises are separately assessed, Tenant shall have the right, by appropriate proceedings, to protest or contest in good faith any assessment or reassessment of real property taxes, any special assessment, or the validity of any real property taxes or of any change in assessment or tax rate; provided, however, that prior to any such challenge Tenant must either (a) pay the taxes alleged to be due in their entirety and seek a refund from the appropriate authority, or (b) post bond in an amount sufficient to insure full payment of the real property taxes. In any event, upon a final determination with respect to such contest or protest, Tenant shall promptly pay all sums found to be due with respect thereto. In any such protest or contest, Tenant may act in its own name, and at the request of Tenant, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in any way Tenant may reasonably require in connection with such contest or protest, including signing such documents as Tenant reasonably shall request, provided that such cooperation shall be at no expense to Landlord and shall not require Landlord to attend any appeal or other hearing. Any such contest or protest shall be at Tenant’s sole expense, and if any penalties, interest or late charges become payable with respect to the real property taxes as a result of such contest or protest, Tenant shall pay the same.

 

(c)           Refunds.

 

If Tenant obtains a refund as the result of Tenant’s protest or contest and subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay Landlord’s costs (if any) associated therewith, Tenant shall be entitled to such refund to the extent it relates to Phase 1 or Phase 2A (to the extent occupied by Tenant) of the Premises during the Lease Term.

 

(d)           Other Taxes.

 

If at any time during the Lease Term under the laws of the United States Government, state, county or city, or any political subdivision thereof in which the Premises are situated, a tax or excise on rent or any other tax however described is levied or assessed by any such political body against Landlord on account of rentals payable to Landlord hereunder, such tax or excise shall be considered “real property taxes” for the purposes of this Section 6.2, excluding, however, from such tax or excise any amount assessed against Landlord as state or federal income tax.

 

(e)           Tax and Insurance Escrows.

 

To the extent required by any lender of Landlord, Tenant shall timely pay all tax and insurance impound payments due on the Premises.

 

11



 

7.            OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

7.1          Payment of Operating Expenses.

 

(a)           Tenant’s Operating Cost Share.

 

(i)            Commencing on the Effective Date through the Building 1 Termination Date or the Building 2 Termination Date, as applicable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the time and in the manner hereinafter set forth, as additional rental: (i) an amount equal to Tenant’s Operating Cost Share multiplied by the Operating Expenses defined in Section 7.2, and (ii) an amount equal to Tenant’s Operating Cost Share multiplied by the Exterior Common Area Cost.

 

(ii)           [Deleted]

 

(iii)          [Deleted].

 

(iv)          The term “Tenant’s Operating Cost Share” means 72.98% through and until the Building 2 Termination Date and thereafter means 46.47% through and until the Building 1 Termination Date. “Tenant’s Exterior Common Area Cost Share” shall be equal to the Tenant’s Operating Cost Share as established from time to time.

 

(b)           Adjustment of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share.

 

If at any time the percentage the gross square footage of the Premises as a part of the combined gross square footage of Buildings 1 and 2 should change, then Tenant’s Operating Cost Share shall be adjusted to be equal to the new percentage determined by dividing the new gross square footage of the Premises by the new gross square footage of Buildings 1 and/or 2 (as applicable).

 

7.2          Definition of Operating Expenses.

 

(a)           Inclusions.

 

Subject to the exclusions and provisions hereinafter contained, the term “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total costs and expenses incurred by Landlord or Tenant for operation and maintenance of the Buildings and the Real Property, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of:

 

(i)            insurance premiums for insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 12.1 (which may include, at Landlord’s option, flood, earthquake or environmental remediation insurance), insurance deductibles, provided that any increase in premiums for flood, earthquake or environmental remediation coverage which is in excess of twenty five percent of the previous years’ premium shall not be included in Operating Expenses;

 

(ii)           the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building and Common Areas in a first class condition including but not limited to sidewalks, parking areas, curbs, roads, driveways, lighting standards, landscaping, sewers, water, gas and electrical distribution systems and facilities, drainage facilities, and all signs, both illuminated and non-illuminated that are now or hereafter in the Buildings and on the Real Property;

 

12



 

(iii)          all Common Area utilities and services not separately metered to Tenant;

 

(iv)          real and personal property taxes and assessments or substitutes therefor levied or assessed against the Real Property or any part thereof, including (but not limited to any possessory interest, use, business, license or other taxes or fees, any taxes imposed directly on rents or services, any assessments or charges for police or fire protection, housing, transit, open space, street or sidewalk construction or maintenance or other similar services from time to time by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity, and any other new taxes on landlords in addition to taxes now in effect;

 

(v)           supplies, equipment, utilities and tools used in the operation and maintenance of the Real Property;

 

(vi)          capital improvements to the Real Property, the Improvements or the Buildings including, without limitation, all structural, roof, HVAC (defined as heating, ventilation, and air conditioning equipment and fixtures related thereto) serving the Common Areas, plumbing and electrical systems costing Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) or less, provided that the cost of all other capital improvements shall be amortized over the useful life of any such capital improvement (calculated in accordance with GAAP) and included in Operating Expenses;

 

(vii)         [Deleted]

 

(viii)        market rate lease costs for equipment; and

 

(ix)          any other costs (including, but not limited to, any parking or utilities fees or surcharges) allocable to or paid by Landlord, as owner of the Real Property, Buildings or Improvements, pursuant to any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or pursuant to the terms of any declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Real Property or any other property over which Tenant has non-exclusive use rights as contemplated in Section 1.1(b) hereof.

 

(b)           Exclusions.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the following shall not be included within Operating Expenses:

 

(i)            Leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants, or in connection with leasing, renovating or improving space for tenants or other occupants or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Real Property;

 

(ii)           The cost of any service sold to any tenant (including Tenant) or other occupant for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent and operating expenses payable under the lease with that tenant;

 

13



 

(iii)          Any depreciation on the Buildings or on any other improvements on the Real Property;

 

(iv)          Expenses in connection with services or other benefits of a type that are not offered or made available to Tenant but that are provided to another tenant of the Real Property or of any other property owned by Landlord;

 

(v)           Costs incurred due to Landlord’s violation of any terms or conditions of this Lease or of any other lease relating to the Buildings or to any other portion of the Real Property;

 

(vi)          Overhead profit increments paid to any subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord for services other than management on or to the Real Property, or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the cost of the services, supplies or materials exceeds the cost that would have been paid had the services, supplies or materials been provided by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis;

 

(vii)         All interest, loan fees and other carrying costs related to any mortgage or deed of trust, and all rental and other amounts payable under any ground or underlying lease, or above market lease payments under any lease for any equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature (except janitorial equipment which is not affixed to the Buildings and/or equipment the costs of which, if purchased, would be considered an amortizable Operating Expense under the provisions above, notwithstanding the capital nature of such equipment);

 

(viii)        Any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

 

(ix)          Advertising and promotional expenditures;

 

(x)           Any costs, fines or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority or of this Lease or any other lease of any portion of the Real Property or any other property owned by Landlord, or due to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(xi)          Property management fees;

 

(xii)         Costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art, and for any insurance thereon or extraordinary security in connection therewith other than that provided in connection with the initial construction of the Buildings or the Common Area improvements on the Real Property;

 

(xiii)        Wages, salaries or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of building manager;

 

(xiv)       The cost of containing, removing or otherwise remediating any contamination of the Real Property (including the underlying land and groundwater) by any

 

14


 

toxic or Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 11.4(a), below) for which Landlord is responsible under Section 11.4, below; and

 

(xv)         Premiums for earthquake, environmental remediation or flood insurance coverage other than as permitted under Section 7.2(a), above.

 

(xvi)        Operating Expenses shall not include any costs attributable to the work for which Landlord is required to pay under Article 5 or Exhibit C, nor any costs attributable to the initial construction of the Buildings or of Common Area improvements on the Real Property.

 

7.3          Determination of Operating Expenses.

 

During the last month of each calendar year of the Term of this Lease (“Lease Year”), or as soon thereafter as practical, Landlord shall provide Tenant notice of Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Expenses for the ensuing Lease Year or applicable portion thereof. On or before the first day of each month during the ensuing Lease Year or applicable portion thereof, beginning on the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of the portion of such estimated Operating Expenses allocable (on a pro rata basis) to such month; provided, however, that if such notice is not given in the last month of a Lease Year, Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the prior year’s estimate, if any, until the month after such notice is given. If at any time or times it appears to Landlord that the actual Operating Expenses will vary from Landlord’s estimate by more than four percent (4%), Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon such revised estimate.

 

7.4          Final Accounting For Lease Year.

 

(a)           Annual Statement

 

Within ninety (90) days after the close of each Lease Year, or as soon after such 90-day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of the Operating Expenses for such Lease Year prepared by Landlord from Landlord’s books and records, which statement shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant (except as provided in Section 7.4(b)). If on the basis of such statement Tenant owes an amount that is more or less than the estimated payments for such Lease Year previously made by Tenant, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall pay the deficiency to the other party within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement. Failure or inability of Landlord to deliver the annual statement within such ninety (90) day period shall not impair or constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Operating Expenses, or cause Landlord to incur any liability for damages.

 

(b)           Audit Rights

 

At any time within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of Landlord’s annual statement of Operating Expenses as contemplated in Section 7.4(a), Tenant shall be entitled, upon reasonable written notice to Landlord and during normal business hours at Landlord’s office or such other places as Landlord shall designate, to inspect and examine those books and records of Landlord relating to the determination of Operating Expenses for the immediately

 

15



 

preceding Lease Year covered by such annual statement or, if Tenant so elects by written notice to Landlord, to request an independent audit of such books and records. The independent audit of the books and records shall be conducted by a certified public accountant acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant or, if the parties are unable to agree, by a certified public accountant appointed by the Presiding Judge of the County Superior Court in which the Real Property is located upon the application of either Landlord or Tenant (with notice to the other party). In either event, such certified public accountant shall be one who is not then employed in any capacity by Landlord or Tenant. The audit shall be limited to the determination of the amount of Operating Expenses for the subject Lease Year, and shall be based on generally accepted accounting principles and tax accounting principles, consistently applied. If it is determined, by mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant or by independent audit, that the amount of Operating Expenses billed to or paid by Tenant for the applicable Lease Year was incorrect, then the appropriate party shall pay to the other party the deficiency or overpayment, as applicable, within thirty (30) days after the final determination of such deficiency or overpayment. All costs and expenses of the audit shall be paid by Tenant unless the audit shows that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses for the subject Lease Year by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall pay all costs and expenses of the audit. Each party agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the findings of any such audit.

 

7.5          Proration.

 

If the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 or Phase 2A falls on a day other than the first day of a Lease Year and/or if the Building 1 Termination Date or the Building 2 Termination Date falls on a day other than the last day of a Lease Year, then the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant with respect to such first or last partial Lease Year shall be prorated on the basis which the number of days during such Lease Year in which this Lease is in effect bears to 365. The termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 7.4 to be performed after such termination.

 

7.6          Reserve Account.

 

Tenant shall each month, commencing on the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter of the Lease term, deposit into a segregated, interest bearing bank account in a federally insured bank or savings institute an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the monthly rent due for that month, to provide for future replacements to improvements and fixtures within the Premises (the “Reserve Account”); provided that if at any time the amount held in the Reserve Account is equal to the product of thirty six months times the amount of the monthly contribution, Tenant’s obligation to make additional deposits shall be temporarily suspended. Tenant’s obligation to make such deposits shall resume at such time as the amount in the Reserve Account drops below such amount. The Reserve Account shall remain the property of Tenant, but disbursements from the Reserve Account shall be made only by joint check executed by Landlord and Tenant upon the mutual consent of Landlord and Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request, either sign any such check or convey in writing to Tenant any objections to signing the check, and shall thereafter diligently work with Tenant to resolve any differences with regard to the disbursement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant, pursuant to the Lease, is required to make certain repairs, improvements, or

 

16



 

replacements to the Premises or Common Area but fails to do so within the time allowed hereunder (subject to any applicable cure period), then Landlord, as provided under the Lease, may make such repairs, improvements, or replacements, and may disburse funds from the Reserve Account, without Tenant’s consent or signature on the disbursement check(s), to pay for the cost of the repairs, improvements, or replacements. Any amount in the Reserve Account remaining at the expiration of the Lease shall remain the property of Tenant.

 

7.7          Property Management Fee.

 

Commencing with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly fee (“Management Fee”) to cover costs of property management services in an amount not to exceed one percent (1.00%) of the Minimum Rental for the Premises whether or not Landlord incurs fees payable to any third party to provide such services and without regard to the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such services.

 

8.             UTILITIES.

 

8.1          Payment.

 

Commencing with the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date and thereafter throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay, before delinquency, all charges for water, trash collection, gas, heat, light, electricity, power, sewer, telephone, alarm system, janitorial and other services or utilities supplied to or consumed in or with respect to the Premises, including any taxes on such services and utilities, and Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of all charges for water, gas, heat, light, electricity, power, sewer, telephone, alarm system, janitorial and other services or utilities supplied to or consumed in or with respect to the Common Areas. It is the intention of the parties that to the extent feasible, all services provided to the Premises (as opposed to the Common Areas and as the same shall exist from time to time) shall be separately metered to the Premises.

 

8.2          Interruption.

 

There shall be no abatement of rent or other charges required to be paid hereunder and Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for interruption or failure of any service or utility furnished to or used with respect to the Premises because of accident, making of repairs, alterations or improvements, severe weather, difficulty or inability in obtaining services or supplies, labor difficulties or any other cause, except the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees and/or agents.

 

9.            ALTERATIONS.

 

9.1          Right To Make Alterations.

 

Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, other than interior non-structural alterations (“Cosmetic Alterations”) costing less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and if Tenant so requests, Landlord shall specify whether Landlord intends to

 

17



 

require that Tenant remove such Cosmetic Alterations (or any specified portions thereof) upon expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord’s failure to respond within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s request or notice to Landlord shall be deemed Landlord’s consent to allow the Cosmetic Alterations to remain with the Premises at the end of the Lease Term. Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of any plans submitted to any governmental agency in connection with the construction of any Cosmetic Alterations, within thirty (30) days of such submittal. All alterations, additions and improvements shall be completed with due diligence in a first-class, workmanlike manner, in compliance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and to the extent Landlord’s consent is not otherwise required hereunder for such alterations, additions or improvements, Tenant shall give prompt written notice thereof to Landlord. With respect to all proposed alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations or otherwise), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a cost estimate to perform the alterations, a set of plans and specifications for the proposed work, and a set of final “as built” plans of the work actually performed. Tenant shall cause any contractors engaged by Tenant for work in the Buildings or on the Real Property to maintain public liability and property damage insurance, and other customary insurance, with such terms and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming as additional insureds Landlord and any of its partners, shareholders, property managers and lenders designated by Landlord for this purpose, and shall furnish Landlord with certificates of insurance or other evidence that such coverage is in effect. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 9.1, under no circumstances shall Tenant make any structural alterations or improvements, or any changes to the roof or equipment installations on the roof, or any substantial changes or alterations to the building systems, except Cosmetic Alterations, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Landlord’s failure to respond within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s request shall be deemed approval. Landlord shall receive no fee for supervision, profit, overhead or general conditions, but shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Tenant for any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with its retention of third parties to assist in its review of Tenant’s request for consent in connection with any alterations, additions or improvements constructed or installed by Tenant under this Lease after the date hereof.

 

9.2          Title To Alterations.

 

All alterations, additions and improvements installed in, on or about the Premises at Tenant’s expense shall belong to Tenant during the Lease Term and upon expiration or earlier termination shall become part of the Real Property and shall become the property of Landlord, unless Landlord elects (at the time it grants consent to installation) to require Tenant to remove the same upon the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Tenant’s movable furniture and equipment and trade fixtures. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage caused by its removal of any such alterations, additions and improvements, furniture, equipment or trade fixtures. Landlord shall not be entitled to require removal unless Landlord specified its intention to do so at the time of granting of Landlord’s consent to the requested alterations, additions or improvements. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article 9, however, under no circumstances shall Tenant have any obligation to remove from the Buildings or the Real Property, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, any of the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord.

 

18



 

9.3          Tenant Fixtures and Personal Property.

 

Subject to Section 9.2 and to Section 9.5, Tenant may install, remove and reinstall trade fixtures without Landlord’s prior written consent, except that installation and removal of any fixtures which are affixed to the Buildings or the Real Property or which affect the exterior or structural portions of the Buildings or the building systems shall require Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

9.4          No Liens.

 

Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises free from all liens and claims of any contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, suppliers or any other parties employed either directly or indirectly by Tenant in construction work on the Buildings or the Real Property. Tenant may contest any claim of lien, but only if, prior to such contest, Tenant either (i) posts security in the amount of the claim, plus estimated costs and interest, or (ii) records a bond of a responsible corporate surety in such amount as may be required to release the lien from the Buildings and the Real Property no later than the thirtieth day following recordation of such lien. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost and other expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of claims of any lien for work performed or materials or supplies furnished at the request of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant. Tenant shall at no time voluntarily place any fixture filing or otherwise grant a security interest in any alterations, additions or improvements installed in, on or about the Premises.

 

9.5          Signs.

 

Tenant shall have the right to a proportionate share of external and monument signage, in proportion to the ratio between the Useable Square Footage in Tenant’s Premises and the total Useable Square Footage on the Real Property, provided however, Tenant shall have the right to continue to display its corporate name and logo on the exterior of the Buildings in the size and manner it is displayed as of the Effective Date (subject to changes in applicable laws or regulations requiring a modification to such signage).

 

10.          MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

 

10.1        Tenant’s Obligation for Maintenance.

 

(a)           Good Order, Condition and Repair.

 

(i)             In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Operating Cost Share as required by Section 7, Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligation shall be limited to the repair and maintenance of the interior of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time (being defined as the floor surfaces, ceiling, interior wall surfaces, electrical, plumbing, HVAC equipment exclusively serving the Premises and telephone and communications systems within such interior).

 

(b)           [Deleted].

 

19



 

(c)           Landlord’s Remedy.

 

If Tenant, after notice from Landlord, fails to make or perform promptly any repairs or maintenance which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, but shall not be required, to enter the Buildings and make the repairs or perform the maintenance necessary to restore the Buildings to good and sanitary order, in a first class condition and repair. In such case, immediately on demand from Landlord, the cost of such repairs shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord.

 

(d)           Condition Upon Surrender.

 

At the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises, including any additions, alterations and improvements thereto, broom clean, in good and sanitary order, in a first class condition and repair, free from Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant, its agents or invitees (it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall have no responsibility for Hazardous Materials that have migrated onto the Real Property through the air, water or soils), ordinary wear and tear excepted, and delivered free of radioactive licenses or other restrictions on use, first, however, removing all goods and effects of Tenant and all fixtures and items required to be removed or specified to be removed at Landlord’s election pursuant to this Lease, and repairing any damage caused by such removal. Tenant expressly waives any and all interest in any personal property and trade fixtures not removed from the Premises by Tenant at the expiration or termination of this Lease, agrees that any such personal property and trade fixtures may, at Landlord’s election, be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant, and authorizes Landlord (at its election and without prejudice to any other remedies under this Lease or under applicable law) to remove and either retain, store or dispose of such property at Tenant’s cost and expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from any such removal, storage, retention or disposal.

 

10.2        Landlord’s Obligation for Maintenance.

 

(a)           Good Order, Condition and Repair.

 

Landlord, at its cost and expense, but subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay the Tenant’s Operating Cost Share as required by Section 7.1, shall keep and maintain in good and sanitary order, in a first class condition and repair, all Common Areas and each such Building and every part thereof, wherever located, including, but not limited to the structural components of the Buildings, the roof, signs, exterior, interior, walls, ceiling, electrical system, plumbing system, telephone and communications systems of each such Building, all the HVAC equipment and related mechanical systems serving each such Building, all doors, door checks, windows, plate glass, door fronts, plumbing and sewage and other utility facilities, fixtures, lighting, wall surfaces, floor surfaces and ceiling surfaces of each such Building and all other interior repairs, foreseen and unforeseen, (except the interior of the Premises and the systems designated for Tenant’s exclusive use required to be repaired and maintained by Tenant as required by Section 10.1(a) above).

 

20



 

(b)           No Abatement.

 

There shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises or Common Areas, or in or to improvements, fixtures, equipment and personal property therein.

 

(c)           Landlords’ Right of Entry for Repairs.

 

Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises, or any part thereof, for the purpose of performing any repairs or maintenance Landlord is permitted to make pursuant to this Lease, and of ascertaining the condition of the Premises or whether Tenant is observing and performing Tenant’s obligations hereunder, all without unreasonable interference from Tenant or Tenant’s agents. Except for emergency maintenance or repairs, the right of entry contained in this Section shall be exercisable at reasonable times, at reasonable hours and on reasonable notice (which shall not be less than twenty-four (24) hours).

 

11.           USE OF PROPERTY.

 

11.1        Permitted Use.

 

Subject to Sections 11.3, and 11.4 hereof, Tenant shall use the Premises solely for an office and laboratory research and development facility, including (but not limited to) storage and use of small laboratory animals, and other lawful purposes reasonably related to or incidental to such specified uses (subject in each case to receipt of all necessary approvals from the City and County in which the Real Property is located and other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Buildings and uses therein), and for no other purpose.

 

11.2        No Nuisance.

 

Tenant shall not use the Premises for or carry on or permit upon the Premises or any part thereof any offensive, noisy or dangerous trade, business, manufacture, occupation, odor or fumes, or any nuisance or anything against public policy, nor commit or allow to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, nor bring nor keep anything therein, which will in any way cause the Premises to be uninsurable with respect to the insurance required by this Lease or with respect to standard fire and extended coverage insurance with vandalism, malicious mischief and riot endorsements.

 

11.3        Compliance With Laws.

 

Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used in whole or in part for any purpose or use that is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or rules of any governmental agency or public authority. Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law, ordinance or insurance on the Premises, or any order or regulation of any public authority, because of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises. Tenant shall procure at its costs all licenses and permits required for Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall use the Premises in strict accordance with all applicable ordinances, rules, laws and regulations and shall comply, at its expense, with all requirements of all governmental authorities now in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the use of the Premises by Tenant,

 

21



 

including, without limitation, regulations applicable to noise, water, soil and air pollution, and making such structural and nonstructural alterations and additions thereto as may be required from time to time by such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of governmental authorities or insurers of the Premises (collectively, “Requirements”) because of Tenant’s construction of improvements in or other particular use of the Premises. The judgment of any court, or the admission by Tenant in any proceeding against Tenant, that Tenant has violated any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation or requirement shall be conclusive of such violation as between Landlord and Tenant.

 

11.4        Environmental Matters.

 

(a)           Definition of Hazardous Materials.

 

For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials shall mean the substances included within the definitions of the term “hazardous substance” under (i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq., and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended, (ii) the California Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, California Health & Safety Code §§ 25300 et seq., and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended, (iii) the Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory Act, California Heath & Safety Code §§ 2-5500 et seq., and regulations, promulgated thereunder, as amended, and (iv) petroleum; “hazardous waste shall mean (i) any waste listed as or meeting the identified characteristics of a “hazardous waste” under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq., and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, as amended, (ii) any waste meeting the identified characteristics of “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste” or “restricted hazardous waste” under the California Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code §§ 25 100 et seq., and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, as amended (collectively, the “CHWCL”), and/or (iii) any waste meeting the identified characteristics of “medical waste” under California Health & Safety Code §§ 25015-25027.8, and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended; and “hazardous waste facility shall mean a hazardous waste facility as defined under the CHWCL.

 

(b)           Tenant’s Obligations Re: Hazardous Substances.

 

(i)            Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material or hazardous waste to be brought upon, kept, stored or used in or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, except that Tenant, in connection with its permitted use of the Premises as provided in Section 11.1, may keep, store and use materials that constitute Hazardous Materials which are customary for such permitted use, provided such Hazardous Materials are kept, stored and used in quantities which are customary for such permitted use and are kept, stored and used in full compliance with clauses (ii) and (iii) immediately below.

 

(ii)           Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, permits, licenses and operating plans of any governmental authority with respect to the receipt, use, handling, generation, transportation, storage, treatment and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials or wastes by Tenant or its agents or employees.

 

22


 

(iii)                                       Tenant shall not (A) operate on or about the Premises any facility required to be permitted or licensed as a hazardous waste facility or for which interim status as such is required, nor (B) store any hazardous wastes on or about the Premises for ninety (90) days or more, nor (C) conduct any other activities on or about the Premises that could result in the Premises being deemed to be a “hazardous waste facility” (including, but not limited to, any storage or treatment of Hazardous Materials or hazardous wastes which could have such a result).

 

(iv)                                      Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and permits relating to underground storage tanks installed by Tenant or its agents or employees or at the request of Tenant (including any installation, monitoring, maintenance, closure and/or removal of such tanks) as such tanks are defined in California Health & Safety Code § 2528l(x), including, without limitation, complying with California Health & Safety Code §§ 25280-25299.7 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of all registrations and permits issued to or held by Tenant from time to time for any and all underground storage tanks located on or under the Real Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not install any underground storage tanks at the Real Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its reasonable discretion.

 

(v)                                         Tenant shall not keep any trash, garbage, waste or other refuse on the Premises except in sanitary containers and shall regularly and frequently remove the same from the Premises. Tenant shall keep all incinerators, containers or other equipment used for the storage or disposal of such matter in a clean and sanitary condition. Tenant shall properly dispose of all sanitary sewage and shall not use the sewage disposal system of the Buildings for the disposal of anything except as permitted by any governmental entity.

 

(vi)                                      At reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct (a) an annual hazardous waste investigation of the Premises and (b) if Landlord has reasonable cause to believe that any contamination exists on, in, under, or around the Buildings or the Premises, such other tests of the Premises and the Buildings as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable to demonstrate whether contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord, its agents and contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, demands or actions, arising out of or in connection with any removal, clean up, restoration and materials required hereunder to return the Premises and any other property of whatever nature to their condition existing prior to the time of any such contamination caused by Tenant, its employees or agents. Landlord shall pay for the cost of the annual investigation and other tests of the Premises, unless it has been determined that Tenant, its employees or agents have caused contamination of the Premises with Hazardous Materials, in which case Tenant shall bear such costs. Tenant shall pay the reasonable costs required to perform or conduct any closure study, exit audit or similar investigation required by then applicable laws.

 

(vii)                                   Tenant shall surrender the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of any Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant, its employees or agents and free and clear of all judgments, liens or encumbrances relating thereto

 

23



 

and at its own cost and expense, shall repair all damage and clean up or perform any remedial action necessary relating to any Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant, its employees or agents. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall, following Landlord’s request, remove any alterations or improvements that may be contaminated or contain Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant, its employees or agents.

 

(c)                                  Tenant’s Indemnity.

 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, losses (including, but not limited to, loss of rental income and diminution in value), damages, liabilities, costs, legal fees and expenses of any sort arising out of or relating to (A) any failure by Tenant to comply with any provisions of this Section 11.4, or (B) any receipt, use handling, generation, transportation, storage, treatment, release and/or disposal of any Hazardous Material or waste or any radioactive material or radiation on or about the Premises as a proximate result of Tenant’s use of the Premises or as a result of any intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or of any agent, employee, vendor or invitee of Tenant.

 

(d)                                 Survival.

 

The provisions of this Section 11.4 shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

12.                               INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY.

 

12.1                        Landlord’s Insurance.

 

During the Lease Term, Landlord shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, as part of Operating Expenses, a policy or policies of insurance on the Buildings insuring the same against loss or damage by the following risks: fire and extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage (if sprinklers are required in the Buildings under applicable building code provisions, or are installed by Tenant in the absence of such requirement) in amounts not less than ninety percent (90%) of Full Replacement Value of the Buildings, (including both the Buildings and any tenant improvements), or the amount of such insurance Landlord’s lender requires Landlord to maintain. The term “Full Replacement Value” shall mean actual replacement cost, including changes required by new building codes or ordinances (exclusive of the cost of excavation, foundations and footings). Such insurance shall show, as a loss payee in respect of the Premises, Landlord, Tenant and any ground lessor or mortgagee of Landlord required to be named pursuant to its mortgage documents, as their interests may appear. Landlord, subject to availability thereof and, as part of Operating Expenses, shall further insure as Landlord deems appropriate coverage against flood, earthquake, environmental remediation, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss for a period of eighteen (18) months for periods of repair or rebuild, workmen’s compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance as to any improvements installed by Tenant, provided that such coverage does not duplicate coverages maintained by Tenant. Landlord, as part of the Operating Expenses, shall further carry General Liability with General Aggregate Amount & Per Occurrence Limit insurance with a single loss limit of not less

 

24



 

than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) for death or bodily injury, or property damage with respect to the Real Property.

 

12.2                        Tenant’s Insurance.

 

(a)                                 Commercial General Liability Insurance.

 

During the Lease Term, Tenant shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a policy or policies of Commercial General Liability insurance, showing, as an additional insured in respect of the Premises, Landlord, Tenant, any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Premises, any ground lessor and any lender of Landlord required to be named pursuant to its loan documents. Such policy shall insure against any and all claims, demands or actions for injuries to persons, loss of life and damage to property occurring upon, in or about the Premises (including coverage for liability caused by independent contractors of Tenant or subtenants of Tenant working in or about the Premises), with minimum coverage in an amount not less than a Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit with respect to all bodily injury, death or property damage in any one accident or occurrence. In the event of a claim, action or demand relating to the Premises, the amount of any deductible or self-insured retention and/or any award in excess of the policy limits shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

 

(b)                                 Tenant’s Risk.

 

Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise and equipment, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom relative to such damage except as more particularly heretofore set forth within this Lease. Tenant at Tenant’s cost may carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant, business interruption or other coverages.

 

(c)                                  Other Insurance.

 

In addition to all other insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder, Tenant, throughout the Lease Term, shall provide and keep in force at Tenant’s sole cost and expense the following:

 

(i)                                             Workman’s Compensation insurance to the full extent required under the laws of the State of California;

 

(ii)                                          Insurance on Tenant’s equipment, personal property and other contents in, on or about the Premises insuring against loss or damage by all risks covered by “special form” coverage, in amounts equal to ninety percent (90%) of their full replacement value;

 

(iii)                                       [Deleted]; and

 

(iv)                                      Other nonduplicative insurance required by Landlord, in types and amounts consistent with commercially reasonable practice.

 

25



 

12.3                        Insurers; Primary Insurance.

 

All policies of insurance provided for herein shall be on an occurrence basis and shall be issued by insurance companies with a general policy holder’s rating of not less than A- and a financial rating of not less than Class XV as rated in the most current available “Best’s” Insurance Reports. Such insurance companies shall be qualified to do business in the State of California. All such policies carried by Tenant shall name Landlord, any ground lessor and any lender (or its successors and assigns) as additional insureds, and shall be for the mutual and joint benefit and protection of Landlord, Tenant, any ground lessor and Landlord’s first mortgagee or beneficiary. All public liability and property damage policies carried by Tenant shall contain a provision that Landlord, although named as an insured, nevertheless shall be entitled to recovery under said policies for any loss occasioned to it, its servants, agents and employees by reason of the negligence of Tenant. As often as any such policy shall expire or terminate, renewal or additional policies shall be procured and maintained by Tenant in like manner and to like extent. All policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give to Landlord thirty (30) days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation or lapse. All public liability, property damage and other casualty policies carried by Tenant shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry. Tenant shall, upon request from Landlord from time to time, immediately deliver to Landlord copies of all insurance policies (including the declarations pages) in effect with respect to the Premises. All liability policies shall contain endorsements for cross-liability, fire, legal liability, broad form contractual liability, employer’s automobile non-ownership, products completed operation coverage and dram shop liability, as applicable.

 

12.4                        Blanket Policy.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained within this Section 12, Tenant’s obligations to carry the insurance provided for herein may be brought within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance carried and maintained by Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord, any ground lessor and any lender shall be named as an additional insured thereunder as their interests appear, the coverage afforded Landlord will not be reduced or diminished by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance, and the requirements set forth herein are otherwise satisfied.

 

12.5                        Deductibles.

 

The deductible amounts, if any, with respect to all insurance, which Tenant is required to maintain hereunder, shall not exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) per claim or occurrence. The amount of the deductibles, if any, within this limitation shall be a business decision by Tenant; under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to reimburse Tenant for the amount of any deductible incurred by Tenant in connection with any insured event, except to the extent the event resulting in the claim was caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s agents’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

26



 

12.6                        Certificates.

 

Upon the execution and delivery of this Lease and thereafter not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of the expiring policies theretofore maintained, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance with respect to the policies of insurance required by this Lease or duplicate originals of all such policies. Landlord, upon reasonable notice, may inspect and copy any policies of insurance, and any records relating thereto kept and maintained by Tenant.

 

12.7                        Adjustment in the Event of Loss.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all insurance proceeds payable with respect to any damage or destruction to the Premises (but not with respect to Tenant’s personal property, it being understood that insurance proceeds allocable to Tenant’s personal property shall be payable directly to Tenant) shall be payable to Landlord and Tenant, jointly, to be held in an interest bearing account. If Tenant and Landlord undertake to repair said damage in accordance with Article 15 below, the proceeds shall be made available to Tenant as to the tenant improvements and to Landlord as to the Building and Common Area used to fund the reconstruction. In all other events, the proceeds shall be the sole property of Landlord except otherwise expressly provided herein. Landlord shall be entitled to compromise, adjust or settle any and all claims with respect to insurance carried by it covering the Premises. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other party such releases, endorsements and other instruments as the other party reasonably may require in order to compromise, adjust or settle any insurance claim which such other party shall be entitled to compromise, adjust or settle pursuant to this paragraph and to enable the other party or its designee to collect such insurance proceeds as are payable in respect of such claim.

 

12.8                        Proration Upon Termination.

 

If any of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder is still in effect at the termination of this Lease, Landlord may elect to terminate such insurance, or Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the pro rata portion of the premium paid by Tenant for such insurance based upon the number of days remaining unexpired in such insurance.

 

12.9                        Waiver of Subrogation.

 

To the extent permitted by law and without affecting the coverage provided by insurance required to be maintained hereunder, Landlord and Tenant each waive any right to recover against the other with respect to (i) damage to property, (ii) damage to the Premises or any part thereof, or (iii) claims arising by reason of any of the foregoing, but only to the extent that any of the foregoing damages and claims under clauses (i)-(iii) hereof are covered, and only to the extent of such coverage, by casualty insurance actually carried by either Landlord or Tenant. This provision is intended to waive fully, and for the benefit of each party, any rights and claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in any insurance carrier. Each party shall procure a clause or endorsement on any casualty insurance policy denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to the occurrence of injury or loss. Coverage provided by insurance maintained by Tenant shall not be limited, reduced or diminished by virtue of the subrogation waiver herein contained.

 

27



 

12.10                 Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 Tenant’s Indemnification Obligations.

 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord and its lenders, agents, employees, directors, officers, managers, members, partners, affiliates, independent contractors, and property managers (collectively, “Landlord’s Agents or “Agents”) harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liability, loss or damage, whether for injury to or death of persons or damage to real or personal property, arising out of or in connection with the Premises, Tenant’s use of the Premises, any activity, work, or other thing done, permitted, or suffered by Tenant in or about the Buildings, or arising from any reason or cause whatsoever in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party during the Term of this Lease, except to the extent that the event giving rise to the claim, demand, liability, loss or damage was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. Tenant shall further indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless against and from any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any act or negligence of Tenant or any officer, agent, employee, guest, or invitee of Tenant, and from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses, and liabilities incurred as a result of any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. In any case, action, or proceeding brought against Landlord or Landlord’s Agents by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon, or about the Premises from any cause arising prior to the later of the termination of this Lease or the date Tenant has performed all obligations under Section 10.1(d) and is no longer in possession of the Premises (except for such damage or injury caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s Agents’ willful misconduct or gross negligence), and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and Landlord’s Agents. Tenant’s obligation to indemnify under this paragraph shall include attorneys’ fees, investigation costs, and other reasonable costs, expenses, and liabilities incurred by Landlord and Landlord’s Agents. If the ability of Tenant to use the Premises or the Buildings is interrupted for any reason, Landlord and Landlord’s Agents shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damages occasioned by such loss of use, except to the extent such loss or damages is caused by Landlord’s or its Agents’ willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(b)                                 Landlord’s Indemnification Obligations.

 

Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and its members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, agents and employees harmless from any and all liability for injury to or death of any person, or loss of or damage to the property of any person, and all actions, claims, demands, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages or expenses of any kind arising therefrom which may be brought or made against Tenant or which Tenant may pay or incur, to the extent such liabilities or other matters arise in, on or about the Premises by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct or omission by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. Landlord shall further indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant and its members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, agents and employees harmless against and from any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any

 

28



 

obligation on Landlord’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, and from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses, and liabilities incurred as a result of any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. In any case, action, or proceeding brought against Tenant or its members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, agents and employees by reason of any such claim, Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, shall defend the same at Landlord’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

 

12.11                  Limitation on Landlord Liability.

 

Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents shall be liable for loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, or for any injury to or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, or rain which may leak from any part of the Buildings or from the pipes, appliances, or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street, or subsurface or from any other place resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents, shall be liable for interference with or loss of business by Tenant. Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the Buildings or of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment belonging to Landlord. If Landlord is in default of this Lease, and as a consequence. Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title, and interest of Landlord in the Premises, and out of rent or other income from the Premises receivable by Landlord or out of the consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title, and interest in the Premises. Landlord’s Agents shall not be personally liable for any deficiency except to the extent liability is based upon willful misconduct. If Landlord is a partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company, the partners or members of such partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, shall not be personally liable and no partner or member of Landlord (or of any affiliated entity) shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, or service of process be made against any partner or member of Landlord (or of any affiliated entity), except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company or to the extent liability is caused by willful misconduct. If Landlord is a corporation, the shareholders, directors, officers, employees, and/or agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable and no shareholder, director, officer, employee, or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, or service of process be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord, except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the corporation. No partner, member, shareholder, director, employee, or agent of Landlord (or of any affiliated entity) shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process and no judgment will be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, or agent of Landlord.

 

29



 

13.                               SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT.

 

13.1                        Assignment and Sublease of Building.

 

(a)                                 Consent Required.

 

Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall neither voluntarily nor by operation of law assign, sell, encumber, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder, or permit any other person (excepting Tenant’s agents and employees) to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall be not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments of this Lease or to one or more sublettings of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to require consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting or other transfer. If Tenant is a corporation, unincorporated association or partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation, association or partnership in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of all outstanding stock or interests, or liquidation thereof, shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this section and the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed an assignment within the meanings and provisions of this section. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to: (i) any corporation or partnership which is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or (ii) a sale to an entity with a net worth, as designated in its most recent financial statement (no older than 3 months), equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth on the Effective Date. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any required consent to assignment, subletting, transfer, change of ownership or hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant’s interest in and to the Premises, not to exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per request plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses payable to third parties. Any purported sublease or assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease requiring but not having received Landlord’s consent thereto (to the extent such consent is required hereunder) shall be void.

 

(b)                                 Permitted Transfers.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any bona fide financing or capitalization, including a public offering of the common stock of Tenant, shall not be deemed to be an assignment hereunder; and (ii) Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet the Buildings, or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to any Affiliate of Tenant, or to any entity which results from a merger, reorganization or consolidation with Tenant, or to any entity which acquires substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant as a going concern (hereinafter each a “Permitted Transfer”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, an “Affiliate” of Tenant shall mean any entity in which Tenant owns at least a twenty five percent (25%) equity interest, any entity which owns at least a twenty five percent (25%) equity interest in Tenant and/or any entity which is related to Tenant by a chain of ownership interests involving at least twenty five percent (25%) equity interest at each level in the chain. Landlord shall have no right to terminate this Lease in connection with, and shall have no right to any sums or other economic consideration resulting from, any Permitted Transfer. The transferee under such Permitted Transfer shall be and remain subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

(c)                                  Consent Required.

 

Landlord’s consent may be based upon a determination that the same type, class, nature and quality of business, services, management and financial soundness of ownership shall exist after the proposed assignment or subletting and, provided further, that each and every covenant,

 

30


 

condition and obligation imposed upon Tenant by this Lease and each and every right, remedy and benefit afforded Landlord by this Lease and the underlying purpose of this Lease is not thereby impaired or diminished. The determination by Landlord as to whether consent will be granted in any specific instance may be based on, without limitation, the following factors, which shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion: (a) whether the transferee’s use of the Premises will be compatible with the provisions of this Lease; (b) the financial capacity of the transferee; (c) the business reputation of the transferee; (d) the quality and type of the business operations of the transferee; and (e) the business experience of the proposed transferee. This list of factors is not intended to be exclusive, and Landlord may rely on such other basis for judgment as may apply from time to time.

 

(d)                                 Procedure to Obtain Consent.

 

If Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portions thereof, it first shall notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (ii) the nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment and all transfer documents relating to the proposed transfer; and (iv) such reasonable business and financial information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee. Any request for Landlord’s approval of a sublease or assignment shall be accompanied with a check in such reasonable amount as Landlord shall advise for the cost of review and preparation, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of any documents relating to such proposed transfer, not to exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for each transfer plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses payable to third parties. The provisions and conditions of any proposed sublease or assignment must not be inconsistent with any provision of this Lease, and must address all matters contained in this Lease. In addition, the transferee must expressly assume all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the assumption of the obligations of this Lease by the transferee, no subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its continuing obligation to pay the rent and perform all the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The obligations and liability of Tenant hereunder shall continue notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may accept rent and other performance from the transferee. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any assignment or subletting.

 

(e)                                  Sublease of Phase 2A.

 

In the event of any sublease of Phase 2A, in addition to any other payment obligation of Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall remit to Landlord, as additional rent, as and when received by Tenant, all net subrents received from a subtenant in excess of $2.00 per rentable square foot per month. For purposes of this section “net subrents” are defined as all rents received from a subtenant however designated, net of any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant to sublease the space and net of any payments received from a subtenant as reimbursement of operating expenses, taxes, utilities or service fees.

 

31



 

13.2                        Rights of Landlord: Effect of Landlord’s Consent.

 

Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments of this Lease, or to one or more sublettings of the Buildings or any portion thereof, or collection of rent by Landlord from any assignee or sublessee, shall not operate to exhaust Landlord’s rights under this Article 13, nor constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. No assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and no sublease shall relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder, notwithstanding any waiver or extension of time granted by Landlord to any assignee or sublessee, or the failure of Landlord to assert its rights against any assignee or sublessee, and regardless of whether Landlord’s consent thereto is given or required to be given hereunder. In the event of a default by any assignee, sublessee or other successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms or obligations of Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against any such assignee, sublessee or other successor.

 

13.3                        Advertising.

 

In no event shall Tenant display on or about the Premises any signs for the purpose of advertising the Premises for assignment, subletting or other transfer of rights, without the Landlord’s prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord shall not display on or about the Premises any signs for the purpose of advertising any of the Real Property for lease, subletting, assignment or rent except with the consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.4                        Writing Required.

 

Each Permitted Transfer, permitted assignment or sublease shall be consummated by an instrument in writing executed by the transferor and transferee in form satisfactory to Landlord. Each assignee and subtenant shall agree in writing for the benefit of the Landlord herein to assume all obligations of Tenant hereunder which are applicable to the space subject to the assignment or sublease and any associated common areas, including the payment of all amounts due or to become due under this Lease directly to the Landlord. At least one executed copy of such written instrument shall be delivered to the Landlord.

 

13.5                        Transfer Premiums.

 

If Tenant assigns or sublets its rights under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, after Tenant has recovered any relevant leasing commissions, costs of tenant improvements and other expenses of the assignment or sublease, the unamortized (over the Term of the Lease) costs of any tenant improvements consented to by Landlord paid for by Tenant prior to such Transfer, one-half (1/2) of all such excess consideration due and payable to Tenant from said assignment or sublease to the extent said consideration exceeds the rent or a pro rata portion of the rent, in the event only a portion of the Premises is sublet or assigned.

 

14.                               RIGHT OF ENTRY AND QUIET ENJOYMENT.

 

14.1                        Right of Entry.

 

Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter the Buildings at any time during the Term of this Lease during normal business hours when accompanied by a

 

32



 

representative of Tenant and upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior notice, except in the case of emergency (in which event no notice and no accompaniment shall be required and entry may be made at any time), for the purpose of inspecting and determining the condition of the Buildings or for any other proper purpose including, without limitation, to make repairs, replacements or improvements which Landlord may be entitled to make hereunder, to show the Buildings to prospective purchasers, lenders and investors, to show the Buildings to prospective tenants (but only during the final eighteen (18) months of the Term of this Lease), and to post notices of nonresponsibility. Landlord shall not be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, loss of business, quiet enjoyment or other damage or loss to Tenant by reason of making any repairs or performing any work upon the Premises or by reason of erecting or maintaining any protective barricades in connection with any such work, and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever, provided, however, Landlord shall use its best reasonable efforts to minimize the inconvenience to Tenant’s normal business operations caused thereby.

 

14.2                        Quiet Enjoyment.

 

Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the rent and performing its obligations hereunder and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises throughout the Term of this Lease, or until this Lease is terminated as provided by this Lease.

 

15.                               CASUALTY AND TAKING.

 

15.1                        Damage or Destruction.

 

(a)                                 Termination Rights.

 

If the Buildings, or the Common Areas necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, are damaged or destroyed in whole or in part under circumstances in which (i) repair and restoration is permitted under applicable governmental laws, regulations and building codes then in effect and (ii) repair and restoration reasonably can be completed within a period of one (1) year (or, in the case of an occurrence during the last year of the Term of this Lease, within a period of sixty (60) days) following the date of the occurrence, then Landlord, as to the Buildings and Common Areas and the tenant improvements, shall commence and complete, with all due diligence and as promptly as is reasonably practicable under the conditions then existing, all such repair and restoration as may be required to return the affected portions of the Real Property to a condition comparable to that existing immediately prior to the occurrence. In the event of damage or destruction the repair of which is not permitted under applicable governmental laws, regulations and building codes then in effect, or if such damage or destruction (despite being repaired to the extent then permitted under applicable governmental laws, regulations and building codes) would materially impair Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises, then either party may terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence by giving written notice to the other within sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence; if neither party timely elects such termination, or if such damage or destruction after being repaired would not materially impair Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that there shall be an equitable adjustment in monthly

 

33



 

Minimum Rental and of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share, based upon the extent to which Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises is impaired, and Landlord shall restore the Common Areas and Building and tenant improvements to a complete architectural whole and to a functional condition. In the event of damage or destruction which cannot reasonably be repaired within one (1) year (or, in the case of an occurrence during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term of this Lease, within a period of sixty (60) days) following the date of the occurrence, then either Landlord or Tenant, at its election, may terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence; if neither party timely elects such termination, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall repair and restore applicable portions of the Real Property in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 15. Landlord and Tenant agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Project with respect to termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

(b)                                 Limitations on Parties’ Obligations.

 

The obligations of Landlord pursuant to Section 15.1(a) are subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                                             If the occurrence results from a peril which is required to be insured pursuant to Section 12.1(c) above, the obligations of Landlord shall not exceed the amount of insurance proceeds received from insurers (or, in the case of any failure to maintain required insurance, proceeds that reasonably would have been available if the required insurance had been maintained) by reason of such occurrence, plus the amount of the permitted deductible (provided that Landlord shall be obligated to use its best efforts to recover any available proceeds from the insurance which it is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of Article 12, and, if such proceeds (including, in the case of a failure to maintain required insurance, any proceeds that reasonably would have been available) are insufficient, either party may terminate the Lease unless the other party promptly elects and agrees, in writing, to contribute the amount of the shortfall; and

 

(ii)                                          If the occurrence results from a peril which is not required to be insured pursuant to Article 12 above and is not actually insured, Landlord shall be required to repair and restore the Building and Common Areas and tenant improvements to the extent necessary for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy of the Buildings, provided that Landlord’s obligation to repair and restore shall not exceed an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the Building and Common Area improvements and ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the tenant improvements; if the cost to repair and restore exceeds such amount, then Landlord may terminate this Lease unless the Tenant promptly elects and agrees, in writing, to contribute the amount of the shortfall.

 

(c)                                  Entitlement to Insurance Proceeds.

 

If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.1 following an occurrence which is a peril actually insured or required to be insured against pursuant to Article 12, Landlord and Tenant agree (and any Lender shall be asked to agree) that

 

34



 

such insurance proceeds, after repayment of the loan, shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant in a manner which fairly and reasonably reflects their respective ownership rights under this Lease, as of the termination or expiration of the Term of this Lease, with respect to the improvements, fixtures, equipment and other items to which such insurance proceeds are attributable.

 

(d)                                 Abatement of Rent.

 

From and after the date of an occurrence resulting in damage to or destruction of the Buildings or of the Common Areas necessary for Tenants use and occupancy of the Buildings, and continuing until the earlier of the date repair and restoration thereof are completed or the date on which rental loss insurance payments cease, there shall be an equitable abatement of Minimum Rental and of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expenses based upon the degree to which Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Buildings is impaired.

 

15.2                        Condemnation.

 

(a)                                 Termination Rights.

 

If during the Term of this Lease the Real Property or Improvements or any substantial part of either, is taken by eminent domain or by reason of any public improvement or condemnation proceeding, or in any manner by exercise of the right of eminent domain (including any transfer in avoidance of an exercise of the power of eminent domain), then (i) this Lease shall terminate as to the entire affected Premises at Landlord’s election by written notice given to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the taking has occurred, and (ii) this Lease shall terminate as to the entire affected Premises at Tenant’s election, by written notice given to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the nature and extent of the taking have been finally determined, if the portion of the Premises taken is of such extent and nature as substantially to handicap, impede or permanently impair Tenant’s use of the balance of the Premises, and (iii) this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the remaining portion of the Premises. If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, as to the affected Premises, Tenant shall also notify Landlord of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days nor later than ninety (90) days after Tenant has notified Landlord of Tenant’s election to terminate, except that this Lease shall terminate on the date of taking if such date falls on any date before the date of termination designated by Tenant. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease as hereinabove provided, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (except that there shall be an equitable abatement of Minimum Rental and of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expenses based upon the degree to which Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises is impaired), Landlord shall restore the Building and Common Area and tenant improvements to a complete architectural whole and a functional condition and as nearly as reasonably possible to the condition existing before the taking. In connection with any such restoration, Landlord shall use its best efforts (including, without limitation, any necessary negotiation or intercession with its lender, if any) to ensure that any severance damages or other condemnation awards intended to provide compensation for rebuilding or restoration costs are promptly collected and made available to Tenant and Landlord subject only, to such payment controls as either party or its lender may reasonably require in order to ensure the proper application of such proceeds toward the restoration of the Improvements. Each party waives the provisions of Code of Civil

 

35



 

Procedure Section 1265.130, allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial condemnation of the Buildings or Real Property.

 

(b)                                 Limitations on Parties’ Obligations.

 

The obligations of Landlord pursuant to Section 15.2(a) are subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                                             Landlord’s obligation to repair and restore shall not exceed, net of any condemnation awards or other proceeds available for and allocable to such restoration as contemplated in Section 15.2(a), an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the Building and Common Area improvements and an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the tenant improvements; if the replacement cost exceeds such amount, then Landlord may terminate this Lease unless Tenant promptly elects and agrees, in writing, to contribute the amount of the shortfall; and

 

(ii)                                          If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.2, or if this Lease remains in effect but any condemnation awards or other proceeds become available as compensation for the loss or destruction of any of the Improvements, then Landlord and Tenant agree (and any Real Property lender shall be asked to agree) that such proceeds shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant, respectively, in the respective proportions in which Landlord and Tenant would have shared, under Section 15.1(c), the proceeds of any insurance proceeds following loss or destruction of the applicable Improvements by an insured casualty.

 

15.3                        Reservation of Compensation.

 

Landlord reserves, and Tenant waives and assigns to Landlord, all rights to any award or compensation for damage to the Improvements and the Real Property, but not the leasehold estate created hereby, accruing by reason of any taking in any public improvement, condemnation or eminent domain proceeding or in any other manner by exercise of the right of eminent domain or of anything lawfully done by public authority, except that (a) Tenant shall be entitled to any and all compensation or damages expressly awarded to Tenant on account of Tenant’s loss of the leasehold estate and Tenant’s moving expenses, trade fixtures and equipment and any leasehold improvements installed by Tenant in the Buildings at its own sole expense, but only to the extent Tenant would have been entitled to remove such items at the expiration of the Term of this Lease and then only to the extent of the then remaining unamortized value of such improvements computed on a straight-line basis over the Term of this Lease, and (b) any condemnation awards or proceeds described in Section 15.2(b)(ii) shall be allocated and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.2(b)(ii), notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Section 15.3.

 

15.4                        Restoration of Improvements.

 

In connection with any repair or restoration of Improvements following a casualty or taking as hereinabove set forth, the party responsible for such repair or restoration shall, to the extent possible, return such Improvements to a condition substantially equal to that which existed immediately prior to the casualty or taking. To the extent such party wishes to make material

 

36



 

modifications to such Improvements, such modifications shall be subject to the prior written approval of the other party (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), except that no such approval shall be required for modifications that are required by applicable governmental authorities as a condition of the repair or restoration, unless such required modifications would substantially impair or impede Tenant’s conduct of its business in the Buildings (in which case any such modifications in the Building shall require Tenant’s consent, not unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) or would materially affect the exterior appearance, the structural integrity or the mechanical or other operating systems of the Buildings (in which case any such modifications shall require Tenant’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

 

16.                               DEFAULT.

 

16.1                        Events of Default.

 

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant:

 

(a)                                 Nonpayment.

 

Failure to pay, when due, any amount payable to Landlord hereunder, such failure continuing for a period of five (5) business days after written notice of such failure;

 

(b)                                 Other Obligations.

 

Failure to perform any obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease other than those matters specified in subsection (a) hereof, such failure continuing for thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure; provided, however, that if such failure is curable in nature but cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, then Tenant shall not be in default if, and so long as, Tenant promptly (and in all events within such 30-day period) commences such cure and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion; and provided further, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq., as amended from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such failure on the part of Tenant affects or threatens to affect the health or safety of others, or would result in the destruction of property, Tenant shall immediately begin to cure and shall use its diligent and best efforts in pursuing said cure to completion (it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall not be entitled to exercise any remedy to terminate this Lease unless and until such failure shall have continued for thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure);

 

(c)                                  General Assignment.

 

A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors;

 

(d)                                 Bankruptcy.

 

The filing of any voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant, or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant’s creditors, which involuntary petition remains undischarged for a

 

37



 

period of sixty (60) days. In the event that under applicable law the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the obligations of Tenant hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction, cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord such adequate assurances as may be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such adequate assurances must include assurances that the Buildings continue to be operated only for the use permitted hereunder. The provisions hereof are to assure that the basic understandings between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s use of the Premises and the benefits to Landlord therefrom are preserved, consistent with the purpose and intent of applicable bankruptcy laws;

 

(e)                                  Receivership.

 

The employment of a receiver appointed by court order to take possession of substantially all of Tenants assets or its interest in the Buildings, if such receivership remains undissolved for a period of sixty (60) days;

 

(f)                                   Attachment.

 

The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or its interest in the Buildings, if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days after the levy thereof; or

 

(g)                                  Insolvency.

 

The admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing by Tenant of a petition seeking any reorganization or arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the filing by Tenant of an answer admitting or failing timely to contest a material allegation of a petition filed against Tenant in any such proceeding or, if within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant seeking any reorganization or arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed.

 

16.2                        Remedies Upon Tenant’s Default.

 

(a)                                 Re-entry; Termination.

 

Upon the occurrence of any event of default described in Section 16.1 hereof, Landlord, in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may have, shall have the immediate right to re-enter the Buildings or any part thereof and repossess the same, expelling and removing therefrom all persons and property (which property may be stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and risk of and for the account of Tenant). In addition to or in lieu of such re-entry, and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may have, Landlord shall have the right either (i) to terminate this Lease and recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default, as hereinafter provided, or (ii) to

 

38



 

continue this Lease in effect and recover rent and other charges and amounts as they become due.

 

(b)                                 Continuation of Lease.

 

Even if Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Buildings, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession and Landlord may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due, and Landlord, without terminating this Lease, may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a lessor under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), or any successor Code section. Acts of maintenance, preservation or efforts to relet the Buildings or the appointment of a receiver upon application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interests under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

 

(c)                                  Remedies.

 

If Landlord terminates this Lease pursuant to this Section 16.2, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of a landlord provided by Section 1951.2 of the Civil Code of the State of California, or any successor Code section, which remedies include Landlord’s right to recover from Tenant (i) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent and additional rent and Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expense which had been earned at the time of termination, (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and additional rent and Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expense which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and additional rent and Tenant’s Operating Cost Share of Operating Expense for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, and (iv) any other amount reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Buildings, expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation and alteration of the Buildings, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and other reasonable costs. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be computed by allowing interest at twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date such amounts accrued to Landlord. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clause (iii) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at one percentage point above the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award.

 

16.3                        Remedies Cumulative.

 

All rights, privileges and elections or remedies of Landlord contained in this Article 16 are cumulative and not alternative to the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided herein.

 

39



 

16.4                        Landlord’s Default.

 

Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time (or the time specified herein, if applicable) to perform an obligation required to be performed by it. Tenant agrees to give Landlord and any lender designated by Landlord notice of any Landlord default, and a reasonable opportunity to cure such default.

 

17.                               SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND SALE.

 

17.1                        Subordination to Mortgage.

 

This Lease, and any sublease entered into by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease, shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, sale/leaseback transaction or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the Buildings, the Real Property, or any of them, and the rights of any assignee of Landlord or of any ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor under any of the foregoing, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to ail renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, that such subordination in the case of any future ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, sale/leaseback transaction or any other hypothecation for security placed upon the Buildings, the Real Property, or any of them shall be conditioned on Tenant’s receipt from the ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor of a Non-Disturbance Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant (i) confirming that so long as Tenant is not in material default hereunder beyond any applicable cure period (for which purpose the occurrence of any event of default under Section 16.1 hereof shall be deemed to be “material”), Tenant’s rights hereunder shall not be disturbed by such person or entity and (ii) agreeing that the benefit of such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall be transferable to any transferee under a Permitted Transfer and to any other assignee or subtenant that is acceptable to the ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor at the time of transfer. Tenant agrees to execute such other commercially reasonable documentation as may be required by an institutional lender to evidence such subordination and to attorn to any such ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor in the event such party succeeds to Landlord’s interest hereunder and agrees to recognize this Lease. Moreover, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be conditioned on Tenant’s receipt within thirty (30) days after mutual execution of this Lease, from any existing ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor currently owning or holding a security interest in the Real Property, of a Non-Disturbance Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant confirming (i) that so long as Tenant is not in material default hereunder beyond any applicable cure period. Tenant’s rights hereunder shall not be disturbed by such person or entity and (ii) agreeing that the benefit of such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall be transferable to any transferee under a Permitted Transfer and to any other assignee or subtenant that is acceptable to the ground lessor, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary or leaseback lessor at the time of transfer. If any mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary, ground lessor, sale/leaseback lessor or assignee elects in writing to have this Lease be an encumbrance upon the Real Property prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or leaseback lease or other security arrangement and gives notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior thereto, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date thereof or the date of recording thereof. Tenant, and any sublessee, shall execute such documents as may reasonably be requested by any mortgagee,

 

40


 

trustee, beneficiary, ground lessor, sale/leaseback lessor or assignee to evidence the subordination herein set forth, subject to the conditions set forth above, or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, leaseback lease or other security arrangement, as the case may be. Upon any default by Landlord in the performance of its obligations under any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, leaseback lease or assignment, Tenant (and any sublessee) shall, notwithstanding any subordination hereunder, attorn to the mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary, ground lessor, leaseback lessor or assignee thereunder upon demand and become the tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, at the option of such successor in interest, and shall execute and deliver any instrument or instruments confirming the attornment herein provided for.

 

17.2                        Sale of Landlord’s Interest.

 

Upon sale, transfer or assignment of Landlord’s entire interest in the Buildings and the Real Property, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to liabilities accruing from and after the date of such sale, transfer or assignment.

 

17.3                        Estoppel Certificates.

 

Tenant or Landlord (the “Responding Party”) as applicable, shall at any time and from time to time, within ten (10) days after written request by the other party (the “Requesting Party”), execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a certificate in writing stating: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or if there have been any modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the date and the nature of each modification; (ii) the date to which rental and all other sums payable hereunder have been paid; (iii) that the Requesting Party is not in default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, that the certifying party has given no notice of default to the Requesting Party and that no event has occurred which, but for the expiration of the applicable time period, would constitute an event of default hereunder, or if the responding party alleges that any such default, notice or event has occurred, specifying the same in reasonable detail; and (iv) such other matters as may reasonably be requested by the Requesting Party or by any institutional lender, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary, ground lessor, sale/leaseback lessor or prospective purchaser of the Real Property, or prospective sublessee or assignee of this Lease. Any such certificate provided under this Section 17.3 may be relied upon by any lender, mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary, assignee or successor in interest to the Requesting Party, by any prospective purchaser, by any purchaser on foreclosure or sale, by any grantee under a deed in lieu of foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust on the Real Property, by any subtenant or assignee, or by any other third party. Failure to execute and return within the required time any estoppel certificate requested hereunder, if such failure continues for five (5) days after a second written request by the Requesting Party for such estoppel certificate, shall be deemed to be an admission of the truth of the matters set forth in the form of certificate submitted to the Responding Party for execution.

 

41



 

18.                               SECURITY.

 

18.1                                 Deposit.

 

Upon execution of the original Lease, Tenant deposited with Landlord the sum of $5,500,000. In lieu of a cash security deposit, Tenant elected to provide one or more irrevocable letters of credit, payable to Landlord, as a security deposit. Upon the execution of this Lease, the amount of such deposit shall be reduced to $1,375,000. At Tenant’s election, in lieu of a cash security deposit, Tenant may continue to provide one or more irrevocable letters of credit in amounts described above, payable to Landlord, and issued by an institution and in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Such sums or the Letter of Credit (individually and collectively, the “Security Deposit”) shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Term hereof; provided that if at any time Tenant shall have maintained an investment grade credit rating of BBB or better by Standard and Poors for a consecutive twelve month period, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant. Upon the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall promptly obtain the release of any Letters of Credit pledged as permitted in Section 18.2 below which exceed the amounts indicated above and shall return such Letters of Credit to Tenant. Upon such release and return, Tenant shall cause to be issued and delivered a substitute letter of credit in the amount of the required security deposit. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the payment of rental and other sums due hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, but shall not be required, to use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of rental, unreimbursed Operating Expenses or any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. Landlord may also apply the Security Deposit toward costs incurred to repair damages to the Premises or to clean and bring the Premises to good order, condition and repair during its Lease Term and upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall be required to keep any deposit under this Section separate from Landlord’s general funds in an interest bearing account reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and Tenant shall be entitled to the interest thereon, to be paid to Tenant when and if the Security Deposit is refundable to Tenant. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, together with all accrued interest, shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, at the expiration of the Term of this Lease and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer all deposits then held by Landlord under this Section to Landlord’s successor in interest, whereupon Tenant agrees to release Landlord from all liability for the return of such deposit or the accounting thereof.

 

18.2                        Pledge of Security Deposit.

 

The Security Deposit may be pledged by Landlord as additional collateral to any lender having a security interest in the Real Property. The lender may use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of Building Costs, but only in the event that lender shall have notified Landlord and Tenant that such Building Costs remain unpaid and the parties shall have failed within thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice to cure such nonpayment. For purposes of this Section, “Building Cost(s) shall mean any and all costs

 

42



 

actually incurred in constructing the Building, Common Area and the related site improvements including, but not limited to, costs for demolition, grading, utility fees, architectural and engineering fees, permits, surveys, appraisals, insurance, legal and accounting fees, development overhead, construction management, blueprinting, equity fees, construction lender, permanent lender and mortgage banker fees, interest carry, site improvements, off-site improvements and tenant improvements. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, upon the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

 

19.                               MISCELLANEOUS.

 

19.1                                  Notices.

 

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications which this Lease requires or permits either party to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally (including delivery by private courier or express delivery service) or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, assessed to the parties at their respective addresses as follows:

 

To Tenant:

 

150 Industrial Road

 

 

San Carlos, CA 94070

 

 

Attn: Ajay Bansal, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

150 Industrial Road

 

 

San Carlos, CA 94070

 

 

Attn: Paula Kasler, Esq.

 

 

 

and with a copy to:

 

Greenberg Traurig LLP

 

 

Attn: Toni Wise, Esq.

 

 

2000 University Avenue

 

 

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

 

 

Attn: Toni P. Wise, Esq.

 

 

 

To Landlord:

 

Inhale 201 Industrial Road L.P.

 

 

c/o Bernardo Property Advisors, Inc.

 

 

17140 Bernardo Center Dr., Suite 195

 

 

San Diego, CA 92128

 

 

Attn: Alan D. Gold

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Seltzer Caplan McMahon Vitek

 

 

2100 Symphony Towers

 

 

750 B Street

 

 

San Diego, CA 92101

 

 

Attn: David J. Dome, Esq.

 

43



 

or to such other address as may be contained in a notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the address change from either party to the other given pursuant to this Section. Rental payments and other sums required by this Lease to be paid by Tenant shall be delivered to Landlord at Landlord’s address provided in this Section, or to such other address as Landlord may from time to time specify in writing to Tenant, and shall be deemed to be paid only upon actual receipt.

 

19.2                        Successors and Assigns.

 

The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the original Landlord named herein and each successive Landlord under this Lease shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of its ownership of the Real Property, and any liability for obligations accruing after termination of such ownership shall terminate as of the date of such termination of ownership and shall pass to the successor lessor.

 

19.3                        No Waiver.

 

The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation, or to insist upon the strict performance, of any covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation, or prevent a subsequent act which would originally have constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation.

 

19.4                        Severability.

 

If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each of the provisions of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable, unless enforcement of this Lease as so invalidated would be unreasonable or grossly inequitable under all the circumstances or would materially frustrate the purposes of this Lease.

 

19.5                        Litigation Between Parties.

 

In the event of any litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings between the parties hereto arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for all reasonable costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable accountants’ fees and attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with such proceedings (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings relating thereto) or in connection with the enforcement of any judgment or award rendered in such proceedings. “Prevailing Party within the meaning of this Section shall include, without limitation, a party who dismisses an action for recovery hereunder in exchange for payment of the sums allegedly due, performance of covenants allegedly breached or consideration substantially equal to the relief sought in the action.

 

19.6                        Surrender.

 

A voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual termination thereof between Landlord and Tenant, shall not result in a merger but shall, at the option of Landlord, operate either as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases and subtenancies, or

 

44



 

a termination of all or any existing subleases and subtenancies. This provision shall be contained in any and all assignments or subleases made pursuant to this Lease.

 

19.7                        Interpretation.

 

The provisions of this Lease shall be construed as a whole, according to their common meaning, and not strictly for or against Landlord or Tenant. The captions preceding the text of each Section and subsection hereof are included only for convenience of reference and shall be disregarded in the construction or interpretation of this Lease.

 

19.8                     Entire Agreement.

 

This written Lease, together with the exhibits hereto, and that certain Redemption Agreement dated as of June 22, 2004, contains all the representations and the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces any prior agreements, including the prior lease, and any prior correspondence, memoranda or agreements. This Lease may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties.

 

19.9                        Governing Law.

 

This Lease and all exhibits hereto shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and be governed by all the provisions of the laws of the State of California.

 

19.10                 No Partnership.

 

The relationship created by this lease between Landlord and Tenant is solely that of a lessor and lessee. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as creating any type or manner of partnership, joint venture or joint enterprise with or between Landlord and Tenant. Neither party is the agent or representative of the other.

 

19.11           Financial Information.

 

From time to time Tenant shall promptly provide directly to prospective lenders and purchasers of the Real Property designated by Landlord such financial information pertaining to the financial status of Tenant as Landlord may reasonably request; provided, Tenant shall be permitted to provide such financial information in a manner which Tenant deems reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information. In addition, from time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such financial information pertaining to the financial status of Tenant as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord agrees that all financial information supplied to Landlord by Tenant shall be treated as confidential material, and shall not be disseminated to any party or entity (including any entity affiliated with Landlord) without Tenant’s prior written consent, except that Landlord shall be entitled to provide such information, subject to reasonable precautions to protect the confidential nature thereof, (i) to Landlord’s partners and professional advisors, solely to use in connection with Landlord’s execution and enforcement of this Lease, and (ii) to prospective lenders and/or purchasers of the Real Property, solely for use in connection with their bona fide consideration of a proposed financing or purchase of the Real Property, provided that such prospective lenders and/or

 

45



 

purchasers are not then engaged in businesses directly competitive with the business then being conducted by Tenant. For purposes of this Section, without limiting the generality of the obligations provided herein, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to request copies of Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements, or, if audited statements have not been prepared, unaudited financial statements for Tenant’s most recent fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of Tenant’s chief financial officer that such financial statements fairly present Tenant’s financial condition as of the date(s) indicated. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 19.11, during any period in which Tenant has outstanding a class of publicly traded securities and is filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, on a regular basis, Forms 10Q and 10K and any other periodic filings required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, it shall constitute sufficient compliance under this Section 19.11 for Tenant to furnish Landlord with copies of such periodic filings substantially concurrently with the filing thereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Landlord and Tenant recognize the need of Tenant to maintain the confidentiality of information regarding its financial status and the need of Landlord to be informed of, and to provide to prospective lenders and purchasers of the Real Property financial information pertaining to, Tenant’s financial status. Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate with each other in achieving these needs within the context of the obligations set forth in this Section.

 

19.12                 Costs.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant requests the consent of Landlord under any provision of this Lease for any act that Tenant proposes to do hereunder, including, without limitation, assignment or subletting of the Buildings or any portion thereof, Tenant shall, as a condition to doing any such act and the receipt of such consent, reimburse Landlord promptly for any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) up to a maximum of $1,000 per request.

 

19.13                 Time.

 

Time is of the essence of this Lease, and of every term and condition hereof

 

19.14                 Brokers.

 

Each party represents and warrants that no other broker participated in the consummation of this Amended and Restated Lease and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless against any liability, cost or expense, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any claims for brokerage commissions or other similar compensation in connection with any conversations, prior negotiations or other dealings by the indemnifying party with any other person making such claim.

 

19.15                 Memorandum of Lease.

 

At any time during the Term of this Lease, either party, at its sole expense, shall be entitled to record a memorandum of this Lease and, if either party so elects, both parties agree to

 

46



 

cooperate in the preparation, execution, acknowledgement and recordation of such document in reasonable form.

 

19.16                 Corporate Authority.

 

Each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant or Landlord warrants that he or she is fully authorized to do so and, by so doing, to bind the entity on whose behalf he or she is signing.

 

19.17                 Execution and Delivery.

 

This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts and by separate parties on separate counterparts, but each such counterpart shall constitute an original and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.18                 Survival.

 

Without limiting survival, provisions which would otherwise be implied or construed under applicable law, the provisions of Sections 2.5, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 11.4, 12.10, 12.11, 19.5 and 19.11 hereof shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to matters occurring prior to the expiration of this Lease.

 

19.19                 Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

The parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action or proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease.

 

19.20                 Exclusivity.

 

Landlord agrees that it shall not, during the Term of this Lease or any period during which Tenant occupies all or any portion of the Premises, lease or allow the use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises or the Buildings to or by any party which is a competitor of Tenant.

 

19.21                 Tenant’s Remedies.

 

Except to the extent expressly provided herein, no event or occurrence during the Lease Term is intended to allow Tenant the right to surrender or terminate this Lease or to relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, and Tenant waives any rights now or hereafter conferred upon it by statute or otherwise (except for rights conferred herein) to surrender or terminate this Lease or to claim any abatement or suspension of Rent or other sums payable hereunder.

 

19.22                 Security Measures.

 

Tenant acknowledges that the Rent payable to Landlord hereunder does not and will not include the cost of guard service or other security services and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility

 

47



 

for the protection of the Premises, Tenant, its agents and invitees or their property from the acts of third parties.

 

48


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

“Landlord”

“Tenant”

 

 

Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P.,

Nektar Therapeutics (fka Inhale

a California limited partnership

Therapeutic Systems, Inc.),

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By SciMed Prop III, a California corporation,

By:

 

its General Partner

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajay Bansal

Name:

 

 

Name:

Ajay Bansal

Its:

 

 

Its:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajit Gill

Name:

 

 

Name:

Ajit Gill

Its:

 

 

Its:

CEO

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

“Landlord”

“Tenant”

 

 

Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P.,

Nektar Therapeutics (fka Inhale

a California limited partnership

Therapeutic Systems, Inc.),

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By SciMed Prop III, a California corporation,

By:

 

its General Partner

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

 

By:

 

Name:

Gary A. Kreitzer

 

Name:

 

Its:

E.V.P.

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Wilson

 

By:

 

Name:

John Wilson

 

Name:

 

Its:

CFO

 

Its:

 

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Real Property Description

 

 

Exhibit B

Site Plan

 

 

Exhibit C

Work Letter

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

REAL PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

All that certain real property in the State of California, County of San Mateo, City of San Carlos more particularly described as follows:

 

ALL LANDS LYING WITHIN THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES OF THAT MAP ENTITLED “REVERSION TO ACREAGE OF THE LANDS OF ARNDT ELECTRONICS LYING WITHIN THE COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, BEING PARCELS 1, 2, 3 AND 4 AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED IN VOLUME 51 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGE 71 RECORDS OF SAN MATEO,” FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAN MATEO COUNTY, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON OCTOBER 6, 1986 IN VOLUME 58 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGE 13.

 

ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NOS. 046-020-370

JOINT PLANT NOS.

 

046-002-020-22A

 046-020-380

 

 

046-002-020-22-01A

 

 

 

046-002-020-22-02A

 

 

 

046-002-020-22-03A

 

 

 

046-002-020-23A

 

 

 

046-002-020-23-01A

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SITE PLAN

 

(attached)

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Work Letter

 


 

WORK LETTER

 

This Work Letter (“Work Letter”) constitutes part of the Amended and Restated Build-to-Suit Lease dated as of August 17, 2004 (the “Lease”) between Inhale 201 Industrial Road L.P., a California Limited Partnership (“Landlord”) and Nektar Therapeutics (fka Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The terms of this Work Letter are incorporated in the Lease for all purposes.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS Landlord and Tenant have agreed in the Lease that Landlord shall provide a $100 per Usable Square Foot allowance for the construction of Tenant Improvements to Phase 2A (the “Phase 2A Allowance”); and

 

WHEREAS Landlord and Tenant agree that it would be in their respective best interests for the Landlord now to construct improvements to Phase 2A which would facilitate the subleasing of Phase 2A;

 

WHEREAS Landlord and Tenant agree that a portion of the Phase 2A Allowance should, be used to construct the Initial Phase 2A Improvements (defined below) and the balance of the Phase 2A Allowance be reserved for future improvements to Phase 2A.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties have entered into this Work Letter to augment and supplement the Lease as follows:

 

1.         Defined Terms.

 

(a)              Approved Plans. Plans and specifications to be prepared by the Architect for improvements within Phase 2A as approved by both Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 2(a) below, as modified to obtain Building Permits.

 

(b)              Architect. [To be determined]

 

(c)               Building Permits. The permits and approvals required to construct the Initial Phase 2A Improvements substantially in compliance with the Approved Plans, obtained pursuant to Section 2(b) below.

 

(d)              Completion. Construction of the Initial Phase 2A Improvements shall be deemed completed for purposes of this Work Letter upon the issuance of a written certificate signed by the Architect certifying that the Initial Phase 2A Improvements have been constructed (except for Punch List Work) in good and workman like condition, in compliance with the Approved Plans and Building Permits, and all required governmental inspections thereof have been passed.

 



 

(e)               Initial Phase 2A Improvements. The tenant improvements and other improvements within Phase 2A, shown on the Approved Plans, to be constructed within Phase 2A pursuant to the Lease and this Work Letter, to facilitate the subleasing of Phase 2 A..

 

(f)               Phase 2A. That portion of the Property defined as Phase 2A in the Lease.

 

(g)               Punch List Work. Minor corrections of construction and minor mechanical adjustments required to cause any applicable portion of the Initial Phase 2A Improvements as constructed to conform to the Approved Plans and Building Permits in all material respects. Landlord shall develop the Punch List following inspection of the Initial Phase 2A Improvements in consultation with the Architect.

 

2.         Plans and Construction.

 

Landlord and Tenant shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2 in preparing, delivering and approving matters relating to the Initial Phase 2A Improvements.

 

(a)              Architect shall develop the scope, plans and specifications for the Initial Phase 2A Improvements, subject to the supervision of Landlord and the approval of the Tenant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(b)              The Approved Plans shall be submitted to the City of San Carlos for approval and issuance of Building Permits.

 

(c)               Landlord shall diligently construct and complete the Initial Phase 2A Improvements substantially in accordance with the Approved Plans and Building Permits. Such construction shall occur in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall materially conform to all applicable governmental codes, laws and regulations in force at the time such work is completed.

 

(d)              Landlord shall spend out of the Phase 2 Allowance not less than $70.00 per Usable Square Foot within Phase 2A, for the Initial Phase 2A Improvements.

 

3.         Deadlines; Completion.

 

(a)              Landlord shall use reasonable commercial efforts to cause construction of the Improvements to be Complete within twelve (12) months of the date of execution of the Lease.

 

(b)              The deadline in Section 3(a) above shall be extended:

 

(i)            One (1) day for each one (1) day beyond ninety (90) days from the date of submission of Approved Plans to the City of San Carlos, until the issuance of Building Permits;

 

(ii)           One (1) day for each one (1) day delay resulting from acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, fires, freight embargoes, inability to obtain supplies,

 

2



 

materials, fuels or permits, or other causes or contingencies beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, without duplication for delays in Section 3(b)(i).

 

(c)           Landlord shall pay Tenant the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per day as liquidated damages for each day beyond the date specified in Section 3(a) above (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) above) until the Improvements are Complete. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE, PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION HEREOF, CONTEMPLATED THE DAMAGES WHICH WILL BE SUFFERED IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE BY LANDLORD TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 3(a) ABOVE (SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 3(b) ABOVE). BECAUSE OF THE UNPREDICTABLE STATE OF THE ECONOMY, AND THE DIFFICULTY IN PREDICTING THE ACTUAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM A DELAY IN THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS, THE POTENTIAL SHIFTS IN THE MONEY MARKET FOR REAL ESTATE LOANS OF ALL TYPES, AND A VARIETY OF OTHER FACTORS WHICH AFFECT THE VALUE AND MARKETABILITY OF PHASE 2A, THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE THAT IT WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICABLE TO ASCERTAIN PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREE-MENT WITHIN ANY DEGREE OF CERTAINTY THE AMOUNT OF DAMAGES WHICH WOULD BE SUFFERED IN THE EVENT OF SUCH A DELAY. ACCORDINGLY, BY INITIALLING BELOW THE PARTIES AGREE THAT TENANT SHALL BE ENTITLED TO LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 3(c). THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT (i) THIS PROVISION SHALL BE VALID AND ENFORCEABLE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1671; (ii) THIS PROVISION IS REASONABLE UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST-ING AT THE TIME OF EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT; AND (iii) HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO DISPUTE THE REASONABLENESS OF THIS PROVISION.

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

/s/ Ajay Bansal [ILLEGIBLE]

LANDLORD

 

TENANT

 

4.             Costs of Construction.

 

Except as otherwise agreed between Landlord and Tenant, the cost of construction of the Improvements shall be borne by the Landlord as its sole cost and expense, including any costs or cost increases incurred as a result of delays, governmental requirements or unanticipated conditions.

 

5.             No Agency.

 

Nothing in this Work Letter shall make or constitute either Landlord or Tenant as the agent of the other.

 

6.             Merger.

 

All understandings and agreements, oral and written, theretofore made between the parties hereto and relating to the matters covered herein are merged in this Work Letter, which,

 

3



 

along with the Lease and its exhibits, the Redemption Agreement and the documents referenced therein and contemplated thereby, fully and completely expresses the agreement between the Landlord and Tenant with regard to the matters set forth in this Work Letter.

 

7.             Subject to Lease.

 

This Work Letter is subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

In witness whereof, the parties have executed this Work Letter concurrently with and as of the date of the Lease.

 

Landlord

Tenant

 

 

INHALE 201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD, L.P., a

California limited partnership

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware

corporation

 

 

By:

SciMed Prop III, Inc., a California

By:

/s/ Ajay Bansal

 

corporation

Name:

Ajay Bansal

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

By:

/s/ Alan D. Gold

 

 

 

 

Name:

Alan D. Gold

 

By:

/s/ Ajit Gill

 

Title:

Pres.

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

 

 

Name:

Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

 

 

Title:

E.V.P.

 

 

 

 

4



 

CONSENT OF PARTNERS

 

THIS CONSENT OF PARTNERS (this “Consent”) of INHALE 201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD, L.P., a California limited partnership (the “Partnership”) is entered into by and between NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS (FORMERLY KNOWN AS INHALE THERAPEUTIC SYSTEMS, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Nektar”), SCIMED PROP III, INC., a California corporation (“General Partner”), 201 INDUSTRIAL PARTNERSHIP, a California general partnership (“201 Limited Partner”) with reference to the following facts:

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Nektar, Partnership and Bernardo Property Advisors, Inc., a California corporation, entered into an Agreement for the Contribution of 201 Industrial Road Project as of September 14, 2000, which provided for, among other things, (i) the contribution of certain real property, commonly known as 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California, by Nektar to the Partnership in return for Nektar receiving a 49.0% limited partnership interest in the Partnership, and (ii) Partnership, as “Landlord,” and Nektar, as “Tenant,” entering into a Build-to-Suit Lease Agreement for the Real Property

 

B.            General Partner is currently the sole general partner of the Partnership and 201 Limited Partner and Nektar are the sole limited partners of the Partnership.

 

C.            Pursuant to separate documents, General Partner intends to assign its general partnership interest in the Partnership to BioMed Realty, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership.

 

D.            Pursuant to the Redemption Agreement dated effective June 23, 2004 by and among Partnership, Nektar, General Partner and 201 Limited Partner, the parties have agreed to the redemption of all of Nektar’s limited partnership interest in the Partnership.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, and other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 



 

1.             Consent of Nektar to General Partner Transfer. Nektar hereby consents to the transfer of the General Partner’s interest in the Partnership as set forth in Recital C above, and Nektar hereby waives any rights it may have, including rights of first refusal, arising from such transfer, notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in the partnership agreement of the Partnership, or otherwise.

 

2.             Consent of General Partner to Nektar Transfer. General Partner hereby consents to the redemption and transfer of Nektar’s interest in the Partnership as set forth in Recital D above, and General Partner hereby waives any rights it may have, including rights of first refusal, arising from such transfer, notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in the partnership agreement of the Partnership, or otherwise.

 

3.             Consent of 201 Limited Partner to Nektar Transfer. 201 Limited Partner hereby consents to the redemption and transfer of Nektar’s interest in the Partnership as set forth in Recital D above, and 201 Limited Partner hereby waives any rights it may have, including rights of first refusal, arising from such transfer, notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in the partnership agreement of the Partnership, or otherwise.

 

4.             Consent of 201 Limited Partner of General Partner Transfer. 201 Limited Partner hereby consents to the redemption and transfer of General Partner’s interest in the Partnership as set forth in Recital C above, and 201 Limited Partner hereby waives any rights it may have, including rights of first refusal, arising from such transfer, notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in the partnership agreement of the Partnership, or otherwise.

 

5.             Effective Date. This Consent shall be effective as of August 17, 2004.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

SCIMED PROP III, Inc., a California

corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan D. Gold

 

 

Name:

Alan D. Gold

 

 

Title:

Pres

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

Name:

Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

Title:

E.V.P.

 

 

201 LIMITED PARTNER

201 INDUSTRIAL PARTNERSHIP, a

California general partnership

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan D. Gold

 

Name:

Alan D. Gold

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

 

Name:

Gary A. Kreitzer

 

Title:

Partner

 

2



 

NEKTAR:

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS (formerly known

as Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc.), a

Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajay Bansal

 

Name:

Ajay Bansal

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajit Gill

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

3


 

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE (the “Amendment”) is made effective as of January 11, 2005 by and between BMR-201 Industrial Road LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P., the “Landlord”) and Nektar Therapeutics, a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc., the “Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Landlord and Tenant have entered in that certain Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated August 17, 2004 (the “Lease”), of that certain real property located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California, including: (i) the second floor, the third floor and the fourth floor of Building 1 (collectively, “Phase 1”), and (ii) 45,574 rentable square feet located on the third floor of Building 2 (“Phase 2A” and, together with the Phase 1, the “Leased Premises”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Lease.

 

B.            Tenant no longer wishes to occupy Phase 2A. Landlord is willing to enter into a Lease with Nuvelo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Nuvelo”) (the “Nuvelo Lease”) to lease Phase 2A to Nuvelo.

 

C.            Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend this Lease to, among other things, terminate Tenant’s lease of Phase 2A to allow Landlord to enter into a new lease with Nuvelo, all as and to the extent more particularly set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Recital D. The following defined terms are added to Recital D of the Lease:

 

Nuvelo: shall mean Nuvelo, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

 

Nuvelo Rent Commencement Date: shall mean the date the Nuvelo is required to commence paying rent under the Nuvelo Lease or October 1, 2005, whichever is sooner.”

 

Nuvelo Effective Date: shall mean the date that the Nuvelo Lease is executed and is in full force and effect, which the parties agree shall be January 2005.”

 

Nuvelo Lease: shall mean that certain Lease dated as of January 2005 between Nuvelo and Landlord, pursuant to which Nuvelo is leasing Phase 2A.”

 



 

2.             Amendment to Section 1.1(a). Section 1.1(a), excluding Section 1.1(a)(i)-1.1(a)(x) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(a)         Subject to the Parking Lease dated as of September 14, 2000 (the “Parking Lease”) by and between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, on the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Phase 1A, Phase 1B, and Phase 2A (all as defined below and referred to collectively herein as the “Premises”). As of the effective date of this Amendment, all of Tenant’s rights and obligations to Phase 2A shall expire and the Premises shall consist of Phase 1A and Phase 1B only. The Premises, together with Phase 2B, were constructed by Landlord; and are located in two connected four-story buildings containing an aggregate of approximately 390,000 square feet, consisting of approximately 171,965 square feet of rentable area for office and laboratory research and development and two lower stories primarily of parking (collectively, the “Buildings and each a “Building”). The Buildings were constructed on the Real Property in connection with the Project.”

 

3.             Amendment to Section 3.1(c)(ii). Section 3.1(c)(ii) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(ii)            Phase 2A. Beginning on the Phase 2A Rent Commencement Date and terminating on January 31, 2005, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rental for Phase 2A in an amount equal to $164,066.40 ($3.60 per sq. ft. multiplied by 45,574).”

 

4.             Amendment to Section 4. Section 4 of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

PARKING. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Common Areas of the Real Property shall include not less than 690 parking spaces. Commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the Building 1 Termination Date, Tenant shall be entitled to 224 spaces, all in addition to those spaces provided in and subject to the Parking Lease.”

 

5.             Amendment to Section 5.1(b). Section 5.1(b) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(b) Tenant Work: Phase 2A: Improvements. (i) Tenant has constructed Tenant Improvements within Phase 1A and Phase 1B of the Premises in accordance with the prior lease, and may make such future improvements and modifications to the same as set forth herein. Tenant and Landlord agreed under the Original Lease to provide Tenant with a Tenant Improvement Allowance for tenant improvements within each Phase of the Premises equal to $100 per Usable Square Foot. Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord shall have satisfied its obligation to provide a Tenant Improvement Allowance for Phase 2A once Landlord has satisfied its obligations under the following Section 5.1(b)(ii).

 

(ii)  Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance to Nuvelo in the amount of not less than $100 per Usable Square Foot for improvements to Phase 2A, in accordance with the Nuvelo Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for a portion of such allowance (“Tenant’s TI Reimbursement”), calculated as follows: (i) the difference

 



 

between (a) the amount actually funded by Landlord as a tenant improvement allowance to Nuvelo under the Nuvelo Lease (including any amounts provided to Novelo as rent credits), but in no event more than $6,380,360 [45,574 sf x $140/sf] and (b) $4,397,200 [43,972 sf x $l00/sf]; (ii) times 28.57%. Tenant’s TI Reimbursement shall be paid in two installments, the first installment of $283,294.40 shall be paid upon execution of this Amendment and the balance shall be paid on December 31, 2005.”

 

6.             Amendment to Section 7.1 (a) (iv). Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(iv) The term ‘Tenant’s Operating Cost Share’ means 72.98% through and until the Nuvelo Rent Commencement Date and thereafter means 46.47%. ‘Tenant’s Exterior Common Area Cost Share’ shall be equal to the Tenant’s Operating Cost Share as established from time to time.”

 

7.             Amendment to Section 13.1(e). Section 13.1(e) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “[Intentionally Deleted].”

 

8.             Condition Precedent. This Amendment shall be conditioned upon execution and delivery of the Nuvelo Lease by Nuvelo and Landlord.

 

9.             Lease Termination. For and in consideration of Landlord’s agreement to terminate Tenant’s interest in Phase 2A as provided herein, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the following sums:

 

(a)           Termination Fee. Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $50,000 upon execution of this Amendment.

 

(b)           Continuing Payments. Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $3,216,816.40 in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit “A.”

 

(c)           Reimbursement of Brokers’ Fees. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for a portion of the brokerage fees and commissions payable by Landlord in connection with the Nuvelo Lease, as follows: Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $102,536.37 upon execution of this Amendment and the sum of $102,536.37 on August 13, 2005. Subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligations herein, Landlord agrees that it shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Tenant from and against, any and all brokerage fees and commissions payable in connection with the Nuvelo Lease.

 

10.          Condition Upon Surrender. Upon the Nuvelo Effective Date, Tenant shall surrender Phase 2A, including any additions, alterations and improvements thereto, broom clean, in the same condition received, free from Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant, its agents or invitees, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and delivered free of radioactive licenses or other restrictions on use, first, however, removing all goods and effects of Tenant.

 

11.          Hazardous Materials. As of the date of this Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants that Phase 2A is free from Hazardous Materials caused to be present by Tenant and that Tenant’s use of Phase 2A has not been and Phase 2A is not in violation of any

 



 

laws with respect to the disposal or storage of Hazardous Substances, human health or the environment as the result of any actions of Tenant.

 

12.          No Further Amendment. Except as expressly amended or modified by this Amendment, each and every term and provision of the Lease remains in full force and effect, without modification or amendment. This Amendment shall be construed together with and as a part of the Lease.

 

13.          Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Amendment. Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD

 

 

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

Name:

Gary A. Kreitzer

 

 

Title:

E.V.P.

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajay Bansal

 

 

Name:

Ajay Bansal

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ajit Singh Gill

 

 

Name:

Ajit Singh Gill

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 


 

Exhibit “A”

Payment Schedule

 

Payment Date

 

Amount

02/01/05

 

174,108.58

03/01/05

 

174,108.58

04/01/05

 

174,108.58

05/01/05

 

174,108.58

06/01/05

 

174,108.58

07/01/05

 

174,108.58

08/01/05

 

118,243.67

09/01/05

 

82,960.58

10/01/05

 

85,881.11

11/01/05

 

86,442.75

12/01/05

 

86,442.75

01/01/06

 

86,442.75

02/01/06

 

86,442.75

03/01/06

 

86,442.75

04/01/06

 

86,442.75

05/01/06

 

86,442.75

06/01/06

 

86,442.75

07/01/06

 

86,442.75

08/01/06

 

86,442.75

09/01/06

 

86,442.75

10/01/06

 

89,421.69

11/01/06

 

89,994.56

12/01/06

 

89,994.56

01/01/07

 

89,994.56

02/01/07

 

89,994.56

03/01/07

 

89,994.56

04/01/07

 

39.994.56

05/01/07

 

89,994.56

06/01/07

 

89,994.56

07/01/07

 

89,994.56

08/01/07

 

34,836.60

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,216,816.40

 



 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of this 19th day of July, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord,” as successor-in-interest to Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P. (“Original Landlord”)), and NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.               WHEREAS, Original Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated as of August 17, 2004, as supplemented by that certain Work Letter dated as of August 17, 2004, and as amended by that certain Amendment to Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated as of January 11, 2005 (collectively, the “Lease”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “Original Premises”) from Landlord in Building 1 at 201 Industrial Road in San Carlos, California;

 

B.               WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease additional premises in Building 1; and

 

C.               WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.               Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be referred to herein as the “Amended Lease.”

 

2.               Additional Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, Suite 420 in Building 1, consisting of approximately twenty thousand one hundred twenty-three (20,123) rentable square feet of additional premises, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Additional Premises”). The Additional Premises are comprised of (a) approximately twelve thousand four hundred twenty (12,420) rentable square feet of partially improved space, as depicted on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Partially Improved Premises”), and (b) approximately seven thousand seven hundred three (7,703) rentable square feet of shell space, as depicted on Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Shell Premises”). From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), the term “Premises,” when used in the Lease, shall mean the Original Premises plus the Additional Premises.

 

3.               Additional Premises Term. The Term with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence on July 19, 2007 (the “Additional Premises Commencement Date”), and shall expire on the Building 1 Termination Date. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Building 1 Termination Date is October 5, 2016. Landlord shall tender possession of the Additional Premises to Tenant on or before the Additional Premises Commencement Date.

 

4.               Extension Options. Tenant shall have the right, with respect to the Additional Premises, to exercise the extension options described in Section 2.6 of the Lease, except that the reference to Section 3.1(b) and (c) in the first sentence of Section 2.6 shall be deleted and the phrase “Section 3.1(d)” shall be substituted therefor. For the sake of clarity, Tenant shall be permitted to exercise an extension option with respect to the Additional Premises without exercising such option with respect to Phase 1A and Phase 1B, and shall be permitted to exercise an extension option with respect to Phase 1A and Phase 1B without exercising such option with respect to the Additional Premises.

 

Form dated 5/3/07

 

 

Approved by:

 

BMA Legal

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 



 

5.       Minimum Rental.

 

a.           Tenant shall pay, as Minimum Rental with respect to the Additional Premises during the first twelve (12) months following the Minimum Rental Commencement Date (as defined below), (i) Two and 60/100 Dollars ($2.60) per rentable square foot per month for the Partially Improved Premises and (ii) One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per rentable square foot per month for the Shell Premises. The following rental schedule is for the convenience of the parties:

 

Lease Month

 

Monthly Minimum Rental

 

 

 

 

 

1 - 12

 

$

47,312.85

 

13 - 24

 

$

48,732.24

 

25 - 36

 

$

50,194.20

 

37 - 48

 

$

51,700.03

 

49 - 60

 

$

53,251.03

 

61 - 72

 

$

54,848.56

 

73 - 84

 

$

56,494.01

 

85 - 96

 

$

58,188.83

 

97 – 10/5/2016

 

$

59,934.50

 

 

b.           Tenant’s obligation to pay Minimum Rental with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence on the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the Additional Premises Commencement Date (the “Minimum Rental Commencement Date”).

 

c.           Tenant shall have the right to occupy any completed offices in the Partially Improved Premises as of the Effective Date without incurring any obligation to pay Minimum Rental prior to the Minimum Rental Commencement Date.

 

d.           Minimum Rental with respect to the Additional Premises shall increase by three percent (3%) on each annual anniversary of the Minimum Rental Commencement Date, as shown in the chart in Section 5(a).

 

6.       Tenant’s Operating Cost Share. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Operating Cost Share shall equal fifty-nine and 02/100ths percent (59.02%).

 

7.       Tenant Improvements.

 

a.           Tenant shall cause to be constructed certain tenant improvements (including those listed in Sections 7(e), 7(f) and 7(g) below) in the Additional Premises (“Tenant’s Work”) pursuant to the Work Letter attached as Exhibit E hereto (the “Work Letter”). Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance in an amount not to exceed Nine Hundred Five Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars ($905,535) (based upon Forty-Five Dollars ($45) per rentable square foot) (the “TI Allowance”). The TI Allowance may be used to pay for the following costs related to Tenant’s Work: (i) construction, (ii) project oversight by Landlord (which fee shall equal three percent (3%) of the TI Allowance), (iii) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant and (iv) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities for permits or for inspections of Tenant’s Work. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for: (v) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (w) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (x) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (y) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Amended Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable or reasonably recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). If the total cost of Tenant’s Work exceeds Forty-Five Dollars ($45) per rentable square foot of the Additional Premises, then Tenant shall pay the overage as and when due. Tenant shall have until December 31, 2008, to expend any unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (Y) a certificate of occupancy for the Additional Premises suitable for the permitted use and (Z) a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect with respect to Tenant’s Work in the Additional Premises.

 

2



 

b.           Prior to entering upon the Additional Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of the Amended Lease are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Amended Lease other than the payment of Minimum Rental.

 

c.           Possession of areas of the Additional Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of Building 1 is reserved to Landlord, subject to Tenant’s right to access same from time to time as necessary for the construction of Tenant’s Work or the operation of Tenant’s business in the Additional Premises.

 

d.           In accordance with the terms of the Work Letter, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and major subcontractors, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

e.           Subject to Section 7(a) and the Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to convert the laboratory space in the Partially Improved Premises into office space in accordance with the plans referenced in Exhibit D attached hereto; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right, upon written notice to Tenant delivered no later than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Lease, to require Tenant to restore such areas to their condition as laboratory facilities as of the date of this Amendment, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

f.            Subject to Section 7(a) and the Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to perform certain upgrades to the ground floor lobby, subject to the consent of Nuvelo and Landlord’s reasonable consent.

 

g.           Subject to Section 7(a) and the Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to (i) change the order of the existing monument signage on the North side of the Real Property so that Tenant’s name appears first, (ii) change or upgrade the white letter signage on the glass façade at Building 1’s lobby entrance, and (iii) subject to applicable laws and approval by the City of San Carlos, add additional signage on the North façade of Building 1.

 

8.       Parking.

 

a.           Notwithstanding anything in Section 4 of the Lease to the contrary, from and after the Effective Date, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use a total of two hundred eighty-four (284) parking spaces for the Original Premises and Additional Premises (“Tenant’s Parking”).

 

b.           As a portion of, but not in addition to, Tenant’s Parking, Tenant shall have (subject to (i) the consent of Nuvelo and Landlord’s reasonable consent and (ii) Tenant’s payment of any costs associated therewith, including maintenance), the exclusive right to use the following on the Northwest and North sides of Building 1 near the Original Premises or Additional Premises, with appropriate signage indicating its availability:

 

·        Twenty-four (24) spaces designated via asphalt striping as “Visitor” parking;

 

·        Four (4) spaces designated as handicapped parking;

 

·        Two (2) spaces for motorcycle parking; and

 

·        Two (2) spaces for a loading zone.

 

9.       Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of the Original Premises and is fully familiar with the condition of the Original Premises and Additional Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Amended Lease to the contrary, Tenant agrees to take the same in their condition “as is” as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Original Premises or Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Original Premises or Additional Premises, except for Landlord’s payment of the TI Allowance or as may be otherwise expressly provided in the Amended Lease.

 

3



 

10.             Security Deposit. The Security Deposit is hereby increased by Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) (the “Additional Security Deposit”) to a total of One Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,600,000). Tenant shall either (a) have deposited with Landlord in cash the Additional Security Deposit on or before the Effective Date, or (b) provide to Landlord within one (1) week of the Effective Date, an amendment to the existing letter of credit presently provided by Tenant as the Security Deposit increasing such letter of credit by the amount of the Additional Security Deposit.

 

11.             Right of First Offer. Tenant shall have a right of first offer (“ROFO”) as to any additional premises that are available for lease in Building 1 and Building 2 (collectively, the “Option Premises”). In the event Landlord intends to lease all or a portion of the Option Premises (the “Subject Premises”), Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “Notice of Offer”).

 

a.             Within twenty-one (21) days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the Subject Premises, and on what terms and conditions (the “Reply”). If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within such twenty-one (21) day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Subject Premises.

 

b.             If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the Subject Premises, then Landlord and Tenant shall enter into good faith negotiations regarding the terms of a lease of the Subject Premises in accordance with a Reply. If Landlord and Tenant reach an agreement on the terms of the lease of the Subject Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall work in good faith to execute a lease amendment with respect to such Subject Premises (the “First Offer Space Amendment”) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Reply (the “Signing Period”).

 

c.             If (i) Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Subject Premises, (ii) Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the twenty-one (21) day period described above or (iii) if, despite good faith efforts to reach an agreement regarding the leasing of the Subject Premises to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach such agreement within the applicable Signing Period, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate a lease of the Subject Premises with a third party for a period of one (1) year thereafter (a “Leasing Period”), and the ROFO shall no longer apply to such Subject Premises during such Leasing Period; provided that the net effective rent to be received by Landlord over the term of the lease of the Subject Premises to such third party (the “Third Party Offer”) is at least ninety percent (90%) of the net effective rent that would have been received by Landlord as set forth in the applicable Reply. If the Third Party Offer is less than ninety percent (90%) of the net effective rent that would have been received by Landlord as set forth in the applicable Reply, Landlord shall re-offer the Subject Premises to Tenant on the same terms as set forth in the Third Party Offer (a “Re-Offer Notice”) and if (a) Tenant does not deliver a notice electing to lease such Subject Premises on such terms (the “Election Notice”) within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Re-Offer Notice or (b) Tenant delivers such Election Notice, and a First Offer Space Amendment is not executed during the Signing Period applicable to such re-offer, then Landlord shall be free thereafter for a new Leasing Period to enter into a lease for the Subject Premises on the terms of the Third Party Offer or any new third party offer satisfying the terms and conditions of this Section 11, and continuing as described above. If Landlord does not lease such Subject Premises within a Leasing Period, then the ROFO with respect to such Subject Premises shall be fully reinstated, and Landlord shall not thereafter lease such Subject Premises without first complying with the procedures set forth in this Section 11.

 

d.             Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11 to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFO during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Amended Lease, beyond any applicable notice or cure period. Any attempted exercise of the ROFO during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default beyond any applicable notice or cure period shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFO if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default under the Amended Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFO.

 

e.             Notwithstanding anything in the Amended Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFO, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of

 

4



 

Tenant’s interest in the Lease other than in connection with a Permitted Transfer or to an Affiliate of Tenant in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1(b) of the Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

12.             Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than GVA Kidder Mathews (“Tenant’s Broker”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Landlord represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than NAI BT Commercial (“Landlord’s Broker”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Each of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord, Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker.

 

13.             No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder. Landlord represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

 

14.             Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the Effective Date, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

 

15.             Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

 

16.             Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

C.F.O.

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

SVP, CFO

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 

[See attached]

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 


 

EXHIBIT E

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Work Letter (the “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of July, 2007, by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord,” as successor-in-interest to Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P. (“Original Landlord”)), and NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE dated as of July 19, 2007 (the “Amendment”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 201 Industrial Road in San Carlos, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Amendment.

 

1.                                      General Requirements.

 

1.1.                            Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Todd Hancock (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the person authorized to initial all plans, drawings, changes orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed by Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

 

1.2.                            Schedule. The schedule for design and development of Tenant’s Work (as hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with that certain schedule to be prepared by Landlord and Tenant within sixty (60) days following the execution of this Work Letter (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

 

1.3.                            Architects and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of Tenant’s Work shall be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord’s approval of the same shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord hereby approves of DGA Architects as Tenant’s architect.

 

2.                                      Tenant’s Work.

 

2.1.                            Tenant Work Plans. All work to be performed on the Premises or Additional Premises (collectively, the “Premises”) shall be performed by Tenant (“Tenant’s Work”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without cost to Landlord (except for the TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below). The quality of Tenant’s Work shall be of a nature and character not less than the quality of the tenant improvements in place at the Building and the Project as of the date of the Amendment. The design drawings, plans and specifications listed on Schedule 2.1 to this Work Letter (the “Tenant Work Plans”) are the initial list of plans that Tenant shall develop and submit to Landlord for approval. Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval schematics covering Tenant’s Work prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “Draft Plans”). The Draft Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe Tenant’s proposed design to Landlord and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Tenant Work Plans and the Draft Plans satisfy Tenant’s obligations for Tenant’s Work.

 

2.2.                            Landlord Approval of Plans. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Draft Plans whether Landlord approves or objects to the Draft Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Plans are unacceptable. Landlord shall not object to any Draft Plans that satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 2.1. If Landlord objects to the Draft Plans, then Tenant shall revise the Draft Plans and cause Landlord’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Plans. Tenant shall then resubmit the revised Draft Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Plans and Tenant’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section 2.2, until Landlord has approved the Draft Plans in writing. The iteration of the Draft Plans that is approved by Landlord and Tenant without objection shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.

 

2.3.                            Completion of Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall perform and complete Tenant’s Work (a) in strict conformance with the Approved Plans, (b) otherwise in compliance with the Amended Lease

 

2



 

and (c) in accordance with applicable laws, Landlord’s insurance carriers and the board of fire underwriters having jurisdiction over the Real Property, Building 1 and the Premises.

 

2.4.                            Conditions to Performance of Tenant’s Work. Prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay) a list (the “Contractor List”) of project managers, contractors and subcontractors that will perform Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall give Tenant notice in writing of its approval or disapproval of the Contractor List with ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same. If Landlord reasonably disapproves of one or more parties on the Contractor List, Tenant shall revise the Contractor List and resubmit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval in accordance with the preceding two sentences. For all subcontracts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 100,000), Tenant shall require its general contractor to provide Tenant with at least three (3) competitive bids.

 

2.5.                            Requests for Consent. Landlord shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter within (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request. Landlord’s failure to respond within such ten (10) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord.

 

3.                                      Tenant’s Construction Obligations Shall Not Delay Commencement of the Term. Notwithstanding any Tenant Work to be performed by Tenant, the Additional Premises Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall not, under any circumstance, be extended or delayed. Tenant shall perform promptly such of its obligations contained in this Work Letter as are to be performed by it. Tenant shall also observe and perform all of its obligations under the Amended Lease from the Additional Premises Commencement Date.

 

4.                                      Completion of Tenant’s Construction Obligations. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the TI Allowance), shall complete Tenant’s Work described in this Work Letter in all respects in accordance with the provisions of the Amended Lease and this Work Letter. Tenant’s Work shall be deemed completed at such time as Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the TI Allowance) shall furnish to Landlord (a) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that (i) all Tenant’s Work has been completed and paid for in full (which shall be evidenced by the architect’s certificate of completion referenced in Subsection (c) of this paragraph and the general contractor’s and each subcontractor’s and material supplier’s final unconditional waivers and releases of liens, each in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with applicable laws), (ii) all Tenant’s Work has been accepted by Landlord, (iii) any and all liens related to Tenant’s Work have either been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived by the party filing such lien and (iv) no security interests relating to Tenant’s Work are outstanding, (b) all certifications and approvals with respect to Tenant’s Work that may be required from any governmental authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Additional Premises, (c) an affidavit from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work performed in, on or about the Premises is in accordance with the Approved Plans and (d) complete drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc of Tenant’s Work.

 

5.                                      Insurance. Prior to commencing Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide, or shall cause Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors to provide, to Landlord, in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to the Lease, at all times during the period of construction of Tenant’s Work, statutory workers’ compensation insurance as required by applicable laws.

 

6.                                      Liability. Except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant assumes sole responsibility and liability for any and all injuries or the death of any persons, including Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors and their respective employees, and for any and all damages to property caused by, resulting from or arising out of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or their respective employees in the prosecution of Tenant’s Work. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and save free and harmless Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, agents and employees from and against all losses and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, that Landlord may incur as the result of claims or lawsuits due to, because of, or arising out of any and all such injuries, death or damage, whether real or alleged, and Tenant and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall assume and defend at their sole cost and expense all such claims or lawsuits; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Work Letter shall be deemed to indemnify or otherwise hold Landlord harmless from or against

 

3



 

liability caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any deficiency in design or construction of Tenant’s Work shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have approved of the same in writing. All material and equipment furnished by Tenant as Tenant’s Work shall be new or “like new” and Tenant’s Work shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner.

 

7.                                      TI Allowance.

 

7.1.                            Contribution of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the TI Allowance toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Amended Lease and this Work Letter. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance.

 

7.2.                            Approval of Budget for Tenant’s Work. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Amended Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to advance to Tenant any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant’s Work (the “Approved Budget”), such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon written notice to Landlord and subject to Landlord’s review and approval, Tenant shall be permitted to revise the Approved Budget during the course of construction of the Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall submit such revisions to the Approved Budget to Landlord for its review and approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Approved Budget, as revised by Tenant and approved by Landlord is hereinafter referred to as the “Revised Budget”. Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s Work as they become due. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for costs or expenses relating to Tenant’s Work that exceed either (a) the amount of the TI Allowance (other than pursuant to Section 8.2) or (b) the Approved Budget or the Revised Budget, as the case may be, either on a line item or overall basis.

 

7.3.                            Advance Requests. Upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of (a) a statement (an “Advance Request”) setting forth the total amount requested, (b) a detailed summary of the Tenant’s Work performed using AIA standard form Application for Payment (G 702) executed by the general contractor and by the architect, (c) lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to the portion of Tenant’s Work corresponding to the Advance Request, then Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt by Landlord of an Advance Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section 7.3, pay to Tenant the amount set forth in such Advance Request; provided, however, that, with respect to any Advance Requests subject to the limits set forth in Section 7.2, Landlord shall advance to Tenant the requested amount as limited by Section 7.2.

 

7.4.                            Application of TI Allowance. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs (including, without limitation, standard laboratory improvements; finishes; building fixtures; building permits; and architectural, engineering, design and consulting fees), in each case as reflected in the Approved Budget or the Revised Budget, as the case may be, and the Approved Plans. In no event shall the TI Allowance be applied to: (a) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (b) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (c) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (d) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Amended Lease or (e) costs that are recoverable or reasonably recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors).

 

8.                                      Changes. Any changes to Tenant’s Work (each, a “Change”) requested by Landlord or Tenant after Landlord approves the Approved Plans in writing shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 8 and shall be subject to the reasonable written approval of the other party.

 

8.1.                            Changes Requested by Tenant.

 

(a)                                 Tenant may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying Landlord thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Tenant Change Order Request”), which Tenant Change Order Request shall detail the

 

4



 

nature and extent of any requested Changes. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions. Tenant Change Order Requests shall be signed by Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

 

(b)                                 Landlord shall approve or reject any Tenant Change Order Requests in accordance with the procedures established pursuant to Article 2. If Landlord does not approve in writing a Tenant Change Order Request, then such Tenant Change Order Request shall be deemed rejected by Landlord, and Tenant shall not be permitted to alter Tenant’s Work as contemplated by such Tenant Change Order Request.

 

8.2.                                    Changes Requested by Landlord. Landlord may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying Tenant thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Landlord Change Order Request”), which Landlord Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then Landlord shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all additional costs and expenses payable by Tenant to complete Tenant’s Work due to a Landlord-requested Change in accordance with the payment provisions of this Work Letter.

 

8.3.                                    Preparation of Estimates. Tenant shall, before proceeding with any Change, using its best efforts, prepare as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in no event more than five (5) business days after delivering a Tenant Change Order Request to Landlord or receipt of a Landlord Change Order Request) an estimate of the increased costs or savings that would result from such Change, as well as an estimate on such Change’s effects on the Schedule. Landlord shall have ten (10) business days after receipt of such information from Tenant to (a) in the case of a Tenant Change Order Request, approve or reject such Tenant Change Order Request in writing, or (b) in the case of a Landlord Change Order Request, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to proceed with or abandon the Landlord-requested Change.

 

9.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

9.1.                            Headings, Etc. Where applicable in this Work Letter, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Work Letter are not a part of this Work Letter and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

 

9.2.                            Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Work Letter in which time of performance is a factor.

 

9.3.                            Covenants. Each provision of this Work Letter performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

 

9.4.                            Consent. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

 

9.5.                            Entire Agreement. The terms of this Work Letter are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement, other than the Amended Lease.

 

9.6.                            Invalid Provisions. Any provision of this Work Letter that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Work Letter shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

 

9.7.                            Construction. The language in all parts of this Work Letter shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

 

9.8.                            Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective

 

5



 

heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 9.8 shall in any way alter the provisions of the Amended Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

 

9.9.                            Authority. Tenant covenants and warrants that the individual signing this Work Letter on Tenant’s behalf has the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of Tenant and to bind Tenant to the terms hereof. Landlord covenants and warrants that the individual signing this Work Letter on Landlord’s behalf has the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of Landlord and to bind Landlord to the terms hereof

 

9.10.                     Counterparts. This Work Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

Name:

[Illegible]

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

Name:

[Illegible]

 

Title:

SVP, CFO

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 2.1 TO EXHIBIT E

 

TENANT WORK PLANS

 

Architectural Drawings

 

1.  Site plan

2.  Floor and reflected ceiling plans

3.  Elevations (exterior and interior)

4.  Sections (building and wall)

5.  Details (exterior and interior)

6.  Schedules (doors, windows, finishes, etc.)

 

Engineering Drawings

 

1.  Mechanical

2.  Plumbing

3.  Electrical

4.  Fire protection

5.  Civil engineering

6.  Landscape architecture

 

Specifications — Required for all disciplines listed above

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUILT-TO-SUIT LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of this 16th day of February, 2009, by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord,” as successor-in- interest to Inhale 201 Industrial Road, L.P. (“Original Landlord”)), and NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    WHEREAS, Original Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated as of August 17, 2004, as supplemented by that certain Work Letter dated as of August 17, 2004, and as amended by that certain Amendment to Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated as of January 11, 2005, and that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Built-To-Suit Lease dated as of July 19, 2007 (the “Second Amendment” and, collectively, the “Lease”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “Premises”) from Landlord in Building 1 at 201 Industrial Road in San Carlos, California;

 

B.                                    WHEREAS, All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

 

C.                                    WHEREAS, Tenant desires to have additional time to expend the TI Allowance; and

 

D.                                    WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                      TI Allowance. Under Section 7(a) of the Second Amendment, Tenant’s right to use the balance of the TI Allowance expired on December 31, 2008. The parties hereby agree that Tenant shall have until February 28, 2009 to expend Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) of the TI Allowance.

 

2.                                      Brokers. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than GVA Kidder Mathews (“Tenant’s Broker”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Landlord represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than NAI BT Commercial (“Landlord’s Broker”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by Landlord or claiming to

 

Form dated 5/3/07

 

 



 

have been employed or engaged by Landlord. Neither Landlord’s Broker nor Tenant’s Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment.

 

3.                                      No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

 

4.                                      Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein shall govern. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

 

5.                                      Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The paragraph headings in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof.

 

6.                                      Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of and day and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By:

/s/ John Bonanno

 

 

Name:

John Bonanno

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Nicholson

 

Name:

John Nicholson

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

Subleased Premises

 

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Subtenant’s Plans for the Sublease Alterartions

 

C-1



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Inventory of Included Furniture

 

D-1



 

 

 

QTY

 

Cabinets

 

 

 

3 File drawer w/ 3 shelves above

 

7

 

AllSteel 5 drawer file lockable cabinets

 

11

 

Hon 5 drawer file lockable cabinets

 

7

 

Fire King file cabinets

 

2

 

4 Drawer Cherry wood standing file cabinet

 

1

 

2 verticle door locking metal

 

5

 

Metal Book cases (matching deep shelf)

 

4

 

Long File cabinet 3 drawer / 2 columns lockable

 

1

 

2 drawer file cabinet

 

1

 

2 door file cabinet

 

1

 

Under counter - file cabinets

 

14

 

Printer stand 2 door cabinet

 

1

 

Total

 

55

 

 

Tables

 

 

 

Round café tables (try to match)

 

15

 

Tall metal table w/black top (cashiers table)

 

1

 

4' Square conference room type table

 

1

 

Square Tile and wood coffee table

 

1

 

Round end tables

 

2

 

Credenza

 

2

 

Total

 

22

 

 

Chairs

 

 

 

office Maple wood w/ fabric

 

7

 

office Black wood w/ fabric

 

2

 

office guest chairs light green fabric

 

87

 

Plastic - Purple and Gold

 

33

 

Stackable multi color fabric (they want brn + rust)

 

20

 

Dark wood stackable breakroom chairs

 

7

 

Desk standard wheeled chairs

 

15

 

Total

 

171

 

 



 

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

Mailroom: distribution sorter cabinet

 

3

 

Corkboard (wall mount)

 

2

 

Glass door wall mount display cabinet (HR)

 

2

 

Recycle bins (Glass+Cans) 1 each

 

2

 

Breakroom Refrigerator (area 7)

 

1

 

Big Joe Pallat Jack

 

1

 

Upholstered chairs (lobby)

 

2

 

Upholstered couches (lobby)

 

2

 

White Boards-Wall mounted

 

6

 

Fire extingishers

 

8

 

Dishwasher- Installed in kitchen

 

1

 

Server room Racks mounted in room 423

 

1

 

Total

 

31

 

 

Cubicle Office Systems

 

 

 

Style 1 Area 8

 

13

 

Style 2 Area 7

 

17

 

Total

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

Open Office Systems Also Known As OFFICLE

 

 

 

Style 1 Area 8

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Offices

 

 

 

Style 1 Area 8

 

12

 

Style 2 Office 402, 408, 410, 411

 

3

 

Style 3 Office 409

 

1

 

Empty of furniture

 

5

 

Total

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Conference Room Systems

 

 

 

Style 1a (Room 405)

 

1

 

Style 2b (Room 413)

 

1

 

Empty of funiture Area 8 room 4700

 

1

 

Total

 

3

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

Inventory of Excluded Assets

 

E-1



 

All other furniture items not listed in Exhibit D herein or otherwise requested by Subtenant.

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

 

This First Amendment to Sublease (“Amendment”) is dated as of January 31, 2012 by and between NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), formerly known as GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC., a Delaware corporation.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                    Sublandlord and Subtenant entered into that certain Sublease dated for reference purposes only as of December 13, 2011 (the “Sublease”), with respect to the subleasing of approximately 20,123 rentable square feet (the “Subleased Premises”) in the building located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California, and more particularly described in the Sublease.

 

B.                                    Sublandlord and Subtenant presently desire to amend the Sublease as more fully set forth below.

 

A G R E E M E N T

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows.

 

1.                                 Defined Terms. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same respective meanings as are given such terms in the Sublease unless expressly provided otherwise in this Amendment.

 

2.                                 Letter of Credit as Security Deposit. Section 3.3 of the Sublease is deleted in its entirety and the following language is substituted therefor:

 

“3.3                       Letter of Credit. (a) Contemporaneously with the execution of that certain First Amendment to Sublease by Subtenant, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (“Letter of Credit”) which shall (1) be addressed to Sublandlord, (2) be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F or the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, with the parties acknowledging and agreeing that only such forms will be acceptable for the purposes of this Section 3.3, (3) be issued by a federally insured financial institution which is acceptable to Sublandlord in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, with minimum assets of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000.00) (the “Minimum Assets”), upon which presentment may be made in the City and County of San Francisco, California, (4) be in an amount equal to $205,254.60, (5) allow for partial and multiple draws thereunder, and (6) have an expiration date not earlier than sixty (60) days after the Sublease Expiration Date or in the alternative, have a term of not less than one (1) year and be automatically renewable for an additional one (1) year period unless, on or before the date thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such Letter of Credit, the issuer of such Letter of Credit gives notice via U.S. registered mail to Sublandlord of its election not to renew such Letter of Credit for any additional period pursuant thereto. Sublandlord hereby approves Comerica Bank as the issuer of the Letter of Credit and the

 

 



 

form of Letter of Credit attached hereto as Exhibit G. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall provide that, in the event of Sublandlord’s assignment of its interest in this Sublease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Sublandlord, without charge, to the assignee. The Letter of Credit shall provide for same day payment to Sublandlord upon the issuer’s receipt of a sight draft from Sublandlord together with Sublandlord’s certificate certifying that either: (i) the requested sum is due and payable from Subtenant and Subtenant has failed to pay, or (ii) Sublandlord has received notice of nonrenewal of the Letter of Credit and a replacement Letter of Credit has not been timely received, and with no other conditions. Subtenant agrees that it shall from time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Sublandlord pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount required hereunder, and satisfying all the conditions hereof, is in effect until a date which is at least sixty (60) days after the Sublease Expiration Date. If Subtenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord, Sublandlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) as a security deposit pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3(e) below.

 

(b)                                 The Letter of Credit shall be replaced by a new Letter of Credit if the issuing financial institution: (i) has assets which fall below the Minimum Assets; (ii) enters into any form of regulatory or governmental proceeding, including without limitation any receivership instituted or commenced by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”); (iii) is otherwise declared insolvent, is downgraded by the FDIC, is determined to be less than well capitalized by the appropriate Federal banking agency under the prompt corrective action rules of the FDIC, or closes for any reason; or (iv) in any manner communicates (including without limitation communications sent by or on behalf of the FDIC) its unwillingness to honor the terms of the Letter of Credit. If Subtenant fails to deliver to Sublandlord the replacement Letter of Credit within ten (10) days following Sublandlord’s written demand for same, Sublandlord shall be entitled to draw down the entire Letter of Credit and, until Subtenant delivers to Sublandlord the replacement Letter of Credit as required by this paragraph, hold the drawn cash as a Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3(e) below.

 

(c)                                  In the event that either: (A) Subtenant is in default under the terms and provisions of the Sublease after any applicable notice and/or cure periods, or (B) a Bankruptcy Event (as defined below) has occurred, then Sublandlord shall have the right, at any time after and during the continuation of such default, without giving any further notice to Subtenant, to draw upon said Letter of Credit (or Additional Letter of Credit, as defined below, as the case may be) (i) the amount necessary to cure such default or (ii) if such default cannot reasonably be cured by the expenditure of money, to exercise all rights and remedies Sublandlord may have on account of such default, the amount which, in Sublandlord’s reasonable opinion, is necessary to satisfy Subtenant’s liability to Sublandlord on account thereof (provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to preclude Subtenant from disputing the amount of such liability as determined by Sublandlord). In the event of any such draw by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days of written demand therefor, deliver to Sublandlord an additional Letter of

 

 

2



 

Credit satisfying the conditions specified in Section 3.3(a) above (“Additional Letter of Credit”), except that the amount of such Additional Letter of Credit shall be the amount of such draw. Subtenant’s failure to provide the Additional Letter of Credit upon written notice from Sublandlord shall be an Event of Default of this Sublease. As used herein, a “Bankruptcy Event” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (w) Subtenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (x) an involuntary petition has been filed against Subtenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or (y) Subtenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (z) Subtenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

(d)                                 In addition, in the event of a termination based upon the default of Subtenant under this Sublease or a rejection of this Sublease pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, Sublandlord shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit (from time to time, if necessary) to cover the full amount of damages and other amounts due from Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease. Any amounts so drawn shall, at Sublandlord’s election, be applied first to any unpaid rent and other charges which were due prior to the filing of the petition for protection under the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Any such draw on the Letter of Credit shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of Sublandlord with respect to Subtenant’s default under this Sublease. Subtenant hereby covenants and agrees not to oppose, contest or otherwise interfere with any attempt by Sublandlord to draw upon said Letter of Credit including, without limitation, by commencing an action seeking to enjoin or restrain Sublandlord from drawing upon said Letter of Credit. Subtenant also hereby expressly waives any right or claim it may have to seek such equitable relief. In addition to whatever other rights and remedies it may have against Subtenant if Subtenant breaches its obligations under this Section 3.3(d), Subtenant hereby acknowledges that it shall be liable for any and all damages which Sublandlord may suffer as a result of any such breach (including without limitation recovery of Sublandlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs).

 

(e)                                  In the event that Subtenant fails timely to deliver to Sublandlord a replacement letter of credit when required hereunder, then Sublandlord shall have the right, at any time after such event, without giving any further notice to Subtenant, to draw down the entire Letter of Credit (and/or Additional Letter(s) of Credit) and to hold the proceeds thereof (“Security Proceeds”) in the same manner as a Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.3(e). If Sublandlord is holding Security Proceeds, such proceeds shall be held by Sublandlord as a “Security Deposit” hereunder to secure Subtenant’s performance of its obligations under this Sublease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Sublandlord’s damages upon an Event of Default. Upon default by Subtenant, Sublandlord, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, may (but shall not be required to) apply the Security Deposit against any arrearages of Base Sublease Rent, Additional Rent, or any other damage, injury, loss, cost, expense or liability caused to Sublandlord by such default on the part of Subtenant. Should all or any part of the Security Deposit be used for the purposes described above during the term of this Sublease, then Subtenant shall remit to Sublandlord immediately (and in all events within not more than five days) after Sublandlord’s request therefor, the amount necessary to restore the Security Deposit to its

 

 

3



 

original balance. Subtenant’s failure to restore the Security Deposit upon notice from Sublandlord shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Upon any termination of Sublandlord’s interest in the Premises, Sublandlord shall have no further obligation to Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit or any other sums due hereunder and prepaid by Subtenant upon transfer of the Security Deposit and any other such sums to Sublandlord’s successor in interest. No interest shall be payable on the Security Deposit and Sublandlord shall have no obligation to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds unless otherwise required by applicable Law. Subject to the requirements of, and conditions imposed by, Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases, Sublandlord shall, within thirty (30) days following the later to occur of the following: (i) the expiration of the Sublease, and (ii) the date on which Subtenant surrenders possession of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in the condition required hereunder, including, without limitation the conditions set forth in Section 11 below, return to Subtenant the portion of the Security Deposit remaining after deducting all damages, charges and other amounts permitted by Law. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that such deductions shall include, without limitation, all damages and losses that Sublandlord has suffered or that Sublandlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach of this Sublease by Subtenant. Subtenant hereby waives the protections of Section 1950.7(c) of the California Civil Code, as it may hereafter be amended, or similar laws of like import.

 

(f)                                   In no event shall the proceeds of any Letter of Credit be deemed to be a prepayment of rent nor shall it be considered as a measure of liquidated damages.

 

(g)                                  To the extent that Sublandlord has not previously drawn upon any Letter of Credit or Additional Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord, and to the extent that Subtenant is not otherwise in default of its obligations under the Sublease as of the Sublease Expiration Date, Sublandlord shall return such Letter(s) of Credit to Subtenant in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 3.3(e) above.

 

(h)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3 to the contrary, provided that: (A) Subtenant has not been late in the payment of any rent due under the Sublease more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12)-month period, (B) no Event of Default by Subtenant under this Sublease has occurred and is still continuing as of the effective date of reduction with no apparent effort by Subtenant to cure such Event of Default as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, and (C) Subtenant has achieved net proceeds from an equity financing transaction equal to or greater than $15,000,000 as evidenced by Subtenant’s most current financial statements which shall be either: (i) audited financial statements, or (ii) unaudited financial statements certified to be true and correct by a senior officer of Subtenant, then Subtenant shall be permitted to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to $68,418.20. The amount of the Letter of Credit may be reduced by Subtenant’s delivery of a written notice to Sublandlord and delivery of a replacement Letter of Credit so that the amount of the Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord will be in the amount of $68,418.20. Upon Landlord’s receipt of any replacement Letter of Credit which is in the amount of $68,418.20, and which in all other respects is in conformance with the Letter of Credit requirements described in this Section 3.3, Sublandlord shall promptly return to Subtenant the Letter of Credit being

 

 

4



 

replaced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such reduction be construed as an admission by Sublandlord that Subtenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Moreover, if an Event of Default with respect to the payment of Base Sublease Rent or Additional Rent occurs beyond applicable cure periods then, upon Sublandlord’s written demand therefor delivered to Subtenant, Subtenant shall be required to restore the Letter of Credit to the originally required amount of $205,254.60.

 

(i)                                     Sublandlord and Subtenant (a) agree that the Letter of Credit shall in no event be deemed or treated as a “security deposit” under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, (b) further acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and the Laws applicable to security deposits shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (c) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now have or, in the future will have, relating to or arising from the Laws applicable to security deposits.”

 

3.                                      Contingent Nature of Sublease. Section 15 of the Sublease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following language is substituted therefor:

 

“This Sublease shall be contingent upon Sublandlord’s receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent. Sublandlord shall use commercially efforts to obtain the Master Landlord’s Consent on or before February 15, 2012. Sublandlord shall be responsible for all costs associated with obtaining Master Landlord’s consent including the fee set forth in Section 13.1(d) of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall deliver prompt written notice to Subtenant of Master Landlord’s granting (or denial) of consent to this Sublease. If the consent of Master Landlord has not been obtained by February 15, 2012 (the “Outside Date”), then Subtenant may elect to terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord delivered at any time after the Outside Date and prior to receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent. If Subtenant elects to terminate this Sublease in accordance with the foregoing sentence, Sublandlord shall promptly refund any prepaid rent and the Letter of Credit to Subtenant.”

 

4.                                      Authority. Subtenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Subtenant is in good standing under the laws of the State of California, (b) Subtenant has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Subtenant’s obligations under the Sublease, as amended by this Amendment, and (c) each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Subtenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

5.                                      Entire Agreement. This Amendment, together with the Sublease, constitutes the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant regarding the Sublease and the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous oral or written negotiations, agreements or understandings.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

5



 

6.                                      Incorporation. The Sublease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect, and the parties hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns. To the extent the terms and conditions of the Sublease conflict with or are inconsistent with this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

 

NATERA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Roberts

By:

/s/ Gil M Labrucherie

 

 

Name:

Brad Roberts

 

Name:

Gil M Labrucherie

 

 

Title:

VP Finance

 

Title:

SVP & General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                

 

Beneficiary:

Issuance Date:

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS

455 Mission Bay Boulevard South

San Francisco, CA 94158

Attn: Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel

 

Accountee/Applicant:

 

NATERA, INC.

Address

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit no.                   in your favor for the account of NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, a California corporation for an amount not to exceed in the aggregate $205,254.60.

 

Funds under this credit are available against presentation of this original letter of credit and the attached Exhibit A, with the blanks appropriately completed.

 

This Letter of Credit expires and is payable at the office of                                       [Issuing Bank’s name, address, department, and fax number], on or prior to                        [enter the Expiration Date], or any extended date as hereinafter provided for (the “Expiration Date”).

 

It is a condition of this letter of credit that the Expiration Date will be automatically extended without amendment for one year from the Expiration Date hereof, or any future Expiration Date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to any Expiration Date we notify you by registered mail, return receipt requested, or overnight courier service with proof of delivery to the address shown above, attention:                                          , and notify                                           , attention:                                           , in the same delivery method, that we elect not to extend the Expiration Date of this letter of credit. Upon your receipt of such notification, you may draw against this letter of credit by presentation of this original letter of credit and the attached Exhibit B, with the blanks appropriately completed.

 

Demands presented by fax (to fax number                                   ) are acceptable; provided that if any such demand is presented by fax, the original exhibit and letter of credit shall be simultaneously forwarded by overnight courier service to our office located at the address stated above; provided further that the failure of the courier service to timely deliver shall not affect the efficacy of the demand. Further, you shall give telephone notice of a drawing to the Bank, attention:

 

 

1



 

                         at                         , on the day of such demand, provided that your failure to provide such telephone notification shall not invalidate the demand.

 

Drawing(s) in compliance with all of the terms of this Letter of Credit, presented prior to 11:00 A.M., Pacific time, on a Business Day, shall be made to the account number or address designated by you of the amount specified, in immediately available funds, on the same Business Day.

 

Drawing(s) in compliance with all of the terms of this Letter of Credit, presented on or after 11:00 A.M., Pacific time, on a Business Day, shall be made to the account number or address designated by you of the amount specified, in immediately available funds, on the following Business Day.

 

This Letter of Credit is transferable without charge to you. Transfer must be requested in accordance with our transfer form, which is attached as Exhibit C, accompanied by the return of this original Letter of Credit and all amendments thereto for endorsement thereon by us to the transferee. This Letter of Credit is transferable provided that such transfer would not violate any governmental rule, order or regulation applicable to us.

 

We hereby engage with you that documents (including fax documents) presented in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored if presented to our bank on or before the Expiration Date of this Letter of Credit, which is                          .

 

Multiple and partial drawings are permitted.

 

This Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

 

 

[Issuing Bank’s name]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

2



 

Exhibit A

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                

 

Date:                       

 

To:

 

Name of Issuing Bank

Address

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re:                             Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                          

 

The undersigned, a duly authorized official of NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Sublandlord”), hereby certifies that Sublandlord is entitled to draw upon Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                in the amount of $                 [amount in words U.S. Dollars] pursuant to the Sublease (the “Sublease”) dated December 13, 2011, by and between Sublandlord and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Subtenant.

 

Drawn under Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                         issued by                                          [name of Issuing Bank].

 

Payment of the amount demanded is to be made to the Beneficiary by wire transfer in immediately available funds in accordance with the following instructions:

 

[Payment instructions to be inserted]

 

 

[Beneficiary’s name]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

3



 

Exhibit B

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                

 

Date:

 

To:

 

Name of Issuing Bank

Address

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re:                             Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                          

 

The undersigned, a duly authorized official of NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Sublandlord”), hereby certifies that Sublandlord is entitled to draw upon Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                 in the amount of $                 [amount in words U.S. Dollars] as we have been notified that the Letter of Credit will not be extended and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, has not provided us with an acceptable substitute irrevocable standby letter of credit in accordance with the terms of the Sublease (the “Sublease”) dated December 13, 2011 by and between Sublandlord and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation, a California corporation, as Subtenant.

 

Drawn under Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                   issued by                                [name of Issuing Bank].

 

Payment of the amount demanded is to be made to the Beneficiary by wire transfer in immediately available funds in accordance with the following instructions:

 

[Payment instructions to be inserted]

 

 

[Beneficiary’s name]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

4


 

Exhibit C

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.           

 

Date:

 

 

 

To:

 

Name of Issuing Bank
Address

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re:          Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                   

 

For value received, the undersigned beneficiary hereby irrevocably transfers to:

 

 

 

(Name of Transferee)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State, Zip Code)

 

 

all rights of the undersigned beneficiary to draw under the above Letter of Credit in its entirety.

 

By this transfer, all rights of the undersigned beneficiary in such Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee and the transferee shall have the sole rights as beneficiary thereof, including sole rights relating to any amendments whether increases or extensions or other amendments and whether now existing or hereafter made. All amendments are to be advised direct to the transferee without necessity of any consent of or notice to the undersigned beneficiary.

 

The advice of such Letter of Credit is returned herewith, and we ask you to endorse the transfer on the reverse thereof, and forward it direct to the transferee with your customary notice of transfer.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[Beneficiary’s name]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

5



 

The above signature with title as stated conforms to that on file with us and is authorized for the execution of said instruments.

 

 

[Name of Authenticating Bank]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

6



 

EXHIBIT G
ADDITIONAL APPROVED FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

***PROFORMA WORDING***FOR DISCUSSION ONLY*** PLEASE REVIEW CAREFULLY***
Issuing bank has prepared this specimen upon request and based upon information supplied to it. No representation or
commitment is made by the issuing hank regarding the accuracy or suitability of this specimen for its intended purpose or the
willingness of issuing bank to issue this letter of credit in this or any other form.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

WORDING APPROVED, NATERA, INC., BY:                                     DATE:                      

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES

FAX NO: 310-297-2890

 

2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FLOOR

SWIFT: MNBDUS6S LAX

 

EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY:

 

DATE OF ISSUE: MMDDYY

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

 

 

455 MISSION BAY BLVD., SOUTH

 

 

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94158

 

 

ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICE OR GENERAL COUNSEL

 

EXPIRATION DATE: [INSERT DATE]

 

WE HEREBY OPEN OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT NUMBER] IN YOUR FAVOR, FOR ACCOUNT OF NATERA, INC. [INSERT COMPLETE ADDRESS] FOR THE AMOUNT OF USD                       (AMOUNT IN WORDS) AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT ON COMERICA BANK (IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS ANNEX A), WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY:

 

1.   THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY.

 

2.   BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT ON ITS LETTERHEAD DATED AND SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OR A DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY, INDICATING NAME AND TITLE OF THE SIGNER AND WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDING:

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN USD                       UNDER COMERICA BANK’S STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.]-  44 PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN SUB-LEASE DATED DECEMBER 13, 2011, BY AND BETWEEN NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, INC. AND NATERA, INC.[NEED COMPLETE ADDRESS]

 

(THE “SUB-LEASE”).

 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

 

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

 

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING.

 

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

IF A DRAWING EN RESPECT OF PAYMENT IS MADE BY YOU HEREUNDER AT OR PRIOR TO 11.00 A.M. (PACIFIC TIME) ON A BUSINESS DAY (DEFINED BELOW), AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAWING AND THE STATEMENT PRESENTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF, PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE TO YOU OF THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS, ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY. IF A DRAWING IN RESPECT OF PAYMENT IS MADE BY YOU HEREUNDER AFTER 11.00 A M. (PACIFIC TIME), ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAWING AND THE STATEMENT PRESENTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH CONFORM TO THE

 

 

1



 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF, PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE TO YOU IN THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS, ON THE SECOND BUSINESS DAY. IF REQUESTED BY YOU, PAYMENT UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE BY DEPOSIT OF IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS INTO A DESIGNATED ACCOUNT THAT YOU MAINTAIN WITH THIS BANK OR WIRE TRANSFER DIRECTLY TO AN ACCOUNT DESIGNATED BY BENEFICIARY. AS USED HEREIN “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE BANK IS LOCATED ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE.

 

PRESENTATION MAY ALSO BE EFFECTED BY FACSIMILE TO COMERICA BANK FAX NUMBER 310 297-2890 CONFIRMED BY PHONE CALL AT 310 297-2840. WHEN PRESENTATION IS MADE BY FACSIMILE, THE ORIGINAL STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE REPLACED BY A BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT THAT NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, INC., IS IN POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, AND THAT THE AMOUNT AND DATE OF THIS PRESENTATION HAS BEEN NOTED ON THE BACK OF SUCH ORIGINAL. IN THE EVENT OF FACSIMILE DRAWING, THE DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED HEREUNDER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN PRESENTED TO COMERICA BANK IF COPIES OF SUCH DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS ARE RECEIVED BY COMERICA BANK BY MEANS OF A FACSIMILE AT THE FAX NUMBER NOTED ABOVE. HOWEVER, THE DRAFT MUST INCLUDE THE FRONT AND BACK OF THE DRAFT IN ORDER TO EVIDENCE ENDORSEMENT THEREOF.

 

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST (60) SIXTY DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. UPON RECEIPT OF SUCH NOTICE, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER BY MEANS OF YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) DRAWN ON US AND YOUR SIGNED STATEMENT READING AS FOLLOWS: “WE CERTIFY THAT THIS DRAWING REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE US AS A RESULT OF OUR HAVING RECEIVED NOTIFICATION FROM COMERICA BANK OF ITS INTENTION NOT TO EXTEND STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] - 44.” IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF DECEMBER 05, 2016.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING AND SUCH UNDERTAKING SHALL NOT BE IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, AMENDED OR AMPLIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN OR IN WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS REFERRED TO OR TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT RELATES, AND ANY SUCH REFERENCE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO INCORPORATE HEREIN BY REFERENCE ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN ITS ENTIRETY ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B). UPON OUR SATISFACTION OF THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS, WE SHALL ENDORSE THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN FAVOR OF THE TRANSFEREE AND DELIVER IT TO THE TRANSFEREE PROMPTLY.

 

ALL FEES RELATING TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL TRANSFER RELATED COSTS SHALL BE PAID BY THE APPLICANT. PAYMENT OF ANY TRANSFER FEES AND/OR ANY TRANSFER RELATED COSTS SHALL NOT BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO TRANSFER.

 

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER COMERICA BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT NUMBER].”

 

ALL DOCUMENTS ARE TO BE DISPATCHED BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE TO COMERICA BANK INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FL., EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245, ATTN: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPT, TEAM 44.

 

ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO US WITH RESPECT TO THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE ADDRESSED TO US IN WRITING AT OUR OFFICE ADDRESS AS INDICATED ABOVE.

 

 

2



 

THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING AND SUCH UNDERTAKING SHALL NOT BE IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, AMENDED OR AMPLIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN OR IN WHICH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS REFERRED TO OR TO WHICH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT RELATES, AND ANY SUCH REFERENCE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO INCORPORATE HEREIN BY REFERENCE ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH.

 

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DRAWING(S) MADE UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT (INCLUDING FAX DOCUMENTS) AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT COMERICA BANK INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FL., EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245, ATTN: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPT, TEAM 44 ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, [INSERT DATE] OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED DATE.

 

IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FALLS ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

 

WE ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT UPON RECEIPT OF THE DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED HEREIN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF WE WILL HONOR YOUR DRAWS AGAINST THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WITHOUT INQUIRY INTO THE ACCURACY OF BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER APPLICANT DISPUTES THE CONTENT OF SUCH STATEMENT.

 

 

YOURS VERY TRULY

 

 

 

 

 

(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)

 

 

ANNEX A

 

SIGHT DRAFT

 

 

3


 

DATE:                          

REF. NO.                           

 

 

 

AT SIGHT

 

 

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                        US$                             

 

US DOLLARS                                                                                                                               

 

 

“DRAWN UNDER COMERICA BANK, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                             DATED                                       , 2012”

 

 

TO:

COMERICA BANK

 

 

2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FL

(INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY)

 

EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT:

 

1.                                      DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2.                                      REF. NO.: YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3.                                      PAY TO THE ORDER OF: BENEFICIARY’S NAME

 

4.                                      US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5.                                      US DOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6.                                      LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7.                                      DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

 

NOTE: BENEFICIARY’S NAME SHOULD BE PRINTED AT THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT WITH ENDORSEMENT.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

 

4



 

Request for Full Transfer of a Standby Letter of Credit

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

To Comerica Bank

International Trade Services

 

Re: Comerica Bank Standby Letter of Credit No.                        (herein called the “Credit”).

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

For value received the undersigned beneficiary hereby irrevocably transfers to:

 

 

(Name of Second Beneficiary)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

all rights of the undersigned beneficiary to draw under the above Credit in its entirety.

 

By this transfer, all rights of the undersigned beneficiary in such Credit are transferred to the Second Beneficiary and the Second Beneficiary shall have the sole rights as beneficiary under the Credit, including sole rights relating to any increases, extensions, or other amendments. All amendments are to be advised directly to the Second Beneficiary without necessity of any consent of or notice to the undersigned beneficiary.

 

The original of such Credit is returned herewith together with any and all amendments, and we ask that you record evidence of this transfer on the reverse of the original Credit, add your endorsement, and forward it directly to the Second Beneficiary with your customary notice of transfer.

 

The undersigned beneficiary understands and agrees that upon transfer of the Credit, we shall cease to be the beneficiary of the Credit and we represent and warrant to you that we shall not attempt to draw on the Credit or otherwise attempt to exercise our former rights under the Credit.

 

You are hereby authorized to debit the undersigned beneficiary’s account with you                           (account number) for your transfer fees.

 

 

 

5



 

Your transfer fees will be wired to your office, per your instructions. It is understood that this request will not be processed until such fees are in your possession.

 

Signature and Legal Capacity Guaranteed By:

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Bank

 

Beneficiary Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

Authorized Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Title (Print)

 

Name and Title (Print)

 

 

6


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE
(Expansion of Premises)

 

This Second Amendment to Sublease (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of January 3, 2013 by and between NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS, a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), formerly known as Gene Security Network, Inc.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.              Sublandlord and Subtenant entered into that certain Sublease dated for reference purposes only as of December 13, 2011 (the “Original Sublease”), with respect to the subleasing of approximately 20,123 rentable square feet (the “Existing Subleased Premises”) in the building located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California (the “Building”), and more particularly described in the Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant entered into that certain First Amendment to Sublease dated as of January 31, 2012 (the “First Amendment”). The Original Sublease as amended by the First Amendment is hereinafter referred to as the “Sublease”.

 

B.              The Sublease Rent Commencement Date occurred on May 1, 2012 and the Term of the Sublease is scheduled to expire on October 5, 2016.

 

C.              Sublandlord and Subtenant presently desire to amend the Sublease to expand the size of the Existing Subleased Premises, as more fully set forth below.

 

A G R E E M E N T

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows.

 

1.             Defined Terms. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same respective meanings as are given such terms in the Sublease unless expressly provided otherwise in this Amendment.

 

2.             Addition of Expansion Premises. The increment of space located in the Building, labeled “Expansion Premises” on the attached Exhibit A-1 and consisting of approximately 39,142 rentable square feet shall be added to the Existing Subleased Premises covered by the Sublease on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that for the purpose of the Sublease, as amended by this Amendment, the Expansion Premises shall be conclusively deemed to contain 39,142 rentable square feet. The Term of the Sublease with respect to the Expansion Premises shall commence on January 15, 2013 (the “Expansion Commencement Date”) and shall be coterminous with Term of the Existing Subleased Premises thereafter (the “Expansion Term”). Sublandlord estimates that possession of the Expansion Premises will be tendered to Subtenant on January 15, 2013 (the “Estimated Delivery Date”); provided, however, that if Sublandlord is unable to tender possession of the Expansion Premises to Subtenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then: (a) the validity of this

 

1



 

Amendment shall not be affected or impaired thereby; (b) Sublandlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor; (c) Subtenant shall accept possession of the Expansion Premises on the date when Sublandlord tenders possession thereof to Subtenant; (d) the actual Expansion Commencement Date shall be the date on which Sublandlord actually tenders possession of the Expansion Premises to Subtenant; and (e) Rent shall not accrue until the Expansion Commencement Date actually occurs hereunder. As of the Expansion Commencement Date, the definition of “Subleased Premises” shall be modified to provide that the “Subleased Premises” consists of 59,265 rentable square feet (the combined Existing Subleased Premises and the Expansion Premises shall hereafter be referred to as the “Subleased Premises”). The Expansion Premises shall remain a portion of the “Subleased Premises” throughout the Term of the Sublease.

 

3.             Base Rent for the Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the remainder of the Expansion Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord with respect to the Expansion Premises, at such place as Sublandlord may designate, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, Base Sublease Rent in lawful money of the United States as follows:

 

Period

 

Square
Feet

 

Base Rent per
square foot per
Month

 

Monthly Base
Rent

 

January 15, 2013 — April 14, 2013

 

39,142

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

April 15, 2013 — January 14, 2014

 

20,000

 

$

2.25

*

$

45,000.00

*

January 15, 2014 - December 31, 2014

 

39,142

 

$

2.32

 

$

90,809.44

 

January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015

 

39,142

 

$

2.39

 

$

93,549.38

 

January 1, 2016 - October 5, 2016

 

39,142

 

$

2.46

 

$

96,289.32

 

 


*During this period, Base Sublease Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises is payable only with respect to 20,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises; provided, however, that Subtenant shall be obligated to pay Additional Rent with respect to the entirety of the Expansion Premises commencing on January 15, 2013 and throughout the remainder of the Expansion Term.

 

A payment of Base Sublease Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises in the aggregate amount of $67,500 (for the one-half month of April 2013 in the amount of $22,500 and the month of May 2013 in the amount of $45,000.00) shall be delivered to Sublandlord concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Amendment and shall be credited against the Base Sublease Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises due for the period from April 15, 2013 to May 31, 2013.

 

2



 

For the ease of reference of the parties, attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 is a schedule of the Base Sublease Rent due for the entirety of the Subleased Premises.

 

4.             Additional Rent. During the Expansion Term, Subtenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2 of the Original Sublease except that Subtenant’s prorata share of Operating Costs with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be: (i) 39.13% of Tenant’s Operating Cost Share relating solely to the (Nektar Total Leased) Premises and (ii) 39.13% of Tenant’s Exterior Common Area Cost Share relating solely to the (Nektar Total Leased) Premises, as those terms are defined in Section 7.1 (a) of the Master Lease. For the ease of reference of the parties, attached hereto as Exhibit A-3 is a schedule of Subtenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Costs for the entirety of the Subleased Premises. In addition, Subtenant is responsible for reimbursing Sublandlord for the cost of all utilities and services supplied to the Subleased Premises.

 

5.             Letter of CreditThe parties hereto acknowledge that Sublandlord is currently holding a Letter of Credit in the amount of $205,254.60. Concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Amendment, Subtenant shall provide a Letter of Credit to Sublandlord in the amount of $540,000.00 to be held by Sublandlord pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the First Amendment throughout the Expansion Term (the “Expansion Letter of Credit”). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5 to the contrary, provided that: (A) Subtenant has not been late in the payment of any rent due under the Sublease, as amended hereby, more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12)-month period, (B) no Event of Default by Subtenant under the Sublease, as amended hereby, has occurred and is still continuing as of the effective date of reduction with no apparent effort by Subtenant to cure such Event of Default as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, and (C) following the date of this Amendment, Subtenant has achieved net proceeds from an equity financing transaction equal to or greater than $10,000,000 as evidenced by Subtenant’s most current financial statements which shall be either: (i) audited financial statements, or (ii) unaudited financial statements certified to be true and correct by a senior officer of Subtenant, then Subtenant shall be permitted to reduce the amount of the Expansion Letter of Credit to $270,000.00. Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 5, the amount of the Expansion Letter of Credit may be reduced by Subtenant’s delivery of a written notice to Sublandlord accompanied by such financial statements (which shall be in form reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord) and delivery of a replacement Expansion Letter of Credit so that the amount of the Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord will be in the amount of $270,000.00. Upon Landlord’s receipt of any replacement Letter of Credit which is in the amount of $270,000.00, and which in all other respects is in conformance with the Letter of Credit requirements described in Section 3.3 of the First Amendment, Sublandlord shall promptly return to Subtenant the Expansion Letter of Credit being replaced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any such reduction be construed as an admission by Sublandlord that Subtenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Moreover, if an Event of Default with respect to the payment of Base Sublease Rent or Additional Rent occurs beyond applicable cure periods then, upon Sublandlord’s written demand therefor delivered to Subtenant, Subtenant shall be required to restore the Expansion Letter of Credit to the originally required amount of $540,000.00. For the ease of reference of the parties, attached hereto as Exhibit A-4 is a schedule of Reduction in Letter of Credit.

 

3



 

6.              Condition of Expansion Premises  Subtenant has thoroughly inspected and examined the Expansion Premises, has elected to sublease the Expansion Premises from Sublandlord under the terms of this Sublease on a strictly “AS IS” and “with all faults” basis, and acknowledges that Sublandlord has no obligation to make any improvements or provide any furnishings or equipment to Subtenant in connection therewith. By taking possession of the Expansion Premises, Subtenant acknowledges that the Expansion Premises are in a tenantable and good condition. Subject to Section 7 below, Subtenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Expansion Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Sublandlord and, if required by the Master Lease, of Master Landlord. Any approved alterations, additions or improvements to the Expansion Premises shall be made by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, and otherwise upon all applicable terms and conditions of the Master Lease (including any removal and restoration obligations) and this Sublease.

 

7.              Subtenant’s Work.  Sublandlord hereby approves Subtenant’s initial improvements to the Expansion Premises (the “Sublease Expansion Improvements”) as shown on Exhibit A-5 attached hereto (the “Space Plans”); provided, however, that: (A) Sublandlord reserves the right to provide comments on Subtenant’s construction drawings based on the approved Space Plans in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease, (B) such Space Plans and the work depicted thereon are subject to Master Landlord’s review and approval, (C) to the extent Sublandlord incurs costs in connection with construction management that may be necessary due to the coordination of the construction of the Sublease Expansion Improvements with the third floor tenant, such costs shall be payable by Subtenant within thirty (30) days following receipt of a documented invoice therefor, (D) Subtenant shall be required to pay for any modification to the water system drops to cover any re-sanitization, and (E) any upgrades to the Expansion Premises that may be necessary in connection with the Sublease Expansion Improvements to the existing HVAC, electrical, plumbing, or other systems installed and operated by Sublandlord will be the responsibility of Subtenant Sublandlord’s approval of the Space Plans shall not be a representation or warranty of Sublandlord that such Space Plans are adequate for any use or comply with any law, but shall merely be the consent of Sublandlord thereto. Sublandlord’s review of the Space Plans shall not constitute an engineering design review of the feasibility of or successful implementation of the proposed Sublease Expansion Improvements. Subtenant understands and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for any and all costs, expenses and related liabilities: (x) to construct the Sublease Expansion Improvements, (y) to comply with all applicable laws, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Acts and any state disability access laws, and (z) due to Master Landlord under the terms of the Master Lease in connection with the Sublease Expansion Improvements including, without limitation, any testing of the HVAC system, air balancing reports or any restriction that may be required by Master Landlord as a condition to its consent or otherwise required pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease and/or costs and expenses associated with restoring the Expansion Premises to its condition prior to the construction of the Sublease Expansion Improvements. Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against, and shall reimburse Sublandlord for, any and all claims, losses, liabilities for damages, other than consequential damages, (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) resulting from the Sublease Expansion Improvements.

 

4



 

8.              ParkingAs of the Expansion Commencement Date, Subtenant shall be entitled to its pro rata share of the parking spaces allocated to the Premises pursuant to Section 4 of the Master Lease based on the addition of the Expansion Premises to the Existing Subleased Premises.

 

9.              SignagePrior to the Expansion Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall remove its existing exterior Building signage. On and after the Expansion Commencement Date and throughout the remainder of the Expansion Term, Subtenant shall have the right to install its standard corporate signage and logo (the “Exterior Sign”) on the exterior of the Building in the same location as Sublandlord’s existing exterior signage (the “Exterior Signage Rights”) (i. e., the right set forth in Section 9.5 of the Master Lease to display its corporate name and logo on the exterior of the Building), subject to Master Landlord’s consent and compliance with all applicable laws. Subtenant’s Exterior Signage Rights are contingent upon Subtenant continuing to occupy 100% of the Subleased Premises. The parties acknowledge that Sublandlord shall not be required to deliver the Signage Notice described in Section 16 of the Original Sublease. Subtenant shall maintain the Exterior Sign during the Expansion Term at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Subtenant shall comply with such regulations as may from time to time be promulgated by Master Landlord governing signs, advertising material or lettering of all tenants in the Building. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, Subtenant shall remove the Exterior Sign and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. If Subtenant fails to do so, Sublandlord may have the sign removed and the cost of removal plus fifteen percent (15%) as an administrative fee shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days of invoice.

 

10.            Mechanical RoomThe parties hereto acknowledge that a mechanical room (the “Mechanical Room”) serving the third and fourth floors of the Building is located in the Expansion Premises. The location of the Mechanical Room is further described on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. Throughout the Expansion Term, Sublandlord and its agents shall have access to the Mechanical Room as is necessary to properly maintain the Mechanical Room and the equipment contained therein; provided, however, when reasonably practicable, Sublandlord and its agents shall provide reasonable advance notice (which notice may be written or oral) to Subtenant of the need to access the Mechanical Room in the Subleased Premises. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for fifty percent (50%) of the following costs: (i) the cost to maintain the Mechanical Room, and (ii) the cost to operate and maintain the HVAC and associated systems (chillers, boilers and other support equipment) for the labs and offices in the Expansion Premises (which HVAC systems serve both the third and fourth floors of the Building and may be located on the fourth and fifth floors of the Building as well as the roof of the Building). In no event shall Subtenant be responsible for paying for the foregoing costs as both an Operating Cost and pursuant to this section. Sublandlord shall submit quarterly bills to Subtenant for such costs and Subtenant shall pay for same within thirty (30) days of receipt of a bill therefor. All sums due hereunder shall be deemed “Additional Rent” under the Sublease, as amended hereby.

 

11.            Emergency Power UsageAs of the Expansion Commencement Date, Subtenant shall be entitled to 68 Kw of electricity produced by the Generator during power outages pursuant to Section 16 of the Original Sublease based on the addition of the Expansion Premises

 

5



 

to the Existing Subleased Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and on each January 1 thereafter throughout the remainder of the Expansion Term, Subtenant shall provide annual written reports to Sublandlord which provide a detailed list with brief description of all equipment that is connected by Subtenant to the emergency power outlets in the Expansion Premises (the “Annual Report”). If Sublandlord reasonably concludes that Subtenant has access to more than the allocated share of electricity from the Generator based on the Annual Report, Sublandlord shall have the right to require Subtenant to reduce the number or type of equipment connected by Subtenant to the emergency power outlets in the Expansion Premises.

 

12.          Shipping Areas/Freight ElevatorsSubtenant acknowledges that it shall be required to share the shipping and receiving areas of the Building and the Building’s freight elevator with other tenants located on the third and fourth floors of the Building. Subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with such other tenants in sharing the same.

 

13.          Real Estate Brokers.  Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has taken no act nor permitted any act to be taken pursuant to which it or the other party hereto might incur any claim for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the execution of this Amendment except with respect to Kidder Matthews, representing Sublandlord and Jones Lang LaSalle, representing Subtenant (collectively, “Brokers”). Each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless against all liabilities and costs arising from a breach of such representation and warranty, including, without limitation, for attorneys’ fees and costs in connection therewith. Brokers shall be paid a commission by Sublandlord pursuant to a separate written agreement with Sublandlord.

 

14.          No OfferSubmission of this instrument for examination and signature by Subtenant does not constitute an offer to sublease or a reservation of or option for sublease, and this instrument is not effective as a sublease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

15.          AuthoritySubtenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Subtenant is in good standing under the laws of the States of California and Delaware, (b) Subtenant has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Subtenant’s obligations under the Sublease, as amended by this Amendment, and (c) each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Subtenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

16.          Sublease in Full Force and EffectThis Amendment contains the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein. Subtenant hereby affirms that on the date hereof no breach or default by either party has occurred and that the Sublease, and all of its terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and provisions, except as hereby modified, are in full force and effect with no defenses or offsets thereto. No representations, warranties, covenants or agreements have been made concerning or affecting the subject matter of this Amendment, except as are contained herein and in the Sublease. This Amendment may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change or modification or discharge is sought.

 

6



 

16.          Contingent Nature of this Second Amendment to SubleaseThis Second Amendment to Sublease shall be contingent upon Sublandlord’s receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent. Sublandlord shall use commercially efforts to obtain the Master Landlord’s Consent on or before January 15, 2013. Sublandlord shall be responsible for all costs associated with obtaining Master Landlord’s consent including the fee set forth in Section 13.1(d) of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall deliver prompt written notice to Subtenant of Master Landlord’s granting (or denial) of consent to this Sublease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

SUBTENANT:

 

 

NEKTAR THERAPEUTICS,

NATERA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Gil M Labrucherie

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Gil M Labrucherie

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Title:

SVP & General Counsel

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Roberts

 

 

Name:

Brad Roberts

 

 

Title:

COO, VP-Finance

 

7



 

Exhibit A-1
Outline of Expansion Premises

 

 


 

 

Exhibit A-2

Schedule of Base Sublease Rent for the Entirety of the Subleased Premises

 

 

 

 

 

Base Sublease

 

 

 

 

Base Sublease Rent Per

 

Rent Per Month

 

Total Base

 

 

Month for Original

 

for Expansion

 

Sublease Rent

Period

 

Subleased Premises

 

Premises

 

Per Month

5/1/12 – 11/30/12

 

$17,000.00

 

 

$17,000.00

12/1/12 – 1/14/13

 

$35,215.25

 

 

$35,215.25

1/15/13 – 4/14/13

 

$35,215.25

 

$0.00

 

$35,215.25

4/15/13 - 9/30/13

 

$35,215.25

 

$45,000.00

 

$80,215.25

10/1/13 – 12/31/13

 

$36,221.40

 

$45,000.00

 

$81,221.40

1/1/14 – 9/30/14

 

$36,221.40

 

$90,809.44

 

$127,030.84

10/1/14 – 12/31/14

 

$37,227.55

 

$90,809.44

 

$128,036.99

1/1/15 – 9/30/15

 

$37,227.55

 

$93,549.38

 

$130,776.93

10/1/15 – 12/31/15

 

$38,233.70

 

$93,549.38

 

$131,783.08

1/1/16 – 9/30/16

 

$38,233.70

 

$96,289.32

 

$134,523.02

10/1/16 – 10/5/16

 

$6,166.73 (prorated on the basis of 5 days in a 31-day month where Base Rent is $38,233.70 for such month)

 

$15,530.54 (prorated on the basis of 5 days in a 31-day month where Base Rent is $96,289.32 for such month)

 

$21,697.27 (prorated on the basis of 5 days in a 31-day month where Base Rent is $134,523.02 for such month)

 



 

Exhibit A-3

Schedule of Subtenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Costs for the Entirety of the
Subleased Premises

 

Period

 

Subtenant’s Prorata
Share of Operating
Costs for the Original
Subleased Premises

 

Subtenant’s 
Prorata Share of
Operating Costs
for the Expansion
Premises

 

Subtenant’s
Total Prorata 
Share of
Operating Costs

5/1/12 – 11/30/12

 

20.11%

 

 

20.11%

12/1/12 – 1/14/13

 

20.11%

 

 

20.11%

1/15/13 – 10/5/16

 

20.11%

 

39.13%

 

59.24%

 



 

Exhibit A-4

Schedule of Reduction in Letter of Credit

 

 

 

Amount of Letter of
Credit

 

Remaining Amount of
Letter of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original Letter of Credit

 

$

205,254.60

 

$

68,418.20

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expansion Letter of Credit

 

$

540,000.00

 

$

270,000.00

**

 


*Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.3(h) of the First Amendment. [i.e., “(A) Subtenant has not been late in the payment of any rent due under the Sublease more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12)-month period, (B) no Event of Default by Subtenant under this Sublease has occurred and is still continuing as of the effective date of reduction with no apparent effort by Subtenant to cure such Event of Default as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, and (C) Subtenant has achieved net proceeds from an equity financing transaction equal to or greater than $15,000,000 as evidenced by Subtenant’s most current financial statements which shall be either: (i) audited financial statements, or (ii) unaudited financial statements certified to be true and correct by a senior officer of Subtenant”]

 

** Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5 of this Second Amendment.

 



 

Exhibit A-5

Subtenant’s Approved Space Plan for the Sublease Expansion Improvements

 

 





Exhibit 10.6

 

Execution Version

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”) is made as of March , 2014 by and between INTREXON CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation (“Sublandlord”) and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).

 

WHEREAS, Sublandlord is the tenant under that certain Lease by and between BMR-201 Industrial Road L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Prime Landlord”), and Sublandlord, as tenant, dated August 5, 2011 (such Prime Lease, as amended on September 23, 2011 (“First Amendment”), and as it may be further amended from time to time, the “Prime Lease”), for certain space (the “Premises”) located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA. (the “Building”). A true and correct redacted copy of the Prime Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

WHEREAS, Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant and Subtenant wishes to sublease from Sublandlord that portion of the fourth (4th) floor of the Building estimated to be approximately 8,386 square feet (“Suite 420”) and 18,853 square feet (“Suite 450” and, together with Suite 420, the “Premises”), for an aggregate amount of sublease in the Building of approximately 27,239 square feet.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease, the parties hereby agree as follows, subject to obtaining Prime Landlord’s Consent as defined below:

 

1.                                      The Subleased Premises

 

(a)                                 The foregoing recitals are incorporated in and are a part of this Sublease. Sublandlord hereby (i) subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, Suite 420, which is more particularly described on Exhibit B (“Suite 420 Sublease Premises”), and, (ii) upon the Suite 450 Sublease Commencement Date, subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, Suite 450, which is more particularly described on Exhibit B (the “Suite 450 Sublease Premises” and, together with the Suite 420 Sublease Premises, the “Subleased Premises”).

 

(b)                                 The term of the Sublease with respect to Suite 420 Sublease Premises (the “Suite 420 Term”) shall commence on the receipt of Prime Landlord’s Consent (the “Suite 420 Commencement Date”), and shall expire on January 31, 2017 (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Suite 420 Term shall sooner terminate pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. At Sublandlord’s request, promptly after the Suite 420 Commencement Date is ascertained, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute a written declaration (the “Suite 420 Declaration”) setting forth the Suite 420 Commencement Date and the date upon which the term of this Sublease will expire. Any failure of the parties to execute such Suite 420 Declaration shall not affect the validity of the Suite 420 Commencement Date as determined in accordance with this Section.

 



 

(c)                                  The term of the Sublease with respect to the Suite 450 Sublease Premises (the “Suite 450 Term” and, together with the Suite 420 Term, the “Term”) shall commence on the later of (i) the receipt of Prime Landlord’s Consent, (ii) September 1, 2014 or (iii) upon Sublandlord’s move out of Suite 450 (the “Suite 450 Commencement Date” and, together with the Suite 420 Commencement Date, the “Commencement Date”), and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless the Suite 450 Term shall sooner terminate pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. If, at any time, Sublandlord believes, for any reason, that it is reasonably likely that its move out of Suite 450 will not have occurred prior to November 1, 2014, Sublandlord shall promptly notify Subtenant in writing of such anticipated delay and shall grant Subtenant one of the following additional rights: (i) Subtenant shall have the right to immediately terminate the sublease of Suite 450 under this Sublease upon written notice to Sublandlord delivered anytime within thirty (30) days of Subtenant’s receipt of such notice from Sublandlord, in which case the Premises shall consist solely of Suite 420 or (ii) prior to any termination of the Sublease of Suite 450 by Subtenant, Subtenant shall have the right to receive a credit from Sublandlord against Base Rent (which shall accrue and shall be applied against any Base Rent payable under this Sublease at such time that Base Rent becomes due) in an amount calculated as follows:

 

For each day after November 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014

 

$

1,889.00

 

For each day after November 30, 2014 through December 31, 2014

 

$

2,833.50

 

For each day after December 31, 2014

 

$

3,778.00

 

 

Without limiting the foregoing, in the event the Suite 450 Commencement Date has not been reached as of January 31, 2015, Subtenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Sublease upon written notice to Sublandlord delivered by February 15, 2015. If Subtenant elects to terminate the Sublease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Sublandlord shall pay to Subtenant in cash the amount of the credit accrued against the Base Rent through January 31, 2015 in the table above to the extent not already applied by Sublandlord against the Base Rent. At Sublandlord’s request, promptly after the Suite 450 Commencement Date is ascertained, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute a written declaration (the “Suite 450 Declaration”) setting forth the Suite 450 Commencement Date and the date upon which the term of this Sublease will expire. Any failure of the parties to execute such Suite 450 Declaration shall not affect the validity of the Suite 450 Commencement Date as determined in accordance with this Section. SUBTENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1933 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

(d)                                 Sublandlord will not make, and is under no obligation to make, any structural or other alterations, decorations, additions or improvements in or to the Subleased Premises. Subtenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Subleased Premises and accepts possession thereof strictly in “AS-IS” condition as of the date of its occupancy. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, SUBLANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS OR COVENANTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE CONDITION OF THE SUBLEASED PREMISES OR ANY OF ITS CONTENTS, OR THEIR SUITABILITY FOR SUBTENANT’S USE. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Suite 420 Sublease Premises and Suite 450 Sublease Premises shall be delivered by

 

2



 

Sublandlord to Subtenant on the Suite 420 Commencement Date and Suite 450 Commencement Date, respectively, vacant and in broom-clean condition with all personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment removed therefrom (other than the Sublease Furniture (as defined in Section 19(n) below)), and where applicable, decommissioned and decontaminated. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that, to Sublandlord’s knowledge, effective as of the Suite 420 Commencement Date and Suite 450 Commencement Date, respectively, the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and the cabling and electrical systems serving the Subleased Premises are in good, working order and repair.

 

2.                                      Prime Lease

 

(a)                                 It is understood that Sublandlord is a sublandlord and that Sublandlord grants this Sublease under and by virtue of its rights under the Prime Lease and that this Sublease is subordinate and subject to the Prime Lease. Except as set forth below, the provisions of the Prime Lease are incorporated herein by reference, and made a part hereof, except that: (i) each reference in such incorporated sections to “Lease” shall be deemed a reference to this “Sublease”; (ii) each reference to the “Premises” shall be deemed a reference to the “Subleased Premises”; (iii) each reference to “Landlord” shall be deemed a reference to “Sublandlord” and each reference to “Tenant” shall be deemed a reference to “Subtenant”, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein; (iv) with respect to work, services, utilities, electricity, repairs (including, without limitation, repairs of any damage caused by Prime Landlord), restoration, insurance, indemnities, reimbursements, title, representations, warranties, covenants or the performance of any other obligation of the “Landlord” under the Prime Lease, whether or not incorporated herein, (A) reference to “Landlord” shall be deemed a reference solely to Landlord, and (B) the sole obligation of Sublandlord shall be to request the same in writing from Prime Landlord as and when requested to do so by Subtenant, and to use Sublandlord’s reasonable efforts (not including the payment of money or the incurring of any liabilities) to obtain Prime Landlord’s performance (provided, however, that Sublandlord shall not be required to institute any legal proceedings against Prime Landlord unless Subtenant pays all costs, and indemnifies, defends and holds Sublandlord harmless against all losses, costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities and damages, in connection therewith); (v) with respect to any obligation of Subtenant to be performed under this Sublease, wherever the Prime Lease grants to the “Tenant” a specified number of days to perform its obligations under the Prime Lease (including, without limitation, curing any defaults), Subtenant shall have three (3) fewer calendar days (or such lesser time as may be provided in this Sublease) to perform the obligation, but in no case shall Subtenant have less than three (3) business days to perform the obligation; (vi) with respect to any approval or consent required to be obtained from the “Landlord” under the Prime Lease, such approval or consent must be obtained from both Prime Landlord and Sublandlord, and Sublandlord’s withholding of approval or consent shall in all events be deemed reasonable if for any reason Prime Landlord’s approval or consent is not obtained, and if Prime Landlord’s approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed under the Prime Lease, then Sublandlord’s consent shall likewise not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed, as the case may be; (vii) in any case where the “Landlord” reserves or is granted the right to manage, supervise, control, repair, alter, regulate the use of, enter or use the Premises or any areas beneath, above or adjacent thereto, such reservation or grant of right of entry shall be

 

3



 

deemed to be for the benefit of both Prime Landlord and Sublandlord; (viii) in any case where “Tenant” is to indemnify, release or waive claims against “Landlord”, such indemnity, release or waiver shall be deemed to run from Subtenant to both Prime Landlord and Sublandlord; (ix) in any case where “Tenant” is to execute and deliver certain documents or notices to “Landlord”, such obligation shall be deemed to run from Subtenant to both Prime Landlord and Sublandlord; (x) all payments shall be made to Sublandlord, except as otherwise expressly required by the Prime Lease or Prime Landlord’s Consent; (xi) Subtenant shall pay all consent and review fees described in the Prime Lease; (xii) Subtenant shall not have the right to terminate this Sublease as to any or all of the Subleased Premises due to casualty or condemnation unless Sublandlord has such right (and opts to exercise such right) under the Prime Lease; and (xiii) the following provisions of the Prime Lease are not incorporated herein:  Section 2.1; Section 2.2; Section 2.3; Section 2.4; Section 2.5; Section 2.6; Section 2.8; Section 2.10; Section 3; Section 4; Section 7.1; Section 8; Section 11; Section 12.1; Section 33; Section 41; Section 42; Exhibit A; Exhibit B; Exhibit D; and Exhibit F; and with respect to the First Amendment: Section 3; Section 5; Section 6; Section 8; Section 9; Section 10; Section 11; Section 12; Section 13; Section 15; and any other provisions that are contrary to the terms of this Sublease.  For purposes of this Sublease, all references to “Prime Lease” hereunder shall refer to the Prime Lease, excluding those Sections set forth in Section 2(a)(xiii).  As between Sublandlord and Subtenant, the provisions of Section 35.1 shall not apply, but shall apply as between Sublandlord and Prime Landlord, and Subtenant and Prime Landlord.

 

Subtenant expressly assumes and agrees to comply with all provisions of the Prime Lease and perform all of the obligations on the part of the “Tenant” to be performed under the Prime Lease (except where such obligation arises by reason of a (i) breach of Sublandlord under this Sublease, or (ii) breach of Sublandlord under the Prime Lease (other than a breach of the Prime Lease caused by Subtenant’s breach of its obligations under this Sublease)).  In the event that the Prime Lease is terminated for any reason whatsoever, then subject to the provisions of, and Prime Landlord’s rights under the Prime Lease, this Sublease shall terminate simultaneously with such termination without any liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant.  Subject to Subtenant’s performance of its obligations under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not default in its monetary obligations under the Prime Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period).

 

(b)                                 During the term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall promptly deliver to Subtenant copies of any and all notices of default delivered to or received from Prime Landlord.

 

(c)                                  Sublandlord hereby warrants and represents to Subtenant that (i) the Prime Lease is in full force and effect and Sublandlord has not received any notice of default thereunder from Prime Landlord which remains uncured as of the date hereof, and (ii) to Sublandlord’s knowledge, neither Sublandlord or Prime Landlord is in default under the Prime Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period), and there are no circumstances which with the giving of notice or passage of time would give rise to a default under the Prime Lease.

 

4



 

3.                              Rent

 

(a)                                 The base rent for the Suite 420 Sublease Premises (the “Suite 420 Base Rent”) and the Suite 450 Sublease Premises (the “Suite 450 Base Rent”) due hereunder from Subtenant to Sublandlord in the manner provided below shall be as follows:

 

Suite 420 Base Rent / 8,386 SF of Office Space

 

Months

 

NNN Service Rent/RSF/Month

 

1-3

 

Rent Abated

 

5-12

 

$1.25

 

 

Suite 450 Base Rent / 18,853 SF of Lab Space

 

Months 

 

NNN Service Rent/RSF/Month

 

1-12

 

$2.45

 

 

The Suite 420 Base Rent and the Suite 450 Base Rent shall each escalate by three percent (3%) annually (on the anniversary of each applicable Commencement Date after the first year) through the end of the Term and including January 31, 2017. Each such monthly installment shall be paid in advance on or before the first of every month throughout the Term; provided, however, that Subtenant shall pay the first full monthly installment of Suite 420 Base Rent simultaneously with its execution of this Sublease.

 

For purposes of interpreting this Sublease and the Prime Lease, the term “Base Rent” shall mean: (a) prior to the Suite 450 Commencement Date, the Suite 420 Base Rent; and (b) from and after the Suite 450 Commencement Date, the Suite 420 Base Rent together with the Suite 450 Base Rent.

 

(b)                                 All amounts, other than Base Rent, payable by Subtenant hereunder are defined as “Additional Rent.” Base Rent and Additional Rent are defined herein collectively as “Rent.” It is agreed that Subtenant shall be required to pay its Share of Operating Expenses (as required of Sublandlord under the Prime Lease), as well as any and all other amounts which become due and payable by Sublandlord to Prime Landlord as additional rent thereunder or otherwise and which would not have been due and payable but for the acts, requests for services and/or failure to act of Subtenant, its agents, officers, contractors, invitees employees or visitors, including without limitation (i) increases in insurance premiums, (ii) fees for review of plans and specifications and (iii) charges for special or after hours services. All Base Rent shall be paid without notice, demand, set off, deduction, or counterclaim of any kind and all Additional Rent shall be paid without demand, set off, or deduction. The obligation of Subtenant to pay Rent, and the obligations of Sublandlord, are independent obligations. The monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be pro-rated based on a thirty (30) day month. Subtenant shall be responsible for all telecommunications, including phone and internet services, through direct contract with commercial providers of such services.

 

5



 

(c)                                  If Subtenant fails to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder on or before the fifth (5th) day after such payment is due, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of such overdue Base Rent or Additional Rent. In addition, any such late payment shall bear interest from the fifth (5th) day after such payment is due to the date of payment thereof by Subtenant at the rate (the “Default Rate”) of the lesser of 12% per annum or the maximum interest rate allowed by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the first occurrence during any 12 month period that Subtenant fails to make payment on or before the fifth (5th) day after such payment is due, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with written notice of such non-payment and a three-day opportunity to cure before a late charge or interest is charged to Subtenant. Subtenant’s obligations to pay such amounts shall survive the expiration or termination of this Sublease. Sublandlord’s acceptance of any interest or late charge shall not waive Subtenant’s default in failing to pay the delinquent amount.

 

(d)                                 Rent shall be paid to Sublandlord in lawful money of the United States of America by good check to the following address:

 

Intrexon Corporation

Attn: Finance Department

1872 Pratt Drive

Blacksburg, VA 24060

 

Sublandlord’s acceptance of late Rent shall not excuse such delay nor any future delays in payment nor constitute a waiver of rights. The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Sublease.

 

4.                                      Nature of Occupancy; Hazardous Materials.

 

Subtenant shall use and occupy the Subleased Premises solely as general office, research, development, laboratory, and other related legal uses subject to Sublandlord’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld (and not for any other purposes) and at all times in compliance with the terms of the Prime Lease and its Rules and Regulations. For the avoidance of doubt, Subtenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 21 of the Prime Lease regarding use or storage of Hazardous Materials as defined therein. Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all laws, regulations and ordinances applicable to the Subtenant’s particular use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises.

 

Sublandlord shall not be liable for any damage, injury, claim or loss, directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the Rent be abated or a constructive or other eviction be deemed to have occurred by reason of (a) any installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with furnishing or supplying any services, or (b) any failure or delay in furnishing any services. Any property placed by Subtenant in or about the Subleased Premises shall be at the sole risk of Subtenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Sublandlord actually receives abatement of Rent in accordance with Section 16.2 of the Prime Lease, then Subtenant shall likewise be entitled to a proportional abatement of Rent.

 

6



 

5.                                      Default, Remedies and Indemnification of Sublandlord

 

(a)                                 If (i) Subtenant defaults in the performance of any of the covenants, conditions or agreements contained in this Sublease or the Prime Lease and fails to cure the same after five (5) days after the date such payment is due for monetary defaults (provided, that with respect to the first occurrence during any 12 month period that Subtenant fails to make payment on or before the fifth (5th) day after such payment is due, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with written notice of such non-payment and a three-day opportunity to cure), and after ten (10) days written notice for non-monetary defaults, regardless of any longer cure periods set forth in the Prime Lease (unless (A) such non-monetary default is a default or causes an “Default” under the Prime Lease for which no cure period is provided in the Prime Lease, or which is designated an “uncurable” Default in the Prime Lease, in which events there shall be no cure period under this Sublease, (B) a lesser cure period is provided in the Prime Lease, in which case the lesser cure period shall apply, and (C) such non-monetary default is not one described in the immediately preceding clauses (A) or (B) and is incapable of being cured within ten (10) days, in which event Subtenant shall have a reasonable period of time if it diligently commences and proceeds to cure the same but not to exceed forty-five (45) days, inclusive of the original ten (10) days), (ii) any other act or omission of Subtenant occurs and constitutes a Default under the Prime Lease or (iii) an insolvency occurs involving Subtenant, then in each such event Sublandlord shall be entitled to invoke against Subtenant the remedies which are available to Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease and any other remedy available at law or equity. Further, anything to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Subtenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) (“Claims”) to the extent arising out of Subtenant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Subleased Premises and/or breach of this Sublease or the Prime Lease; and (ii) Sublandlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Subtenant from and against any and all Claims to the extent arising out of Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Subleased Premises and/or breach of this Sublease or Prime Lease (excluding any breach of the Prime Lease caused by Subtenant’s breach of its obligations under this Sublease).

 

(b)                                 Subtenant hereby expressly waives any notice to quit or vacate which may be otherwise required by law.

 

(c)                                  In the event either party hereto brings or commences legal proceedings to enforce any of the terms of this Sublease, the successful party in such action shall then be entitled to receive and shall receive from the other of said parties, in every such action commenced, a reasonable sum as attorney’s fees and costs, to be fixed by the court in the same action.

 

6.                                      Improvements

 

Subtenant shall not make any improvements, alterations or installations to the Subleased Premises, structural or otherwise, without (a) strict compliance with Section 17 of the Prime Lease, including, without limitation, Prime Landlord’s prior written consent, and (b) Sublandlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

7



 

7.                                      Condition; Services

 

The parties acknowledge and agree that, except as expressly provided in this Sublease, Sublandlord has made no representations or warranties, express or implied, whatsoever with respect to the Subleased Premises, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s intended use or any representation or warranty made by Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to make or perform any alterations, improvements or repairs to the Subleased Premises or to pay all or any portion of the costs incurred therefor, including, without limitation. any improvement or repair required to comply with any law, regulation, building code or ordinance (including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended). In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs, provide any services or utilities, or perform any other obligation of Prime Landlord required to be performed by Prime Landlord under the terms of the Prime Lease (including, without limitation, Prime Landlord’s obligations to comply with laws and carry insurance). Sublandlord shall, however, request performance of the same in writing from Prime Landlord promptly after being requested to do so by Subtenant and shall use Sublandlord’s reasonable efforts to obtain Prime Landlord’s performance, at Subtenant’s cost. Subtenant expressly waives the provisions of any laws that would permit Subtenant to terminate this Sublease for any failure of Prime Landlord or Sublandlord to perform any maintenance or repairs or that would permit Subtenant to make repairs at the expense of Prime Landlord or Sublandlord.

 

8.                                      Notices

 

Notices required or permitted hereunder shall conform to Section 39 of the Prime Lease, except as to the identities and addresses of the parties, which shall be as follows:

 

Sublandlord:

Intrexon Corporation

Attn: Finance Department

1872 Pratt Drive

Blacksburg, VA 24060

 

With a copy to

Intrexon Corporation

Attn: Legal Department

20358 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, MD 20876

 

Subtenant:

Natera, Inc.

Attn: Controller

201 Industrial Road, Ste 410

San Carlos, CA 94070

 

8



 

With a copy to

Natera, Inc.

Attn: Legal Department

201 Industrial Road, Ste 410

San Carlos, CA 94070

 

9.                                      Insurance

 

(a)                                 Subtenant shall obtain and at all times during the Term hereof maintain, at its sole cost and expense, all policies of insurance (including, without limitation, a comprehensive general liability insurance policy and policies covering fixtures, property and equipment installed or located in the Subleased Premises) as required of Sublandlord (as Tenant), and in such amounts, as set forth in the Prime Lease.

 

(b)                                 All policies of insurance as aforesaid shall comply with the requirements of the Prime Lease and shall name Sublandlord, Prime Landlord, Prime Landlord’s management agent, and Prime Landlord’s lender(s) as additional insureds, as their interests may appear.

 

10.                               Subordination

 

This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease, to all ground leases, and to all mortgages and deeds of trust which may now or hereafter affect such leases, the leasehold estate or estates thereby created or the real property of which the Subleased Premises form a part, and to any and all renewals, modifications, amendments, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, provided that, notwithstanding any provision in this Sublease or the Prime Lease to the contrary, Sublandlord agrees not to effect any modification, termination or amendment of the Prime Lease which materially, adversely affects the rights of Subtenant hereunder without the prior written consent of Subtenant in each case (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). This section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Subtenant shall, however, execute any certificates confirming such subordination which Sublandlord or Prime Landlord may reasonably request no later than ten (10) days after receipt of such request.

 

11.                               Assignment and Further Subleases

 

Subtenant agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly assign, assign by operation of law, Transfer (as defined in Section 29 of the Prime Lease), or encumber, or permit to be encumbered, its right or interests under this Sublease, nor sub-sublet the whole or any part of the Subleased Premises, except (a) in strict compliance with Section 29 of the Prime Lease, (b) the prior written consent of Sublandlord in each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (iii) the prior written consent of Prime Landlord in accordance with Section 29 of the Prime Lease. Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease, sub-sublet the Subleased Premises, or permit occupancy or use of the Subleased Premises or any part thereof by another party or parties, without giving Sublandlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of Subtenant’s bona fide proposed

 

9



 

assignment or subletting of all or any part of the Subleased Premises (a “Transfer Proposal”). If Subtenant desires to assign this Sublease or sub-sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises, then upon receipt of the Transfer Proposal, Sublandlord shall have the right, at its option during said thirty (30) day period, either (i) to the extent the Transfer Proposal includes more man seventy-five percent (75%) of the Subleased Premises, to terminate this Sublease, (ii) release Subtenant from the Sublease for such space, or (iii) sublet such space from the Subtenant at the same rental as in Subtenant’s proposed sub-sublease. The consent by Sublandlord to any assignment, transfer, or subletting to any party other than Sublandlord shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Subtenant from the terms of any covenant or obligation under this Sublease, nor shall the collection or acceptance of rent from any such assignee, transferee, subtenant or occupant constitute a waiver or release of Subtenant from any covenant or obligation contained in this Sublease, nor shall such assignment or subletting be construed to relieve Subtenant from giving Sublandlord said thirty (30) days notice, nor from obtaining the consent in writing of Sublandlord to any further assignment or subletting. In the event that Subtenant defaults hereunder, Subtenant hereby assigns to Sublandlord the rent due from any subtenant of Subtenant and hereby authorizes each such subtenant to pay said rent directly to Sublandlord. If Sublandlord consents to an assignment or sublease pursuant to this Section 11, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with an executed copy of such assignment or sublease within ten (10) days of its execution. For purposes of the foregoing, a transfer, conveyance, grant or pledge, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, of interest in Subtenant (whether stock, partnership interest or other form of ownership or control), or the issuance of new interests, by which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the interest in Subtenant shall be vested in a party or parties who are not holders of such interest(s) as of the date hereof shall be deemed an assignment of this Sublease; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to any corporation, all the outstanding voting stock of which is listed on a national securities exchange as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The merger or consolidation of Subtenant into or with any other entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of Subtenant’s assets, shall be deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of this Section. Sublandlord’s acceptance of any name for listing on the Building directory will not be deemed, nor will it substitute for Sublandlord’s consent to any sublease, assignment or other occupancy of the Subleased Premises. In the event of an assignment or subletting not in conformance with the terms of this Sublease, such assignment and/or subletting shall be void ab initio and Sublandlord shall have the right to terminate this Sublease or to require that the Subleased Premises be surrendered to Sublandlord for the balance of the Term (in the case of an assignment) or for the term of the proposed sublease (in the case of a sublease). Such termination shall in no event be construed to limit Sublandlord’s right to damages or any other relief for the violation of the terms of this Sublease. In the event that Sublandlord approves an assignment or subletting of all or any portion of the Subleased Premises, Subtenant shall pay from time to time to Sublandlord as Additional Rent an amount (the “Assignment or Sublet Premium”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (a) all sums of any kind or nature paid to Subtenant or its agent by or on behalf of such assignee or subtenant in connection with the assignment or sublease and (b) the Rent paid by Subtenant from time to time under this Sublease and attributable to the portion of the Subleased Premises assigned or sublet. Reasonable brokerage fees and commissions, and costs of alterations in and to the Subleased Premises required by such assignee or subtenant and approved by Sublandlord and Prime Landlord as hereinabove required shall be amortized over the term of such assignment or sublease and deducted prior to calculating the Assignment or Sublet Premium due Sublandlord.

 

10


 

12.                               Surrender

 

(a)                                 Upon the date this Sublease shall expire or be earlier terminated, the Subtenant shall quit and surrender to the Sublandlord the Subleased Premises and remove all of its furniture, furnishings, fixtures, equipment, personal property, alterations and improvements, and all of its computer cabling and wiring, all such removal at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, using a contractor approved in advance by Sublandlord and Prime Landlord in writing to leave the Subleased Premises broom clean and in as good order and condition as they were on the date the Term of this Sublease commenced and otherwise in the condition required by Section 26 of the Prime Lease upon any surrender of the Premises, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Subtenant’s surrender obligations shall only apply to furniture, furnishings, fixtures, equipment, personal property, alterations, improvements, and computer cabling and wiring, installed or owned by Subtenant, and/or conditions created by Subtenant. Subtenant’s obligation to perform and observe this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublandlord from and against any and all losses, costs, claims, liabilities and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to any failure of Subtenant, any sub-subtenant or any other occupant to surrender the Subleased Premises in the condition required by this Sublease, including, without limitation, all holdover rent, consequential damages and other amounts that Sublandlord shall be obligated to pay to Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease, and all other costs incurred by Sublandlord in returning the Subleased Premises to their required condition. Further, if the term of the Prime Lease has not then expired, but the Term of this Sublease has expired or sooner terminated, then if Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, Subtenant shall become a tenant at sufferance, month-to month, and shall pay to Sublandlord immediately upon demand, 150% of the Base Rent then payable and 100% of the Additional Rent then payable under this Sublease, but such payment shall not relieve Subtenant of all liabilities arising from such failure to comply with the provisions of this Section.

 

(b)                                 If Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises without complying with the requirements of this Section, Sublandlord (in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to it) may remove such items and make such repairs, and charge Subtenant for all reasonable third party costs incurred, plus interest at the Default Rate, all due and payable to Sublandlord on demand. Subtenant’s obligations in this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease.

 

13.                               Brokers

 

Sublandlord and Subtenant warrant and represent to each other that, other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“Broker”), no broker brought about this transaction or dealt with Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection herewith. Sublandlord shall pay a commission to Broker in accordance with a separate written agreement. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold harmless each other against and from any claim for brokerage commissions or other fees and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection with this Sublease (except amounts due to Broker),

 

11



 

including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any dealings such indemnifying party had with any broker, finder or other person. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

 

14.                               Parking

 

Subtenant shall have the right to the parking spaces described in Section 13 of the Prime Lease, and Subtenant shall comply with the provisions of such Section 13.

 

15.                               Signage

 

Subtenant shall have the right to signage described in Section 12.7 of the Prime Lease, and Subtenant shall comply with the provisions of such Section 12.7. Sublandlord shall request that Prime Landlord include Subtenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building. Subtenant may not install any signs, placards, lettering, drapes, window coverings, blinds or similar items except in strict compliance with Section 12 of the Prime Lease and in conformity with all laws and regulations, which shall be installed at Subtenant’s sole cost.

 

16.                               Access; Early Access; Server Room Access.

 

Subtenant shall have all rights of access to the Subleased Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, subject to Articles 13, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24 and 25 of the Prime Lease. Sublandlord agrees to provide Subtenant with access to the Suite 420 Sublease Premises without payment of Base Rent solely for the purpose of commencing move-in and set-up activities at such site. To the extent Subtenant is not in default under the Sublease, Sublandlord agrees to provide Subtenant with access to the Suite 450 Sublease Premises thirty (30) days prior to the Suite 450 Commencement Date without payment of additional Rent for the sole purpose of commencing move-in and set-up activities at such site. Prior to any early access to the Subleased Premises, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord evidence satisfactory to Sublandlord that insurance coverages required of Subtenant under Section 9 of this Sublease.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or the Prime Lease, Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall have unfettered access to the server room within the Suite 420 Sublease Premises from the Suite 420 Commencement Date through the Suite 450 Commencement Date.

 

17.                               Letter of Credit.

 

(a)                                 Subtenant shall deliver an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) to Sublandlord in an amount equal to (i) six (6) months Suite 420 Base Rent for the Suite 420 Subleased Premises (the “Suite 420 Letter of Credit”) concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, and (ii) six (6) months Suite 450 Base Rent for the Suite 450 Subleased Premises (the “Suite 450 Letter of Credit”) upon the Suite 450 Commencement Date. For purposes of this Sublease, the term “Letter of Credit” shall include the Suite 420 Letter of Credit and, if applicable, the Suite 450 Letter of Credit and shall be issued by a solvent

 

12



 

and nationally recognized bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local San Francisco Bay Area office which will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord (such approved, issuing bank being referred to herein as the “Bank”). Subtenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Subtenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit or any updates or replacements thereof. The Letter of Credit shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Sublease and continuing until the date (the “Letter of Credit Expiration Date”) that is no less than sixty (60) days after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date as the same may be extended, and Subtenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Sublandlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Sublandlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Sublandlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Sublandlord, or its authorized representative, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Sublandlord under the terms and conditions of this Sublease, and has not been paid within applicable notice and cure periods, or (B) Subtenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Subtenant under the Bankruptcy Code that is not dismissed within thirty (30) days, or (D) the Bank has notified Sublandlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, and Subtenant has not provided a replacement Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements of this Sublease at least thirty (30) days prior to such expiration, or (E) Subtenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (F) Subtenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (G) if there is a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Subtenant has failed to provide Sublandlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 17, in the amount of the applicable Letter of Credit, within ten (10) days following Sublandlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “Letter of Credit Draw Event”). The Letter of Credit shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. Subtenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord is entering into this Sublease in material reliance upon the ability of Sublandlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Letter of Credit Draw Event. In the event of any Letter of Credit Draw Event, Sublandlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Subtenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, in the amount necessary to cure any such Letter of Credit Draw Event and/or to compensate Sublandlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Sublandlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Subtenant’s breach or default of the Sublease or other Letter of Credit Draw Event and/or to compensate Sublandlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Sublease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or

 

13



 

retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Sublandlord shall not prevent Sublandlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Sublease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Sublandlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Sublandlord may otherwise be entitled. Subtenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Sublandlord and the Bank, (ii) Subtenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Subtenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Subtenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Subtenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Subtenant, neither Subtenant, any trustee, nor Subtenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Sublandlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. If any portion of the Letter of Credit is so used or applied, then Subtenant shall, within ten (10) business days following demand therefor, restore the Letter of Credit to its original amount, and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

 

(b)                                 Sublandlord and Subtenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Subtenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statue, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect.

 

(c)                                  Subtenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Sublandlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Sublandlord of all or any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Subtenant and Sublandlord as to Sublandlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Sublease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Subtenant’s sole remedy in connection with the improper presentment or payment of sight drafts drawn under any Letter of Credit shall be the right to obtain from Sublandlord a refund of the amount of any sight draft(s) that were improperly presented or the proceeds of which were misapplied and reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, provided that at the time of such refund, Subtenant increases the amount of such Letter of Credit to the amount (if any) then required under the applicable provisions of this Sublease.

 

14



 

18.                               Confidentiality. Subtenant and its representatives and Sublandlord and its representatives shall not disclose the terms of the Sublease or the Prime Lease to any third party except as permitted under Section 38 of the Prime Lease.

 

19.                               General Provisions

 

(a)                                 Benefit and Burden. The covenants, conditions, agreements, terms and provisions herein contained shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and each of their respective personal representatives, successors, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, but such inclusion shall not, by itself, be deemed a consent by Sublandlord to the Subtenant originally named herein or any successor named Subtenant to further sublet the Subleased Premises or assign this Sublease. Subtenant shall attorn to each of Sublandlord’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                 Governing Law. It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Sublease (and the terms and provisions hereof) shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state where the Subleased Premises are located without reference to conflict-of-laws or choice-of-laws provisions.

 

(c)                                  Entire Agreement. This Sublease contains all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions, warranties and understandings comprising the final and entire agreement between the parties hereto, and they shall not be bound by any terms, statements, conditions or representations, oral or written, express or implied, not herein contained. No waiver or modification of any covenant, agreement, term provision or condition shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by both parties.

 

(d)                                 Sublease and Prime Lease. With respect to the relationship between Sublandlord and Subtenant, the terms and conditions of this Sublease shall take precedence with respect to any conflict between the terms and conditions contained herein and the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease. Nothing herein shall be construed in any way to affect the rights and obligations of the Sublandlord and Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease, including, without limitation, with respect to payment of rent.

 

(e)                                  Captions. The captions throughout this Sublease are for convenience of reference only and the words contained therein shall in no way be held or deemed to define, limit, describe, explain, modify, amplify or add to the interpretation, construction or meaning of any provision of or the scope or intent of this Sublease, nor in any way affect this Sublease.

 

(f)                                   Singular and Plural. Wherever appropriate herein, the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

 

(g)                                  Counterpart. This Sublease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

15



 

(h)                                 Waiver of Jury Trial. Subtenant hereby waives trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by Sublandlord or Prime Landlord against Subtenant with respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Sublease, the relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant hereunder or Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises. In the event Sublandlord commences any proceedings for nonpayment of rent, Subtenant shall not interpose any counterclaims (except compulsory counterclaims). This shall not, however, be construed as a waiver of Subtenant’s right to assert such claims in any separate action brought by Subtenant.

 

(i)                                     TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE WITH RESPECT TO ALL OF THE TIME PERIODS SET FORTH IN THIS SUBLEASE.

 

(j)                                    Right to Contest. If Sublandlord does not have the right to contest any matter in the Prime Lease due to expiration of any time limit that may be set forth therein or for any other reason, then notwithstanding any incorporation of any such provision from the Prime Lease into this Sublease, Subtenant shall also not have the right to contest any such matter.

 

(k)                                 No Drafting Presumption. The parties acknowledge that this Sublease has been agreed to by both the parties, that both Sublandlord and Subtenant have consulted with attorneys with respect to the terms of this Sublease, and that no presumption shall be created against Sublandlord because Sublandlord initially drafted this Sublease.

 

(1)                                 Force Majeure. In the event either party is in any way delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Sublease (except, with respect to any obligation to pay sums due under this Sublease), and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act, action or inaction (including, without limitation, government delays in issuing any required building, construction, occupancy or other permit, certificate or approval or performing any inspection or review in connection therewith), strike, labor dispute, inability to procure materials, act of terrorism or war or any other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control, including but not limited to the action or inaction of Prime Landlord (whether similar or dissimilar) (collectively, “Force Majeure”), then such party shall be excused from performing the affected obligations for the period of such delay, interruption or prevention so long as such party exercises reasonable diligence in dealing with such matter.

 

(m)                             Effectiveness. This Sublease is subject to the consent of Prime Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Prime Lease and shall have no effect until Prime Landlord shall have given its consent in the form required by Prime Landlord and, if such consent imposes additional obligations on Subtenant outside of the Sublease, subject to Subtenant’s reasonable approval of such additional obligations (the “Prime Landlord’s Consent”) and this Sublease is executed by and delivered to both Sublandlord and Subtenant. In connection therewith, Subtenant shall furnish all information reasonably requested by Prime Landlord and reasonably cooperate with Sublandlord in its efforts to obtain Prime Landlord’s Consent. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to pay any fee or charge of any nature whatsoever not specifically required to be paid under the Prime Lease in connection with such consent and shall suffer and incur no

 

16



 

liability to Subtenant for its failure to obtain such consent. Sublandlord shall be responsible for all fees payable to Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease in connection with this Sublease, including any fees payable to Prime Landlord to obtain Prime Landlord’s Consent. In the event Prime Landlord’s Consent is not obtained by March 6, 2014 or such later date mutually agreed upon between the parties, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Subtenant’s sole remedy shall be to terminate this Sublease.

 

Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not have any duty or responsibility under this Sublease with respect to obtaining the consent or approval of Prime Landlord when the same is required under the terms of the Prime Lease or under this Sublease, other than the transmission by Sublandlord to Prime Landlord of Subtenant’s request for such consent or approval. In addition, Subtenant hereby (i) waives any claim for monetary damages against Sublandlord which Subtenant may have based upon any assertion that Sublandlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval requested by Subtenant (“Consent Delay”), and (ii) agrees that its sole remedy in the event of a Consent Delay shall be an action or proceeding in equity to enforce a related provision or for specific performance or other equitable remedy.

 

(n)                                 No Shop. Sublandlord shall not, nor permit any of its representatives to: offer any of the Suite 450 Sublease Premises for sublease or assignment, or solicit, initiate, respond to or engage in any discussions or negotiations with any third party with respect to the sublease or assignment of the Suite 450 Sublease Premises, at any time prior to the termination of the Sublease of Suite 450 in accordance with Section 1(c) above.

 

(o)                                 Suite 420 & Suite 450 Furniture. Sublandlord hereby agrees to lease to Subtenant (at no extra charge or rent) that certain furniture listed in Exhibit C that is situated at the Suite 420 Subleased Premises (“Suite 420 Furniture”) and that certain furniture, if any, identified by Sublandlord on Exhibit D and delivered to Subtenant on the Suite 450 Commencement Date (the “Suite 450 Furniture” and, together with the Suite 420 Furniture, the “Sublease Furniture”), all in its “AS-IS” condition and without warranty, express or implied, of any kind or nature. Subtenant shall maintain, repair and replace the Sublease Furniture as and when necessary, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, until such Sublease Furniture is beyond its useful life. Provided this Sublease is in full force and effect thirty (30) days prior to its scheduled Expiration Date, Subtenant shall have the option to purchase all such Sublease Furniture for the price of One Dollar ($1.00) by written notice to Sublandlord not before the thirtieth (30th) day prior to such scheduled Expiration Date and not later than the fifteenth (15th) day prior to such scheduled Expiration Date. If Subtenant timely exercises such option, then all right, title and interest of Sublandlord in such Sublease Furniture shall be deemed conveyed to Subtenant, and Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove all of the same Sublease Furniture from the Subleased Premises as required by the Prime Lease, and Subtenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal. If Subtenant shall not timely exercise such option, then such option shall be null and void and Subtenant shall have no further right or interest in such Sublease Furniture.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have each executed this Sublease under seal as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

 

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

 

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

 

a Virginia corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rick Sterling

 

Name:

Rick Sterling

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

NATERA, INC,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Sheena

 

Name:

Jonathan Sheena

 

Title:

CTO 3.21.14

 

18


 

EXHIBIT A

 

REDACTED COPY OF THE PRIME LEASE

(In electronic version, see separate Exhibits A-1 and A-2)

 


 

LEASE

 

by and between

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

and

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

a Virginia corporation

 

BMR form dated 3/16/11

 

 

Approved by:

 

BMR-Legal

 

CMS

 



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is entered into as of this 5th day of August, 2011 (the “Execution Date”), by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and INTREXON CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “Property”) and the improvements on the Property located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California, including the building located thereon(the “Building”); and

 

B.            WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises consisting of approximately eighteen thousand eight hundred fifty-three (18,853) square feet of space located on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building (the “Premises”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Lease of Premises.

 

1.1.                            Effective on the Term Commencement Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, including exclusive shafts, cable runs, mechanical spaces and rooftop areas, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Building, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Project.” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Building, including driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies, are hereinafter referred to as “Common Area.”

 

2.                                      Basic Lease Provisions. For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

 

2.1.                            This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

 



 

2.2.                            In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in rentable square footage. Rentable Area and “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” are both subject to adjustment to the extent provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

 

Means the Following (As of the Term
Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

 

18,853 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Project

 

176,956 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project

 

10.65 %

 

2.3.                            Monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“Base Rent”) for the period from the Term Commencement Date through the thirty-sixth (36th) month of the Term shall be as set forth below. Base Rent for the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term through the Term Expiration Date shall increase as set forth in Article 8 of this Lease.

 

 

 

Square Feet of

 

Base Rent per Square

 

 

 

Months

 

Rentable Area

 

Foot of Rentable Area

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

1 – 6

 

10,000

 

$2.20 monthly

 

$

22,000.00

 

7 – 12

 

18,853

 

$2.20 monthly

 

$

41,476.60

 

13 – 24

 

18,853

 

$2.40 monthly

 

$

45,247.20

 

25 – 36

 

18,853

 

$2.60 monthly

 

$

49,017.80

 

 

2.4.                            Estimated Term Commencement Date: February 1, 2012

 

2.5.                            Estimated Term Expiration Date: January 31, 2017

 

2.6.                            Security Deposit: Forty-One Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Six and 60/100 Dollars ($41,476.60), subject to increase in accordance with the terms hereof

 

2.7.                            Permitted Use: Office and laboratory use (and related uses ancillary to such uses) in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste rules and regulations (“Applicable Laws”)

 

2



 

2.8.                            Address for Rent Payment:

BMR-201 Industrial Road LLC

 

Unit G

 

P.O. Box 51918

 

Los Angeles, California 90051-6218

 

 

2.9.                            Address for Notices to Landlord:

BMR-201 Industrial Road LLC

 

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

 

San Diego, California 92128

 

Attn: Vice President, Real Estate Counsel

 

 

2.10.                     Address for Notices to Tenant:

 

 

 

 

 

Prior to Term Commencement at Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrexon Corporation

 

 

20368 Seneca Meadows Parkway

 

 

Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

 

Attn: Legal Department

 

 

 

 

After Term Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrexon Corporation

 

 

20368 Seneca Meadows Parkway

 

 

Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

 

Attn: Legal Department

 

 

 

 

 

And

 

 

 

 

 

Intrexon Corporation

 

 

201 Industrial Road

 

 

San Carlos, California 94070

 

 

Attn: President, Industrial Products Division

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrexon Corporation

 

 

863 Mitten Road, Suite C

 

 

Burlingame, California 94010

 

 

Attn: Grace Colon

 

 

 

2.11.                     The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Premises

Exhibit B

Work Letter

Exhibit C

Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date

Exhibit D

Form of Letter of Credit

Exhibit E

Rules and Regulations

 

3



 

Exhibit F

Tenant’s Personal Property

Exhibit G-1

Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate

Exhibit G-2

Form of Landlord Estoppel Certificate

Exhibit H

ROFR Premises

Exhibit I

Exclusions from Operating Expenses

Exhibit J

4th Floor Common Electrical Room

 

3.                                      Term. The actual term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to Article 42 hereof, and as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “Term”) shall commence on the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Article 4) and end on the date that is sixty (60) months after the actual Term Commencement Date (such date, the “Term Expiration Date”), subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1933 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

3.1.                            Termination Option. Tenant shall have the one-time option to terminate this Lease (the “Termination Option”) by providing written notice to Landlord on or before the last day of the twenty-seventh (27th) month of the Term (the “Termination Notice Deadline”). If Tenant elects to exercise the Termination Option on or before the Termination Notice Deadline, Tenant shall surrender the Premises on or before the date that is the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) month after actual Term Commencement Date (the “Surrender Deadline”). Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in the condition and (b) with all documentation required under this Lease. If Tenant does not surrender the Premises in accordance with Article 15 of this Lease by the Surrender Deadline, then Tenant, pursuant to Article 16 of the Lease, shall be become a tenant at sufferance until the actual date (the “Surrender Date”) that Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in accordance with Article 15 of this Lease and this Section. This Lease, and all obligations of Tenant under this Lease (including Rent, Additional Rent and Property Management Fee) shall terminate on the later of (y) the Surrender Deadline and (z) the Surrender Date, and shall be of no further force or effect, except for those provisions and obligations that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

3.2.                            Termination Payment. In the event Tenant exercises the Termination Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on or before the Surrender Deadline, an amount equal to Three Hundred Four Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty and 91/100 Dollars ($304,850.91).

 

4.                                      Possession and Commencement Date.

 

4.1.                            The “Term Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (a) the Estimated Term Commencement Date and (b) the day the work described in the Work Letter (the “Tenant Improvements”) is Substantially Complete and Tenant begins occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use (subject to extension of the Term Commencement Date due to Landlord Delay). Tenant and Landlord shall execute and deliver to the other written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical

 

4



 

review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date. The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” means that the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), except for punch list items, the completion of which does not interfere with the Permitted Use and that a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the Premises.

 

4.2.                            Tenant shall have the right to cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) at a cost to Landlord not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty-Four Thousand One Hundred Twenty and 00/100 Dollars ($754,120.00) (based upon Forty and 00/100 Dollars ($40.00) per square foot of Rentable Area (the “TI Allowance”). The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (n) construction, (o) project review by Landlord (which fee shall equal one and 75/100 percent (1.75%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, including the TI Allowance), (p) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (q) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities (as defined below) for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (r) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment, cabling (excluding telephone and tele-data cabling), electrical and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (v) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (w) payments to Tenant (except for payments of amounts set forth in Reimbursement Requests submitted pursuant to the Work Letter which Reimbursement Requests shall not contain payment requests for services performed by Tenant but rather by contractors, etc. retained by Tenant) or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment (except affixed lab equipment), (y) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or (z) costs that are recovered by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors) or in the case of Tenant’s failure to procure insurance required pursuant to the terms of this Lease, costs otherwise recoverable by Tenant from its insurance provider absent Tenant’s failure to such insurance.

 

4.3.                            Tenant shall have until eighteen (18) months from the Term Commencement Date (the “TI Deadline”), to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire.

 

4.4.                            In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under this Lease. Upon Substantial Completion, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises suitable for the Permitted Use and (ii) a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect and the general contractor.

 

4.5.                            Prior to entering upon the Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the payment of Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (as defined below).

 

5



 

4.6.                            Tenant’s selection of the architect, engineer, general contractor and major subcontractors shall occur as set forth in Section 1.3 of the Work Letter. Subject to the process set forth in the Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to use non-union labor to perform the Tenant Improvements; provided however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any labor disharmony or delays that results from the use of non-union labor.

 

4.7.                            Promptly after the Execution Date, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall install a sub-meter for electricity supplied to the Premises for use during Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements and during the Term. Tenant shall pay all such electricity charges, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon for the period beginning on the date that Tenant first accesses the Premises for any reason after the Execution Date. Prior to Landlord’s installation of the aforementioned sub-meter, Tenant shall be charged electricity costs, following the Execution Date through the date that such sub-meter is installed, in an amount equal to the electricity actually consumed by Tenant’s construction activities, as reasonably demonstrated and documented by Landlord, using as a starting point the baseline costs of electricity in the Building prior to the commencement of Tenant’s construction activities (with appropriate adjustments, as necessary, for weather and other seasonal factors). Tenant shall not be responsible for the cost of any utilities other than electricity prior to the Term Commencement Date.

 

5.                                      Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth herein, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except with respect to the TI Allowance, and except as otherwise set forth in the Work Letter. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that, to Tenant’s knowledge, the Premises were at such time in satisfactory condition and repair, except for latent defects. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord covenants and represents that It shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant with all building systems and subsystems, all structural elements of the Premises and Building, and all roofs and foundations in good working order and condition.

 

6.                                      Rentable Area.

 

6.1.                            The term “Rentable Area” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect. The Rentable Area of Tenant’s Premises shall not be adjusted during the Term unless Tenant exercises its ROFR as set forth in Article 42 or otherwise increases the useable square footage of the Premises.

 

6.2.                            The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area

 

6



 

calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

 

6.3.                            The term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom.

 

7.                                      Rent.

 

7.1.                            Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof. Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

 

7.2.                            In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), (b) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (c) any other amounts that Tenant expressly assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

 

7.3.                            Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “Rent.” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset except as otherwise set forth herein, in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

 

8.                                      Rent Adjustments. Commencing on the third (3rd) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date (i.e. the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term) Base Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the then-current Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective on the third (3rd) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

 

9.                                      Operating Expenses.

 

9.1.                            As used herein, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include:

 

7



 

(a)                                             Government impositions including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments, including arena, entertainment or stadium assessments and amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project, including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building and areas serving the Building are located or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “Governmental Authority”); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving the Project (excluding any transfer taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises); any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof or otherwise. Operating Expenses shall not include any income (other than taxes measured by gross rentals as mentioned above), franchise, capital stock, arena (unless included as part of the real property tax assessments described above), entertainment (unless included as part of the real property tax assessments described above), stadium (unless included as part of the real property tax assessments described above), business, corporate, partnership, unincorporated business, recording, transfer, estate, gift or inheritance taxes, taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project or any interest or penalties for late payments of taxes to the extent relating to a period in which Tenant was not in default of its obligations to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or other payments under this Lease (and to the extent Tenant was in default of such obligations, shall only include interest and penalties to the extent in excess of interest at the Default Rate and late fees actually paid to Landlord by Tenant); and

 

(b)                                             All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project, including costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; trash collection; cleaning of the Common Areas, including windows; heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting and legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the production of operating statements, tax appeals or negotiation of contracts for services at the Project; costs of consultants, engineers and other professionals retained in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building and the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal

 

8



 

property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas; capital expenditures (provided that such capital expenditures shall not include capital expenditures which are made to comply with Applicable Laws in effect as of the Term Commencement Date and provided further that capital expenditures shall be amortized over such item’s useful life as determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied but not to exceed fifteen (15) years with interest calculated at nine percent (9%) per annum, for each such year of useful life of the capital item during the Term); costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except (a) to the extent such costs are incurred to comply with Applicable Laws in effect as of the Term Commencement Date and (b) all fines and penalties assessed due to violation of Applicable Laws); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or fees otherwise required under, any CC&Rs (as defined below); insurance premiums, including premiums for public liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform on-site regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers and handymen.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any of the matters set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants, loans or conveyances; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; utility costs (except such costs generated in the Common Areas) of those utilities (including, gas, electric and water) that are separately metered and billed to Tenant; interest and any other costs of or upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof (provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a)); salaries of executive, administrative and corporate officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes (provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b)); and taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a). To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses as reasonably demonstrated and consistently applied by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “Tenant’s Share”).

 

9.2.                            Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s good faith estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month.

 

9


 

(x)                                 The “Property Management Fee” shall equal three percent (3%) of Base Rent due from Tenant during the Term. Tenant shall pay the Property Management Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 commencing on the Term Commencement Date and thereafter with respect to the entire Term, including any extensions thereof or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof.

 

(y)                                 Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be due and payable thirty (30) days following delivery of such statement. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany said statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

 

(z)                                  Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated (based on a thirty (30)-day month) for such fractional month.

 

9.3.                            Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably modify Landlord’s calculation and allocation procedures for Operating Expenses, so long as such reasonable modifications produce Dollar results substantially consistent with Landlord’s then-current practice at the Project, however, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project shall not be increased unless Tenant exercises its ROFR as set forth in Article 42 or otherwise increases the useable square footage of the Premises.

 

9.4.                            Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses or Property Management Fees attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease and (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises.

 

9.5.                            Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a pro-rata basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

 

9.6.                            Within ten (10) business days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties) during the prior month and (b) for which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that Tenant reasonably believes is the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to this Lease or the Work Letter.

 

10



 

9.7.                            In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project, as applicable (except those that are separately metered to Tenant or separately provided by Tenant), by dividing (a) the total cost of Operating Expenses by (b) the Rentable Area of the Building or Project (as applicable) that is occupied, then multiplying (y) the resulting quotient by (z) ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Rentable Area of the Building or Project (as applicable). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the product of (y) and (z), subject to adjustment as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses.

 

10.                               Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

 

10.1.                     Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

 

10.2.                     If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

 

10.3.                     If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “Building Standard”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building, the Property or the Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 10.2. Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Project leased by other tenants at the Project shall not be included in Operating Expenses. If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

 

11.                               Security Deposit.

 

11.1.                     Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on or before the Execution Date the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “Security Deposit”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) after notice and the expiration of three (3) business days, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the

 

11



 

payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

11.2.                     In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

 

11.3.                     Landlord shall deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

 

11.4.                     If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

11.5.                     If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

 

11.6.                     The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “L/C Security”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows:

 

(a)                                 If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is ninety (90) days after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit D issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be reissued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if the issuing bank of the L/C Security becomes insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall within five (5) business days deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise

 

12



 

conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator (i.e., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then: (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations; (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires; and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

 

(b)                                 If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held within five (5) business days.

 

(c)                                  Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if: (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists; (ii) as of the date forty-five (45) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) ninety (90) days after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security; (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days; (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security; or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

 

(d)                                 Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

 

(e)                                  If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C

 

13



 

Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

 

12.                               Use.

 

12.1.                     Tenant shall use the Premises for the purpose set forth in Section 2.7, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

12.2.                     Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) business days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof.

 

12.3.                     Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

 

12.4.                     Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

 

12.5.                     No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, use reasonable efforts to return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant.

 

12.6.                     No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent which as to lab space, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

14



 

12.7.                     No sign, advertisement or notice (“Signage”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Signage shall conform to Landlord’s design criteria. For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. Subject to Landlord’s review and approval of Tenant’s door Signage, Landlord agrees that Tenant’s door Signage may be in the form of Tenant’s logo (or the logo of any permitted subtenant or assignee). The lobby sign shall include its proportionate amount of space for Tenant and shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Should Tenant exercise its ROFR (as defined in Article 42) Landlord shall work with Tenant and endeavor to provide directional signage for various divisions of Tenant in a manner consistent with the Building Signage program. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any Tenant Signage, and Tenant shall pay all costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) signage spot on the existing monument sign, however, Tenant’s Signage to be inserted on the monument sign remains subject to Landlord’s review and approval. If Tenant occupies more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the then Rentable Area of the Building, Tenant may, with prior approval from Landlord, install a building-top fascia sign on the north or south facing façade of the Building which shall be visible from Highway 101. The location of such building-top sign shall be determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

 

12.8.                     Tenant shall only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design without Landlord’s prior written approval, and such equipment shall be placed in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment. Landlord represents that the floor load limits are eighty (80) pounds per square foot live load, twenty (20) pounds per square foot dead load, and one hundred (100) pounds per square foot live load for corridors and exits.

 

12.9.                     Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Areas or other offices in the Project.

 

12.10.              Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or objectionable purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment.

 

15



 

12.11.              Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ADA”), and Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and its owners, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and contractors; and any lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “Lender” and, collectively with Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors, the “Landlord Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. Landlord shall be responsible for ensuring that the Common Areas of the Building and the Project comply with the ADA (which cost may be included in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted by Article 9) provided that any non-compliance conditions existing as of the Term Commencement Date be remedied by Landlord at its sole cost and expense. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

13.                               Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Areas.

 

13.1.                     Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas, subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit E, together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Rules and Regulations”). Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations except for Landlord’s failure to use reasonable commercial efforts to enforce the same.

 

13.2.                     This Lease is subject to any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property (the “CC&Rs”), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that any such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications do not materially modify or restrict Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Tenant shall comply with the CC&Rs.

 

13.3.                     Tenant, at no charge or fee of any kind or nature, shall have a non-exclusive, irrevocable license and right to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the parking garage currently situated at the Building and any other parking facilities serving the Building in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Building during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the parking ratio for the Premises be less than 3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Premises.

 

13.4.                     Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine that parking facilities are becoming overcrowded and to limit Tenant’s use

 

16



 

thereof if and to the extent Tenant is materially and repeatedly exceeding its parking ratio. Upon such determination, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project so long as Tenant’s parking ratio is not reduced to less than 3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Premises. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

 

13.5.                     Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, including the right to add or remove exterior and interior landscaping and to subdivide real property. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project shall not be increased unless Tenant exercises its ROFR as set forth in Article 42 or otherwise increases the useable square footage of the Premises.

 

14.                               Project Control by Landlord.

 

14.1.                     Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project; convert the Building to condominium units; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, lobbies and entrances.

 

14.2.                     Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

 

14.3.                     Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the rights and benefits created by this Lease or the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided for in this Lease.

 

14.4.                     Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours if Tenant so requests), upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice and accompanied by a Tenant representative (provided that no time or other restrictions shall apply or advance notice or the presence of Tenant’s representative be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) access the 4th Floor Common Electrical Room (defined in

 

17



 

Section 16.8), (d) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the final year of the Term, (e) post notices of nonresponsibility, (f) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (g) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary; provided, however, that Landlord shall not copy any documents or take any pictures or videos of any kind during such access. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(g), Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

15.                               Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant may quietly and peaceably enjoy the Premises and neither Landlord nor anyone claiming or acting by, through or under Landlord shall disturb Tenant’s occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, except as permitted by Articles 13, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24 and 25 of this Lease.

 

16.                               Utilities and Services.

 

16.1.                     Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon, but without duplication of the amounts paid by Tenant as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. All such utilities shall be separately sub-metered from meters that supply other suites in the Building as of the Term Commencement Date. The cost of Common Area utilities shall be included in Operating Expenses and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such Common Area utility charges. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses or Common Area utilities as reasonably demonstrated and consistently applied by Landlord, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied, Tenant acknowledges that, except regarding those utilities that are separately metered and those services paid directly by Tenant, Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project, as applicable, by dividing (a) the total cost of utility usage by (b) the Rentable Area of the Building or Project (as applicable) that is occupied, then multiplying (y) the resulting quotient by (z) ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Rentable Area of the Building or Project (as applicable). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the product of (y) and (z), subject to adjustment based on actual usage as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of such utility costs.

 

18



 

16.2.                     Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accident; breakage; repair; strike, lockout or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character; act of terrorism; shortage of materials, which shortage is not unique to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be; governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inaction or delay; or other causes beyond Landlord’s control (collectively, “Force Majeure”) or Landlord’s negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary in this Lease, if as a result of matters that are solely within Landlord’s control, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord: (a) HVAC or electricity services to all or a material portion of the Premises is interrupted or is unable to support Tenant’s normal occupancy requirements for the Permitted Use, (b) an interruption of water prevents the use or occupancy of all or a material portion of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (c) access to the Premises (or a substantial portion thereof) is not reasonably available, then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or an equitable portion of such Base Rent and Additional Rent based on the impact of such interruption on Tenant’s business operations, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected) shall thereafter be abated until such services are restored and the Premises are again accessible by Tenant for the Permitted Use; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such utilities or services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy of the Premises for Permitted Use purposes, as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment or potable water supplies, and Tenant has reasonable access to the Premises, then there shall not be an abatement of Base Rent. In any such event, regardless of cause, Landlord shall diligently pursue the repair of such utilities and services. The foregoing provisions shall be Tenant’s sole recourse and remedy in the event of an interruption of services to the Premises due to matters solely within Landlord’s control. The foregoing provisions shall not apply in the case of damage to, or destruction of, the Premises (which shall be governed by the provisions of Article 24 of the Lease). In addition to Tenant’s abatement rights set forth above, in the event that any of the foregoing shall occur, regardless of cause, regardless of force majeure, and regardless of whether same is within Landlord’s control, and such failure or circumstance continues for more than fifteen (15) business days then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or an equitable portion of such Base Rent and Additional Rent based on the impact of such interruption on Tenant’s business operations, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected) shall thereafter be abated until such services and access are restored for the Permitted Use; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such utilities or services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy of the Premises for Permitted Use purposes, as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment or potable water supplies, and Tenant has reasonable access to the Premises, then there shall not be an abatement of Base Rent. The foregoing provisions shall not apply in case of damage to, or destruction of, the Premises (which shall be governed by the provisions of Article 24 of the Lease). As part of the Tenant Improvements, with Landlord’s approval, Tenant may locate an emergency generator at the Project or on the roof of the Building in a location to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant during the design of the Tenant

 

19


 

Improvements (the “Generator”). The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility.

 

16.3.                     Tenant shall, without duplication, pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service, cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services.

 

16.4.                     Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Building or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the use set forth in Section 2.7 or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services. Landlord represents that the Building has the capacity to provide at least five (5) watts of electricity per rentable square foot, independent of lighting and air conditioning.

 

16.5.                     If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations (it being acknowledged by the parties that subject to Articles 13, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24 and 25 of this Lease, Tenant has access to the Building 24 hours per day, seven days per week), then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

 

16.6.                     Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utility or service.

 

16.7.                     Landlord shall provide hot and cold water in Common Areas for lavatory purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source; provided, however, that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose other than ordinary lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption in the Common Areas for all purposes. If a separate water meter is installed to monitor Common Area water usage, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of such meter and the installation thereof and, throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant fails to so maintain such meter and equipment, Landlord may repair or replace the same and shall collect the costs therefor from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by

 

20



 

Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove stated, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payment by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

 

16.8.                     At any and all times and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (provided that no time or other restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required in cases of emergency), Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems and to access the electrical room that serves other 4th floor suites but that is located within the Premises and depicted on Exhibit J attached hereto (the “4th Floor Common Electrical Room”), when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord, except as set forth in Section 16.2 above, shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or electric service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or Landlord’s negligence; a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply; or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that, subject to the provisions of Section 16.2, any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or Landlord’s negligence. During the performance of any repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s ongoing business operations.

 

16.9.                     For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) maintain and operate the Building heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems used for the Permitted Use only (“HVAC”) so that the temperature is not colder than 65 degrees nor warmer than 75 degrees, and (b) subject to clause (a) above, furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day during the Term, subject to casualty, eminent domain or as otherwise specified in this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services; provided that Landlord diligently acts to cure any such interruption or impairment as soon as feasible.

 

16.10.              Landlord shall provide all of the services described in this Section 16 in a first class manner.

 

17.                               Alterations.

 

17.1.                     Except as set forth in the Work Letter, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation, or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at, or serving the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; provided, however, that in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof,

 

21



 

foundation, foundation systems (including barriers and subslab systems), or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval with respect thereto in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any such Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion or which are included on the Pre-Approved List (as defined in the Work Letter). In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect or record, (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony. Subject to the Landlord approval rights set forth above, Tenant shall have the right to use non-union labor to perform the Alterations; provided however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any labor disharmony or delays that results from the use of non-union labor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the Premises, which shall not include the removal of any of the Tenant Improvements or other Landlord’s property described in Section 17.6, (“Cosmetic Alterations”) without Landlord’s consent; provided that (y) the cost of any Cosmetic Alterations does not change the value of existing work in place by more than Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) in any one instance or Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) annually, (z) such Cosmetic Alterations do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to, or adversely affect, the Building systems, (iii) affect the exterior of the Building, (iv) involve demolition to the Premises or the Building or (v) trigger any requirement under Applicable Laws that would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any Cosmetic Alterations.

 

17.2.                     Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

 

17.3.                     Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times.

 

17.4.                     Any work performed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations or the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide

 

22



 

Landlord with complete “as-built” drawing print sets, electronic portable document format (PDF) versions of “as-built” drawings negatively generated and retaining all layer information and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises. In addition, within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations or the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a turnover package which shall include two (2) copies of both soft copy (PDF) and hard copy forms of the following close-out items: project directory, subcontractor directory, general contractor warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, “as-built” drawings, inspection and testing reports, permits, commissioning documents (if any), final submittals, requests for information and change orders.

 

17.5.                     Before commencing any Alterations or Tenant Improvements (except Cosmetic Alterations and except as described in the Work Letter), Tenant shall give Landlord at least fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if reasonably required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for said work.

 

17.6.                     All Alterations, attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, movable laboratory casework and related appliances, trade fixtures, additions and improvements, subject to Section 17.8, attached to or built into the Premises, made and paid for by either of the Parties, including all floor and wall coverings, built-in cabinet work and paneling, sinks and related plumbing fixtures, laboratory benches, exterior venting fume hoods and walk-in freezers and refrigerators, ductwork, conduits, electrical panels and circuits, shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. The Premises shall at all times remain the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. All trade fixtures, equipment, Tenant Improvements made pursuant to the Work Letter, Alterations and Signage installed by or under Tenant shall be the property of Landlord.

 

17.7.                     Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

17.8.                     Except for Tenant’s furniture and moveable personal property and those items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto (which Exhibit may be updated by Tenant from and after the Execution Date, but in each case only upon receipt of Landlord’s prior written approval of such updates in accordance with the procedures set forth hereafter), and except as set forth in Section 17.6 all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, built-in furniture and cabinets, together with all additions and accessories thereto, installed in and upon the Premises shall be and remain the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term. Following the Execution Date, and prior to the commencement of any work relating to any Tenant Improvements or Alterations occurring thereafter, Tenant shall have the ability to update Exhibit F by submitting such updated Exhibit F to Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the installation at the Premises of any items requested to be included on Exhibit F by Tenant.

 

23



 

Within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s updated Exhibit F, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether or not Landlord approved the updated Exhibit F. If Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, Tenant shall provide a written reminder notice to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond to such reminder notice within five (5) business days after delivery of such reminder notice shall be deemed approval by Landlord of the updated Exhibit F as submitted to Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its furniture and moveable personal property from the Premises prior to termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store said effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of said property; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to remove, and Landlord shall have no right to elect to have Tenant remove (1) any improvement, fixture or equipment (A) of a nature typically found in office/laboratory uses, (2) any of the initial Tenant Improvements to which Exhibit B relates, and (3) any improvement, fixture or equipment as to which, at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall not have notified Tenant that Landlord elects to require Tenant to remove at the termination of this Lease.

 

17.9.                     Intentionally omitted.

 

17.10.              Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one and 75/100 percent (1.75%) of the cost to Tenant of all changes installed by Tenant or its contractors or agents to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

 

17.11.              Within sixty (60) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements (or any other Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Tenant Improvements (or any other Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

17.12.              Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

 

17.13.              Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and Lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

 

24



 

18.                               Repairs and Maintenance.

 

18.1.                     Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Building and the Project, including roofing and covering materials; foundations; exterior walls; Building systems, including plumbing, mechanical, fire sprinkler systems (if any); heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems; elevators; and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord in a first class manner and in good condition and repair.

 

18.2.                     Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense clean, maintain and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair in accordance with Article 17 and Article 26, ordinary wear and tear and damage thereto from casualty and condemnation excepted; and shall, at Landlord’s request, remove all telephone and data systems, wiring and equipment from the Premises, and repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Work Letter.

 

18.3.                     Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord except as set forth in Section 31.12. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

 

18.4.                     If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as said person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. During the performance of any excavation, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s ongoing business operations.

 

18.5.                     This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24, Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article.

 

18.6.                     Costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses, unless such costs are incurred due in whole or in part to any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such repairs and maintenance.

 

25



 

19.                               Liens.

 

19.1.                     Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, shall be discharged, bonded or insured over by Tenant within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

19.2.                     Should Tenant fail to discharge, bond against or insure over any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens.

 

19.3.                     In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the Lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s Lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

20.                               Estoppel Certificate.  Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit G-1, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the

 

26



 

Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such the prescribed time shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution. Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days of receipt of written notice from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit G-2 (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Tenant hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Landlord’s failure to deliver such statement within such the prescribed time shall be binding upon Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Tenant in any certificate prepared by Tenant and delivered to Landlord for execution.

 

21.                               Hazardous Materials.

 

21.1.                     Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees. If Tenant breaches such obligation, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises or any portion thereof otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal or holding over in violation of Applicable Laws (other than if such contamination results from (a) migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees or (b) to the extent such contamination is caused by Landlord), then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant in violation of Applicable Laws results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have

 

27



 

a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant and its affiliates, employees, agents, invitees and contractors harmless from and against any and all Claims resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Project in violation of Applicable Laws as of the Execution Date, unless placed at the Project by Tenant or its affiliates, employees, agents or contractors. This indemnification by Landlord includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under the Project in violation of Applicable Laws.

 

21.2.                     Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Term Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Project and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Project (the “Hazardous Materials List”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List on or prior to each annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date and shall also deliver an updated Hazardous Materials List before any new Hazardous Materials are brought to the Project. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (hereinafter referred to as the “Documents”) relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Term Commencement Date or, if unavailable at that time, concurrently with the receipt from or submission to any Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; notices of violations of Applicable Laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall not be required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion of the Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials.

 

21.3.                     Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 21.1 21.2 or 21.9, if (a) any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to

 

28



 

withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

 

21.4.                     At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present in violation of Applicable Laws or that contamination has occurred due to Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of this Lease.

 

21.5.                     If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials are located on the Premises or are hereafter placed on the Premises by any party, Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws.

 

21.6.                     Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises of which Tenant has actual knowledge.

 

21.7.                     Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27 below.

 

21.8.                     As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by any Governmental Authority.

 

21.9.                     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “UBC”)) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section 21.9 is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“New Tenant”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building.

 

22.                               Odors and Exhaust.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and

 

29


 

the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

 

22.1.                     Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

 

22.2.                     If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is reasonably adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time reasonably determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord reasonably requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

 

22.3.                     Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

 

22.4.                     Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

 

22.5.                     If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

 

23.                               Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation.

 

23.1.                     Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of engineering and design plans, excavation,

 

30



 

foundations and footings, and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than ninety percent (90%) of such full replacement cost or the amount of such insurance Landlord’s Lender, if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, anticipated rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. Such insurance, if placed by Landlord, is not intended to replace any coverage required to be maintained by Tenant in Section 23.5 herein.

 

23.2.                     In addition, Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project.

 

23.3.                     Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect, beginning on the Term Commencement Date or the date of occupancy, whichever occurs first, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury (including death) and for property damage arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises (including $100,000 fire legal liability (each loss)); and pollution and environmental liability insurance covering the environmental risks of Tenant’s business with limits of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per occurrence and not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate, with respect to environmental contamination and pollution of the Premises or any adjacent or adjoining properties caused by Tenant.

 

23.4.                     The insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc. and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“Landlord Parties”) as additional insureds as respects liability arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises. Said insurance shall be with companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located and having a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class XII in A.M. Best’s Insurance Ratings Guide — current edition. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance and any endorsements required herein including additional insured, waiver of subrogation and notice of cancellation. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s policy must include dedicated limits or

 

31



 

a per project aggregate that specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by losses at other properties covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders evidencing the coverages required herein. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

23.5.                     Subject to Sections 23.3, 23.7 and 28.1, Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, or any other form of special, consequential or punitive damages relative to any damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

 

23.6.                     In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building, the Property or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the Property if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

 

23.7.                     Landlord, Tenant and each of their insurers agree to waive all rights of subrogation against one another as respects any loss, damage, claims, suits or demands, howsoever caused, that are covered, or should have been covered, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained there under. If necessary, each party agrees to endorse the required insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless and indemnify the other party for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. If such release of either Landlord or Tenant, shall contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

 

23.8.                     Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be reasonably raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to reasonable levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

 

23.9.                     Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

 

24.                               Damage or Destruction.

 

24.1.                     In the event of a partial destruction of (a) the Premises or (b) Common Areas of the Building or the Project ((a) and (b) together, the “Affected Areas”) by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (x) the damage thereto is such that the Affected Areas

 

32



 

may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of six (6) months from the date of the happening of such casualty, (y) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense) and (z) such casualty was not intentionally caused by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Affected Areas and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

24.2.                     In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project more severe than as described in Section 24.1, Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction.

 

24.3.                     Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable.

 

24.4.                     Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

 

24.5.                     In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article, all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided, however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance actually received by Tenant with respect to the Premises.

 

24.6.                     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided, however, that, should any Force Majeure event endure for longer than ninety (90) days, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration.

 

24.7.                     If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense, (b) those portions of the Premises constructed using the TI Allowance but only to the extent that insurance proceeds are received to repair, reconstruct or restore the same, and (c) the

 

33



 

Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. Except as otherwise provided in (b) above, the repair, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from those provided as part of the initial Tenant Improvements installed pursuant to the Work Letter, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the portion of the Tenant Improvements paid for utilizing the TI Allowance, unless Tenant again elects to complete all of the initial Tenant Improvements or upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide for the repair and reconstruction of all of the initial Tenant Improvements or any further upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

 

24.8.                     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term or any extension hereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor.

 

24.9.                     Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the Affected Areas. Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord.

 

25.                               Eminent Domain.

 

25.1.                     In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

 

25.2.                     In the event of a partial taking of (a) the Building or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make

 

34



 

it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

 

25.3.                     Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

 

25.4.                     If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

 

26.                               Surrender.

 

26.1.                     At least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (a) a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“Exit Survey”) prepared by an independent third party reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (b) written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and compliance with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

26.2.                     No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

 

26.3.                     The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

 

26.4.                     The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

 

27.                               Holding Over.

 

27.1.                     If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7, as adjusted in accordance with Article 8, and (b) any

 

35



 

amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

 

27.2.                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Additional Rent then in effect, and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages.

 

27.3.                     Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

 

27.4.                     The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

 

28.                               Indemnification and Exculpation.

 

28.1.                     Subject to the provisions of Section 23.7, Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from (a) injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of Tenant’s or Tenant’s employees’, agents’, contractors’ or invitees’ use or occupancy of the Premises, (b) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, and (c) events which were caused as a result of Tenant’s use of non-union labor for the performance of the Tenant Improvements or Alterations, in each case ((a)-(c)) except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Subject to Sections 23.7 and 28.2 and any subrogation provisions contained in the Work Letter, Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant and its owners, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and contractors (collectively, “Tenant Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project to the extent arising out of (a) Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (b) a breach or default by Landlord in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder.

 

28.2.                     Subject to the provisions of Section 23.7, but otherwise notwithstanding any provision of Section 28.1 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises and damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s

 

36



 

willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section.

 

28.3.                     Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party.

 

28.4.                     Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

 

28.5.                     The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

29.                               Assignment or Subletting.

 

29.1.                     Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises (each, a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord, in all instances, shall respond to any request for consent within ten (10) business days. If Landlord does not respond within such period, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed denied. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project unless (a) Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s desire to do so and (b) Landlord fails to notify Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice that Landlord can accommodate such tenant or potential tenant’s space needs in the Building.

 

29.2.                     In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “Transfer Notice”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

29.3.                     Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire, if applicable, to exercise its rights under Section 29.8 to cancel this Lease. In

 

37



 

no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code.

 

29.4.                     As conditions precedent to Tenant subleasing the Premises or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises, Landlord may require any or all of the following:

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term;

 

(b)                                 Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial statements of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

 

(c)                                  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request, such reimbursement not to exceed the lesser of actual costs or two thousand dollars ($2,000);

 

(d)                                 If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises and excluding any consideration received for the value of Tenant’s business or personal property) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, after making deductions for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such transfer, including any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees

 

38



 

and free rent actually paid by or allowed Tenant. If said consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

 

(e)                                  The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

 

(f)                                   Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms;

 

(g)                                  Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect;

 

(h)                                 Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be permitted within the Permitted Use;

 

(i)                                     Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

 

(j)                                    Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

 

(k)                                 Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent to any later Transfer;

 

(1)                                 Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

 

(m)                             A list of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 21.7), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2.

 

29.5.                     Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

 

29.6.                     The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.

 

39


 

29.7.                     Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

 

29.8.                     If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to transfer this Lease to a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee and if such Transfer is both (a) for over fifty percent (50%) of the Premises and (b) for more than fifty percent (50%) of the remainder of the Term, then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to recapture the space that is the subject of such Transfer Notice for the balance of the Term as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section, such space shall not be recaptured by Landlord and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to recapture such space shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

 

29.9.                     If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

 

29.10.              Notwithstanding Section 29.1, Tenant shall have the right to Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent the Premises or any part thereof to (a) any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant (“Tenant’s Affiliate”), (b) in connection with the sale of substantially all of Tenant’s assets, (c) a sale of the stock ownership interests of Tenant, (d) a merger of Tenant (regardless of the survivor of such merger) and (e) any similar entity level transaction effecting directly or indirectly the conveyance of Tenant’s business; provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of any such Transfer (an “Exempt Transfer”) and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer. For purposes of the definition of Tenant’s Affiliate, “control” requires both (i) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (ii) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person.

 

40



 

30.                               Subordination and Attornment.

 

30.1.                     This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof (collectively, “Mortgage”) without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

 

30.2.                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord. If any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under a lease wherein Landlord is tenant (each, a “Mortgagee”) so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord or its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

 

30.3.                     Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering real property of which the Premises constitute a part incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

 

30.4.                     In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

 

30.5.                     The subordination and attornment provisions of this Article are conditioned upon Tenant and the holder of any current or future Mortgagee executing a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in reasonable form.

 

31.                               Defaults and Remedies.

 

31.1.                     Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the “Default Rate”) equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and

 

41



 

(b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not assess a late charge in accordance with this Section 31.1 for the first late payment in any twelve (12) month period.

 

31.2.                     No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

 

31.3.                     If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder, or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4, then Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred.

 

31.4.                     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” hereunder by Tenant:

 

(a)                                 Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises and fails to provide adequate access control for the Premises;

 

(b)                                 Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

 

42



 

(c)                                  Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Subsections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b)) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and provided, further, that such cure is completed no later than ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

 

(d)                                 Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(e)                                  A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

 

(f)                                   Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Bankruptcy Code”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(g)                                  Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

 

(h)                                 Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20; or

 

(i)                                     Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

 

Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

 

31.5.                     In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following:

 

(a)                                 Halt any Tenant Improvements and Alterations and order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work;

 

(b)                                 Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or

 

43



 

resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and

 

(c)                                  Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including:

 

(i)                                             The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

 

(ii)                                          The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(iii)                                       The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(iv)                                      Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, including any rent payments not otherwise chargeable to Tenant (e.g., during any “free” rent period or rent holiday); plus

 

(v)                                         At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws.

 

As used in Subsections 31.5(c)(i) and 31.5(c)(ii), “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Subsection 31.5(c)(iii), the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point.

 

31.6.                     In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its

 

44



 

failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

 

(a)                                         Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

 

(b)                                         The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

 

31.7.                     If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.5, then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

 

31.8.                     In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

 

(a)                                 First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

 

(b)                                 Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

 

(c)                                  Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

 

(d)                                 Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

31.9.                     All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver.

 

45



 

31.10.              Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (i) the date of Lease termination or (ii) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

 

31.11.              To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

 

31.12.              Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease.

 

31.13.              In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project of which Tenant shall have been given notice and an address (Tenant acknowledges that execution of a subordination and non-disturbance agreement shall constitute notice of the existence and provision of an address for any beneficiary of a deed of trust or a mortgagee), and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing or via the execution of a subordination and non-disturbance agreement, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

 

32.                               Bankruptcy. In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

32.1.                     Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

 

46



 

32.2.                     A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

 

32.3.                     A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

 

32.4.                     The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

 

33.                               Brokers.

 

33.1.                     Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“Tenant Broker”) and Cornish & Carey Commercial Newmark Knight Frank (“Landlord Broker,” and together with Tenant Broker, “Brokers”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Brokers, and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Brokers in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Brokers.

 

33.2.                     Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Landlord in Landlord’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

 

33.3.                     Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord and Tenant are executing this Lease in reliance upon the representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2.

 

33.4.                     Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Brokers, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant. Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant Indemnitees harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Brokers, employed or engaged by Landlord or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Landlord.

 

34.                               Definition of Landlord. With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s

 

47



 

then-current successor-in-interest or assign. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

 

35.                               Limitation of Liability.

 

35.1.                     If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project.

 

35.2.                     Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord. If Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord.

 

35.3.                     If Tenant is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Tenant except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership

 

48



 

or joint venture. If Tenant is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Tenant. If Tenant is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Tenant except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Tenant shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Tenant.

 

35.4.                     Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

36.                               Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

 

36.1.                     Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant; and

 

36.2.                     The term “Tenant,” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

 

37.                               Representations. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s

 

49


 

Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action. Landlord guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Landlord is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Landlord has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Landlord has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Landlord is constituted or to which Landlord is a party. In addition, Landlord guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the OFAC of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

 

38.                               Confidentiality. Landlord and Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to the other or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (w) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (x) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, lenders and other bona fide consultants or advisers, such as architects and contractors (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section, (y) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease or purchasers of Tenant or the Project; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section or (z) by Landlord in the form of aggregate leasing data provided to investors in the normal course of business.

 

39.                               Notices. Any notice, consent, demand, bill, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or overnight delivery with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service, and if given by personal delivery, shall be deemed delivered upon receipt; if given by overnight delivery, shall be deemed delivered one (1) day after deposit with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery

 

50



 

service. Any notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant or Landlord at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10, respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

 

40.                               Miscellaneous.

 

40.1.                     Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion.

 

40.2.                     To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time (but not more than once in any calendar year), upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent audited or certified year-end financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition. Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of Tenant’s financial year, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end financial statements for the previous year. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all material respects. Unaudited financials certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section.

 

40.3.                     Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” shall mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

 

40.4.                     If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action or proceeding and in any appeal in connection therewith.

 

40.5.                     Submission of this instrument for examination or signature does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

 

40.6.                     Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

 

40.7.                     Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant and Landlord shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

 

40.8.                     Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

 

51



 

40.9.                     The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement.

 

40.10.              Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

 

40.11.              Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record a short form or memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent, at Landlord’s sole cost, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with said recordation. Within ten (10) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute a termination of any short form or memorandum of lease recorded with respect hereto. Neither party shall record this Lease.

 

40.12.              The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

 

40.13.              Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

 

40.14.        This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

 

40.15.              Tenant and Landlord guarantee, warrant and represent to the other that the individual or individuals signing this Lease have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

 

40.16.              This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

 

40.17.              No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

 

40.18.              To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant;

 

52



 

Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

 

41.                               Option to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the option (“Option”) to extend the Term by thirty-six (36) months as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows:

 

41.1.                     Base Rent during the extension term shall be equal to the then-current fair market rent for similar premises in similar buildings in the city of San Carlos as of the commencement of the extension term, including annual fair market rent increases (“FMR”), but in no event shall Base Rent be less than the Base Rent prior to the end of the expiration of the initial Term. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the FMR for the extension term within thirty (30) days after the date on which Tenant notifies Landlord that it is exercising the Option, then, no later than an additional thirty (30) days thereafter (the “Submission Period”), Landlord and Tenant shall each furnish to the other a notice in writing (an “FMR Notice”) stating such party’s estimate of the FMR. Such notices shall be accompanied by a statement from a qualified, licensed, third party, unaffiliated real estate appraiser with at least ten (10) years’ experience in the San Carlos/Mid-Peninsula area (an “Appraiser”) stating such Appraiser’s opinion of FMR. If only one (1) party’s Appraiser timely submits its opinion of FMR, such FMR shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If, within twenty (20) days after expiration of the Submission Period, Landlord and Tenant still cannot agree on the FMR, the two (2) Appraisers shall appoint a third qualified, licensed, third party, unaffiliated real estate appraiser (the “Referee”) within seven (7) days. If the Appraisers are unable to agree upon the selection of the Referee, then the Referee shall be selected within ten (10) days thereafter from among the Northern California panel of qualified Real Estate Industry Arbitrators of the American Arbitrator Association (the “Association”) pursuant to the Real Estate Industry Arbitration rules of the Association. The Referee shall, within thirty (30) days after appointment, render the Referee’s decision as to the FMR, which opinion shall be strictly limited to choosing one of the two determinations made by the Appraisers. The decision by the Referee shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and each shall pay for its own appraisal. The cost of the Referee shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. In determining FMR, Landlord, Tenant and, if applicable, the Appraisers and Referee shall each take into account all relevant factors, including, without limitation, (a) the size of the Premises and length of the extension term, (b) rent in comparable buildings in the relevant competitive market, including concessions offered to new tenants, such as free rent, tenant improvement allowances, and moving allowances, (c) Tenant’s creditworthiness and (d) the quality, age, amenities and location of the Building and the Project.

 

41.2.                     The Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

 

41.3.                     The Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Option at least nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise the Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of the Option after the date provided for in this Section.

 

53



 

41.4.                     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Option:

 

(a)                                 During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

 

(b)                                 At any time after any monetary or material non-monetary Default as described in Article 31 of the Lease (provided, however, that, for purposes of this Subsection 42.4(b), Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with further notice of such monetary or material non-monetary Default) and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such monetary or material non-monetary Default is susceptible to being cured; or

 

(c)                                  In the event that Tenant has defaulted in the performance of its obligations under this Lease four (4) or more times and a service or late charge has become payable under Section 31.1 for each of such defaults during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

 

41.5.                     The period of time within which Tenant may exercise the Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 42.4.

 

41.6.                     All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or (c) Tenant has defaulted under this Lease four (4) or more times and a service or late charge under Section 31.1 has become payable for any such default, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

 

42.                               Right of First Refusal. During the eighteen (18) month period commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal (“ROFR”) as to the suite across the hall from the Premises on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately eight thousand three hundred eighty-six (8,386) square feet of space, as shown on Exhibit H attached hereto (“ROFR Premises”); provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to lease the ROFR Premises to Tenant for any period past the date on which this Lease expires or is terminated pursuant to its terms and as such if the Notice of Offer contains a term for the ROFR space that extends past the Term Expiration Date then in order to lease the ROFR upon the terms in the Notice of Offer Tenant shall be required to extend the Term with respect to the Premises. In the event Landlord intends to lease the ROFR Premises, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “Notice of Offer”), specifying the terms and conditions of a proposed lease to Tenant of the ROFR Premises.

 

54



 

42.1.                     Within five (5) business days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease all (not just a portion) of the ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within said five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the ROFR Premises.

 

42.2.                     If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, then Landlord shall lease the ROFR Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer.

 

42.3.                     If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, or if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the five (5) business day period described above, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the ROFR Premises on the same terms as set forth in the Notice of Offer following Tenant’s election (or deemed election) not to lease the ROFR Premises. If after Tenant’s election (or deemed election) not to lease the ROFR Premises, the material economic terms change by more than ten percent (10%) from the initial terms in the Notice of Office, then the ROFR shall be fully reinstated, and Landlord shall not thereafter lease the ROFR Premises without first complying with the procedures set forth in this Article.

 

42.4.                     Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFR during such period of time that Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the ROFR during a period of time in which Tenant is so in monetary or material non-monetary default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFR if Landlord has given Tenant four (4) or more notices of default under this Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFR.

 

42.5.                     Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFR, either separately without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent rights shall be as set forth in Article 29.

 

42.6.                     If Tenant exercises the ROFR, Landlord does not guarantee that the ROFR Premises will be available on the anticipated commencement date for the Lease as to such Premises due to a holdover by the then-existing occupants of the ROFR Premises or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

42.7.                     Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the ROFR shall expire on the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Term Commencement Date.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

55



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

 

Name:

Kevin M. Simonsen

 

Title:

VP, Real Estate Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

 

a Virginia corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald P. Lehr

 

Name:

Donald P. Lehr

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PREMISES

 

[See attached]

 

A-1



 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2011, by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and INTREXON CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated as of August 1, 2011 (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.                                      General Requirements.

 

1.1.                            Authorized Representatives.

 

(a)                                 Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (a) Andrew Richard as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter and (b) John Bonanno as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.

 

(b)                                 Tenant designates Steve Karp (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord.

 

1.2.                            Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule to be prepared by Tenant which shall incorporate input and suggestions from Landlord (the “Schedule”). Tenant shall prepare the Schedule so that it is a reasonable schedule for the completion of the Tenant Improvements and so that it accommodates all reasonable requests by Landlord which are made in order to coordinate the timing of construction of the Tenant Improvements with the needs of other tenants of the Building and/or Project. As soon as the Schedule is completed, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval of the timing of all aspects of construction that will impact other tenants of the Building and/or Project, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such portions of the Schedule shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within seven (7) business days after delivery to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond within such seven (7) business day period shall be deemed approval by

 

B-1


 

Landlord. If Landlord disapproves certain portions of the Schedule, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections to such Schedule, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Schedule. The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

 

1.3.                            Tenant’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and major subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant from the pool of contractors set forth on the pre-approved list of design and construction professionals (“Pre-Approved List”) attached as Schedule 1 to this Work Letter. Landlord shall be permitted to observe the bidding process and shall be permitted to provide input to Tenant which Tenant agrees to take into consideration in its selection of design, engineering and construction professionals. If Tenant desires to utilize an architect, engineer, consultant, designer, general contractor or major subcontractor that is not included on the Pre-Approved List, Tenant shall obtain Landlord approval (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay) prior to engaging such design professional, consultant or contractor. Other than as set forth in the Pre-Approved List, Landlord may refuse to use any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony. Subject to the Landlord approval rights set forth above, Tenant shall have the right to use non-union labor to perform the Tenant Improvements; provided however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any labor disharmony or delays that results from the use of non-union labor. All Tenant contracts related to the Tenant Improvements shall provide that Tenant may assign such contracts to Landlord at any time.

 

2.                                      Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Tenant’s contractors, at Tenant’s sole and direct cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Lease and this Work Letter. As part of the Tenant Improvements, with Landlord’s approval, Tenant may locate a Generator (as defined in Section 16.2 of the Lease) at the Project or on the roof of the Building in a location to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant during the design of the Tenant Improvements. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as reasonably projected by Tenant) exceeds the TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall pay such Excess TI Costs. Tenant shall pay all costs of the Tenant Improvements as such costs become due and Landlord (upon receipt of a Reimbursement Request (as defined in Section 6.3) and the accompanying materials required by Section 6.3) shall reimburse Tenant on a pari passu basis, in the proportion of the TI Allowance payable by Landlord to the total projected costs of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due under this Work Letter, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, pay such sums and collect the same from Tenant and shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Tenant or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new;” the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner; and the Tenant Improvements shall be of Class A quality Tenant shall take, and shall require its contractors to take, commercially

 

B-2



 

reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Tenant Improvements, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

 

2.1.                            Work Plans. Landlord has approved Tenant’s general space plan (“Space Plan”) for the Tenant Improvements, a copy of which is attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 2. Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval schematics covering the Tenant Improvements prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “Draft Schematic Plans”). The Draft Schematic Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Landlord and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within seven (7) business days after receipt of the Draft Schematic Plans whether Landlord approves or objects to the Draft Schematic Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Schematic Plans are unacceptable. Landlord’s failure to respond within such seven (7) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If Landlord reasonably objects to any draft of the Draft Schematic Plans, then Tenant shall revise the Draft Schematic Plans and cause Landlord’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Schematic Plans. Tenant shall then resubmit the revised Draft Schematic Plans to Landlord for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and such approval of the revised Draft Schematic Plans responding to Landlord’s comments shall be deemed given unless Landlord reasonably objects within three (3) business days after receipt of such revised Draft Schematic Plans. Landlord’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Schematic Plans and Tenant’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section until Landlord has approved the Draft Schematic Plans in writing or been deemed to have approved them. The iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans that is approved or deemed approved by Landlord without objection shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Schematic Plans.”

 

2.2.                            Construction Plans. Tenant shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within seven (7) business days after delivery to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond within such seven (7) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If the Construction Plans are reasonably disapproved by Landlord, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. If subsequent versions of such Construction Plans are submitted in response to Landlord comments, Landlord shall be deemed to approve the same unless Landlord reasonably objects within three (3) business days after receipt thereof. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if Landlord has approved drafts or iterations of the Construction Plans prior to the finalization of such plans, Landlord’s pending approval of the finalized Construction Plans

 

B-3



 

shall not prohibit Tenant from submitting such Construction Plans to appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval prior to receipt of Landlord’s approval. Following Landlord’s approval of drafts or iterations of the Construction Plans prior to finalization of such plans, Landlord shall only have the ability to object to previously approved components or details included in subsequent versions of the Construction Plans submitted for its review and approval if Tenant makes modifications which constitute a material departure from the previously approved components or details included in the prior drafts or iterations of the Construction Plans. Landlord shall continue to have reasonable approval rights in its review of new components or details added in to subsequent versions of the Construction Plans. The final drafts of such Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.” Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.3, Tenant shall have the right and responsibility to coordinate the processes of bidding and selection of contractors and consultants, which process, may commence in phases prior to submission and approval of the final draft of the Construction Plans.

 

2.3.                            Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (except for de minimis modifications due to field conditions and other immaterial changes that have only a nominal affect upon the cost of construction) (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.

 

(a)                                 Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. If the nature of a Change requested by Landlord results in any actual delay in the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the Schedule, the number of days of such delay shall constitute a “Landlord Delay” and the Term Commencement Date shall be postponed by such number of days of Landlord Delay. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may only request Changes in order to address design and/or construction conflicts arising with other tenants of the Building and/or Project.

 

(b)                                 Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.

 

2.4.                            Preparation of Estimates. Tenant shall, before proceeding with any Change, using commercially reasonable efforts, prepare as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in no event

 

B-4



 

more than five (5) business days after delivering a Change Request to Landlord or receipt of a Change Request) an estimate of the increased costs or savings that would result from such Change, as well as an estimate on such Change’s effects on the Schedule. Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such information from Tenant to (a) in the case of a Tenant-initiated Change Request, approve or reasonably reject such Change Request in writing (and if Landlord shall fail to so notify Tenant, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Change Request), or (b) in the case of a Landlord-initiated Change Request, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to proceed with or rescind the Landlord-initiated Change Request (and if Landlord shall fail to so notify Tenant, Landlord shall be deemed to have rescinded such Change Request).

 

2.5.                            Review Standards. Landlord shall provide Tenant with one set of consolidated comments in response to each Tenant submission of plans or change requests, accompanied by marked plans and drawings showing its objections. Landlord shall not be permitted submit comments addressing aspects of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements that are solely stylistic in nature.

 

3.                                      Completion of Tenant Improvements. Tenant, at its sole and direct cost and expense (except for the TI Allowance), shall perform and complete the Tenant Improvements in all respects (a) in substantial conformance with the Approved Plans, (b) otherwise in compliance with provisions of the Lease and this Work Letter and (c) in accordance with Applicable Laws, the requirements of Tenant’s insurance carriers, the requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers (to the extent Landlord provides its insurance carriers’ requirements to Tenant) and the board of fire underwriters having jurisdiction over the Premises. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed completed at such time as Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (v) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that (i) all Tenant Improvements have been completed and paid for in full (which shall be evidenced by the architect’s certificate of completion and the general contractor’s and each subcontractor’s and material supplier’s final unconditional waivers and releases of liens, each in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws), (ii) all Tenant Improvements have been accepted by Landlord, (iii) any and all liens related to the Tenant Improvements have either been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived by the party filing such lien and (iv) no security interests relating to the Tenant Improvements are outstanding, (w) all certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any Governmental Authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Premises, (x) certificates of insurance required by the Lease to be purchased and maintained by Tenant, (y) an affidavit from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work performed in, on or about the Premises is in accordance with the Approved Plans and (z) complete drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc of all contract documents for work performed by their architect and engineers in relation to the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due under this Exhibit B, then Landlord may pay such sums and collect the same from Tenant and shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent.

 

B-5



 

4.                                      Insurance.

 

4.1.                            Property Insurance. At all times during the period beginning with commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and ending with final completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained (in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to the Lease), property insurance insuring Landlord and the Landlord Parties, as their interests may appear. Such policy shall, on a completed values basis for the full insurable value at all times, insure against loss or damage by fire, vandalism and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all Tenant Improvements and the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment, all while each forms a part of, or is contained in, the Tenant Improvements or any temporary structures on the Premises, or is adjacent thereto; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, insurance coverage with respect to the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment shall be carried on a primary basis by such general contractor or the applicable subcontractor(s). Tenant agrees to pay any deductible, and Landlord is not responsible for any deductible, for a claim under such insurance. Said property insurance shall contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurer against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, and shall name Landlord and its affiliates as loss payees as their interests may appear.

 

4.2.                            Workers’ Compensation Insurance. At all times during the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, or shall cause its contractors or subcontractors to, maintain statutory workers’ compensation insurance as required by Applicable Laws.

 

5.                                      Liability. Tenant assumes sole responsibility and liability for any and all injuries or the death of any persons, including Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors and their respective employees, agents and invitees, and for any and all damages to property caused by, resulting from or arising out of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or their respective employees, agents and invitees in the prosecution of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against all Claims due to, because of or arising out of any and all such injuries, death or damage, whether real or alleged, and Tenant and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall assume and defend at their sole cost and expense all such Claims; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Work Letter shall be deemed to indemnify or otherwise hold Landlord harmless from or against liability to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Any deficiency in design or construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have approved of the same in writing.

 

6.                                      TI Allowance.

 

6.1.                            Application of TI Allowance. Tenant shall pay all applicable contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers directly for the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Article 4 of the Lease and Article 2 of this Work Letter. Landlord shall not charge Tenant for utilities, other than electricity, supplied to the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date. Tenant shall use the Reimbursement Request process outlined in Section 6.3 to seek reimbursement from the TI

 

B-6



 

Allowance for such costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements. If, prior to the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Term Commencement Date, the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward (a) the costs of the Tenant Improvements, (b) the correction of any defect in the construction of such Tenant Improvements or (c) Changes to the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease and this Work Letter.

 

6.2.                            Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to expend more than thirty-three percent (33%) of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant Improvements (the “Approved Budget”). The Approved Budget shall identify the Excess TI Costs which shall be paid by Tenant and shall establish a pari passu reimbursement ratio for the amount reimbursed by Landlord (as may be adjusted on account of any Changes) in the proportion of the TI Allowance to the total cost of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the Approved Budget (the “Reimbursement Ratio”). Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements as they become due. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for costs nor expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed thirty-three percent (33%) of the TI Allowance prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget or that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any budget for Tenant Improvements that is proposed by Tenant.

 

6.3.                            Reimbursement Requests. Upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of (a) a statement (a “Reimbursement Request”) setting forth the total amount of the TI Allowance requested, (b) a summary of the Tenant Improvements performed using AIA standard form Application for Payment (G 702) executed by the general contractor and by the architect, (c) invoices from the general contractor, the architect, and any subcontractors, material suppliers and other parties requesting payment with respect to the amount of the TI Allowance then being requested, (d) unconditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to the Tenant Improvements performed that correspond to the Reimbursement Request each in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws, then Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt by Landlord of a Reimbursement Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section, pay to Tenant the amount of Tenant Improvement costs set forth in such Reimbursement Request; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payments under this Section until the budget for the Tenant Improvements is approved in accordance with Section 6.2 above, and any Reimbursement Request under this Section shall be subject to the payment limits set forth in Article 2 of this Work Letter, Section 6.2 above and Article 4 of the Lease; and provided further, that Tenant may only submit one Reimbursement Request once every thirty (30) days.

 

6.4.                            Landlord’s Failure to Fund TI Allowance. In the event Landlord fails to disburse any portion of the TI Allowance requested in accordance with Sections 6.2 and 6.3 above, that has not been reasonably contested in writing by Landlord, Tenant may cease construction of the Tenant Improvements until such payment is received, in which case the number of days of any

 

B-7



 

actual delay in the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the Schedule caused by such delay in payment shall be a “Landlord Delay” for purposes of the Lease without the need for any notice to Landlord.

 

7.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

7.1.                            Number; Headings. Where applicable in this Work Letter, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Work Letter are not a part of this Work Letter and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

 

7.2.                            Attorneys’ Fees. If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Work Letter, then the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit.

 

7.3.                            Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Work Letter in which time of performance is stated.

 

7.4.                            Covenant and Condition. Each provision of this Work Letter performable by Tenant or Landlord shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

 

7.5.                            Withholding of Consent. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

 

7.6.                            Invalidity. Any provision of this Work Letter that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Work Letter shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

 

7.7.                            Interpretation. The language in all parts of this Work Letter shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

 

7.8.                            Successors. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

 

7.9.                            Governing Law. This Work Letter shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

 

7.10.                     Power and Authority. Tenant and Landlord guarantee, warrant and represent that the individual or individuals signing this Work Letter have the power, authority and legal

 

B-8



 

capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

 

7.11.                     Counterparts. This Work Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

 

7.12.                     Amendments; Waiver. No provision of this Work Letter may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach by the other of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

 

7.13.                     Waiver of Jury Trial. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Work Letter; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Work Letter or the Premises.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

B-9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

 

a Delware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

 

Name:

Kevin M. Simonsen

 

Title:

VP, Real Estate Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

 

a Virginia corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald P. Lehr

 

Name:

Donald P. Lehr

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer

 

 

B-10



 

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

 

LIST OF PRE-APPROVED DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PROFESSIONALS

 

General Contractors

XL

Dome

Novo

BNB

Hathaway

Whiting-Turner

Skyline Construction

 

Mechanical

ACCO

Therma

Southland

Western Allied

Paragon

CMI

 

Plumbing

ACCO

Southland

Therma

KDS Plumbing

Rountree Plumbing

Hellwig

 

Electrical

Cupertino

Rosendin

Decker

Red wood City

Sprig

Red Top

 

AFS

Superior

Fire Stop

BFP Fire

Allied Fire

Golden Bear

 

Data, A/V and Security

Persons reasonably selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord

 

B-1-1


 

SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT B

 

SPACE PLAN

 

[See attached]

 

 

B-2-1



 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

DECLARATION OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

 

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            ], 20[  ], with reference to that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of August 1, 2011, by and between INTREXON CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation (“Tenant”) and BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

 

Tenant and Landlord hereby confirm the following:

 

1.             The Term Commencement Date is [            ], 20[  ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [             ], 20[  ].

 

2.             The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [              ], 20[  ], with Base Rent payable in the amounts set forth in the Lease.

 

3.             The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

 

a Virginia corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer.]

 

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Date:                , 200 

 

                                                               

(the “Beneficiary”)

 

                                                               

 

 

                                                               

 

 

Attention:

                                          

 

 

L/C. No.:

                                          

 

 

Loan No. :

                                          

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “L/C”) for an aggregate amount of $                 , expiring at    :00 p.m. on            or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “Expiry Date”). “Banking Day” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in                    are authorized or required to close.

 

We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “Issuer”) for the account of                (the “Account Party”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.

 

Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “Drawing Documentation”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1, with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.

 

Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at                      on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.

 

We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented

 

D-1



 

to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.

 

We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

 

If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the ‘‘Payment Deadline”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.

 

Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

 

We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud.

 

The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond            (the “Outside Date”)) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “Nonrenewal Notice”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.

 

Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “Transferee”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2, purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.

 

Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to:                    (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).

 

D-2



 

No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.

 

This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the International Standby Practices 98 (“ISP 98”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[Issuer Signature]

 

D-3



 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

 

[BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD]

 

TO:

 

[Name and Address of Issuer]

 

SIGHT DRAFT

 

AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of                                     , the sum of                              United States Dollars ($                           ). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No.                          dated                                   .

 

[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account:                                               .]

 

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

 

Date:                                  

 

D-1-1



 

ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

 

[BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD]

 

TO:

 

[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “Issuer”)

 

TRANSFER NOTICE

 

By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “Beneficiary”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No.                        dated                                (the “L/C”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “Transferee”):

 

[Transferee Name and Address]

 

The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.

 

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

 

Date:                                   ]

 

D-2-1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“RULES AND REGULATIONS”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

 

1.             Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees shall encumber or obstruct the common entrances, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks and stairways of the Building(s) or the Project or use them for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Building(s) or the Project.

 

2.             Except as specifically provided in the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building(s) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

 

3.             If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, and (a) such window, door or windowsill is visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) such curtain, blind, shade, screen, hanging plant or other object is not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove said curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or similar objects at its sole cost and expense. Landlord acknowledges Tenant may need to tint certain large lab windows.

 

4.             No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project.

 

5.             Except as permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building(s) to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the affected tenants of the Project.

 

6.             Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that present at the Project and serving the Premises as of the Execution Date.

 

7.             Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antennae; cell or other communications equipment; or other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except in accordance with the Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other digital or electronic communications at the Project or elsewhere.

 

E-1


 

8.                                      Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors and invitees.

 

9.                                      Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials within its Premises or in receptacles or storage sheds designated by Landlord or approved outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal. Any Hazardous Materials transported through Common Areas shall be held in secondary containment devices.

 

10.                               The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on Tenant Improvement plans approved by Landlord; provided, further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

11.                               Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

 

12.                               Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

 

13.                               Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

14.                               Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys, pass cards or similar devices for locks to the Premises.

 

15.                               Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Premises.

 

16.                               Tenant shall not permit any animals in the Project, other than for guide animals or for use in laboratory experiments.

 

17.                               Bicycles shall not be taken into the Building(s) except into areas designated by Landlord.

 

18.                               The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be deposited therein.

 

19.                               Discharge of industrial sewage shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, first obtains all necessary permits and licenses therefor from all applicable Governmental Authorities.

 

E-2



 

20.                               Smoking is prohibited at the Project.

 

21.                               The Project’s hours of operation are currently 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

 

22.                               Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by Applicable Laws or Landlord (“Waste Regulations”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “Waste Products”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations.

 

23.                               Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises or the Project for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.

 

Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to adhere to such additional rules or regulations until Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice thereof. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees.

 

E-3



 

EXHIBIT F

 

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION

 

MANUFACTURER

 

MODEL

 

SERIAL NUMBER

Biosafety Hood

 

Forma Scientific

 

1202 A

 

1699-215

Fridge

 

 

 

61131

 

 

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

253.60722

 

WA82900520

Chromatog. Cabinet
Fridge

 

NorLake Sci.

 

NSCR522WWG/O

 

7010788

Freezer -80

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fridge

 

Sanyo

 

SR1280

 

 

Fridge/Freezer Unit

 

Biomedical Sci.

 

C21-5

 

 

GC/MS

 

Agilent

 

7000 Series Triple
Quadrupole GC/MS

 

 

Preparative centrifuge

 

Beckman Coulter

 

Avanti-J-E

 

 

Preparative centrifuge

 

Beckman Coulter

 

Avanti-J-E

 

 

Autoclave

 

Hirayama

 

AT-HV-110

 

3050705353

Autoclave

 

Amerex Instrument

 

Hirayama

 

 

Autoclave

 

Amerex Instrument

 

Hirayama

 

 

Biosafety Hood

 

Forma Scientific

 

1202 A

 

16745-78

Floor-standing
Autoclave

 

Tuttnauer

 

69 Laboratory

 

 

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

 

 

 

Glassware
Washer/Dryer

 

Lancer

 

1600 LXP

 

 

MilliQ Water
Purification Unit

 

Millipore

 

Elix 10

 

 

RiOs Water system

 

Millipore

 

RiOs 100

 

 

 

F-1



 

Water Purification
system

 

Sartorius

 

Arium 611VF

 

23001962

Chest freezer

 

Kenmore

 

253.913918

 

 

Freezer -20

 

Sub Zero

 

 

 

 

Freezer -80

 

Thermo

 

ULP2186-6-A41

 

N16T-246767-NT

Freezer -80

 

Thermo Scientific

 

Revco Elite Plus

 

 

Freezer -80

 

Thermo Scientific

 

Revco Elite Plus

 

 

Freezer -80

 

Thermo Scientific

 

Revco Elite Plus

 

 

Freezer -20

 

Kenmore

 

253.287228

 

WB82852197

Freezer -20

 

Kenmore

 

253.913918

 

S302021448

Freezer -20

 

Kenmore

 

WB74732280

 

253.270427

Freezer -20

 

Kenmore

 

WB82852192

 

253.287228

FREEZER, -80

 

Harris

 

ULT-FREEZER

 

913991

Fridge/ Freezer Unit

 

BioMedical Sci.

 

C21-5

 

 

Chromatog. Cabinet

 

Powers Scientific

 

 

 

 

7/14/20 Liter SIP
fermentor

 

New Brunswick
Scientific

 

BioFlo 415

 

 

Biosafety Hood

 

Forma Scientific

 

1202 A

 

 

FREEZER, -20

 

BioMedical Sci.

 

 

 

F21-20m

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

 

 

 

Biosafety Hood

 

Forma Scientific

 

1202 A

 

 

Biosafety Hood

 

Nuaire

 

NU-425-460

 

8373507BX3

Cabinet / Biosafety

 

LabConco

 

Delta Series

 

70773691

Chromatog. Cabinet

 

Powers Scientific

 

 

 

 

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

 

 

 

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

WA73201003

 

253.60722

 

F-2



 

Fridge

 

Kenmore

 

WA82900570

 

WA82900570

Fridge

 

Powers Scientific

 

 

 

 

Fridge

 

 

 

61131

 

 

Fridge/ Freezer Unit

 

BioMedical Sci.

 

C21-5

 

 

Centrifuge (ultra)

 

Beckman Coulter

 

L8-80M

 

1144172

Cytopeia Influx Cell
sorter
(including Cytek auto
sampler)

 

Cytopeia (BD)

 

Influx 1L

 

00-00068

Freezer -80

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fridge/Freezer Unit

 

Biomedical Sci.

 

C21-5

 

 

GC/MS

 

Agilent

 

7000 Series Triple
Quadrupole GC/MS

 

 

Preparative centrifuge

 

Beckman Coulter

 

Avanti-J-E

 

 

Preparative centrifuge

 

Beckman Coulter

 

Avanti-J-E

 

 

Floor-standing
Autoclave

 

Tuttnauer

 

69 Laboratory

 

 

Glassware Washer/Dryer

 

Lancer

 

1600 LXP

 

 

RiOs Water system

 

Millipore

 

RiOs 100

 

 

Freezer -80

 

Thermo Scientific

 

Revco Elite Plus

 

 

Freezer -80

 

Thermo Scientific

 

Revco Elite Plus

 

 

7/14/20 Liter SIP
fermentor

 

New Brunswick
Scientific

 

BioFlo 415

 

 

Chromatog. Cabinet

 

Powers Scientific

 

 

 

 

 

Note: Units without serial number or manufacturer are yet to be acquired.

 

F-3



 

EXHIBIT G-1

 

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:                             BMR-201 Industrial Road LLC

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Attention: Vice President, Real Estate Counsel

 

BioMed Realty, L.P.

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

 

Re:                             The premises (the “Premises”) at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California (the “Property”)

 

The undersigned tenant (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

 

1.                                      Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “Lease”) for the Premises dated as of [            ], 20 [      ]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [               ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [                  ], 20 [             ].

 

2.                                      Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [              ] rentable square feet, on [             ], 20[      ], and commenced to pay rent on [                ], 20[      ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises [except as follows], and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [                 ]].

 

3.                                      All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [               ], 20[      ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[           ]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[             ] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease [except as follows].

 

4.                                      Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[             ] per month.

 

5.                                      Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[            ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

 

6.                                      To Tenant’s knowledge, all work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [                ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid [except as follows:)                 ].

 

G-1-1



 

7.                                      To Tenant’s knowledge, the Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and to Tenant’s knowledge Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [              ]].

 

8.                                      [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [                ].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

 

9.                                      The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], [LANDLORD], BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

 

10.                               The contents of this Estoppel Certificate shall not amend the Lease, and shall not waive or limit any right Tenant may have to review or audit any additional rent paid or payable under the Lease.

 

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

 

Dated this [         ] day of [              ], 20[            ].

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

a Virginia corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

G-1-2



 

EXHIBIT G-2

 

FORM OF LANDLORD ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:                             Intrexon Corporation

201 Industrial Road

San Carlos, California 94070

Attention:                                              

 

Intrexon Corporation

863 Mitten Road, Suite C

Burlingame, California 94010

Attn: Grace Colon

 

Re:                             The premises (the “Premises”) at 201 Industrial Road, San Carlos, California (the “Property”)

 

The undersigned landlord (“Landlord”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

 

1.                                      Landlord is the landlord at the Property under a lease (the “Lease”) with Intrexon Corporation (“Tenant”) for the Premises dated as of [             ], 20[         ]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [         ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [           ], 20[         ].

 

2.                                      Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [                ] rentable square feet, on [            ], 20[      ], and commenced to pay rent on [            ], 20[       ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises [except as follows], and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [                ]].

 

3.                                      All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [               ], 20 [        ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[                   ]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[                ] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease [except as follows].

 

4.                                      Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[                 ] per month.

 

5.                                      Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[                  ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

 

6.                                      To Landlord’s knowledge, all work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease [, except [                  ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid [except as follows:)         ].

 

G-2-1



 

7.                                      To Landlord’s knowledge, the Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and to Landlord’s knowledge Landlord has no claims against Tenant for rent, and there are no disputes with Tenant. Landlord has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [              ]].

 

8.                                      To Landlord’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Landlord in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

 

9.                                      The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNEE], [TENANT], and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

 

10.                               The contents of this Estoppel Certificate shall not amend the Lease.

 

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

 

Dated this [          ] day of [              ], 20[         ].

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

G-2-2



 

EXHIBIT H

 

ROFR PREMISES

 

[See attached]

 

H-1



 

 


 

EXHIBIT I

 

EXCLUSIONS FROM OPERATING EXPENSES

 

A.                                    leasing, sale or other brokerage commissions (whether employed in-house or not) or marketing, advertising or promotional expenses of any kind;

 

B.                                    the cost (including taxes) of performing work or furnishing utilities or services to or for any tenant or to any area of the building available for leasing by tenants, other than Tenant, at Landlord’s expense, to the extent that such work, utilities or service is in excess of any work or service provided to Tenant at Landlord’s expense;

 

C.                                    salaries, wages, bonuses, benefits and social security and payroll taxes and all other compensation and benefits of all office, management or administrative personnel, officers, executives and staff members of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, or of Landlord’s independent contractors, above the grade of on-site building manager or supervisor;

 

D.                                    any unfunded pension or other benefits for any personnel which shall have accrued prior to the Lease Commencement Date;

 

E.                                     any rent, additional rent, imposition or other charge under any lease or sublease to or assumed, directly or indirectly, by Landlord, as tenant under such lease or sublease or any Landlord Affiliate, as tenant under such lease or sublease;

 

F.                                      ground rent under any lease;

 

G.                                    any cost which would otherwise be an Operating Expense to the extent the same is reimbursed to or for the benefit of Landlord by proceeds of insurance (or would be reimbursable if Landlord maintained or caused to be maintained the insurance required by Article 23), condemnation award, refund, credit, warranty, service contract, or from any tenant (including Tenant) of the Building;

 

H.                                   any costs (including acquisition, leasing, use and insurance) relating to sculpture, paintings or other objects of art;

 

I.                                        accounting fees, other than those incurred directly in connection with the preparation of statements required pursuant to the provisions of this Lease and similar provisions of other leases of space in the Building;

 

J.                                        legal fees, costs or penalties arising from the Common Areas of the Project failure to comply with Applicable Laws unless such non-compliance is caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees;

 

K.                                   legal fees incurred by Landlord in order to obtain a determination of coverage from Landlord’s insurers;

 

I-1



 

L.                                     costs and expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) related to or arising under or in connection with disputes with tenants, any lessor under a ground lease or any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust and any cost incurred in connection with leasing, mortgaging, financing, refinancing, sale, any ground lease or any payment or prepayment of debts;

 

M.                                 the cost of any work or services performed or other expenses incurred in connection with installing, operating and maintaining any new or specialty service or facility, such as a concierge, a transportation or shuttle service, an observatory, a broadcasting facility or any luncheon, athletic or recreational club;

 

N.                                    costs incurred in connection with a sale, lease, transfer or any testamentary transfer or capital event involving all or any part of the Building or the Land or any interest therein or of any interest in Landlord or in any person comprising, directly or indirectly, Landlord or in any person having any control or equity interest, directly or indirectly, in Landlord;

 

O.                                    costs incurred to correct any misrepresentation by Landlord herein or related to or arising out of any indemnity obligation;

 

P.                                      any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in concessions operated for profit by Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents or any Landlord Affiliate;

 

Q.                                    costs which are attributable to the general overhead of Landlord or to the general management of the Building, for which Landlord receives a management fee, including without limitation, accounting and legal (except as otherwise included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 9.1(b)), secretarial, bookkeeping, office furniture and equipment, office rent, asset manager, audit, software, computer hardware, printer, and other such costs and expenses;

 

R.                                    the value or lost income to Landlord of any space in the Building which is utilized for the management of the Building;

 

S.                                      principal or interest on any debt;

 

T.                                     the cost of any services, alterations, additions, changes, decorations, repairs, replacements or other items which are made or incurred in order to prepare space for a tenant’s initial occupancy or lease renewal or extension;

 

U.                                    any amount paid to any Landlord Affiliate to the extent such amount is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship;

 

V.                                    any cost or expense (including without limitation real estate taxes, elevators, labor, management fees, maintenance, costs for operation, repair, utilities, taxes, insurance, personnel and other expenses) incurred in connection with or allocable to the Building’s retail space;

 

W.                                 bad debt loss or reserve; costs and expenses incurred in connection with any transfer of an interest in the Landlord, Building or the Land;

 

I-2



 

X.                                    any reserve for repairs, maintenance, replacements or any other purpose.

 

Y.                                    any interest or penalties for late payments of Operating Expenses to the extent relating to a period in which Tenant was not in default of its obligations to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or other payments under this Lease (and to the extent Tenant was in default of obligations, shall only include interest and penalties to the extent in excess of interest at the Default Rate and late fees actually paid to Landlord by Tenant)

 

I-3



 

EXHIBIT J

 

4th FLOOR COMMON ELECTRICAL ROOM

 

[See attached]

 

J-1



 

 



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is entered into as of this 23rd day of September, 2011 (the “Amendment Execution Date”), by and between BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord,” as successor-in-interest to BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Original Landlord”)), and INTREXON CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    WHEREAS, Original Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of August 5, 2011 (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Lease”) whereby Tenant leases certain premises, consisting of approximately eighteen thousand eight hundred fifty-three (18,853) square feet of space (the “Original Premises”) from Landlord on the fourth (4th) floor of the building located at 201 Industrial Road in San Carlos, California (the “Building”);

 

B.                                    WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant additional space on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building, consisting of approximately eight thousand three hundred eighty-six (8,386) rentable square feet, as shown on Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “Additional Premises”); and

 

C.                                    WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions. For purposes of this First Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2.                                      Lease of Additional Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Additional Premises for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease. From and after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below), the “Premises,” as defined in the Lease, shall (a) mean the Original Premises plus the Additional Premises and (b) contain approximately twenty-seven thousand two hundred thirty-nine (27,239) rentable square feet and (c) be as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto which shall be substituted for the original Exhibit A of the Lease.

 

3.                                      Additional Premises Term. The Term with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence on the October 1, 2011 (“Additional Premises Term Commencement Date”), and expire on the Term Expiration Date (as defined in the Lease). The period from the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date to the Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the

 

BMR form dated 3/16/11

 

 



 

Additional Premises Term,” which may be extended pursuant to Article 41 of the Lease or earlier terminated in accordance with the Lease.

 

4.                                      Pro Rata Share. From and after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, the chart in Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following chart:

 

 

 

Means the Following (As of the Additional

Definition or Provision

 

Premises Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Original Premises

 

18,853 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Additional Premises

 

8,386 square feet

Approximate Rentable Ares of the Premises

 

27,239 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Project

 

176,956 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project with respect to the Original Premises only

 

10.65%

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project with respect to the Additional Premises only

 

4.74%

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project with respect to the Premises (Original Premises and Additional Premises)

 

15.39%

 

5.                                      Base Rent. Section 2.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“2.3 Monthly installments of Base Rent for the Original Premises (“Original Premises Base Rent”) for the period from the Term Commencement Date through the thirty-sixth (36th) month of the Term shall be as set forth in the chart below. Original Premises Base Rent for the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term through the Term Expiration Date shall increase as set forth in Article 8 of this Lease.

 

 

 

Square Feet of

 

Base Rent per Square

 

Monthly Base

 

Months

 

Rentable Area

 

Foot of Rentable Area

 

Rent

 

1 — 6

 

10,000

 

$2.20 monthly

 

$

22,000.00

 

7 — 12

 

18,853

 

$2.20 monthly

 

$

41,476.60

 

 

2



 

13 — 24

 

18,853

 

$2.40 monthly

 

$

45,247.20

 

25 — 36

 

18,853

 

$2.60 monthly

 

$

49,017.80

 

 

Monthly installments of Base Rent for the Additional Premises (“Additional Premises Base Rent”) for the period from the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date through the twelfth (12th) month of the Additional Premises Term shall be as set forth in the chart below. Additional Premises Base Rent for the thirteenth (13th) month of the Additional Premises Term through the Term Expiration Date shall increase as set forth in Article 8 of this Lease.

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rent per

 

 

 

 

 

Square Feet of

 

Square Foot of

 

Monthly

 

Dates

 

Rentable Area

 

Rentable Area

 

Base Rent

 

October 1, 2011 — January 31, 2012

 

8,386

 

$0.00 monthly

 

$

0.00

 

February 1, 2012 — September 30, 2012

 

8,386

 

$1.25 monthly

 

$

10,482.50

 

 

From and after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, “Base Rent” as defined in the Lease shall mean Original Premises Base Rent together with Additional Premises Base Rent.”

 

6.                                      Rent Adjustments. Section 8 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“8.        Rent Adjustments.

 

(a)                                 Commencing on the third (3rd) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date (i.e. the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Term), Original Premises Base Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the then-current Original Premises Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective on the third (3rd) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

 

(b)                                 Commencing on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, Additional Premises Base Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3.0%)

 

3



 

of the then-current Additional Premises Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.”

 

7.                                      Additional Rent. In addition to Additional Premises Base Rent, from and after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent with respect to the Additional Premises (a) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as provided in Article 9 of the Lease with respect to the Additional Premises, (b) the Property Management Fee with respect to the Additional Premises and (c) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of the Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

 

8.                                      Additional Security Deposit. Within five (5) business days after the Amendment Execution Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Ten Thousand Four Hundred Eighty-Two and 50/100 Dollars ($10,482.50) (the “Additional Security Deposit”), which shall become part of the Security Deposit. The Additional Security Deposit shall be (a) in the form of cash or (b) satisfy the requirements for L/C Security and be from an issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

9.                                      Additional Premises Tenant Improvements. As of the Amendment Execution Date, Landlord shall make available to Tenant an additional tenant improvement allowance of Forty-One Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty and 00/100 Dollars ($41,930.00) (based upon Five and 00/100 Dollars ($5.00) per square foot of the Rentable Area of Additional Premises) (the “Additional TI Allowance”). The Additional TI Allowance may be used by Tenant to finance appropriate improvements to the Additional Premises or the Original Premises (“Additional Tenant Improvements”) consistent with the Permitted Use and subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior written approval. Tenant shall be responsible for performing and completing the Additional Tenant Improvements in accordance with the applicable terms of the Lease and the Work Letter with respect to the Tenant Improvements for the Original Premises, and Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction management fee of one and 75/100 percent (1.75%) of the cost of the Additional Tenant Improvements for Landlord’s oversight role related to the Additional Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall disburse the Additional TI Allowance in accordance with the applicable terms of the Lease and the Work Letter. Tenant shall have until the TI Deadline (as defined in the Lease) to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire.

 

10.                               Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment. Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant on the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date with the furniture, fixtures and equipment listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “FF&E Property”). The FF&E Property was abandoned by the prior tenant of the space and shall become the property of Tenant upon the Amendment Effective Date. Tenant accepts the FF&E Property in its condition “as is” and with all faults as of the date hereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any warranties related to the FF&E

 

4



 

Property, including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or maintain the FF&E Property. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have the option of removing the FF&E Property or surrendering the Premises with the FF&E Property in place. Should Tenant opt to surrender the Premises with the FF&E in place, Tenant shall not be required to repair or replace the FF&E Property so as to surrender it in the condition it is in on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

11.                               Option to Extend Term. The first paragraph of Article 41 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Tenant shall have the option (“Option”) to extend the Term by thirty-six (36) months as to either (a) the entire Premises or (b) the Original Premises (as defined in the First Amendment) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows:”

 

Additionally the reference to “Premises” in Section 41.1 of the Lease is deleted and replaced with the words “Premises or Original Premises.”

 

12.                               Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Additional Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Additional Premises, except as may be expressly provided in Sections 9 and 10 of this Amendment.

 

13.                               Termination Option and Payment. The Termination Option set forth in Section 3.1 of the Lease expressly applies to the Original Premises and Additional Premises. Accordingly, the termination payment set forth in Section 3.2 of the Lease shall be increased by an amount equal to Thirty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-One and 84/100 Dollars ($34,681.84), for a total termination payment of Three Hundred Thirty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Two and 75/100 Dollars ($339,532.75).

 

14.                               Termination of Right of First Refusal. Article 42 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force or effect.

 

15.                               Broker. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this First Amendment, other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“Broker”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or Landlord, respectively or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant or Landlord, respectively. Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this First Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

 

5


 

16.                               No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder. Landlord represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

 

17.                               Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this First Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this First Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this First Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this First Amendment.

 

18.                               Miscellaneous. This First Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this First Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

 

19.                               Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-201 INDUSTRIAL ROAD LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin M.Simonsen

 

Name:

Kevin M.Simonsen

 

Title:

VP,Real Estate Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

INTREXON CORPORATION,

a Virginia corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Grace E. Colόn

 

Name:

Grace E. Colόn

 

Title:

President, Industrial Products Division & SVP

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 

See attached.

 

S-1



 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PREMISES

 

See attached.

 

A-1



 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FF&E LIST

 

·                  Eighteen (18) furnished cubicles (chair, desk, file cabinets)

 

·                  Sixteen (16) furnished private offices (chair, desk, file cabinets)

 

·                  Conference room table and projector

 

·                  One (1) refrigerator

 

·                  Sixty-seven (67) portable file cabinets (including file cabinets from private offices and cubicles)

 

B-1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

OUTLINE OF SUBLEASED PREMISES

SUITE 420 & SUITE 450

 



 

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

SUITE 420 LIST OF FURNITURE

 

1 conference table with 12 chairs

1 projector in conference room

14 private offices with desks and overhead storage

2 private offices with partial desks and overhead storage

18 cubicles with desks and overhead storage

2 cubicles with no furnishings

34 task or side chairs

76 files (most are mobile pedestal files)

2 round tables

4 freestanding bookshelves

4 stools

1 refrigerator

1 Spacesaver filing system

 



 

EXHIBIT D

SUITE 450 LIST OF FURNITURE

 

[To be delivered by Sublandlord]

 





Exhibit 10.7

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 



 

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 21, 2011, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

1.1                               Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

 

1.2                               Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

2.                                      LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

 

2.1                               Credit Extensions.

 

(a)                                 Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(b)                                 Advances Under Revolving Line.

 

(i)                                     Amount. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Bank, Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time without penalty or premium prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable.

 

(ii)                                  Form of Request. Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time (12:00 p.m. Pacific time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

 

1



 

(c)                                  Growth Capital Advances.

 

(i)                                     Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Growth Capital Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Growth Capital Advances from the date hereof through the Growth Capital Availability End Date. Each Growth Capital Advance shall be in the minimum amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000). The aggregate outstanding amount of Growth Capital Advances shall not exceed the Growth Capital Line. The proceeds of the Growth Capital Advances shall be used for equipment and consumables purchases.

 

(ii)                                  Interest shall accrue from the date of each Growth Capital Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Growth Capital Advances that are outstanding on Growth Capital Availability End Date shall be payable in twenty-four (24) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, beginning on April 30, 2013, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Growth Capital Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due under this Section 2.1(c), including but not limited to any part of the Final Payment not previously paid, shall be immediately due and payable. Growth Capital Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Except as set forth in Section 2.1(c)(iv) and (v), Borrower may prepay any Growth Capital Advances in whole or in part without penalty or premium.

 

(iii)                               When Borrower desires to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the day on which the Growth Capital Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.

 

(iv)                              Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Growth Capital Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Growth Capital Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to Bank on the date of such prepayment an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Growth Capital Advances plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee (if then due hereunder), plus (D) all other sums, that shall have become due and payable, including Bank Expenses, if any, and interest at the default rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

(v)                                 If the Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Growth Capital Advances plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee (if then due hereunder), plus (iv) all other sums, that shall have become due and payable, including Bank Expenses, if any, and interest at the default rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.2                               Overadvances. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

 

2.3                               Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

 

(a)                                 Interest Rates.

 

(i)                        Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Pricing Addendum.

 

(ii)                                  Growth Capital Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Growth Capital Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a per annum rate, fixed on

 

2



 

the date of funding of each Growth Capital Advance, equal to the greater of (a) six percent (6.00%) and (b) the sum of (I) the three (3) month U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal three (3) Business Days prior to the funding date of such Growth Capital Advance, plus (II) five and seventy one hundredths percent (5.70%).

 

(b)                                 Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within 10 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to five (5) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

 

(c)                                  Payments. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the 1st calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

 

(d)                                 Computation. With respect to Obligations bearing interest at the Prime Rate, in the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

2.4                               Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees (other than late fees) or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

 

2.5                               Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

 

(a)                                 Growth Capital Line Facility Fee. On the Closing Date, a fee on account of the Growth Capital Line equal to Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000), which shall be nonrefundable (receipt of which Bank hereby acknowledges);

 

(b)                                 Revolving Line Facility Fee. On the Closing Date and each anniversary thereof, a fee on account of the Revolving Line equal to Eighteen Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($18,750), which shall be nonrefundable;

 

(c)                                  Unused Facility Fee. Commencing January 1, 2012, a quarterly Unused Facility Fee equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum of the difference between the Revolving Line and the average outstanding principal balance thereunder during the applicable quarter, which fee shall be payable within five (5) days of the last day of each such quarter and shall be nonrefundable;

 

(d)                                 Final Payment. The Final Payment, when due;

 

(e)                                  Prepayment Fee. The Prepayment Fee, if and when due; and

 

3



 

(f)                                   Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

 

2.6                               Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.8, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

3.                                      CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

 

3.1                               Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)                                 this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                  UCC National Form Financing Statement;

 

(d)                                 the Pricing Addendum;

 

(e)                                  agreement to furnish insurance;

 

(f)                                   payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5;

 

(g)                                  current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

 

(h)                                 company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the calendar years 2009 and 2010, for the 9 months ended September 30, 2011, and for most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

(i)                                     current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

 

(j)                                    a Collateral Information Certificate;

 

(k)                                  subject to Section 6.6, securities and/or deposit account control agreements with respect to any accounts permitted hereunder to be maintained outside Bank;

 

(l)                                     an Automatic Debit Authorization; and

 

(m)                             such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

3.2                               Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                 timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

 

4



 

(b)                                 the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

4.                                      CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

 

4.1                      Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property, except in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.

 

4.2                            Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

 

4.3                               Right to Inspect. Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

 

4.5                               Lock Box. Commencing with the period not less than thirty (30) days prior to the initial Advance on the Revolving Line and continuing at all times thereafter until the Revolving Line is terminated and Bank has no further obligation to lend thereunder:

 

5



 

(a)                                 Borrower agrees that the Obligations shall be on a “remittance basis”. Borrower shall at its sole expense establish and maintain (and Bank, at Bank’s option, may establish and maintain at Borrower’s expense):

 

(i)                                     A United States Post Office lock box (the “Lock Box”), to which Bank shall have exclusive access and control. Borrower expressly authorizes Bank, from time to time, to remove the contents from the Lock Box, for disposition in accordance with this Agreement. Borrower agrees to notify all account debtors and other parties obligated to Borrower that all payments made to Borrower (other than payments by electronic funds transfer) shall be remitted, for the credit of Borrower, to the Lock Box, and Borrower shall include a like statement on all invoices; and

 

(ii)                                  A non-interest bearing deposit account with Bank which shall be titled as designated by Bank (the “Dominion of Funds Account”) to which Bank shall have exclusive access and control. Borrower agrees to notify all account debtors and other parties obligated to Borrower that all payments made to Borrower by electronic funds transfer shall be remitted to the Dominion of Funds Account, and Borrower, at Bank’s request, shall include a like statement on all invoices. Borrower shall execute all documents and authorizations as required by Bank to establish and maintain the Lock Box and the Dominion of Funds Account.

 

(b)                                 Borrower shall hold in trust for Bank all amounts that Borrower receives despite the directions to make payments to the Lock Box or Dominion of Funds Account, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit into the Lock Box or Dominion of Funds Account, as applicable.

 

After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all items or amounts remitted to the Lock Box, the Dominion of Funds Account or that Bank has otherwise received shall, in Bank’s sole discretion, be applied to the payment of any Obligations, whether then due or not, in such order or at such time of application as Bank may determine in its sole discretion. Borrower agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any loss or damage which Borrower may suffer as a result of Bank’s processing of items or its exercise of any other rights or remedies under this Agreement, including without limitation indirect, special or consequential damages, loss of revenues or profits, or any claim, demand or action by any third party arising out of or in connection with the processing of items or the exercise of any other rights or remedies under this Agreement. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against all such third party claims, demands or actions, and all related expenses or liabilities, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees except to the extent (but only to the extent) caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

5.                                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1                               Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is an entity duly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2                               Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s organizational documents, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3                               Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral (other than movable items of personal property (such as laptop computers) having an aggregate book value not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000)) is located solely in the

 

6



 

Collateral States. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. No licenses or agreements giving rise to such Eligible Accounts is with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

 

5.4                               Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.5                               Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

 

5.6                               Actions, Suits, Litigation, or Proceedings. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7                               No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.8                               Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,

 

5.9                               Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7



 

5.10                        Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments and except as set forth on the Schedule.

 

5.11                        Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.12                        Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any inbound license or other agreement, the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property,

 

5.13                        Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

6.                                      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1                               Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ organizational existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.2                               Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank (provided that Borrower shall deliver to Bank audited financial statements for 2010 and 2011 not later than October 31,2012); (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vi) as soon as available, but in any event not later than January 31 of each calendar year, Borrower’s financial and business projections and budget for such year, with evidence of approval thereof by

 

8



 

Borrower’s board of directors; and (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(a)                                 Commencing with the period not less than thirty (30) days prior to the initial Advance on the Revolving Line, and within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month prior to the termination of the Revolving Line (and as long as Bank has any commitment to lend thereunder), Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

 

(b)                                 Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

(c)                                  As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(d)                                 Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,

 

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

 

6.3                               Inventory; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made, Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

6.4                               Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

 

6.5                               Insurance.

 

(a)                                 Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

 

9


 

(b)                                 All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least twenty (20) days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

 

6.6                               Accounts. Borrower shall maintain its primary depository, operating and investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (covered by satisfactory control agreements). Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, (i) except as set forth in clause (y), below, close all accounts maintained outside of Bank (or Bank’s Affiliates) (the “Transition Accounts”) and (ii) cause the amounts in the Transition Accounts to be transferred to Borrower’s accounts with Bank (or Bank’s Affiliates, as applicable); provided that (x) Borrower shall not be required to deliver to Bank control agreements with respect to the Transition Accounts as long as the same are closed within said thirty (30) day period; and (y) Borrower shall be permitted to maintain, without control agreements, the SVB Accounts.

 

6.7                               Intentionally Omitted.

 

6.8                               Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                 Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

 

(b)                                 Borrower shall promptly, but not more frequently than quarterly, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

(c)                                  Borrower shall give Bank prompt, but not more frequently than quarterly, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed.

 

(d)                                 Borrower shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.9                               Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any Material Inbound License Agreement, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement,

 

10



 

whether now existing or entered into in the future; provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

6.10                        Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause each such domestic Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the collateral of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto), and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Subsidiary (whether foreign or domestic).

 

6.11                        Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.                                      NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

 

7.1                               Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or subject to Section 6.6 of the Agreement, move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

 

7.2                               Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without ten (10) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without ten (10) days prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

 

7.3                               Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.

 

7.4                               Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

 

7.5                               Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.5 shall not restrict the Company’s ability to collect on unpaid receivables through third party collection services.

 

7.6                               Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock

 

11



 

of former employees, advisors, directors or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, advisors, directors or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, advisors, directors or contractors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

 

7.7                               Investments. Except as provided in Section 6.6, directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

 

7.8                               Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

7.9                               Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 7.9 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall restrict the Convertible Notes (as defined herein) from being exchanged for equity securities of Borrower.

 

7.10                        Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.

 

7.11                        No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

8.                                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

 

8.1                               Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Maturity Date or the Growth Capital Maturity Date, as applicable). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

12



 

8.2                                       Covenant Default.

 

(a)                                 If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Article 6 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, so long as Borrower continues to diligently attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

 

8.3                               Investor Abandonment. If Bank reasonably determines, based on indications from Borrower’s existing investors, that such investors no longer intend to provide capital to Borrower in amounts and at time sufficient to enable Borrower to satisfy its obligations (including, but not limited to, all Obligations owing from Borrower to Bank);

 

8.4                               Defective Perfection. If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report;

 

8.5                               Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

 

8.6                               Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

 

8.7                               Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

8.8                               Subordinated Debt. If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent the payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

 

8.9                               Judgments; Settlements. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or if a settlement or settlements, except to the extent the settled claim(s) is covered by and will be paid by insurance within thirty (30) days of the

 

13



 

effective date of the settlement, is agreed upon for an amount individually or in the aggregate of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); and

 

8.10                        Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

9.                                      BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

 

9.1                               Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

(a)                                 Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)                                 Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

 

(c)                                  Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(d)                                 Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

 

(e)                                  Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

 

(f)                                   Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

 

(g)                                  Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(h)                                 Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever

 

14



 

manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

 

(i)                                     Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

 

(j)                                    Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

 

(k)                                 Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

 

Bank shall comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

9.2                               Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

 

9.3                               Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

9.4                               Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

9.5                               Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

 

15



 

9.6                               No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

 

9.7                               Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

9.8                               Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

10.                               NOTICES.

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or a other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

2686 Middlefield Road, Suite C

 

 

Redwood City, CA 94063

 

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

FAX: (650) 362-1882

 

 

 

With a copy (which shall  not constitute notice) to:

 

John Dietz

 

 

Gunderson Dettmer

 

 

1200 Seaport Drive

 

 

Redwood City, CA 94063

 

 

FAX: (650) 321-2800

 

 

 

If to Bank:

 

Comerica Bank

 

 

M/C 7578

 

 

39200 Six Mile Rd.

 

 

Livonia, MI 48152

 

 

Attn: National Documentation Services

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Comerica Bank

 

 

250 Lytton Avenue, 3rd Floor

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

Attn: Brian G. Demmert, Senior Vice President

 

 

FAX: (650) 462-6049

 

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

16



 

11.                               CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in the State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

12.                               REFERENCE PROVISION.

 

12.1                        In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

 

12.2                        With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

12.3                        The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of selfhelp remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Agreement does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.4                        The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

 

12.5                        The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

12.6                        The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes

 

17



 

relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

12.7                        Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

12.8                        The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

12.9                        If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

12.10                 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

13.                               GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

13.1                        Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

 

13.2                        Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

18



 

13.3                        Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of ail obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

13.4                        Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 

13.5                        Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties; provided that Bank provides prior written notice of such change(s) to Borrower.

 

13.6                        Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

13.7                        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

13.8                        Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

 

13.9                        Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) to Bank’s accountants, auditors and regulators, and (vi) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

19


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Sheena

 

Name:

J. Sheena

 

Title:

CTO

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Demmert

 

Name:

Brian Demmert

 

Title:

SVP

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

 

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

 

“Borrower State” means Delaware, the state under whose laws Borrower is organized.

 

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

 

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

 

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

 

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

 

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur in connection with the sale of the Company’s securities in a bona fide equity financing.

 

“Chief Executive Office State” means California, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a

 

1



 

security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote; provided that in no case shall the definition of “Collateral” exclude any Accounts, proceeds of the disposition of any property, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment.

 

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which are California and New York.

 

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

“Credit Extension” means each Advance, Growth Capital Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

 

“Eligible Accounts” means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall mean Borrower’s net trade Accounts receivable aged less than One Hundred Twenty (120) days from invoice date, other than (i) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States; and (ii) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States.

 

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

 

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

 

“Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due and payable to Bank on the earliest to occur of (a) the Growth Capital Maturity Date, or

 

2



 

(b) the acceleration of the Growth Capital Advances, or (c) the prepayment of the Growth Capital Advances pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(iv), equal to two percent (2.00%) of the Growth Capital Line.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Growth Capital Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Growth Capital Line.

 

“Growth Capital Availability End Date” means March 31, 2013.

 

“Growth Capital Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

 

“Growth Capital Maturity Date” means March 31, 2015.

 

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, if any. For the avoidance of doubt, “Indebtedness” does not include deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business from the pre-billing of Accounts.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)                                 Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)                                 Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held, other than in-licensed standard, generally commercially available, “off the shelf” third party software products that are not and will not be a part of any product, service or intellectual property of Borrower;

 

(c)                                  Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(d)                                 Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

(e)                                  All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

 

(f)                                   All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

 

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

 

3



 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material adverse change in Borrower’s business or financial condition taken as a whole (including without limitation, evidence of a lack of investor support and/or Borrower’s inability to attract sufficient additional equity financing from its investors), or (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations or in otherwise performing Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral.

 

“Material Inbound License Agreement” means an inbound license or other agreement, other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, where the total non-cancellable minimum license fee (or other monetary obligations of Borrower) under such agreement exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any calendar year.

 

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, the Final Payment, the Prepayment Fee and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

 

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

(a)                                 Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(b)                                 Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(c)                                  Indebtedness not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(d)                                 Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)                                  Indebtedness to trade creditors, employees (consisting of regular employment compensation, but which may include paid time-off, bonuses and commissions), landlords (consisting of regular lease payments and security deposits under real estate rental agreements) and licensors (consisting of royalties payable under inbound licenses); in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that licensors of Material Inbound License Agreements shall not be considered to be licensors “in the ordinary course of business” (and hence any Indebtedness thereto shall not be considered permitted under this clause (e)); and

 

4



 

(f)                                   Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

“Permitted Investment” means:

 

(a)                                 Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(b)                                 (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts;

 

(c)                                  Repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed, (x) Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) from the Closing Date through the first anniversary thereof; (y) Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) from the second anniversary of the Closing Date through the third anniversary thereof; and (z) Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000) from and after the third anniversary of the Closing Date; in each case of (x), (y) and (z), provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

 

(d)                                 Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

(e)                                  Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(f)                                   Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(g)                                  Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(h)                                 Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

(i)                                     Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

 

(a)                                 Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

5



 

(b)                                 Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

 

(c)                                  Liens not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

(d)                                 Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase; and

 

(e)                                  Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments); and

 

(f)                                   Subject to Section 6.6, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secured standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts.

 

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

(a)                                 Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                 Non-exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property, in the ordinary course of business; and licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property that are approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and which may be exclusive in certain respects but could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property;

 

(c)                                  Worn-out or obsolete Equipment; or

 

(d)                                 Other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

 

“Prepayment Fee” means with respect to the Growth Capital Advances subject to prepayment prior to the Growth Capital Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to Bank in amount equal to:

 

(i)            for a prepayment made on or after the Closing Date through and including the first anniversary thereof, three percent (3.00%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Advances prepaid;

 

(ii)           for a prepayment made on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date through and including the second anniversary thereof, two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Advances prepaid;

 

6



 

(iii)          for a prepayment made on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date through and including the third anniversary thereof, one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Advances prepaid; and

 

(iv)          for a prepayment made thereafter, no Prepayment Fee shall be applicable.

 

“Pricing Addendum” means the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit F, signed by Borrower and Bank and dated as of the Closing Date.

 

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

 

“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

 

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

 

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).

 

“Revolving Maturity Date” means December 31, 2013.

 

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

 

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank); provided that those certain Convertible Promissory Notes issued by Borrower to certain of its investors (in connection with Borrower’s proposed “Series C” and “Series D” equity issuances), in the original principal amount of approximately Thirty Two Million Dollars ($32,000,000) (the “Convertible Notes”) shall constitute Subordinated Debt hereunder, but shall not be subject to a subordination agreement in favor of Bank unless the Convertible Notes do not convert to equity securities of Borrower, in accordance with the terms set forth in the documents evidencing the same, by December 31, 2012.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

“SVB Accounts” means the following accounts maintained by Borrower with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”): (i) that certain money market account numbered 3300712583, used to secure a Forty Thousand Dollar ($40,000) credit card facility issued by SVB to Borrower; and (ii) that certain Certificate of Deposit numbered 8800063224, used to secure a letter of credit in the amount of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), issued for the benefit of Borrower’s landlord.

 

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

7



 

DEBTOR

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

COMERICA BANK

 

EXHIBIT B

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

All personal property of Debtor of every kind, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including but not limited to: (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names and service names and registrations or applications therefor and goodwill associated therewith, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of November 21, 2011, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT C

 

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M., P.S.T.

DEADLINE FOR EQUIPMENT ADVANCES IS 3:00 P.M., P.S.T.**

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1:30 P.M., P.S.T.

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., P.S.T.

**Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

To: Loan Analysis

DATE:

 

   TIME:

 

FAX #: (650) 462-6061

 

 

 

FROM:

 

 

TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):

 

Borrower’s Name

 

 

FROM:

 

 

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.

 

Authorized Signer’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FROM:

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature (Borrower)

 

 

Authorized Request & Phone #

 

 

 

 

 

PHONE #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received by (Bank) & Phone #

FROM ACCOUNT #:

 

 

 

 

(please include Note number, if applicable)

 

 

 

TO ACCOUNT #:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature (Bank)

(please include Note number, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT

 

For Bank Use Only

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVANCE)

$

 

Date Rec’d:

 

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)

$

 

Time:

 

 

 

 

 

Comp. Status:

YES

NO

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:

 

 

Status Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Time:

 

 

 

 

 

Approval:

 

 

 

 

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate,; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE)              YES        NO

 

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

Fed Reference Number

Bank Transfer Number

 

 

 

 

The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

*Beneficiary Name

 

 

 

*Beneficiary Account Number

 

 

 

*Beneficiary Address

 

 

 

Currency Type

 

US DOLLARS ONLY

 

*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)

 

 

 

*Receiving Institution Name

 

 

 

*Receiving Institution Address

 

 

 

*Wire Amount

$

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower: GENE

 

Bank:

 

Comerica Bank

SECURITY

 

 

 

 

NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Commitment Amount: $2,500,000$

 

 

 

Loan Analysis Department

 

 

 

 

250 Lytton Avenue

 

 

 

 

3rd Floor, MC 4240

 

 

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

 

 

Phone: (650) 462-6060

 

 

 

 

Fax: (650) 462-6061

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

1.   Accounts Receivable Book Value as of

 

 

 

 

 

2.   Additions (please explain on reverse)

 

 

 

$

1,170,000

 

3.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AS OF 9/30/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

 

 

 

 

4.   Amounts over 120 days (90 Days)

 

$

121,000

 

 

 

5.   Governmental Accounts

 

$

0

 

 

 

6.   Foreign Accounts

 

$

0

 

 

 

7.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

 

 

 

$

121,000

 

8.   Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #7)

 

$

1,049,000

 

 

 

9.   LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE(70% of #8)

 

 

 

$

734,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

10. Maximum Loan Amount

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

 

11. Total Funds Available (Lesser of #9 or #10)

 

 

 

$

734,300

 

12. Outstanding under Sublimits ()

 

 

 

$

0

 

13. Present balance owing on Line of Credit

 

 

 

$

0

 

14. Reserve Position (#11 minus #12 and #13)

 

 

 

$

734,300

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

 

Comments:

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

Rec’d By:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Reviewed By:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:

Comerica Bank

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

 

Loan Analysis Department

 

Five Palo Alto Square, Suite 800

 

3000 EI Camino Real

 

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

Phone: (650) 846-6820

 

Fax: (650) 462-6061

 

FROM: GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

The undersigned authorized Officer of GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i)Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending 9/30/2011 with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) (except for normal year-end audit adjustments and omission of footnotes) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

COMPLIES

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S

 

Annually, within 180 days of FYE*

 

YES

 

NO

Borrowing Base Cert., A/R & A/P Agings

 

Monthly, within 20 days

 

YES

 

NO

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

 

By 1/31

 

YES

 

NO

Audit

 

Initial and Semi-annual

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If Public:

 

 

 

 

 

 

10-Q

 

Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)

 

YES

 

NO

10-K

 

Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments

 

Amount: $ 6,169,000

 

YES

 

NO

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

 

Amount: $ TBO

 

YES

 

NO

 


* provided that Borrower’s audited financial statements for 2010 and 2011 shall be delivered no later than 10/31/2012.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

DESCRIPTION

 

APPLICABLE

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

 

Notify promptly upon notice         

 

YES

 

NO

Inventory Disputes > $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

 

Notify promptly upon notice         

 

YES

 

NO

Mergers & Acquisitions > $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

 

Notify promptly upon notice         

 

YES

 

NO

Cross default with other agreements

 

Notify promptly upon notice         

 

YES

 

NO

> $100,000 (Sect. 8.7)

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Judgment > $100,000 (Sect. 8.9)

 

Notify promptly upon notice         

 

YES

 

NO

 



 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Investments for stock repurchase

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Investments for subsidiaries

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Investments for employee loans

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

Permitted Transfers

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

 

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan sheena

 

 

 

 

Title:

CTO

 

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

Pricing Addendum

 



 

Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

 

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

 

Copy of Resolutions:

 

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1.              Any one (1) of the following CEO, CTO, CFO, Secretary, V.P. Finance (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

(a)         Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, from time to time, in an unlimited amount.

 

(b)         Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

(c)          Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

(d)         Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation;

 

(e)          Issue a warrant or warrants to purchase the Corporation’s capital stock; and

 

(f)           Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, ,and any and all amendments or modifications thereto, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2.              Said Bank is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

3.              Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4.              These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

5.              Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.

 

6.              The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

 

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified.

 

1


 

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

 

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

Jonathan Sheena

 

CTO

 

/s/ Jonathan Sheena

Brad Roberts

 

VP Finance

 

/s/ Brad Roberts

Daniel Rabinowitz

 

Secretary

 

/s/ Daniel Rabinowitz

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

President & CEO

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on 11/23/11.

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Secretary

 

***

 

The Above Statements are Correct.

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

 

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.

 

2



 

COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

 

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Revolver)

 

Name(s): GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

Date: November 21, 2011

 

$2,500,000

credited to deposit account No. 1894552460 when Advances are requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

 

 

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

 

 

$

to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

to

$

to

$

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

 

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Signature

Signature

 

1



 

COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

 

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Revolver)

 

Name(s): GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

Date: November 21, 2011

 

$2,500,000

credited to deposit account No. 1894552460 when Advances are requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

 

 

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

 

 

$

to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

to                    

$

to                    

$

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

 

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

Signature

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

Signature

 

1



 

COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

 

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Growth Capital)

 

Name(s): GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

Date: November 21, 2011

 

$3,000,000

credited to deposit account No. 1894552460 when Growth Capital Advances are requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

 

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

 

$

to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

to                     

$

to                     

$

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

 

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

2



 

COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

 

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Growth Capital)

 

Name(s): GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

Date: November 21, 2011

 

$3,000,000

credited to deposit account No. 1894552460 when Growth Capital Advances are requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

 

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

 

$

to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

to                     

$

to                     

$

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

 

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

2



 

 

Agreement to Furnish Insurance to Loan and Security Agreement

 

(Herein called “Bank”)

 

Borrower(s): GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

I understand that the Security Agreement or Deed of Trust which I executed in connection with this transaction requires me to provide a physical damage insurance policy including a Lenders Loss Payable Endorsement in favor of the Bank as shown below, within ten (10) days from the date of this agreement.

 

The following minimum insurance must be provided according to the terms of the security documents.

 

o AUTOMOBILES, TRUCKS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES PROPERTY

x MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT: MISCELLANEOUS PERSONAL

Comprehensive & Colliusion

Fire & Extended Coverage

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

 

o Breach of Warranty Endorsement

o BOATS

 

All Risk Hull Insurance

o AIRCRAFT

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

All Risk Ground & Flight Insurance

o Breach of Warranty Endorsement

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

 

o Breach of Warranty Endorsement

 

 

o MOBILE HOMES

o REAL PROPERTY

Fire, Theft & Combined Additional Coverage

Fire & Extended Coverage

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

o Earthquake

o  All Risk Coverage

 

o  Special Form Risk Coverage

 

o  

x INVENTORY

o  Earthquake

 

o  Other                                                      

 

o Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

I may obtain the required insurance from any company that is acceptable to the Bank, and will deliver proof of such coverage with an effective date of November 21, 2011 or earlier.

 

I understand and agree that if I fail to deliver proof of insurance to the Bank at the address below, or upon the lapse or cancellation of such insurance, the Bank may procure Lender’s Single Interest Insurance or other similar coverage on the property. If the Bank procures insurance to protect its interest in the property described in the security documents, the cost for the insurance will be added to my indebtedness as provided in the security documents. Lender’s Single Interest Insurance shall cover only the Bank’s interest as a secured party, and shall become effective at the earlier of the funding date of this transaction or the date my insurance was canceled or expired. I UNDERSTAND THAT LENDER’S SINGLE INTEREST INSURANCE WILL PROVIDE ME WITH ONLY LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE COLLATERAL, UP TO THE BALANCE OF THE LOAN, HOWEVER, MY EQUITY IN THE PROPERTY WILL NOT BE INSURED. FURTHER, THE INSURANCE WILL NOT PROVIDE MINIMUM PUBLIC LIABILITY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE INDEMNIFICATION AND DOES NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY LAW.

 

CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 2955.5. HAZARD INSURANCE DISCLOSURE: No lender shall require a borrower, as a condition of receiving or maintaining a loan secured by real property, to provide hazard insurance coverage against risks to the improvements on that real property in an amount exceeding the replacement value of the improvements on the property.

 

 

Bank Address for Insurance Documents:

 

 

 

Comerica Bank – Collateral Operations, Mail Code 6514

 

1508 W. Mockingbird Lane

 

Dallas, Texas 75235

 

1


 

I acknowledge having read the provisions of this agreement, and agree to its terms. I authorize the Bank to provide to any person (including any insurance agent or company) any information necessary to obtain the insurance coverage required.

 

 

OWNER(S) OF COLLATERAL:

 

DATED: November 21, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSURANCE VERIFICATION

 

 

 

Date

 

Phone

Agents Name

 

Person Talked To

Agents Address

 

Insurance Company

 

Policy Number(s)

 

Effective Dates: From

To:

Deductible $

Comments:

 

2



 

COMERICA BANK

AUTOMATIC DEBIT AUTHORIZATION

Member FDIC

 

To: Comerica Bank

 

Re: Loan #                                

 

You are hereby authorized and instructed to charge account No. 1894552460 in the name of GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. for principal, interest and other payments due on above referenced loan as set forth below and credit the loan referenced above.

 

x                                    Debit each interest payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

x                                    Debit each principal payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

x                                    Debit each payment for Bank Expenses as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

This Authorization is to remain in full force and effect until revoked in writing.

 

Borrower Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

November 21, 2011

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

November 21, 2011

 


 

USA PATRIOT ACT

 

NOTICE

OF

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT

 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

 

WHAT THIS MEANS FOR YOU: when you open an account, we will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents.

 

2



 

DEBTOR                                                                                                                                         GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

SECURED PARTY:                                                                                COMERICA BANK

 

EXHIBIT A to UCC Financing Statement

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO UCC NATIONAL FINANCING FORM

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

All personal property of Debtor of every kind, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including but not limited to: (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names and service names and registrations or applications therefor and goodwill associated therewith, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of November 21, 2011, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 



 

Prime Referenced Rate Addendum To

Loan and Security Agreement

 

This Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of November 21, 2011, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and Gene Security Network, Inc. (“Borrower”). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, collectively, the “Agreement”).

 

1.                                      Definitions. As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings. Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

a.                                      “Applicable Margin” means one and three quarters percent (1.75%) per annum.

 

b.                                      “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

 

c.                                       “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

(1)                                 for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;

 

divided by

 

(2)                                 1.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

 

d.                                      “LIBOR Lending Office” means Bank’s office located in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies, or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Borrower.

 

e.                                       “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

 

e.                                       “Prime Referenced Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate in effect on such day, but in no event and at no time shall the Prime Referenced Rate be less than the sum of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day plus two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum. If, at any time, Bank determines that it is unable to determine or ascertain

 

1



 

the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for any day, the Prime Referenced Rate for each such day shall be the Prime Rate in effect at such time, but not less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

 

2.                                      Interest Rate. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

3.                                      Payment of Interest. Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Advances under the Revolving Line, and any related Obligations outstanding under the Agreement, shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the first day of each month, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration, or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum. Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the applicable interest rate as a result of any change in the Prime Referenced Rate on the date of each such change.

 

4.                                      Bank’s Records. The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

5.                                      Default Interest Rate. From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at a per annum rate of five percent (5%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement. In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

6.                                      Prepayment. Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty. Any prepayment hereunder shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under the Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

7.                                      Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate.

 

a.                                      If the adoption after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof: (a) shall subject Bank to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Obligations under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office or LIBOR Lending Office is located); or (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank, or shall impose on Bank or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the Obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Obligations hereunder or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower=s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

2



 

b.                                      In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations hereunder, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations hereunder. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to the undersigned, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

 

8.                                      Legal Effect. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

9.                                      Conflicts. As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Demmert

 

By:

/s/ J. Sheena

Name:

Brian Demmert

 

Name:

J. Sheena

Title:

SVP

 

Title:

CTO

 

3



 

b.                                      In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations hereunder, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations hereunder. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to the undersigned, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

 

8.                                      Legal Effect. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

9.                                      Conflicts. As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Sheena

Name:

 

 

Name:

J. Sheena

Title:

 

 

Title:

CTO

 

3



 

b.                                      In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations hereunder, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations hereunder. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to the undersigned, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

 

8.                                      Legal Effect. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

9.                                      Conflicts. As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

Name:

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

Title:

 

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

3



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of January 27, 2012, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and NATERA, INC. (f/k/a GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.) (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      All references in the Loan Documents to “GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.” shall hereafter mean and refer to “NATERA, INC.”

 

2.                                      Bank hereby consents to GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. changing its name to NATERA, INC.

 

3.                                      No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

4.                                      Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

5.                                      Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.                                      As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)                                         this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

(b)                                         a Certificate of the Secretary of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

 

(c)                                          a Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Gene Security Network, Inc., dated December 29, 2011, filed with and certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

 

(d)                                         a National UCC Financing Statement Amendment;

 

1



 

(e)                                          all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 

(f)                                           such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

7.                                      This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP Finance

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Demmert

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


 

Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

 

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of NATERA, INC. and that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

 

Copy of Resolutions:

 

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1.              Any one (1) of the following CEO, CTO, COO, VP of Finance or Secretary (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

(a)         Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, from time to time, in an unlimited amount, including, without limitation, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011, as may subsequently be amended from time to time, including, without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 27, 2012.

 

(b)         Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

(c)          Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

(d)         Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation;

 

(e)          Issue a warrant or warrants to purchase the Corporation’s capital stock; and

 

(f)           Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, ,and any and all amendments or modifications thereto, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2.              Said Bank is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

3.              Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4.              These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

1



 

5.              Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.

 

6.              The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

 

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified.

 

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

 

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

CEO

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

Jonathan Sheena

 

CTO

 

/s/ Jonathan Sheena

Brad Roberts

 

VP Finance

 

/s/ Brad Roberts

Daniel Rabinowitz

 

Secy and General Counsel

 

/s/ Daniel Rabinowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on January 27, 2012.

 

 

/s/ [Illegible]

 

Secretary

 

***

 

The Above Statements are Correct.

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

 

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.

 

2



 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of May 31, 2012, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and NATERA, INC. (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011 (as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 27, 2012, collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                    Section 6.6 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.6                         Accounts. Borrower shall maintain its primary depository, operating and investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (covered by satisfactory control agreements); provided that Borrower shall be permitted to maintain, without control agreements, the SVB Accounts.

 

6.6.1                     Medicare/Medical Accounts. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall cause all Medicare and Medical payments owing to Borrower to be wire transferred or sent via ACH directly to Borrower’s operating account held at Bank (the “Blocked Account”). Bank hereby disclaims any right or interest (including any security interest or right of off set (or set-off)) in or to such Blocked Account. If at any time, such payments are no longer wire transferred or sent via ACH directly to the Blocked Account, Borrower shall cause all Medicare and/or Medical payments to be mailed or delivered to a post office box designated by Bank, and Borrower shall enter into a lockbox agreement with Bank on Bank’s standard form with respect to such payments. No other amounts shall be directed or remitted, by or for the benefit of Borrower, to the Blocked Account. All items or amounts which are remitted to the Blocked Account shall, on a daily basis, be swept to Borrower’s primary operating account held at Bank (the “Operating Account”), and Borrower shall cause all payments other than those directed or remitted to the Blocked Account, to be directed or remitted to such Operating Account.”

 

2.                                      No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

3.                                      Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

1



 

4.                                      Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

5.                                      As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)                 this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

(b)                 all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 

(c)                  such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

6.                                      This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO & VP Finance

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of January 28, 2013, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and NATERA, INC. (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011 (as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 27, 2012 and that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 31, 2012, collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                            The following defined term set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank); provided that those certain Convertible Promissory Notes issued by Borrower to certain of its investors (each, an “Investor”) (in connection with Borrower’s “Series C”, “Series D” and proposed “Series E” equity issuances), in the original principal amount of approximately Fifty Four Million Dollars ($54,000,000) in the aggregate (the “Convertible Notes”) shall constitute Subordinated Debt hereunder, but shall not be subject to a subordination agreement, or subordination agreements, in favor of Bank so long as there are no Credit Extensions outstanding under this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall not request, and Bank shall not make, any Credit Extensions under this Agreement until such time that each Investor has executed a subordination agreement in favor of Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which subordination agreement(s) shall be effective from the effective date of such subordination agreement(s) through (x) the termination of this Agreement and repayment of the Obligations in full in cash or (y) the conversion of the applicable Convertible Note to equity securities of Borrower, in accordance with the terms set forth in the documents evidencing the same, regardless of whether or not any Credit Extension are outstanding under this Agreement).

 

2.                            No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

3.                            Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

4.                            Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

1



 

5.                            As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)         this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

(b)         all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 

(c)          such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

6.                            This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

 

 

Title:

COO VP Finance

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of April 18, 2013, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and NATERA, INC. (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 21, 2011 (as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 27, 2012, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 31, 2012 and that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 28, 2013, collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                            Section 2.1 (b) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(b)                                     Equipment Advances.

 

(i)                                     Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Equipment Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Equipment Advances at any time during the Draw Period, provided that the initial Equipment Advance shall not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) (the “Initial Equipment Advance”). The aggregate outstanding amount of Equipment Advances shall not exceed the Equipment Line. Each Equipment Advance shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the invoice amount of equipment and software listed in that certain Machinery and Equipment 2013 Projection delivered to Bank on or about the Closing Date (which Borrower shall, in any case, have purchased, (i) with respect to the Initial Equipment Advance, within one hundred eighty (180) days and (ii) with respect to all subsequent Equipment Advances, within ninety (90) days, of the date of the corresponding Equipment Advance), excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Each Equipment Advance must be in an amount equal to the lesser of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line.

 

(ii)                                  Interest shall accrue from the date of each Equipment Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding on June 30, 2013 shall be payable in twenty seven (27) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on July 1, 2013, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date. Any Equipment Advances made by Bank after June 30, 2013 shall immediately amortize and be payable in equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on the first (1st) day of the month immediately following such Equipment Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Equipment Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Equipment Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, Borrower may prepay the Equipment Advances prior to the Equipment Maturity Date, provided that on the date of such prepayment Borrower shall, (i) prepay all but not less than all of the Equipment Advances and (ii) in connection with such prepayment, pay to the Bank to the Prepayment Fee, if applicable.

 

(iii)                               When Borrower desires to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower shall

 



 

notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.”

 

2.                            Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)                                      Intentionally Omitted.”

 

3.                            Section 2.2 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“2.2                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

4.                            Section 2.3 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“2.3                                   Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

 

(a)                                 Interest Rate. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Pricing Addendum.”

 

5.                            Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)                                      Payments. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first (1st) calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Equipment Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.”

 

6.                            Section 2.5 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“2.5                                   Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

 

(a)                                 Prepayment Fee. The Prepayment Fee, if and when due; and

 

(b)                                 Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.”

 

7.                            New Section 3.3 hereby is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

“3.3                                   Post-Closing Condition. Upon the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Bank shall have

 



 

received the IP Security Agreement.”

 

8.                            Section 4.1 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“4.1                                   Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.”

 

9.                            Section 4.5 of the Agreement (including the paragraph immediately before Section 5) hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“4.5                                   Intentionally Omitted

 

10.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 5.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“5.4                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

11.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 5.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“5.4                                   Intellectual Property Collateral. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than five percent (5%) of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.”

 

12.                     Section 6.2(ii) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank (provided that Borrower shall deliver to Bank audited financial statements for its 2012 fiscal year not later than August 31, 2013);”

 

13.                     Section 6.2(iv) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 



 

“(iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more;”

 

14.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.2(a) of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(a) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B, and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.”

 

15.                     The last paragraph of Section 6.2 hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.”

 

16.                     New Section 6.2(e) hereby is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

“(e)                                      Immediately upon the occurrence thereof, notice of any change to the Minimum Liquidity covenant set forth in Section 8.4 of the OrbiMed Credit Agreement.”

 

17.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.3 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.3                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

18.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, 6.3 hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.3                                   Inventory; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).”

 

19.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, the last two sentences of Section 6.5(b) hereby are amended and restated in their entireties to read as follows:

 



 

“If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that if the property subject to the claim was Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which the Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds in respect of Collateral payable under any casualty policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

 

20.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, the last two sentences of Section 6.5(b) hereby are amended and restated in their entireties to read as follows:

 

“If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.”

 

21.                     Section 6.6 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.6                                   Accounts. Subject to the terms and conditions of any control agreements executed by Bank in favor of OrbiMed, Borrower shall maintain its primary depository, operating and investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (provided that, after the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, accounts with Bank’s Affiliates shall be covered by satisfactory control agreements in favor of Bank).”

 

22.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.7                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

23.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.7                                   Minimum Cash at Bank. Borrower shall at all times maintain a balance of unrestricted Cash at Bank of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).”

 

24.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.8                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

25.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.8                                   Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                 Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

 



 

(b)                                 Borrower shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

(c)                                  Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

 

(d)                                 Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(e)                                  Borrower shall use commercially reasonably efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(f)                                   Bank may audit Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.8, provided such audit may not occur more often than twice per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days’ notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8.”

 

26.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.9                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

27.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 6.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“6.9                                   Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any Material Inbound License Agreement, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future; provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a

 



 

default under this Agreement.”

 

28.                     Section 6.10 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.10                            Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause each such domestic Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, at all times after the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Borrower shall grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the collateral of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit B-2) and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Subsidiary (whether foreign or domestic).”

 

29.                     Section 7.3 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.3                                   Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.”

 

30.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.4                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

31.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.4                                   Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.”

 

32.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.5 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.5                                   Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any Collateral, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person, other than pursuant to the OrbiMed Loan Documents or any Refinancing thereof, that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.5 shall not restrict the Company’s ability to collect on unpaid receivables through third party collection services.”

 

33.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.5 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 



 

“7.5                                   Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person, that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.5 shall not restrict the Company’s ability to collect on unpaid receivables through third party collection services.”

 

34.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.6 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.6                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

35.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.6 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.6                                   Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees, advisors, directors or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, advisors, directors or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, advisors, directors or contractors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.”

 

36.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.7                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

37.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.7                                   Investments. Except as provided in Section 6.6, directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.”

 

38.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.8                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 

39.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.8 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.8                                   Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary

 



 

course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.”

 

40.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.10 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.10                            Equipment. Store the Equipment pledged as Collateral with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of the Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgement from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Equipment pledged as Collateral for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Equipment pledged as Collateral. Borrower shall keep the Equipment pledged as Collateral only at the location set forth in the Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest in such Collateral.”

 

41.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 7.10 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“7.10                            Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.”

 

42.                     Section 8.1 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“8.1                                   Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Equipment Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);”

 

43.                     Section 8.7 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“8.7                                   Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in (i) any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the OrbiMed Loan Documents;”

 

44.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 8.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“8.9                                   Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount,

 



 

individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); and”

 

45.                     Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 8.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“8.9                                   Judgments; Settlements. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or if a settlement or settlements, except to the extent the settled claim(s) is covered by and will be paid by insurance within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the settlement, is agreed upon for an amount individually or in the aggregate of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); and”

 

46.                     Section 9.2 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“9.2                                   Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (but only with respect to clauses (d), (e) (solely to the extent affecting insurance covering the Collateral and not affecting any insurance coverage for other assets) and (h) below prior to the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date), Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.”

 

47.                     Until the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 9.3 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“9.3                                   Intentionally Omitted.”

 


 

48.          Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, Section 9.3 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“9.3        “Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.”

 

49.          Section 9.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“9.4        Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Equipment Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.”

 

50.          The address for notices to Borrower set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“NATERA, INC., 201 Industrial Road, #410, San Carlos, CA 94070, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, FAX: (650) 362-9574.”

 

51.          The following defined terms set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby are added, or amended and restated, as follows:

 

“Collateral” means, (i) at all times prior to the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, the property described on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and (ii) upon the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, and at all times thereafter, the property described on Exhibit B-2 and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-2, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote; provided that in no case shall the definition of “Collateral”, as defined upon and after the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, exclude any Accounts, proceeds of the disposition of any property, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment.

 

“Credit Extension” means each Equipment Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

 



 

“Draw Period” means the period of time from the Fourth Amendment Closing Date through December 31, 2013; provided, however, that if on December 31, 2013, Borrower’s cash balance is at least eighty five percent (85%) of Borrower’s projected cash balance as of such date (as set forth in Borrower’s financial projections delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(vi)), the “Draw Period” shall mean the period of time from the Closing Date through June 30, 2014.

 

“Equipment Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Line.

 

“Equipment Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

 

“Equipment Maturity Date” means September 30, 2015.

 

“Equity Event” means the receipt by Borrower on or after February 20, 2013 of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) in net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Bank and the incurrence of debt from OrbiMed pursuant to the OrbiMed Loan Documents, in each case, on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Bank.

 

“Fourth Amendment Closing Date” means April 18, 2013.

 

“IP Security Agreement” means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, dated as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date.

 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the IP Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

 

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, the Final Payment, the Prepayment Fee and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding.

 

“OrbiMed” means collectively, ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.À.R.L., and their successors and assigns,

 

“OrbiMed Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement executed by and between OrbiMed and Bank, and acknowledged and agreed to by Borrower, dated as of the Fourth Amendment Closing Date.

 

“OrbiMed Loan Documents” means (i) that certain Credit Agreement (the “OrbiMed Credit Agreement”), that certain Royalty Agreement, that certain Patent Security Agreement, that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, that certain Copyright Security Agreement and that certain Trademark Security Agreement, in each case, by and between Borrower, a subsidiary of Borrower, if applicable, and OrbiMed, dated as of the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, and all instruments and agreements executed and or delivered in connection therewith or (ii) the Replacement Loan Documents.

 

“OrbiMed Satisfaction Date” means the date that all obligations owing from Borrower to OrbiMed and all Replacement Lenders, pursuant to the OrbiMed Loan Documents, are satisfied in full.

 

“Prepayment Fee” is one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Equipment

 



 

Advances prepaid with respect to a prepayment made on or after the Closing Date through the second anniversary thereof.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any obligations (including Indebtedness), to refinance, extend, renew, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other obligations in exchange or replacement for, such obligations.

 

“Replacement Lender” means any future lender under the Replacement Loan Documents.

 

“Replacement Loan Documents” means any future credit agreement, note, loan or similar agreement(s) or instruments, by and between Borrower and Replacement Lender, pursuant to which Replacement Lender shall Refinance all then-existing Indebtedness and other obligations owing from Borrower to OrbiMed or a Replacement Lender pursuant to the OrbiMed Loan Documents or any Replacement Loan Documents, and all other present and future documents, instruments and agreements relating thereto, including any Refinancing that may increase the principal amount of such Indebtedness and obligations, extend the maturity date therefor or otherwise impose different terms on the Borrower.

 

52.          Clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)         Liens not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

 

53.          New clause (g) hereby is added to the defined term “Permitted Liens” as follows:

 

“(g)         Liens in favor of OrbiMed or any Replacement Lender securing Indebtedness and other obligations owing to OrbiMed or any Replacement Lender pursuant to the OrbiMed Loan Documents, subject to the terms and conditions of the OrbiMed Intercreditor Agreement.”

 

54.          Clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Transfer” set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)         Worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Equipment Advances; or”

 

55.          Effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date, the following defined term hereby replaces the defined term “Intellectual Property” set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement:

 

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)           Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)           Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(c)           Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter

 



 

existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(d)           Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

(e)           All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

 

(f)            All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

 

(g)           All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

56.          The following defined terms set forth in Exhibit A hereby are deleted from the Agreement in their entireties:

 

“Advances”, “Borrowing Base”, “Final Payment”, “Growth Capital Advance(s)”, “Growth Capital Availability End Date”, “Growth Capital Line”, “Growth Capital Maturity Date”, “Revolving Maturity Date”, “Revolving Line”

 

57.          Exhibit B of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit B-1 attached hereto, and Exhibit B-2 attached hereto shall replace Exhibit B-1 if and when the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date occurs.

 

58.          Exhibit C of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

59.          Exhibit D of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

60.          Exhibit E of the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit E attached hereto.

 

61.          Section 1(a) of Exhibit F (Pricing Addendum) hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“a.           “Applicable Margin” means four and ten one hundredths of one percent (4.10%) per annum.”

 

62.          New Exhibit G hereby is added to the Agreement in form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

 

63.          No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

64.          Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not

 



 

operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

65.         Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

66.          As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Borrower shall have consummated the Equity Event, and Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)           this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

(b)           updated Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

(c)           a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for Borrower’s San Carlos, CA location by the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

(d)           the OrbiMed Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(e)           a UCC-3 Amendment;

 

(f)            a commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), receipt of which hereby is acknowledged;

 

(g)           certain fees due and owing under the Agreement as in effect prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, including (i) a fee on account of the Revolving Line (as defined prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date) equal to Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Five Dollars ($9,375) and (ii) quarterly Unused Facility Fees (as defined prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date) incurred from January 1, 2012 through the Fourth Amendment Closing Date equal to Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Twelve and 50/100 Dollars (7,812.50), which, in each case, may be debited from an of Borrower’s accounts at Bank;

 

(h)           all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 

(i)            such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

67.          This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]



 

DEBTOR                                              NATERA, INC.

 

SECURED PARTY:                           COMERICA BANK

 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY

AGREEMENT

 

All the following property of Debtor (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”):

 

all (i) equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto) financed on or after April 18, 2013 by Secured Party pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor and Secured Party dated as of November 21, 2011 (as amended from time to time) and (ii) equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto) listed on Annex 1 attached hereto, in each case of (i) and (ii), wherever located; and

 

any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 


 

Annex 1

 

Vendor

 

Description

 

Purchase Date

 

Original Purchase Cost

 

April 1, 2013 Net Asset Value

 

PO #

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Grand Total

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 


 

DEBTOR

NATERA, INC.

 

SECURED PARTY:

COMERICA BANK

 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)                                 all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)                                 all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

(c)                                  all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

(d)                                 all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(e)                                  any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M., P.S.T.

DEADLINE FOR EQUIPMENT ADVANCES IS 3:00 P.M., P.S.T.**

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1:30 P.M., P.S.T.

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., P.S.T.

**Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

 

To: Loan Analysis

DATE:

 

   TIME:

 

FAX #: (650) 462-6061

 

 

 

FROM:

NATERA, INC.

 

TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):

 

Borrower’s Name

 

 

FROM:

 

 

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.

 

Authorized Signer’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FROM:

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature (Borrower)

 

 

Authorized Request & Phone #

 

 

 

 

 

PHONE #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received by (Bank) & Phone #

FROM ACCOUNT #:

 

 

 

 

(please include Note number, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO ACCOUNT #:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature (Bank)

(please include Note number, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT

 

For Bank Use Only

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL INCREASE’ (ADVANCE)

$

 

Date Rec’d:

 

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)

$

 

Time:

 

 

 

 

 

Comp. Status:

YES

NO

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:

 

 

Status Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Time:

 

 

 

 

 

Approval:

 

 

 

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate, including without limitation the representation that Borrower has paid for and owns the equipment financed by the Bank; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE)              YES        NO

 

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

Fed Reference Number

Bank Transfer Number

 

 

 

 

The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

*Beneficiary Name

 

 

 

*Beneficiary Account Number

 

 

 

*Beneficiary Address

 

 

 

Currency Type

 

US DOLLARS ONLY

 

*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)

 

 

 

*Receiving Institution Name

 

 

 

*Receiving Institution Address

 

 

 

*Wire Amount

$

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:                                                             Comerica Bank

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

250 Lytton Avenue

3rd Floor, Mail Code 4240

Palo Alto, California 94301

Phone: 650-462-6060

Fax: 650-462-6061

 

FROM: NATERA, INC.

 

The undersigned authorized Officer of NATERA, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i)Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                                        with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) (except for normal year-end audit adjustments and omission of footnotes) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

COMPLIES

 

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S

 

Annually, within 180 days of FYE*

 

YES

 

NO

 

Intellectual Property Report

 

Quarterly within 30 days**

 

YES

 

NO

 

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

 

By 1/31

 

YES

 

NO

 

Notice of change to Minimum Liquidity

 

Immediately

 

YES

 

NO

 

covenant in OrbiMed Credit Agreement Audit

 

Initial and Semi-annual

 

YES

 

NO

 

 


* provided that Borrower’s audited financial statements for 2012 shall be delivered no later than 8/31/2013

** effective as of the OrbiMed Satisfaction Date

 

If Public:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10-Q

 

Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)

 

YES

 

NO

 

10-K

 

Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments

 

Amount: $

 

YES

 

NO

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

 

Amount: $

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

DESCRIPTION

 

APPLICABLE

 

Legal Action > $500,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

 

Notify promptly upon notice

 

YES

 

NO

 

 



 

Inventory Disputes > $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)*

 

Notify promptly upon notice

 

YES

 

NO

 

Mergers & Acquisitions > $500,000 (Sect. 7.3)

 

Notify promptly upon notice

 

YES

 

NO

 

Cross default with other agreements

 

Notify promptly upon notice

 

YES

 

NO

 

> $500,000 (Sect. 8.7)

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Judgment > $500,000 (Sect. 8.9)

 

Notify promptly upon notice

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

 

Minimum Cash at Bank*

 

$

5MM

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

 

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases*

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments for stock repurchase*

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments for subsidiaries*

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments for employee loans*

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments for joint ventures*

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

 

<$250,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Transfers

 

<$100,000

 

 

 

YES

 

NO

 

 


*applicable upon OrbiMed Satisfaction Date

 

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

 

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Intellectual Property Security Agreement is entered into as of                    by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations to Grantor (the “Loans”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Grantor dated as of November 21, 2011 (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Loan Agreement). Bank is willing to make the Loans to Grantor, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor shall grant to Bank a security interest in certain Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents to secure the obligations of Grantor under the Loan Agreement.

 

B.            Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Grantor has granted to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest, whether presently existing or hereafter acquired, in, to and under all of the Collateral.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and all other agreements now existing or hereafter arising between Grantor and Bank, Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

To secure its obligations under the Loan Agreement and under any other agreement now existing or hereafter arising between Grantor and Bank, Grantor grants and pledges to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under its Intellectual Property Collateral (including without limitation those Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Exhibits A, B and C hereto), and including without limitation all proceeds thereof (such as, by way of example but not by way of limitation, license royalties and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all re-issues, divisions continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof.

 

This security interest is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to Bank under the Loan Agreement. The rights and remedies of Bank with respect to the security interest granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and those which are now or hereafter available to Bank as a matter of law or equity. Each right, power and remedy of Bank provided for herein or in the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power or remedy provided for herein and the exercise by Bank of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person, including Bank, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

 

Grantor represents and warrants that Exhibits A, B, and C attached hereto set forth any and all intellectual property rights in connection to which Grantor has registered or filed an application with either the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the first date written above.

 

 

GRANTOR:

 

 

Address of Grantor:

NATERA, INC.

 

 

201 Industrial Road #410

 

San Carlos, CA 94070

By:

 

 

 

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

Address of Bank:

COMERICA BANK

 

 

39200 Six Mile Road, M/C 7578

By:

 

Livonia, Michigan 48152

 

 

Attn: National Documentation Services

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Copyrights

 

Description

 

Registration Number

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Patents

 

Description

 

Patent/App. No.

 

File Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Trademarks

 

Description

 

Serial/Registration No.

 

File Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

 

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Equipment Line)

 

Name(s): NATERA, INC.

Date: April 18, 2013

 

$5,000,000

credited to deposit account No.                  when Equipment Advances are requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

 

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

$

to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

to

 

 

$

to

 

 

$

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

 

6. Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 



 

Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

 

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of NATERA, INC.; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

 

Copy of Resolutions:

 

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1.              Any one (1) of the following                                                      (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

(a)         Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, from time to time, in an unlimited amount.

 

(b)         Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

(c)          Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

(d)         Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation; and

 

(e)          Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, ,and any and all amendments or modifications thereto, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2.              Said Bank is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

3.              Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4.              These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

5.              Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.

 

6.              The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank,

 

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified.

 



 

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

 

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)

 

TITLE

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on April 18, 2013.

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

***

 

The Above Statements are Correct.

 

 

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

 

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.

 





Exhibit 10.8

 

Execution Version

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of April 18, 2013

 

by and between

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

as the Borrower,

 

and

 

ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP

 

as the Lender

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1

Defined Terms

1

 

SECTION 1.2

Use of Defined Terms

20

 

SECTION 1.3

Cross-References

20

 

SECTION 1.4

Accounting and Financial Determinations

20

 

SECTION 1.5

Other Loan Documents

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II COMMITMENT AND BORROWING PROCEDURES

20

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1

Commitment

20

 

SECTION 2.2

Borrowing Procedure

20

 

SECTION 2.3

Funding

21

 

SECTION 2.4

Reduction of the Commitment Amounts

21

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES

21

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1

Repayments and Prepayments; Application

21

 

SECTION 3.2

Repayments and Prepayments

21

 

SECTION 3.3

Application

21

 

SECTION 3.4

Interest Rate

22

 

SECTION 3.5

Default Rate

22

 

SECTION 3.6

Payment Dates

22

 

SECTION 3.7

Repayment Premium

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV LIBO RATE AND OTHER PROVISIONS

23

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Increased Costs, Etc.

23

 

SECTION 4.2

Increased Capital Costs

23

 

SECTION 4.3

Taxes

23

 

SECTION 4.4

Payments, Computations; Proceeds of Collateral, Etc.

24

 

SECTION 4.5

Setoff

25

 

SECTION 4.6

LIBO Rate Not Determinable

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO MAKING THE LOANS

26

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Credit Extensions

26

 

SECTION 5.2

Secretary’s Certificate, Etc.

26

 

SECTION 5.3

Closing Date Certificate

26

 

SECTION 5.4

Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness, Etc.

27

 

SECTION 5.5

Delivery of Note

27

 

SECTION 5.6

Financial Information, Etc.

27

 

SECTION 5.7

[Intentionally Omitted]

27

 

SECTION 5.8

Solvency, Etc.

27

 

SECTION 5.9

Guarantee

27

 

i



 

 

SECTION 5.10

Security Agreements

27

 

SECTION 5.11

Intellectual Property Security Agreements

28

 

SECTION 5.12

Royalty Agreement

28

 

SECTION 5.13

Warrant Agreement

28

 

SECTION 5.14

Opinions of Counsel

28

 

SECTION 5.15

Insurance

29

 

SECTION 5.16

Closing Fees, Expenses, Etc.

29

 

SECTION 5.17

Anti-Terrorism Laws

29

 

SECTION 5.18

Satisfactory Legal Form

29

 

SECTION 5.19

U.S. Panorama Net Sales

29

 

SECTION 5.20

Disclosure Schedules

29

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

29

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1

Organization, Etc.

30

 

SECTION 6.2

Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, Etc.

30

 

SECTION 6.3

Government Approval, Regulation, Etc.

30

 

SECTION 6.4

Validity, Etc.

30

 

SECTION 6.5

Financial Information

30

 

SECTION 6.6

No Material Adverse Change

31

 

SECTION 6.7

Litigation, Labor Matters and Environmental Matters

31

 

SECTION 6.8

Subsidiaries

31

 

SECTION 6.9

Ownership of Properties

31

 

SECTION 6.10

Taxes

31

 

SECTION 6.11

Benefit Plans, Etc.

32

 

SECTION 6.12

Accuracy of Information

32

 

SECTION 6.13

Regulations U and X

32

 

SECTION 6.14

Solvency

32

 

SECTION 6.15

Intellectual Property

32

 

SECTION 6.16

Material Agreements

34

 

SECTION 6.17

Permits

34

 

SECTION 6.18

Regulatory Matters

35

 

SECTION 6.19

Transactions with Affiliates

37

 

SECTION 6.20

Investment Company Act

37

 

SECTION 6.21

OFAC

37

 

SECTION 6.22

Deposit and Disbursement Accounts

37

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

38

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1

Financial Information, Reports, Notices, Etc.

38

 

SECTION 7.2

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Contracts, Laws, Etc.

40

 

SECTION 7.3

Maintenance of Properties

40

 

SECTION 7.4

Insurance

41

 

SECTION 7.5

Books and Records

41

 

SECTION 7.6

Environmental Law Covenant

42

 

SECTION 7.7

Use of Proceeds

42

 

SECTION 7.8

Future Guarantors, Security, Etc.

42

 

ii



 

 

SECTION 7.9

Obtaining of Permits, Etc.

43

 

SECTION 7.10

Product Licenses

43

 

SECTION 7.11

Maintenance of Regulatory Authorizations, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc.

43

 

SECTION 7.12

Inbound Licenses

43

 

SECTION 7.13

Cash Management

44

 

SECTION 7.14

Board Observation Rights

44

 

SECTION 7.15

Product Agreements

45

 

SECTION 7.16

[*]

45

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

46

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1

Business Activities

46

 

SECTION 8.2

Indebtedness

46

 

SECTION 8.3

Liens

47

 

SECTION 8.4

Minimum Liquidity

48

 

SECTION 8.5

Investments

49

 

SECTION 8.6

Restricted Payments, Etc.

50

 

SECTION 8.7

Consolidation, Merger; Permitted Acquisitions, Etc.

50

 

SECTION 8.8

Permitted Dispositions

50

 

SECTION 8.9

Modification of Certain Agreements

51

 

SECTION 8.10

Transactions with Affiliates

51

 

SECTION 8.11

Restrictive Agreements, Etc.

51

 

SECTION 8.12

Sale and Leaseback

52

 

SECTION 8.14

Change in Name, Location or Executive Office or Executive Management; Change in Fiscal Year

52

 

SECTION 8.15

Benefit Plans and Agreements

52

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT

53

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1

Listing of Events of Default

53

 

SECTION 9.2

Action if Bankruptcy

55

 

SECTION 9.3

Action if Other Event of Default

55

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

56

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1

Waivers, Amendments, Etc.

56

 

SECTION 10.2

Notices; Time

56

 

SECTION 10.3

Payment of Costs and Expenses

56

 

SECTION 10.4

Indemnification

57

 

SECTION 10.5

Survival

58

 

SECTION 10.6

Severability

58

 

SECTION 10.7

Headings

58

 

SECTION 10.8

Execution in Counterparts, Effectiveness, Etc.

58

 

SECTION 10.9

Governing Law; Entire Agreement

58

 

SECTION 10.10

Successors and Assigns

58

 

SECTION 10.11

Other Transactions

59

 

SECTION 10.12

Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction

59

 

SECTION 10.13

Waiver of Jury Trial

59

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

iii



 

 

SECTION 10.14

Confidentiality

60

 

SECTION 10.15

Exceptions to Confidentiality

61

 

SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 1.1

 

Competitors

 

 

 

Schedule 1.2

 

Tangible Fixed Assets

 

 

 

Schedule 6.6

 

Material Adverse Change

 

 

 

Schedule 6.7(a)

 

Litigation

 

 

 

Schedule 6.8

 

Existing Subsidiaries

 

 

 

Schedule 6.10

 

Taxes

 

 

 

Schedule 6.15(a)

 

Intellectual Property

 

 

 

Schedule 6.15(b)

 

Intellectual Property Exceptions

 

 

 

Schedule 6.15(b)(v)

 

Intellectual Property Sole Ownership Exceptions

 

 

 

Schedule 6.15(c)

 

Intellectual Property Infringement

 

 

 

Schedule 6.15(e)

 

Infringement Notices

 

 

 

Schedule 6.16

 

Material Agreements

 

 

 

Schedule 6.17

 

Permits

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(b)

 

Regulatory Actions

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(c)

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(d)

 

Key Permit Matters

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(e)

 

Certain Regulatory Enforcement Matters

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(g)

 

Certain Regulatory Disclosure Matters

 

 

 

Schedule 6.18(h)

 

Studies, Tests and Clinical and Preclinical Trials

 

 

 

Schedule 6.19

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

 

 

Schedule 6.22

 

Deposit and Disbursement Accounts

 

 

 

Schedule 7.7

 

Use of Proceeds

 

iv



 

Schedule 8.2(b)

 

Indebtedness to be Paid

 

 

 

Schedule 8.2(c)

 

Existing Indebtedness

 

 

 

Schedule 8.3(c)

 

Existing Liens

 

 

 

Schedule 8.5(a)

 

Investments

 

 

 

Schedule 10.2

 

Notice Information

 

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A

-

 

Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit B

-

 

Form of Loan Request

Exhibit C

-

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit D

-

 

Form of Guarantee

Exhibit E

-

 

Form of Security Agreement

 

v


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 18, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is by and between NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”). The Borrower and the Lender are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lender provide a senior term loan facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000 (with $20,000,000 available at the Closing and $10,000,000 available prior to December 31, 2014, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lender is willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to extend the Commitment and make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

 

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person. “Control” (and its correlatives) by any Person means the power of such Person, directly or indirectly, (i) to vote 10% or more of the Voting Securities (determined on a fully diluted basis) of another Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person (whether by contract or otherwise).

 

Agreement” is defined in the preamble.

 

Applicable Margin” means 8.00%.

 

Authorized Officer” means, relative to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, those of its officers, general partners or managing members (as applicable) whose signatures and incumbency shall have been certified to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan, as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA, that either: (i) is a “multiemployer plan,” as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA, (ii) is subject to section 412 of the Code, section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA, or (iii) provides welfare

 



 

benefits to terminated employees, other than to the extent required by section 4980B(f) of the Code and the corresponding provisions of ERISA.

 

Borrower” is defined in the preamble.

 

Borrower LDTs” means the laboratory-developed tests and associated services or products developed, designed, validated, marketed, and performed by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the Panorama test.

 

Borrower Medical Devices” means any products researched, developed, marketed, manufactured, stored, distributed by or for the Borrower, including in vitro diagnostic medical devices, reagents, software, sample collection kits and any other device or accessory.

 

Business Day” means any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York, Luxembourg or the Cayman Islands.

 

Capital Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all shares of, interests or participations in, or other equivalents in respect of (in each case however designated, whether voting or non-voting), of such Person’s capital stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date.

 

Capitalized Lease Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person, all monetary obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries under any leasing or similar arrangement which have been (or, in accordance with GAAP, should be) classified as capitalized leases, and for purposes of each Loan Document the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a premium or a penalty.

 

Cash Equivalent Investment” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                 any direct obligation of (or unconditionally guaranteed by) the United States (or any agency or political subdivision thereof, to the extent such obligations are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States) maturing not more than one year after such time;

 

(b)                                 commercial paper maturing not more than one year from the date of issue, which is issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) organized under the laws of any state of the United States or of the District of Columbia and rated A-1 or higher by S&P or P-1 or higher by Moody’s;

 

(c)                                  any domestic or Eurodollar certificate of deposit, demand or time deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing not more than 180 days after its date of issuance, issued or placed with any bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States (or any state thereof) and which has (or is a subsidiary of a bank holding company which has) (x) a credit rating of A2 or higher from Moody’s or A or higher from S&P and (y) a combined capital and surplus greater than $500,000,000; or

 

2



 

(d)                                 investments in money market mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

 

Casualty Event” means the material damage to, or destruction or condemnation of, as the case may be, property of any Person.

 

Change in Control” means and shall be deemed to have occurred if (except if occurring in connection with an issuance by the Borrower of Capital Securities or other equity interests in connection with a public equity offering or a private equity offering primarily to venture investors for capital raising purposes) (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof) shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, determined on a fully diluted basis, more than 40% of the Voting Securities of the Borrower; (ii) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or equivalent) of the Borrower shall at any time be occupied by persons who were neither (x) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated, or (iii) the Borrower shall cease to directly own, beneficially and of record (other than director’s qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable laws), 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities of the Subsidiaries.

 

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (iii) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

CLIA” means the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, as amended together with any rule, regulation, interpretation, guidance document, policy, judgment lawfully issued or promulgated thereunder by CMS (or any predecessor entity).

 

CLIA Accreditation” means a certificate of compliance or certificate of accreditation from an accreditation program approved by CMS permitting a clinical laboratory to perform tests of high complexity.

 

Closing Date” means the date of the making of the Initial Loan hereunder, which in no event shall be later than April 18, 2013.

 

Closing Date Certificate” means a closing date certificate executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

3



 

CMS” means the U.S. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the regulations thereunder, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Comerica” means Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association (together with its successors and assigns).

 

Commitment” means the Lender’s obligation (if any) to make Loans hereunder.

 

Commitment Amount” means the Initial Commitment Amount plus the Delayed Draw Commitment Amount.

 

Competitor” means any Person who competes with the Company in the general field of genetic testing for reproductive indications, including those Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 as updated from time to time.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate duly completed and executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with such changes thereto as the Lender may from time to time request for the purpose of monitoring the Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenants contained herein.

 

Confidential Information” means any and all information or material (whether written or oral, or in electronic or other form) that, at any time before, on or after the Closing Date, has been or is provided or communicated to the Receiving Party by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall include the existence and terms of this Agreement, and shall include all information received from the Disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates relating to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates, to their respective businesses, or to any Product, other than any such information that is available to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Disclosing Party.

 

Contingent Liability” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the Capital Securities of any other Person. The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the debt, obligation or other liability guaranteed thereby.

 

Control” is defined within the definition of “Affiliate”.

 

Controlled Account” is defined in Section 7.13.

 

Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether statutory or common law, and all exclusive and nonexclusive licenses from third parties or rights to use copyrights owned by such third

 

4



 

parties, along with any and all (i) renewals, revisions, extensions, derivative works, enhancements, modifications, updates and new releases thereof, (ii) income, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (iv) foreign copyrights and any other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

Copyright Security Agreement” means any Copyright Security Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Default” means any Event of Default or any condition, occurrence or event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Delayed Draw Closing Date” means the date of the making of the Delayed Draw Loan hereunder, which in no event shall be later than December 31, 2014.

 

Delayed Draw Commitment Amount” means $10,000,000.

 

Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Delayed Draw Closing Date (immediately after the making of the Delayed Draw Loan on such date), (ii) December 31, 2014, if the Delayed Draw Loan shall not have been made hereunder prior to such date and (iii) the Initial Commitment Termination Date, if the Initial Loan shall not have been made hereunder prior to or on such date.

 

Delayed Draw Loan” is defined in Section 2.1.

 

Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanction.

 

Device” means any instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including any component, part, or accessory, which is (a) recognized in the official National Formulary, or the United States Pharmacopeia, or any supplement to them, (b) intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals, or (c) intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals; and which does not achieve its primary intended purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and which is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of its primary intended purposes.

 

Device Approval Application” means a premarket approval application (PMA) submitted under Section 515 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360e), a de novo request submitted under Section 513(f) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360c(f)), or premarket notification submitted under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360(k)) (“510(k)”), as defined in the FD&C Act, or any corresponding foreign application in the Territory (as defined in the Royalty Agreement), including, with respect to the European Union, a submission to a Notified Body for a Certificate of Conformity with an applicable Council Directive.

 

5



 

Disclosing Party” means the Party disclosing Confidential Information.

 

Disposition” (or similar words such as “Dispose”) means any sale, transfer, lease, license, contribution or other conveyance (including by way of merger) of, or the granting of options, warrants or other rights to, any of the Borrower’s or the Subsidiaries’ assets (including accounts receivable and Capital Securities of Subsidiaries) to any other Person (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in a single transaction or series of transactions.

 

Disqualified Capital Securities” shall mean any Capital Securities that, by their terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Securities into which they are convertible or for which they are exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) mature or are mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Securities), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a Change in Control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitment), (b) are redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Securities) (except as a result of a Change in Control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitment), in whole or in part, (c) provide for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) are or become convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Securities that would constitute Disqualified Capital Securities, in each case, prior to the date that is one hundred and eighty-one (181) days after the Maturity Date; provided that if such Capital Securities are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Securities shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Securities solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

EMA” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor entity.

 

Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, local or international laws, statutes, rules, regulations, codes, directives, treaties, requirements, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, natural resources, Hazardous Material or health and safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability” means any liability, loss, claim, suit, action, investigation, proceeding, damage or commitment, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly arising from, in connection with or based upon (i) any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, presence, disposal, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials, or (iii) any contract, agreement, penalty, order, decree, settlement, injunction or other arrangement (including operation of law) pursuant to

 

6



 

which liability is assumed, entered into, inherited or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Environmental Permit” is defined in Section 6.7.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code of which that Person is a member, (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code of which that Person is a member, and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of section 414(m) or 414(o) of the Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member.

 

Event of Default” is defined in Section 9.1.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Account” is defined in Section 7.13.

 

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

 

FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and any successor entity.

 

FD&C Act” means the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (or any successor thereto), as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, guidelines, guidance documents and compliance policy guides issued or promulgated thereunder.

 

Fiscal Month” means a calendar month ending on the last Business Day of that calendar month.

 

Fiscal Quarter” means a quarter ending on the last day of March, June, September or December.

 

Fiscal Year” means any period of twelve consecutive calendar months ending on December 31; references to a Fiscal Year with a number corresponding to any calendar year (e.g., the “2012 Fiscal Year”) refer to the Fiscal Year ending on December 31 of such calendar year.

 

Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States.

 

7



 

F.R.S. Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

 

FTC Act” means the Federal Trade Commission Act.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Governmental Authority” means any national, supranational, federal, state, county, provincial, local, municipal or other government or political subdivision thereof (including any Regulatory Agency), whether domestic or foreign, and any agency, authority, commission, ministry, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, tribunal, arbitrator, central bank or other Person exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to any such government.

 

Guarantee” means the guarantee executed and delivered by each Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Guarantors” means, collectively, the Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date and each future Subsidiary required to execute a Guarantee pursuant to Section 7.8.

 

Hazardous Material” means any material, substance, chemical, mixture or waste which is capable of damaging or causing harm to any living organism, the environment or natural resources, including all explosive, special, hazardous, polluting, toxic, industrial, dangerous, biohazardous, medical, infectious or radioactive substances, materials or wastes, noise, odor, electricity or heat, and including petroleum or petroleum products, byproducts or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, ozone-depleting substances, greenhouse gases, and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law or as to which any Governmental Authority requires investigation, reporting or remedial action.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities of such Person under currency exchange agreements, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and all other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates.

 

herein”, “hereof”, “hereto”, “hereunder” and similar terms contained in any Loan Document refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or provision of such Loan Document.

 

IDE” means an application, including an application filed with a Regulatory Authority, for authorization to commence human clinical studies, including (a) an Investigational Device Exemption as defined in the FD&C Act or any successor application or procedure filed with the FDA, (b) an abbreviated IDE as specified in FDA regulations in 21 C.F.R. § 812.2(b), (c) any equivalent of a United States IDE in other countries or regulatory jurisdictions, (d) all amendments, variations, extensions and renewals thereof that may be filed with respect to the foregoing and (e) all related documents and correspondence thereto, including documents and correspondence with Institutional Review Boards (IRBs).

 

8



 

[*]

 

Impermissible Qualification” means any qualification or exception to the opinion or certification of any independent public accountant as to any financial statement of the Borrower (i) which is of a “going concern” or similar nature other than any such qualification in any opinion given in the Fiscal Year of the Maturity Date that is based solely on a determination that the Borrower may not have sufficient cash or other available resources to run the business for the Fiscal Year of the Maturity Date as a result of the Loans maturing during such Fiscal Year, (ii) which relates to the limited scope of examination of matters relevant to such financial statement, or (iii) which relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which, as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which would be to cause the Borrower to be in Default.

 

including” and “include” means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term, and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties hereto agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement, which is followed by or referable to an enumeration of specific matters, to matters similar to the matters specifically mentioned.

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means:

 

(a)                                 all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or advances and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments;

 

(b)                                 all obligations, contingent or otherwise, relative to the face amount of all letters of credit, whether or not drawn, and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of such Person;

 

(c)                                  all Capitalized Lease Liabilities of such Person and all obligations of such Person arising under Synthetic Leases;

 

(d)                                 net Hedging Obligations of such Person;

 

(e)                                  all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Capital Securities;

 

(f)                                   whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or, if overdue for more than 90 days, as to which a dispute exists and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP have been established on the books of such Person), and indebtedness secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on property owned or being acquired by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; and

 

(g)                                  all Contingent Liabilities of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

9



 

The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

Indemnified Liabilities” is defined in Section 10.4.

 

Indemnified Parties” is defined in Section 10.4.

 

Infringement” and “Infringes” mean the misappropriation or other violation of know-how, trade secrets, confidential information, and/or Intellectual Property.

 

Initial Commitment Amount” means $20,000,000.

 

Initial Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Closing Date (immediately after the making of the Initial Loan on such date), and (ii) April 18, 2013, if the Initial Loan shall not have been made hereunder prior to such date.

 

Initial Loan” is defined in Section 2.1.

 

Intellectual Property” means all (i) Patents and all patent applications of any type, registrations and renewals, reissues, reexaminations and patent rights in any lawful form thereof; (ii) Trademarks and all applications, registrations and renewals thereof; (iii) Copyrights and other works of authorship (registered or unregistered), and all applications, registrations and renewals therefor; (iv) computer software, databases, data and documentation; (v) trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, know-how, inventions, manufacturing processes and techniques, research and development information, data and other information included in or supporting Regulatory Authorizations, including financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business, finance and marketing plans, customer and prospective customer lists and information, and supplier and prospective supplier lists and information; (vi) other intellectual property or similar proprietary rights; (vii) copies and tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium); and (viii) any and all improvements to any of the foregoing.

 

Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Comerica, the Lender and ROS.

 

Interest Period” means, (a) initially, the period beginning on (and including) the date on which the Initial Loan is made hereunder pursuant to Section 2.3 and ending on (and including) the last day of the Fiscal Quarter in which the Loan was made, and (b) thereafter, the period beginning on (and including) the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Quarter and ending on the earlier of (and including) (x) the last day of such Fiscal Quarter and (y) the Maturity Date.

 

Investment” means, relative to any Person, (i) any loan, advance or extension of credit made by such Person to any other Person, including the purchase by such Person of any bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of any other Person, (ii) Contingent Liabilities in favor of any other Person, and (iii) any Capital Securities held by such Person in any other Person.

 

10


 

The amount of any Investment shall be the original principal or capital amount thereof less all returns of principal or equity thereon and shall, if made by the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the fair market value of such property at the time of such Investment.

 

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, in corporate, partnership or similar legal form.

 

Key Permits” means all material Permits relating to the Products, including all Regulatory Authorizations.

 

knowledge” of the Borrower means the actual knowledge of any officer of the Borrower after due inquiry.

 

Lender” is defined in the preamble.

 

LIBO Rate” means the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), quoted by the Lender from the appropriate Bloomberg or Telerate page selected by the Lender (or any successor thereto or similar source determined by the Lender from time to time), which shall be that three-month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars in effect two Business Days prior to the last Business Day of the relevant Fiscal Quarter, adjusted for any reserve requirement and any subsequent costs arising from a change in governmental regulation, such rate to be rounded up to the nearest 1/16 of 1% and such rate to be reset quarterly as of the first Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter. If the Initial Loan is advanced other than on the first Business Day of a Fiscal Quarter, the initial LIBO Rate shall be that three-month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars in effect two Business Days prior to the date of the Initial Loan, which rate shall be in effect until (and including) the last Business Day of the Fiscal Quarter next ending. The Lender’s internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

 

Lien” means any security interest, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge against or interest in property, or other priority or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, to secure payment of a debt or performance of an obligation.

 

Liquidity” means, at any time, an amount determined for the Borrower equal to the sum of unrestricted cash-on-hand and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Borrower, to the extent held in a Controlled Account located in the United States.

 

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Royalty Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, each other agreement pursuant to which the Lender is granted a Lien to secure the Obligations (including any mortgages entered into pursuant to Section 7.9), the Guarantee, and each other agreement, certificate, document or instrument delivered in connection with any Loan Document, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein.

 

11



 

Loan Request” means a Loan request and certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

Loans” means the Initial Loan and the Delayed Draw Loan.

 

MAA” means a marketing authorization application filed with any regulatory authority in the European Union.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, or properties of the Borrower or of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the rights and remedies of the Lender under any Loan Document or (iii) the ability of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to perform Obligations under any Loan Document.

 

Material Agreements” means (i) each contract or agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party involving aggregate payments of more than $[*] in any Fiscal Year, whether such payments are being made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to a non-Affiliated Person, or by a non-Affiliated Person to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and (ii) all other contracts or agreements, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business, operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Maturity Date” means April 18, 2019.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Net Asset Sales Proceeds” means, with respect to the Disposition (other than Dispositions permitted by Sections 8.8(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)) after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Person of any assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the excess of gross cash proceeds received by the Borrower from such Disposition over all reasonable and customary costs and expenses, and including Taxes payable by the recipient of such proceeds, incurred in connection with such Disposition which have not been paid to Affiliates of the Borrower in connection therewith.

 

Net Casualty Proceeds” means, with respect to any Casualty Event, the amount of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with such Casualty Event, other than proceeds that are used to repair or replace the assets subject to such Casualty Event within 180 days of receipt of such proceeds with respect to such Casualty Event with like or similar assets of substantially equal or better value and utility, in excess of $1,000,000 per occurrence, or $2,000,000 in the aggregate cumulatively through the Termination Date (in each case net of all reasonable and customary collection expenses thereof), but excluding any proceeds or awards required to be paid to a creditor (other than the Lender) which holds a first priority Lien permitted by clause (f) of Section 8.3 on the property which is the subject of such Casualty Event.

 

956 Impact” will be deemed to exist to the extent the issuance of a guaranty by, grant of a Lien by, or pledge of greater than two-thirds of the voting Capital Securities or similar equity interests of, a Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

12



 

957 of the Code, would result in incremental income tax liability as a result of the application of Section 956 of the Code, taking into account actual anticipated repatriation of funds, foreign tax credits and other relevant factors.

 

Net Revenue” means net sales, distribution income, service payments, license income, and other forms of consideration made to Natera and its Subsidiaries related to all products and services (including all Products) and shall be determined in accordance with GAAP. Net Revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the methodologies, practices and procedures used in developing Natera’s audited financial statements.

 

Non-Excluded Taxes” means any Taxes other than (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by a Person’s net income, and franchise Taxes with respect to the Lender imposed by any Governmental Authority under the laws of which the Lender is organized or in which it maintains its applicable lending office, (b) branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in paragraph (a) above and (c) (i) any withholding tax that is imposed by the United States on amounts payable to a Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or (ii) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes or other amounts imposed or payable under FATCA.

 

Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the Lender, in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such promissory note may be amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time), evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender resulting from the outstanding amount of the Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

 

Obligations” means all obligations (monetary or otherwise, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary arising under or in connection with a Loan Document other than the Warrant Agreement and the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any proceeding of the type described in Section 9.1(h), whether or not allowed in such proceeding) on the Loans.

 

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Organic Document” means, relative to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, its certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability agreement, operating agreement and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Capital Securities.

 

Other Taxes” means any and all stamp, documentary or similar Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes or similar levies that arise on account of any payment made or required to be made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, registration, recording or enforcement of any Loan Document (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt Taxes described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Non-Excluded Taxes).

 

13



 

Other Administrative Proceeding” means any administrative proceeding relating to a dispute involving a patent office or other relevant intellectual property registry which relates to validity, opposition, revocation, ownership or enforceability of the relevant Intellectual Property.

 

Panorama Net Revenue” means Net Revenue from the sale of the Borrower’s non-invasive prenatal screening test for the determination of the sex of the fetus and the detection of denovo and inherited genetic abnormalities including, but not limited to, trisomy 21 (Down syndrome), trisomy 18 (Edwards syndrome), trisomy 13 (Patau syndrome), sex chromosome abnormalities, triploidy, micro deletions, microduplications, and disease-linked genetic mutations seen in parent blood samples that may be present in the child.

 

Parallel Entity” means a Person for which the right to vote at least 30% or more of its Voting Securities is held, directly or indirectly, by (i) stockholders holding at least 50% of the Voting Securities of the Borrower or (ii) Dr. Matthew Rabinowitz and either or both of (a) Sequoia Capital XII and its Affiliates and (b) Claremont Creek Ventures, L.P. and its Affiliates.

 

Party” and “Parties” have the meanings set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Patent” means any patent, any type of patent application or invention disclosure, including all divisions, continuations, continuations in-part, provisionals, continued prosecution applications, substitutions, reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, restorations, supplemental protection certificates and patent rights in any form and other additions in connection therewith, whether in or related to the United States or any foreign country or other jurisdiction.

 

Patent Security Agreement” means any Patent Security Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in substantially the form of Exhibit A to the Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Permits” means all permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, orders, approvals, authorizations, consents, waivers, franchises, variances and similar rights issued by or obtained from any Governmental Authority or any other Person, including, without limitation, those relating to Environmental Laws.

 

Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition of all of the Capital Securities (other than qualifying directors shares) in, or all or substantially all of the property of, or all or substantially all of any business or division of, any Person (other than any joint venture owned by another Person that is purchased or acquired) that, upon the consummation thereof, will be wholly-owned directly by the Borrower or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (including as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each Permitted Acquisition:

 

(a)                                 any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary shall comply with the requirements of Section 7.8 and the Lender shall have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such acquisition) a first priority perfected security interest, subject only to Liens permitted under Section 8.3, in the property (including, without limitation, equity interests) acquired with respect to the entity acquired;

 

14



 

(b)                                 the lines of business of the Person to be (or the property of which is to be) so purchased or otherwise acquired shall be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1;

 

(c)                                  in the case of a purchase or other acquisition of the Capital Securities of another Person, the board of directors (or other comparable governing body) of such other Person shall have duly approved such purchase or other acquisition;

 

(d)                                 the total cash and noncash consideration paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any such purchase or other acquisition, when aggregated with the consideration paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for all other Permitted Acquisitions after the Closing Date shall not exceed the aggregate amount of $[*] in any Fiscal Year and an aggregate cumulative amount of $[*];

 

(e)                                  immediately before and after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default, shall exist or result therefrom; and

 

(f)                                   the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender, at least 10 Business Days prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a written notice describing such transaction, and thereafter, if requested by the Lender for any such transaction involving consideration in excess of $[*], (i) historical financial statements of or related to the Person or assets to be acquired, (ii) twelve month projections for such Person or assets to be acquired and for Borrower after giving effect to such transaction, and (iii) material documentation and other information relating to such transaction and reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

Permitted Joint Venture” means any Investment in Joint Ventures customary in the Borrower’s industry; provided that, with respect to each Permitted Joint Venture:

 

(a)                                 the lines of business of the Joint Venture shall be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1;

 

(b)                                 other than as expressly permitted under clause (c) below, there shall be no recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary for any Indebtedness or obligations of the Joint Venture;

 

(c)                                  the sum of the aggregate cash amount (including any recourse or assumed Indebtedness referenced in clause (b)) plus the fair market value of tangible assets Invested in Permitted Joint Ventures, together with all Investments pursuant to Section 8.5(k), shall not exceed $[*]; provided that such sum shall not include any loan, advance or extension of credit that has been repaid; and

 

(d)                                 there shall be no transfer or license by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of assets to the Joint Venture other than tangible assets and Intellectual Property for use solely outside of the United States.

 

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries that is (i) subordinated to the Obligations and all other

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

15



 

Indebtedness owing from the Borrower or the Subsidiaries to the Lender pursuant to a written subordination agreement satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion and (ii) in an amount and on terms approved by the Lender in its sole discretion.

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

Privacy Laws” means all applicable security and privacy standards regarding protected health information under (i) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, including the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively “HIPAA”) and (ii) any applicable state privacy Laws.

 

Product” means any service or product (including software products and services) designed, developed, manufactured, licensed, marketed, sold, performed, or otherwise commercialized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including Borrower LDTs and Borrower Medical Devices and any such product in development.

 

Product Agreement” means each agreement, license, document, instrument, interest (equity or otherwise) or the like under which one or more parties grants or receives any right, title or interest with respect to any Product Development and Commercialization Activities in respect of one or more Products specified therein or to exclude third parties from engaging in, or otherwise restricting any right, title or interest as to any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect thereto, including each contract or agreement with suppliers (including human tissue supply agreements), manufacturers, distributors, clinical research organizations, hospitals, group purchasing organizations, wholesalers, pharmacies or any other Person related to any such entity.

 

Product Development and Commercialization Activities” means, with respect to any Product, any combination of research, development, manufacture, import, use, sale, importation, storage, labeling, marketing, promotion, supply, distribution, testing, packaging, purchasing or other commercialization activities, receipt of payment in respect of any of the foregoing, or like activities the purpose of which is to commercially exploit such Product.

 

Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) consisting of the deferred purchase price for equipment incurred in connection with the acquisition of such equipment, where the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the greater of (a) the cost of the equipment being financed and (b) the fair market value of such equipment; and (2) incurred to finance such acquisition by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of such equipment.

 

Purchase Orders” is defined in Section 7.16.

 

Qualified Capital Securities” shall mean any Capital Securities that are not Disqualified Capital Securities.

 

Receiving Party” means the Party receiving Confidential Information.

 

16



 

Recipient” is defined in Section 10.14.

 

Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.

 

Regulatory Agencies” means any Governmental Authority that is concerned with the use, control, safety, efficacy, reliability, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, sale or other Product Development and Commercialization Activities relating to any Product of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, including CMS, FDA, and all similar agencies in other jurisdictions, and includes Standard Bodies.

 

Regulatory Authorizations” means all approvals, clearances, notifications, authorizations, orders, exemptions, registrations, certifications, licenses and permits granted by, submitted to or filed with any Regulatory Agencies necessary for the manufacture, development, distribution, use, storage, import, export, transport, promotion, marketing, sale or other commercialization of any Product in any country or jurisdiction, including any Device Approval Application and CLIA Accreditation.

 

Related Parties” means the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

 

Release” means any releasing, disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, pumping, pouring, dumping, depositing, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, dispersal, migrating or placing, including movement through, into or upon the environment or any natural or man-made structure.

 

Repayment Premium” means a premium of ten percent (10%) of the principal amount of any prepayment or repayment of the Borrower on the Initial Loan or the Delayed Draw Loan, as applicable.

 

Restricted Payment” means (i) the declaration or payment of any dividend on, or the making of any payment or distribution on account of, or setting apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any class of Capital Securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any warrants, options or other right or obligation to purchase or acquire any such Capital Securities, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or (ii) the making of any other distribution in respect of such Capital Securities, in each case either directly or indirectly, whether in cash, property or obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise.

 

Revenue Base” means, with respect to any period, the Net Revenue of all Products for such period.

 

ROS” means Royalty Opportunities S.à r.l, a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée.

 

17



 

Royalty Agreement” means the Royalty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower and ROS.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

 

Sanctions” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, (iv) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which the property of such Person would constitute an unreasonably small capital and (v) such Person has not executed this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or made any transfer or incurred any obligations hereunder or thereunder, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors. The amount of Contingent Liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Standard Bodies” means any of the organizations that create, sponsor or maintain safety, quality or other standards, including ISO, ANSI, CEN and SCC and the like.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Securities of such other Person (irrespective of whether at the time Capital Securities of any other class or classes of such other Person shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless the context otherwise specifically requires, the term “Subsidiary” shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

Synthetic Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (i) that is not a capital lease in accordance with GAAP and (ii) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which that Person is the lessor.

 

18



 

Tangible Fixed Assets “ means the equipment set forth on Schedule 1.2 hereto and other tangible fixed assets acquired with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(e).

 

Taxes” means all income, stamp or other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, charges, assessments, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

 

Third Party” means any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Termination Date” means the date on which all Obligations in respect of the Loans have been paid in full in cash and the Commitment shall have terminated.

 

Trademark” means any trademark, service mark, trade name, logo, symbol, trade dress, domain name, corporate name or other indicator of source or origin, and all applications and registrations therefor, together with all of the goodwill associated therewith.

 

Trademark Security Agreement” means any Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries substantially in the form of Exhibit B to any Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if, with respect to any financing statement or by reason of any provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests granted to the Lender pursuant to the applicable Loan Document is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction of the United States other than New York, then “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of each Loan Document and any financing statement relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its fifty states and the District of Columbia.

 

Voting Securities” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Securities of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

 

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower and Royalty Opportunities S.à r.l.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Borrower, all of the outstanding Capital Securities of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable laws) is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower.

 

19


 

SECTION 1.2 Use of Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in this Agreement shall have such meanings when used in each other Loan Document and the schedules attached hereto.

 

SECTION 1.3 Cross-References. Unless otherwise specified, references in a Loan Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of such Loan Document, and references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

 

SECTION 1.4 Accounting and Financial Determinations. Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used in each Loan Document shall be interpreted, and all accounting determinations and computations thereunder (including under Section 8.4 and the definitions used in such calculations) shall be made, in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if either the Borrower or the Lender requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such request shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all financial covenants and defined financial terms shall be computed on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in each case without duplication.

 

SECTION 1.5 Other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything in the Intercreditor Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement or any other Loan Document shall permit the Borrower to take any actions or omit to take any actions in violation of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENT AND BORROWING PROCEDURES

 

SECTION 2.1 Commitment. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make a term loan (the “Initial Loan”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount equal to (but not less than) the Initial Commitment Amount. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make a term loan (the “Delayed Draw Loan”) to the Borrower on the Delayed Draw Closing Date in an amount equal to (but not less than) the Delayed Draw Commitment Amount. No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to the Loans may be reborrowed.

 

SECTION 2.2 Borrowing Procedure. The Borrower may irrevocably request that the Initial Loan be made by delivering to the Lender a Loan Request on or before 10:00 a.m. on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the proposed Closing Date. The Borrower may irrevocably request that the Delayed Draw Loan be

 

20



 

made by delivering to the Lender a Loan Request on or before 10:00 a.m. on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the proposed Delayed Draw Closing Date.

 

SECTION 2.3 Funding. After receipt of the Loan Request for the Initial Loan, the Lender shall, on the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, make the requested proceeds of the Initial Loan available to the Borrower by wire transfer to the account the Borrower shall have specified in its Loan Request. After receipt of the Loan Request for the Delayed Draw Loan, the Lender shall, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, make the requested proceeds of the Delayed Draw Loan available to the Borrower by wire transfer to the account the Borrower shall have specified in its Loan Request.

 

SECTION 2.4 Reduction of the Commitment Amounts. The Initial Commitment Amount shall automatically and permanently be reduced to zero on the Initial Commitment Termination Date. The Delayed Draw Commitment Amount shall automatically and permanently be reduced to zero on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date.

 

ARTICLE III

REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES

 

SECTION 3.1 Repayments and Prepayments; Application. The Borrower agrees that the Loans, and any fees or interest accrued or accruing thereon, shall be repaid and prepaid solely in U.S. dollars pursuant to the terms of this Article III.

 

SECTION 3.2 Repayments and Prepayments. The Borrower shall repay in full the unpaid principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date. Prior thereto, payments and prepayments of the Loans shall be made as set forth below.

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall have the right, with at least three Business Days’ notice to the Lender, at any time and from time to time to prepay any unpaid principal amount of the Loans, in whole or in part.

 

(b)                                 Within three Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of any (i) Net Casualty Proceeds or (ii) Net Asset Sales Proceeds, the Borrower shall notify the Lender thereof. If requested by the Lender, the Borrower shall within three Business Days of such request make a mandatory prepayment of the Loans, in an amount equal to 100% of such proceeds (or such lesser amount as the Lender may specify on the date of such request), to be applied as set forth in Section 3.3 and in Section 3.7.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower shall repay the Loans in full immediately upon any acceleration of the Maturity Date thereof pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, unless, pursuant to Section 9.3, only a portion of the Loans is so accelerated (in which case the portion so accelerated shall be so repaid).

 

SECTION 3.3 Application. Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans pursuant

 

21



 

to clauses (b) or (c) of Section 3.2 shall be applied pro rata to the Initial Loan and Delayed Draw Term Loan.

 

SECTION 3.4 Interest Rate. During any applicable Interest Period, the Loans shall accrue interest during such Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin plus (ii) the higher of (x) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period and (y) 1.00%. The interest rate shall be recalculated and, if necessary, adjusted for each Interest Period, in each case pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

SECTION 3.5 Default Rate. At all times commencing upon the date any Event of Default occurs, and continuing until such Event of Default is no longer continuing, the Applicable Margin shall be increased by [*]% per annum.

 

SECTION 3.6 Payment Dates. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be payable in cash, without duplication:

 

(a)                                 on the Maturity Date therefor;

 

(b)                                 on the date of any payment or prepayment, in whole or in part, of principal outstanding on such Loan on the principal amount so paid or prepaid;

 

(c)                                  on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter; provided that if such day is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(d)                                 on that portion of the Loans that is accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, immediately upon such acceleration.

 

Interest accrued on the Loans or other monetary Obligations after the date such amount is due and payable (whether on the Maturity Date, upon acceleration or otherwise) shall be payable upon demand.

 

SECTION 3.7 Repayment Premium. Any repayment of principal pursuant to this Article III (other than any repayments of principal due on the Maturity Date) shall be accompanied by the Repayment Premium; provided that, if the Maturity Date is accelerated pursuant to a breach of Section 8.4 (which breach constitutes an Event of Default under Section 9.1(c), the Borrower shall not have to pay the Repayment Premium; and provided, further, that if any prepayment is required pursuant to Section 3.2(b), the amount of the required principal prepayment shall be reduced such that the sum of such required principal prepayment plus the applicable Repayment Premium shall equal 100% of the Net Asset Sale Proceeds or the Net Casualty Sale Proceeds, as applicable (or such lesser amount as required to be prepaid by the Lender pursuant to Section 3.2(b)).

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

22



 

ARTICLE IV

LIBO RATE AND OTHER PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 4.1 Increased Costs, Etc. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lender for any increase in the cost to the Lender of, or any reduction in the amount of any sum receivable by the Lender in respect of, the Lender’s Commitment and the making, continuation or maintaining of the Loans hereunder that may arise in connection with any Change in Law, except for such changes with respect to increased capital costs and Taxes which are governed by Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, respectively. The Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of the occurrence of any such event, stating the reasons therefor and the additional amount required fully to compensate the Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount. Such additional amounts shall be payable by the Borrower directly to the Lender within ten Business Days of its receipt of such notice, and such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower. Failure or delay on the part of the Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.2 Increased Capital Costs. If any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Lender or any Person controlling the Lender, and the Lender determines (in good faith and in its reasonable discretion) that the rate of return on its or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of the Commitment or the Loans made by it hereunder is reduced to a level below that which the Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then upon notice from time to time by the Lender to the Borrower, the Borrower shall within ten Business Days following receipt of such notice pay directly to the Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction in rate of return. A statement of the Lender as to any such additional amount or amounts shall, in the absence of manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the accuracy thereof. In determining such amount, the Lender may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its reasonable discretion) shall deem applicable.

 

SECTION 4.3 Taxes. The Borrower covenants and agrees as follows with respect to Taxes.

 

(a)                                 Any and all payments by the Borrower under each Loan Document shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense, and free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes. In the event that any Taxes are imposed and required to be deducted or withheld from any payment required to be made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to or on behalf of the Lender under any Loan Document, then:

 

23



 

(i)                                      if such Taxes are Non-Excluded Taxes, the amount of such payment shall be increased as may be necessary so that such payment is made, after withholding or deduction for or on account of such Taxes, in an amount that is not less than the amount provided for in such Loan Document; and

 

(ii)                                   the Borrower shall withhold the full amount of such Taxes from such payment (as increased pursuant to clause (a)(i) and shall pay such amount to the Governmental Authority imposing such Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Borrower shall pay all Other Taxes imposed to the relevant Governmental Authority imposing such Other Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)                                  As promptly as practicable after the payment of any Taxes or Other Taxes required to be paid by the Borrower under Section 4.3(a), or (b), and in any event within 45 days of any such payment being due (as may be extended by if contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings), the Borrower shall furnish to the Lender a copy of an official receipt (or a certified copy thereof) evidencing the payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes.

 

(d)                                 The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for any Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes levied, imposed or assessed on (and whether or not paid directly by) the Lender whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Promptly upon having knowledge that any such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes have been levied, imposed or assessed, and promptly upon notice thereof by the Lender, the Borrower shall pay such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes directly to the relevant Governmental Authority. In addition, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by the Lender as a result of any failure of the Borrower to pay any Taxes when due and for which it has received timely notice to the appropriate Governmental Authority or to deliver to the Lender, pursuant to clause (c), documentation evidencing the payment of Taxes or Other Taxes. With respect to indemnification for Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes actually paid by the Lender or the indemnification provided in the immediately preceding sentence, such indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date the Lender makes written demand therefor. The Borrower acknowledges that any payment made to the Lender or to any Governmental Authority in respect of the indemnification obligations of the Borrower provided in this clause shall constitute a payment in respect of which the provisions of clause (a) and this clause shall apply.

 

SECTION 4.4 Payments, Computations; Proceeds of Collateral, Etc.

 

(a)                                 Unless otherwise expressly provided in a Loan Document, all payments by the Borrower pursuant to each Loan Document shall be made without setoff, deduction or counterclaim not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date due in same day or immediately available funds to such account as the Lender shall specify from time to time by notice to the Borrower. Funds received after 2:00 p.m. on any day shall be deemed to have been

 

24



 

received by the Lender on the next succeeding Business Day. All interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring during the period for which such interest or fee is payable over a year comprised of 360 days. Payments due on other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees in connection with that payment.

 

(b)                                 All amounts received as a result of the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents (including from the proceeds of collateral securing the Obligations) or under applicable law shall be applied upon receipt to the Obligations as follows: (i) first, to the payment in full in cash of all interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of a proceeding in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, whether or not permitted as a claim under such law) and fees owing under the Loan Documents, and all costs and expenses owing to the Lender pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, until paid in full in cash, (ii) second, after payment in full in cash of the amounts specified in clause (b)(i), to the payment of the principal amount of the Loans then outstanding, (iii) third, after payment in full in cash of the amounts specified in clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii), to the payment of all other Obligations owing to the Lender, and (iv) fourth, after payment in full in cash of the amounts specified in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii), and following the Termination Date, to the Borrower or any other Person lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

 

SECTION 4.5 Setoff. The Lender shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 9.1(h) or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, have the right to appropriate and apply to the payment of the Obligations owing to it (whether or not then due), and (as security for such Obligations) the Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of the Borrower then or thereafter maintained with or on behalf of the Lender. The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such appropriation and application made by the Lender; provided that, the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff under applicable law or otherwise) which the Lender may have.

 

SECTION 4.6 LIBO Rate Not Determinable. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, then the Lender shall give notice thereof to the Borrower as promptly as practicable. In the event of any such determination, the Loans shall, until the Lender has advised the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, bear interest at the interest rate in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Period.

 

25



 

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS TO MAKING THE LOANS

 

SECTION 5.1 Credit Extensions. The obligation of the Lender to make the Initial Loan shall be subject to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the delivery of a Loan Request as requested pursuant to Section 2.3, and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Article (other than Sections 5.19 and 5.20). The obligation of the Lender to make the Delayed Draw Loan shall be subject to the prior making of the Initial Loan, the delivery of a Loan Request as requested pursuant to Section 2.3, and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in Sections 5.3, 5.8, 5.19 and 5.20.

 

SECTION 5.2 Secretary’s Certificate, Etc. The Lender shall have received from the Borrower and each Subsidiary party to a Loan Document, (i) a copy of a good standing certificate, dated a date reasonably close to the Closing Date, for each such Person and (ii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by such Person’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary, managing member or general partner, as applicable, as to

 

(a)                                 resolutions of each such Person’s Board of Directors (or other managing body, in the case of other than a corporation) then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to be executed by such Person and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(b)                                 the incumbency and signatures of those of its officers, managing member or general partner, as applicable, authorized to act with respect to each Loan Document to be executed by such Person; and

 

(c)                                  the full force and validity of each Organic Document of such Person and copies thereof;

 

upon which certificates the Lender may conclusively rely until it shall have received a further certificate of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, managing member or general partner, as applicable, of any such Person canceling or amending the prior certificate of such Person.

 

SECTION 5.3 Closing Date Certificate. The Lender shall have received a Closing Date Certificate, dated as of the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, and duly executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in each Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct, (ii) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Loan to be advanced on the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, and (c) all of the conditions set forth in this Article V have been satisfied. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Closing Date Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

 

26



 

SECTION 5.4 Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness, Etc. All Indebtedness identified in Schedule 8.2(b), together with all interest, all prepayment premiums and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto, shall have been paid in full from the proceeds of the Loan and the commitments in respect of such Indebtedness shall have been terminated, and all Liens securing payment of any such Indebtedness shall have been released and the Lender shall have received all Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statements or other instruments (including customary payoff letters) as may be suitable or appropriate in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 5.5 Delivery of Note. The Lender shall have received a Note duly executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.6 Financial Information, Etc. The Lender shall have received

 

(a)                                 audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

 

(b)                                 unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter ended after January 1, 2012 and prior to January 1, 2013, together with the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the twelve months then ended; and

 

(c)                                  such other financial information as to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, assets and liabilities as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.7 Intentionally Omitted.

 

SECTION 5.8 Solvency, Etc. The Lender shall have received a solvency certificate duly executed and delivered by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

SECTION 5.9 Guarantee. The Lender shall have received executed counterparts of the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed and delivered by each Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 5.10 Security Agreements. The Lender shall have received executed counterparts of the Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Subsidiary, together with

 

(a)                                 certificates (in the case of Capital Securities that are securities (as defined in the UCC)) evidencing all of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, which certificates in each case shall be accompanied by undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank, or, in the case of Capital Securities that are uncertificated securities (as defined in the UCC), confirmation and evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the security interest

 

27



 

therein has been transferred to and perfected by the Lender in accordance with Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC.

 

(b)                                 financing statements suitable in form for naming the Borrower and each Subsidiary as a debtor and the Lender as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents to be filed under the UCC of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Lender, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Lender pursuant to the Security Agreement;

 

(c)                                  UCC Form UCC-3 termination statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person (i) in any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (ii) securing any of the Indebtedness identified in Schedule 8.2(b), together with such other UCC Form UCC-3 termination statements as the Lender may reasonably request from the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(d)                                 landlord access agreements and bailee letters in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender from each landlord to the Borrower or any Subsidiary and each other Person that has possession of any Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement); and

 

(e)                                  evidence that all deposit accounts, lockboxes, disbursement accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts of the Borrower and each Subsidiary are Controlled Accounts.

 

SECTION 5.11 Intellectual Property Security Agreements. The Lender shall have received a Patent Security Agreement, a Copyright Security Agreement and a Trademark Security Agreement, as applicable, each dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that, pursuant to the Security Agreement, is required to provide such intellectual property security agreements to the Lender.

 

SECTION 5.12 Royalty Agreement. The Lender shall have received an executed counterpart of the Royalty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.13 Warrant Agreement. The Lender shall have received an executed counterpart of the Warrant Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.14 Opinions of Counsel. The Lender shall have received opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Lender, from

 

(a)                                 Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, counsel to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and

 

(b)                                 Chapman and Cutler LLP counsel to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

28



 

SECTION 5.15 Insurance. The Lender shall have received certified copies of the insurance policies (or binders in respect thereof), from one or more insurance companies satisfactory to the Lender, evidencing coverage required to be maintained pursuant to each Loan Document, with the Lender named as loss payee or additional insured, as applicable.

 

SECTION 5.16 Closing Fees, Expenses, Etc. The Lender shall have received for its own account all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 10.3.

 

SECTION 5.17 Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Lender shall have received, as applicable, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

SECTION 5.18 Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.19 U.S. Panorama Net Revenue. The Lender shall be satisfied that the Panorama Net Revenue for sales in the United States for the twelve full calendar months prior to the Delayed Draw Closing Date was at least $[*]; provided that such Panorama Net Revenue will exclude any advancement of revenues due to changing any specific previously deferred revenue amounts to comply with GAAP and related deferral/cash accounting basis. For the avoidance of doubt, the measurement period will not include more than twelve months as the measurement period of Net Revenue.

 

SECTION 5.20 Disclosure Schedules. Immediately prior to the Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender updates to Schedules 6.15(a), 6.16, 6.19 and 6.22, each such updated Schedule to be complete and accurate as of the Delayed Draw Closing Date. The Borrower may update Schedule 1.1 from time to time with the consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans hereunder, the Borrower represents and warrants, in each case (unless otherwise stated) on the Closing Date and on the Delayed Drawing Closing Date, to the Lender as set forth in this Article. For the avoidance of doubt, no representation or warranty in this Article VI is made on the Delayed Drawing Closing Date until immediately prior to the making of the Delayed Draw Loan.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

29


 

SECTION 6.1 Organization, Etc The Borrower and each Subsidiary (a) is validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires such qualification (unless the failure to so qualify as a foreign entity could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and (b) has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals required (i) to enter into and perform its Obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (ii) to own and hold under lease its property and to conduct its business in all material respects substantially as currently conducted by it.

 

SECTION 6.2 Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Subsidiary of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it are in each case within such Person’s powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not

 

(a)                                 contravene (i) the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Organic Documents, (ii) any court decree or order binding on or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (iii) any law or governmental regulation binding on or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary; or

 

(b)                                 result in (i) or require the creation or imposition of any Lien on the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s properties (except as permitted by this Agreement) or (ii) a default under any material contract, agreement, or instrument binding on or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 6.3 Government Approval, Regulation, Etc. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person (other than those that have been, or on the Closing Date will be, duly obtained or made and which are, or on the Closing Date will be, in full force and effect) is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

SECTION 6.4 Validity, Etc. Each Loan Document to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person enforceable against such Person in accordance with its respective terms (except, in any case, as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity).

 

SECTION 6.5 Financial Information. The financial statements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries furnished to the Lender pursuant to Sections 5.6 and 7.1 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and in all material respects present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Persons covered thereby as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.

 

30



 

SECTION 6.6 No Material Adverse Change. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.6, there has been no material adverse change in the business, financial performance or condition, operations (including the results thereof), assets, or properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary since December 31, 2012.

 

SECTION 6.7 Litigation, Labor Matters and Environmental Matters.

 

(a)                                 Except as described on Schedule 6.7(a), there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) as to which there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in liabilities in excess of $[*] or (ii) that would reasonably be likely to adversely affect this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                 There are no labor controversies pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in liabilities in excess of $[*] or (ii) that would reasonably be likely to adversely affect this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

(c)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any Permit under or in connection with any Environmental Law (“Environmental Permit”), except to the extent that any such failure could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) is or has been subject to any Environmental Liability, has received notice of any Environmental Liability, or knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, except to the extent that the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 6.8 Subsidiaries. The Borrower has no Subsidiaries except those Subsidiaries which are identified in Schedule 6.8 (which Schedule also identifies the direct and indirect owners of the Capital Securities of such Subsidiaries) or which are permitted to have been organized or acquired after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.5 or Section 8.7.

 

SECTION 6.9 Ownership of Properties. The Borrower and each Subsidiary owns (i) in the case of owned real property, good and marketable fee title to, and (ii) in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, or, in the case of leased real or personal property, valid and enforceable leasehold interests (as the case may be) in, all of its material properties and assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, free and clear in each case of all Liens or claims, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.3.

 

SECTION 6.10 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10, the Borrower and each Subsidiary has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all material Taxes due and owing, except any such Taxes

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

31



 

which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.

 

SECTION 6.11 Benefit Plans, Etc. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates sponsors, maintains, contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has any actual or potential liability with respect to, any Benefit Plan. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement, and none of the employees of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (each in his or her capacity as an employee of the Borrower or a Subsidiary) are subject to any collective bargaining agreement. Each “employee benefit plan” as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA that provides retirement benefits and that is sponsored by the Borrower or any of their ERISA Affiliates intended to be tax qualified under section 401 or 501 of the Code has a determination letter or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service on which it is entitled to rely, and no assets of any such plan are invested in Capital Securities of the Borrower. Each employee benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Borrower or any Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with its terms and applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.12 Accuracy of Information. None of the information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any material fact necessary to make any information, in light of the circumstances under which it is made, not misleading in any material respect as of the time when made or delivered.

 

SECTION 6.13 Regulations U and X. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of the Loans will be used to purchase or carry margin stock or otherwise for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, F.R.S. Board Regulation U or Regulation X. Terms for which meanings are provided in F.R.S. Board Regulation U or Regulation X or any regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used in this Section with such meanings.

 

SECTION 6.14 Solvency. The Borrower, individually, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, on a consolidated basis, both before and after giving effect to the Loans, are Solvent.

 

SECTION 6.15 Intellectual Property.

 

(a)                                 Schedule 6.15(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, of all (i) Patents including any Patent applications and other material so defined as Patents, (ii) registered and material unregistered Trademarks (including domain names) and any pending registrations for Trademarks, and (iii) any other registered Intellectual Property, in each case owned or

 

32



 

licensed by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and material to the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary. For each item of Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 6.15(a), the Borrower has, where relevant, indicated (A) the countries in each case in which such item is registered, (B) the application numbers, (C) the registration or patent numbers, (D) with respect to the Patents, the expected expiration date of the issued Patents, (E) the owner of such item of Intellectual Property and (F) with respect to material Intellectual Property owned by any Third Party, the agreement pursuant to which that Intellectual Property is licensed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                 With respect to all Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 6.15(a), except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(b):

 

(i)                                      the Borrower or a Subsidiary owns, has a valid license or rights in any other form to all, rights associated with such Intellectual Property free and clear of any and all Liens other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.3, and all such Intellectual Property are in full force and effect, and have not expired, lapsed or been forfeited, cancelled or abandoned unless permitted hereunder, except, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date, where such event or circumstance is not reasonably expected to be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                                   each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as applicable, has taken commercially reasonable actions to maintain and protect such Intellectual Property and there are no unpaid maintenance or material renewal fees payable by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that are currently overdue for any of such registered Intellectual Property;

 

(iii)                                there is no proceeding challenging the validity or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property and none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any Other Administrative Proceeding, except, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date, where such challenge is not reasonably expected to be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(iv)                               to the knowledge of the Borrower, (A) such Intellectual Property is valid, enforceable and subsisting and (B) no event has occurred, and nothing has been done or omitted to have been done, that would affect the validity or enforceability of such Intellectual Property, except, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date, where such event is not reasonably expected to be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

 

(v)                                  each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to all such Intellectual Property that is owned by it, except that Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 6.15(b)(v) and except, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date, for Dispositions permitted pursuant to Section 8.8.

 

(c)                                  To the knowledge of the Borrower, except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(c), no Third Party is committing any act of Infringement of any Intellectual Property

 

33



 

listed on Schedule 6.15(a), except, on the Delayed Draw Closing Date, where such Infringement is not reasonably expected to be material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                 With respect to each license agreement listed on Schedule 6.15(a), (x) such license agreement (i) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the Borrower and the Subsidiaries party thereto and, to Borrower’s knowledge, all other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, (ii) has not been amended or otherwise modified, and (iii) no material default or breach by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to Borrower’s knowledge, any other party thereto, has occurred and is continuing thereunder, and (y) none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has to the knowledge of the Borrower taken any action that would permit any other Person party to any such license agreement to have, and to the knowledge of the Borrower no such Person otherwise has, any defenses, counterclaims or rights of setoff thereunder.

 

(e)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(e), none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has received written notice from any Third Party alleging that the conduct of its business (including the development, manufacture, use, sale or other commercialization of any Product) Infringes any Intellectual Property of that Third Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of its business and the business of the Subsidiaries (including the development, manufacture, use, sale or other commercialization of any Product) does not Infringe any Intellectual Property of any Third Party.

 

(f)                                   The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have used commercially reasonable efforts and precautions to protect their respective commercially significant unregistered Intellectual Property.

 

SECTION 6.16 Material Agreements. Set forth on Schedule 6.16 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, of all Material Agreements of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, with an adequate description of the parties thereto, subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto, and as of such dates, respectively, (a) each such Material Agreement (i) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the Borrower and the Subsidiaries party thereto and to Borrower’s knowledge all other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, (ii) has not been amended or otherwise modified and (iii) no material default or breach by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to Borrower’s knowledge, any other party thereto, has occurred and is continuing thereunder, and (b) none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has taken any action that to Borrower’s knowledge would permit any other Person party to any Material Agreement to have any defenses, counterclaims or rights of setoff thereunder.

 

SECTION 6.17 Permits. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.17, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have all material Permits, including material Environmental Permits, necessary or required for the ownership, operation and conduct of their

 

34



 

business and the distribution of the Products. All such Permits are validly held and there are no material defaults thereunder.

 

SECTION 6.18 Regulatory Matters.

 

(a)                                 The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted and conduct their business in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal, state, local or foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, judgments, orders, injunctions, decrees, arbitration awards and Key Permits issued by any Governmental Authority (collectively, “Laws”).

 

(i)                                     Borrower LDTs were researched, developed, designed, and validated solely by Borrower in material compliance with all applicable Laws, including the FDCA, CLIA, Privacy Laws and state laws, and have been and continue to be performed, marketed, and conducted in material compliance with all applicable Laws, including the FDCA, FTC Act, CLIA, Privacy Laws and state laws, including the laws of New York.

 

(ii)                                  Borrower Medical Devices have been and are being researched, developed, designed, investigated, manufactured, marketed, and distributed in material compliance with all applicable Laws, including the FDCA, the FTC Act, Privacy Laws and state laws.

 

(b)                                 Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(b), to the Borrower’s knowledge, (i) no investigation by any Governmental Authority with respect to the Borrower is pending or threatened, and (ii) the Borrower has not received any written communication from any Person (including any Governmental Authority) of any noncompliance with any Laws or any written communication from any Governmental Authority of any material issues, problems, or concerns regarding the quality or performance of the Products.

 

(c)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(c), the Borrower holds free and clear of all Liens, except those permitted pursuant to Section 8.3, all Key Permits, including all authorizations under the FDCA, CLIA, and state laws, necessary for the research and development and commercialization of the Products and to carry on Borrower’s business with respect to the Products. All such Key Permits are valid, and in full force and effect and Borrower is in compliance with all material terms and conditions of such Key Permits. The Borrower has not received any written notice that any Key Permits have been or are being revoked, withdrawn, suspended or challenged.

 

(d)                                 Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(d), (i) the Borrower has made available to Lender all Key Permits and material written correspondence submitted to or received from FDA, CMS, or other Governmental Authority (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any material written communications with any Governmental Authority) in the Borrower’s possession or control, and (ii) there has been no material untrue statement of fact and no fraudulent statement made by the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries, or any of their respective agents or representatives to the FDA,

 

35



 

CMS, or any other Governmental Authority, and there has been no failure to disclose any material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Governmental Authority.

 

(e)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(e), no right of the Borrower to receive reimbursements pursuant to any government program or private program has ever been terminated or otherwise materially adversely affected as a result of any investigation or enforcement action, whether by any Governmental Authority or other Third Party, and the Borrower has not been the subject of any inspection, investigation, or audit, by any Governmental Authority for the purpose of any alleged improper activity.

 

(f)                                   To Borrower’s knowledge, there is no arrangement relating to the Borrower providing for any rebates, kickbacks or other forms of compensation that are unlawful to be paid to any Person in return for the referral of business or for the arrangement for recommendation of such referrals. All billings by the Borrower for its services have been true and correct in all material respects (other than any inadvertent errors corrected in the ordinary course of business) and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, are in compliance with all applicable Laws, including the Federal False Claim Act or any applicable state false claim or fraud Law.

 

(g)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(g), the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower, no officer, director, employee or agent of the Borrower has (i) been convicted of, charged with, or to the Borrower’s knowledge, investigated for any federal or state health program-related offense or any other offense related to healthcare or been excluded or suspended from participation in any such program; or within the past five (5) years, been convicted of, charged with or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, investigated for a violation of Laws related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction of an investigation or controlled substances, or been subject to any judgment, stipulation, order or decree of, or criminal or civil fine or penalty imposed by, any Governmental Authority related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction of an investigation or controlled substances; (ii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which debarment is mandated or permitted by 21 U.S.C. § 335a, and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, no such debarment proceedings or investigations are pending or threatened; or (iii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which such Person could be excluded from participating in the federal health care programs under Section 1128 of the Social Security Act or any similar applicable Law.

 

(h)                                 Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18(h), all studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted relating to the Products, by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, their respective licensees, licensors and Third Party services providers and consultants, have been conducted, and are currently being conducted, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable Laws, procedures and controls pursuant to, where applicable, current good clinical practices and current good laboratory practices and other applicable laws, rules regulations. All results of such studies, tests and trials, and all other material information related to such studies, tests and trials, have been made available to the Lender as

 

36



 

requested by it. To the extent necessary by applicable Law, the Borrower has obtained all necessary Regulatory Authorizations material to the conduct of its business required to be obtained by it, including an IDE for the conduct of any clinical investigations conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

(i)                                     To the Borrower’s knowledge, none of the clinical investigators in any clinical trial conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower has been or is disqualified or otherwise sanctioned by the FDA, the Department of Health and Human Services, or any Governmental Authority and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, no such disqualification, or other sanction of any such clinical investigator is pending or threatened. The Borrower has not received any written communication from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority requiring or threatening the termination or suspension of any clinical trials conducted by, or on behalf of, the Borrower.

 

(j)                                    The transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (or contemplated by the conditions to effectiveness of any Loan Document) will not cause the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to require any Regulatory Authorizations relating to the Products not already required of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 6.19 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.19, none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary has entered into, renewed, extended or been a part to, any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease, transfer or exchange of property or assets of any kind or the rendering of services of any kind) with any of its Affiliates during the three-year period immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 6.20 Investment Company Act. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

SECTION 6.21 OFAC. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any Related Party (a) is currently the subject of any Sanctions, (b) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, or (c) is or has been (within the previous five (5) years) engaged in any transaction with any Person who is now or was then the subject of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been or will be used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute or provide to, or has been or will be otherwise made available to fund, any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including the Lender and its Affiliates) of Sanctions.

 

SECTION 6.22 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts. Set forth on Schedule 6.22 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date or Delayed Draw Closing Date, as the case may be, of all banks and other financial institutions at which the Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains deposit accounts, lockboxes, disbursement

 

37



 

accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts, such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or financial institution, the name in which each such account is held, the type of each such account, and the complete account number for each such account, and each such account is a Controlled Account as required pursuant to Section 7.13.

 

ARTICLE VII

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender that until the Termination Date has occurred, the Borrower will, and will cause the Subsidiaries to, perform or cause to be performed the obligations set forth below.

 

SECTION 7.1 Financial Information, Reports, Notices, Etc. The Borrower will furnish the Lender copies of the following financial statements, reports, notices and information:

 

(a)                                 as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Month, in each case with supporting detail and certified as complete and correct by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), (i) unaudited reports of the Panorama Net Revenue and the Revenue Base for such Fiscal Month and the Liquidity of the Borrower at the end of such Fiscal Month and (ii) beginning with the Fiscal Month of April 2013, unaudited reports of (x) the Panorama Net Revenue and the Revenue Base for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Month, and including in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Month in, and the year to date portion of, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, with supporting detail and certified as complete and correct by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments) and (y) the Liquidity of the Borrower for the corresponding Fiscal Month in the preceding Fiscal Year, in comparative form;

 

(b)                                 as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and including (in each case) in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter in, and the year to date portion of, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, certified as complete and correct by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

 

(c)                                  as soon as available and in any event not later than August 31, 2013, with respect to the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012, and as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year beginning with the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2013, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and

 

38



 

the Subsidiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, audited (without any Impermissible Qualification) by an independent accounting firm which is (i) registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) to audit public companies and (ii) reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which shall include a calculation of the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.4 and stating that, in performing the examination necessary to deliver the audited financial statements of the Borrower, no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default;

 

(d)                                 concurrently with the delivery of the financial information pursuant to clauses (b) and (c), a Compliance Certificate, executed by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower, (i) showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.4 and stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details of such Default and the action that the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto), (ii) stating that no Subsidiary has been formed or acquired since the delivery of the last Compliance Certificate (or, if a Subsidiary has been formed or acquired since the delivery of the last Compliance Certificate, a statement that such Subsidiary has complied with Section 7.8) and (iii) stating that no real property has been acquired by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries since the delivery of the last Compliance Certificate (or, if any real property has been acquired since the delivery of the last Compliance Certificate, a statement that the Borrower has complied with Section 7.8 with respect to such real property);

 

(e)                                  as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of the occurrence of a Default, a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default and the action which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(f)                                   as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of (i) the occurrence of any material adverse development with respect to any litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy described in Schedule 6.7, (ii) the commencement of any litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy of the type and materiality described in Section 6.7, notice thereof and, to the extent the Lender requests, copies of all documentation relating thereto, and (iii) any return, recovery, dispute or claim related to Product or finished goods inventory that involves more than $[*].

 

(g)                                  as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of (i) any written claim that the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or one of their ERISA Affiliates has any liability under a Benefit Plan, (ii) any effort to unionize the employee of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iii) written correspondence received from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the qualification of a retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the Code that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

39


 

(h)                                 promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all material reports, notices, prospectuses and registration statements which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries files with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

 

(i)                                     promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all “management letters” (or equivalent) submitted to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries by the independent public accountants referred to in clause (b) in connection with each audit made by such accountants;

 

(j)                                    on the date that the Borrower furnishes unaudited reports to the Lender pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(i), during the pendency of the following patent applications, a report providing an update on the status of the following patent applications, in form satisfactory to Lender: (i) [*] and (ii) [*];

 

(k)                                 within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter for the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended, a report listing (i) all Material Agreements entered into during such Fiscal Quarter and (ii) all existing Material Agreements amended or terminated during such Fiscal Quarter, and (iii) revenue recognition audit notes as approved by the Borrower’s chief financial officer with respect to items listed in clause (i);

 

(l)                                     as soon as available, but in any event not later than January 31 of each calendar year, the Borrower’s financial and business projections and budget for such year, with evidence of approval thereof by Borrower’s board of directors; and

 

(m)                             such other financial and other information as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request (including information and reports in such detail as the Lender may request with respect to the terms of and information provided pursuant to the Compliance Certificate).

 

SECTION 7.2 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Contracts, Laws, Etc. Each of the Borrower, and each Subsidiary will preserve and maintain its legal existence (except as otherwise permitted by Section 8.7), perform in all material respects its obligations under Material Agreements to which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is a party, and comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, including the payment (before the same become delinquent), of all Taxes, imposed upon the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or upon their property except to the extent being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on the books of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

SECTION 7.3 Maintenance of Properties. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries will maintain, preserve, protect and keep its and their respective

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

40



 

properties in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and make necessary repairs, renewals and replacements so that the business carried on by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries may be properly conducted at all times, unless the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries determines in good faith that the continued maintenance of such property is no longer economically desirable, necessary or useful to the business of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or the Disposition of such property is otherwise permitted by Section 8.7 or Section 8.8.

 

SECTION 7.4 Insurance. Each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will maintain:

 

(a)                                 insurance on its property with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against business interruption, loss and damage in at least the amounts (and with only those deductibles) customarily maintained, and against such risks as are typically insured against in the same general area, by Persons of comparable size engaged in the same or similar business as the Borrower and the Subsidiaries; and

 

(b)                                 all worker’s compensation, employer’s liability insurance or similar insurance as may be required under the laws of any state or jurisdiction in which it may be engaged in business.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, all insurance policies required pursuant to this Section shall (i) name the Lender as mortgagee and loss payee (in the case of property insurance) and additional insured (in the case of liability insurance), as applicable, and provide that no cancellation or material modification as to the amount or scope of coverage of the policies will be made without the prior written notice to the Lender, and (ii) be in addition to any requirements to maintain specific types of insurance contained in the other Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 7.5 Books and Records. Each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will keep books and records in accordance with GAAP which accurately reflect all of its business affairs and transactions and permit the Lender or any of its representatives, at reasonable times and intervals (not to include the first 10 calendar days of any Fiscal Month unless explicitly permitted by the Borrower, except in the event that a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing) upon reasonable notice to the Borrower, to visit the Borrower’s or any of the Subsidiaries’ offices, to discuss the Borrower’s or any of the Subsidiaries’ financial or other matters with its officers and employees, and its independent public accountants (and the Borrower hereby authorizes such independent public accountant to discuss the Borrower’s and any of the Subsidiaries’ financial and other matters with the Lender or its representatives whether or not any representative of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is present) and to examine (and photocopy extracts from) any of its books and records. The Borrower shall pay any fees of such independent public accountant incurred in connection with the Lender’s exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section but unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such examination not more than once in any calendar year.

 

41



 

SECTION 7.6 Environmental Law Covenant. Each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will (i) use and operate all of its and their businesses, facilities and properties in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and keep and maintain all Environmental Permits and remain in compliance therewith, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) promptly notify the Lender of, and provide the Lender with copies of all written material claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating to, any actual or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or any actual or alleged Environmental Liabilities that the Borrower reasonably determines has or could result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will promptly resolve, remedy and mitigate any such non-compliance or Environmental Liabilities in accordance with reasonable business practices, and shall keep the Lender informed as to the progress of same.

 

SECTION 7.7 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will apply the proceeds of the Loan according to the sources and uses table in Schedule 7.7.

 

SECTION 7.8 Future Guarantors, Security, Etc. The Borrower and each Subsidiary will execute any documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Lender may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority (subject to Liens permitted by Section 8.3) of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Loan Documents. The Borrower will promptly cause any subsequently acquired or organized Subsidiary to execute a supplement (in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender) to the Guarantee and each other applicable Loan Document in favor of the Lender; provided that (other than with respect to any Subsidiary formed or acquired in a Permitted Acquisition) the Borrower shall not, and no Subsidiary shall, be required to execute or cause the execution of any Guaranty or the pledge of any Collateral Securities if a 956 Impact would result therefrom. The Borrower will promptly notify the Lender of any subsequently acquired ownership interest in real property and will provide the Lender with a description of such real property, the acquisition date thereof and the purchase price therefor. In addition, from time to time, each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will, at its cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected Liens with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Lender shall designate, it being agreed that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured by, among other things, substantially all the assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including real property and personal property acquired subsequent to the Closing Date). Such Liens will be created under the Loan Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, and the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender all such instruments and documents (including mortgages, legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Lender shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section.

 

42



 

SECTION 7.9 Obtaining of Permits, Etc. With respect to Products, each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will obtain, maintain and preserve, and take all necessary action to timely renew all Permits and accreditations which are necessary and material in the proper conduct of its business.

 

SECTION 7.10 Product Licenses. The Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries shall (i) maintain each Permit, including each Regulatory Authorization, from, or file any notice or registration in, each jurisdiction in which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries are required to obtain any Permit or Regulatory Authorization or to file any notice or registration, in order to sell or distribute the Products and (ii) promptly provide evidence of same to the Lender.

 

SECTION 7.11 Maintenance of Regulatory Authorizations, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc. With respect to the Products, each of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries will (i) maintain in full force and effect all material Regulatory Authorizations, contract rights, authorizations or other rights necessary for the operations of its business; (ii) notify the Lender, promptly after learning thereof, of any material product recalls, safety alerts, corrections, withdrawals, marketing suspensions, removals or the like conducted, to be undertaken or issued, by the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or their respective suppliers whether or not at the request, demand or order of any Governmental Authority or otherwise with respect to any Product, or any basis for undertaking or issuing any such action or item; (iii) maintain in full force and effect or pursue the prosecution of, as the case may be, and pay all costs and expenses relating to, all Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and all Material Agreements, except in the event that the Borrower determines in its reasonable commercial judgment not to do so; (iv) notify the Lender, promptly after learning thereof, of any material Infringement or other violation by any Person of its Intellectual Property and aggressively pursue any such Infringement or other violation except in any specific circumstances where the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries determines that it is not commercially reasonable to do so; (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue and maintain in full force and effect legal protection for, and protect against Infringement with respect to, all Intellectual Property, including Patents, developed or controlled by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, except in the event that the Borrower determines in its reasonable commercial judgment not to do so; and (vi) notify the Lender, promptly after learning thereof, of any material claim by any Person that the conduct of the Borrower’s or any of the Subsidiaries’ business (including the development, manufacture, use, sale or other commercialization of any Product) Infringes in any material respect any Intellectual Property of that Person and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such claim, except when the Borrower determines in its reasonable commercial judgment not to do so.

 

SECTION 7.12 Inbound Licenses; Product Agreements. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries will make commercially reasonable efforts to exclude from (i) any material inbound licenses or similar agreements relating to Intellectual Property (other than over-the-counter or “open-source” software, or similar Intellectual Property, that is commercially available to the public) and (ii) any material Product

 

43



 

Agreements entered into after the Closing Date, any provisions that would prohibit or restrict such license or agreement, or rights thereunder, from becoming subject to a security interest in favor of the Lender.

 

SECTION 7.13 Cash Management. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries will:

 

(a)                                 maintain a current and complete list of all accounts (of the type initially set forth on Schedule 6.22) and promptly deliver any updates to such list to the Lender; execute and(other than accounts exclusively used for (i) payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit programs to or for the benefit of the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary’s employees, which shall in no event hold in the aggregate more than the amount reasonably expected to meet such payroll expenses for the following calendar month, including bonuses and other payments to be paid within the following calendar month, (ii) the receipt of receivables solely funded by Medicare or Medicaid, which shall in no event hold in the aggregate more than $5,000 and whose total cash balances shall be automatically swept to a Controlled Account (as defined below), on a monthly basis and (iii) assets that are subject to a Permitted Lien pursuant to Section 8.3(m) (collectively, the “Excluded Accounts”)) maintain an account control agreement for each such account, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender (each such account, a “Controlled Account”);

 

(b)                                 deposit promptly after the date of receipt thereof in accordance with prudent business practices all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any and all accounts and other rights and interests into Controlled Accounts; and

 

(c)                                  at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Lender, promptly cause all payments constituting proceeds of accounts to be directed into lockbox accounts under agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

SECTION 7.14 Board Observation Rights.

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall permit one (1) person representing the Lender (the “Observer”) to attend and observe (but not vote) at all meetings of the Borrower’s (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) board of directors and any committee thereof, whether in person, by telephone or otherwise. The Borrower shall notify the Observer in writing at least five (5) Business Days in advance of (i) the date and time for each general or special meeting of its board of directors or any committee thereof and (ii) the adoption of any resolutions or actions by written consent (describing, in reasonable detail, the nature and substance of such action). The general meetings shall take place on no less than a quarterly basis. The Borrower shall concurrently deliver to the Observer all notices and any materials delivered to the board of directors or any committees thereof in connection with a board meeting or action to be taken by written consent, including a draft of any material resolutions or actions proposed to be adopted by written consent. The Observer

 

44



 

shall be free prior to such meeting or adoption by consent to contact the board of directors and discuss the pending actions to be taken.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) shall pay the Observer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the cost of travel, meals and lodging) in connection with the attendance of such meetings.

 

(c)                                  If an issue is to be discussed or otherwise arises at any meeting of the board of directors of the Borrower or committee thereof which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the board of directors, is not appropriate to be discussed in the presence of the Observer in order to avoid a conflict of interest on the part of such Observer or would result in disclosure of trade secrets or to preserve an attorney-client privilege, then such issue may be discussed without the Observer being present and any materials delivered to the board of directors pertaining to such issue need not be delivered to the Observer, so long as the Observer is given notice of the occurrence of such judgment by the board of directors, that the Observer is being excused, and that certain materials will not be delivered to the Observer.

 

(d)                                 The rights described in this Section 7.14 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the assignment or transfer of the Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

SECTION 7.15 Product Agreements. The Borrower and any of the Subsidiaries will make commercially reasonable efforts not to enter into any (i) amendment with respect to any existing Product Agreement or (ii) new Product Agreement that contains (a) any provision that permits any counterparty other than the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to terminate such Product Agreement for any reasons related to the insolvency or change of control of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or assignment of such Product Agreement by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, (b) any provision which restricts or penalizes a security interest in, or the assignment of, any Product Agreements, upon the sale, merger or other disposition of all or a material portion of a Product to which such Product Agreement relates, or (c) any other provision that has or is likely to adversely effect, in any material respect, any Product to which such agreement relates or to the Lender’s rights hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.16 [*]. [*], copies of which have been provided to the Lender, or (ii) [*], or (iii) [*].

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

45



 

ARTICLE VIII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender that until the Termination Date has occurred, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries will perform or cause to be performed the obligations set forth below.

 

SECTION 8.1 Business Activities. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any Permitted Joint Venture, will engage in any business activity except those business activities engaged in on the date of this Agreement and activities reasonably incidental thereto; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Borrower or any Subsidiary from developing any new Products within or related to its general field of genetic testing for reproductive indications, utilizing newly developed technologies in such field or exploiting any existing Products in new territories or for different purposes.

 

SECTION 8.2 Indebtedness. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, other than:

 

(a)                                 Indebtedness in respect of the Obligations and Indebtedness arising under the Royalty Agreement;

 

(b)                                 until the Closing Date, Indebtedness that is to be repaid in full as further identified in Schedule 8.2(b);

 

(c)                                  Indebtedness existing as of the Closing Date which is identified in Schedule 8.2(c), and Refinancing of such Indebtedness in a principal amount not in excess of that which is outstanding on the Closing Date (as such amount has been reduced following the Closing Date);

 

(d)                                 unsecured Indebtedness in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $[*];

 

(e)                                  Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Liabilities, and Refinancings thereof, in a principal amount not to exceed $[*] in the aggregate outstanding at any time, and, without duplication, Contingent Liabilities incurred in connection therewith;

 

(f)                                   Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

(g)                                  Indebtedness of any Subsidiary or the Borrower owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(h)                                 other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $[*];

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

46



 

(i)                                     Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)                                    Indebtedness permitted to exist, and subject to the limitations, with respect to Permitted Joint Ventures; and

 

(k)                                 Indebtedness in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit posted in the ordinary course of business to secure the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary’s real property lease obligations, not to exceed $[*] in the aggregate.

 

provided that, no Indebtedness otherwise permitted by clauses (c), (e), (f), (g), (h) or (j) shall be assumed, created or otherwise incurred if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or would result therefrom.

 

SECTION 8.3 Liens. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including Capital Securities of any Person), revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

(a)                                 Liens securing payment of the Obligations;

 

(b)                                 until the Closing Date, Liens securing payment of Indebtedness of the type described in clause (b) of Section 8.2;

 

(c)                                  Liens existing as of the Closing Date and disclosed in Schedule 8.3(c) securing Indebtedness described in clause (c) of Section 8.2, and Refinancings of such Indebtedness; provided that, no such Lien shall encumber any additional property and the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased from that existing on the Closing Date (as such Indebtedness may have been permanently reduced subsequent to the Closing Date);

 

(d)                                 Liens securing payment of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness that are (i) subordinate to the Liens securing payment of the Obligations and all other Indebtedness owing from the Borrower or the Subsidiaries to the Lender and (ii) subject to a written subordination agreement satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion;

 

(e)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(e) (provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 180 days of the acquisition of the assets financed with such Indebtedness, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property so financed and other Tangible Fixed Assets, and (iii) such Liens on assets of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, other than those referenced in clause (ii), that may come into existence after all of the Obligations and any successive Refinancings thereof have been paid and satisfied in full, and that shall not be evidenced by any UCC financing statements filed prior to their coming into existence;

 

(f)                                   Liens in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and landlords granted in the ordinary course of business for amounts not overdue or being

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

47



 

diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books;

 

(g)                                  Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases or other similar obligations (other than for borrowed money) entered into in the ordinary course of business or to secure obligations on surety and appeal bonds or performance bonds;

 

(h)                                 judgment Liens in existence for less than [*] days after the entry thereof or with respect to which execution has been stayed or the payment of which is covered in full (subject to a customary deductible) by insurance maintained with responsible insurance companies and which do not otherwise result in an Event of Default under Section 9.1(f);

 

(i)                                     easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the value or use of the property to which such Lien is attached; and

 

(j)                                    Liens for Taxes not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books;

 

(k)                                 licenses and/or sublicenses of Intellectual Property otherwise permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and restrictions under licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which a Borrower is a licensee;

 

(l)                                     banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions to secure solely payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 7.13(a) hereof; and

 

(m)                             cash collateral pledged to secure Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(k) or held as security deposits in respect of the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary’s real property lease obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed $[*] in the aggregate.

 

The Lender agrees to execute and deliver such collateral subordination agreements and related documents as reasonably requested of it to confirm the priority of the Liens permitted pursuant to clauses (e) and (m) of Section 8.3.

 

SECTION 8.4 Minimum Liquidity. The Liquidity of the Borrower shall not at any time be less than (i) $[*] if the Initial Loan, but not the Delayed Draw Loan, has been funded to the Borrower and (ii) $[*] if both the Initial Loan and the Delayed Draw Loan have been funded to the Borrower. The Borrower shall maintain an

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

48



 

amount equal to the amount required under this Section 8.4, along with its other cash and Cash Equivalent Investments, in a Controlled Account as required pursuant to Section 7.13(a) hereof.

 

SECTION 8.5 Investments. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will purchase, make, incur, assume or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person, except:

 

(a)                                 Investments existing on the Closing Date and identified in Schedule 8.5(a);

 

(b)                                 Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(c)                                  Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                 Investments consisting of any deferred portion of the sales price received by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with any Disposition permitted under Section 8.8;

 

(e)                                  Investments constituting (i) accounts receivable arising, (ii) trade debt granted, or (iii) deposits made in connection with the purchase price of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                   Investments consisting of travel advances and employee relocation loans, and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed $[*] in the aggregate outstanding at any given time;

 

(g)                                  Investments consisting of loans to employees, officers, or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, not to exceed the aggregate amount of $[*] in any Fiscal Year;

 

(h)                                 Investments permitted pursuant to the definition of Permitted Joint Ventures;

 

(i)                                     Investments of the Borrower, or of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, in any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) that is, at the time of such Investment, a Guarantor;

 

(j)                                    Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(k)                                 Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in an amount not to exceed, together with Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures, $[*];

 

(l)                                     other Investments in an amount not to exceed $[*] in the aggregate outstanding at any given time; and

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

49


 

(m)          any Investment which when made complies with the requirements of the definition of the term “Cash Equivalent Investment” may continue to be held notwithstanding that such Investment if made thereafter would not comply with such requirements.

 

SECTION 8.6 Restricted Payments, Etc. Without the prior written consent of the Lender, none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will declare or make a Restricted Payment, or make any deposit for any Restricted Payment, other than Restricted Payments made by the Borrower or Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 8.7 Consolidation, Merger; Permitted Acquisitions, Etc. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will liquidate or dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into or with, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (or any division thereof) other than in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would occur), any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into, and may merge with and into, the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; and provided further, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, so long as (i) the Person surviving such merger with any Subsidiary shall be a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and a Guarantor, and (ii) in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving Person.

 

SECTION 8.8 Permitted Dispositions. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will Dispose of any of its assets (including accounts receivable and Capital Securities of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or series of transactions unless such Disposition (i) is inventory, and non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in connection therewith, or obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus property (including fixed assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time of such Disposition) Disposed of in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) is a transaction permitted by Section 8.7, (iii) is a license for the use of the Intellectual Property of the Borrower, or any of the Subsidiaries, in each instance that is approved by Borrower’s (or such Subsidiary’s) Board of Directors and which could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory, including but not limited to field of use, and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States, (iv) is pursuant to the definition of Permitted Joint Venture, or (v) (A) is on fair market value terms in an arms-length transaction; provided that in no event shall the aggregate cumulative amount of cash and noncash consideration payable in connection with Dispositions exceed $[*], (B) not less than [*]% of the aggregate sales price from any one such Disposition shall be paid in cash at the closing of such Disposition or within 30 days thereafter, (C) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to any such Disposition, there does not exist a Default, and (D) in connection with any Disposition permitted by this clause (vi) where the cash and noncash consideration (whether in one or a series of transactions) exceeds $[*], an Authorized Officer of the Borrower

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

50



 

delivers a certificate to the Lender to the effect that each of clauses (A) through C) of this definition has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 8.9 Modification of Certain Agreements. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification of, or enter into any forbearance from exercising any rights with respect to, the terms or provisions contained in (i) any Organic Documents of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, if the result would have an adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lender under this Agreement, the Royalty Agreement or any Loan Document, or (ii) any agreement governing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, if the result would shorten the maturity date thereof or advance the date on which any cash payment is required to be made thereon or would otherwise change any terms thereof in a manner adverse to the Lender.

 

SECTION 8.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Other than transactions that constitute Investments permitted pursuant to Sections 8.5(f) or (g), none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will enter into or cause or permit to exist any arrangement, transaction or contract (including for the purchase, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of services) with any of its Affiliates, unless:

 

(a) such arrangement, transaction or contract is:

 

(x)(i) between or among the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) provides normal and reasonable compensation, benefits, reimbursement of expenses and indemnification to officers and directors, (iii) is a cash Investment in the Borrower, or (iv) is between or among the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand and a Permitted Joint Venture on the other hand and is not otherwise prohibited hereunder, and

 

(y)(i) is on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary than it could obtain in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not one of its Affiliates and (ii) is of the kind which would be entered into by a prudent Person in its position with a Person that is not one of its Affiliates; or

 

(b) such arrangement, transaction or contract is not between or among the Borrower and any Parallel Entity and the Borrower has:

 

(x) provided the Lender with not less than [*] days’ prior written notice of such arrangement, transaction or contract and (y) certified in writing to the Lender that such arrangement, transaction or contract (i) satisfies the requirements of clause (a)(y), and (ii) has been approved by the Borrower’s board of directors; or

 

(c) such arrangement, transaction or contract is approved by the Lender.

 

SECTION 8.11 Restrictive Agreements, Etc. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will enter into any agreement prohibiting (i) the creation or

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

51



 

assumption of any Lien upon its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (ii) the ability of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to amend or otherwise modify any Loan Document, or (iii) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to make any payments, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower, including by way of dividends, advances, repayments of loans, reimbursements of management and other intercompany charges, expenses and accruals or other returns on investments. The foregoing prohibitions shall not apply to restrictions contained (x) in any Loan Document, or (y) in the case of clause (i), (A) contained in any agreement governing any Indebtedness permitted by clauses (e) or (k) of Section 8.2 as to the assets financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and secured by Liens permitted by clauses (e) or (k) of Section 8.3, or (B) contained in any agreement governing an Indebtedness permitted by clause (j) of Section 8.2, or (C) with respect to restrictions on assignment customarily found in leases, licenses and other Contracts, or (z) in the case of clause (iii), any Indebtedness permitted by clauses (e) or (f) of Section 8.2.

 

SECTION 8.12 Sale and Leaseback. None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will directly or indirectly enter into any agreement or arrangement providing for the sale or transfer by it of any property (now owned or hereafter acquired) to a Person and the subsequent lease or rental of such property from such Person (other than Tangible Fixed Assets).

 

SECTION 8.13 Change in Name, Location or Executive Office or Executive Management; Change in Fiscal Year . None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries will:

 

(a)           without [*] days’ prior written notice to the Lender, (i) change its legal name or any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or ownership of its properties, (ii) relocate its chief executive office, principal place of business or any office in which it maintains books or records relating to its business (including the establishment of any new office or facility), or (iii) change its federal taxpayer identification number or organizational number (or equivalent);

 

(b)           replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without written notification to the Lender within [*] days thereafter;

 

(c)           change its jurisdiction of organization or legal structure; or

 

(d)           change its Fiscal Year or any of its Fiscal Quarters.

 

SECTION 8.14 Benefit Plans and Agreements. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary will (i) become the sponsor of, incur any responsibility to contribute to or otherwise incur actual or potential liability with respect to, any Benefit Plan, (ii) allow any “employee benefit plan” as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA that provides retirement benefits and that is sponsored by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates intended to be tax qualified under section 401 or 501 of the Code to cease to be tax qualified, (iii) allow the assets of any tax qualified retirement plan to become invested in Capital Securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (iv)

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

52



 

allow any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to fail to comply in all material respects with its terms and applicable law.

 

ARTICLE IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 9.1 Listing of Events of Default. Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Article shall constitute an “Event of Default”.

 

(a)           Non-Payment of Obligations. The Borrower shall default in the payment or prepayment when due of (i) any principal of or interest on any Loan, or (ii) any fee described in Article III or any other monetary Obligation, and in the case of clause (ii) such default shall continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days after such amount was due.

 

(b)           Breach of Warranty. Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in any Loan Document (including any certificates delivered pursuant to Article V) is or shall be incorrect when made or deemed to have been made in any material respect.

 

(c)           Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations. The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall default in the due performance or observance of any of its obligations under (i) Section 7.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (j), (k) or (l), Section 7.7, or Article VIII, or (ii) any clause under Section 7.1 other than those referenced in the foregoing clause (i) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of [*] days after the earlier to occur of (A) notice thereof given to the Borrower by the Lender or (B) the date on which the Borrower has knowledge of such default.

 

(d)           Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations. The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall [*] in the due performance and observance of any other covenant, obligation or agreement contained in any Loan Document executed by it, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of [*] days after the earlier to occur of (i) notice thereof given to the Borrower by the Lender or (ii) the date on which the Borrower has knowledge of such default.

 

(e)           Default on Other Indebtedness. A default shall occur in the payment of any amount when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any principal or stated amount of, or interest or fees on, any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries having a principal or stated amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $[*], or a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to such Indebtedness if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness or such default shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to cause or declare such Indebtedness to become due and payable or to require such Indebtedness to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defeased, or require an

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

53



 

offer to purchase or defease such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its expressed maturity.

 

(f)            Judgments. Any judgment or order for the payment of money individually or in the aggregate in excess of $[*] (exclusive of any amounts fully covered by insurance (less any applicable deductible) and as to which the insurer has acknowledged its responsibility to cover such judgment or order) shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and such judgment shall not have been vacated or discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within [*] days after the entry thereof or enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order.

 

(g)           Change in Control. Any Change in Control shall occur.

 

(h)           Bankruptcy, Insolvency, Etc. The Borrower or (except as permitted pursuant to Section 8.7) any of the Subsidiaries shall

 

(i)            become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability or unwillingness generally to pay, debts as they become due;

 

(ii)           apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for any substantial part of the property of any thereof, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(iii)          in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence in or permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for a substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged within 60 days; provided that, the Borrower and each Subsidiary hereby expressly authorizes the Lender to appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding during such 60-day period to preserve, protect and defend its rights under the Loan Documents;

 

(iv)          permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect thereof, and, if any such case or proceeding is not commenced by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for 60 days undismissed; provided that, the Borrower and each Subsidiary hereby expressly authorizes the Lender to appear in any court conducting any such case or proceeding during such 60-day period to preserve, protect and defend its rights under the Loan Documents; or

 

(v)           take any action authorizing, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

54


 

(i)            Impairment of Security, Etc. Any Loan Document shall (except in accordance with its terms) terminate or the terms thereof shall cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereto; the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall contest in any manner such validity, binding nature or enforceability; or, except as permitted under any Loan Document, any Lien securing any Obligation shall, in whole or in any material part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien.

 

(j)            Key Permit Events. Any Key Permit or any of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s material rights or interests thereunder is terminated or amended in any manner materially adverse to the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(k)           Material Adverse Change. Any circumstance occurs that has had or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)            Key Person Event. If [*] ceases to be employed full time by the Borrower and actively working as [*] unless within [*] days after such individual ceases to be employed full time and actively working the Borrower hires a replacement for [*] reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

 

(m)          Regulatory Matters. If any of the following occurs and has had or would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the FDA, CMS, EMA or any other Governmental Authority (A) issues a letter or other communication asserting that any Product lacks a required Regulatory Authorization or (B) initiates enforcement action against, or issues a warning letter with respect to, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any of their Products or the manufacturing facilities therefor, that causes the Borrower or such Subsidiary to discontinue marketing or withdraw any of its material Products, or causes a material delay in the manufacture or offering of any of its material Products, which discontinuance, withdrawal or delay could reasonably be expected to last for more than three months; (ii) a recall; or (iii) the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a settlement agreement with the FDA, CMS, EMA or any other Governmental Authority.

 

SECTION 9.2 Action if Bankruptcy. If any Event of Default described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 9.1(h) with respect to the Borrower shall occur, the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and all other Obligations shall automatically be and become immediately due and payable, without notice or demand to any Person.

 

SECTION 9.3 Action if Other Event of Default. If any Event of Default (other than any Event of Default described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 9.1(h)) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and other Obligations to be due and payable and/or the

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

55



 

Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon the full unpaid amount of the Loans and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment, and the Commitments shall terminate.

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 10.1 Waivers, Amendments, Etc. The provisions of each Loan Document may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Lender and the Borrower.

 

No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in any case shall entitle it or any of them to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by the Lender under any Loan Document shall, except as may be otherwise stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions. No waiver or approval hereunder shall require any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

 

SECTION 10.2 Notices; Time. All notices and other communications provided under any Loan Document shall be in writing or by facsimile and addressed, delivered or transmitted, if to the Borrower or the Lender, to the applicable Person at its address or facsimile number set forth on Schedule 10.2 hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if properly addressed and sent by pre-paid courier service, shall be deemed given when received; any notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be deemed given when the confirmation of transmission thereof is received by the transmitter. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which (i) the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website or the Internet at the following website address: [*], or (ii) such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lender has access (whether a commercial or third-party website), and in each case an email with a link to such posting has been provided to the Lender’s email addresses set forth on Schedule 10.2 heretofore. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the time of a day in a Loan Document shall refer to New York City time.

 

SECTION 10.3 Payment of Costs and Expenses. [*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

56



 

[*]

 

(a)           [*];

 

(b)           [*]; and

 

(c)           [*].

 

The Borrower further agrees to pay, and to hold the Lender harmless from all liability for, any stamp or other taxes which may be payable in connection with the execution or delivery of each Loan Document, the Loans or the issuance of the Note. The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Lender upon demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses of counsel to the Lender) incurred by the Lender in connection with (x) the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out” with the Borrower, whether or not consummated, of any Obligations and (y) the enforcement of any Obligations.

 

SECTION 10.4 Indemnification. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lender, the Borrower hereby indemnifies, agrees to defend, exonerates and holds the Lender and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, costs, liabilities, obligations and damages, and expenses incurred in connection therewith [*], including [*] (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), including, without limitation, Indemnified Liabilities arising out of or relating to (i) [*], and (ii) any [*]; provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation or liability under this Section 10.4 with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities that arise from or are the direct result of [*]. If and to the extent that the foregoing indemnification may be unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower agrees to make the maximum contribution

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

57



 

to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 10.5 Survival. The obligations of the Borrower under Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 10.3 and Section 10.4, shall in each case survive any assignment by the Lender and the occurrence of the Termination Date. The representations and warranties made by the Borrower in each Loan Document shall survive the execution and delivery of such Loan Document.

 

SECTION 10.6 Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of such Loan Document or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 10.7 Headings. The various headings of each Loan Document are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of such Loan Document or any provisions thereof.

 

SECTION 10.8 Execution in Counterparts, Effectiveness, Etc.. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Borrower and the Lender, shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 10.9 Governing Law; Entire Agreement. EACH LOAN DOCUMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). The Loan Documents constitute the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 10.10 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that, the Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of the Lender; provided, further, that the Lender may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents to a Competitor of the Borrower without the prior written consent of the Borrower, except in the case that (i) an Event of Default has occurred and (ii) such

 

58



 

Event of Default continues for [*] days after the Lender has notified the Borrower of its intent to make such an assignment or transfer to a Competitor.

 

SECTION 10.11 Other Transactions. Nothing contained herein shall preclude the Lender, from engaging in any transaction, in addition to those contemplated by the Loan Documents, with the Borrower or any of its Affiliates in which the Borrower or such Affiliate is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.

 

SECTION 10.12 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER OR THE BORROWER IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF [*]; PROVIDED THAT, ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE LENDER’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF [*] AT THE ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.2. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT EITHER THE BORROWER OR THE LENDER HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER, EACH ON ITS OWN BEHALF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

SECTION 10.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, EACH LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

59



 

DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER OR THE BORROWER IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THE BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION (AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY) AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER ENTERING INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

SECTION 10.14 Confidential Information. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.15, at all times prior to the fifth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Receiving Party shall keep confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information furnished to it by the Disclosing Party, except to those of the Receiving Party’s employees, advisors or consultants who have a need to know such information to assist such Party in the performance of such Party’s obligations or in the exercise of such Party’s rights hereunder and who are subject to obligations of confidentiality consistent with these provisions (collectively, “Recipients”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (a) the Lender may disclose this Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof and any information related hereto, other than to any Competitor of Natera or any of its Subsidiaries, to (i) its Affiliates, (ii) potential and actual assignees of any of the Lender’s rights hereunder and (iii) potential and actual investors in, or lenders to, the Lender (including, in each of the foregoing cases, such Person’s employees, advisors or consultants); provided that in each case, each such Recipient shall be subject to reasonable obligations of confidentiality; and (b) upon receiving consent from the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, the Borrower may disclose this Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof and information related hereto, to potential or actual permitted acquirers or assignees, collaborators and other (sub)licensees, permitted subcontractors, investment bankers, investors, lenders (including, in each of the foregoing cases, such Person’s employees, advisors or consultants who have a need to receive and review such information); provided that in each case, each such Recipient shall be subject to reasonable obligations of confidentiality. In addition to the foregoing, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information belonging to the Disclosing Party to the extent (and only to the extent) such disclosure is reasonably necessary in order to comply with applicable laws (including any securities law or regulation or the rules of a securities exchange) and with judicial process, if in the reasonable opinion of the Receiving Party’s counsel, such disclosure is necessary for such compliance, provided that the Receiving Party (x) will only disclose those portions of the Confidential Information that are necessary or required to be so disclosed, (y) to the extent legally permissible, will notify the Disclosing Party of the Receiving Party’s intent to make any disclosure pursuant thereto, and (z) to the extent reasonably practicable, the Receiving Party shall provide such notice in advance of the disclosure so as to allow the Disclosing Party an opportunity to seek (at the Disclosing Party’s sole expense) a protective order or other appropriate remedy; provided, however, that no such notice will be required in respect of disclosures of Confidential Information to regulatory authorities having or claiming to have jurisdiction over the Receiving Party in connection with routine regulatory examinations. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained or

 

60



 

that the Disclosing Party waives compliance with the provisions hereof, the Receiving Party and its Representatives may disclose such Confidential Information as may be required or requested.

 

SECTION 10.15 Exceptions to Confidentiality. The Receiving Party’s obligations set forth in this Agreement shall not extend to any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party:

 

(a)           that is or hereafter becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of a disclosure by the Receiving Party or its Recipients in violation of this Agreement);

 

(b)           that is received from a Third Party without restriction on disclosure and without, to the knowledge of the Receiving Party, breach of any agreement between such Third Party and the Disclosing Party;

 

(c)           that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence was already in its possession without any limitation on disclosure prior to its receipt from the Disclosing Party;

 

(d)           that is generally made available to Third Parties by the Disclosing Party without restriction on disclosure; or

 

(e)           that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence was independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Confidential Information.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

61



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP,

 

as the Lender

 

 

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP,

 

as the Lender

 

 

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samuel D. Isaly

 

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$30,000,000

April [·], 2013

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership] (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assigns, the “Lender”), on the Maturity Date the principal sum of [TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS ($20,000,000) or, if a Delayed Draw Loan is made to the Borrower, THIRTY MILLION DOLLARS ($30,000,000)] or, in either case if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans (and any continuation thereof) made (or continued) by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between the Borrower and the Lender. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Note have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after maturity upon demand, until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement, as well as any other amounts that may be due to the Lender upon maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) under or in respect of this Note.

 

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in U.S. Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security and guarantee for this Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrower is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of the unpaid principal amount of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be immediately due and payable. Any prepaid principal of this Note may not be reborrowed.

 

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 



 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Promissory Note ]

 



 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LOAN REQUEST

 

[DATE]

 

[ROS Acquisition Offshore LP

C/O Walkers Corporate Services Limited

Walker House, 87 Mary Street

George Town, Grand Cayman KY 1-9005, Cayman Islands

Attention: Board of Directors]

 

with a copy to:

 

OrbiMed Advisors LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tadd Wessel and Matthew Rizzo

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and in effect on the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership] (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests [an Initial ][a Delayed Draw ]Loan of $[ ] to be made on                , 201   (the “Proposed Disbursement Date”), which Loan shall be evidenced by [that certain Promissory Note dated as of April      , 2013 in the aggregate original principal amount of $30,000,000.00][                ].

 

The undersigned hereby represent(s) and warrant(s) to the Lender that:

 

(a)           the proceeds of the proposed Loan are to be used for the purposes set forth in Section 7.7 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(b)           bank account details and wire transfer instructions for disbursement of the proceeds of the proposed Loan are set forth on Schedule A hereto;

 

(c)           no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

 

(d)           all conditions required to be satisfied (or waived by the Lender), as set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, as of the Proposed Disbursement Date for the

 



 

making of the Loan requested hereby have been, and are, fully satisfied (or duly waived by the Lender); and

 

(e)           the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation or warranty that contains a materiality qualifier, which representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects), before and after giving effect to the making of the proposed Loan and to the application of the proceeds thereof, as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that they relate specifically to an earlier specified date (in which case they are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date) or are affected by transactions or events occurring after the date of the Credit Agreement which are not prohibited thereunder.

 

The officer signing below is an Authorized Officer of the undersigned and is authorized to request the Loan contemplated hereby and issue this Loan Request on behalf of the undersigned.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

 

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Loan Request ]

 



 

Schedule A

 

Disbursement / Wire Instructions

 

[ Schedules to Loan Request ]

 



 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

NATERA, INC.

 

COMPUTATION DATE:              , 201   

 

This Compliance Certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered pursuant to [Section 5.7][Section 7.1(d)] of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership] (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”). Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Certificate have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Certificate relates to the [Fiscal Month][Fiscal Quarter][Fiscal Year] commencing on              , 201    and ending on              , 201     (such latter date being the “Computation Date”).

 

The undersigned is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower. By executing this Certificate, the undersigned hereby certifies to the Lender that as of the Computation Date:

 

(a) [Attached hereto as Annex I are (i) an unaudited report of the Panorama Net Revenue and the Revenue Base for the Fiscal Month ending on the Computation Date and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Month, and including in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Month in, and the year to date portion of, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, and (ii) an unaudited report of the Liquidity of the Borrower at the end of such Fiscal Month, and including in comparative form the Liquidity of the Borrower for the corresponding Fiscal Month in the preceding Fiscal Year, in each case with supporting detail and certified as complete and correct by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).](1)

 

[Attached hereto as Annex I are the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and including (in each case) in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter in, and year to date portion of, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, certified as complete and correct by the chief

 


(1) INCLUDE FOR MONTHLY FINANCIAL DELIVERABLES.

 



 

financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Borrower (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).](2)

 

[Attached hereto as Annex I are the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, audited (without any Impermissible Qualification) by an independent accounting firm which is (i) registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) to audit public companies and (ii) reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which shall include a calculation of the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.4 of the Credit Agreement and stating that, in performing the examination necessary to deliver the audited financial statements of the Borrower, no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default.](3)

 

(b) The financial statements delivered with this Certificate in accordance with Section 7.1(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments in the case of unaudited financial statements).

 

(c) [As of the Computation Date, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance in all respects with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.4 of the Credit Agreement. [Set forth on Attachment 1 hereto are calculations showing compliance with such financial covenants as of the Computation Date.]

 

(d) No Default has occurred and is continuing[ except as set forth on Attachment [2] hereto, which includes a description of the nature and period of existence of such Default and what action the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect thereto].

 

(e) Subsequent to the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate submitted by the undersigned pursuant to Section 7.1(d) of the Credit Agreement, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has formed or acquired any new Subsidiary[ except as set forth on Attachment [2] hereto, in which case such new Subsidiary has complied with the requirements of Section 7.8 of the Credit Agreement].

 

(f) Subsequent to the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate submitted by the undersigned pursuant to Section 7.1(d) of the Credit Agreement, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has acquired any ownership interest in any real property[ except as set forth on Attachment [2] hereto, in which case the Borrower has complied with the requirements of Section 7.8 of the Credit Agreement with respect to such real property].

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 


(2) INCLUDE FOR QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DELIVERABLES.

(3) INCLUDE FOR ANNUAL FINANCIAL DELIVERABLES.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: [ ]

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Compliance Certificate ]

 


 

[Annex 1]

 



 

[Attachment 1]

 



 

[Attachment 2]

 



 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF GUARANTEE

 

This GUARANTEE, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Guarantee”), is made by [Insert names of all subsidiaries][, a Delaware corporation] (together with any additional Persons named pursuant to Section 5.5, each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”), in favor of [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership] (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between the Borrower and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make Loans to the Borrower; and

 

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the Initial Loan under the Credit Agreement, the Guarantors are required to execute and deliver this Guarantee;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lender to make the Loans to the Borrower, each Guarantor hereby agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1. Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Guarantee, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

 

Credit Agreement” is defined in the first recital.

 

Guarantor” is defined in the preamble.

 

Guarantee” is defined in the preamble.

 

Lender” is defined in the preamble.

 

Obligor” is defined in Section 2.1(a).

 

SECTION 1.2. Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Guarantee, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 



 

ARTICLE II

GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 2.1. Guarantee. Each Guarantor jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

(a)  guarantees the full and punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (each, an “Obligor”) now or hereafter existing, whether for principal, interest (including interest accruing at the then applicable Default Rate as provided in Section 3.5 of the Credit Agreement, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed under applicable law following the institution of a proceeding under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws), fees, expenses or otherwise (including all such amounts which would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a), and the operation of Sections 502(b) and 506(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §502(b) and §506(b)); and

 

(b)  indemnifies and holds harmless the Lender for any and all costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to the Lender) incurred by the Lender in enforcing any rights under this Guarantee, except to the extent such amounts arise or are incurred as a consequence of the Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

provided, that each Guarantor shall only be liable under this Guarantee for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering this Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount. This Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and each Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required that the Lender exercise any right, assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against such Guarantor or any other Person before or as a condition to the obligations of such Guarantor becoming due hereunder.

 

SECTION 2.2. Reinstatement, etc. Each Guarantor agrees that this Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated (including on or after the Termination Date), as the case may be, if at any time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Obligations is invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Lender, including upon the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in Section 9.1(h) of the Credit Agreement or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

SECTION 2.3. Guarantee Absolute, etc. This Guarantee shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of payment, and shall remain in full force and effect until (unless reinstated pursuant to Section 2.2 above) the Termination Date has occurred. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Obligations shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of each Loan Document under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of

 

2



 

the Lender with respect thereto. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

 

(a)  any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document;

 

(b)  the failure of the Lender (i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against such Guarantor or any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor (including such Guarantor and any other Guarantor) of, or collateral securing, any Obligations;

 

(c)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any part of the Obligations, or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Obligation, or any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to or departure from, any of the terms of any Loan Document;

 

(d)  any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Guarantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Obligations or otherwise;

 

(e)  any addition, exchange or release of any collateral or of any Person that is (or will become) a guarantor of the Obligations, or any surrender or non-perfection of any collateral, or any amendment to, or waiver or release of, or addition to, or consent to or departure from, any other guarantee held by the Lender securing any of the Obligations; or

 

(f)  any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Obligor, any surety or any guarantor (including any Guarantor).

 

SECTION 2.4. Setoff. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender, without the requirement that any notice be given to such Guarantor (such notice being expressly waived by such Guarantor), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to appropriate and apply to the payment of the Obligations owing to it (whether or not then due), and (as security for such Obligations) each Guarantor hereby grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of such Guarantor then or thereafter maintained with or on behalf of the Lender. The Lender agrees to notify such Guarantor after any such set-off and application made by the Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff under applicable law or otherwise) which the Lender may have.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.5. Waiver, etc. Each Guarantor waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and this Guarantee and any requirement that the Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien, or any property subject thereto, or exhaust any right or take any action against any Obligor or any other Person (including any Guarantor) or entity or any collateral securing the Obligations, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 2.6. Postponement of Subrogation, etc. Each Guarantor agrees that it will not exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of rights of subrogation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, nor shall such Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any other Obligor or Guarantor, in respect of any payment made under any Loan Document or otherwise, until following the Termination Date. Any amount paid to such Guarantor on account of any such subrogation rights prior to the Termination Date shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Lender and shall immediately be paid and turned over to the Lender in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed in favor of the Lender, if required), to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with Section 2.7; provided, that if such Guarantor has made payment to the Lender of all or any part of the Obligations and the Termination Date has occurred, then, at such Guarantor’s request, the Lender will, at the expense of such Guarantor, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents (without recourse and without representation or warranty) necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such payment. In furtherance of the foregoing, at all times prior to the Termination Date, such Guarantor shall refrain from taking any action or commencing any proceeding against the Borrower or any other Obligor or Guarantor (or their successors or assigns, whether in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise) to recover any amounts in respect of payments made under this Guarantee to the Lender.

 

SECTION 2.7. Payments; Application. Each Guarantor agrees that all obligations of such Guarantor hereunder shall be paid solely in U.S. Dollars to the Lender in immediately available funds, without set-off, counterclaim or other defense and in accordance with Sections 3.2, 3.3, 4.3 and 4.4 of the Credit Agreement, free and clear of and without deduction for any Non-Excluded Taxes, such Guarantor hereby agreeing to comply with and be bound by the provisions of Sections 3.2, 3.3, 4.3 and 4.4 of the Credit Agreement in respect of all payments and application of such payments made by it hereunder and the provisions of which Sections are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Guarantee by this reference as if set forth herein; provided, that references to the “Borrower” in such Sections shall be deemed to be references to such Guarantor, and references to “this Agreement” in such Sections shall be deemed to be references to this Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and make the Loans thereunder, each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender as set forth below.

 

4



 

SECTION 3.1. Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement, insofar as the representations and warranties contained therein are applicable to such Guarantor and its properties, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date and the Delayed Draw Closing Date, if applicable, each such representation and warranty set forth in such Article (insofar as applicable as aforesaid) and all other terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is made therein, together with all related definitions and ancillary provisions, being hereby incorporated into this Guarantee by this reference as though specifically set forth in this Article.

 

SECTION 3.2. Financial Condition, etc. Each Guarantor has knowledge of the Borrower’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and affairs and has adequate means to obtain from each such Person on an ongoing basis information relating thereto and to each such Person’s ability to pay and perform the Obligations, and agrees to assume the responsibility for keeping, and to keep, so informed for so long as this Guarantee is in effect. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender shall have no obligation to investigate the financial condition or affairs of the Borrower or any other Guarantor for the benefit of such Guarantor nor to advise such Guarantor of any fact respecting, or any change in, the financial condition or affairs of each such Person that might become known to the Lender at any time, whether or not the Lender knows or believes or has reason to know or believe that any such fact or change is unknown to such Guarantor, or might (or does) materially increase the risk of such Guarantor as guarantor, or might (or would) affect the willingness of such Guarantor to continue as a guarantor of the Obligations.

 

SECTION 3.3. Best Interests. It is in the best interests of each Guarantor to execute this Guarantee inasmuch as each Guarantor will, as a result of being an Affiliate of the Borrower, derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the Loans made to the Borrower by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and each Guarantor agrees that the Lender is relying on this representation in agreeing to make the Loans to the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 4.1. Covenants. Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that, at all times prior to the Termination Date, it will perform, comply with and be bound by all of the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in the Credit Agreement (including Articles VII and VIII of the Credit Agreement) which are applicable to such Guarantor or its properties, each such agreement, covenant and obligation contained in the Credit Agreement and all other terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is made in this Article, together with all related definitions and ancillary provisions, being hereby incorporated into this Guarantee by this reference as though specifically set forth in this Article.

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 5.1. Loan Document. This Guarantee is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed,

 

5


 

administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof.

 

SECTION 5.2. Binding on Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Assignment. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date has occurred, shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors, transferees and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender; provided, that such Guarantor may not (unless otherwise permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement) assign any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) its Commitment, Note or Loans held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to the Lender under each Loan Document (including this Guarantee) or otherwise.

 

SECTION 5.3. Amendments, etc. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Guarantee, nor consent to any departure by any Guarantor from its obligations under this Guarantee, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

SECTION 5.4. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given or made as set forth in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.5. Additional Guarantors. Upon the execution and delivery by any other Person of a supplement in the form of Annex I hereto, such Person shall become a “Guarantor” hereunder with the same force and effect as if it were originally a party to this Guarantee and named as a “Guarantor” hereunder. The execution and delivery of such supplement shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder, and the rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee.

 

SECTION 5.6. No Waiver; Remedies. In addition to, and not in limitation of, Section 2.3 and Section 2.5, no failure on the part of the Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

SECTION 5.7. Further Assurances. Each Guarantor agrees, upon the written request of the Lender, to execute and deliver to the Lender, from time to time, any additional instruments or documents deemed to be reasonably necessary by the Lender to cause this Guarantee to be, become or remain valid and effective in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5.8. Section Captions. Section captions used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Guarantee.

 

6



 

SECTION 5.9. Severability. Any provision of this Guarantee which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Guarantee or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 5.10. Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS GUARANTEE AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). This Guarantee, along with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect hereto.

 

SECTION 5.11. Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS GUARANTEE, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER OR ANY GUARANTOR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE LENDER’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. THE LENDER BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTEE AND EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK AT THE ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.2 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE LENDER BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTEE AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE LENDER BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTEE OR ANY GUARANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, THE LENDER BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTEE AND SUCH GUARANTOR, EACH ON ITS OWN BEHALF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES

 

7



 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTEE.

 

SECTION 5.12. Counterparts. This Guarantee may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Guarantee shall become effective when counterparts hereof executed on behalf of each Guarantor shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guarantee by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Guarantee.

 

SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE LENDER BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTEE AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS GUARANTEE, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER OR ANY GUARANTOR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. EACH GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION (AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY) AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER TO ENTER INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[       ]

 

 

Title:

[       ]

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee ]

 



 

ANNEX I

to Guarantee

 

SUPPLEMENT TO

GUARANTEE

 

This SUPPLEMENT, dated as of                       ,            (this “Supplement”), is to the Guarantee, dated as of March [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee”), by the Guarantors (such term, and other terms used in this Supplement, to have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Guarantee) from time to time party thereto, in favor of [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership] (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.5 of the Guarantee, each of the undersigned is becoming a Guarantor under the Guarantee; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the undersigned desires to become a “Guarantor” under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lender to continue to extend Loans under the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the undersigned agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows.

 

SECTION 1.  Party to Guarantee, etc. In accordance with the terms of the Guarantee, by its signature below, each of the undersigned hereby irrevocably agrees to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if it were an original signatory thereto and each of the undersigned hereby (a) agrees to be bound by and comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct as of the date hereof, unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, each reference to a “Guarantor” and/or “Guarantors” in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include each of the undersigned.

 

SECTION 2.  Representations. Each of the undersigned Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and

 



 

that this Supplement and the Guarantee constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 3.  Full Force of Guarantee. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 4.  Severability. Wherever possible each provision of this Supplement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Supplement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Supplement or the Guarantee.

 

SECTION 5.  Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). This Supplement, along with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 6.  Effective. This Supplement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed by the Guarantor shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement ]

 



 

EXHIBIT E

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Security Agreement”), is made by NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and NATERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. (together with the Borrower and with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, each a “Grantor” and, collectively, the “Grantors”) in favor of [ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership], for itself and as agent for the other parties to which the Grantors may owe any Obligations (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April [·], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between the Borrower and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make Loans to the Borrower; and

 

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the Initial Loan under the Credit Agreement, each Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Security Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1. Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

 

Borrower” is defined in the preamble.

 

Collateral” is defined in Section 2.1.

 

Collateral Accounts” is defined in clause (b) of Section 4.3.

 

Computer Hardware and Software Collateral” means (a) all of the Grantors’ computer and other electronic data processing hardware, integrated computer systems, central processing units, memory units, display terminals, printers, features, computer elements, card readers, tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories and all peripheral devices and other related computer hardware, including all operating system software, utilities and application programs in whatsoever form; (b) all software programs (including both source code, object code and all related applications and data files) designed for use on the computers and electronic data processing hardware described in

 



 

clause (a) above; (c) all firmware associated therewith; (d) all documentation (including flow charts, logic diagrams, manuals, guides, specifications, training materials, charts and pseudo codes) with respect to such hardware, software and firmware described in the preceding clauses (a) through (c); and (e) all rights with respect to all of the foregoing, including copyrights, licenses, options, warranties, service contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnifications and any substitutions, replacements, improvements, error corrections, updates, additions or model conversions of any of the foregoing.

 

Control Agreement” means an authenticated record in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, that provides for the Lender to have “control” (as defined in the UCC) over certain Collateral.

 

Copyright Collateral” means all copyrights of the Grantors, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, now or hereafter in force throughout the world including all of the Grantors’ rights, titles and interests in and to all copyrights registered in the United States Copyright Office or anywhere else in the world, including the copyrights referred to in Item A of Schedule V, and registrations and recordings thereof and all applications for registration thereof, whether pending or in preparation, all copyright licenses, including each copyright license referred to in Item B of Schedule V, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing, all rights corresponding thereto, all extensions and renewals of any thereof and all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and Proceeds of suit, which are owned or licensed by the Grantors.

 

Credit Agreement” is defined in the first recital.

 

Distributions” means all dividends paid on Capital Securities, liquidating dividends paid on Capital Securities, shares (or other designations) of Capital Securities resulting from (or in connection with the exercise of) stock splits, reclassifications, warrants, options, non-cash dividends, mergers, consolidations, and all other distributions (whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing) on or with respect to any Capital Securities constituting Collateral.

 

Filing Statements” is defined in clause (b) of Section 3.7.

 

General Intangibles” means all “general intangibles” and all “payment intangibles”, each as defined in the UCC, and shall include all interest rate or currency protection or hedging arrangements, all tax refunds, all licenses, permits, concessions and authorizations and all Intellectual Property Collateral (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as general intangibles under the UCC).

 

Grantor” and “Grantors” are defined in the preamble.

 

Intellectual Property Collateral” means, collectively, the Computer Hardware and Software Collateral, the Copyright Collateral, the Patent Collateral, the Trademark Collateral, the Trade Secrets Collateral, Product Agreements and Regulatory Authorizations.

 

2



 

Intercompany Note” means any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to any other Grantor.

 

Investment Property” means, collectively, (a) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the UCC and (b) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes.

 

Lender” is defined in the preamble.

 

Patent Collateral” means:

 

(a)                                 all of the Grantors’ (i) inventions and discoveries, whether patentable or not, and (ii) letters patent and applications for letters patent throughout the world, including all patent applications in preparation for filing and each patent and patent application referred to in Item A of Schedule III;

 

(b)                                 all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations of any of the items described in clause (a);

 

(c)                                  all patent licenses, and other agreements providing any Grantor with the right to use any items of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, including each patent license referred to in Item B of Schedule III; and

 

(d)                                 all Proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing (including licenses, royalties income, payments, claims, damages and Proceeds of infringement suits) and the right to sue third parties for past, present or future infringements of any patent or patent application and for breach or enforcement of any patent license.

 

Permitted Liens” means all Liens permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Pledged Notes” means all promissory notes listed on Item J of Schedule II (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor.

 

Securities Act” is defined in clause (a) of Section 6.2.

 

Security Agreement” is defined in the preamble.

 

Trade Secrets Collateral” means all of the Grantors’ common law and statutory trade secrets and all other confidential, proprietary or useful information, and all know-how obtained by or used in or contemplated at any time for use in the business of any Grantor (all of the foregoing being collectively called a “Trade Secret”), whether or not such Trade Secret has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents and things embodying, incorporating or referring in any way to such Trade Secret, all Trade Secret licenses, and including the right to sue for and to enjoin and to collect damages for the actual or threatened misappropriation of any Trade Secret and for the breach or enforcement of any such Trade Secret license.

 

3


 

Trademark Collateral” means :

 

(a)           (i) all of the Grantors’ trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill of the business associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired including those referred to in Item A of Schedule IV, whether currently in use or not, all registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith, whether pending or filed, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any office or agency of the United States of America, or any State thereof or any other country or political subdivision thereof or otherwise, and all common-law rights relating to the foregoing, and (ii) the right to obtain all reissues, extensions or renewals of the foregoing (collectively referred to as the “Trademarks”);

 

(b)           all Trademark licenses for the grant by or to any Grantors of any right to use any Trademark, including each Trademark license referred to in Item B of Schedule IV; and

 

(c)           all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by the items described in, clause (a), and to the extent applicable clause (b);

 

(d)           the right to sue third parties for past, present and future infringements of any Trademark Collateral described in clause (a) and, to the extent applicable, clause (b); and

 

(e)           all Proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing, including any claim by any Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark license, or for any injury to the goodwill associated with the use of any such Trademark or for breach or enforcement of any Trademark license and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 1.2. Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.3. UCC Definitions. When used herein the terms “Account”, “Certificate of Title”, “Certificated Securities”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claim”, “Commodity Account”, “Commodity Contract”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “Equipment”, “Goods”, “Instrument”, “Inventory”, “Letter-of-Credit Rights”, “Payment Intangibles”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Notes”, “Securities Account”, “Security Entitlement”, “Supporting Obligations” and “Uncertificated Securities” have the meaning provided in Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the UCC. “Letters of Credit” has the meaning provided in Section 5-102 of the UCC.

 

4



 

ARTICLE II

SECURITY INTEREST

 

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interest. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Lender, for its benefit, a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now or hereafter existing, owned or acquired by such Grantor, and wherever located, (collectively, the “Collateral”):

 

(a)           Accounts;

 

(b)           Chattel Paper;

 

(c)           Commercial Tort Claims listed on Item I of Schedule II (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

 

(d)           Deposit Accounts;

 

(e)           Documents;

 

(f)            General Intangibles;

 

(g)           Goods (including Goods held on consignment with third parties);

 

(h)           Instruments;

 

(i)            Investment Property;

 

(j)            Letter-of-Credit Rights and Letters of Credit;

 

(k)           Supporting Obligations;

 

(l)            all books, records, writings, databases, information and other property relating to, used or useful in connection with, evidencing, embodying, incorporating or referring to, any of the foregoing in this Section;

 

(m)          all Proceeds of the foregoing and, to the extent not otherwise included, (A) all payments under insurance (whether or not the Lender is the loss payee thereof) in respect of Collateral and (B) all tort claims; and

 

(n)           all other property and rights of every kind and description and interests therein.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Collateral” shall not include:

 

(i)            any General Intangibles or other rights arising under any contracts, instruments, licenses or other documents as to which the grant of a security interest would (A) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in favor of a third party on such grant, unless and until any required consents shall

 

5



 

have been obtained, or (B) give any other party to such contract, instrument, license or other document the right to terminate its obligations thereunder;

 

(ii)           trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent to use” such trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of the Trademark has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a Lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application;

 

(iii)          any asset, the granting of a security interest in which would be void or illegal under any applicable governmental law, rule or regulation, or pursuant thereto would result in, or permit the termination of, such asset; or

 

(iv)          any asset subject to a Permitted Lien (other than Liens in favor of the Lender) securing obligations permitted under the Credit Agreement to the extent that the grant of other Liens on such asset (A) would result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the agreement or instrument governing such Permitted Lien, (B) would result in the loss of use of such asset or (C) would permit the holder of such Permitted Lien to terminate the Grantor’s use of such asset;

 

provided, that the property described in paragraphs (i), (iii) and (iv) above shall only be excluded from the term “Collateral” to the extent the conditions stated in such paragraphs are not rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or any other applicable law.

 

SECTION 2.2. Security for Obligations. This Security Agreement and the Collateral in which the Lender is granted a security interest hereunder by the Grantors secure, on an equal and ratable basis, the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.

 

SECTION 2.3. Grantors Remain Liable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

 

(a)           the Grantors will remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein, and will perform all of their duties and obligations under such contracts and agreements to the same extent as if this Security Agreement had not been executed;

 

(b)           the exercise by the Lender of any of its rights hereunder will not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts or agreements included in the Collateral; and

 

(c)           the Lender will not have any obligation or liability under any contracts or agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Security Agreement, nor will the Lender be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

6



 

SECTION 2.4. Distributions on Capital Securities In the event that any Distribution with respect to any Capital Securities pledged hereunder is permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement, such Distribution or may be paid directly to the applicable Grantor. If any Distribution is made in contravention of Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall hold the same segregated and in trust for the Lender until paid to the Lender in accordance with Section 4.1.5.

 

SECTION 2.5. Security Interest Absolute, etc. This Security Agreement shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable grant of security interest, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date. All rights of the Lender and the security interests granted to the Lender hereunder, and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in each case, be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

 

(a)           any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document (other than this Security Agreement);

 

(b)           the failure of the Lender (i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any other Person (including any other Grantor) under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor (including any other Grantor) of, or Collateral securing, any Obligations;

 

(c)           any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any part of the Obligations, or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Obligations;

 

(d)           any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Grantor hereby waives, until payment of all Obligations, any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Obligations or otherwise;

 

(e)           any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to or departure from, any of the terms of any Loan Document;

 

(f)            any addition, exchange or release of any Collateral or of any Person that is (or will become) a Grantor (including the Grantors hereunder), or any surrender or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition to, or consent to or departure from, any other guaranty held by the Lender securing any of the Obligations; or

 

(g)           any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, any surety or any guarantor.

 

7



 

SECTION 2.6. Postponement of Subrogation. Each Grantor agrees that it will not exercise any rights against another Grantor which it may acquire by way of rights of subrogation under any Loan Document to which it is a party until following the Termination Date. No Grantor shall seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, in respect of any payment made under any Loan Document or otherwise, until following the Termination Date. Any amount paid to any Grantor on account of any such subrogation rights prior to the Termination Date shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Lender and shall immediately be paid and turned over to the Lender in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed in favor of the Lender, if required), to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with Section 6.1(b); provided that if such Grantor has made payment to the Lender of all or any part of the Obligations and the Termination Date has occurred, then at such Grantor’s request, the Lender will, at the expense of such Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor appropriate documents (without recourse and without representation or warranty) necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Grantor of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such payment. In furtherance of the foregoing, at all times prior to the Termination Date, such Grantor shall refrain from taking any action or commencing any proceeding against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (or their successors or assigns, whether in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise) to recover any amounts in respect of payments made under this Security Agreement to the Lender.

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and make the Loans thereunder, the Grantors represent and warrant to the Lender as set forth below.

 

SECTION 3.1. As to Capital Securities of the Subsidiaries, Investment Property.

 

(a)           With respect to any Subsidiary of any Grantor that is

 

(i)            a corporation, business trust, joint stock company or similar Person, all Capital Securities issued by such Subsidiary are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and represented by a certificate or certificates; and

 

(ii)           a partnership or limited liability company, no Capital Securities issued by such Subsidiary (A) is dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) expressly provides that such Capital Securities is a security governed by Article 8 of the UCC or (C) is held in a Securities Account, except, with respect to this clause (a)(ii), Capital Securities (x) for which the Lender is the registered owner or (y) with respect to which the issuer has agreed in an authenticated record with such Grantor and the Lender to comply with any instructions of the Lender without the consent of such Grantor.

 

8



 

(b)           Each Grantor has delivered all Certificated Securities constituting Collateral held by such Grantor in a Subsidiary on the later of the Closing Date or the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Security Agreement to the Lender, together with duly executed undated blank stock powers, or other equivalent instruments of transfer acceptable to the Lender.

 

(c)           With respect to Uncertificated Securities constituting Collateral owned by any Grantor in a Subsidiary on the later of the Closing Date or the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Security Agreement, such Grantor has caused the issuer thereof to agree in an authenticated record with such Grantor and the Lender that such issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Lender without further consent of such Grantor (which instructions the Lender hereby agrees not to give unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). Each party hereto that is such an issuer of any Uncertificated Securities hereby agrees that such party will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Lender (which instructions the Lender hereby agrees not to give unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

(d)           The percentage of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities of each Subsidiary pledged on the Closing Date by each Grantor hereunder is as set forth on Schedule I. All shares of such Capital Securities have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)           Each of the Intercompany Notes constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

SECTION 3.2. Grantor Name, Location, etc. In each case as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           (i) The jurisdiction in which each Grantor is located for purposes of Sections 9-301 and 9-307 of the UCC and (ii) the address of each Grantor’s executive office and principal place of business is set forth in Item A of Schedule II.

 

(b)           The Grantors do not have any trade names other than those set forth in Item C of Schedule II hereto.

 

(c)           During the twelve months preceding the later of (i) the date hereof or (ii) the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Security Agreement, no Grantor has been known by any legal name different from the one set forth on the signature page hereto, nor has such Grantor been the subject of any merger or other corporate reorganization, except as set forth in Item D of Schedule II hereto.

 

(d)           Each Grantor’s federal taxpayer identification number (or foreign equivalent) is (and, during the twelve months preceding the date hereof, such Grantor has

 

9



 

not had a federal taxpayer identification number (or equivalent) different from that) set forth in Item E of Schedule II hereto.

 

(e)           No Grantor is a party to any federal, state or local government contract except as set forth in Item F of Schedule II hereto.

 

(f)            No Grantor maintains any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts with any Person, in each case, except as set forth on Item G of Schedule II.

 

(g)           No Grantor is the beneficiary of any Letters of Credit, except as set forth on Item H of Schedule II.

 

(h)           No Grantor has Commercial Tort Claims except as set forth on Item I of Schedule II.

 

(i)            The name set forth on the signature page attached hereto is the true and correct legal name (as defined in the UCC) of each Grantor.

 

SECTION 3.3. Ownership, No Liens, etc. Each Grantor owns its Collateral purported to be owned by it free and clear of any Lien, except for any security interest (a) created by this Security Agreement and (b) Permitted Liens. No effective UCC financing statement or other filing similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Lender relating to this Security Agreement, Permitted Liens or as to which a duly authorized termination statement relating to such UCC financing statement or other instrument has been delivered to the Lender on the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 3.4. Possession of Inventory, Control; etc.

 

(a)           Each Grantor has, and agrees that it will maintain, exclusive possession of its Documents, Instruments, Promissory Notes, Equipment and Inventory, other than (i) Equipment and Inventory that is in transit in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Equipment and Inventory that in the ordinary course of business is in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee agent or other Person (other than a Person controlled by or under common control with such Grantor) that has been notified of the security interest created in favor of the Lender pursuant to this Security Agreement and has authenticated a record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral for the Lender’s benefit and waives any Lien held by it against such Collateral, (iii) Inventory that is in the possession of a consignee in the ordinary course of business and (iv) Instruments or Promissory Notes that have been delivered to the Lender pursuant to Section 3.5. In the case of Equipment or Inventory described in clause (ii) above, no lessor or warehouseman of any premises or warehouse upon or in which such Equipment or Inventory is located has (x) issued any warehouse receipt or other receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt in respect of any such Equipment or Inventory, (y) issued any Document for any such Equipment or Inventory or (z) any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any such Equipment or Inventory.

 

10



 

(b)           Each Grantor is the sole entitlement holder of its Deposit Accounts and no other Person (other than the Lender pursuant to this Security Agreement or any other Person with respect to Permitted Liens) has control or possession of, or any other interest in, any of its Deposit Accounts or any other securities or property credited thereto.

 

SECTION 3.5. Negotiable Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper. Each Grantor has delivered to the Lender possession of all originals of all Documents, Instruments, Promissory Notes, and tangible Chattel Paper (other than any Document, Instrument, Promissory Note or tangible Chattel Paper not exceeding $10,000 in principal amount) owned or held by such Grantor on the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 3.6. Intellectual Property Collateral. Except as disclosed on Schedules III through VI, with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral:

 

(a)           such Grantor has not made a previous assignment, sale, transfer or agreement constituting a present or future assignment, sale or transfer of any Intellectual Property for purposes of granting a security interest or as Collateral that has not been terminated or releasedt; and

 

(b)           such Grantor has executed and delivered to the Lender Intellectual Property Collateral security agreements for all Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks owned by such Grantor, including all Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks on Schedule III through VI (as such schedules may be amended or supplemented from time to time by notice by such Grantor to the Lender).

 

SECTION 3.7. Validity, etc.

 

(a)           This Security Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral securing the payment of the Obligations to the extent such security interest may be created pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC.

 

(b)           As of the Closing Date, each Grantor has filed or caused to be filed all UCC-1 financing statements in the filing office for each Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization listed in Item A of Schedule II (collectively, the “Filing Statements”) (delivered to the Lender the Filing Statements suitable for timely and proper filing in such offices) and has taken all other actions requested by the Lender necessary for the Lender to obtain control of the Collateral as provided in Sections 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 and 9-107 of the UCC.

 

(c)           Upon the filing of the Filing Statements with the appropriate agencies therefor the security interests created under this Security Agreement shall constitute a perfected security interest in the Collateral described on such Filing Statements in favor of the Lender to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing a financing statement pursuant to the relevant UCC, prior to all other Liens, except for Permitted Liens (in which case such security interest shall be second in priority of right only to the Permitted Liens entitled to priority).

 

11



 

SECTION 3.8. Authorization, Approval, etc. Except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other third party is required either

 

(a)           for the grant by the Grantors of the security interest granted hereby or for the execution, delivery and performance of this Security Agreement by the Grantors;

 

(b)           for the perfection or maintenance of the security interests hereunder (except with respect to the Filing Statements or, with respect to Intellectual Property Collateral, the recordation of any agreements with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or, with respect to foreign Intellectual Property Collateral, the taking of appropriate action under applicable foreign law and, with respect to after-acquired Intellectual Property Collateral, any subsequent filings in United States intellectual property offices); or

 

(c)           for the exercise by the Lender of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement, except (i) with respect to any securities issued by a Subsidiary of the Grantors, as may be required in connection with a disposition of such securities by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally, the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement and (ii) any “change of control” or similar filings required by state licensing agencies.

 

SECTION 3.9. Best Interests. It is in the best interests of each Grantor (other than the Borrower) to execute this Security Agreement inasmuch as such Grantor will, as a result of being an Affiliate of the Borrower, derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the Loans made to the Borrower by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and each Grantor agrees that the Lender is relying on this representation in agreeing to make such Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement to the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

 

Each Grantor covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, such Grantor will perform, comply with and be bound by the obligations set forth below.

 

SECTION 4.1. As to Investment Property, etc.

 

SECTION 4.1.1. Capital Securities of Subsidiaries. No Grantor will allow any of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)           [Omitted];

 

(b)           that is a partnership or limited liability company, to (i) issue Capital Securities that are to be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (ii) expressly provide in its Organic Documents that its Capital Securities are securities

 

12



 

governed by Article 8 of the UCC, or (iii) place such Subsidiary’s Capital Securities in a Securities Account; and

 

(c)           to issue Capital Securities in addition to or in substitution for the Capital Securities pledged hereunder, except to such Grantor (and such Capital Securities are immediately pledged and delivered to the Lender pursuant to the terms of this Security Agreement).

 

SECTION 4.1.2. Investment Property (other than Certificated Securities).

 

(a)           With respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts, Commodity Contracts or Security Entitlements constituting Investment Property owned or held by any Grantor, such Grantor will cause (except for Excluded Accounts) the intermediary maintaining such Investment Property to execute a Control Agreement relating to such Investment Property pursuant to which such intermediary agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such Investment Property without further consent by such Grantor (which instructions the Lender hereby agrees not to give unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

(b)           With respect to any Uncertificated Securities (other than Uncertificated Securities credited to a Securities Account) constituting Investment Property owned or held by any Grantor, such Grantor will cause the issuer of such securities that is not a party hereto to execute a Control Agreement relating to such Investment Property pursuant to which the issuer agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Securities without further consent by such Grantor (which instructions the Lender hereby agrees not to give unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). Each party hereto that is such an issuer of any Uncertificated Securities hereby agrees that such party will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Lender (which instructions the Lender hereby agrees not to give unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

SECTION 4.1.3. Certificated Securities (Stock Powers). Each Grantor agrees that all Certificated Securities constituting Collateral, including the Capital Securities delivered by such Grantor pursuant to this Security Agreement, will be accompanied by duly executed undated blank stock powers, or other equivalent instruments of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

 

SECTION 4.1.4. Continuous Pledge. Each Grantor will (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement) (a) deliver to the Lender all Investment Property and all Payment Intangibles to the extent that such Investment Property or Payment Intangibles are evidenced by a Document, Instrument, Promissory Note or Chattel Paper (other than any Document, Instrument, Promissory Note or Chattel Paper not exceeding $10,000 in the principal amount), and (b) at all times keep pledged to the Lender pursuant hereto, on a first-priority, perfected basis, security interest therein and in all interest and principal with respect to such Payment Intangibles, and all Proceeds and rights from time to time received by or distributable to such Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it will, promptly following receipt thereof, deliver to the Lender possession of all originals of negotiable Documents, Instruments,

 

13



 

Promissory Notes and Chattel Paper that it acquires following the Closing Date (other than any Document, Instrument, Promissory Note or Chattel Paper not exceeding $10,000 in the principal amount).

 

SECTION 4.1.5. Voting Rights; Dividends, etc. Each Grantor agrees:

 

(a)           upon receipt of notice of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default from the Lender and without any request therefor by the Lender, so long as such Event of Default shall continue, to deliver (properly endorsed where required hereby or requested by the Lender) to the Lender all dividends and Distributions with respect to Investment Property, all interest, principal, other cash payments on Payment Intangibles, and all Proceeds of the Collateral, in each case thereafter received by such Grantor, all of which shall be held by the Lender as additional Collateral, except for payments made in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement; and

 

(b)           immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and so long as the Lender has notified such Grantor of the Lender’s intention to exercise its voting power under this clause,

 

(i)            with respect to Collateral consisting of general partner interests or limited liability company interests, to promptly modify its Organic Documents to admit the Lender as a general partner or member, as applicable;

 

(ii)           that the Lender may exercise (to the exclusion of such Grantor) the voting power and all other incidental rights of ownership with respect to any Investment Property constituting Collateral and such Grantor hereby grants the Lender an irrevocable proxy, exercisable under such circumstances, to vote such Investment Property; and

 

(iii)          to promptly deliver to the Lender such additional proxies and other documents as may be necessary to allow the Lender to exercise such voting power.

 

All dividends, Distributions, interest, principal, cash payments, Payment Intangibles and Proceeds that may at any time and from time to time be held by such Grantor, but which such Grantor is then obligated to deliver to the Lender, shall, until delivery to the Lender, be held by such Grantor separate and apart from its other property in trust for the Lender. The Lender agrees that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Lender shall have given the notice referred to in clause (b), such Grantor will have the exclusive voting power with respect to any Investment Property constituting Collateral and the Lender will, upon the written request of such Grantor, promptly deliver such proxies and other documents, if any, as shall be reasonably requested by such Grantor which are necessary to allow such Grantor to exercise that voting power; provided that no vote shall be cast, or consent, waiver, or ratification given, or action taken by such Grantor that would impair any such Collateral or be inconsistent with or violate any provision of any Loan Document.

 

14


 

SECTION 4.2. Change of Name, etc. No Grantor will change its name or place of incorporation or organization or federal taxpayer identification number except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.3. As to Accounts.

 

(a)           Each Grantor shall have the right to collect all Accounts so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)           Upon (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the delivery of notice by the Lender to each Grantor, all Proceeds of Collateral received by such Grantor shall be delivered in kind to the Lender for deposit in a Deposit Account of such Grantor maintained with the Lender (together with any other Deposit Accounts or Security Accounts pursuant to which any portion of the Collateral is deposited with the Lender, the “Collateral Accounts”), and such Grantor shall not commingle any such Proceeds, and shall hold separate and apart from all other property, all such Proceeds in express trust for the benefit of the Lender until delivery thereof is made to the Lender.

 

(c)           Following the delivery of notice pursuant to clause (b)(ii), and so long as an Event of Default shall continue, the Lender shall have the right to apply any amount in the Collateral Account to the payment of any Obligations which are then due and payable in accordance with Section 4.4(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)           With respect to each of the Collateral Accounts, it is hereby confirmed and agreed that (i) deposits in such Collateral Accounts are subject to a security interest as contemplated hereby, (ii) such Collateral Accounts shall be under the control of the Lender and (iii) the Lender shall have the sole right of withdrawal over such Collateral Account.

 

SECTION 4.4. As to Grantors Use of Collateral.

 

(a)           At any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whether before or after the maturity of any of the Obligations, the Lender may exercise any and all rights and remedies to which it is lawfully entitled with respect to the Collateral.

 

(b)           Upon the request of the Lender following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will, at its own expense, notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Lender of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

 

(c)           At any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Lender may endorse, in the name of such Grantor, any item, howsoever received by the Lender, representing any payment on or other Proceeds of any of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 4.5. As to Intellectual Property Collateral. Each Grantor covenants and agrees to comply with the following provision:

 

15



 

(a)           such Grantor will not (i) do or fail to perform any act whereby any of the Patent Collateral may lapse or become abandoned or dedicated to the public or unenforceable, (ii) permit any of its licensees to (A) fail to continue to use any of the Trademark Collateral in order to maintain all of the Trademark Collateral in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (B) fail to maintain the quality of products and services offered under all of the Trademark Collateral at a level substantially consistent with the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark as of the date hereof, (C) fail to employ all of the Trademark Collateral registered with any federal or state or foreign authority with an appropriate notice of such registration, (D) adopt or use any other Trademark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any of the Trademark Collateral, (E) use any of the Trademark Collateral registered with any federal, state or foreign authority except for the uses for which registration or application for registration of all of the Trademark Collateral has been made or (F) do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of the Trademark Collateral may become invalid or unenforceable, or (iii) do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of the Copyright Collateral or any of the Trade Secrets Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain except upon expiration of the end of an unrenewable term of a registration thereof, unless, in the case of any of the foregoing requirements in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), such Grantor reasonably and in good faith determines that either (x) such Intellectual Property Collateral is of negligible economic value to such Grantor or (y) the loss of such Intellectual Property Collateral would not be material to such Grantor;

 

(b)           such Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any material item of the Intellectual Property Collateral may, in the Grantor’s reasonable commercial judgment, become abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain or invalid or unenforceable, or of any adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any foreign counterpart thereof or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any of the Intellectual Property Collateral, its right to register the same or to keep and maintain and enforce the same;

 

(c)           in no event will such Grantor or any of its agents, employees, designees or licensees file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Grantor promptly informs the Lender and, upon request of the Lender (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement), executes and delivers all agreements, instruments and documents as the Lender may reasonably request to evidence the Lender’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral; and

 

(d)           such Grantor will promptly (but no less than quarterly) execute and deliver to the Lender (as applicable) a Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and/or Copyright Security Agreement, as the case may be, in the forms of Exhibit A, Exhibit B and Exhibit C hereto following its obtaining an interest in any such

 

16



 

Intellectual Property, and shall execute and deliver to the Lender any other document reasonably required to evidence the Lender’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

SECTION 4.6. As to Letter-of-Credit Rights.

 

(a)           Each Grantor, by granting a security interest in its Letter-of-Credit Rights to the Lender, intends to (and hereby does) collaterally assign to the Lender its rights (including its contingent rights ) to the Proceeds of all Letter-of-Credit Rights of which it is or hereafter becomes a beneficiary or assignee.

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor will, promptly upon request by the Lender, (i) notify (and such Grantor hereby authorizes the Lender to notify) the issuer and each nominated person with respect to each of the Letters of Credit that the Proceeds thereof have been assigned to the Lender hereunder and any payments due or to become due in respect thereof are to be made directly to the Lender and (ii) arrange for the Lender to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit.

 

SECTION 4.7. As to Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full of the Obligations and termination of all Commitments, with respect to any Commercial Tort Claim hereafter arising, it shall deliver to the Lender a supplement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, together with all supplements to schedules thereto, identifying such new Commercial Tort Claim.

 

SECTION 4.8. Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in Section 201 of the U.S. Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the U.S. Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, with a value in excess of $100,000, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender thereof and, at the request of the Lender, shall take such action as the Lender may reasonably request to vest in the Lender control under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Lender agrees with such Grantor that the Lender will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Lender and so long as such procedures will not result in the Lender’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the U.S. Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the U.S. Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such electronic chattel paper or transferable record.

 

SECTION 4.9. Further Assurances, etc. Each Grantor agrees that, from time to time at its own expense, it will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that the Lender may reasonably request, in order to perfect, preserve and protect any security interest

 

17



 

granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Grantor will

 

(a)           from time to time upon the request of the Lender, promptly deliver to the Lender such stock powers, instruments and similar documents, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender, with respect to such Collateral as the Lender may request and will, from time to time upon the request of the Lender, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, promptly transfer any securities constituting Collateral into the name of any nominee designated by the Lender; if any Collateral shall be evidenced by an Instrument, negotiable Document, Promissory Note or tangible Chattel Paper, deliver and pledge to the Lender hereunder such Instrument, negotiable Document, Promissory Note or tangible Chattel Paper (other than any Instrument, negotiable Document, Promissory Note or tangible Chattel Paper in principal amount less than $10,000) duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender;

 

(b)           file (and hereby authorize the Lender to file) such Filing Statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices (including any assignment of claim form under or pursuant to the federal assignment of claims statute, 31 U.S.C. § 3726, any successor or amended version thereof or any regulation promulgated under or pursuant to any version thereof), as may be necessary or that the Lender may reasonably request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests and other rights granted or purported to be granted to the Lender hereby;

 

(c)           at all times keep pledged to the Lender pursuant hereto, on a first-priority, perfected basis, at the request of the Lender, all Investment Property constituting Collateral, all dividends and Distributions with respect thereto, and all interest and principal with respect to Promissory Notes, and all Proceeds and rights from time to time received by or distributable to such Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing Collateral;

 

(d)           not create any tangible Chattel Paper without placing a legend on such tangible Chattel Paper reasonably acceptable to the Lender indicating that the Lender has a security interest in such Chattel Paper;

 

(e)           furnish to the Lender, from time to time at the Lender’s request, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Lender may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail; and

 

(f)            do all things reasonably requested by the Lender in accordance with this Security Agreement in order to enable the Lender to have and maintain control over the Collateral consisting of Investment Property, Deposit Accounts, Letter-of-Credit-Rights and Electronic Chattel Paper.

 

Each Grantor agrees that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or any UCC financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be

 

18



 

sufficient as a UCC financing statement where permitted by law. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Lender to file financing statements describing as the collateral covered thereby “all of the debtor’s personal property or assets” or words to that effect, notwithstanding that such wording may be broader in scope than the Collateral described in this Security Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

THE LENDER

 

SECTION 5.1. Lender Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender as its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, from time to time in the Lender’s discretion, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to take any action and to execute any instrument which the Lender may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, including:

 

(a)           to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral;

 

(b)           to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other Instruments, Documents and Chattel Paper, in connection with clause (a) above;

 

(c)           to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which the Lender may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Lender with respect to any of the Collateral; and

 

(d)           to perform the affirmative obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

 

Each Grantor hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that the power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

 

SECTION 5.2. Lender May Perform. If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, upon 5 days after the earlier to occur of (i) notice thereof given to any such Grantor by the Lender or (ii) the date on which such Grantor has knowledge of such failure, the Lender may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, that the Lender deems necessary for the maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the Collateral or of its security interest therein to the extent provided for herein, and the expenses of the Lender incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.3. Lender Has No Duty. The powers conferred on the Lender hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on it to exercise any such powers. Except for reasonable care of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Lender shall have no duty as to any Collateral or responsibility for

 

19



 

(a)           ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Investment Property, whether or not the Lender has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or

 

(b)           taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.

 

SECTION 5.4. Reasonable Care. The Lender is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided that the Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if it takes such action for that purpose as each Grantor reasonably requests in writing at times other than upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, but failure of the Lender to comply with any such request at any time shall not in itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care.

 

SECTION 5.5. Lender as Agent for Other Secured Parties. The Lender hereby agrees to act as agent of the other parties to which any Grantor may owe any Obligations for all purposes hereunder and under the other Loan Documents pursuant to which any Grantor grants a Lien or other right in any Collateral to secure the Obligations, for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on any Collateral granted by any Grantor to secure any of the Obligations. The Lender may appoint any co-agents, sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact in connection with the foregoing.

 

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1. Certain Remedies. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)           The Lender may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of the Lender on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may

 

(i)            take possession of any Collateral not already in its possession without demand and without legal process;

 

(ii)           require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will, at its expense and upon request of the Lender forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Lender and make it available to the Lender at a place to be designated by the Lender that is reasonably convenient to both parties,

 

(iii)          enter onto the property where any Collateral is located and take possession thereof without demand and without legal process; and

 

20



 

(iv)          without notice except as specified below, lease, license, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at any public or private sale, at any of the Lender’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Lender may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Lender shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Lender may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 

(b)           All cash Proceeds received by the Lender in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by the Lender against all or any part of the Obligations as set forth in Section 4.4(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)           The Lender may

 

(i)            transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of the Lender or its nominee, with or without disclosing that such Collateral is subject to the Lien hereunder,

 

(ii)           notify the parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Lender of any amount due or to become due thereunder,

 

(iii)          withdraw, or cause or direct the withdrawal, of all funds with respect to the Collateral Account;

 

(iv)          enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or otherwise, and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any obligations of any nature of any party with respect thereto,

 

(v)           endorse any checks, drafts, or other writings in any Grantor’s name to allow collection of the Collateral,

 

(vi)          take control of any Proceeds of the Collateral, and

 

(vii)         execute (in the name, place and stead of any Grantor) endorsements, assignments, stock powers and other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to all or any of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 6.2. Securities Laws. If the Lender shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Collateral that are Capital Securities pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(iv), each Grantor acknowledges that the Lender may be unable to effect a public sale or other disposition of the Capital Securities by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as

 

21



 

from time to time amended (the “Securities Act”), federal banking laws, and other applicable laws, but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers. Each Grantor agrees that any such private sale may be at prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if sold at public sales and that such private sales shall not solely by reason thereof be deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Capital Securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or such other federal banking or other applicable laws, even if the issuer would agree to do so. Subject to the foregoing, the Lender agrees that any sale of the Capital Securities shall be made in a commercially reasonable manner, and each Grantor agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the issuer or issuers of the Capital Securities contemplated to be sold, to execute and deliver, all at the Grantors’ expense, all such instruments and documents, and to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, advisable to exempt such Capital Securities from registration under the provisions of the Securities Act, and to make all amendments to such instruments and documents which, in the opinion of the Lender, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Grantor further agrees to use its reasonable best efforts (a) to cause such issuer or issuers to exempt or comply with the provisions of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any jurisdiction which the Lender designates and obtain all necessary governmental approvals for the sale of the Capital Securities, as requested by the Lender; (b) if required, to cause such issuer or issuers to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and (c) to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary to make such sale of the Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.3. Compliance with Restrictions. Each Grantor agrees that in any sale of any of the Collateral whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable law (including compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, require that such prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restrict such prospective bidders and purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any Governmental Authority or official, and such Grantor further agrees that such compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Lender be liable nor accountable to such Grantor for any discount allowed by the reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.

 

SECTION 6.4. Protection of Collateral. The Lender may from time to time, at its option, perform any act which any Grantor fails to perform after being requested in writing so to perform (it being understood that no such request need be given after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default) and the Lender may from time to time take any other action

 

22



 

which the Lender deems necessary for the maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the Collateral or of its security interest therein.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 7.1. Loan Document. This Security Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to contrary, to the extent any provision in this Security Agreement conflicts with any provision in the Credit Agreement, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 7.2. Binding on Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Assignment. This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date has occurred, shall be binding upon the Grantors and their successors, transferees and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender; provided that no Grantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

SECTION 7.3. Amendments, etc. No amendment or modification to or waiver of any provision of this Security Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any Grantor from its obligations under this Security Agreement, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender and the Grantors and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

SECTION 7.4. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be delivered or made as provided in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.5. Release of Liens. Upon (a) the Disposition of Collateral in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Security Agreement or (b) the occurrence of the Termination Date, the security interests granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to (i) such Collateral (in the case of clause (a)) or (ii) all Collateral (in the case of clause (b)). Upon any such Disposition or termination, the Lender will, at the Grantors’ sole expense, deliver to the Grantors, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all Collateral held by the Lender hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Grantors such documents as the Grantors shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

SECTION 7.6. Additional Grantors. Upon the execution and delivery by any other Person of a supplement in the form of Annex I hereto, such Person shall become a “Grantor” hereunder as of the date of such supplement with the same force and effect as if it were originally a party to this Security Agreement and named as a “Grantor” hereunder. The execution and delivery of such supplement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder, and the rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

 

23



 

SECTION 7.7. No Waiver; Remedies. In addition to, and not in limitation of Section 2.4, no failure on the part of the Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

SECTION 7.8. Severability. Any provision of this Security Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 7.9. Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). This Security Agreement, along with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto

 

SECTION 7.10. Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Security Agreement shall become effective when counterparts hereof executed on behalf of all of the signatories hereto, shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Security Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

24


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

Title:

[·]

 

 

 

 

 

NATERA INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

Title:

[·]

 

 

 

 

 

ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP,

 

as the Lender, for itself and as agent

 

By ROS Acquisition Offshore GP Ltd.,

 

its General Partner

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

Title:

[·]

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A

to Security Agreement

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of            , 2013 (this “Agreement”), is made by [NAME OF GRANTOR], a                   (the “Grantor”), in favor of ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of [         ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Grantor and its Affiliates have executed and delivered a Pledge and Security Agreement in favor of the Lender, dated as of [           ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and pursuant to clause (e) of Section 4.5 of the Security Agreement, the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Agreement and to grant to the Lender a continuing security interest in all of the Patent Collateral (as defined below) to secure all of the Obligations; and

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided (or incorporated by reference) in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. The Grantor hereby grants to the Lender, for its benefit, a continuing security interest in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by the Grantor (the “Patent Collateral”):

 

(a)           all of its letters patent and applications for letters patent throughout the world, including each patent and patent application referred to in Item A of Schedule I attached hereto;

 



 

(b)           all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations of any of the items described in clause (a);

 

(c)           all patent licenses and other agreements providing the Grantor with the right to use any items of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, including each patent license referred to in Item B of Schedule I attached hereto; and

 

(d)           all Proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing (including licenses, royalties income, payments, claims, damages and Proceeds of infringement suits) and the right to sue third parties for past, present or future infringements of any patent or patent application and for breach or enforcement of any patent license.

 

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of registering the security interest of the Lender in the Patent Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted in furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the security interest granted to the Lender for its benefit under the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lender thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 4. Release of Liens. Upon (i) the Disposition of Patent Collateral in accordance with the Credit Agreement or (ii) the occurrence of the Termination Date, the security interests granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to (A) such Patent Collateral (in the case of clause (i)) or (B) all Patent Collateral (in the case of clause (ii)). Upon any such Disposition or termination, the Lender will, at the Grantor’s sole expense, deliver to the Grantor, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all Patent Collateral held by the Lender hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Grantor such documents as the Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

SECTION 5. Acknowledgment. The Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

SECTION 6. Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof.

 

SECTION 7. Effective. This Agreement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed by the Grantor, shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE I

to Patent Security Agreement

 

Item A. Patents

 

Issued Patents

 

Country

 

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

 

Inventor(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pending Patent Applications

 

Country

 

Serial No.

 

Filing Date

 

Inventor(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patent Applications in Preparation

 

 

 

 

 

Expected

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

Docket No.

 

Filing Date

 

Inventor(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item B. Patent Licenses

 

Country or

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Expiration

 

Subject

 

Territory

 

Licensor

 

Licensee

 

Date

 

Date

 

Matter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

to Security Agreement

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of              , 2013 (this “Agreement”), is made by [NAME OF GRANTOR], a                    (the “Grantor”), in favor of ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Grantor and its Affiliates have executed and delivered a Pledge and Security Agreement in favor of the Lender, dated as of [            ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and pursuant to clause (e) of Section 4.5 of the Security Agreement, the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Agreement and to grant to the Lender a continuing security interest in all of the Trademark Collateral (as defined below) to secure all of the Obligations; and

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees, for the benefit of each Lender, as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided (or incorporated by reference) in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. The Grantor hereby grants to the Lender, for its benefit, a continuing security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by the Grantor (the “Trademark Collateral”):

 

(a)           (i) all of its trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill of the business associated therewith, including those referred to in Item A of Schedule I hereto, whether currently in use or not, all registrations and recordings thereof and all

 



 

applications in connection therewith, whether pending or filed, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any office or agency of the United States of America or any State thereof, and all common-law rights relating to the foregoing, and (ii) the right to obtain all reissues, extensions or renewals of the foregoing (collectively referred to as the “Trademarks”);

 

(b)           all Trademark licenses for the grant by or to the Grantor of any right to use any Trademark, including each Trademark license referred to in Item B of Schedule I hereto;

 

(c)           all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by the items described in, clause (a), and to the extent applicable clause (b);

 

(d)           the right to sue third parties for past, present and future infringements of any Trademark Collateral described in clause (a) and, to the extent applicable, clause (b); and

 

(e)           all Proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing, including any claim by the Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark license, or for any injury to the goodwill associated with the use of any such Trademark or for breach or enforcement of any Trademark license and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of registering the security interest of the Lender in the Trademark Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted in furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the security interest granted to the Lender for its benefit under the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lender thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 4. Release of Liens. Upon (i) the Disposition of Trademark Collateral in accordance with the Credit Agreement or (ii) the occurrence of the Termination Date, the security interests granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to (A) such Trademark Collateral (in the case of clause (i)) or (B) all Trademark Collateral (in the case of clause (ii)). Upon any such Disposition or termination, the Lender will, at the Grantor’s sole expense, deliver to the Grantor, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all Trademark Collateral held by the Lender hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Grantor such documents as the Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

SECTION 5. Acknowledgment. The Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

2



 

SECTION 6. Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof.

 

SECTION 7. Effective. This Agreement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed by the Grantor, shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE I

to Trademark Security Agreement

 

Item A. Trademarks

 

Registered Trademarks

 

Country

 

Trademark

 

Registration No.

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pending Trademark Applications

 

Country

 

Trademark

 

Serial No.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademark Applications in Preparation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected

 

Products/

 

Country

 

Trademark

 

Docket No.

 

Filing Date

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item B. Trademark Licenses

 

Country or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Expiration

 

Territory

 

Trademark

 

Licensor

 

Licensee

 

Date

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

to Security Agreement

 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of                       , 2013 (this “Agreement”), is made by [NAME OF GRANTOR], a                                  (the “Grantor”), in favor of ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Grantor and its Affiliates have executed and delivered a Pledge and Security Agreement in favor of the Lender, dated as of [        ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and pursuant to clause (e) of Section 4.5 of the Security Agreement, the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Agreement and to grant to the Lender a continuing security interest in all of the Copyright Collateral (as defined below) to secure all of the Obligations; and

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided (or incorporated by reference) in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. The Grantor hereby grants to the Lender, for its benefit, a continuing security interest in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “Copyright Collateral”), whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by the Grantor: all copyrights of the Grantor, whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, now or hereafter in force throughout the world including all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all copyrights registered in the United States Copyright Office or anywhere else in the world including the copyrights referred to in Item A of Schedule I hereto, and registrations and recordings thereof and all applications for registration thereof, whether pending or in preparation, all copyright licenses, including each copyright license referred to in Item B of Schedule I hereto, the right to sue for

 



 

past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing, all rights corresponding thereto, all extensions and renewals of any thereof and all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and Proceeds of suit.

 

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of registering the security interest of the Lender in the Copyright Collateral with the United States Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted in furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the security interest granted to the Lender for its benefit under the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Lender thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 4. Release of Liens. Upon (i) the Disposition of Copyright Collateral in accordance with the Credit Agreement or (ii) the occurrence of the Termination Date, the security interests granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to (A) such Copyright Collateral (in the case of clause (i)) or (B) all Copyright Collateral (in the case of clause (ii)). Upon any such Disposition or termination, the Lender will, at the Grantor’s sole expense, deliver to the Grantor, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all Copyright Collateral held by the Lender hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Grantor such documents as the Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

SECTION 5. Acknowledgment. The Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

SECTION 6. Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof.

 

SECTION 7. Effective. This Agreement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed by the Grantor, shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery or a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE I

to Copyright Security Agreement

 

Item A. Copyrights/Mask Works

 

Registered Copyrights/Mask Works

 

Country

 

Registration No.

 

Registration Date

 

Author(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Copyright/Mask Work Pending Registration Applications

 

Country

 

Serial No.

 

Filing Date

 

Author(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Copyright/Mask Work Registration Applications in Preparation

 

 

 

 

 

Expected

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

Docket No.

 

Filing Date

 

Author(s)

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item B. Copyright/Mask Work Licenses

 

Country or

 

 

 

 

 

Effective

 

Expiration

 

Territory

 

Licensor

 

Licensee

 

Date

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

ANNEX I

to Security Agreement

 

SUPPLEMENT TO

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This SUPPLEMENT, dated as of                          ,             (this “Supplement”), is to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), among the Grantors (such term, and other terms used in this Supplement, to have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Security Agreement) from time to time party thereto, in favor of ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of [         ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and the Lender, the Lender has extended a Commitment to make the Loans to the Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.6 of the Security Agreement, each of the undersigned is becoming a Grantor under the Security Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the undersigned desires to become a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lender to continue to extend Loans under the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the undersigned agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, as follows.

 

SECTION 1. Party to Security Agreement, etc. In accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement, by its signature below, each of the undersigned hereby irrevocably agrees to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if it were an original signatory thereto and each of the undersigned hereby (a) agrees to be bound by and comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct as of the date hereof, unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, each reference to a “Grantor” and/or “Grantors” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each of the undersigned.

 

SECTION 2. Schedules. Each of the undersigned Grantors hereby authorizes the Lender to add the information set forth on the Schedules to this Supplement to the correlative Schedules attached to the Security Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 3. Representations. Each of the undersigned Grantors hereby represents and warrants that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and that this Supplement and the Security Agreement constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 4. Full Force of Security Agreement. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5. Severability. Wherever possible each provision of this Supplement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Supplement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Supplement or the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 6. Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). This Supplement, along with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 7. Effective. This Supplement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed by the Grantor shall have been received by the Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf” or “tiff”) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement Supplement

 



 

[COPY SCHEDULES FROM SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 



 

Execution Version

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULES ONLY

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Execution Version

 

SCHEDULES TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Schedule 1.1                                                                                         Competitors

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule 1.2         Tangible Fixed Assets

 

Vendor

 

Description

 

Purchase Date

 

Original Purchase Cost

 

April 1, 2013 Net Asset Value

 

PO #

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Grand Total

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule 6.6                           Material Adverse Change

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.7(a)            Litigation

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.8                           Existing Subsidiaries

 

Natera International, Inc. 100% owned by Natera, Inc.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.10                    Taxes

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule 6.15(a) Intellectual Property

 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

 

Title

 

Publication No.

 

No.

 

Filing Date

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Date

 

Date

 

Assignee

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

 

Title

 

Publication No.

 

No.

 

Filing Date

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Date

 

Date

 

Assignee

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

 

Title

 

Publication No.

 

No.

 

Filing Date

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Date

 

Date

 

Assignee

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

 

Title

 

Publication No.

 

No.

 

Filing Date

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Date

 

Date

 

Assignee

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

 

Title

 

Publication No.

 

No.

 

Filing Date

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Date

 

Date

 

Assignee

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest

Trademark

 

Appl. #

 

Reg. #

 

Status

 

of Reg.

 

Appl. Dt

 

Reg. Dt

 

Goods and Services

 

Owner

 

Information

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule 6.15(b) Intellectual Property Exceptions

 

6.15(b)(iii)

 

[*]. On January 6, 2012, the Borrower filed a Declaratory Judgment action against Sequenom in the Northern District of California, alleging that U.S. Patent No. 6,258,540 (“the ‘540 patent”) is invalid, unenforceable, and not infringed. On January 24, 2012, Sequenom asserted the ‘540 patent against the Borrower and DNA Diagnostic Center in the Southern District of California. [*]. Ariosa and Verinata [*] also filed declaratory judgment actions regarding the ‘540 Patent against Sequenom in the Northern District. Sequenom has also asserted counterclaims of infringement of the ‘540 patent against Ariosa and Verinata in both of those cases. All of these cases have been designated related cases in the Northern District of California [*]. The appeals court heard argument in the matter on January 9, 2013. The district court postponed claim construction on several occasions to allow time for the Federal Circuit to issue its decision on the appeal. On March 19, 2013, [*].

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 



 

Schedule 6.15(b)(v)                                      Intellectual Property Sole Ownership Exceptions

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.15(c)      Intellectual Property Infringement

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.15(e)      Infringement Notices

 

See Schedule 6.15(b).

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.16                                                                    Material Agreements

 

1.              [*]

2.              [*]

3.              [*]

4.              [*]

5.              [*]

6.              [*]

7.              [*]

8.              [*]

9.              [*]

10.       [*]

11.       [*]

12.       [*]

13.       [*]

14.       [*]

15.       [*]

16.       [*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.17                    Permits.

 

The Borrower has a license application to perform testing in New York pursuant to a waiver.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.18(b)     Regulatory Actions

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.18(c)      Regulatory Compliance

 

See Schedule 6.17.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.18(d)     Key Permit Matters.

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.18(e)      Certain Regulatory Enforcement Matters

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule 6.18(g)      Certain Regulatory Disclosure Matters

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.18(h)     Certain Regulatory Actions

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.19                                                                    Transactions with Affiliates

 

On April 30, 2012, the Borrower made a $154,000 full recourse seven-year loan to Matthew Rabinowitz for purchase of shares.

 

On April 30, 2012, the Borrower made a $32,280 full recourse seven-year loan to Jonathan Sheena for purchase of shares.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 6.22                                                                    Deposit and Disbursement Accounts

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 7.7                                                                           Use of Proceeds

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 8.2(b)                                                            Indebtedness to be Paid

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 8.2(c)                                                             Existing Indebtedness

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 8.3(c)                                                             Existing Liens

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 8.5(a)                                                            Investments

 

[*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

Schedule 10.2                                                                    Notice Information

 

If to the Borrower:

 

Natera, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

201 Industrial Road #410

San Carlos, CA 94070

(650) 249-9090 (phone)

(650) 649 2385 (fax)

 

If to the Lender:

ROS Acquisition Offshore LP

C/O Walkers Corporate Services Limited

Walker House, 87 Mary Street

George Town, Grand Cayman KY 1-9005, Cayman Islands

Attention: Neil Gray

 

with a copy to:

 

OrbiMed Advisors LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [*]

Email: [*]

 

If to ROS:

 

Royalty Opportunities S.àr.l

65 Boulevard Grande-Duchesse

Charlotte

L-1331 Luxembourg

Grand Duché de Luxembourg

Attention: Board of Directors

 

with a copy to:

 

OrbiMed Advisors, LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [*]

Email: [*]

Facsimile: [*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

[ Schedules to Credit Agreement ]

 


 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of June 6, 2014 by and among NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (the “Lender”).

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lender has extended credit to the Borrower on the terms set forth therein;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Borrower and the Lender; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender desire to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           Definitions; Loan Document. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.           Amendment to Definition of Delayed Draw Commitment Amount. The definition of “Delayed Draw Commitment Amount” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended so that the definition reads in its entirety as follows:

 

Delayed Draw Commitment Amount means an amount equal to (a) $10,000,000 or (b) $20,000,000, as determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion.

 

3.           Amendment to Definition of Notes. The definition of “Note” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended so that the definition reads in its entirety as follows:

 

Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the Lender, in the form of Exhibit A or F hereto, as applicable (as such promissory note may be amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time), evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender resulting from the outstanding amount of the Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

 



 

4.             Amendment to Definition of Loan Request. The definition of “Loan Request” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended so that the definition reads in its entirety as follows:

 

Loan Request” means (a) in the event that the Borrower elects a Delayed Draw Commitment Amount equal to $10,000,000, a Loan request and certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto or (b) in the event that the Borrower elects a Delayed Draw Commitment Amount equal to $20,000,000, a Loan request and certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

5.             Amendment to Definition of Material Agreement. The definition of “Material Agreement in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended such that “[*]” shall be replaced by “[*]”

 

6.             Amendment to Section 5.1. Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

SECTION 5.1. Credit Extensions. The obligation of the Lender to make the Initial Loan shall be subject to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the delivery of a Loan Request as requested pursuant to Section 2.3, and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Article (other than Sections 5.19, 5.20 and 5.21). The obligation of the Lender to make the Delayed Draw Loan shall be subject to the prior making of the Initial Loan, the delivery of a Loan Request as requested pursuant to Section 2.3, and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in Sections 5.3, 5.8, 5.19, 5.20 and 5.21.

 

7.             Amendment to Article V. Article V of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following as a new Section 5.21:

 

SECTION 5.21. Delayed Draw Loan Note. In the event that the Borrower elects a Delayed Draw Commitment Amount equal to $20,000,000, the Lender shall have received a Note in the form of Exhibit F hereto duly executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in exchange for the original Note delivered to the Lender on the Closing Date which shall be cancelled, without further action, upon delivery of the new Note to the Lender. The Lender shall promptly deliver to the Borrower the cancelled original Note.

 

8.             Addition to Exhibits of Credit AgreementExhibits F and G attached hereto are hereby added to the exhibits to the Credit Agreement.

 

9.             Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Lender of (i) a Secretary’s Certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender, duly executed and delivered by the signatories thereto, and (ii) a counterpart signature to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.

 

10.          Expenses. [*]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

2



 

11.          No Implied Amendment or Waiver. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, this Amendment shall not, by implication or otherwise, limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect any rights or remedies of the Lender under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, obligations or covenants contained in the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all of which shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed to imply any willingness on the part of the Lender to agree to or grant any similar or future amendment, consent or waiver of any of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

12.          Counterparts; Governing Law. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of such when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP,

 

as the Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samuel D. Isaly

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

Signature Page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT F

[To be attached.]

 



 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$40,000,000

[Date]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assigns, the “Lender”), on the Maturity Date the principal sum of FORTY MILLION DOLLARS ($40,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans (and any continuation thereof) made (or continued) by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May     , 2014, and as further supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between the Borrower and the Lender. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Note have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after maturity upon demand, until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement, as well as any other amounts that may be due to the Lender upon maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) under or in respect of this Note.

 

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in U.S. Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security and guarantee for this Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrower is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of the unpaid principal amount of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be immediately due and payable. Any prepaid principal of this Note may not be reborrowed.

 

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 



 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Promissory Note ]

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

[To be attached.]

 



 

LOAN REQUEST ($20,000,000 Delayed Draw Loan)

 

[Date]

 

ROS Acquisition Offshore LP

C/O Walkers Corporate Services Limited

Walker House, 87 Mary Street

George Town, Grand Cayman KY 1-9005, Cayman Islands

Attention: [*]

 

with a copy to:

 

OrbiMed Advisors LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [*]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May     , 2014, and as supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and in effect on the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), by and between Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and ROS ACQUISITION OFFSHORE LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, the “Lender”).

 

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests a Delayed Draw Loan of $20,000,000 to be made on     , 201  (the “Proposed Disbursement Date”), which Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of   , 2014 in the aggregate original principal amount of [$40,000,000.00].

 

The undersigned hereby represent(s) and warrant(s) to the Lender that:

 

(a)         the proceeds of the proposed Loan are to be used for the purposes set forth in Section 7.7 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(b)         bank account details and wire transfer instructions for disbursement of the proceeds of the proposed Loan are set forth on Schedule A hereto;

 

(c)          no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

 

(d)         all conditions required to be satisfied (or waived by the Lender), as set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, as of the Proposed Disbursement Date for the

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 



 

making of the Loan requested hereby have been, and are, fully satisfied (or duly waived by the Lender); and

 

(e)          the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation or warranty that contains a materiality qualifier, which representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects), before and after giving effect to the making of the proposed Loan and to the application of the proceeds thereof, as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that they relate specifically to an earlier specified date (in which case they are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date) or are affected by transactions or events occurring after the date of the Credit Agreement which are not prohibited thereunder.

 

The officer signing below is an Authorized Officer of the undersigned and is authorized to request the Loan contemplated hereby and issue this Loan Request on behalf of the undersigned.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.,

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Loan Request ]

 



 

Schedule A

 

Disbursement / Wire Instructions

 

[ Schedules to Loan Request ]

 


 

Execution Version

 

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

 

This ROYALTY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 18, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Royalty Agreement”), is made by and between ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.ÀR.L, a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (together with its Affiliates, successors, transferees and assignees, “ROS”), and Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Natera”). ROS and Natera are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, a Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership (“Lender”), and Natera have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as subsequently amended or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Royalty Agreement is a condition precedent to the making of the Initial Loan pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce ROS to make the Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Parties hereto agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1                                             Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Royalty Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

 

Applicable Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Purchase Price”.

 

Applicable Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Purchase Price”.

 

Bankruptcy Event” means any Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.1(h) of the Credit Agreement.

 

[*] Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

[*] Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

Confidential Information” means any and all information or material (whether written or oral, or in electronic or other form) that, at any time before, on or after the Closing Date, has been or is provided or communicated to the Receiving Party by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party pursuant to this Royalty Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or any discussions or negotiations with respect thereto, and shall include the existence and terms of this Royalty Agreement.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 



 

Contract” means any contract, license, indenture, instrument or agreement.

 

Credit Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Default Rate” means the rate of interest [*].

 

Disclosing Party” means the Party disclosing Confidential Information.

 

Judgment” means any judgment, injunction, order or decree.

 

Law” means any law, statute, rule, regulation or ordinance of any Governmental Authority that may be in effect from time to time.

 

Lender” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Natera” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Net Revenue” means [*] and shall be determined in accordance with GAAP. Net Revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the methodologies, practices and procedures used in developing Natera’s audited financial statements.

 

Party” and “Parties” have the meanings set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Payments” means the Royalty Payments, the payment of the Purchase Price and any other payments to be made by Natera to ROS hereunder.

 

Pledge and Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement among Natera, Natera International Inc. and the Lender.

 

Purchase Price” means, with respect to either (x) Natera’s election to exercise [*] Option at any time, or (y) ROS’s election to exercise its [*] Option upon the occurrence of a [*] an amount, payable by Natera to ROS in U.S. Dollars to an account designated in writing by ROS, equal to the difference between (i) the applicable amount set forth in the table below (the “Applicable Amount”) opposite the applicable period (the “Applicable Period”) set forth in the table below, during which such [*] Option or [*] as the case may be, was exercised (or deemed to be exercised), less (ii) the [*]. The Purchase Price shall not [*].

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

2



 

Applicable Period

 

Applicable Amount if
the Delayed Draw Loan
Has Not Been Funded

 

Applicable Amount if 
the Delayed Draw Loan
Has Been Funded

 

On or before the 1st anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 1st anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 2nd anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 2nd anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 3rd anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 3rd anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 4th anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Any time after the 4th anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

[*] Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

 

[*] Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

 

Receiving Party” means the Party receiving Confidential Information.

 

Recipients” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

 

Recovered Amount” means, as of the time the Purchase Price is paid pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, the [*] as of the Fiscal Quarter last ended.

 

Related Agreement” means any existing or future Contract entered into before or during the Royalty Term by Natera or any of its Subsidiaries (i) [*] or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to [*].

 

Related Party” means any Party (other than Natera or any of its Subsidiaries) to any Related Agreement.

 

ROS” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Royalty Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Royalty Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

3



 

Royalty Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Royalty Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

Royalty Term” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date and [*].

 

Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Third Party” means any Person, other than Natera or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 1.2                                             Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Royalty Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Credit Agreement terminates (in accordance with its terms or otherwise) prior to the expiration of the Term, terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to such termination) shall continue to be used herein without regard to such earlier termination of the Credit Agreement (as if such agreement remained in full force and effect).

 

ARTICLE II.
ROYALTY PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 2.1                                             Royalty Payments.

 

(a)                                 Natera shall (or shall cause a Subsidiary to) pay to ROS, in respect of each Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, in the case of the first Fiscal Year and last Fiscal Year of the Royalty Term) during the Royalty Term and prior to the Fiscal Quarter in which the Delayed Draw Loan is funded, a royalty amount equal to the sum of (i) 1.00% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) up to $50,000,000 of such Net Revenue, plus (ii) 1.50% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) in excess of $50,000,000.

 

(b)                                 Natera shall (or shall cause a Subsidiary to) pay to ROS, in respect of each Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, in the case of the first Fiscal Year and last Fiscal Year of the Royalty Term) during the Royalty Term and during the Fiscal Quarter in which the Delayed Draw Loan has been funded and thereafter, a royalty amount equal to the sum of (i) 1.50% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) up to $50,000,000 of such Net Revenue, plus (ii) 2.00% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) in excess of $50,000,000.

 

(c)                                  Amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.1(b) shall be calculated quarterly as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter during the Royalty Term, and shall be payable by Natera to ROS within [*] after the end of each such Fiscal Quarter (each such payment, a “Royalty Payment”). The first Royalty Payment shall be

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

4



 

determined based on Net Revenue for the entire first Fiscal Month following the month in which the Closing Date occurs through to the last Fiscal Month of the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, and the last Royalty Payment (other than in the case of the Royalty Term ending on the date of payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to the exercise of the [*] Option by ROS or the exercise of the [*] Option by Natera) shall be determined based on the Net Revenue for the Fiscal Quarter up to the last day of the Fiscal Month in which the last day of the Royalty Term occurs. Royalty Payments shall first be determined in the currency of the country in which the corresponding Net Revenue occurred and then converted to its equivalent in U.S. Dollars. The rates of exchange for such payments shall be the average rate for U.S. Dollars, as quoted by JPMorgan Chase in New York City, at the close of business on the last day of the Fiscal Quarter in which such Net Revenue occurred.

 

(d)                                 Together with each Royalty Payment, Natera shall deliver a written report to ROS showing with respect to each Product (on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis) (i) Net Revenue for such Product in such country for the applicable Fiscal Quarter, including line items for any deductions to the gross invoiced amount made pursuant to the definition of Net Revenue, and (ii) the calculation (in reasonable detail) of the Royalty Payment owed (including any applicable exchange rates used) and paid for such Fiscal Quarter (each, a “Royalty Report”). Each delivery of a Royalty Report hereunder shall also be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Natera that such Royalty Report is true, correct and complete in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; provided that if such adjustments shall result in an increase in the calculation of Net Revenue, the calculations of Royalty Payments owed shall be adjusted to account for such increase and the Borrower shall immediately pay any Royalty Payment amounts owed); provided, that the sole remedy for any error, unless Royalty Payments are demonstrated in more than two Fiscal Quarters to be understated by more than [*] percent ([*]%) for each such Fiscal Quarter, shall be as provided in Section 2.4.

 

SECTION 2.2                                             General Provisions as to Payments. All amounts payable to ROS under this Royalty Agreement (including the Payments) shall be (i) made [*] of any kind or nature whatsoever, (ii) made in U.S. Dollars and in immediately available funds and (iii) remitted by wire transfer to such bank account as shall have been designated by ROS in writing from time to time. Any Payments or other amounts due to ROS under this Royalty Agreement that are not made on or before the applicable due date shall, upon demand by ROS, bear interest, payable on demand (and compounded monthly), for each day from (and including) the applicable due date to (but excluding) the date of the payment thereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate.

 

SECTION 2.3                                             Taxes. The Parties hereby covenant and agree that, with respect to any Taxes payable on any Payments payable to ROS under this Royalty Agreement, Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement shall apply and is hereby incorporated herein by reference as if set forth herein in its entirety; provided that references in such Section 4.3 to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to mean Natera, references to the “Lender” shall be deemed to mean ROS, and references to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to mean this Royalty Agreement.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

5



 

SECTION 2.4                                             Records and Audit.

 

(a)                                 Natera shall keep and maintain at its chief executive office in the United States complete and accurate records (on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis) of all sales, Net Revenue, and deductions to arrive at Net Revenue and Royalty Payments until the latest of (i) [*] years after the period to which such records relate, (ii) the expiration of the applicable tax statute of limitations, and (iii) such longer period as applicable Law requires.

 

(b)                                 Natera shall not later than [*] following its determination of Net Revenue and Royalty Payments for any Fiscal Quarter (or more frequently if Natera so elects) send written notice to ROS containing such Net Revenue and Royalty Payments determination. Natera shall provide to ROS reasonable access at reasonable times after [*] and during regular business hours of Natera to the personnel, properties, books and records of Natera solely for the purpose of a review by ROS of the calculation of Net Revenue and Royalty Payments; and ROS shall have the right, not more than [*] through the Term, at ROS’s expense (except as set forth below), at reasonable times after [*] and during regular hours of Natera, to investigate and audit such records, upon reasonable notice (and may, if it so chooses, retain an independent accountant to conduct such investigation and audit as and to the extent provided in Section 2.4(d)). Natera shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate fully and completely with all reasonable requests with respect to such investigation and audit (and the Persons conducting such investigation and audit), and all results of any investigation and any audit under this Section 2.4 (and any associated underlying data and information) shall be made available to both Natera and ROS.

 

(c)                                  Within [*] after the delivery of any Royalty Report to ROS, ROS shall be entitled to request an audit of the Net Revenue or Royalty Payments determination with respect to previously delivered Royalty Reports (the “Audit Request”).

 

(d)                                 Within [*] after delivery to Natera of the Audit Request, if the Parties are not able to agree on the Net Revenue and Royalty Payments determination, then ROS shall be entitled to engage an independent auditor or valuation firm reasonably acceptable to Natera (the “Independent Firm”) to audit the Net Revenue and Royalty Payments calculations. Upon the engagement of the Independent Firm, both Natera and ROS will direct the Independent Firm to render a determination within [*] of its engagement, and Natera, ROS and their respective agents will cooperate with the Independent Firm during its engagement. The determination of the chosen Independent Firm shall be conclusive and shall become final and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                  The fees and expenses of any investigation or audit under this Section 2.4, including fees and expenses of the Independent Firm, shall be borne by ROS; provided, however, that if the Independent Firm determines that Natera’s initial Net Revenue as set forth in the Royalty Report has resulted in an underpayment of a Royalty Payment due to

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

6



 

ROS for any Fiscal Quarter by more than [*] percent ([*]%), then Natera shall pay the such reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Firm conducting the audit.

 

(f)                                   If any investigation or audit under this Section 2.4 reveals an underpayment of a Royalty Payment, then Natera shall remit such underpayment to ROS not later than [*] after the completion of such investigation or audit. If any such investigation or audit reveals an overpayment, then ROS shall remit such overpayment to Natera not later than [*] after the completion of such investigation or audit.

 

SECTION 2.5                                             Related Agreements; Access to Records.

 

(a)                            Natera shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide ROS, upon request, with true, correct and complete copies of each Related Agreement (including all amendments and supplements thereto).

 

(b)                            Natera shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide ROS with access to records required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2.4 to verify and audit the Net Revenue attributable to Natera or such Subsidiaries in accordance with the audit and inspection process described in Section 2.4. Natera will use commercially reasonable efforts to [*] and relevant to any audit or inspection process described in Section 2.4.

 

SECTION 2.6                                             [*] Option. At any time after the Closing Date, Natera shall have the right, exercisable in its sole discretion (the “[*] Option”), [*]. The amount payable by Natera to ROS in respect of the [*] Option shall be the Purchase Price. If Natera elects to exercise its [*] Option, it shall so notify ROS in writing (the “[*] Notice”), which [*] Notice shall set forth a calculation of the Purchase Price in reasonable detail. Delivery of a [*] Notice (and exercise of the [*] Option) shall be irrevocable. Unless ROS disputes in writing, within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of the [*] Notice and with reasonable specificity the calculation of the Purchase Price prior to tender of the Purchase Price (in which case the [*] Notice shall be of no force or effect), Natera shall, on the tenth Business Day following ROS’s receipt of such [*] Notice, [*]. The payment of the Purchase Price shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by ROS, or, if not timely designated by ROS, to the ROS account set forth on its signature page to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.7                                             Release of Excess Collateral Security. At any time after the Termination Date, promptly upon request of Natera, so long as no Royalty Event of Default then exists, ROS agrees to release and reconvey to Natera, or to subordinate in favor of a third party lender designated by Natera, ROS’s Lien on Excess Collateral Security, and further agrees to execute and deliver, at Natera’s sole cost and expense, such financing statement amendments and releases, or subordination agreements if applicable, as reasonably requested by Natera in connection therewith. As used herein, “Excess Collateral Security” means any asset or

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

7



 

properties of Natera over which ROS then has a Lien as requested by Natera so long as, after giving effect to such collateral release or subordination the then applicable maximum Purchase Price is fully secured by a letter of credit in a form and issued by a bank, in each case reasonably acceptable to ROS.

 

SECTION 2.8                                             Lender Appointed as Agent. ROS hereby appoints Lender to act as ROS’s agent as set forth in Section 5.5 of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Natera hereby represents and warrants to ROS as of the Closing Date as follows:

 

SECTION 3.1                                             Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects, each such representation and warranty set forth in such Article and all other terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is made therein, together with all related definitions and ancillary provisions, being hereby incorporated into this Royalty Agreement by this reference as though specifically set forth in this Article. Without limiting the foregoing, Section 6.17 Permits and Section 6.18 Regulatory Matters of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference and Natera represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth therein are true and correct.

 

SECTION 3.2                                             Enforceability. Natera has the power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Royalty Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder and has taken all necessary action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Royalty Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder. This Royalty Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Natera, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Natera and is enforceable against Natera in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity).

 

SECTION 3.3                                             Related Agreements. None of Natera or any of the Subsidiaries has breached or defaulted under any provision of any Related Agreement in any material respect, and, to the knowledge of Natera no Related Party has breached or defaulted under any provision of any Related Agreement in any material respect. To the knowledge of Natera, except as otherwise disclosed in writing to ROS, no event has occurred that, upon notice or passage of time or both, could reasonably be expected to give rise to any breach or termination of or default under any Related Agreement by any party thereto.

 

ARTICLE IV.
COVENANTS

 

Natera covenants and agrees with ROS that throughout the Term Natera will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, perform or cause to be performed the obligations set forth below.

 

8



 

SECTION 4.1                                             Transactions with Affiliates. None of Natera or any of its Subsidiaries will enter into or cause or permit to exist any arrangement, transaction or contract (including for the purchase, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of services) with any of its Affiliates, unless:

 

(a) such arrangement, transaction or contract is:

 

(x)(i) between or among Natera or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) provides normal and reasonable compensation, benefits, reimbursement of expenses and indemnification to officers and directors, (iii) is a cash Investment in Natera, or (iv) is between or among Natera or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand and a Permitted Joint Venture on the other hand and is not otherwise prohibited hereunder, and

 

(y)(i) is on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Natera or any Subsidiary than it could obtain in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not one of its Affiliates and (ii) is of the kind which would be entered into by a prudent Person in its position with a Person that is not one of its Affiliates; or

 

(b) such arrangement, transaction or contract is not between or among Natera and any Parallel Entity and Natera has:

 

(x) provided ROS with not less than [*] prior written notice of such arrangement, transaction or contract and (y) certified in writing to ROS that such arrangement, transaction or contract (i) satisfies the requirements of clause (a)(y), and (ii) has been approved by Natera’s board of directors; or

 

(c) such arrangement, transaction or contract is approved by ROS.

 

SECTION 4.2                                             Maintenance of Existence; Licenses; Compliance with Laws and Related Agreements. Natera and each of the Subsidiaries shall (a) preserve and maintain its legal existence (except as otherwise permitted by Section 8.7 of the Credit Agreement), (b) preserve and maintain in all material respects all rights, privileges, Permits and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, (c) comply in all material respects with all Laws and Judgments applicable to it, and (d) perform in all material respects its obligations under the Related Agreements to which Natera or any of the Subsidiaries is a party, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to affect in any material respect the value of the Royalty Payments.

 

SECTION 4.3                                             Maintenance of Patents. Natera and each of the Subsidiaries shall prosecute and maintain, at its own expense, each Patent included in the Intellectual Property, unless the failure to prosecute and maintain such Patent either (a) [*] or (b) [*].

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

9



 

SECTION 4.4                                             Enforcement of Intellectual Property

 

(a)                                 Natera shall promptly inform ROS of any suspected infringement by a Third Party of any Intellectual Property that Natera determines in its reasonable business judgment is reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respect the value of the Royalty Payments. Natera shall promptly provide ROS with a copy of any written notice of any such suspected infringement of Intellectual Property delivered or received by Natera or any of its Subsidiaries as soon as practicable and in any event not less than [*] following such delivery or receipt.

 

(b)                                 Natera shall have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, at its sole expense, an enforcement of the Intellectual Property against any Third Party. All sums received (including awards, damages and settlement payments) for compensatory damages only as a result of any enforcement of the Intellectual Property by Natera under this Section 4.4(b), after deduction of all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Natera in connection with such enforcement, shall be [*].

 

SECTION 4.5                                             Challenges to Intellectual Property.

 

(a)                                 Natera shall promptly inform ROS of any written notice of any challenge to the Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of the Royalty Payments, and shall provide to ROS a copy of any such written notice of any such written notice received by Natera or any of its Subsidiaries as soon as practicable and in any event not less than [*] following such receipt.

 

(b)                                 Natera shall have the right (but not the obligation) to initiate, at its sole expense, a defense against such challenge to the Intellectual Property. If Natera elects to bring such a defense, Natera shall so notify ROS and use commercially reasonable efforts to defend the Intellectual Property against such challenge. Natera shall provide prompt written notice to ROS of the initiation of such defense. All sums received (including awards, damages and settlement payments), if any, as a result of any such defense by Natera under this Section 4.5(b) shall for all purposes be [*] provided, that the net amount received by Natera pursuant to any cross claim or counterclaim on account of compensatory damages only shall be [*] to the same extent as such amounts would be [*].

 

(c)                                  In the event that Natera determines that it will not defend against such challenge to the Intellectual Property, Natera shall promptly inform ROS of that determination and ROS shall have the right (but not the obligation) to defend such challenge, on behalf of Natera but at ROS’s sole expense (an “ROS Defense”), subject to Section 4.5(d), and Natera agrees to be named as a party to any action, suit or other proceeding in connection therewith, if, in ROS’s view, it is necessary or desirable to do so. ROS shall (i) provide prompt written notice to Natera of the initiation of such defense and (ii) keep Natera promptly informed of the status of, and all material developments in, such defense. Natera shall also, at ROS’s sole expense, cooperate fully with ROS and

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

10



 

provide such assistance as ROS may reasonably request in connection with such ROS Defense. All sums received (including awards, damages and settlement payments), if any, as a result of any such ROS Defense of the Intellectual Property by ROS under this Section 4.5(c) shall be allocated be allocated [*] and shall for all purposes be [*].

 

(d)                                 In the event that ROS decides to pursue an ROS Defense, ROS agrees [*].

 

SECTION 4.6                                             [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.7                                             Related Agreements. Promptly, and in any event within [*] following Natera becoming aware of a breach of any Related Agreement by a Related Party, in each case that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of the Royalty Payments, Natera shall provide notice of such breach to ROS. In addition, Natera shall provide to ROS a copy of any written notice of any such breach or alleged breach of any Related Agreement delivered or received by Natera or any of its Subsidiaries as soon as practicable and in any event not less than [*] following such delivery or receipt.

 

SECTION 4.8                                             No Impairments; Diligence. Natera agrees to meet such standards in developing and marketing the Products as are reasonable and customary in the industry and as required by this Royalty Agreement, until such time as Natera determines in its sole discretion that the Products is not “commercially marketable”. Nothing in this Royalty Agreement, however, will require Natera to develop, sell or market the Products should Natera determine, in its sole judgment, that a Product is not commercially marketable. In the event of a determination that the Products are not commercially marketable, Natera shall provide ROS with prompt written notice of such determination.

 

SECTION 4.9                                             Further Assurances; Information. Natera shall, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to furnish, execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates, instruments, and statements, provide such additional data and information, and perform such additional acts, in each case, as may be reasonably requested by ROS in connection with, or in furtherance of, any of the provisions of this Royalty Agreement.

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

11


 

ARTICLE V.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

SECTION 5.1                                             Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute a “Royalty Event of Default” under this Royalty Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Natera shall default in the payment (i) of any Royalty Payment when due hereunder, or (ii) any other payment when due hereunder, and in the case of clause (ii) such default shall continue for a period of thirty days after such amount was due, or (iii) default in the payment when due (after any applicable period of grace) of any amount under the Credit Agreement;

 

(b)                                 Any representation or warranty of Natera contained or incorporated by reference herein, or in any Royalty Report, shall at any time prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

(c)                                  An Event of Default (after any applicable period of grace) shall exist under Section 9.1(c) of the Credit Agreement;

 

(d)                                 Natera or any Subsidiary shall default in the due performance and observance of any other covenant, obligation or agreement contained in any Loan Document executed by it, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier to occur of (i) notice thereof given to Natera by ROS or (ii) the date on which Natera has knowledge of such default;

 

(e)                                  a default shall occur in the payment of any amount when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any principal or stated amount of or interest or fees on, any Indebtedness of Natera or any of the Subsidiaries having a principal or stated amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $[*] or a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to such Indebtedness if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness or such default shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to cause or declare such Indebtedness to become due and payable or to require such Indebtedness to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defease, or require an offer to purchase or defease such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its expressed maturity;

 

(f)                                   [*]

 

(g)                                  any Loan Document shall (except in accordance with its terms) terminate or the terms thereof shall cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

12



 

 

of Natera or any Subsidiary thereto; Natera or any Subsidiary shall contest in any manner such validity, binding nature or enforceability; or, except as permitted under any Loan Document, any Lien securing any Obligation shall, in whole or in any material part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien;

 

(h)                                 any Key Permit or any of Natera’s or any Subsidiary’s material rights or interests thereunder is terminated or amended in any manner materially adverse to Natera or Natera and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(i)                                     any circumstance occurs that has had or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(j)                                    (i) the FDA, CMS, EMA or any other Governmental Authority (A) [*] or (B) [*] (ii) [*] or (iii) [*]

 

(k)                                 Any [*] shall occur; or

 

(l)                                     Natera or (except as permitted under the Credit Agreement) any of its Subsidiaries shall

 

(i)                                     become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability or unwillingness generally to pay, debts as they become due;

 

(ii)                                  apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for any substantial part of the property of any thereof, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(iii)                               in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence in or permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for a substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged within [*] provided that, Natera hereby expressly authorizes ROS to appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding during such [*] period to preserve, protect and defend its rights under this Royalty Agreement;

 

(iv)                              permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect thereof, and, if any such case or proceeding is not

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

13



 

commenced by Natera, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by Natera, or shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for [*] undismissed; provided that, Natera hereby expressly authorizes ROS to appear in any court conducting any such case or proceeding during such [*] period to preserve, protect and defend its rights under this Royalty Agreement; or

 

(v)                                 take any action authorizing, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 5.2                                             [*] Option. Upon the occurrence of, and during the continuation of, any Royalty Event of Default, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to ROS under this Royalty Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, ROS shall have the right (at its option) to [*]. The amount payable by Natera to ROS in respect of [*] shall be the Purchase Price. If ROS elects to exercise its [*] Option, it shall so notify Natera in writing (the “[*] Notice”), which [*] Notice shall set forth a calculation of the Purchase Price in reasonable detail. Natera shall, on the [*] following its receipt of such [*] Notice, pay the Purchase Price to ROS. The payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by ROS.

 

SECTION 5.3                                             Other Rights and Remedies.

 

(a)                                    ROS shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Royalty Agreement or any other Loan Document by legal proceedings [*].

 

(b)                                    ROS shall have the right to exercise all rights and remedies under this Royalty Agreement or any other Loan Document and all other rights and remedies which ROS may have under applicable Law or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI.
TERM

 

SECTION 6.1                                             Term. The term of this Royalty Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Closing Date and shall expire on the first anniversary of the last day of the Royalty Term.

 

SECTION 6.2                                             Survival. The expiration of this Royalty Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations of the Parties that may have accrued prior to such

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

14



 

expiration or termination, and the provisions of Article VII and Sections 6.2, 8.4, 8.5, 8.8, 8.9, 8.11 and 8.12 shall survive the expiration of this Royalty Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII.
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

SECTION 7.1                                             Confidential Information. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2, at all times prior to the fifth anniversary of the Royalty Term, the Receiving Party shall keep confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information furnished to it by the Disclosing Party, except to those of the Receiving Party’s employees, advisors or consultants who have a need to know such information to assist such Party in the performance of such Party’s obligations or in the exercise of such Party’s rights hereunder and who are subject to obligations of confidentiality consistent with these provisions (collectively, “Recipients”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (a) ROS may disclose this Royalty Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof and any information related hereto, including the Royalty Reports (other than to any Competitor of Natera or any of its Subsidiaries) to (i) its Affiliates, (ii) potential and actual assignees of any of ROS’s rights hereunder (including the right to receive any Payments hereunder) and (iii) potential and actual investors in, or lenders to, ROS (including, in each of the foregoing cases, such Person’s employees, advisors or consultants); provided that in each case, each such Recipient shall be subject to reasonable obligations of confidentiality; and (b) upon receiving consent from ROS, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, Natera may disclose this Royalty Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof and information related hereto, to potential or actual permitted acquirers or assignees, collaborators and other (sub)licensees, permitted subcontractors, investment bankers, investors, lenders (including, in each of the foregoing cases, such Person’s employees, advisors or consultants who have a need to receive and review such information); provided that in each case, each such Recipient shall be subject to reasonable obligations of confidentiality. In addition to the foregoing, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information belonging to the Disclosing Party to the extent (and only to the extent) such disclosure is reasonably necessary in order to comply with applicable laws (including any securities law or regulation or the rules of a securities exchange) and with judicial process, if in the reasonable opinion of the Receiving Party’s counsel, such disclosure is necessary for such compliance, provided that the Receiving Party (x) will only disclose those portions of the Confidential Information that are necessary or required to be so disclosed, (y) to the extent legally permissible, will notify the Disclosing Party of the Receiving Party’s intent to make any disclosure pursuant thereto, and (z) to the extent reasonably practicable, the Receiving Party shall provide such notice in advance of the disclosure so as to allow the Disclosing Party an opportunity to seek (at the Disclosing Party’s sole expense) a protective order or other appropriate remedy; provided, however, that no such notice will be required in respect of disclosures of Confidential Information to regulatory authorities having or claiming to have jurisdiction over the Receiving Party in connection with routine regulatory examinations. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained or that the Disclosing Party waives compliance with the provisions hereof, the Receiving Party and its Representatives may disclose such Confidential Information as may be required or requested pursuant to such laws or judicial process.

 

15



 

SECTION 7.2                                             Exceptions to Confidentiality. The Receiving Party’s obligations set forth in this Royalty Agreement shall not extend to any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party:

 

(a)                                 that is or hereafter becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of a disclosure by the Receiving Party or its Recipients in violation of this Royalty Agreement);

 

(b)                                 that is received from a Third Party without restriction on disclosure and without, to the knowledge of the Receiving Party, breach of any agreement between such Third Party and the Disclosing Party;

 

(c)                                  that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence was already in its possession without any limitation on disclosure prior to its receipt from the Disclosing Party;

 

(d)                                 that is generally made available to Third Parties by the Disclosing Party without restriction on disclosure; or

 

(e)                                  that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence was independently developed by the Receiving Party.

 

SECTION 7.3                                             Remedies. Each Party agrees that the unauthorized disclosure of any information by the Receiving Party in violation of this Royalty Agreement will cause severe and irreparable damage to the Disclosing Party. In the event of any violation of this Article 7, the Receiving Party agrees that the Disclosing Party shall [*].

 

SECTION 7.4                                             Press Releases. No Party shall, and each Party shall instruct its Affiliates not to, issue a press release or other public announcement or otherwise make any public disclosure with respect to this Royalty Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior consent of the other Party hereto (which consent shall not be unnecessarily withheld or delayed), except as may be required by applicable Law (in which case the Party required to make the release or statement shall allow the other Party reasonable time to comment on such release or statement in advance of such issuance).

 

ARTICLE VIII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 8.1                                             Loan Document. This Royalty Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with Article X thereof (including Section 10.4 thereof), which is incorporated herein by reference and deemed to apply to Natera, ROS and this Royalty Agreement, as applicable, throughout the Term (whether or not, and without regard to, any earlier termination of the Credit Agreement).

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

16



 

SECTION 8.2                                             Binding on Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Assignment. This Royalty Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Term has concluded and shall be binding upon the Parties hereto and their respective successors, transferees and assigns; provided that Natera [*] and provided further that ROS [*] except in the event that (i) [*] and (ii) [*].

 

SECTION 8.3                                             Amendments, etc. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Royalty Agreement, nor consent to any departure by Natera from its obligations under this Royalty Agreement, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by ROS, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

SECTION 8.4                                             Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given or made as set forth in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(d), Section 2.4(b), Section 4.4.(a), Section 4.7 and Section 4.8 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which (i) Natera posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Natera’s website or the Internet at the following website address: [*] or (ii) such documents are posted on Natera’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which ROS has access (whether a commercial or third-party website), and in each case an email with a link to such posting has been provided to ROS’s email addresses set forth on Schedule 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.5                                             No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of ROS to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

 

SECTION 8.6                                             Section Captions. Section captions used in this Royalty Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Royalty Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.7                                             Severability. Any provision of this Royalty Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Royalty Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 8.8                                             Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

17



 

CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). This Royalty Agreement, along with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect hereto.

 

SECTION 8.9                                             Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ROS OR ANY GUARANTOR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF [*] PROVIDED THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE OPTION OF ROS, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH OF NATERA AND ROS IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE [*] AT THE ADDRESS FOR NOTICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.2 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. EACH OF NATERA AND ROS HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT EITHER NATERA OR ROS HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, EACH OF NATERA AND ROS, ON ITS OWN BEHALF HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT.

 

SECTION 8.10                                      Counterparts. This Royalty Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Royalty Agreement shall become effective when counterparts hereof executed on behalf of Natera and ROS shall have been received by ROS. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Royalty Agreement by email (e.g. “pdf’ or “tiff’) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Royalty Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.11                                      Waiver of Jury Trial. NATERA AND ROS HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

18



 

IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF NATERA OR ROS IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. EACH OF NATERA AND ROS ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ROS AND NATERA, RESPECTIVELY TO ENTER INTO THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT.

 

SECTION 8.12                                      Relationship of the Parties. The status of a Party under this Royalty Agreement shall be that of an independent contractor. Nothing contained in this Royalty Agreement shall be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship between Natera or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and ROS or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand. Except to the limited extent expressly provided in this Royalty Agreement, no Party hereto shall have the authority to bind, obligate or represent any other Party hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Royalty Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.AR.L

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samuel D. Isaly

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

Account Information:

 

 

 

Number:

[*]

 

Bank:

[*]

 

Address:

[*]

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

 

Signature Page to Royalty Agreement

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 


 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO ROYALTY AGREEMENT

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO ROYALTY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of June 6, 2014 by and among NATERA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Natera”), and ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.À R.L, a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (“ROS”).

 

WHEREAS, Natera and ROS are party to that certain Royalty Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Royalty Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Royalty Agreement, the Royalty Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing signed by ROS; and

 

WHEREAS, Natera and ROS hereto desire to amend certain provisions of the Royalty Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions; Loan Document. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Royalty Agreement. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes of the Royalty Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.             Amendment to Definition of Purchase Price. The definition of “Purchase Price” in Section 1.1 of the Royalty Agreement is hereby amended so that the definition reads in its entirety as follows:

 

Purchase Price” means, with respect to either (x) Natera’s election to exercise its [*] Option at any time, or (y) ROS’s election to exercise its [*] Option upon the occurrence of a [*], an amount, payable by Natera to ROS in U.S. Dollars to an account designated in writing by ROS, equal to the difference between (i) the applicable amount set forth in the table below (the “Applicable Amount”) opposite the applicable period (the “Applicable Period”) set forth in the table below, during which such [*] Option or [*] Option, as the case may be, was exercised (or deemed to be exercised), less (ii) the [*]. The Purchase Price shall not [*].

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 



 

 

 

 

 

Applicable

 

Applicable

 

 

 

 

 

Amount if the

 

Amount if the

 

 

 

Applicable

 

Delayed Draw Loan

 

Delayed Draw Loan

 

 

 

Amount if the Delayed

 

Has Been Funded in

 

Has Been Funded in

 

 

 

Draw Loan Has Not

 

an Amount Equal to

 

an Amount Equal to

 

Applicable Period

 

Been Funded

 

$10,000,000

 

$20,000,000

 

On or before the 1st anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 1st anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 2nd anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 2nd anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 3rd anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

After the 3rd anniversary of the Closing Date and on or before the 4th anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Any time after the 4th anniversary of the Closing Date

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

3.             Amendment to Section 2.1(b). Section 2.1 of the Royalty Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (b) of such Section and replacing such clause with the following:

 

“(b) Natera shall (or shall cause a Subsidiary to) pay to ROS, in respect of each Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, in the case of the first Fiscal Year and last Fiscal Year of the Royalty Term) during the Royalty Term and during the Fiscal Quarter in which the Delayed Draw Loan has been funded and thereafter, a royalty amount equal to (i) if the Delayed Draw Loan has been funded in an amount equal to $10,000,000 the sum of (x) 1.00% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) up to $50,000,000 of such Net Revenue, plus (y) 1.50% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) in excess of $50,000,000 or (ii) if the Delayed Draw Loan has been funded in an amount equal to $20,000,000 the sum of (A) 1.50% of the aggregate Net Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) up to $50,000,000 of such Net Revenue, plus (B) 2.00% of the aggregate Net

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

2



 

Revenue during such Fiscal Year (or portion of a Fiscal Year, as the case may be) in excess of [*].”

 

4.           Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by ROS of (i) a Secretary’s Certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to ROS, duly executed and delivered by the signatories thereto, and (ii) a counterpart signature to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by Natera.

 

5.           Expenses. [*]

 

6.           No Implied Amendment or Waiver. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, this Amendment shall not, by implication or otherwise, limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect any rights or remedies of ROS under the Royalty Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, obligations or covenants contained in the Royalty Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all of which shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed to imply any willingness on the part of ROS to agree to or grant any similar or future amendment, consent or waiver of any of the terms and conditions of the Royalty Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

7.           Counterparts; Governing Law. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of such when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTION.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ROYALTY OPPORTUNITIES S.À R.L,

 

 

 

By OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samuel D. Isaly

 

Name:

Samuel D. Isaly

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

Signature Page to First Amendment to Royalty Agreement

 





Exhibit 10.9

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

 

NATERA, INC.

 

WARRANT

 

dated as of April 18, 2013

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Royalty Opportunities S.à r.l. or its successors or permitted assigns (such Person and such successors and assigns each being the “Warrant Holder” with respect to the Warrant held by it), at any time and from time to time on any Business Day on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the Expiration Date (as herein defined), is entitled (a) to subscribe for the purchase from Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), 614,007 Shares at a price per Share equal to the Exercise Price (as herein defined), and (b) to the other rights set forth herein; provided that the number of Shares issuable upon any exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted and readjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.  By accepting delivery hereof, the Warrant Holder agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof.

 

IN FURTHERANCE THEREOF, the Company irrevocably undertakes and agrees for the benefit of Warrant Holder as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Definitions and Construction.

 

(a)                                 Certain Definitions.  As used herein (the following definitions being applicable in both singular and plural forms):

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.

 

Application 3” means the following patent application: U.S. Serial No. 11/603,406, filed November 22, 2006, titled “System and Method for Cleaning Noisy Genetic Data From Target Individuals Using Genetic Data from Genetically Related Individuals”.

 

Application 5” means the following patent application: U.S. Serial No. 12/076,348, filed March 17, 2008, titled “System and Method for Cleaning Noisy Genetic Data and Determining Chromosome Copy Number”.

 

Appraised Value” means at any time the fair market value thereof determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company as of a date which is within ten (10) days of the date as of which the determination is to be made, subject to the rights of the Requisite Holders pursuant to Section 5(n).

 

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

 

Closing Price” means, for any trading day with respect to a Share, (a) the last reported sale price on such day on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if no such reported sale takes place on any such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices thereon, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or (b) if such Shares shall not be listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sales price on the NASDAQ National Market System or, if no such reported sale takes place on any such day, the average of the closing bid and

 

1



 

asked prices thereon, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or (c) if such Shares shall not be quoted on such National Market System nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, then the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as reported by The Wall Street Journal for the over-the-counter market; provided that if clause (a), (b), or (c) applies and no price is reported in The Wall Street Journal for any trading day, then the price reported in The Wall Street Journal for the most recent prior trading day shall be deemed to be the price reported for such trading day.

 

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal agency administering the Securities Act at the time.

 

Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and ROS Acquisition Offshore, LP.

 

Delayed Draw Loan” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Exercise Amount” means for any number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised the product of (i) such number of Warrant Shares times (ii) the Exercise Price.

 

Exercise Price” means $1.4251 per Warrant Share; provided, however, that the Exercise Price will be $0.01 per Warrant Share (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5) (i) if by June 30, 2013, a United States patent has not been allowed to the Company for each of the Application 3 and Application 5 patent application or (ii) if such patents have been allowed by June 30, 2013, then such patents are not issued by September 30, 2013.

 

Expiration Date” means the earlier of (i) April 18, 2023 and (ii) a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s current Restated Certificate of Incorporation on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware).

 

Initial Holder” means Royalty Opportunities S.àr.L.

 

Market Price” on any day means (a) the unweighted average of the daily Closing Prices per Share for the 20 consecutive trading days prior to such date or (b) if clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the definition of “Closing Price” are inapplicable, then the Appraised Value as of such day shall apply

 

Note” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Requisite Holders” means at any time holders of Warrant Shares and Warrants representing at least a majority of the Warrant Shares outstanding or issuable upon the exercise of all the outstanding Warrants.

 

ROS” means Royalty Opportunities S.à r.l, a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée.

 

Royalty Agreement” means the Royalty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and ROS.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Shares” means the Company’s currently authorized common stock, $0.0001 par value, and stock of any other class or other consideration into which such currently authorized capital stock may hereafter have been changed.

 

2



 

Warrant” means, as the context requires, this warrant and any successor warrant or warrants issued upon a whole or partial transfer or assignment of any such Share purchase warrant or of any such successor warrant.

 

Warrant Shares” means the number of Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant as set forth in the introduction hereto, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5, or in the case of other Warrants, issuable upon exercise of those Warrants.

 

(b)                                 Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto.  References to fiscal periods are to fiscal periods of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Computation of Time Periods.  With respect to the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”  Periods of days shall be counted in calendar days unless otherwise stated.

 

(d)                                 Construction.  Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and to the singular include the plural, references to any gender include any other gender, the part includes the whole, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Warrant refer to this Warrant as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Warrant.  Section, subsection, clause, exhibit and schedule references are to this Warrant, unless otherwise specified.  Any reference to this Warrant includes any and all permitted alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, or supplements thereto or thereof, as applicable.

 

(e)                                  Exhibits and Schedules.  All of the exhibits and schedules attached hereto shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

(f)                                   No Presumption Against Any Party.  Neither this Warrant nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein or therein shall be construed or resolved using any presumption against any party hereto or thereto, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise.  On the contrary, this Warrant has been reviewed by each of the parties and their counsel and, in the case of any ambiguity or uncertainty, shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

 

Section 2.                                           Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)                                 Exercise and Payment.  The Warrant Holder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on any Business Day on or prior to the Expiration Date, by delivering to the Company a duly executed notice (a “Notice of Exercise”) in the form of Exhibit A and by payment to the Company of the Exercise Price per Warrant Share, at the election of the Warrant Holder, either (a) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Company in an amount equal to the Exercise Amount, (b) by receiving from the Company the number of Warrant Shares equal to (i) the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised minus (ii) the number of Warrant Shares having a value, based on the Closing Price on the trading day immediately prior to the date of such exercise (or if there is no such Closing Price, then based on the Appraised Value as of such day), equal to the Exercise Amount, or (c) any combination of the foregoing.  The Company acknowledges that the provisions of clause (b) are intended, in part, to ensure that a full or partial

 

3



 

exchange of this Warrant pursuant to such clause (b) will qualify as a conversion, within the meaning of paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  At the request of any Holder, the Company will accept reasonable modifications to the exchange procedures provided for in this Section in order to accomplish such intent.  For all purposes of this Warrant (other than this Section 2(a)), any reference herein to the exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to include a reference to the exchange of this Warrant into Shares in accordance with the terms of clause (b).

 

(b)                                 Effectiveness and Delivery.  As soon as practicable but not later than 10 Business Days after the Company shall have received such Notice of Exercise and payment, the Company shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, in accordance with such Notice of Exercise, a certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares specified in such Notice of Exercise, issued in the name of the Warrant Holder.  This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such Share certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Warrant Holder shall be deemed for all purposes to have become a holder of record of Shares, all as of the date that such Notice of Exercise and payment shall have been received by the Company.

 

(c)                                  Surrender of Warrant.  The Warrant Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company when it delivers the Notice of Exercise, and in the event of a partial exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Warrant Holder, at the time the Company delivers the Share certificate or certificates issued pursuant to such Notice of Exercise, a new Warrant for the unexercised portion of the Warrant, but in all other respects identical to this Warrant.

 

(d)                                 Legend.  Each certificate for Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant, unless at the time of exercise such Warrant Shares are registered under the Securities Act, shall bear the following legend:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

 

Any certificate for Warrant Shares issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificate bearing such legend (unless at that time such Warrant Shares are registered under the Securities Act) shall also bear such legend unless, in the written opinion of counsel selected by the holder of such certificate (who may be an employee of such holder), which counsel and opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company, the Warrant Shares represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions on resale under the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                  Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Shares upon an exercise of the Warrant.  If any fraction of a Share would, but for this restriction, be issuable upon an exercise of the Warrant, in lieu of delivering such fractional Share, the Company shall pay to the Warrant Holder, in cash, an amount equal to the same fraction times the Closing Price on the trading day immediately prior to the date of such exercise (or if there is no such Closing Price, then based on the Appraised Value as of such day).

 

(f)                                   Expenses and Taxes.  The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and owner charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Warrant Shares and any new Warrants (other than any transfer taxes, as provided in Section 7 below).

 

4



 

(g)                                  Automatic Cashless Exercise.  To the extent that there has not been an exercise by the Warrant Holder pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, any portion of the Warrant that remains unexercised shall be exercised automatically in whole (not in part), upon the Expiration Date.  Payment by the Warrant Holder upon such automatic exercise shall be in the form of the Warrant Holder receiving from the Company the number of Warrant Shares equal to (i) the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being automatically exercised minus (ii) the number of Warrant Shares having a value, based on the Closing Price on the trading day immediately prior to the date of such automatic exercise (or if there is no such Closing Price, then based on the Appraised Value as of such day), equal to the Exercise Amount.

 

Section 3.                                           Investment Representation.  By accepting this Warrant, the Warrant Holder represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a)                                 Purchase Entirely for Own Account.  This Warrant is delivered to the Warrant Holder in reliance upon such Warrant Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”) will be acquired for investment for the Warrant Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Warrant Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same.  The Warrant Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities.

 

(b)                                 Disclosure of Information.  The Warrant Holder acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Warrant Holder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.

 

(c)                                  Investment Experience.  The Warrant Holder is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities. If other than an individual, the Warrant Holder also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

 

(d)                                 Accredited Investor.  The Warrant Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Act.

 

(e)                                  Restricted Securities.  The Warrant Holder understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act, only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Warrant Holder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the SEC under the Act (“Rule 144”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Act.

 

(f)                                   Further Limitations on Disposition.  Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Warrant Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Warrant, including, without limitation, this Section 3, and:

 

5



 

(i)                                     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(ii)                                  the Warrant Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a reasonably detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Warrant Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in extraordinary circumstances.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 3(f), no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Warrant Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of a Warrant Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Warrant Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Warrant Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Warrant.

 

(g)                                  Market Stand-Off” Agreement.  The Warrant Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  The Warrant Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 3(h) or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall also apply to the Warrant Holder, on a pro rata basis, based on the number of shares held by any such Person for whom a waiver or termination was granted, and the number of shares over which such waiver or termination was granted.

 

Section 4.                                           Validity of Warrant and Issuance of Shares.

 

(a)                                 The Company represents and warrants that this Warrant has been duly authorized, is validly issued, and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company.

 

(b)                                 The Company further represents and warrants that on the date hereof it is duly authorized and reserved, and the Company hereby agrees that it will at all times until the Expiration Date have duly authorized and reserved, such number of Shares as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Warrant, and that all such Shares are and will be duly authorized and, when issued upon exercise of the Warrant, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances.

 

6



 

Section 5.                                           Antidilution Provisions.  The Exercise Price in effect at any time, and the number of Warrant Shares that may be purchased upon any exercise of the Warrant, shall be subject to change or adjustment as follows:

 

(a)                                 Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances.  If the Company shall at any time after the issuance but prior to the Expiration Date subdivide its Shares, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Shares, or issue additional Shares or other securities or rights (such securities or rights, “Share Equivalents”) convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, Shares, as a dividend with respect to any Shares, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price payable per share, but the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same.  Any adjustment under this Section 5(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

 

(b)                                 Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation.  In case of any reclassification, merger, capital reorganization or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 5(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, merger, reorganization or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Warrant Holder, so that the Warrant Holder shall have the right at any time prior to the Expiration Date to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property receivable in connection with such reclassification, merger, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number and type of securities as were purchasable as Shares by the Warrant Holder immediately prior to such reclassification, merger, reorganization or change.  In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Warrant Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities or property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price per Share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate Exercise Price for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same.

 

(c)                                  Additional Shares.

 

(i)                                     (A)                               If the Company shall issue any Additional Shares (as defined below), for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance shall forthwith be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares multiplied by the Exercise Price, and (B) the consideration, if any, received by the Company upon such issuance of Additional Shares, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the product of the total number of Shares outstanding immediately after such issuance of Additional Shares multiplied by the Exercise Price.  If any issuance of Additional Shares shall require an adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then, effective at the time such adjustment is made, the number of Shares subject to purchase upon exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to a number determined by multiplying the number of Shares subject to purchase immediately before such issuance of Additional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such event and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price as adjusted in accordance

 

7



 

with this Section 5(c).  The provisions of this Section 5(c) shall not operate to increase the Exercise Price or reduce the number of Shares subject to purchase upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

(B)                               Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Exercise Price pursuant to this subsection 5(c)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price above the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(C)                               In the case of the issuance of Additional Shares for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

 

(D)                               In the case of the issuance of the Additional Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Appraised Value thereof.

 

(E)                                In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Shares, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Shares or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Shares issued and the consideration paid therefor:

 

(1)                                 The aggregate maximum number of Shares deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 5(c)(i)(C) and (c)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Company upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Shares covered thereby.

 

(2)                                 The aggregate maximum number of Shares deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Company for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Company (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 5(c)(i)(C) and (c)(i)(D)).

 

(3)                                 In the event of any change in the number of Shares deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Company upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Exercise Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Shares or any payment of such

 

8



 

consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

(4)                                 Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Exercise Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of Shares (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

 

(5)                                 The number Additional Shares deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 5(c)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 5(c)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

 

(ii)                                  “Additional Shares” shall mean any Shares issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 5(c)(i)(E)) by the Company after the issuance of this Warrant other than:

 

(A)                               Shares issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsections 5(a) and (b) hereof;

 

(B)                               Shares issued to employees, directors, officers, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

 

(C)                               Shares issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering in connection with which all shares of the Company’s preferred stock are converted to common stock;

 

(D)                               Shares issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the issue date of this Warrant;

 

(E)                                Shares issued in connection with a strategic partnership (provided such strategic partnership is for other than primarily equity financing purposes) or bona fide business acquisition of or by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors;

 

(F)                                 Shares issued or deemed issued pursuant to subsection 5(c)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the conversion price of any series of preferred stock resulting from the operation of Section 4(d) of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or

 

(G)                               Shares issued pursuant to a commercial credit transaction or an equipment or real property lease, provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and are approved by this corporations Board of Directors.

 

(d)                                 Special Distributions.  If the Company shall issue as a dividend or distribution to holders of Shares evidences of indebtedness, any other securities of the Company or any cash, property or other assets (excluding a transaction pursuant to Section 5(a) or (b)) (any such nonexcluded event being herein called a “Special Distribution”), then the Warrant Holder shall be entitled, upon exercise of the Warrant,

 

9



 

to a pro-rata share of such Special Distribution as though the Warrant Holder had fully exercised this Warrant immediately prior to the record date for such Special Distribution.

 

(e)                                  Adjustment Rules.

 

(i)                                     Any adjustments pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made successively whenever any event referred to herein shall occur, except that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, no adjustment shall be made to the number of Warrant Shares to be delivered to the Warrant Holder (or to the Exercise Price) if such adjustment represents less than 1% of the number of Warrant Shares previously required to be so delivered, but any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time and together with the next subsequent adjustment which together with any adjustments so carried forward shall amount to 1% or more of the number of Warrant Shares to be so delivered.

 

(ii)                                  No adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 5 in respect of the issuance of Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrant;

 

(iii)                               If the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for any purpose referred to in this Section 5, then (x) such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issuance, sale, distribution or grant in question and (y) if the Company shall legally abandon such action prior to effecting such action, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 5 in respect of such action.

 

(iv)                              In computing adjustments under this Section 5, (A) fractional interests in Shares shall be taken into account to the nearest one-thousandth of a Share, and (B) calculations of the Exercise Price shall be carried to the nearest one-thousandth of one cent.

 

(f)                                   Proceedings Prior to Any Action Requiring Adjustment.  As a condition precedent to the taking of any action which would require an adjustment pursuant to this Section 5, the Company shall take any action which may be necessary, including obtaining regulatory approvals or exemptions, in order that the Company may thereafter validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable all Shares which the Warrant Holder is entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

(g)                                  Notice of Adjustment. Not less than 10 days prior to the record date or effective date, as the case may be, of any action which requires or might require an adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 5, the Company shall give notice to the Warrant Holder of such event, describing such event in reasonable detail and specifying the record date or effective date, as the case may be, and, if determinable, the required adjustment and computation thereof.  If the required adjustment is not determinable as the time of such notice, the Company shall give notice to the Warrant Holder of such adjustment and computation as soon as reasonably practicable after such adjustment becomes determinable.  If requested by the Warrant Holder, in connection with any such adjustment or readjustment, the Company, at its sole cost and expense, will also cause independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (which may be the regular auditors of the Company) selected by the Company to verify its computations and, in connection with the preparation of the Company’s quarterly financial statements prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or to be received by the Company for any Share Distribution issued or sold or deemed to have been issued, (ii) the number of Shares outstanding or deemed to be outstanding, and (iii) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale and as adjusted and readjusted (if required by this Section 5) on account thereof.  The Company will forthwith mail a copy of each such report to the Warrant Holder and will, upon the written request at any time of the Warrant Holder, furnish to such holder a like report setting forth the Exercise Price at the time in effect and showing in reasonable detail how it was calculated.  The Company will also

 

10


 

keep copies of all such reports at its office and will cause the same to be available for inspection at such office during normal business hours by the Warrant Holder or any prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the Warrant Holder.

 

(h)                                 Subsequent Warrants.  Irrespective of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, any successor or replacement warrants issued theretofore or thereafter may continue to express the same Exercise Price per Share and number and kind of Warrant Shares as are stated in this Warrant.

 

(i)                                     Disputes.  Any dispute which arises between the Warrant Holder and the Company with respect to the calculation of the adjusted Exercise Price or Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise shall be determined by the independent auditors of the Company, and such determination shall be binding upon the Company and the holders of the Warrants and the Warrant Shares if made in good faith and without manifest error.

 

(j)                                    Other Actions Affecting Shares.

 

(i)                                     Equitable Equivalent.  In case any event shall occur as to which the provisions of this Section 5 set forth above hereof are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights represented by this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Section 5, then, in each such case, at the request of the Warrant Holder, the Company shall appoint a firm of independent investment bankers of recognized national standing (which shall be completely independent of the Company and shall be satisfactory to the holder or the Requisite Holders), which shall give their opinion upon the adjustment, if any, on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles established in this Section 5, necessary to preserve, without dilution, the purchase rights represented by this Warrant.  Upon receipt of such opinion, the Company will promptly mail a copy thereof to the holder of this Warrant and shall make the adjustments described therein.

 

(ii)                                  No Avoidance.  The Company shall not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant.

 

(k)                                 Adjustment of Par Value.  If for any reason (including the operation of the adjustment provisions set forth in this Warrant), the Exercise Price on any date of exercise of this Warrant shall not be lawful and adequate consideration for the issuance of the relevant Warrant Shares, then the Company shall take such steps as are necessary (including the amendment of its certificate of incorporation so as to reduce the par value of the Shares) to cause such Exercise Price to be adequate and lawful consideration on the date the payment thereof is due, but if the Company shall fail to take such steps, then the Company acknowledges that the Warrant Holder shall have been damaged by the Company in an amount equal to an amount, which, when added to the total Exercise Price for the relevant Warrant Shares, would equal lawful and adequate consideration for the issuance of such Warrant Shares, and the Company irrevocably agrees that if the Warrant Holder shall then forgive the right to recover such damages from the Company, such forgiveness shall constitute, and Company shall accept such forgiveness as, additional lawful consideration for the issuance of the relevant Warrant Shares.

 

(l)                                     Appraisal.

 

(i)                                     If the Requisite Holders shall, for any reason whatsoever, disagree with the Company’s determination of the Appraised Value of a Share, then such holders shall by notice to the Company (an “Appraisal Notice”) given within sixty (60) days after the Company notifies the holders of

 

11



 

such determination, elect to dispute such determination, and such dispute shall be resolved as set forth in clause (ii) of this Section.

 

(ii)                                  The Company shall within ten (10) days after an Appraisal Notice shall have been given, engage an independent investment bank of national repute (the “Appraiser”) selected by the Requisite Holders and retained pursuant to an engagement letter between the Company and the Appraiser with respect to such valuation in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Requisite Holders, to make an independent determination of the Appraised Value of a Share; such value shall be determined without deduction for (a) liquidity considerations, (b) minority stockholder status, or (c) any liquidation or other preference or any right of redemption in favor of any other equity securities of the Company.  The costs of engagement of such investment bank for any such determination of Appraised Value shall be paid by the Company.

 

Section 6.                                           Registration Rights.  The Warrant Holder is entitled to the benefit of certain registration rights with respect to the Warrant Shares as provided in the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013, by and among the Company and the parties thereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), and any subsequent holder hereof shall be entitled to such rights to the extent provided in the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Section 7.                                           Transfer of Warrant.  The Warrant Holder upon transfer of the Warrant must deliver to the Company a duly executed Warrant Assignment in the form of Exhibit B and upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant with appropriate changes to reflect such Assignment, in the name or names of the assignee or assignees specified in the Warrant Assignment or other instrument of assignment and, if the Warrant Holder’s entire interest is not being transferred or assigned, in the name of the Warrant Holder, and upon the Company’s execution and delivery of such new Warrant, this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled; and provided that any assignee shall have all of the rights of an Initial Holder hereunder.  The Warrant Holder shall pay any transfer tax imposed in connection with such assignment (if any).  Any transfer or exchange of this Warrant shall be without charge to the Warrant Holder (except as provided above with respect to transfer taxes, if any) and any new Warrant issued shall be dated the date hereof.

 

Section 8.                                           Assistance in Disposition of Warrant or Warrant Shares.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, in the event that it becomes unlawful for the Warrant Holder to continue to hold the Warrant, in whole or in part, or some or all of the Shares held by it, or restrictions are imposed on any the Warrant Holder by any statute, regulation or governmental authority which, in the judgment of the Warrant Holder, make it unduly burdensome to continue to hold the Warrant or such Shares, the Warrant Holder may sell or otherwise dispose of the Warrant (subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in Section 7) or its Shares, and the Company agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the Warrant Holder in disposing of the Warrant and such Shares in a prompt and orderly manner and, at the reasonable request of the Warrant Holder, to provide (and authorize the Warrant Holder to provide) financial and other information reasonably requested concerning the Company to any prospective purchaser of the Warrant or Shares owned by the Warrant Holder.

 

Section 9                                              Identity of Transfer Agent.  The Transfer Agent for the Common Stock is Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.  Upon the appointment of any subsequent transfer agent for the Shares, the Company will mail to the Warrant Holder a statement setting forth the name and address of such transfer agent.

 

Section 10.                                    Covenants.  The Company agrees that:

 

12



 

(a)                                 Information.  So long as this Warrant remains outstanding or any Initial Holder holds any Warrant Shares, the Company will deliver to the Warrant Holder (or Initial Holder):

 

(i)                                     as soon as available and in any event no later than August 31, 2013, with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal year, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and reported on without qualification by public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

 

(ii)                                  as soon as available but not later than 45 days after the end of each month which is a fiscal quarter end, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such month, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows for such month and for the portion of the fiscal year ended at the end of such month, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the corresponding month and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, together with a comparison of results to the Company’s projections for such fiscal year;

 

(iv)                              simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referenced in subsection (a)(i) of this Section 10, a statement of the firm of independent public accountants that reported on such statements, stating that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of this Warrant as they relate to financial or accounting matters;

 

(v)                                 promptly, upon the issuance thereof, all statements and notices sent to the Company’s Stockholders; and

 

(viii)                        from time to time, such additional information regarding the business, properties, financial position, results of operations, or prospects of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as the Warrant Holder (or Initial Holder) may reasonably request; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or information that would compromise attorney client privilege.

 

(b)                                 Securities Filings; Rules 144 & 144A.  The Company will (i) file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, (ii) use its best efforts to cooperate with the Warrant Holder and each holder of Warrant Shares in supplying such information concerning the Company as may be necessary for the Warrant Holder or holder of Warrant Shares to complete and file any information reporting forms currently or hereafter required by the Commission as a condition to the availability of an exemption from the Securities Act for the sale of any Warrants or Warrant Shares, (iii) take such further action as the Warrant Holder may reasonably request to the extent required from time to time to enable the Warrant Holder to sell Warrant Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission, and (iv) upon the reasonable request of the Warrant Holder, deliver to the Warrant Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such reporting requirements; provided that this subsection (b) shall not require the Company to make any filing under the Securities Act or Exchange Act which the Company is not otherwise obligated to make.

 

13



 

(c)                                  Obtaining of Governmental Approvals and Stock Exchange Listings.  The Company will, at its own expense, (i) obtain and keep effective any and all permits, consents and approvals of governmental agencies and authorities which may from time to time be required of the Company in order to satisfy its obligations hereunder, and (ii) take all action which may be necessary so that the Warrant Shares, immediately upon their issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants, will be listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which the Shares are then listed.

 

(d)                                 Notices Of Corporate Action.  In the event of:

 

(i)                                     any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any Shares or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, or

 

(ii)                                  any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger involving the Company and any other Person or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person, or any Corporate Reorganization, or

 

(iii)                               any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, or

 

(iv)                              any issuance of any Additional Shares,

 

the Company will mail to the Warrant Holder a notice specifying (i) the date or expected date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, (ii) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, (iii) the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Shares shall be entitled to exchange their Shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up and a description in reasonable detail of the transaction and (iv) the date of such issuance of Additional Shares, together with a description of the security so issued and the consideration received by the Company therefor.  Such notice shall be mailed at least ten (10) days prior to the date therein specified.

 

Section 11.                                    Lost, Mutilated or Missing Warrants.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnification satisfactory to the Company (in the case of an Initial Holder its unsecured, unbonded agreement of indemnity or affidavit of loss shall be sufficient) or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Warrant Shares.

 

Section 12.                                    Waivers; Amendments.  Any provision of this Warrant may be amended or waived with (but only with) the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the written consent of the Company and the Warrant Holder, (a) change the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant or the Exercise Price, (b) shorten the Expiration Date, or (c) amend, modify or waive the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Requisite Holders.”  Any amendment or waiver effected in compliance with this Section shall be binding upon the Company and the Warrant Holder.  The Company shall give prompt notice to

 

14



 

the Warrant Holder of any amendment or waiver effected in compliance with this Section.  No failure or delay of the Company or the Warrant Holder in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereon or the exercise of any other right or power.  No notice or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or future notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  The rights and remedies of the Company and the Warrant Holder hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which it would otherwise have.

 

Section 13.                                    Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Stockholder Rights.  The Warrant shall not entitle any Warrant Holder, prior to the exercise of the Warrant, to any voting rights as a stockholder of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Expenses.  The Company shall pay all reasonable expenses of the Warrant Holder, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, in connection with the preparation of the Warrant, any waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment or modification hereof (regardless of whether the same becomes effective), or the enforcement of the provisions hereof; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any expenses of the Warrant Holder arising solely in connection with a transfer of the Warrant.

 

(c)                                  Successors and Assigns.  All the provisions of this Warrant by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Holder shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

(d)                                 Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

(e)                                  Notices.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if sent by first-class mail or courier, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows:  (a) if to the Company, addressed to the Company at its address for notices as set forth below its signature hereon or any other address as the Company may hereafter notify to the Warrant Holder and(b) if to the Warrant Holder, addressed to such address as the Warrant Holder may hereafter from time to time notify to the Company for the purposes of notice hereunder.

 

(f)                                   Equitable Remedies.  Without limiting the rights of the Company and the Warrant Holder to pursue all other legal and equitable rights available to such party for the other parties’ failure to perform its obligations hereunder, the Company and the Warrant Holder each hereto acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any failure to perform any obligations hereunder would be inadequate and that each shall be entitled to specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies in the event of any such failure.

 

(g)                                  Continued Effect.  Rights and benefits conferred on the holders of Warrant Shares pursuant to the provisions hereof (including Section 6) shall continue to inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, such holders, notwithstanding the surrender of the Warrant to, and its cancellation by, the Company upon the full or partial exercise or repurchase hereof.

 

15



 

(h)                                 Confidentiality.  The Warrant Holder agrees to keep confidential any proprietary information relating to the Company delivered by the Company hereunder; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Warrant Holder from disclosing such information:  (i) to any holder of Warrants or Warrant Shares, (ii) to any Affiliate of any holder of Warrants or Warrant Shares or any actual or potential transferee of the rights or obligations hereunder that agrees to be bound by this Section 13(h), (iii) upon order, subpoena, or other process of any court or administrative agency or otherwise required by law, (iv) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over such party, (v) which has been publicly disclosed, (vi) which has been obtained from any Person that is not a party hereto or an affiliate of any such party, (vii) in connection with the exercise of any remedy, or the resolution of any dispute hereunder (viii) to the legal counsel or certified public accountants for any holder of Warrants or Warrant Shares, or (ix) as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(i)                                     Governing Law.  THIS WARRANT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW.

 

(j)                                    Section Headings.  The section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed in any way to affect the interpretation of any provisions of the Warrant.

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its authorized signatory as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

Facsimile:

 

1



 

Exhibit A to Warrant

 

Form of Notice of Exercise

 

                    ,20  

 

To:  [                                                ]

 

Reference is made to the Warrant dated                     .  Terms defined therein are used herein as therein defined.

 

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects and agrees to purchase                Shares, and makes payment herewith in full therefor at the Exercise Price of $                               in the following form:                                                                                                                        .

 

[If the number of Shares as to which the Warrant is being exercised is less than all of the Shares purchasable thereunder, the undersigned hereby requests that a new Warrant representing the remaining balance of the Shares be registered in the name of                             , whose address is:                                                                .]

 

The undersigned hereby represents that it is exercising the Warrant for its own account or the account of an Affiliate for investment purposes and not with the view to any sale or distribution and that the Warrant Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or any underlying Warrant Shares in violation of applicable securities laws.

 

 

[NAME OF WARRANT HOLDER]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[ADDRESS OF WARRANT HOLDER]

 



 

Exhibit B to Warrant

 

Form of Warrant Assignment

 

Reference is made to the Warrant dated                         , issued by [                                              ].  Terms defined therein are used herein as therein defined.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                          (the “Assignor”) hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the Assignor as set forth in such Warrant, with respect to the number of Warrant Shares covered thereby as set forth below, to the Assignee(s) as set forth below:

 

Number of Warrant Shares

 

Name(s) of Assignee(s)

 

Address(es)

 

Number of Warrant
Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All notices to be given by the Company to the Assignor as Warrant Holder shall be sent to the Assignee(s) at the above listed address(es), and, if the number of Shares being hereby assigned is less than all of the Shares covered by the Warrant held by the Assignor, then also to the Assignor.

 

In accordance with Section 7 of the Warrant, the Assignor requests that the Company execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name or names of the assignee or assignees, as is appropriate, or, if the number of Shares being hereby assigned is less than all of the Shares covered by the Warrant held by the Assignor, new Warrants in the name or names of the assignee or the assignees, as is appropriate, and in the name of the Assignor.

 

The undersigned represents that the Assignee has represented to the Assignor that the Assignee is acquiring the Warrant for its own account or the account of an Affiliate for investment purposes and not with the view to any sale or distribution, and that the Assignee will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or the Warrant Shares except under circumstances as will not result in a violation of applicable securities laws.

 

Dated:                                    , 20  

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[ADDRESS OF ASSIGNOR]

 





Exhibit 10.10

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

55,000

Class of Stock:

Series B Preferred

Warrant Price:

$1.16 per share

Issue Date:

November 2, 2009

Expiration Date:

The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date

Credit Facility:

This Warrant is issued in connection with the Equipment Advances referenced in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated November 2, 2009.

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

 

1.1                               Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                               Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1



 

1.3                               Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4                               Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5                               Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6                               Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

 

1.6.1                     Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

1.6.2                     Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

 

A)                                   Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition

 

2



 

giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

B)                                   Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

C)                                   Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1                               Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2                               Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification,

 

3



 

exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                               Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

 

2.4                               No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5                               Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.6                               Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish

 

4



 

Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1                               Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares, as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 hereof, as of the date of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)                                  The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                               Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

3.3                               Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration

 

5



 

rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

 

3.4                               No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1                               Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2                               Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3                               Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4                               Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5                               The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act

 

6



 

and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

4.6                               Investors Rights Agreement. The Holder agrees, that in the event of exercise of this Warrant for Shares, it shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) as if Holder were a party thereto and further agrees in such event, to execute the Investor Rights Agreement as a “Holder” thereunder.

 

4.7                               Market Stand-off. The Holder agrees that it is subject to the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 2.13 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1                               Term. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

5.2                               Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

5.3                               Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

5.4                               Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an

 

7



 

Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Any transferee of all or any part of this Warrant shall be bound by the terms of this Warrant through its execution of as assignment in the form of Appendix 2 hereto. The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5                               Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Gene Security Network, Inc.

Attn:

2686 Middlefield Road

Redwood City, CA 94063

Telephone:

Facsimile:

 

5.6                               Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7                               Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

8



 

5.8                               Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9                               Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10                        Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Rabinowitz

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name:

Daniel Rabinowitz

 

(Print)

 

 

(Print)

Title:

CEO

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Taylor

 

 

Name:

James Taylor

 

 

 

(Print)

 

 

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

 

 

10



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

 

[See attached.]

 

11



 

Gene Security Network

 

Capitalization Summary

Last updated 9/24/2009

 

Equity

 

Shares
Outstanding

 

Dollars
Invested

 

% Fully Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Outstanding

 

3,746,242

 

$

56,456.58

 

11.23

%

Common Warrants Outstanding

 

40,000

 

$

4.00

 

0.12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-1

 

5,000,000

 

$

20,000.00

 

14.99

%

Series A

 

8,173,468

 

$

4,004,999.32

 

24.51

%

Series B

 

5,689,650

 

$

6,599,994.00

 

17.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007 Stock Options Outstanding:

 

9,793,593

 

 

 

29.36

%

2007 Stock Options Available

 

908,448

 

 

 

2.72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Flly Dltd

 

33,351,401

 

$

10,681,453.90

 

100.00

%

 



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                      Holder elects to purchase                    shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [strike one] Stock of                                    pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.                                      Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                                   of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                      By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

12



 

APPENDIX 2

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

SVB Financial Group

Address:

3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)

 

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tax ID:

91-1962278

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Gene Security Network, Inc. (the “Company”), on                    , 2009 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 





Exhibit 10.11

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

Date of Issuance

Void after

 

NATERA, INC.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

This Warrant is issued to «Holder» or its assigns (the “Holder”) by Natera, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

1.                                      Purchase of Shares.

 

(a)                                 Number of Shares.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing), to purchase from the Company up to «SharesNo» fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

(b)                                 Exercise Price.  The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Section 1 (the “Shares”) shall be $     per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Shares and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

 

2.                                      Exercise Period.  This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the date of issuance and ending at 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on                       (the “Exercise Period”); provided, however, that if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price upon (a) the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities in the Company’s first underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than a registration statement relating either to sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) (an “Initial Public Offering”) or (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s current Restated Certificate of Incorporation on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, then this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised pursuant to Section 4 of this Warrant.  For purposes of this Warrant, any of the transactions described in subsection (b) shall be referred to herein as a “Corporate Transaction”.  In the event of an Initial Public Offering or Corporate Transaction, the Company shall notify the Holder at least five (5) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering or Corporate Transaction.  In

 



 

addition, in the event of a dividend on the Company’s Common Stock, the Company shall notify the Holder at least five (5) business days prior to the record date of such dividend.

 

3.                                      Method of Exercise.

 

(a)                                 While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 2 above, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby. Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

(i)                                     the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto, to the Secretary of the Company at its principal office (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing); and

 

(ii)                                  the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

 

(b)                                 Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant is surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 3(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate for the Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 3(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Shares represented by such certificate.

 

(c)                                  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder, or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

 

(i)                                     a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares to which such Holder shall be entitled, and

 

(ii)                                  in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Shares equal to the number of such Shares described in this Warrant minus the number of such Shares purchased by the Holder upon all exercises made in accordance with Section 3(a) above or Section 4 below.

 

4.                                      Net Exercise.  In lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election (a “Net Exercise”). A Holder who Net Exercises shall have the rights described in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof, and the Company shall issue to such Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

 



 

Where

 

X =                             The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

Y =                             The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation).

 

A =                             The fair market value of one (1) Share (at the date of such calculation).

 

B =                             The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of a Share shall mean the average of the closing prices of the Shares (or equivalent shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant) quoted on any exchange or electronic securities market on which the Shares (or equivalent shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant) are listed, as published in The Wall Street Journal for the thirty (30) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value (or such shorter period of time during which such Shares were traded on such exchange).  In the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 4 in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Initial Public Offering.  If the Shares are not traded on an exchange or an electronic securities market, the fair market value shall be the price per Share that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for Shares sold by the Company from authorized but unissued Shares, as such prices shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

5.                                      Representations and Warranties of the Company.  In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder that:

 

(a)                                 Organization, Good Standing, and Qualification.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

 

(b)                                 Authorization.  Except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, all corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company, its officers, directors, and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Warrant. The Company has taken all corporate action required to make all the obligations of the Company reflected in the provisions of this Warrant the valid and enforceable obligations they purport to be. The issuance of this Warrant will not be subject to preemptive rights of any stockholders of the Company. The Company has authorized sufficient shares of Common Stock to allow for the exercise of this Warrant.

 

6.                                      Representations and Warranties of the Holder.  In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 



 

(a)                                 Authorization.  Holder represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Warrant. This Warrant constitutes the Holder’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

 

(b)                                 Purchase Entirely for Own Account.  The Holder acknowledges that this Warrant is entered into by the Holder in reliance upon such Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”) will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same. By acknowledging this Warrant, the Holder further represents that the Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities.

 

(c)                                  Disclosure of Information.  The Holder acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.

 

(d)                                 Investment Experience.  The Holder is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities. If other than an individual, the Holder also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

 

(e)                                  Accredited Investor.  The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Act.

 

(f)                                   Restricted Securities.  The Holder understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act, only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Holder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the SEC under the Act (“Rule 144”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Act.

 

(g)                                  Further Limitations on Disposition.  Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit

 



 

of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Warrant, including, without limitation, this Section 6, Section 22, and:

 

(i)                                     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement;

 

(ii)                                  the Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in extraordinary circumstances; or

 

(iii)                               if other than an individual, the Holder shall not make any disposition to any of the Company’s competitors as such is reasonably determined by the Company.

 

(h)                                 Legends.  It is understood that the Securities may bear the following legend:

 

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.”

 

7.                                      State Commissioners of Corporations.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

8.                                      Intentionally Omitted.

 

9.                                      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares.  The number and kind of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 



 

(a)                                 Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances.  If the Company shall at any time after the issuance but prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide its Common Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Common Stock, or issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock or Common Stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of its Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price payable per share, but the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same. Any adjustment under this Section 9(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

 

(b)                                 Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation.  In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number and type of securities as were purchasable as Shares by the Holder immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization or change. In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities or property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price per Share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

 

(c)                                  Notice of Adjustment.  When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

10.                               No Fractional Shares or Scrip.  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

11.                               No Stockholder Rights.  Prior to exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares, including (without limitation) the right to vote such Shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, exercise preemptive rights or be notified of stockholder meetings, and, except as otherwise provided in this Warrant, such Holder shall not be entitled to any stockholder notice or other communication concerning the business or affairs of the Company.

 


 

12.                               Transfer of Warrant.  This Warrant may not be transferred without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

13.                               Governing Law.  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

14.                               Successors and Assigns.  The terms and provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective successors and assigns.

 

15.                               Counterparts.  This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16.                               Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

17.                               Notices.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 17):

 

If to the Company:

 

Natera, Inc.

201 Industrial Rd.

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attention: President

 

If to Holder:

 

At the address shown on the signature page hereto.

 

18.                               Finder’s Fee.  Each party represents that it neither is or will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Holder agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Holder or any of its officers, partners, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of

 



 

defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

19.                               Expenses.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

20.                               Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers.  This Warrant and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.  Nonetheless, any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder; or if this Warrant has been assigned in part, by the holders or rights to purchase a majority of the shares originally issuable pursuant to this Warrant.

 

21.                               Severability.  If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

22.                               “Market Stand-Off” Agreement.  The Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 22 shall apply only to the Initial Public Offering and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, the sale of any shares acquired in or after the Initial Offering or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock).  The underwriters in connection with the

 



 

Company’s Initial Public Offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 22 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

The Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Shares of the Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 22):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant as of the date first written above.

 

 

NATERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

«Holder»

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

NATERA, INC.

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

 

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the Warrant, as follows:

 

o                                                              shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment in cash of the Exercise Price of such Shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                    Net Exercise the attached Warrant with respect to                      Shares.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that Representations and Warranties in Section 6 hereof are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name in which shares should be registered:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information.  Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

NOTE:  The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant.  Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should provide proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 





Exhibit 10.12

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

Date of Issuance

Void after

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

This Warrant is issued to      or his assigns (the “Holder”) by Gene Security Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

1.                                      Purchase of Shares.

 

(a)                                 Number of Shares.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing), to purchase from the Company up to      fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

(b)                                 Exercise Price.  The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Section 1 (the “Shares”) shall be $     per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Shares and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

2.                                      Exercise Period.  This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 p.m. Pacific Standard Time on                       (the “Exercise Period”); provided, however, that this Warrant shall no longer be exercisable and become null and void upon the consummation of any “Termination Event” defined as (a) the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than a registration statement relating either to sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) (the “Initial Public Offering”) and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event. For purposes of this Warrant, any of the transactions described in subsection (b) shall be referred to herein as a “Corporate Transaction”.  In the event of a Termination Event, the Company shall notify the Holder at least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of such Termination Event.

 



 

3.                                      Method of Exercise.

 

(a)                                 While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 2 above, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby.  Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

(i)                                     the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto, to the Secretary of the Company at its principal office (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing); and

 

(ii)                                  the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

 

(b)                                 Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant is surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 3(a) above.  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate for the Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 3(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Shares represented by such certificate.

 

(c)                                  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder, or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

 

(i)                                     a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares to which such Holder shall be entitled, and

 

(ii)                                  in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Shares equal to the number of such Shares described in this Warrant minus the number of such Shares purchased by the Holder upon all exercises made in accordance with Section 3(a) above.

 

4.                                      Representations and Warranties of the Holder.  In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a)                                 Authorization.  Holder represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Warrant.  This Warrant constitutes the Holder’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

 

(b)                                 Purchase Entirely for Own Account.  The Holder acknowledges that this Warrant is entered into by the Holder in reliance upon such Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”) will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the

 

2



 

resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same.  By acknowledging this Warrant, the Holder further represents that the Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities.

 

(c)                                  Disclosure of Information.  The Holder acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities.  The Holder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.

 

(d)                                 Investment Experience.  The Holder is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities.  If other than an individual, the Holder also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

 

(e)                                  Restricted Securities.  The Holder understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act, only in certain limited circumstances.  In this connection, each Lender represents that it is familiar with Rule 144, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the SEC under the Act (“Rule 144”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Act.

 

(f)                                   Further Limitations on Disposition.  Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Warrant, including, without limitation, this Section 4, Section 17, and:

 

(i)                                     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(ii)                                  the Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act.  It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in extraordinary circumstances; or

 

3



 

(iii)                               if other than an individual, the Holder shall not make any disposition to any of the Company’s competitors as such is reasonably in good faith determined by the Company.

 

(g)                                  Legends.  It is understood that the Securities may bear the following legend:

 

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.”

 

5.                                      State Commissioners of Corporations.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

6.                                      Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)                                 Notices of Record Date.  In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend which is the same as cash dividends paid in previous quarters and stock dividends) or other distribution, the Company shall mail to the Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution.

 

7.                                      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares.  The number and kind of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(a)                                 Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances.  If the Company shall at any time after the issuance but prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide its Common Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Common Stock, or issue additional shares of its Common Stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of its Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case

 

4



 

of a combination.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price payable per share, but the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same.  Any adjustment under this Section 7(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

 

(b)                                 Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation.  In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 7(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number and type of securities as were purchasable as Shares by the Holder immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization or change.  In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities or property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price per Share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

 

(c)                                  Notice of Adjustment.  When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

8.                                      No Fractional Shares or Scrip.  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

9.                                      No Stockholder Rights.  Prior to exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares, including (without limitation) the right to vote such Shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, exercise preemptive rights or be notified of stockholder meetings, and, except as otherwise provided in this Warrant, such Holder shall not be entitled to any stockholder notice or other communication concerning the business or affairs of the Company.

 

10.                               Governing Law.  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

11.                               Successors and Assigns.  The terms and provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5



 

12.                               Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

13.                               Notices.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 13):

 

If to the Company:

 

Gene Security Network, Inc.

201 Industrial Road, Suite 410

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attention:  President

 

If to Holder:

 

At the addresses shown on the signature pages hereto.

 

14.                               Expenses.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

15.                               Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers.  This Warrant and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.  Nonetheless, any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder; or if this Warrant has been assigned in part, by the holders or rights to purchase a majority of the shares originally issuable pursuant to this Warrant.

 

16.                               Severability.  If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

17.                               Market Stand-Off” Agreement.  The Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one

 

6



 

hundred eighty (180) days) (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 17 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto

 

18.                               Definitions

 

(a)                                 “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date above written,

 

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC.

 

Attention:  President/Corporate Secretary

 

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the Warrant, as follows:

 

                      shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment in cash of the Exercise Price of such Shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that Representations and Warranties in Section 4 hereof are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name in which shares should be registered:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information.  Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder’s

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

NOTE:  The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant.  Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should provide proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 





Exhibit 10.13

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

CONFIDENTIAL

CONFORMED COPY

 

 

SUPPLY AGREEMENT
(TG CONSUMABLES)

 

This Supply Agreement (the “Agreement”), as amended on September 18, 2014 (the “First Amendment Date”), is effective as of the date of last signature found below (the “Effective Date”) between Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 5200 Illumina Way, San Diego, CA 92122 (“Illumina”) and Natera, Inc., having a place of business at 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 (“Customer”).  Customer and Illumina may be referred to herein as “Party” or “Parties.”

 

The Parties agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions.  The following terms have these meanings.

 

Additional Clinical Use” is defined on Exhibit A, Part 2.

 

Affiliate(s)” means with respect to a Party, any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party for so long as such control exists.  For purposes of this definition, an entity has control of another entity if it has the direct or indirect ability or power to direct or cause the direction of management policies of such other entity or otherwise direct the affairs of such other entity, whether through ownership of the voting securities of such other entity, by contract or otherwise.

 

Application Specific IP” means the Illumina Intellectual Property Rights that pertain to the Product, or use thereof, only with regard to specific field(s) or specific application(s).  Application Specific IP excludes all Core IP.  By way of non-limiting example, Illumina Intellectual Property Rights for NIPT, for specific diagnostic methods, for specific forensic methods, or for specific nucleic acid biomarkers, sequences, or combinations of biomarkers or sequences are examples of Application Specific IP.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Illumina Intellectual Property Rights pertain solely to use of a Product to sequence genetic material, and do not pertain to subsequent use (for NIPT or otherwise) of the sequence data generated from such sequencing, those Illumina Intellectual Property Rights are within Core IP and are not within Application Specific IP.

 

Clinical Use” is NIPT Use and/or Additional Clinical Use.

 

Consumable(s)” means Illumina-Branded reagents and consumable items that are intended by Illumina for use with, and are to be consumed through the use of, Illumina Hardware.  Consumables are either TG Consumables (which Consumables are designated on Exhibit B with the pre-fix “TG” in their part number) or Non-TG Consumables (which are all other Consumables, including Temporary Consumables, as defined on Exhibit A and including the Temporary Consumables in the Final Shipment Purchase Order, as set forth in Section 7(e)).  All references in this Agreement to Consumables means both TG Consumables and Non-TG Consumables, unless specified otherwise in this Agreement.  Consumables purchasable under this Agreement as of the Effective Date are set forth on Exhibit B and, with respect to Temporary Consumables in the Final Shipment Purchase Order, set forth in Section 7(e).

 

Core IP” means Illumina Intellectual Property Rights that pertain to or cover aspects or features of the Product, or use thereof, without regard to any specific application or field of use.  To avoid any doubt, and without limitation, Core IP specifically excludes any and all Illumina Intellectual Property Rights directed to NIPT, other than to the extent Illumina Intellectual Property Rights pertain solely to use of a Product to sequence genetic material and do not pertain to subsequent use for NIPT of the sequence data generated from such sequencing.

 

Customer Use” means the fields of use specified on Exhibit A, Part 1 (NIPT Use), Part 2 (Additional Clinical Use) and Part 3 (Research Use), specifically excluding without limitation any use that (i) is not in accordance with the Product’s Specifications or Documentation, (ii) requires grants of rights or a license to any [*] (unless such rights or license are expressly granted in Exhibit A), (iii) is a re-use of a previously used Consumable, (iv) is the disassembling, reverse-engineering, reverse-compiling, or reverse-assembling of the Product, (v) is the separation, extraction, or isolation of components of Consumables or other unauthorized analysis of the Consumables, (vi) seeks to gain access to or determine the methods of operation of the Product that are not discoverable through the use of the Product in accordance with this Agreement, (vii) is a use of a non-Illumina reagent/consumable with Illumina Hardware (unless the Specifications or Documentation state otherwise), or (viii) is the transfer to a third party of any Consumable or Software (including Embedded Software, or sub-licensing of any rights received hereunder, including rights to Software or third party software, wherein the exclusions in (i) through (viii) are the “Exclusions”.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

1



 

Country” or “Countries” means the following countries:  [*]

 

Documentation” means Illumina’s user manual, package insert and similar documentation for a Product that is provided to Customer or that is otherwise made publicly available (e.g., on Illumina’s website) and in effect on the date that the Product ships.  Documentation may be provided (including by reference to a website) with the Product at the time of shipment or provided electronically from Illumina.

 

Existing Instruments” means Illumina Hardware that was purchased by Customer and supplied by Illumina prior to the Effective Date and that Customer intends to use with the Consumables purchased under this Agreement.

 

Existing Purchase Order” means the purchase orders for Products dated March 20, 2013, and identified as PO#100531 (quote 2013-51136) and PO#100532 (quote 2013-51138), including any modifications (if any) that have been mutually agreed to between the Parties in writing.

 

Facility” or “Facilities” means laboratories in the Country(ies) that are either owned by, rented by or leased by Customer.

 

Final Shipment Purchase Order” is defined in Section 7(e).

 

Illumina-Branded” means bearing Illumina branding or the branding of any Affiliate of Illumina.

 

Illumina Hardware” means Illumina-Branded instruments, accessories or peripherals.  The Illumina Hardware purchaseable under this Agreement as of the Effective Date is set forth on Exhibit B.

 

Illumina Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all Intellectual Property Rights owned or controlled by Illumina or Affiliates of Illumina as of the date of shipment of the Product from Illumina and thereafter during the Term.  Application Specific IP and Core IP are separate, non-overlapping, subsets within the Illumina Intellectual Property Rights.

 

Intellectual Property Right(s)” means any and all rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how, trademark, service mark and trade dress rights and other industrial or intellectual property rights under the laws of any jurisdiction, together with all applications therefor and registrations thereto.

 

NIPT” means non-invasive pre-natal testing.

 

NIPT Use” is defined on Exhibit A, Part 1.

 

Product(s)” means the Consumables, Illumina Hardware, or Software that are offered for sale under, purchased under, or supplied under this Agreement, wherein as of the Effective Date the Products are set forth on Exhibit B and, with respect to Temporary Consumables in the Final Shipment Purchase Order, set forth in Section 7(e), and include Software related thereto,

 

Research Use” is defined on Exhibit A, Part 3.

 

Software” means Illumina-Branded software (e.g., Hardware operating software, data analysis software), regardless of whether it is embedded in or installed on Illumina Hardware or provided separately.  “Embedded Software” means all Software embedded in or installed on Illumina Hardware or provided by Illumina in connection with its provision of Illumina Hardware (and not ordered separately by Customer).

 

Specifications” means Illumina’s written specifications for a Product in effect for that Product on the date that the Product ships, as set forth in the applicable Documentation.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

2



 

2.              Applicability of Terms and Conditions.

 

a.              Scope.  (i) This Agreement exclusively governs the ordering, purchase, supply, and use of Products, and its terms shall override any conflicting, amending and/or additional terms contained in any purchase orders, invoices or similar documents regarding Products, which are hereby rejected and shall be null and void.  Failure of Illumina or Customer to object to any such conflicting, amending and/or additional terms shall not constitute a waiver by Illumina or Customer, nor constitute acceptance by Illumina or Customer of such terms.  The conditions and restrictions on use and other activities set forth in this Agreement are bargained for conditions of sale and, therefore, control the sale of Products and the rights in and to Products provided to Customer at purchase.  For the avoidance of doubt, Customer may, at Customer’s election, purchase Illumina products (other than the Products that are purchaseable under this Agreement) under Illumina’s standard terms and conditions of sale (outside of this Agreement) and use those products for the uses allowed under Illumina’s standard terms and conditions of sale.  (ii) However, unless an authorized officer of Illumina provides express, unambiguous written agreement otherwise, Customer may not use Illumina consumable reagents purchased outside of this Agreement for NIPT Use or Additional Clinical Use.

 

b.              Consumables.  The Consumables that may be purchased under this Agreement as of the Effective Date are set forth in Exhibit B and, with respect to Temporary Consumables in the Final Shipment Purchase Order, set forth in Section 7(e).  Upon the mutual agreement of the Parties, additional Consumables may be added to Exhibit B in accordance with Section 20(j) (Amendment).

 

c.               Instruments.  The Illumina Hardware that may be purchased under this Agreement as of the Effective Date is set forth in Exhibit B.  Upon the mutual agreement of the Parties, additional Illumina Hardware may be added to Exhibit B in accordance with Section 20(j) (Amendment).  For the avoidance of doubt, (i) notification of changes to Illumina Hardware and associated Embedded Software are not provided, and (ii) only Illumina Hardware listed in Exhibit B, as may be amended from time-to-time in writing by the Parties, may be purchased under this Agreement.

 

d.              Instrument Service Contract.  Customer will purchase and maintain during the Term a Gold Level Service Contract on all Illumina Hardware that are present in Facility(ies) during the Term.  The Gold Level Service Contract terms are set forth in Exhibit F and pricing is set forth in Exhibit E.

 

3.              Rights Accompanying Purchase of Product for Customer Use.

 

a.              Products.  Use rights accompanying purchase of Products under this Agreement, and certain additional obligations and requirements associated with the particular fields of Customer Use, are set forth on Exhibit A and this Section 3.  Customer is not granted any rights, express or implied, under this Agreement with respect to (A) distribution of any Product or acting as a distributor of any Product, (B) any direct-to consumer activity (other than in the field of [*] to the extent such is a permitted Customer Use), (C) manufacture, marketing, distribution, or sale of [*].  Customer acknowledges and agrees that any use of a Product outside of the scope of rights expressly conferred on Customer under this Agreement is a prohibited and unauthorized use, and Illumina reserves the right to seek enforcement of its Intellectual Property Rights with respect to any such use, including as stated in Section 3(d).  Customer acknowledges and agrees that prohibited and unauthorized uses (i) will void the warranties for the Products and/or (ii) if covered by any Illumina Intellectual Property Rights (including [*]), will require Customer to obtain additional rights and/or licenses from Illumina (including, by way of example, use rights in an additional field of use), and may require additional rights and licenses from third parties.

 

b.              Existing Instruments.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, all restrictions and all Customer representations and warranties hereunder with respect to Products, Customer, during the Term, has the right to use Existing Instruments for NIPT Use and Additional Clinical Use solely with Consumables purchased under this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, Customer has the right to use Existing Instruments for Research Use in accordance with the terms and conditions under which each such Existing Instrument was acquired, with Illumina-Branded consumables (including with the Consumables and including with the consumables purchased under the Existing Purchase Order), Customer agrees that Customer’s use of and disposition of the Existing Instruments is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement in addition to the original terms and conditions under which the Existing Instruments were purchased from Illumina (the “Instrument Terms”).  In the event of any conflict between the Instrument Terms and the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect to the Existing Instruments, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall supersede and govern Customer’s use of and disposition of the Existing Instruments.  Customer acknowledges and agrees that any use of the Existing Instruments outside of the Instrument Terms is a prohibited and unauthorized use, subject to Illumina’s rights under this Agreement, and Illumina reserves the right to seek enforcement of its Intellectual Property Rights (including [*]) with respect to any such use, including as stated in Section 3(d).

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

3



 

c.               Software.  All Software is licensed, not sold, to Customer, is non-transferable (except as provided in Section 20(f) (Assignment)) non-sublicensable, and may be subject to additional terms set forth in the end user license agreement (“EULA”).  If Customer asks to review a EULA for any applicable Software prior to submitting a Purchase Order under which that Software will be supplied, then Illumina will promptly provide a copy of any applicable EULA to Customer for its review prior to purchase.  References in this Agreement to “purchase” or “sale” of Products or Products “purchased” or “sold” under the Agreement (and similar grammatical variations) is understood to mean, solely with respect to Software, that Software is licensed under this Agreement and not sold, Subject to the terms and conditions of the EULA and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, all restrictions and all Customer representations and warranties hereunder with respect to Products, Customer is expressly authorized to use Software provided by Illumina under this Agreement solely for Customer Use in connection with Customer’s use and operation of the Consumables and Illumina Hardware and in accordance with this Agreement, and is expressly authorized to store on a computer or server any such Software that is required to be installed on a computer or server for such Customer Use.

 

d.              All Rights Reserved.  The rights conveyed to Customer under Illumina Intellectual Property Rights are limited to those use rights granted in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Exhibit A); no sublicense or other right or license under any Illumina Intellectual Property Rights is or are granted, expressly, by implication, or by estoppel, to Customer under this Agreement.  Illumina, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (including without limitation, Verinata Health, Inc. and BlueGnome Ltd.), retains and does not waive all rights not expressly conferred on Customer with purchase of Product, including without limitation the right to enforce Illumina Intellectual Property Rights, and bring suit against any person or entity, including Customer (and its Affiliates, successors, and assigns), with respect to any and all unauthorized uses of Product.  All uses of Products that [*] Illumina Intellectual Property Rights.  Notwithstanding any term or provision to the contrary, Illumina does not make any representation, warranty, covenant, or guarantee that [*], and expressly disclaims any statement or implication otherwise.  Products and Existing Instruments may be covered by one or more U.S., or foreign patents.  As of the Effective Date, no rights [*] have been granted to Customer and no rights [*] will be granted, conferred upon, or conveyed to Customer under this Agreement.

 

4.              Additional Rights.  (a) Customer’s use of Products for Customer Use during the Term may require that it obtain from third parties [*] additional rights or licenses above and beyond rights [*].  Any such Intellectual Property Rights of third parties [*], are referred to herein as “Other IP.”  Other IP includes but is not limited to [*] and third party Intellectual Property Rights directed to [*].  Illumina does not guarantee or warrant that use of Product for Customer Use will not infringe Other IP.  (b) Customer, not Illumina, is responsible for identifying and ensuring that it has rights to all Other IP that are required for Customer to use the Products for Customer Use without infringement or misuse of Other IP.  Customer is responsible for obtaining required rights to such Other IP from a third party [*]) and, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, assumes all risk for not obtaining any required rights to such Other IP.  (c) Any future grant [*] will be subject to the Parties’ negotiation of the terms and conditions under which such rights are to be granted, including consideration, and will be granted, if at all, under a separate written agreement.  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Illumina may not (i) terminate this Agreement for Customer’s breach or (ii) suspend supply of Products under this Agreement, in each case (i) or (ii) [*].

 

5.              Limitations on Use.

 

a.              Limitations on Use.

 

i.                 Customer agrees:  (1) to use each Consumable only one time, (2) not to use non-Illumina reagents with Illumina Hardware, (3) to use the Products only for Customer Use, (4) when using Consumables for NIPT Use or Additional Clinical Use, to only use TG Consumables (or Temporary Consumables, if applicable), (5) to use the Non-TG Consumables only for Research Use (except to the extent a Non-TG Consumable is a Temporary Consumable and use for NIPT Use or Additional Clinical Use is permitted), and (6) to use Products only [*].  The limitations in (1) and (2) do not apply if the Specifications or Documentation for the applicable Consumable or Illumina Hardware expressly states otherwise.

 

ii.             Customer agrees it will not, and it will not authorize any third party to, engage in any of the following activities with respect to any Product:  (1) disassemble, reverse-engineer, reverse-compile, or reverse-assemble the Product,

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

4



 

(2) separate, extract, or isolate components of Product or subject Product or components thereof to any analysis not authorized in the Specifications or Documentation, (3) seek to gain access to or attempt to determine the methods of operation of the Product that are not discoverable through the use of the Product in accordance with this Agreement, (4) grant a sub-license to any rights received hereunder, including without limitation to grant a sublicense to any Software or to any third party software, or (5) transfer any Consumable or Software to a third party (including a Customer Affiliate).

 

iii.         Customer agrees it will not (1) use the Products for any use outside of Customer Use, (2) use the Products in any manner that infringes Application Specific IP, unless it has received prior express written permission from Illumina under a separate written agreement or amendment to this Agreement to use the Products in a manner addressed in (1) or (2).

 

b.              Illumina Proprietary Information.  Customer agrees that, with respect to [*], that it shall only use same with the Products.  Customer acknowledges Illumina’s claim that the contents of and methods of operation of the Products are proprietary to Illumina and/or its Affiliates and contain or embody trade secrets of Illumina and/or its Affiliates.

 

c.               Unauthorized Uses.  Customer agrees that the limitations of use, including prohibited activities, described in Section 5(a) (Limitations on Use):  (A) are, without limitation, part of the bargained for conditions of sale of the Products, (B) the prohibited activities stated in Section 5(a) are not included within the Customer Use or otherwise within the rights expressly conferred on Customer pursuant to Exhibit A and Section 3 (Rights Accompanying Purchase of Product for Customer Use), and (C) each such prohibited activity stated in Section 5(a), including use of the Product to perform any of those prohibited activities, is an unauthorized use, may [*], and is part of the bargained for conditions of sale of the Products.

 

6.              [Reserved.]

 

7.              Pricing; Purchase Orders.

 

a.              Pricing.  The base prices for Products are found in Exhibit B and, with respect to Temporary Consumables in the Final Shipment Purchase Order, are found in Section 7(e).  Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, (i) all prices are in USD, (ii) all payments must be made in USD, (iii) each price in Exhibit B is the base price for the applicable Product during the Term, subject to discounts set forth therein (as applicable in accordance with exclusivity terms stated in Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a).) Note that if no price for Illumina Hardware is listed in Exhibit B, the price for Illumina Hardware will be agreed to between the Parties at the time of ordering.

 

b.              Test Fees.  The terms and conditions regarding NIPT Test Fees are set forth on Exhibit A.  Customer acknowledges that the NIPT Test Fees are payable under the Agreement for performance of NIPT Use using any Product as set forth on Exhibit A, in addition to the pricing for Products.

 

c.               Purchase Orders and Acceptance.  Customer shall order all Products using written purchase orders in a form reasonably acceptable to Illumina and that reference this Agreement (“Purchase Order(s)”).  Purchase Orders shall state, at a minimum, the Illumina part number, the Illumina provided quote number (or other reference provided by Illumina), the quantity ordered, price, requested delivery date (which shall be one or more dates during a [*] month period during the Term,) and address for delivery.  All Purchase Orders shall be sent to the attention of Illumina Customer Solutions or to any other person or department designated by Illumina in writing.  Acceptance of a Purchase Order occurs when Illumina provides Customer a Sales Order Confirmation (“Order Confirmation”).  Purchase Orders submitted in accordance with this Agreement will not be unreasonably rejected by Illumina.  It shall be deemed an unreasonable rejection of a Purchase Order if Illumina rejects a Purchase Order that is submitted in accordance with this Agreement and Illumina has the ability to supply the Products ordered under such Purchase Order.  Illumina shall be obligated to fill all accepted Purchase Orders.

 

d.              Additional Terms for TG Consumables.  Additional terms and conditions pertaining to purchase and supply of TG Consumables for Clinical Use are set forth in Section 10 herein below.

 

e.               Existing Purchase Order; New Quotes; New Purchase Order.

 

(i)             The Existing Purchase Order is void and of no effect and, subject to the proviso that follows, each Party hereby releases the other Party from any and all claims and causes of action relating to or arising out of the Existing Purchase Order, including without limitation (1) whether the Existing Purchase Order was validly accepted by

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

5



 

Illumina or (2) whether Customer had the right to use the products supplied under that Existing Purchase Order for NIPT, provided that the foregoing does not limit or restrict Illumina’s right to enforce the following terms, including payment terms, in the Existing Purchase Order set forth in the following paragraphs of the Terms and Conditions of Sale-Research Use Products that are part of the quotes that govern the Existing Purchase Order:  Paragraph 3 (Unauthorized Uses of Products); the last sentence of Paragraph 4 (Regulatory); Paragraph 9 (Payment Terms) and Paragraph 11 (Taxes); or the right of both Parties to enforce Paragraph 7 (Product Warranty) and Paragraph 8 (Indemnification).  For the avoidance of doubt, this subpart (i) is not applicable to any activity other than claims and causes of action relating to or arising out of the Existing Purchase Order.

 

(ii)          Attached as Exhibit E, is a quote for TG Consumables, Non-TG Consumables, and [*], at [*] base price listed on Exhibit B (the “Quote”).  The Parties agree that the terms and conditions of sale attached to the Quote (“Quote Ts&Cs”) are not applicable to the Quote, the Quote Ts&Cs are deemed to be cancelled from this Agreement, and that this Agreement, and not the Quote Ts&Cs, exclusively governs the ordering, purchase, supply, and use of Products on the Quote.  The initial Purchase Order, issued in accordance with the Quote, and the Quote, are attached in Exhibit E.

 

(iii)       Attached as Exhibit H is a Purchase Order (the “Final Shipment Purchase Order”) submitted under this Agreement for certain Consumables that were included on, but not yet supplied under, the Existing Purchase Order.  With respect to the Final Shipment Purchase Order and the Consumables to be supplied thereunder, the Parties agree (A) those Consumables are deemed to be Temporary Consumables and Product under this Agreement, (B) the pricing and requested delivery schedule for those Consumables is as set forth in Exhibit H, (C) the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and not the terms and conditions that governed the Existing Purchase Order, exclusively govern the ordering, purchase, supply, and use of the Consumables on the Final Shipment Purchase Order.  For the avoidance of doubt, Customer has the right under this Agreement to use the Temporary Consumables supplied under the Final Shipment Purchase Order for Customer Use.  The Parties acknowledge that the following Products ordered on the Final Shipment Purchase Order were supplied by Illumina to Customer on or before the Effective Date:  [*].

 

8.              Invoices; Payment; Taxes.

 

a.              Invoices and Payment.  Illumina shall issue invoices upon shipment of Products.  Invoices shall be sent to Customer’s accounts payable department, or any other address designated by Customer in writing.  All payments by Customer on such invoices are due within [*] after the date of the invoice.  Without limiting any remedies available to Illumina, any amounts (other than amounts disputed in good faith) not paid when due under this Agreement will accrue interest at the rate of [*] per month, or the maximum amount allowed by applicable law, if lower.  In the event that any payment (other than amounts disputed in good faith) is not made within [*] after receiving notice of the delinquency, Illumina shall have the right, with respect to any Products that have not been paid for, to suspend performance, including shipment, until all payments are made current and, further, Illumina shall have the right to take any action allowed in law and in equity to address such breach, in addition to any and all rights under this Agreement.  Customer shall have no right or license to use any Product that it has not paid for and any such use is an unauthorized use.  Customer shall pay for all costs (including reasonable fees of attorneys’ and collection agencies) incurred by Illumina in connection with the collection of late payments.  Each Purchase Order is a separate, independent transaction under this Agreement, and neither Party has any right of set-off against other Purchase Orders or other transactions with the other Party.  Customer agrees to pay for Products supplied hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

b.              Taxes.  All prices and other amounts payable to Illumina hereunder are exclusive of and are payable without deduction for taxes, GST, VAT, customs duties, tariffs or charges now or hereafter claimed or imposed by any governmental authority upon the sale of the Product, all of which will be added to the purchase price or subsequently invoiced to the Customer.  With respect to New Zealand Customers only, Customer and Illumina agree that subsection 8(4) Goods and Services Tax Act 1985 does not apply

 

c.               Additional Terms for TG Consumables.  Additional terms and conditions pertaining to purchase and supply of TG Consumables for Clinical Use are set forth in Section 10 herein below.

 

9.              Shipping Terms; Title and Risk of Loss.  Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all shipments are made DAP (Incoterms 2010) at Customer’s address on the Purchase Order and Customer is responsible for freight and insurance which will be added to the invoice and paid by Customer, except that all shipments to member countries of the E.U. are made DDP (Incoterms 2010) at Customer’s address on the Purchase Order.  In all cases title (except for Software and third party software) and risk of loss transfers to Customer when Product is made available at such address.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

6



 

10.       Additional Terms for TG Consumables:  Forecast; Initial Shipment Date; Purchase orders; Deliveries; Shelf Life.  This Section 10 is applicable only to TG Consumables.

 

a.              Forecast.  Please refer to the example in Exhibit C when reading this Section.  Customer shall, no later than the 1st day of each calendar month (the 1st day of each such calendar month being a “Forecast Due Date”), provide a written non-binding (in part) forecast detailing the quantity of TG Consumables, on a TG Consumable-by-TG Consumable basis, that Customer requires during the 4th through 9th calendar months following that Forecast Due Date (each a “Forecast”); provided, however, that Customer shall not be obligated to submit Forecasts for any post-termination month if Customer has given written notice of termination under Section 17(c)(v) (Termination by Customer for Convenience).  For clarity, each Forecast starts with the calendar month that begins on the Forecast Due Date.  The general form of the Forecast along with an example of how forecasting works and when Purchase Orders (defined below) are to be provided is found in Exhibit C.  The first Forecast is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D.  All Forecasts shall be deemed Customer’s Confidential Information.

 

i.                 One Forecast per Calendar Month Only.  Customer may only provide one Forecast per calendar month.  If Customer provides more than one Forecast in any given calendar month, then Illumina has the right to reject all but the first of the Forecasts submitted by Customer.

 

ii.             Initial Shipment Date.  Illumina agrees that it can and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, will supply the TG Consumables ordered by Customer on the initial Purchase Order attached as Exhibit E, which is submitted against the Quote set forth in Exhibit E, in accordance with the ordered quantities and shipping schedule set forth therein.  The initial Purchase Order attached as Exhibit E and the Final Shipment Purchase Order attached as Exhibit H will be deemed an accepted Purchase Order under this Agreement.

 

b.              Binding Commitments; Flexibility.  The 4th calendar month of each Forecast provided under this Agreement is a binding commitment by Customer to take receipt of and pay for that quantity and type of TG Consumables found in such 4 calendar month (the “Binding Consumable Month”); provided that, the quantity of each TG Consumable (on a TG Consumable-by-TG Consumable basis) to be delivered in such 4th calendar month may vary from the quantity of each TG Consumable (on a TG Consumable-by-TG Consumable basis) that were forecasted to be required in the same calendar month as found in prior Forecast (which was the 5th calendar month of that prior Forecast) only by up to +/-25%, provided that Illumina agrees to supply any such additional amounts as soon as commercially practicable, in light of the circumstances, including orders placed by all Illumina customers.  If inventory constraints make it difficult, impractical or impossible for Illumina to fill a Purchase Order for a Binding Consumable Month (including the +/- variance permitted) with the quantity of TG Consumables set forth therein, then Illumina may, at its sole discretion, supply Customer with a combination of TG Consumables and the corresponding Non-TG Consumables in quantities required to fill that Purchase Order, wherein (i) any such Non-TG Consumables will be Temporary Consumables under this Agreement, with all attendant rights and obligations, and (ii) pricing for any such Temporary Consumables will be at the Non-TG Consumables pricing under this Agreement (subject to any applicable discount).

 

c.               New TG Consumables.  With respect to any TG Consumables added to this Agreement after the Effective Date upon the mutual agreement of the Parties, Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Customer with such TG Consumables that are newly added to this Agreement in accordance with Customer’s orders, however, Illumina makes no commitment with respect to volumes of any such Consumables that it can provide in the first three (3) calendar months after such Consumables are added to the Agreement.

 

d.              TG Consumable Purchase Orders.  The first Purchase Order for TG Consumables (initial Quote and initial Purchase Order are in Exhibit E), along with the first Forecast (first Forecast is Exhibit D) are provided herein on the Effective Date.  Subsequent Purchase Orders for TG Consumables must be provided on the Forecast Due Date and must be for a quantity of and type of TG-Consumables as found in the Binding Consumable Month.  For the avoidance of doubt, if Customer has not provided a Purchase Order by the Forecast Due Date such failure may result in a delay in delivery of Products to Customer, wherein the length of delay will be dependent upon Illumina’s commitment to supply other customers with the same Products.  Each Purchase Order for TG Consumables must include a ship schedule, [*], that details the quantity of and type of TG Consumables (on a TG Consumable-by-TG Consumable basis) that Customer requires in each calendar month that is covered by the Purchase Order (“Ship Schedule”).  Subject to Section 10(b) (Binding Commitments; Flexibility), including +/-25% flexibility therein, Illumina makes no delivery commitments with respect to Purchase Orders that contain TG Consumables or quantities of TG Consumables that exceed that which was forecasted by Customer for the Binding Consumable Month.  Such additional quantities of TG Consumables must be ordered by using Additional Purchase Orders (set forth below).

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

7



 

e.               Additional Purchase Orders for TG Consumables.  Illumina will, [*], accept additional Purchase Orders for additional quantities of TG Consumables that were not within a given Forecast (“Additional Purchase Orders”) and, if any such Additional Purchase Order is accepted by Illumina, then shall deliver such TG Consumables [*].  Ship dates, any increased pricing to accommodate unforecasted needs, and quantities of TG Consumables on any Additional Purchase Orders will be [*], Illumina may supply Customer with Non-TG Consumables to fill additional quantities of the corresponding TG Consumables ordered by Customer to meet its unforecasted needs (above and beyond the +25% variance permitted pursuant to Section 10(b)), wherein (i) such Non-TG Consumables will be Temporary Consumables under this Agreement, with all attendant rights and obligations, and (ii) pricing for such Temporary Consumables will be at the corresponding TG Consumables pricing under this Agreement (subject to any applicable discount).

 

f.                Payment Instead of Taking TG Consumable.  Illumina reserves the right to invoice Customer for [*] of any TG Consumables that Customer has a binding commitment to purchase under this Agreement (whether under a Forecast or a Purchase Order), but for which Customer has not provided a Purchase Order after written notice by Illumina, or for which Customer purports to cancel the order or delivery without the written authorization of Illumina.  If there is no applicable Purchase Order, the purchase price used will be the purchase price applicable to the TG Consumable that was most recently shipped to Customer.

 

g.              Shelf-life for TG Consumables.  The TG Consumables delivered hereunder shall have no less than [*] months shelf life at the time of shipment.  Shelf-life will be pre-printed on the TG Consumable packaging.

 

h.              Single Lot Shipments / Kit Lot Testing for TG Consumables.

 

i.                 Single Lot Shipments.  Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure each shipment of a given TG Consumable includes only such TG Consumable manufactured from the same lot.

 

ii.             Kit Lot Testing.  Illumina shall test each component reagent that comprises a given TG Consumable together with the other component reagents of that TG Consumable to ensure their functionality, unless sufficient data are available to demonstrate that a given component reagent, or component reagents, if quality tested independently, does not affect performance of the TG Consumable.

 

i.                 Discontinued/Changed TG Consumables.  TG Consumables will not be manufactured in their current configurations indefinitely as a result of product life cycle or other business considerations.  Accordingly, a given TG Consumable may be phased out of production and no longer available and/or there may be a new, reconfigured, or repackaged version of a TG Consumable that embodies a material change to form, fit or function of such TG Consumable (such discontinued or materially changed Consumable is referred to as a “Discontinued Consumable”), Any product or combination of products that is intended by Illumina to replace such Discontinued Consumable shall be referred to as a “Substitute Consumable.”  In some instances a Substitute Consumable may differ from the Discontinued Consumable through changes in one or more components that comprised the Discontinued Consumable (“Changed Components”).  In other instances the Substitute Consumable may represent a complete change from the Discontinued Consumable (“Complete Change”).  In the case of a Discontinued Consumable that will have Changed Components, Illumina will use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Changed Components and instructions on how to modify the Discontinued Consumable in order to use the Changed Components available as soon as practical, but no later than [*] months prior to the date that the Discontinued Consumable will no longer be available for purchase.  Illumina will provide a reasonable quantity of Changed Components free of charge to facilitate Customer’s validation efforts in support of the change.  In the case of a Discontinued Consumable that will have a Complete Change, Illumina will use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Substitute Consumable available for purchase by Customer as soon as practical, but no later than [*] months prior to the date that the Discontinued Consumable will no longer be available for purchase.  Illumina will provide a reasonable quantity of Substitute Consumable free of charge to facilitate Customer’s validation efforts in support of the change.  Once a Discontinued Consumable is no longer available for purchase (either in the instance of a Complete Change or Changed Component), the Substitute Consumable will automatically be added to this Agreement as a Consumable and the Discontinued Consumable will be removed.  The price for a Substitute Consumable will be Illumina’s published list price for the Substitute Consumable, and will be subject to the same discounts as provided for the Discontinued Consumable.  Use of Substitute Consumables shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to TG Consumables.

 

j.                 For clarity, the Parties acknowledge that (a) the first Forecast (Exhibit D) provides Customer’s forecast for TG Consumables beginning September 1, 2013 through May 31, 2013, (b) the initial Purchase Order (Exhibit E) satisfies

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

8


 

Customer’s obligation to provide a Purchase Order for the Binding Consumables Month (i.e., December, 2013) in the first Forecast, provided that Customer may resubmit the Initial Purchase Order on or before September 1, 2013, for the sole purpose of adjusting the quantity of each type of Consumable for December, 2013 by a quantity that is within [*] from the quantity of that type of Consumable forecasted for December, 2013 in the initial Purchase Order of Exhibit E, provided that the quantities, types and ship dates of Consumables for September, October and November, 2013 remain unchanged from the Initial Purchase Order of Exhibit E, (c) the next Forecast due under this Agreement is due October 1, 2013 and will span October 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014, (d) the next Purchase Order due under this Agreement is due October 1, 2013 and will including the quantity and type of TG Consumables found in the Binding Consumables Month (i.e., January, 2014) of that October 1, 2013 Forecast, and (e) the Final Shipment Purchase Order submitted under this Agreement is outside of the Forecast.

 

11.       Regulatory; Quality Audits.

 

a.              Product Label.  Customer acknowledges that, unless expressly stated otherwise in writing by Illumina, no Product has been subjected to regulatory review or approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory entity whether foreign or domestic, or otherwise reviewed, cleared or approved under any statute, law, rule or regulation for any purpose, whether research, commercial, diagnostic or otherwise.  [*] Illumina does not make any representation, warranty or covenant that pertains in any way to the regulatory status of the Products and Customer’s intended use for Customer Use.

 

b.              Regulatory Approvals.  Customer, and not Illumina, is responsible for obtaining any and all regulatory approvals, licenses, and/or certifications necessary for Customer to use the Products as intended by Customer, including without limitation, for Customer Use (“Regulatory Approvals”).  Customer will ensure it has any and all Regulatory Approvals that are necessary for Customer’s intended use of the Products.  Accordingly, Customer agrees to (i) diligently investigate and identify which Regulatory Approvals apply to Customer’s use of the Products, (ii) obtain and maintain all Regulatory Approvals throughout the time that Customer so uses the Products, and (iii) use the Products in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Customer agrees to promptly disclose to Illumina any communication that it receives from any government body, agency, or other regulatory or accrediting body to the extent solely pertaining to the Products including Customer’s use of the Products.

 

c.               Quality Audits.  If Illumina is supplying TG Consumables to Customer under this Agreement, Illumina agrees to allow Customer to audit Illumina’s operations that pertain to such TG Consumables, upon [*] prior written notice, during normal business hours, no more often than [*] and at Customer’s sole expense, to the extent necessary to satisfy its obligations under applicable law.  The locations, times, dates, scope, and goals for such audits will be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties.  Customer shall sign Illumina’s confidentiality agreement, if requested by Illumina, prior to conducting such audit.

 

12.       Limitation of Liability.

 

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 3(d) (All Rights Reserved) AND THIS SECTION 12, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, LOST PROFITS, DATA OR BUSINESS, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER ARISING OR CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE).

 

SUBJECT TO THIS SECTION 12, EACH PARTY’S TOTAL AND CUMULATIVE LIABILITY ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED [*].

 

THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN THIS SECTION 12 SHALL APPLY EVEN IF A PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PARAGRAPHS IN THIS SECTION 12, TO THE CONTRARY, THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT [*].

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

9



 

13.       Product Warranty Disclaimer.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW AND EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS LIMITED PRODUCT WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 16 OF THIS AGREEMENT, ILLUMINA MAKES NO (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL) WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS SUPPLIED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, ILLUMINA MAKES NO CLAIM, REPRESENTATION, OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND AS [*].

 

14.       Confidentiality.

 

a.              Confidential Information.  The Parties acknowledge that a Party (the “Recipient Party”) may have access to confidential or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”) of the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) under or in connection with this Agreement.  In order to be protected as Confidential Information, information must be disclosed with a confidential or other similar, proprietary legend and in the case of orally or visually disclosed Confidential Information that pertains to a Disclosing Party’s Intellectual Property Rights (including trade secrets),the Disclosing Party shall notify the Recipient Party of its confidential nature at the time of disclosure and provide a written summary that is marked with a confidential or other similar proprietary legend to the Recipient Party within 30 days (email acceptable).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the content of all conversations and correspondence (including emails) relating to the negotiation of this Agreement shall be deemed the Confidential Information of the providing Party.  Confidential Information may include, but shall not be limited to, inventions, designs, formulas, algorithms, trade secrets, know-how, customer lists, cost and pricing information, business and marketing plans, and other business, regulatory, manufacturing and financial information.  This Agreement, including its terms and conditions is Confidential Information of both Parties.  During the Term of this Agreement or for a period [*] after the date of each disclosure, whichever is longer, the Recipient Party shall hold the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in confidence using at least the degree of care that is used by the Recipient Party with respect to its own Confidential Information of similar nature or importance, but no less than reasonable care.  The Recipient Party shall disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party solely on a need to know basis to its employees, contractors, officers, directors, representatives, and Affiliates under written nondisclosure and restricted use terms consistent with this Agreement or under professional ethics rules to which certain professionals (including attorneys) are bound.  The Recipient Party shall not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than exercising its rights and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.  The Confidential Information shall at all times remains the property of the Disclosing Party.  The Recipient Party shall, upon written request of the Disclosing Party, return to the Disclosing Party or destroy the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient Party may maintain one copy of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to be retained by the Recipient Party’s Legal Department for archival purposes only.

 

b.              Exceptions.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to maintain in confidence or be restricted in its use of any of the following:  (i) information that, at the time of disclosure to the Recipient Party, is in the public domain through no breach of this Agreement or another obligation of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates by the Receiving Party; (ii) information that, after disclosure hereunder, becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by breach of this Agreement or breach of another obligation of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate by the Receiving Party; (iii) information that was in the Recipient Party’s or its Affiliate’s possession at the time of disclosure hereunder by the Disclosing Party unless subject to an obligation of confidentiality or restricted use owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate; (iv) information that is independently developed by or for the Recipient Party or its Affiliates without use of or reliance on any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or (v) information that the Recipient Party receives from a third party where Recipient Party reasonably believes such third party was under no obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate with respect to such information.

 

c.               Disclosures Required by Law.  The Recipient Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as required by court order, operation of law, or government regulation (including the Sunshine Act), including in connection with submissions to regulatory authorities; provided that, the Recipient Party promptly notifies the Disclosing Party of the specifics of such requirement prior to the actual disclosure, or promptly thereafter if prior disclosure is impractical under the circumstances, uses diligent efforts to limit the scope of such disclosure or obtain confidential treatment of the Confidential Information if available, and allows the Disclosing Party to participate in the process undertaken to protect the confidentiality of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information including, without

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

10



 

limitation, cooperating with the Disclosing Party in order to comply with the requirements of such order, law, or regulation in a manner that discloses the least amount necessary, if any, of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

d.              Injunctive Relief.  Each Party acknowledges that any use or disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information other than in accordance with this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the other Party.  Therefore, in the event of any such use or disclosure or threatened use or threatened disclosure of the Confidential Information of either Party hereto, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, to seek injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any obligations under this Section.

 

e.               Disclosure of Agreement.  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, neither Party may disclose this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, including any financial terms thereof, and the subject matter of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event either Party desires to provide a copy of this Agreement, or otherwise disclose its terms, on a confidential basis in connection with any financing transaction or due diligence inquiry, then it may do so on a confidential basis under written terms and conditions no less stringent than set forth herein.  In addition, each Party may disclose this Agreement and the terms hereof in connection with any legal action related hereto, including any enforcement hereof.

 

f.                Service Representatives.  A “Service Representative” is an individual who is authorized by Illumina and approved by Customer to be on-site at Customer’s Facility (as defined in Agreement) to provide technical support and/or technical services with respect to Illumina equipment located at that Facility.

 

i.                 In the event a Service Representative receives, views, hears or is otherwise exposed to confidential or proprietary information of Customer when the Service Representative is on-site at Customer Facility to provide technical support and/or technical service, and such information is not tangibly identified and marked as Confidential Information in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Agreement, including if disclosed orally or visually, Illumina and the Service Representative shall nevertheless be obligated to treat the confidential or proprietary information as if it were Confidential Information under the Agreement.

 

ii.             Prior to commencing work on-site at Customer’s Facility (except to the extent Customer has permitted that Service Representative to commence work on-site prior to executing that Acknowledgement and Agreement), each Service Representative shall execute the Acknowledgement and Agreement Regarding Confidential Information that is set forth hereto as Attachment A, and shall provide a copy of the executed document to Customer.  As more completely stated in Attachment A, the Acknowledgement and Agreement documents that the Service Representative has read, understands, and agrees to be bound by these terms and conditions regarding confidential or proprietary information, including Confidential Information, that may be disclosed (in writing, orally, visually) to the Service Representative or that the Service Representative may be exposed to while on-site at Customer’s Facility providing technical support and/or technical services, unless instructed otherwise by an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement or the Acknowledgement and Agreement Regarding Confidential Information prevents or restricts a Service Representative from (1) disclosing to Illumina information that relates to Products or Illumina Intellectual Property Rights or (2) disclosing confidential or proprietary information to an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement, if the Service Representative is instructed by an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) to disclose the confidential or proprietary information.

 

iii.         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer agrees that it shall take commercially reasonable steps to prevent the disclosure (in writing, orally, visually) to Service Representatives, and prevent their access to, confidential or proprietary information except to the extent such disclosure or access is required for that Service Representative to perform technical support and/or technical services.  Without limitation, commercially reasonably steps include Customer instructing its employees, contractors and agents who will come in contact with Service Representatives of the terms and conditions of this Article 14.

 

11



 

15.       Indemnity; Insurance.

 

a.              Indemnification by Illumina for Infringement.  Subject to the Exclusions to Illumina Indemnification Obligation (Section 15(b) below), Indemnification by Customer (Section 15(c) below) and Conditions of Indemnification Obligation (Section 15(d) below), Illumina shall (i) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Customer and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, representatives and employees (each a “Customer Indemnitee”), against any claim or action brought by a third party (including an Affiliate of Illumina, but excluding an Affiliate of Customer) that alleges or asserts infringement, violation or misappropriation by Customer in the Country of any Intellectual Property Right of a third party (including an Affiliate of Illumina, but excluding an Affiliate of Customer) by the use of the Product(s) by Customer for Customer Use as expressly authorized pursuant to this Agreement, wherein such Intellectual Property Right of a third party pertain to or cover aspects or features of the Product(s), or use thereof, [*] (each, an “Illumina Infringement Claim”), and (ii) pay all settlements entered into, and all final judgments and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) awarded against such Customer Indemnitee in connection with such Illumina Infringement Claim consistent with Section 15(d).  For the avoidance of doubt, if any such Intellectual Property Right of a third party pertains to or covers aspects or features of the Product(s), or use thereof[*] then such Intellectual Property Right cannot form the basis of an Illumina Infringement Claim, and may form the basis of an Indemnification Exclusion in Section 15(b).  If the Products or any part thereof, become, or in Illumina’s opinion may become, the subject of an Illumina Infringement Claim against Illumina (including its Affiliates) or Customer, Illumina shall have the right, at its option, to (I) procure for Customer the right to continue using such Products in accordance with this Agreement, (II) modify or replace such Products with substantially equivalent non-infringing substitutes, or (III) require the return of such Products that are or may become the subject of an Illumina Infringement Claim and terminate the rights, license, and any other permissions given hereunder with respect thereto, and no longer be obligated to supply such Products hereunder, and refund to Customer the depreciated value (as shown in Customer’s official records) of the returned Product at the time of such required return; provided that, no refund will be given for used-up or expired Consumables.  This Section (including Sections referenced herein) states the entire liability of Illumina for any infringement of third party Intellectual Property Rights or indemnification obligations to Customer.

 

b.              Exclusions to Illumina Indemnification Obligation.  Illumina shall have no obligation under Section 15(a), including to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Customer or other Customer Indemnitees, or pay any settlements, final judgments or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any Illumina Infringement Claim, to the extent such Illumina Infringement Claim arises or results from:  (1) the use of the Products in any manner or for any purpose outside the scope of the rights, license(s), or permissions expressly granted by Illumina to Customer with respect to the Products, as set forth in Exhibit A and Section 3, (ii) the use of the Products in any manner or for any purpose not in accordance with the Specifications or Documentation, (iii) the use of the Products in combination with any other products, materials, or services not supplied by Illumina (except as expressly provided in the applicable Documentation), (iv) the use of the Products to perform any assay or other process not supplied by Illumina, including without limitation to perform assays or tests for NIPT Use or for Additional Clinical Use by any method not supplied by Illumina, (v) Illumina’s compliance with specifications or instructions for such Products furnished to Illumina by Customer or by a third party on behalf of Customer (e.g., custom goods), (vi) the use of the Products in any manner or for any purpose that requires rights to any Intellectual Property Right that pertains to or covers aspects or features of the Product(s) or use thereof that is [*] (“Third Party Other IP”) or that is the basis for a third party alleging or asserting infringement of its Intellectual Property Rights in or to Third Party Other IP, or (vii) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, including without limitation failure to obtain and maintain required Regulatory Approvals wherein any use specified in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) is a use performed by Customer or other Customer Indemnitee, its Affiliate, or a party to whom Customer or its Affiliate transfers Product (regardless of whether such use or transfer is permitted under this Agreement) (each of (i) — (vii), is an “Indemnification Exclusion”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Illumina shall have no obligation under this Agreement to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Customer or any other Customer Indemnitee (or any of their successors or assigns) with respect to any claim or action (A) brought by [*] and its foreign equivalents or any other intellectual property right asserted against Customer by [*] that pertains to NIPT Use or Other Clinical Use, or, without limiting the scope of any Indemnification Exclusion in (i)-(vii) above, (B) brought by a third party (including [*]) relating to Third Party Other IP that pertains to any use within any Customer Use, wherein each of (A) and (B) is an Indemnification Exclusion.  Illumina has not provided or supplied Customer with any instruction, method, assay or process to perform any test or assay within NIPT Use or Additional Clinical Use, and has no obligation under this Agreement to do so.

 

c.               Indemnification by Customer.  Subject to the Indemnification by Illumina for Infringement (Section 15(a) above, including Indemnification Exclusions in Section 15(b) above) and Conditions of Indemnification Obligation (Section

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

12



 

15(d) below), Customer shall (i) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Illumina and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, representatives and employees (“Illumina Indemnitee(s)”), against any and all claims or actions brought by a third party (including an Affiliate of Customer, but excluding an Affiliate of Illumina), including all liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, causes of action and losses of any and every kind including personal injury and death (each a “Claim”), to the extent resulting from or arising out of (A) Customer’s marketing and use of Products, including without limitation actions (or inactions) taken by individuals who receive results from Customer’s use of Products for NIPT Use or for Additional Clinical Use, or (B) any act or omission of the Customer Indemnitees that is or that gives rise to an Indemnification Exclusion, and (ii) pay all settlements entered into, and all final judgments and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) awarded against such Illumina Indemnitee in connection with any such claim consistent with Section 15(d).  For the avoidance of doubt, the term Claim includes, without limitation, claims by third parties that are based on Customer’s acts or omissions in performance of any test or service using the Products, including without limitation liability due to harm from misdiagnosis, missed diagnoses, and actions or inactions taken as a result of information provided by Customer to patients.  Customer shall have no obligation under this Section 15(c), including to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Illumina or any Illumina Indemnitee, or pay any settlements, final judgments or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any claim that is the subject of, and only to the extent of, Illumina’s obligations under Section 15(a).

 

d.              Conditions of Indemnification.  The Parties’ indemnification obligations under this Section 15 are subject to the Party seeking indemnification (i) notifying the other, indemnifying Party promptly in writing of any claim subject to such obligations, provided that any delay or failure in notification shall not relieve the indemnifying Party of its obligations except to the extent it is prejudiced thereby, (ii) giving the indemnifying Party exclusive control and authority over the defense of such claim, (iii) not admitting infringement of any Intellectual Property Right without prior written consent of the indemnifying Party, (iv) not entering into any settlement or compromise of any such action without the indemnifying Party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and (v) providing all reasonable assistance, including access to information and materials, to the indemnifying Party that the indemnifying Party requests and ensuring that its officers, directors, representatives and employees and other indemnitees likewise provide assistance (provided that indemnifying Party reimburses the indemnified Party(ies) for its/their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance).  An indemnifying Party will not enter into or otherwise consent to an adverse judgment or order, or make any admission as to liability or fault that would adversely affect the indemnified Party, or settle any matter that would otherwise lead to indemnification hereunder.

 

e.               Third Party Goods.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Illumina shall have no indemnification obligations with respect to any goods or software originating from a third party (other than an Affiliate of Illumina) and supplied to Customer under this Agreement in substantially the same form as received by Illumina from the third party supplier.  Third party goods are those that are labeled or branded with a third party’s name Customer’s sole right to indemnification with respect to such third party goods or software shall be pursuant to the original manufacturer’s or licensor’s indemnity, if any, to Customer, to the extent provided by the original manufacturer or licensor.

 

f.                Insurance.  Each Party shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage as follows:  (i) professional liability insurance and/or errors and omissions liability insurance and products and completed operations insurance in the amount of not less than [*] per occurrence and in the aggregate and (ii) commercial general liability insurance in the amount of not less than [*] per occurrence and in the aggregate, in the case of each of (i) and (ii) to, at minimum, protect the Illumina Indemnitees under the indemnification provided hereunder, but only to the extent coverage is provided for in such insurance.  Each Party agrees that it shall not cancel or not renew its policy(ies) without providing a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to the other Party of any cancellation or non-renewal of such coverage that is not replaced by equivalent coverage.  Each Party shall maintain such insurance at all times during the Term of this Agreement and as respects any claims made coverage for a period of [*] years following expiration or termination of this agreement.

 

16.       Warranty for Products.  All warranties are personal to Customer and may not be transferred or assigned to a third party[*].  All warranties are [*] and do not transfer if the Product is [*].  These warranties only apply to Products purchased under this Agreement.

 

a.              Warranty for TG Consumables and Non-TG Consumables.  Illumina warrants that TG Consumables, other than custom TG Consumables, will conform to their Specifications until the later of (i) [*] months from the date of shipment from Illumina, and (ii) any expiration date or the end of the shelf-life pre-printed on such TG Consumable by Illumina, but in no event later than [*] months from the date of shipment.  Illumina warrants that Non-TG

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

13



 

Consumables, other than custom Non-TG Consumables, will conform to their Specifications until the later of (i) [*] months from the date of shipment from Illumina, and (ii) any expiration date or the end of the shelf-life pre-printed on such Non-TG Consumable by Illumina, but in no event later than [*] months from the date of shipment.  With respect to custom Consumables (i.e., Consumables, whether they are TG Consumables or Non-TG Consumables) made to specifications or designs made by Customer or provided to Illumina by, or on behalf of, Customer, Illumina only warrants that the custom Consumables will be made and tested in accordance with Illumina’s standard manufacturing and quality control processes.  Illumina makes no warranty that custom Consumables will work as intended by Customer or for Customer’s intended uses.

 

b.              Warranty for Hardware.  Illumina warrants that Illumina Hardware purchased under this Agreement, other than Upgraded Components, will conform to its Specifications for a period of [*] months after its shipment date from Illumina unless the Illumina Hardware includes Illumina-provided installation in which case the warranty period begins on the date of installation or 30 days after the date the Illumina Hardware was delivered, whichever occurs first (“Base Hardware Warranty”).  “Upgraded Components” means Illumina-provided components, modifications, or enhancements that are provided under this Agreement and serve to modify or enhance Illumina Hardware that was acquired by Customer prior to the date Illumina provides these components, modifications or enhancements.  Illumina warrants that Upgraded Components will conform to their Specifications for a period of [*] from the date the Upgraded Components are installed.  Upgraded Components do not extend the warranty for the corresponding Illumina Hardware unless the upgrade was conducted by Illumina at Illumina’s facilities in which case the upgraded Illumina Hardware shipped to Customer comes with a Base Hardware Warranty commencing on the date the upgraded Illumina Hardware is shipped back to Customer.

 

c.               Exclusions from Warranty Coverage.  The foregoing warranties in Section 16(a) and (b) shall not apply to the extent a non-conformance is due to (i) abuse, misuse, neglect, negligence, accident, improper storage, or use contrary to the Documentation (misuse includes use of a Consumable more than one time), (ii) improper handling, installation, maintenance, or repair (other than by Illumina personnel), (iii) unauthorized alteration, (iv) acts of God, including without limitation, fire, flood, tornado, earthquake, hurricane, lightning, threat of or actual acts of terrorism or war, or (v) use with a third party’s good not provided by Illumina or an Illumina Affiliate (unless applicable Documentation or Specifications expressly state such third party’s good is for use with it).

 

d.              Sole Remedy.  In the event Product does not conform to warranty in this Section 16 (referred to in (i) and (ii) below as non-conforming), Illumina will repair or replace the Product, the choice being in its discretion.  The following states Customer’s sole remedy and Illumina’s sole obligations under the foregoing warranties.

 

i.                 Consumables.  Illumina will repair or replace non-conforming Consumables in its discretion.  Repaired or replaced Consumables come with a warranty for the longer of (a) [*] after delivery of the repaired or replaced consumable or (b) the original warranty period for the Consumable.  With respect to replaced TG Consumables, Illumina will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide replacement TG Consumables in Customer’s next scheduled shipment where single lot per shipment can be maintained.

 

ii.             Hardware.  Illumina will repair or replace non-conforming Illumina Hardware in its discretion.  Illumina Hardware may be repaired or replaced with functionally equivalent, reconditioned, or new Illumina Hardware or components (if only a component of Illumina Hardware is non-conforming).  If the Illumina Hardware is replaced in its entirety, the warranty period for the replacement is [*] from the date of shipment or the remaining period on the original Illumina Hardware warranty, whichever is longer.  If only a component is being repaired or replaced, the warranty period for such component is [*] from the date of shipment or the remaining period on the original Illumina Hardware warranty, whichever is longer.

 

e.               Procedure.  In order to be eligible for repair or replacement under warranty in Section 16 Customer must (i) promptly (within the applicable warranty period) contact Illumina’s customer support department to report the non-conformance, (ii) cooperate with Illumina in the diagnosis of the non-conformance, and (iii) return the Product (or, in the case of Consumables, the unused portion thereof), transportation charges prepaid, to Illumina following Illumina’s instructions or, if agreed by Illumina, grant Illumina’s authorized repair personnel access to this Product in order to confirm the non-conformance and make repairs.

 

f.                Third Party Goods.  Illumina has no warranty obligations with respect to any goods or software originating from a third party (other than an Affiliate of Illumina) and supplied to Customer under this Agreement in substantially the same form as received by Illumina from the third party supplier.  Third party goods or software are those that are labeled or branded with a third party’s name The warranty for third party goods or software, if any, is provided by the original manufacturer.  Illumina will cooperate with Customer in filing any warranty claims with such third-parties.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

14



 

17.       Term; Cancellation; Termination.

 

a.              Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and terminate on the date that is three (3) years after the First Amendment Date unless otherwise terminated early as provided hereunder or extended longer by the mutual written agreement of the Parties.  For clarity, Customer has the right after the Term to use for Customer Use the particular Consumables Products that were purchased by Customer during the Term under this Agreement, with Illumina Hardware and Existing Instruments.  For the avoidance of doubt, Customer will have the foregoing right to use Consumables Products for Customer Use after the Term only with respect to the actual units of Consumables Product supplied under this Agreement during the Term and payment of any applicable NIPT Test Fee corresponding to use of such Consumable Product.  After the term, Customer has the right to use Illumina Hardware and Existing Instruments for Research Use with Illumina-branded consumables whether purchased outside of or under this Agreement.  The period from the Effective Date to the date the Agreement is terminated is the “Term.”  Customer’s issuance of or Illumina’s fulfillment of any Purchase Order after the end of the Term shall not be deemed agreement of Illumina to extend this Agreement beyond the Term.  Illumina has no obligation to accept or fulfill any Purchase Order submitted by Customer after the Term.

 

b.              Cancellation of Orders.  All Purchase Orders submitted under and in accordance with this Agreement and accepted by Illumina are non-cancelable by Customer or Illumina and may not be modified without the prior written consent of both parties, subject to Section 17(d.)

 

c.               Termination.  Without limiting any other rights to terminate expressly provided in this Agreement or under law, this Agreement may be terminated early as follows:

 

i.                 Breach of Provision.  If either Party materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice of the breach from the non-breaching Party, then the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the other Party [*].  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Party has provided notice to the other Party of a material breach that is not capable of cure, then the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the breaching party [*].  A non-breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, to seek injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Illumines right to terminate this Agreement for Customer’s breach is subject to Section 4(d) (Additional Rights).

 

ii.             Bankruptcy.  Either Party may terminate this Agreement, with immediate effect upon written notice, if the other Party becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or composition for the benefit of creditors that is not dismissed within 60 days.  In the event of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding commenced by or against Customer other than a proceeding in which a the trustee in bankruptcy is continuing to perform all of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement, Illumina shall be entitled to cancel any Purchase Order then outstanding and not accept any further Purchase Order until bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is resolved, unless Customer provides pre-payment for any unpaid Purchase Order or provides pre-payment for any new Purchase Order at the time the Purchase Order is delivered.

 

iii.         Change in Control of Customer.  (A) Customer shall promptly notify Illumina in writing if it undergoes any Change in Control and shall provide Illumina with the name of any parties to the transaction.  Illumina shall have a [*] period, that begins on the date of Change in Control and ends on the date that is the later of [*] after the Change in Control or [*] after receipt of notice of the Change in Control, to terminate the Agreement by written notice, unless prior to the Change in Control, Customer notified Illumina of the planned Change in Control (including the name of the party(ies) to the transaction) and Illumina agreed in writing to not exercise its right of termination set forth in this subpart (iii).  Illumina agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold or delay its agreement to waive exercise of its right of termination.  Customer agrees that it shall not be unreasonable for Illumina to withhold or delay such agreement based on the bona fide business considerations of Illumina, which include without limitation business considerations pertaining to litigation or enforcement of Illumina Intellectual Property Rights, or whether the other party to the Change in Control transaction is a competitor of Illumina or its Affiliates, including without limitation a Direct Competitor.  Termination pursuant to this subpart (iii) shall

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

15



 

become effective (I) if none of the other parties to the Change in Control transaction is a Direct Competitor, on the date that is [*] after the effective date of the Change of Control, or (II) if one of the parties to the Change in Control transaction is a Direct Competitor, on the date that is [*] after written notice of termination by Illumina.  Illumina agrees that it will not exercise its right to terminate the Agreement under this Section 17(c)(iii) if the other party to the Change in Control transaction is a clinical laboratory that is not a Direct Competitor.

 

(B) “Change in Control” means (a) any person or entity becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of Customer’s securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Customer’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors; (b) Customer is party to a merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of Customer outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of Customer or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Customer shall consist of individuals other than members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Customer on the Effective Date; (d) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Customer’s assets (or consummation of any transaction having similar effect to a non-Affiliate of Customer); or (e) the dissolution or liquidation of Customer; provided, however, that Change of Control shall not include any transaction or series of transactions entered into primarily for corporate restructuring or equity financing purposes (including, without limitation, any venture capital or private equity investment or any public offering of securities) in which no other entity to the transaction or series of transactions is (1) a Direct Competitor or (2) is an Affiliate of Customer at the time of such transaction(s) or becomes an Affiliate of Customer by nature of such transaction(s).  As of the Effective Date, a Direct Competitor is not, and to the knowledge of Customer, is not preparing to become, a significant investor in Customer.

 

(C) “Direct Competitor” means an entity (or its Affiliates) that [*].  By way of non-limiting example, as of the Effective Date, [*] (or entities that acquire the business assets directed to [*] currently marketed by such entities, including evolutions thereof) are Direct Competitors.

 

iv.          Termination by Customer for Supply Failure.  Customer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (and all outstanding Purchase Orders, to the extent Illumina has not yet supplied thereunder) upon at least [*] prior written notice in the event of a Supply Failure that that extends for greater than [*].  A “Supply Failure” is the failure of Illumina to supply Product ordered on a Purchase Order submitted by Customer in accordance with this Agreement, wherein the failure to supply is a direct result of a Force Majeure Event (defined in Section 20(i)).

 

v.              Termination by Customer for Convenience.  Customer may terminate this Agreement for convenience by providing Illumina with [*] months prior written notice and, at the same time, submitting a Purchase Order for Consumables in fulfillment of the binding portion of Forecast (for which a Purchase Order has not at that time been submitted) applicable to the [*] and in any portion of a Forecast that is binding for the [*].

 

d.              Right to [*].  In addition to any other remedies available to Illumina under this Agreement, in equity, or at law, but in all cases subject to Section 4(d) (Additional Rights), Illumina reserves the right to [*] immediately if Customer (1) uses any Product outside the scope of the rights expressly conferred to Customer on Exhibit A and Section 3 (Rights Accompanying Purchase of Product for Customer Use) of this Agreement, (2) fails to pay invoices in full when due, (3) breaches any provision of Section 5 (Limitations on Use), or (4) breaches any Customer representation or warranty made hereunder.

 

18.       Survival of Obligations.  All provisions of this Agreement that by their nature should survive termination or expiration of the Agreement shall survive termination or expiration, including without limitation, Sections 1 (Definitions), 2.a.ii (Scope), 3.a, 3.c and 3.d (Rights Accompanying Purchase of Product for Customer Use), 5 (Limitations on Use), 7(e)(i) (Existing Purchase Order), 8 (Invoices, Payments, Taxes), 11.a (Product Label, 11.b (Regulatory Approval), 12 (Limitation on Liability), 13 (Product Warranty Disclaimer), 14 (Confidentiality), 15 (Indemnification, Insurance), 16 (Warranty for Product), 17.a (Term), 17.b (Cancellation of Orders), 18 (Survival of Obligations), 19 (Governing Law), and 20 (Miscellaneous), Exhibit A (to the extent applicable to use of Products already purchased under Agreement), and all payment obligations incurred hereunder, representations and warranties, and disclaimers of representation and warranties.  Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any liability or obligation which accrued hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration nor preclude either Party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement, nor prejudice either Party’s right to obtain performance of any obligation.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

16


 

19.       Governing Law.  This Agreement and performance by the Parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, U.S.A., without regard to provisions on the conflicts of laws.

 

20.       Miscellaneous.

 

a.              General Representations and Warranties.  Customer represents and warrants and covenants that (i) it owns, rents or leases the Facilities; (ii) it has the right and authority to enter into this Agreement; (iii) it has all rights and licenses necessary to purchase and use the Products for Customer Use; (iv) as of the Effective Date, and after due and sufficient inquiry undertaken by individual(s) qualified to make the inquiry, Customer believes [*] and (v) the person(s) signing this Agreement on its behalf has the right and authority to bind Customer to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Illumina represents and warrants and covenants that (x) it has the right and authority to enter into this Agreement; (y) it has all rights and licenses necessary to enter into and perform it obligations under this Agreement, and to grant the rights and licenses granted hereunder; and (z) the person(s) signing this Agreement on its behalf has the right and authority to bind Illumina to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

b.              Illumina Affiliates.  Customer agrees that Illumina may delegate its performance under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates, provided that Illumina remains ultimately responsible for performance of the obligations under this Agreement.  Illumina invoices and other documentation may come from an Illumina Affiliate and Customer shall honor those just as if they came directly from Illumina.

 

c.               Legal Compliance.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended, or should be interpreted, to prevent either Party from complying with all applicable laws, regulations, or governmental orders.

 

d.              Documentation.  Customer agrees that it shall use the Documentation in accordance with the restrictions set forth therein (e.g., restrictions against altering, modifying or copying, or removing the Documentation from Customer’s Facility(ies)), and further agrees that it will use Products in accordance with the Product Documentation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything set forth in the Documentation, Customer may make a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation for use only by Customer at its Facilities to support its authorized use of the Products.  Permitted copies of the Documentation shall include Illumina’s copyright and other proprietary notices.

 

e.               Severability; No Waiver.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of the Parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.  The failure of either Party to exercise any right granted herein or to require any performance of any term of this Agreement or the waiver by either Party of any breach of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent exercise or enforcement of, or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of, the same or any other term of this Agreement.

 

f.                Assignment.  Neither Party may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations under this Agreement, whether voluntary, by operation of law or otherwise (including by way of reverse triangular merger or other merger), without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that no consent shall be required for any assignment in connection with any merger, acquisition or the sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the assigning party to a party that agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Illumina may assign all or part of the right to payments hereunder.  Any assignment or transfer of this Agreement made in contravention of the terms hereof shall be null and void.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

g.              Export.  Customer agrees that the Products, or any related technology provided under this Agreement may be subject to restrictions and controls imposed by the United States Export Administration Act and the regulations thereunder (or the regulations and laws of another country).  Without limiting the other restrictions set forth herein, Customer agrees not to export or re-export the Products, or any related technology into any country in violation of such controls or any other laws, rules or regulations of any country, state or jurisdiction.

 

h.              Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received when (i) delivered personally; (ii) 5 days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or 10 days for international mail); or (iii) 1 day after deposit with a commercial express courier specifying next day delivery or, for international courier packages, 2 days after deposit with a commercial express courier specifying 2-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All notices shall be sent to the following or any other address designated by a party using the procedures set forth in this Sub-Section:

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

17



 

If to Illumina:

 

Illumina, Inc.

5200 Illumina Way

San Diego, CA 92122

Attn: Sr. VP. Corporate Development

 

With a copy to:

 

Illumina, Inc.

5200 Illumina Way

San Diego, CA 92122

Attn: General Counsel

 

If to Customer

 

Natera, Inc.

201 Industrial Rd.

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attn: CEO

 

With a copy to:

 

Natera, Inc.

201 Industrial Rd.

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attn: General Counsel

 

i.                 Force Majeure.  Except for payment of amounts due, neither Party shall be responsible for any failure to perform or delay in the performance of this Agreement attributable in whole or in part to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, fire, flood, tornado, earthquake, hurricane, lightning, government actions, actual or threatened acts of war, terrorism, civil disturbance or insurrection, sabotage, labor shortages or disputes, failure or delay in delivery by Illumina’s suppliers or subcontractors, transportation difficulties, shortage of energy, raw materials or equipment, or the other Party’s fault or negligence, each of which is an “Event of Force Majeure.”  In the event of any such delay the delivery date for performance shall be deferred for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay, subject to Customer’s right to terminate the Agreement set forth in Section 17(c)(iv) (Supply Failure),

 

j.                 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver.  This Agreement, including all Exhibits, represents the entire agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions, communications, agreements, and understandings of any kind and nature between the Parties.  No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties.  No waiver of any right, condition, or breach of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party who has the right to waive the right, condition or breach and delivered to the other Party.  Customer agrees that, from and after the Effective Date, (i) actual knowledge by Illumina, Illumina’s Affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents that Customer is using Product supplied under this Agreement in any manner or for any purpose outside the scope of the rights expressly granted to Customer as set forth in Exhibit A and Section 3 (Rights Accompanying Purchase of Product for Customer Use) does not (A) waive or otherwise limit any rights that Illumina, or Illumina’s Affiliates, may have as a result of such use of the Product, including without limitation, any rights or remedies available under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and any rights or remedies available at law or in equity, (B) grant Customer a license to any intellectual property owned or controlled by Illumina or Illumina’s Affiliates whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise with respect to such use of the Product, and (ii) any trade usage, and any course of performance or course of dealing between Illumina and Customer, will not be used to interpret the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, the scope of the rights for Product supplied under this Agreement conferred under Exhibit A and Section 3 (Rights Accompanying Purchase) .

 

k.              Relationship of the Parties; No Third Party Beneficiaries.  The Parties are independent contractors under this Agreement and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship between the Parties or, as granting either Party the authority to bind or contract any obligation in the name of the other Party, or to make any statements, representations, warranties or commitments on behalf of the other Party.

 

l.                 Publicity; Use of Names or Trademarks.  Each Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the other Party (which may be granted or denied in such party’s sole discretion) on all press releases or other public announcements relating to this Agreement, including its existence or its terms, except to the extent the press release or public announcement includes public information.  The Parties agree to work together diligently and in good faith to issue, no later than fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date, a press release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G announcing that they entered into an agreement for Illumina to supply Customer with consumables and equipment for Customer to use to perform NIPT and other tests within Customer Use and will make good faith efforts to arrive at mutually acceptable text for such press release.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if required by law, including without limitation by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any stock exchange or Nasdaq, then a Party may issue a press release or other public announcement regarding this Agreement, provided that the other Party has received

 

18



 

prior written notice of such intended press release or public announcement and an opportunity to seek confidential treatment and/or a protective order if practicable under the circumstances, and the Party subject to the requirement cooperates with the other Party to limit the disclosure and includes in such press release or public announcement only such information relating to this Agreement as is required by such law.  Neither Party shall use the name or trademarks of the other Party without the express prior written consent of the other Party, except as permitted under this Agreement.

 

m.          Headings; Interpretation; Miscellaneous.  Sections, titles and headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.  This Agreement has been negotiated in the English language.  Any translation is for convenience only.  Only the English language version shall control.  Whenever required by the context, the singular term shall include the plural, the plural term shall include the singular, and the gender of any pronoun shall include all genders.  As used in this Agreement except as the context may otherwise require, “include”, “includes”, “including”, and “such as” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of like import, and “will” and “shall” are used synonymously.  Except as expressly stated, any reference to “days” shall be to calendar days, and “business day” shall mean all days other than Saturdays, Sundays or a national or local holiday recognized in the United States, and any reference to “calendar month” shall be to one of the 12 months of the year and not a 30 day period, and any reference to “calendar quarter” shall mean the first 3 calendar months of any year, the 4-6th calendar months of any year, the 7-9th calendar months of any year, and the last 3 calendar months of any year.  Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge of any duty hereunder shall fall on a Saturday, Sunday, or national holiday, the Party having such privilege or duty shall have until 5:00 pm Pacific Time on the immediately following business day to exercise such privilege or to discharge such duty.  It is further agreed that no usage of trade or other regular practice between the Parties hereto shall be used to interpret or alter the terms of this Agreement.  Ambiguities, if any, in this Agreement shall not be construed against any particular Party, irrespective of which Party may be deemed to have authored the ambiguous provision.  Illumina is constantly innovating and developing new products or new versions of products.  If specific products are listed in this Agreement, Illumina is not guaranteeing that the specific products will be manufactured or available throughout the Term.

 

n.              Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

o.              Customer Agreements.  Customer is not an authorized dealer, representative, reseller, or distributor of any of Illumina’s, or its Affiliates’, products or services.  Customer agrees, represents and warrants that it (i) is not purchasing any Product on behalf of a third party, (ii) is not purchasing any Product in order to resell or distribute the Product to a third party, (iii) is not purchasing any Product in order to export the Product from the country in which Illumina shipped the Product pursuant to the ship-to address designated by Customer at the time of ordering, and (iv) will not export the Product out of the country of the ship-to address designated by Customer at the time of ordering.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.

 

Customer:

Illumina:

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Naclerio

 

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Rabinowitz

Name:

Nicholas Naclerio

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

Title:

SVP Corporate & Venture Development

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 16, 2013

Date:

August 15, 2013

 

19



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ILLUMINA SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT OF CONFIDENTIALITY TERMS AND CONDITIONS
PERTAINING TO ON-SITE SUPPORT AND SERVICE AT NATERA, INC. (“Natera”)

 

1.                                      Illumina has authorized and Natera has permitted you to be on-site at Natera’s laboratory facility to provide technical support for and/or technical services with respect to Illumina equipment located at that facility.

 

2.                                      Article 14, attached, are the terms and conditions regarding confidential or proprietary information that may be disclosed between Illumina and Natera.  These terms, particularly subsection (f), are applicable to you (as a “Service Representative”) with respect to information that is disclosed to you when you are on-site at Natera as a representative of Illumina.  If at any time you have any questions about these terms, then please discuss with your supervisor.

 

3.                                      While on-site at Natera, you may receive information disclosures directly, such as information that Natera tells you in a conversation, through a document, or through servicing an instrument, and information also may be disclosed to you indirectly, such as if you see something while walking through the Natera facility or overhear a conversation while you are on-site at Natera.  You should not accept disclosure of confidential or proprietary information unless you require that information to perform the authorized technical support or technical services.  If you are told, given or are otherwise exposed to information that you do not require in order to perform the authorized technical support or technical services, then take appropriate action to immediately stop the disclosure.  Appropriate action may be asking that you not be told certain information, returning documents that you do not require, or walking away from an area where disclosures are occurring.  If you have any concerns regarding appropriate action, then please discuss with your contact at Natera and your supervisor.

 

4.                                      Despite the foregoing, if you receive confidential or proprietary information of Natera that you do not require, then you may tell your supervisor that there has been a disclosure, the general nature of the disclosure (without revealing the confidential or proprietary information disclosed), and the circumstances under which the disclosure occurred and discuss ways to prevent similar disclosures in the future.  However, do not disclose the actual confidential or proprietary information of Natera to your supervisor or any other person at Illumina, unless an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) instructs you to disclose the actual confidential or proprietary information for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in the Agreement or this Acknowledgement and Agreement Regarding Confidential Information prevents or restricts you from (1) disclosing to Illumina information that relates to the Products supplied under this Agreement or Illumina Intellectual Property Rights or (2) disclosing confidential or proprietary information to an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement, if the Service Representative is instructed by an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) to disclose the confidential or proprietary information.

 

5.                                      You are not authorized to disclose to Natera any Illumina confidential or proprietary information.  If you believe that such disclosure is necessary in order to provide technical support and technical services for Natera, or if you have any question as to whether information is confidential or proprietary to Illumina, then please inform your supervisor.

 

6.                                      By signature below, you are acknowledging that you read and understand, and agree to abide by, the terms and conditions regarding confidential and proprietary information of Natera that may be disclosed to you while you are on-site at Natera performing technical support for and/or technical services to the Illumina equipment located at the Natera facility.

 

7.                                      By signature below, you acknowledge and agree that you are not authorized to disclose to Natera any confidential or proprietary information of Illumina, nor are you authorized to disclose to Illumina any confidential or proprietary information of Natera, except as expressly permitted herein.

 

Read, Understood, and Agreed to:

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

20



 

Confidentiality Terms in Natera-Illumina Supply Agreement (August 16, 2013, as amended)

 

14.                               Confidentiality

 

a.        Confidential Information.  The Parties acknowledge that a Party (the “Recipient Party”) may have access to confidential or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”) of the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) under or in connection with this Agreement.  In order to be protected as Confidential Information, information must be disclosed with a confidential or other similar proprietary legend and in the case of orally or visually disclosed Confidential Information that pertains to a Disclosing Party’s Intellectual Property Rights (including trade secrets),the Disclosing Party shall notify the Recipient Party of its confidential nature at the time of disclosure and provide a written summary that is marked with a confidential or other similar proprietary legend to the Recipient Party within 30 days (email acceptable).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the content of all conversations and correspondence (including emails) relating to the negotiation of this Agreement shall be deemed the Confidential Information of the providing Party.  Confidential Information may include, but shall not be limited to, inventions, designs, formulas, algorithms, trade secrets, know-how, customer lists, cost and pricing information, business and marketing plans, and other business, regulatory, manufacturing and financial information.  This Agreement, including its terms and conditions is Confidential Information of both Parties.  During the Term of this Agreement or for a period of [*] after the date of each disclosure, whichever is longer, the Recipient Party shall hold the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in confidence using at least the degree of care that is used by the Recipient Party with respect to its own Confidential Information of similar nature or importance, but no less than reasonable care.  The Recipient Party shall disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party solely on a need to know basis to its employees, contractors, officers, directors, representatives, and Affiliates under written nondisclosure and restricted use terms consistent with this Agreement or under professional ethics rules to which certain professionals (including attorneys) are bound.  The Recipient Party shall not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than exercising its rights and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.  The Confidential Information shall at all times remains the property of the Disclosing Party.  The Recipient Party shall, upon written request of the Disclosing Party, return to the Disclosing Party or destroy the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient Party may maintain one copy of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to be retained by the Recipient Party’s Legal Department for archival purposes only.

 

b.        Exceptions.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to maintain in confidence or be restricted in its use of any of the following: (i) information that, at the time of disclosure to the Recipient Party, is in the public domain through no breach of this Agreement or another obligation of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates by the Receiving Party; (ii) information that, after disclosure hereunder, becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by breach of this Agreement or breach of another obligation of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate by the Receiving Party; (iii) information that was in the Recipient Party’s or its Affiliate’s possession at the time of disclosure hereunder by the Disclosing Party unless subject to an obligation of confidentiality or restricted use owed to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate; (iv) information that is independently developed by or for the Recipient Party or its Affiliates without use of or reliance on any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or (v) information that the Recipient Party receives from a third party where Recipient Party reasonably believes such third party was under no obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliate with respect to such information.

 

c.         Disclosures Required by Law.  The Recipient Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as required by court order, operation of law, or government regulation (including the Sunshine Act), including in connection with submissions to regulatory authorities; provided that, the Recipient Party promptly notifies the Disclosing Party of the specifics of such requirement prior to the actual disclosure, or promptly thereafter if prior disclosure is impractical under the circumstances, uses diligent efforts to limit the scope of such disclosure or obtain confidential treatment of the Confidential Information if available, and allows the Disclosing Party to participate in the process undertaken to protect the confidentiality of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information including, without limitation, cooperating with the Disclosing Party in order to comply with the requirements of such order, law, or regulation in a manner that discloses the least amount necessary, if any, of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

d.              Injunctive Relief.  Each Party acknowledges that any use or disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information other than in accordance with this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the other Party.  Therefore, in the event of any such use or disclosure or threatened use or threatened disclosure of the Confidential Information of either Party hereto, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, to seek injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any obligations under this Section.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

21



 

e.         Disclosure of Agreement.  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, neither Party may disclose this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, including any financial terms thereof, and the subject matter of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event either Party desires to provide a copy of this Agreement, or otherwise disclose its terms, on a confidential basis in connection with any financing transaction or due diligence inquiry, then it may do so on a confidential basis under written terms and conditions no less stringent than set forth herein.  In addition, each Party may disclose this Agreement and the terms hereof in connection with any legal action related hereto, including any enforcement hereof.

 

f.          Service Representatives.  A “Service Representative” is an individual who is authorized by Illumina and approved by Customer to be on-site at Customer’s Facility (as defined in Agreement) to provide technical support and/or technical services with respect to Illumina equipment located at that Facility.

 

(i) In the event a Service Representative receives, views, hears or is otherwise exposed to confidential or proprietary information of Customer when the Service Representative is on-site at Customer Facility to provide technical support and/or technical service, and such information is not tangibly identified and marked as Confidential Information in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Agreement, including if disclosed orally or visually, Illumina and the Service Representative shall nevertheless be obligated to treat the confidential or proprietary information as if it were Confidential Information under the Agreement.

 

(ii) Prior to commencing work on-site at Customer’s Facility (except to the extent Customer has permitted that Service Representative to commence work on-site prior to executing that Acknowledgement and Agreement), each Service Representative shall execute the Acknowledgement and Agreement Regarding Confidential Information that is set forth hereto as Attachment A, and shall provide a copy of the executed document to Customer.  As more completely stated in Attachment A, the Acknowledgement and Agreement documents that the Service Representative has read, understands, and agrees to be bound by these terms and conditions regarding confidential or proprietary information, including Confidential Information, that may be disclosed (in writing, orally, visually) to the Service Representative or that the Service Representative may be exposed to while on-site at Customer’s Facility providing technical support and/or technical services, unless instructed otherwise by an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement or the Acknowledgement and Agreement Regarding Confidential Information prevents or restricts a Service Representative from (1) disclosing to Illumina information that relates to Products or Illumina Intellectual Property Rights or (2) disclosing confidential or proprietary information to an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) for the purpose of Illumina enforcing its rights under the Agreement, if the Service Representative is instructed by an authorized Illumina attorney (or outside counsel retained by Illumina) to disclose the confidential or proprietary information.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer agrees that it shall take commercially reasonable steps to prevent the disclosure (in writing, orally, visually) to Service Representatives, and prevent their access to, confidential or proprietary information except to the extent such disclosure or access is required for that Service Representative to perform technical support and/or technical services.  Without limitation, commercially reasonably steps include Customer instructing its employees, contractors and agents who will come in contact with Service Representatives of the terms and conditions of this Article 14.

 

22


 

Exhibit A - Customer Use Rights and Related Obligations

 

Part 1— NIPT USE

 

1.                                      NIPT Use” means the detection or determination of (1) Fetal Chromosomal Abnormalities and/or (2) fetal gender, in each case of (1) and (2), by sequencing nucleic acids present in the cell-free fraction of maternal blood or maternal blood components and analyzing the data generated from such sequencing, subject to the Exclusions from Customer Use (defined in Section 1 of the main body of this Agreement, Customer Use).

 

Fetal Chromosomal Abnormalities” means (1) numerical anomalies including [*] and (2) structural anomalies having a length greater than [*], including but not limited to [*].

 

LDT” means a laboratory developed test performed in a CLIA Laboratory.

 

CLIA Laboratory” means a laboratory in the United States meeting all applicable requirements of the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments.

 

2.                                      NIPT Use Rights — Subject to the terms and conditions and requirements of this Agreement, Customer’s purchase of TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables under this Agreement confers upon Customer the non-exclusive, non—transferable (except as set forth in Section 20(f) of the Agreement), personal, non-sublicensable right [*] to use those Consumables with Illumina Hardware and Software for NIPT Use, such Consumables and Illumina Hardware and Software to be used in the Country, including without limitation the requirements that (i) when Customer uses Consumables for NIPT Use, Customer only uses TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables, and (ii) Customer uses such Consumables, Illumina Hardware and Software for NIPT Use only with each other and [*].  The Parties agree that the preceding sentence is designed to and does alter the effect of [*].

 

3.                                      Exclusivity; TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables.

 

a.                                      Exclusivity.  In exchange for the discounts on Consumables and Illumina Hardware offered Customer under this Agreement, Customer [*] during the Term.  If Customer, at its discretion, chooses to not [*] (which choice, for clarity, shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement), then (i) Customer will not [*] and (ii) if at any time during the period beginning on the First Amendment Date and ending on the date of the [*] anniversary of the First Amendment Date Customer [*], then Customer shall refund to Illumina an amount equal to [*], wherein such refund is payable on the first date [*] and is due within [*] business days after Customer’s notice as provided in the next sentence.  Customer will notify Illumina in writing within [*] days of the first date [*] and, after such written notice, Customer will not be [*].  In addition, if Customer gives [*], then Customer will promptly [*].  If Customer has not [*], then Illumina may request from time to time that an authorized officer of Customer provide Illumina with written certification that Customer is, and has been since the Effective Date or the last such certification, [*], and Customer will provide such certification.  Illumina will waive the [*], and will supply in accordance with the discounts offered on Exhibit B, [*].  Notwithstanding the foregoing, [*] will not, without more, result in loss of the discounts on Exhibit B.

 

b.                                      TG Consumables for Clinical Use.  During the Term, when Customer uses Consumables for NIPT Use or Additional Clinical Use, Customer will use only TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables for NIPT Use and Additional Clinical Use, and will not use Non-TG Consumables (other than Temporary Consumables) for NIPT Use or for Additional Clinical Use.

 

c.                                       Temporary Consumables.  This provision only applies to Non-TG Consumables purchased under this Agreement that Illumina has given Customer the right to, and Customer intends to, use for Clinical Use, and for which a TG version of such Consumable is not available (including, without limitation, in the event of a Supply Failure) for supply to Customer from Illumina as of the Effective Date (“Temporary Consumable(s)”).  In the event Illumina makes commercially available during the Term a TG version of a Temporary Consumable (“TG Version”) with pricing that is substantially similar to the percentage difference in pricing between TG Consumables and Non-TG Consumables offered under this Agreement prior to such date, Customer must, within [*] months after the commercial availability of the TG Version, cease using the Temporary Consumable for Clinical Use.  No later than at expiration of the [*] month period, and only with respect to Consumables purchased for Clinical Use, Illumina will supply Customer with only the TG Version of the applicable Consumable under the terms of this Agreement.  The Temporary Consumables shall, solely for the purposes of the Clinical Use rights granted to Customer in this Exhibit A and under Section 3, be considered to be TG Consumables until the expiration of the [*] month period described in the preceding sentence.  For the avoidance of doubt, after expiration of the [*] month period, Customer may use Non-TG Consumables (including former Temporary Consumables) only (i) for Research Use or (ii) if TG Consumables are not available for supply under this Agreement and Illumina provides written consent for use of the Non-TG Consumables for Clinical Use (for clarity, this subpart (ii) is applicable to Temporary Consumables referred to in Sections 10(b) and 10(e) in the main body of the Agreement).  Except as expressly set forth otherwise in writing by Illumina, notification of changes is not provided for Non-TG Consumables.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

23



 

4.                                      IVD Product.  During the Term, Illumina may make one or more FDA-cleared or FDA-approved IVD products for particular clinical applications within Clinical Use (“IVD Product”) available for purchase by Customer under this Agreement.  If, prior to such time as Illumina makes a particular IVD Product available for purchase under this Agreement, Customer had been using Consumables or a set of Consumables to perform its own LDT for that particular clinical application (“Current Consumables”), then Customer will consider in good faith whether to transition to that Illumina IVD Product within [*] after it is available for purchase by Customer under this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intent of both Customer and Illumina that the availability of supply under this Agreement of the Current Consumables for use with such Customer LDT shall continue following Illumina’s making available for purchase such IVD Product.  “Clinical Application LDT” means Customer’s own LDT for a particular clinical application (including NIPT) within Clinical Use that Customer was performing with Current Consumables prior to the time Illumina makes an IVD Product available for purchase under this Agreement for that clinical application.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in Customer’s reasonable determination, any such IVD Product does not have substantially equivalent or enhanced clinical, medical or scientific value, utility or performance as a corresponding Clinical Application LDT, and Customer decides that, because of such differences between the IVD Product and the Clinical Application LDT, it will not transition to that IVD Product, then Illumina shall not use that Customer decision as a basis to discontinue sale of the applicable Current Consumables to Customer for use in that Clinical Application LDT.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, due to the availability of the IVD Product, Illumina is required (in the reasonable judgment of outside legal counsel for Illumina, who is a specialist in the regulation in the United States of diagnostic products (“Regulatory Counsel”)), following disclosure of any non-privileged (as determined in good faith by Illumina) factual bases for this conclusion to outside regulatory legal counsel for Natera, who is also such a specialist (“Natera Counsel”), or pursuant to a written communication received by Illumina from a competent regulatory agency in the United States (“Regulatory Communication”), which Regulatory Communication has been shared with Natera Counsel) under applicable law, rule or regulation to discontinue supplying such Current Consumables to Customer for use with the Clinical Application LDT, then Illumina may discontinue sale and/or supply of the Current Consumables for use with the Clinical Application LDT.  If Illumina so discontinues supply of such Current Consumables, then Customer shall have a period of at least [*] to wind-down and discontinue ordering the Current Consumables for use with the Clinical Application LOT under this Agreement (unless, in the reasonable judgment of Regulatory Counsel, following disclosure of any non-privileged (as determined in good faith by Illumina) factual bases for this conclusion to Natera Counsel, or pursuant to a Regulatory Communication, which Regulatory Communication has been shared with Natera Counsel, a shorter time period for discontinuing supply or ordering is required by law, rule or regulation, in which case, within that shorter time period).  Illumina’s agreement (subject to the conditions stated herein) to not discontinue sale of applicable Current Consumables for use with the Clinical Application LDT is not a waiver of, and is subject to, any and all other rights under this Agreement of Illumina to discontinue sale and/or supply of Product.  If, in the reasonable judgment of Regulatory Counsel or pursuant to a Regulatory Communication, a shorter time period than the [*] stated above for discontinuing supply or ordering Current Consumables is required by law, rule or regulation, then Customer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective on or before the expiration of such shorter time period.  Upon Customer’s request, the Parties will work together in good faith to coordinate Customer’s transition to an IVD Product.  Any information shared by Illumina or its Regulatory Counsel with Natera’s Counsel shall not be shared with Customer except to the extent that it is public information, provided that Natera’s counsel shall be permitted to convey to Natera whether it does or does not agree with Illumina’s conclusion of a required discontinuation of Product sale and/or supply.

 

5.                                      Purchase Commitments.

 

a.                                      Quarterly Purchase Minimums.  In each calendar quarter during the Term, Customer will take delivery of TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables (as identified in Exhibit B) that it purchased under the Agreement and that, in the aggregate, total at least [*] after any discounts.  Customer will submit Forecasts that, at minimum, reflect the quarterly purchase minimums.  The quarterly purchase minimums will be waived on a pro-rata basis, [*], by Illumina in any quarter in which [*].

 

b.                                      Initial Purchase Order; Final Shipment Purchase Order.  Concurrent with execution of the Agreement, Customer has submitted a binding initial Purchase Order to purchase the Illumina Hardware and Consumables set forth on the Quote, wherein the Quote and initial Purchase Order are in Exhibit E, and a Final Shipment Purchase Order in Exhibit H.

 

6.                                      NIPT Test Fee.

 

a.                                      In consideration for the negotiated discounts on Consumables provided in Exhibit B and the use of the Illumina [*] in the field of NIPT Use, Customer agrees to pay Illumina a fee for each test (on a per patient basis) for NIPT Use performed on or after September 1, 2013 using any Product purchased under this Agreement, a product purchased under the Existing Purchase Order, or Existing Instrument where the result is reported (by Customer or another party) to a patient, doctor, other

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

24



 

authorized person or referring laboratory (“NIPT Test Fee”).  For clarity, [*].  The NIPT Test Fee will apply in accordance with the time period stated above, whenever Customer uses Consumables (purchased during the Term) or product purchased under the Existing Purchase Order, or Illumina Hardware or Existing Instruments to perform any portion of a NIPT or test for NIPT Use, irrespective of whether a third party performs a portion of the NIPT or test on Customer’s behalf and irrespective of whether the Customer has invoiced or received payment for the NIPT.  For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, Customer will owe a NWT Test Fee if Customer uses the aforementioned Products and products to sequence, in whole or in part for an NIPT or test for NIPT Use, nucleic acids present in the cell-free fraction of maternal blood or maternal blood components, and then another party analyzes the data generated from such sequencing.  The NIPT Test Fee will be [*] multiplied by the number of tests for NIPT Use performed (in whole or in part) by Customer in that quarter, except that the NIPT Test Fee for any such test that detects or determines structural anomalies [*] will be [*] multiplied by the number of tests that [*].  As of the Effective Date, the market for tests for NIPT Use that detect or determine structural anomalies [*].  Upon Customer’s request to negotiate with Illumina to expand the definition of NIPT Use to include tests [*], each Party agrees that it will negotiate with the other reasonably and in good faith to arrive at mutually acceptable terms and conditions, including pricing terms under which the definition of NIPT Use will be appropriately expanded.

 

b.                                      Customer will calculate the NIPT Test Fee owed to Illumina on a [*] basis, and provide payment of NIPT Test Fees to Illumina no later than [*] after the end of each [*].  Each such quarterly payment shall be accompanied by a written report that states for each [*] of the [*] the number of tests for NIPT Use performed in the Facilities, along with all other information that is needed to calculate the total amount of the NIPT Test Fee payment, including as applicable the type and number of tests for which a [*] NIPT Test Fee is due.

 

c.                                       Customer will maintain true and accurate financial books and records relating to NIPTs for which an NIPT Test Fee is due under the Agreement for [*] years, wherein such books and records shall, at minimum, include sufficient information to confirm the information required to be included in quarterly NIPT Test Fee reports, confirm the amount of NIPT Test Fee payable to Illumina under the Agreement, and confirm compliance with the exclusivity provisions in this Exhibit A to the extent Customer is purchasing Products at the discounts provided.  Illumina may appoint an independent auditor (who shall be a certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Customer) to audit such books and records, for the sole purpose of verifying NIPT Test Fees, information required to be included in quarterly NIPT Test Fee reports, and compliance with exclusivity (if Customer chooses exclusivity to benefit from the discounts provided), [*] during the Term and one time during the [*] period immediately following the Term, during business hours and upon at least [*] prior written notice to Customer.  All books and records examined by the auditor shall be kept strictly confidential by the auditor, and the auditor may provide only the results of its findings to Illumina, which in the event of a discrepancy in compliance will be supported by a copy of applicable records, with a copy to Customer.  Customer may require that the auditor sign Customer’s form nondisclosure agreement prior to granting access to any books and records.  If the auditor determines Customer has underpaid any amount due and payable to Illumina, then, provided that Customer does not dispute such determination in good faith, Customer will pay Illumina the difference between the amount due and payable and the amount actually paid, within [*] of invoice.  If Customer disputes the determination, then it will within the [*] period provide Illumina written notice of the basis for its dispute and [*].  In addition to all other remedies available to Illumina under this Agreement and at law and in equity, Customer shall be responsible for paying for, or reimbursing Illumina for, the costs of any audit (or, in the event Customer disputes the determination reached for a portion of the audit, then for the costs of any undisputed portion of any audit) that results in a final determination of an underpayment of NIPT Test Fees of [*] or more during any [*] period that was included in the audit or that results in a final determination that Customer’s purchase of Product was not in compliance with the exclusivity purchased Product using discounts when it was not in compliance with the exclusivity provisions required for discounts.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

25



 

Exhibit A (continued) - Customer Use Rights and Related Obligations

 

Part 2 — Additional Clinical Use

 

1.                                      Additional Clinical Use” means use for the following testing on human samples: [*].  Additional Clinical Use is a Clinical Use.  If reasonable minds could differ with respect to whether a particular use is within NIPT Use or is within Additional Clinical Use, then that use will be considered to be within NIPT Use under this Agreement.

 

2.                                      Additional Clinical Use Rights - Subject to the terms and conditions and requirements of this Agreement, Customer’s purchase of TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables under this Agreement confers upon Customer the non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 20(f) of the Agreement), personal, non-sublicensable right [*] to use such Consumables with Illumina Hardware and Software for Additional Clinical Use in the Country, including without limitation the requirements that (i) when Customer uses Consumables for Additional Clinical Use, Customer only uses TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables, and (ii) Customer uses such Consumables, Illumina Hardware and Software for Additional Clinical Use only with each other [*].  The Parties agree that the preceding sentence is designed to and does alter the effect of [*].

 

3.                                      For the avoidance of doubt, (a) Paragraph 3 (Exclusivity; TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables) and Paragraph 5 (Purchase Commitments) on Exhibit A, Part 1, are applicable to Products for Additional Clinical Use and (b) use of Products for Additional Clinical Use [*].

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

26



 

Exhibit A (continued) — Customer Use Rights and Related Obligations

 

Part 3 — Research Use

 

1.              Research Use” means use for [*].

 

2.              Research Use Rights - Subject to the terms and conditions and restrictions of this Agreement, Customer’s purchase of Products under this Agreement confers upon Customer the non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 20(f) of the Agreement), personal, non-sublicensable right [*] to use Products for Research Use in the Country, including without limitation the requirements that Customer use Consumables, Illumina Hardware and Software for Research Use only with each other and such Consumables and Illumina Hardware and Software to be used [*].  The Parties agree that the preceding sentence is designed to and does alter the effect [*].

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

27



 

Exhibit B — Illumina Hardware and Consumables

 

Illumina Hardware (Equipment)

 

Only the Illumina Hardware listed on this Exhibit B is subject to purchase under this Agreement.

 

Part Number

 

Description

 

Base Price

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Illumina Hardware Purchase Price — Subject to exclusivity terms stated in Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a), the purchase prices for Illumina Hardware listed in the Table above are subject to a [*] discount.  Accordingly, if the [*] discount is applicable, then the purchase price for a unit of Illumina Hardware listed above is calculated by multiplying the base price by [*].

 

Prior to the First Amendment Date, Customer submitted a purchase order for a [*] Sequencing System.  The Parties agree that the [*] Sequencing System purchased prior to the First Amendment Date will be deemed to be “Existing Instrument” under the Agreement on and after the First Amendment Date.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

25



 

Exhibit B (continued) — Illumina Hardware and Consumables

 

Consumables

 

Only the Consumables listed on this Exhibit B are subject to purchase under this Agreement.

 

TG Consumables

 

Part Number

 

Description

 

Base Price

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Non-TG Consumables

 

Part Number

 

Description

 

Base Price

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Consumable Volume Discount: Based on Consumable Spend

 

 

 

TG Consumables

 

Non-TG Consumables

Consumable Spend

 

Discount off of Base Price

 

Discount off of Base Price

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

Consumables Purchase Price

 

(A) Beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the First Amendment Date, the purchase price for Consumables ordered on Purchase Orders submitted in accordance with this Agreement during this period is equal to the base price for Consumables listed in this Exhibit and, in all cases (including (1), (2), (3) and (4) herein) subject to exclusivity terms stated in

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

26



 

Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a), less the discount in the table above corresponding to the applicable Consumable Spend, provided that:

 

(1) for Consumable Spend that is $[*] and above during such period, the maximum discount for TG Consumables is [*],

 

(2) subject to part (3) herein, but otherwise notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, during such period Customer is entitled to purchase Consumables in accordance with this Agreement at the base price in this Exhibit, less (i) for TG Consumables, the discount that is the greater of [*] or the TG Consumables discount in the table above corresponding to Customer’s actual Consumable Spend and (ii) for non-TG Consumables, the discount that is the greater of [*] or the Non-TG Consumables discount in the table above corresponding to Customer’s actual Consumable Spend, and

 

(3) for Purchase Order numbers 103340 and 103341, dated August 1, 2014, and Purchase Order numbers 103557 and 103558, dated September 1, 2014, and attached hereto as Schedule 2, Illumina has agreed to a [*] discount off of the base price, but only for the Products and quantities set forth on those two Purchase Orders as of August 1, 2014, and two Purchase Orders as of September 1, 2014; and

 

(4) for Purchase Order number 103342, dated August 1, 2014, and Purchase Order number 103559, dated September 1, 2014, and also attached hereto as Schedule 2, Illumina has agreed to a [*] discount off of the base price, but only for the Products and quantities set forth on those that Purchase Order as of August 1, 2014, and that Purchase Order as of September 1, 2014.

 

(B) Beginning on the day after the First Amendment Date and ending on September 30, 2014 (end of Q3’14), the purchase price for Consumables ordered on Purchase Orders submitted in accordance with this Agreement during this period is equal to the base price for Consumables listed in this Exhibit and, in all cases (including in all cases (i) and (ii) herein) subject to exclusivity terms stated in Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a), less the discount in the table above corresponding to the applicable Consumable Spend, provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, during such period Customer is entitled to purchase Consumables in accordance with this Agreement at the base price in this Exhibit, less (i) for TG Consumables, the discount that is the greater of [*] or the TG Consumables discount in the table above corresponding to Customer’s actual Consumable Spend and (ii) for non-TG Consumables, the discount that is the greater of [*] or the Non-TG Consumables discount in the table above corresponding to Customer’s actual Consumable Spend.

 

(C) Beginning on October 1, 2014 (start of Q4’14) and ending on expiration or termination of this Agreement, the purchase price for Consumables ordered on Purchase Orders submitted in accordance with this Agreement during this period is equal to the base price for Consumables listed in this Exhibit and, in all cases subject to exclusivity terms stated in Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a), less the discount in the table above corresponding to the applicable Consumable Spend.

 

Consumable Spend” for Purchase Orders submitted prior to the First Amendment Date equals (1) the total amount (minus freight, taxes, and any product credits or offsets) Illumina has invoiced Customer for shipments of all Illumina products (which includes services) to Customer during the 12 calendar months that ended prior to the date a Purchase Order is due under the Agreement, which includes Products purchased under this Agreement and Illumina products (which includes services) purchased from Illumina outside of this Agreement, including Illumina’s array products, plus (2) the total amount of NIPT Test Fees received by Illumina from Customer during the 12 calendar months that ended prior to the date a Purchase Order is due under the Agreement.

 

Consumable Spend” for Purchase Orders submitted after the First Amendment Date and thereafter until expiration or termination of the Agreement, is determined quarterly at the first day of each calendar quarter (i.e., January 1, April 1, July 1, October 1), and equals (1) the total amount (minus freight, taxes, and any product credits or offsets) Illumina has invoiced Customer for shipments of all Illumina products (which includes services) delivered to Customer during the 12 calendar month period that immediately precedes such first day of a calendar quarter under this Agreement, which includes Products purchased under this Agreement and Illumina products (which includes services) purchased from Illumina outside of this Agreement, including Illumina’s array products, plus (2) the total amount of NIPT Test Fees received by Illumina from Customer during the same 12 calendar month period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the only consumable products that can be purchased at the discounts listed in his Exhibit are the Consumables purchasable under this Agreement.

 

By way of example, the purchase price for Consumables purchased on Purchase Orders submitted in accordance with this Agreement during the first calendar quarter of 2015 (the period January 1, 2015 through March 31, 2015) is equal to the base price for Consumables listed in this Exhibit and, subject to exclusivity terms stated in Exhibit A, Part 1, Paragraph 3(a), less the discount in the table above corresponding to the Consumable Spend amount calculated by adding (1) the total amount (minus freight, taxes, and any product credits or offsets) Illumina invoiced Customer for shipments of all Illumina products delivered to Customer during the period January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and (2) the total amount of NIPT Test Fees received by Illumina from Customer during the same period of January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

27



 

Attached as Schedule 1 hereto is a certification that Customer is, and has been since the Effective Date up to the later of the date of Customer’s signature on the certification or the First Amendment Date, exclusively using Illumina TG Consumables and Temporary Consumables and Illumina Hardware for all NIPT Uses other than as permitted by the last sentence of Exhibit A, Part 1, Section 3(a).

 

28


 

Schedule 1

 

Certification Regarding Exclusivity

 

The undersigned certifies that he/she is an officer of Natera and is authorized to, and hereby does, certify that from the Effective Date of the Agreement to the First Amendment Date, Natera has [*] for all NIPT Uses performed by Natera since the Effective Date other than as permitted by the last sentence of Exhibit A, Part 1, Section 3(a).

 

 

/s/ Matthew Rabinowitz

 

Name: Matthew Rabinowitz

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

Date:

09/17/2014

 

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

25



 

Schedule 2

 

Purchase Orders 103340, 103341, and 103342 dated August 1, 2014 and Purchase Orders 103557, 103558, and 103559 dated September 1, 2014 follow.

 

26


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 25 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103340 ORDER DATE: 8/1/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Lisa It’s [*]% discount rate Thank you SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 26 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103341 ORDER DATE: 8/1/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Lisa we have [*]% rate discount now thank you SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 27 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103342 ORDER DATE: 8/1/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 11/19/2014 [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 11/19/2014 [*] [*] NOTES: OLE Link present. SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 28 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103557 ORDER DATE: 9/2/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE 1 [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/04/2014 [*] [*] 2 [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/11/2014 [*] [*] 3 [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/18/2014 [*] [*] 4 [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/30/2014 [*] [*] NOTES: Lisa, We are now @ [*]% discount rate on TG parts thank you SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 29 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103558 ORDER DATE: 9/2/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/04/2014 [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/11/2014 [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/18/2014 [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/30/2014 [*] [*] NOTES: Lisa, We are now @ [*]% on TG parts thank you SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 30 nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 103559 ORDER DATE: 9/2/14 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY B.O. QTY DELIVERY DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/16/2014 [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] 12/16/2014 [*] [*] NOTES: OLE Link present. SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


31 Exhibit C Form of Forecast Example Only First Forecast Month # of the Forecast 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Provided on Calendar Month of the Year January February March April May June July August September Effective Date Forecasted quantities of a given TG Convertible 100 100 100 100 100 100 2nd Forecast Month # of the Forecast 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Due Feb 1st Calendar Month of the Year February March April May June July August September October Max allowed variance from same calendar month in prior Forecast +/-25 - - - - - Possible range of quantities allowed. 75-125 ** ** ** ** ** 3rd Forecast Month # of the Forecast 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Due Mar 1st Calendar Month of the Year March April May June July August September October November Max allowed variance from same calendar month in prior Forecast +/-25 - - - - - Possible range of quantities allowed. * * * ** ** ** 4th Forecast Month # of the Forecast 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Due April 1st Calendar Month of the Year April May June July August September October November December Max allowed variance from same calendar month in prior Forecast +/-25 - - - - - Possible range of quantities allowed. * * * ** ** ** DETAILS This example assumes the Agreement was executed during the month of December of the prior year. Fourth calendar month of each Forecast is binding, but can vary +/-25 from what was previously forecasted for that month. PO for this Binding Consumable Month is due on each Forecast Due Date * Number depends on what was forecasted in that calendar month in the previous forecast. ** Months 5-9 of each Forecast can be determined by Customer as appropriate. 4th month of each Forecast is the Binding Consumables Month. It may vary +/-25 from what was previously forecasted for the calendar month. PO for each Binding Consumables is due on each Forecast Due Date. In this example, PO is due February 1st Forecast Due Date is 1st day of each calendar month.

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

First Forecast

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

Part Number

 

Description

 

Sep’13

 

Oct’13

 

Nov’13

 

Dec’13

 

Jan’14

 

Feb’14

 

Mar’14

 

Apr’14

 

May’14

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

32


 

Exhibit E
Quote and Initial Purchase Order

 

33



 

Exhibit E - Quote

 

 

QUOTATION FOR SUPPLY OF GENETIC ANALYSIS PRODUCTS

 

Prepared by:
Illumina, Inc.
5200 Illumina Way
San Diego, CA 92122, USA
Hereinafter referred to as “Illumina”

 

Prepared for:
Natera
Hereinafter referred to as “Natera” or “Customer”

 

 

Quotation Number:

 

20130806SK101

 

 

 

 

 

Quotation Date:

 

August 6, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Prepared By:

 

Shervin Kamkar

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

415-405-6074

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

skamkar@illumina.com

 

FOR SMOOTH PROCESSING OF YOUR ORDER, ILLUMINA ASKS THAT YOU PLEASE REFERENCE THE ABOVE QUOTATION NUMBER ON ANY PURCHASE ORDER SUBMITTED AGAINST THIS QUOTATION.

 

Quote Template Standing Quote AMR 04JUNE13

Pub No. 062410

 

Proposal # 20130806SK1D1

 

 

 

1



 

I. CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

Company or Institution Name:

 

Natera

Address:

 

To be determined on Purchase Order

Contact Name:

 

To be determined on Purchase Order

 

II. PRODUCT & PRICING INFORMATION

 

Customer receives the discounts specified in table herein (excludes promotionally priced consumables, software, hardware or new instrument purchases). For the discount to apply, Customer must agree to the following:

 

·                  This Master Quote, which can be used for multiple purchases, will only be valid until 5:00 pm on September 30, 2014.

·                  All Customer Purchase Orders received by Illumina that include this discounted pricing must be in USD and reference this quotation.

·                  All discounts will be applied to Illumina’s then current list price. Illumina reserves the right to offer lower or higher discounts for future products.

·                  The pricing and terms of this offer are kept confidential except as needed to execute the purchase.

·                  Discount applies only to the products specified in table herein.

·                  Customer shall remain responsible for all shipping and freight charges for the products ordered hereto. Goods shall be delivered FOB DESTINATION PRE-PAID BY ILLUMINA AND CHARGED BACK TO CUSTOMER. Customer understands that estimated shipping and freight charges listed on this quotation may differ from actual charges. Customer agrees to pay for all actual shipping/freight expenses upon invoice.

 

Catalog #

 

Product Description

 

Unit Price
(USD)

 

Customer Price

 

SAMPLE PREPARATION KITS

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

2



 

III.                              CONDITIONS OF SALE

 

By this quotation Illumina, offers to Customer the Illumina products and/or services as described above. By submitting an order, Customer accepts the terms of this quotation, including the attached terms and conditions of sale.

 

Illumina does not supply plastics such as microplates or pipette tips for use in the listed assays and these are not included in the consumables pricing provided; however, as a result of the highly multiplexed nature of all assays, plastics alone contribute minimally to the final cost.

 

IV.                               SHIP HOLD

 

In cases where this Quotation does not include a pre-defined ship schedule, the following ship hold terms shall apply:

 

·                  ·All orders must have a defined ship schedule. The initial ship date must be no later than three (3) months from the date the purchase order is received by Illumina (as provided in the Order Confirmation) and the entire order must be shipped complete within twelve (12) months from Illumina’s receipt of the purchase order.

·                  Any exceptions to these ship hold terms must be agreed to in writing by Illumina and the Customer must pre-pay at least fifty percent (50%) of the purchase order amount of the affected shipments.

·                  Customers may request two (2) shipment delays for any single purchase order. The total months of delayed shipment for shipments associated with a single purchase order shall not exceed six (6) months.

·                  if Customer has requested a delayed shipment, Illumina reserves the right to change the lead time necessary to initiate Customer’s first shipment (which may be longer than the lead time quoted at the time of the order placement).

·                  If Customer cannot take shipment in accordance with these terms, Illumina reserves the right to cancel the order in its entirety without any liability to the Customer

 

V.                                    HOW TO ORDER

 

 

For all other orders

 

 

For all consumable and Eco System orders

Please submit your institutional Purchase Order and a

 

complete copy of this quotation to the attention of:

Please submit your order online through Myllmn

 

(http://icom.illumina.com).

Illumina Customer Service

 

 

 

customerservice@illumina.com

 

Fax: +1.858.202.4766

 

Customer Service

 

Having trouble submitting orders online or questions with an order? Please contact us.

Phone: +1.858.202.4566

Toll Free: +1.800.809.ILMN (4566)

 

Order Confirmation

 

You will receive an e-mail confirmation containing your order number within 1 business day. Another email will be sent to notify you when your order has been shipped.

 

VI.                               EXPIRATION OF OFFER

 

The offer contained in this document is revocable at the sole discretion of Illumina if not executed by Customer and a purchase order received by Illumina before 5:00 pm Pacific Time on the expiration date shown on page 1 of this quotation.

 

3


 

Terms and Conditions of Sale—Research Use Products

 

1.             Definitions. “Consumable(s)” means Seller branded reagents and consumable items that are intended by Seller for use with, and are to be consumed through the use of, Hardware. “Documentation” means Seller’s user manual, package insert, and similar documentation, for the Product in effect on the date that the Product ships. Documentation may contain additional terms and conditions and any such terms and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Documentation may be provided (including by reference to a website) with the Product at time of shipment or provided electronically from Seller. “Hardware” means Seller branded instruments, accessories, or peripherals. “Product(s)” means the item(s) acquired hereunder. Products may be Hardware, Consumables, or Software. Software may be embedded in or installed on Hardware or provided separately. All Software is licensed and not sold. “Purchaser” means the person or entity acquiring the Product hereunder. “Seller” means the entity selling the Product hereunder. The Selling entity is identified on the quotation, order acknowledgment or similar communication, or Seller website if the order is being placed electronically at Seller’s website. “Software” means Seller branded software (e.g., Hardware operating software, data analysis software). All Software is licensed and not sold and may be subject to additional terms found in the Software’s end user license agreement. “Specifications” means Seller’s written specifications for the Product in effect on the date that the Product ships from Seller.

 

2.             Rights to Products upon Purchase. Subject to these terms and conditions, Purchaser is granted only a non-exclusive, non-transferable, personal, non-sublicensable right under Seller’s Core IP, in existence on the date that the Product ships from Seller, solely to use the Product in Purchaser’s facility for Purchaser’s internal research purposes (which includes research services provided to third parties) and solely in accordance with the Product’s Documentation, but specifically excluding any use that (a) would require rights or a license from Seller to Application Specific IP, (b) is a re-use of a previously used Consumable, (c) is the disassembling, reverse-engineering, reverse-compiling, or reverse-assembling of the Product, (d) is the separation, extraction, or isolation of components of the Product or other unauthorized analysis of the Product, (e) gains access to or determines the methods of operation of the Product, (f) Is the use of non-Seller reagent/consumables with Seller’s Hardware (does not apply if the Specifications or Documentation state otherwise), or (g) is the transfer to a third-party of, or sub-licensing of, Software or any third-party software. All Software, whether provided separately, installed on, or embedded in a Product, is licensed to Purchaser and not sold. “Application Specific IP” means Seller owned or controlled intellectual property rights that pertain to the Product (and use thereof) only with regard to specific field(s) or specific application(s). Application Specific IP excludes all Seller owned or controlled intellectual property that cover aspects or features of the Product (or use thereof) that are common to the Product in all possible applications and all possible fields of use (the “Core IP”). Application Specific IP and Core IP are separate, non-overlapping, subsets of all Seller owned or controlled intellectual property. By way of non-limiting examples, Seller intellectual property rights for specific diagnostic methods, for specific forensic methods, or for specific nucleic acid biomarkers, sequences, or combinations of biomarkers or sequences are examples of Application Specific IP. Except as expressly stated In this Section, no right or license under any of Seller’s intellectual property rights is or are granted expressly, by implication, or by estoppel.

 

Purchaser is solely responsible for determining whether Purchaser has all Intellectual property rights that are necessary for Purchaser’s intended uses of the Product, Including without limitation, any rights from third parties or rights to Application Specific IP. Seller makes no guarantee or warranty that purchaser’s specific intended uses will not infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party or Application Specific IP.

 

3.             Unauthorized Uses of Products. Purchaser agrees: (a) to use each Consumable only one time, and (b) to use only Seller’s consumables/reagents with Seller Hardware. The limitations in (a)-(b) do not apply if the Documentation or Specifications for the Product state otherwise. Purchaser agrees not to, nor authorize any third party to, engage in any of the following activities: (i) disassemble, reverse-engineer, reverse-compile, or reverse-assemble the Product, (ii) separate, extract, or isolate components of the Product or subject the Product or components thereof to any analysis not expressly authorized in the Product’s Documentation, (iii) gain access to or attempt to determine the methods of operation of the Product, or (iv) transfer to a third-party, or grant a sublicense, to any Software or any third-party software. Purchaser further agrees that the contents of and methods of operation of the Product are proprietary to Seller and the Product contains or embodies trade secrets of Seller. The conditions and restrictions found in these terms and conditions are bargained for conditions of sale and therefore control the sale of and use of the Products by Purchaser.

 

4.             Regulatory. The Product has not been approved, cleared, or licensed by the United States Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory entity whether foreign or domestic for any specific intended use, whether research, commercial, diagnostic, or otherwise. The Product is labeled For Research Use Only. Purchaser must ensure it has any regulatory approvals that are necessary for Purchaser’s intended uses of the Product.

 

5. Limited Liability. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, LOST PROFITS, DATA OR BUSINESS, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE SALE OF THE PRODUCT, ITS USE, SELLER’S PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER OR ANY OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, HOWEVER ARISING OR CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE). SELLER’S TOTAL AND CUMULATIVE LIABILITY TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING USE THEREOF) AND SELLER’S PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID TO SELLER FOR THE PRODUCT.

 

6.             Limitations on Warranties. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW AND SUBJECT TO THE EXPRESS PRODUCT WARRANTY MADE IN THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SELLER MAKES NO (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL) WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, SELLER MAKES NO CLAIM, REPRESENTATION, OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND AS TO THE UTILITY OF THE PRODUCT FOR PURCHASER’S INTENDED USES.

 

7.             Product Warranty. All warranties are personal to the Purchaser and may not be transferred or assigned to a third-party, including an affiliate of Purchaser. All warranties are facility specific and do not transfer If the Product is moved to another facility of Purchaser, unless Seller conducts such move.

 

        a.     Warranty for Consumables. Seller warrants that Consumables, other than custom Consumables, will conform to their Specifications until the later of (i) 3 months from the date of shipment from Seller, and (ii) any expiration date or the end of the shelf-life pre-printed on such Consumable by Seller, but in no event later than 12 months from the date of shipment. With respect to custom Consumables (i.e., Consumables made to specifications or designs made by Purchaser or provided to Seller by, or on behalf of, Purchaser), Seller only warrants that the custom Consumables will be made and tested in accordance with Seller’s standard manufacturing and quality control processes. Seller makes no warranty that custom Consumables will work as intended by Purchaser or for Purchaser’s intended uses.

 

4



 

b.     Warranty for Hardware. Seller warrants that Hardware, other than Upgraded Components, will conform to its Specifications for a period of 12 months after its shipment date from Seiler unless the Hardware includes Seller provided installation In which case the warranty period begins on the date of installation or 30 days after the date it was delivered, whichever occurs first (“Base Hardware Warranty”). “Upgraded Components” means Seller provided components, modifications, or enhancements to Hardware that was previously acquired by Purchaser. Seller warrants that Upgraded Components will conform to their Specifications for a period of 90 days from the date the Upgraded Components are installed. Upgraded Components do not extend the warranty for the Hardware unless the upgrade was conducted by Seller at Seller’s facilities in which case the upgraded Hardware shipped to Purchaser comes with a Base Hardware Warranty.

 

c.     Exclusions from Warranty Coverage. The foregoing warranties do not apply to the extent a non-conformance is due to (i) abuse, misuse, neglect, negligence, accident, improper storage, or use contrary to the Documentation or Specifications, (ii) improper handling, installation, maintenance, or repair (other than if performed by Seller’s personnel), (iii) unauthorized alterations, (iv) Force Majeure events, or (v) use with a third party’s good not provided by Seller (unless the Product’s Documentation or Specifications expressly state such third party’s good is for use with the Product).

 

d.     Procedure for Warranty Coverage. In order to be eligible for repair or replacement under this warranty Purchaser must (i) promptly contact Seller’s support department to report the non-conformance, (ii) cooperate with Seller in confirming or diagnosing the non-conformance, and (iii) return the Product, transportation charges prepaid to Seller following Seller’s instructions or, if agreed by Seller and Purchaser, grant Seller’s authorized repair personnel access to the Product in order to confirm the non-conformance and make repairs.

 

e.     Sole Remedy under Warranty. Seller will, at its option, repair or replace nonconforming Product that it confirms is covered by this warranty. Repaired or replaced Consumables come with a 30-day warranty. Hardware may be repaired or replaced with functionally equivalent, reconditioned, or new Hardware or components (if only a component of Hardware is non-conforming). If the Hardware is replaced In its entirety, the warranty period for the replacement is 90 days from the date of shipment or the remaining period on the original Hardware warranty, whichever is shorter. If only a component is being repaired or replaced, the warranty period for such component is 90 days from the date of shipment or the remaining period on the original Hardware warranty, whichever ends later. The preceding states Purchaser’s sole remedy and Seller’s sole obligations under the warranty provided hereunder.

 

f.     Third-Party Goods and Warranty. Seller has no warranty obligations with respect to any goods originating from a third party and supplied to Purchaser hereunder. Third-party goods are those that are labeled or branded with a third-party’s name. The warranty for third-party goods, if any, is provided by the original manufacturer. Upon written request Seller will attempt to pass through any such warranty to Purchaser.

 

8. Indemnification.

 

a.     Infringement Indemnification by Seller. Subject to these terms and conditions, including without limitation, the Exclusions to Seller’s Indemnification Obligations (Section 7.f(d) below), the Conditions to Indemnification Obligations (Section 7.f(d) below), Seller shall (i) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser against any third-party claim or action alleging that the Product when used for research use purposes, in accordance with these terms and conditions, and in accordance with the Product’s Documentation and Specifications infringes the valid and enforceable Intellectual property rights of a third party, and (ii) pay all settlements entered into, and all final judgments and costs {including reasonable attorneys’ fees) awarded against Purchaser in connection with such infringement claim. If the Product or any part thereof, becomes, or in Seller’s opinion may become, the subject of an infringement claim, Seller shall have the right, at its option, to (A) procure for Purchaser the right to continue using the Product, (B) modify or replace the Product with a substantially equivalent non-infringing substitute, or (C) require the return of the Product and terminate the rights, license, and any other permissions provided to Purchaser with respect the Product and refund to Purchaser the depreciated value (as shown in Purchaser’s official records) of the returned Product at the time of such return; provided that, no refund will be given for used-up or expired Consumables. This Section states the entire liability of Seller for any infringement of third party intellectual property rights.

 

b.     Exclusions to Seller Indemnification Obligations. Seller has no obligation to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Purchaser for any Seller Infringement Claim to the extent such infringement arises from: (i) the use of the Product in any manner or for any purpose outside the scope of research use purposes, (ii) the use of the Product in any manner not in accordance with its Specifications, its Documentation, the rights expressly granted to Purchaser hereunder, or any breach by Purchaser of these terms and conditions, (iii) the use of the Product in combination with any other products, materials, or services not supplied by Seller, (iv) the use of the Product to perform any assay or other process not supplied by Seller, or (v) Seller’s compliance with specifications or instructions for such Product furnished by, or on behalf of, Purchaser (each of (i) — (v), is referred to as an “Excluded Claim”),

 

c.     Indemnification by Purchaser. Purchaser shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller, its affiliates, their non-affiliate collaborators and development partners that contributed to the development of the Product, and their respective officers, directors, representatives and employees against any claims, liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, causes of action, and losses of any and every kind, including without limitation, personal injury or death claims, and infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights, resulting from, relating to, or arising out of (i) Purchaser’s breach of any of these terms and conditions, (ii) Purchaser’s use of the Product outside of the scope of research use purposes, (iii) any use of the Products not in accordance with the Product’s Specifications or Documentation, or (iv) any Excluded Claim.

 

d.     Conditions to Indemnification Obligations. The parties’ indemnification obligations are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnification (i) promptly notifying the other party in writing of such claim or action, (ii) giving the other party exclusive control and authority over the defense and settlement of such claim or action, (iii) not admitting infringement of any intellectual property right without prior written consent of the other party, (iv) not entering into any settlement or compromise of any such claim or action without the other party’s prior written consent, and (v) providing reasonable assistance to the other party in the defense of the claim or action; provided that, the party reimburses the indemnified party for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

 

e.     Third-Party Goods and Indemnification. Seller has no indemnification obligations with respect to any goods originating from a third party and supplied to Purchaser. Third-party goods are those that are labeled or branded with a third-party’s name. Purchaser’s indemnification rights, if any, with respect to third party goods shall be pursuant to the original manufacturer’s or licensor’s indemnity. Upon written request Seller will attempt to pass through such indemnity, if any, to Purchaser.

 

9.             Payment Terms. Seller will invoice upon shipment. All payments are due within 30 days of the date of the invoice except that payments in Japan are due within 60 days of the date of the invoice. All amounts due shall be paid in the currency found on the invoice. If any payment is not made by the due date Seller may exercise all rights and remedies available by law, including without limitation, suspending performance. Purchaser shall pay for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Seller in connection with the collection of late payments. Each purchase order is a separate, independent transaction, and Purchaser has no right of set-off against other purchase orders or other transactions with Seller. Seller will determine payment terms on a per-order basis and may modify credit terms in its discretion. Any amounts not paid when due will accrue interest at the rate of 1.5% per month, or the maximum amount allowed by law, if lower.

 

10.          Shipping Terms; Title and Risk of Loss. Unless otherwise set forth in writing by Seller or otherwise agreed between the parties, all shipments are made DAP (Incoterms 2010) at the address designated by Purchaser at the time of ordering, except that all shipments to member countries of the E.U. are made DAP (Incoterms 2010) at the address designated by Purchaser at the time of ordering. In all cases, title (except for Software and third-party software) and risk of loss transfers to Purchaser when Product is made available at such address.

 

5



 

11,          Taxes. Purchaser agrees that any applicable sales, use, excise, VAT (value added tax), GST (goods and services tax), withholding and other taxes will be calculated based on both the tax rates in effect on the date of shipment and the ship to address for the Product. Any amounts for tax listed on a quotation, if any, are for reference purposes only and are not binding on Seller. All prices and other amounts payable to Seller hereunder are exclusive of and are payable without deduction for any taxes, customs duties, tariffs or charges no or hereafter claimed or imposed by any governmental authority upon the sale of Product, all of which will be paid by Purchaser. In the event Seller is required by law or regulation to pay any such tax, duty or charge, such amount will be added to the purchase price or subsequently invoiced to the Purchaser. For Purchasers in New Zealand, Seller and Purchaser agree that subsection 8(4) Goods and Services Tax Act 1985, as may be amended, does not apply to the Products.

 

12.          General.

 

a.     Applicability of Terms and Conditions. These terms and conditions, including any terms in the Documentation, exclusively govern the ordering, purchase, supply, and use of Product, and override any conflicting, amending and/or additional terms contained in any purchase orders, invoices, or similar documents all of which are hereby rejected and are null and void. Seller’s failure to object to any such terms shall not constitute a waiver by Seller, nor constitute acceptance by Seller of such terms and conditions.

 

b.     Governing Law. These terms and conditions, their interpretation, and the performance of the parties shall be governed by the laws of (i) the State of California, U.S.A., if Purchaser is located in North or South America; (ii) England and Wales, If Purchaser is located in Europe, the Middle East, or Africa; and (iii) the Republic of Singapore, if Purchaser is located in Asia, Australia, the South Pacific region or anywhere not covered by (i) or (ii) of this Section.

 

c.     Facility Requirements and Installation of Hardware. Purchaser  acknowledges that it is responsible for ensuring at Purchaser’s sole cost that its facility meets the site requirements for the Hardware. If the purchase of Hardware includes installation it will be completed within 30 days of delivery of all components of the Hardware and the facility meeting such requirements.

 

d.     Service Contracts. If a Seller extended service contract for Hardware Is being provided hereunder then Seller’s standard terms and conditions for such Service Contract shall exclusively govern such Service Contract.

 

e.     Future Products. Any future products and/or services are subject to new part numbers, pricing, and specifications and the acquisition of Product hereunder is not in reliance on the availability of any such future products or services.

 

f.     Seller Affiliates. Any actions or rights that may be performed or exercised by Seller hereunder may be performed or exercised by Seller itself or by any of its affiliates. By way of non-limiting example, Seller’s affiliates may carry out shipment, servicing, invoicing and receipt of payment.

 

g.     Force Majeure. Seller Is not responsible for any failure to perform or delay attributable in whole or in part to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, fire, flood, tornado, earthquake, hurricane, lightning, government actions, actual or threatened acts of war, terrorism, civil disturbance or insurrection, sabotage, labor shortages or disputes, failure or delay in delivery by Seller’s suppliers or subcontractors, transportation difficulties, shortage of energy, raw materials or equipment, or Purchaser’s fault or negligence. In the event of any such delay the delivery date shall be deferred for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.

 

h.     Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing arid shall be deemed received when (i) delivered personally; (ii) 5 days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or 10 days for international mail); or (iii) 1 day after deposit with a commercial express courier that provides written verification of receipt.

 

i.      Assignment. Purchaser may not assign or transfer these terms and conditions or any rights or obligations hereunder, whether voluntary, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Seller; provided that, no consent shall be required for any assignment in connection with any merger, acquisition or the sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Purchaser to a party that (i) agrees in writing to be bound by these terms and conditions, and (ii) is not a competitor of Seller or any of Seller’s business units or Seller’s affiliates. Seller may assign all or part of the right to payments hereunder. Any assignment or transfer made in contravention of the terms hereof shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, these terms and conditions shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

j.      Seller Information. Seller may maintain and use a database of orders and account information pertaining to Purchaser for purposes of order processing, maintaining records, assisting with future orders of Purchaser, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Purchaser may not disclose any financial terms of this transaction to any third party without the prior written consent of the Seller, except as (and only to the extent) required by securities or other applicable law.

 

k.     Export Compliance. The Products, any related technology, or information provided to Purchaser may be subject to restrictions and controls imposed by the United States Export Administration Act and the regulations thereunder (or the export regulations and laws of another country). Purchaser agrees not to export or re-export the Products, any related technology, or information provided to Purchaser into any country, or in any manner, in violation of such controls or any other laws, rules or regulations of any country, state or jurisdiction.

 

l.      Miscellaneous. All references to days mean calendar days unless specifically stated otherwise. Seller may cease performance hereunder immediately without liability to Purchaser if Purchaser becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or composition for the benefit of creditors. These terms and conditions, including any terms and conditions in the Documentation, represent the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior discussions, communications, agreements, and understandings of any kind between the parties. No amendment to these terms or waiver of any right, condition, or breach will be effective unless made in a writing signed by both parties. if any provision hereunder is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to give effect to the intent of the parties, and the remaining terms will continue in full force and effect. The failure of either party to exercise any right granted herein or to require any performance of any term or the waiver by either party of any breach hereunder shall not prevent a subsequent exercise or enforcement of, or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of, the same or any other term hereunder. Nothing herein shall constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or any other similar arrangement between the parties.

 

6


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 100150 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quote #: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 100155 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quotation Number: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 100156 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quotation Number: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 101157 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quotation Number: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 101158 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quotation Number: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 101159 ORDER DATE: 8/15/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: Quotation Number: 20130806SK101 SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 

 

 

Exhibit F

 

Gold Level Service Contract and Pricing

 

30



 

Data Sheet:  Sequencing + Array

 

Illumina Service Contracts

 

A comprehensive one year base warranty at our Standard service level is included with every new Illumina instrument purchase, along with installation and basic applications training.  Illumina also offers several options to extend or upgrade your level of service contract coverage.  For more information, please contact your Illumina Account Manager or Illumina Inside Sales at 1.800.809.4566 (toll free), 1.858.202.4566 (outside North America), or servicecontract@illumina.com.

 

Illumina Service Contract Comparison

 

 

 

Parts Only

 

Standard

 

Silver

 

Gold

 

Platinum

 

Dedicated Onsite

Term (Years)

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

2

Replacement Parts

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Parts Only Contract Required(1)

Labor(2)

 

No

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

5 x 24 Email Support

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

5 x 18 Phone Support(3)

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

Average Onsite Response Time

(Business Days)

 

5
(from Service
PO Receipt)

 

5

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

Immediate

Preventative Maintenance

 

No

 

No

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

2(4)

Software/Hardware Updates

 

No

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

Applications Support(5)

 

No

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

Advanced Applications Training

 

No

 

Discounts Available

 

Discounts Available

 

Discounts Available

 

Discounts Available

 

Yes (Onsite)(6),(7)

 


(1) Must purchase Parts Only service contract for all instruments covered by Dedicated Onsite support agreement

(2) Standard onsite support hours:

AMR

Monday to Friday (excluding national holidays) 8:00 am to 5:00 pm

 

APAC

Monday to Friday (excluding national holidays) 9:00 am to 5:30 pm

 

EMEA

Monday to Friday (excluding national holidays) 9:00 am to 5:30 pm

Outside standard onsite hours, overtime rates may apply

(3) Monday 8:00 am Singapore Time Zone — Friday 5:00 pm US Pacific Time Zone

(4) PM parts purchased separately

(5) Includes on-site troubleshooting and repair

(6) Excludes reagents

(7) Discounts available for courses taken at Illumina training facilities

 



 

Illumina Service Contract Descriptions

 

Level

 

Description

Parts Only

 

Includes full coverage for replacement parts. On-site Service labor not included. Includes comprehensive 5 x 24 e-mail support and 5 x 18(1) telephone support (instrument, applications, and bioinformatics).

Standard

 

Includes full coverage for all service parts and labor. Includes comprehensive 5 x 24 e-mail support and 5 x 18(1) telephone support (instrument, applications, and bioinformatics), five business day average on-site response time, critical and non-critical hardware and software updates, applications support, access to online training modules, and discounts on optional advanced training programs. This is the same coverage level that is provided for the first year with new instrument purchases.

Silver

 

Includes full coverage on all service parts and labor. Includes comprehensive 5 x 24 e-mail support and 5 x 18(1) telephone support (instrument, applications, and bioinformatics), three business day average on-site response time, critical and non-critical updates, applications support, access to online training modules, and discounts on optional advanced training programs. Includes one Preventative Maintenance visit per year.

Gold

 

Includes full coverage on all service parts and labor. Includes comprehensive 5 x 24 e-mail support and 5 x 18(1) telephone support (instrument, applications, and bioinformatics), two business day average on-site response time, critical and non-critical updates, applications support, access to online training modules, and discounts on optional advanced training programs. Includes two Preventative Maintenance visits per year. Limited availability.

Platinum

 

Includes full coverage on all service parts and labor. Includes comprehensive 5 x 24 e-mail support and 5 x 18(1) telephone support (instrument, applications, and bioinformatics), one business day average on-site response time, critical and non-critical updates, applications support, access to online training modules, and discounts on optional advanced training programs. Includes two Preventative Maintenance visits per year. Limited availability.

Dedicated On-Site SST Normal Hours + Local FAS Support

 

Dedicated On-Site Support Technician, normal business hours (Monday-Friday), excludes holidays. On-site support to maintain and repair instruments. Requires all covered instruments to be on a Parts Only service contract. Also includes per site local FAS support equivalent to our Standard level service contract. An initial two-year minimum commitment is required. Limited availability.

Dedicated On-Site SST Normal Hours

 

Dedicated On-Site Support Technician, normal business hours (Monday-Friday), excludes holidays. On-site support to maintain and repair instruments. Requires all covered instruments to be on a Parts Only service contract. Also requires either (1) Dedicated On-Site FAS service contract or (1) Dedicated On-Site SST + Local FAS Support service contract per site. An initial two-year minimum commitment is required. Limited availability.

Dedicated On-Site SST After Hours

 

Dedicated On-Site Support Technician. May be placed on a regular schedule outside of normal business hours for up to 40 hours per week. On-site support to maintain and repair instruments. Requires all covered instruments to be on a Parts Only service contract. Also requires either (1) Dedicated On-Site FAS service contract or (1) Dedicated On-Site SST + Local FAS Support service contract per site. An initial two-year minimum commitment is required. Limited availability.

Dedicated On-Site FAS Normal Hours

 

Dedicated On-Site Field Applications Scientist, normal business hours (Monday-Friday), excludes holidays. Includes on-site applications support and customer training. Requires all covered instruments to be on a Parts Only and On-Site SST service contract. An initial two-year minimum commitment is required. Limited availability.

Dedicated On-Site FAS After Hours

 

Dedicated On-Site Field Applications Scientist. May be placed on a regular schedule outside of normal business hours for up to 40 hours per week. Includes on-site applications support and customer training. Requires all covered instruments to be on a Parts Only and On-Site SST service contract. An initial two-year minimum commitment is required. Limited availability.

 


(1) Monday 8:00 am Singapore Time Zone - Friday 5:00 pm US Pacific Time Zone

 

Illumina · 1.800.809.4566 toll-free (U.S.) · +1.858.202.4566 tel · techsupport@illumina.com · www.illumina.com FOR

RESEARCH USE ONLY

© 2012 Illumina., Inc. All rights reserved.

Illumina, IlluminaDx. BaseSpace. BeadArray, Bead)(press. cBot, CSPro. DASL, Des:gnStudio. Eco, GAllx, Genetic Energy. Genome Analyzer. GenomeStudio, GoldenGate. HiScan. HiSeq, Infinium, iSeIect. MiSeq. Nextera, NuPCR. SeqMonitor, Solexa, TruSeq. VeraCode, the pumpkin orange color, and the Genetic Energy streaming bases design are trademarks or registered trademarks of Illumina, Inc. All other brands and names contained herein are the property of their respective owners.

Pub. No. 970-2012-016 Current as of 30 October 2012

 


 

ILLUMINA TERMS AND CONDITIONS – SERVICE CONTRACTS AND BILLABLE SERVICES

 

1.              Definitions. “Agreement” means the terms of the applicable Service Contract and (i) Quotation, including these terms and conditions and attached appendices which form a part thereof; (ii) all electronic information and terms of Illumina referenced during an Electronic Order, including these terms and conditions and attached appendices which form a part thereof in the case of an Electronic Order; or (iii) all terms referenced in an Order Confirmation, including these terms and conditions and attached appendices which form a part thereof in the case of an order placed without a Quotation. “Billable Services” means those services provided by or on Illumina’s behalf and not covered by a Service Contract. “Covered Hardware” means those portions of the Hardware that are covered by a Service Contract purchased by Customer hereunder. “Current Specifications” means Illumina’s written specifications for the Covered Hardware that apply to such Hardware as provided in the Service Contract that is purchased hereunder, but only if the purchased Service Contract provides that the Covered Hardware will conform to current specifications rather than the Original Specifications. “Customer” means the customer as identified on the Quotation. “Documentation” means user manuals, protocols or other documentation provided by Illumina at the time of acquisition of the Covered Hardware related to the use and maintenance of the Covered Hardware or any components thereof, “Electronic Order” means an order placed by Customer utilizing Illumina’s electronic commerce system (e.g., iCom). “EULA” means the software end user license agreement for Software. “Hardware” means the Instruments, accessories or peripherals, and other hardware. “Hardware Quotation” means the written quotation provided by Illumina corresponding to the Hardware when originally acquired. “Intellectual Property Rights” means all patent rights, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how, trademark, service mark and trade dress rights and other Intellectual property rights, current or future, under the laws of any jurisdiction, together with all applications therefor and registrations thereto. “Instrument” means the equipment as specified in the Original Specifications (e.g., HiSeq2000, Genome Analyzer Ilx, IScan, HiScan, HiScanSQ, and BeadXpress). “Original Specifications” means the written specifications provided by Illumina for the Hardware that applied to such Hardware at the time of its acquisition from Illumina (the Original Specifications may be referenced in the Hardware Quotation). “Original Terms” means those terms and conditions that governed the acquisition and use of the Covered Hardware, components thereof, and Software from Illumina. “Quotation” means a written quotation provided by Illumina to Customer for the Service Contract and Billable Services, as applicable. “Service Contract” means the service, maintenance, and support as set forth in the Quotation and which includes these terms and conditions. “Specifications” means the Current Specifications or the Original Specifications, as applicable; provided that, Specifications shall in all cases refer to the Original Specifications unless otherwise set forth in the Service Contract. “Order Confirmation” means a sales order confirmation document provided by Illumina. “Site” means the smallest definable room that contains the Covered Hardware. “Software” means the software provided by Illumina with the Covered Hardware whether provided under this Agreement, or as updates or options under future agreements, or as incorporated or embedded in Hardware or components thereof or otherwise provided whether or not there is a separate charge thereof, including any software that is provided from a third party. In all cases, Software is licensed and not sold. “Term” means the term of the commitment set forth in the Service Contract.

 

2.              General. This Agreement shall exclusively govern and shall override any conflicting, amending and/or additional terms contained in any purchase orders, invoices or similar documents, which are hereby rejected and shall be null and void. Illumina’s failure to object to any such conflicting, amending and/or additional terms shall not constitute a waiver by Illumina, nor constitute acceptance by Illumina of such terms and conditions.

 

3.              Term for Service Contracts. Illumina agrees that during the Term, Customer’s Covered Hardware shall be serviced with all necessary skill and expertise using Illumina’s designated service personnel and Illumina shall be responsible for the safe and suitable packaging of any parts for delivery to the Site in conjunction with this Agreement. Illumina represents and warrants that it shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to service and support the Covered Hardware in accordance with the applicable Service Contract so as to maintain the Covered Hardware in a manner of operation that conforms with the Specifications.

 

4.              Recertification Requirement. In the event of termination or non-renewal of the Service Contract, if Customer requires services or support for the Covered Hardware, Customer shall allow Illumina reasonable access to the Covered Hardware as well as other Illumina equipment and shall provide any relevant data to Illumina to determine what, if anything, is required to re-qualify the Covered Hardware for continuation or renewal of coverage hereunder. Before providing any services or effecting any repairs, Illumina will provide Customer with a detailed quotation, including an estimate of parts and labor required and other associated costs, to bring the Covered Hardware up to warrantable level. Once Illumina has provided Customer with written documentation to certify that the Covered Hardware is eligible for continuation or renewal hereunder, Customer may, within one (1) month of such recertification, enter into a new term for a Service Contract,

 

5.              Services by OEM Vendors. Illumina reserves the right to retain or contract outside vendors of its choosing to provide service and support hereunder. In any instance where the terms and conditions of such vendor’s service, support, and warranty agreement conflicts with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern; provided, however that any exclusions on coverage contained in an OEM vendor’s terms and conditions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6.              Response Time and On-site Support. Illumina will use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Customer’s requests for service within the time period specified in the Service Contract All requests for service must be made through Illumina’s customer support organization (“Customer Solutions”). Please refer to www.illumina.com for Customer Solutions contact information. Illumina reserves the right to provide service and support by any method in its sole discretion, including but not limited to, remote instruction via telephone, Internet or email, mailing to Customer replacement parts or test equipment, exchanging Customer’s component equipment with loaner equipment while repairs are being made, and deploying service or applications personnel for on-site services. Other than installation and preventative maintenance visits, Illumina shall determine in its sole discretion whether and when any personnel or replacement parts or equipment are to be sent to Customer’s site. Illumina shall respond to Customer’s request for support in accordance with the average response time specified in the Service Contract. Illumina will provide a minimum number of on-site support visits as specified in the Service Contract if the Customer has identified a specific need that can be fulfilled by the visit and if the Customer has made reasonable accommodation for scheduling the visit. If no need is identified and the timing of any visit cannot be scheduled at a mutually-agreeable date and time, Illumina may provide fewer visits than prescribed in the Service Contract.

 

7.              Software Support. During the Term, Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide all Software updates and qualified Software upgrades in accordance with the terms of the Service Contract as such materials become commercially available for distribution. Customer’s use of all Software, updates, and upgrades of Software shall be subject to this Agreement, the Original Terms, and the applicable EULA.

 

8.              Hardware Support. During the Term, Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to install mandatory Hardware updates in accordance with the terms of the Service Contract as such materials become available for distribution. Whether a Hardware update is mandatory shall be determined by Illumina in its sole discretion. Illumina shall reschedule Hardware updates to coincide with preventive maintenance visits. If Customer requests that such Hardware updates occur at a time or date other than during preventive maintenance visits, Illumina may, at its sole discretion, charge Customer for any costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Hardware update visit. All updated Hardware and components thereof and Customer’s use of the same shall be subject to this Agreement and the Original Terms.

 

9.              Hardware Repairs. Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to repair Covered Hardware reported by Customer and deemed inoperable by Customer Solutions. Illumina’s sole obligation hereunder is to provide parts and labor according to the terms of the Service Contract and is limited to only repair or replacement of Illumina-supplied parts, including any third-party parts originally provided by Illumina All repaired or replaced items and Customer’s use of the Covered Hardware including the repaired or replaced components shall be subject to this Agreement and the Original Terms. For clarity, repaired or replaced items will be warranted to conform to the Specifications for ninety (90) days from the date of installation or repair of such repaired or replaced item.

 

10.       Documentation Updates. Illumina shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide updates to Documentation according to the terms of the Service Contract as they become available for distribution. Whether a Documentation update is mandatory shall be determined by Illumina in its sole discretion. All updates to Documentation and Customer’s use of the Documentation shall be subject to this Agreement and the Original Terms.

 

11.       Replacement Parts. All replacement parts and components provided by Illumina will be nevi or refurbished, in Illumina’s sole discretion, and shall be furnished on an exchange basis. All Hardware or components thereof or other parts removed for replacement shall become the property of Illumina. All replaced parts and components and Customer’s use of the Covered Hardware including the replaced parts and components shall be subject to this Agreement and the Original Terms. For clarity, repaired or replaced items will be warranted to conform to the Specifications for ninety (90) days from the date of installation or repair of such repaired or replaced item.

 

12.       Loaner Hardware. Illumina may choose to provide, in its sole discretion, loaner hardware or components to Customer to substitute for the Covered Hardware or a component thereof, while service is being provided. Illumina will be responsible for all costs associated with the shipment of such loaner hardware or components to Customer’s Site, exclusive of any taxes or duties, which are the sole responsibility of Customer. Loaner hardware or components shall be certified by Illumina’s Customer Solutions using the same criteria as used for new hardware or components. Loaner hardware or components shall remain the sole property of Illumina, and must be returned within thirty (30) days of Illumina’s request. Customer’s use of loaner hardware or components shall be subject to Illumina’s current terms and conditions that apply to such loaner hardware or component.

 

13.       Preventative Maintenance Visits. Illumina will provide a preventative maintenance on-site visit according to the terms of the Service Contract, which may result in two to three days of system down time to Customer. Illumina shall cooperate with Customer to schedule such preventative maintenance visits at a time that is mutually convenient for both parties. All such preventative maintenance services will be provided by Illumina designated service personnel. All travel, labor and parts/materials expenses associated with prescribed preventative maintenance visits, visits to service, repair or replace covered items, and applications support visits as provided for in the Service Contract are included in the price set forth for

 



 

such Service Contract. Preventative maintenance services include testing and adjusting the Covered Hardware to the Specifications, If any preventative maintenance visit within the Term is precluded due to Customer’s inability to provide a sufficient time period for such services and down time, Illumina shall not be obligated to provide a substitute preventative maintenance visit. Illumina shall not be liable for any economic, consequential, incidental, special or other damages or losses of any kind resulting from the down time during such preventative maintenance visits.

 

14.       Customer Responsibilities.

 

Proper Use:  The performance of Covered Hardware when operated in corrosive environments, or in conditions, or in a manner, outside of the Specifications including Illumina’s site requirements found in the Documentation or not in accordance with its Documentation may have their performance adversely affected, and are therefore not guaranteed hereunder. The Customer agrees to use the Covered Hardware in a safe and reasonable manner pursuant to the Documentation and the Original Terms.

 

Access:  The Customer will provide Illumina with access to the Covered Hardware along with adequate working space and facilities within a reasonable distance of the Covered Hardware. Access will also be provided to all information and facilities that are reasonably necessary for Illumina to service the Covered Hardware.

 

Data Back-up and Security:  The Customer is responsible for maintaining a procedure to reconstruct any lost or altered files, data, or programs, as well as for the security of all confidential, proprietary, and classified Information.

 

Networking:  The Customer is responsible for maintaining all computer networking as it relates to the integration of any components of the Covered Hardware outside of such system and within the Customer’s network.

 

Representative:  A representative of Customer will be present on-site at at times service is being performed by Illumina’s designated service personnel.

 

Toxic/BioHazardous Substances:  The Customer will notify Illumina in writing if any Covered Hardware is used for analysis of toxic, hazardous or dangerous substances. Such Covered Hardware must be decontaminated by Customer in accordance with Illumina’s decontamination procedures and Customer shall fax a completed and executed Decontamination Certificate to Customer Solutions before any service may be performed on the Covered Hardware.

 

Environment:  The Customer agrees to provide Illumina’s designated service personnel with a safe environment for their work.

 

Disposal of Waste Products:  The Customer is responsible for the proper disposal of waste products that result from maintenance and service work on the Covered Hardware.

 

Facilities:  The Customer is responsible for ensuring that the Site will adhere to Illumina’s site requirements found in the Documentation or Specifications. Any material deviation from Illumina’s site requirements affecting the proper functioning of the Covered Hardware shall relieve Illumina of its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, under the Service Contract.

 

15.       Exclusions and Restrictions. The terms of this Agreement cover maintenance and repair for conditions that result from normal use and operation as described in the Documentation for the Covered Hardware. Illumina will not be obligated to perform maintenance or repair on any Covered Hardware which, in its reasonable judgment:

 

a.              Has been subjected to abuse, misuse, neglect, negligence, accident, improper testing, improper installation other than installation performed by Illumina authorized personnel, improper storage, improper handling, or use contrary to any instructions issued by Illumina or has been used in any manner inconsistent with its Documentation;

 

b.              Has been repaired, altered, disassembled, reassembled, or damaged as a result of modifications made to the Covered Hardware that were not authorized in writing by Illumina;

 

c.               Has been damaged by environmental conditions at the Site;

 

d.              Has not been installed, operated, repaired and maintained in accordance with its Documentation or has been damaged due to operators failing to perform standard operating procedures or routine maintenance as prescribed in the applicable Documentation;

 

e.               Has been moved from the Site by persons not expressly authorized in writing by Illumina;

 

f.                Has been used with any third party software, hardware, or item including, without limitation, reagent which has not been previously approved in writing by Illumina;

 

g.               Has been exposed to Bio-safety Level 3 or 4 agents (as defined by The Occupational Safety and Health Administration);

 

h.              Has been exposed to radioactivity, and has not been decontaminated to below exempt levels; or

 

i.                  Has been damaged due to an act of Force Majeure as defined herein.

 

Customer agrees that Customer shall not, nor will Customer allow any third party to, engage In any of the following activities without the prior express written permission of an officer of Illumina: (i) disassemble, reverse-engineer, reverse-compile, or reverse-assemble the Covered Hardware and Software, or (ii) otherwise gain access to or determine the methods of operation of the Covered Hardware and Software. In addition to any other remedies available to Illumina, a breach of this provision shall immediately terminate the rights, license(s), or permissions given under this Agreement and the Original Terms and void all warranties.

 

16.       Term, Termination, and Survivability. Customer may renew its Service Contract up to one month prior to the expiration of the original warranty or Service Contract then in effect. After such time, Customer’s Covered Hardware may be subject to a recertification requirement as set forth in Section 4 herein. If either party breaches a material provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receiving written notification of such breach, the non-breaching party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement. Either party may terminate the Service Contract effective immediately upon written notice, if the other party becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or composition for the benefit of creditors that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Service Contract terminates or expires.

 

17.       Billable Services Not Covered By Service Contract. If applicable and at a mutually agreed upon time, Illumina will provide Billable Services to Customer as set forth on the Quotation. For the avoidance of doubt, Billable Services are not covered by a Service Contract. When performing Billable Services, Illumina will use reasonable care commensurate with industry standards. Unless expressly set forth in the Quotation, Illumina does not guarantee or warrant the outcome of the Billable Services.

 

18.       Financial Terms. Illumina will determine payment terms on a per-order basis and such terms are subject to a credit review by Illumina. Any amounts not paid when due will accrue interest at the rate of one and one half percent (1.5%) per month, or the maximum amount allowed by law, if lower. In the event that any payment is not made within the time period specified in this Agreement, Illumina shall have the right to revoke the rights conferred and/or licenses given hereunder, and suspend performance, until all payments are made current. Customer shall pay for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Illumina in connection with the collection of late payments. The amount of credit may be changed or credit withdrawn by Illumina at any time. Each accepted purchase order is a separate, independent transaction, and Customer has no right of set-off against other purchase orders or other transactions with Illumina. All payments, except for orders with Customers in Japan, shall be made in full by the Customer within thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice. All payments for orders with Customers in Japan shall be made in full within sixty (60) days from the date of the invoice. Invoices will be issued by Illumina for the term of the Service Contract at the commencement of the Term. Unless otherwise set forth in the Quotation or Service Contract, all prices are exclusive of shipping and insurance charges, all of which are the Customer’s responsibility and will be invoiced to the Customer separately. Unless otherwise set forth in the Quotation or Service Contract, all prices and other amounts payable to Illumina under this Agreement are exclusive of and are payable without deduction for all sales, use, excise, value added, GST (goods and services tax), withholding and other taxes, customs duties, tariffs or charges now or hereafter claimed or imposed by any governmental authority upon the provision of items and services hereunder, all of which will be paid by Customer. In the event Illumina is required, by applicable law or regulation, to pay any such tax, duty or charge, such amount will be added to the purchase price or subsequently invoiced to Customer.

 

19.       Privacy. Illumina shall not sell, trade or otherwise share with any other customer of Illumina any account information of Customer, Customer acknowledges and agrees that Illumina may maintain and use a database of orders and account information pertaining to Customer purposes of order processing, maintaining records and assisting with future orders of Customer. Neither party may disclose any financial terms of this Agreement to any third party without the consent of the other party, except as is required by securities or other applicable laws.

 

20.       Limited Warranties. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, ILLUMINA MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER, REPAIRED OR REPLACED COVERED HARDWARE OR COMPONENTS THEREOF, SOFTWARE, OR ANY LOANER HARDWARE OR COMPONENTS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE.

 

21.       Limitation of Liability. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL ILLUMINA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, LOST PROFITS, DATA OR BUSINESS, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE). ILLUMINA’S TOTAL AND CUMULATIVE LIABILITY ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED BY ILLUMINA FROM CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ILLUMINA OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 

22.       Miscellaneous.

 

a.              If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of the parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. The failure of either party to exercise any right granted herein or to

 



 

require any performance of any term of this Agreement or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent exercise or enforcement of, or be deemed waiver of any subsequent breach of, the same or any other term of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or any other similar arrangement between the parties. No party is authorized to act as an agent for the other party hereunder except as expressly stated in this Agreement.

 

b.              All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received when (a) delivered personally; (b) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or ten (10) days for international mail); or (c) one (1) day after deposit with a commercial express courier specifying next day delivery or, for international courier packages, two (2) days after deposit with a commercial express courier specifying 2-day delivery, with whiten verification of receipt

 

c.               Any Service Contract provided by Illumina extends only to the Customer unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by Illumina. Each Service Contract is non-assignable and is non-transferable; provided, however that no consent shall be required for any assignment in connection with any merger, acquisition or the sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Customer to a party that (i) agrees In writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and (ii) is not, in Illumina’s reasonable Judgment, a competitor of Illumina. Illumina may assign or transfer this Agreement to any (i) successor by way of merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of its stock or assets relating to this Agreement, (ii) of its affiliated entities. Illumina or any successor may assign all or part of the right to payments under this Agreement Any assignment or transfer of this Agreement made in contravention of the terms hereof shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

d.              For orders by Customers located in the United States of America, this Agreement and performance by the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, U.S.A., without regard to provisions on the conflicts of laws. For orders by Customers located outside of the United States of America, this Agreement and performance by the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the country where the Illumina entity named on the Quotation or Order Confirmation, as applicable, is located.

 

e.               Illumina shall not be responsible for any failure to perform or delay attributable in whole or in part to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, fire, flood, tornado, earthquake, hurricane, lightning, government actions, actual or threatened acts of war, terrorism, civil disturbance or insurrection, sabotage, labor shortages or disputes, failure or delay in delivery by Illumina’s suppliers or subcontractors, transportation difficulties, shortage of energy, raw materials or equipment, or Customer’s fault or negligence. In the event of any such delay the delivery date shall be deferred for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.

 

f.                This Agreement is not intended to and shall not be interpreted in a manner so as to grant or expand Customer’s rights with respect to the Covered Hardware provided pursuant to the Hardware Quotation and Original Terms,

 

g.               This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions, communications, agreements, and understandings of any kind and nature between the parties. No amendment to this Agreement or waiver of any right, condition, or breach will be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties.

 


 

Exhibit G
Form of Press Release
Illumina to Supply Natera With Sequencing Instruments and Consumables for Non-Invasive Prenatal Testing (NIPT)
Natera Will Continue to Use Illumina’s HiSeq® 2500 for NIPT

 

SAN DIEGO—(BUSINESS WIRE)—August XX, 2013—Illumina, Inc. (NASDAQ:ILMN) and Natera, Inc. today announced that they have entered into a three-year agreement whereby Illumina will supply Natera with the HiSeq® 2500 sequencing system and associated consumables for performing the non-invasive prenatal test (NIPT) Panorama™. Invasive methods to obtain fetal DNA samples from amniotic fluid (amniocentesis) and placental tissue (chorionic villus sampling) have been used for decades to identify some fetal chromosomal abnormalities in utero. Over the last few years, researchers refined a non-invasive method that analyzes cell-fee fetal DNA from maternal plasma. Combined with next-generation sequencing (NGS), this method is the foundation of several commercial prenatal screening tests to detect chromosomal abnormalities in the fetal genome, such as trisomies.

 

“We are pleased to be selected again as Natera’s next-generation sequencing system provider for the Panorama test,” said Nick Naclerio, Senior Vice President Corporate and Venture Development for Illumina. “Our goal is to enable the rapid growth of NIPT and the broader reproductive health market with technology, products, and ultimately cleared InVitro Diagnostic Systems.”

 

Added Matthew Rabinowitz, Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer of Natera, “We are pleased to continue working with Illumina as our primary provider of next-generation sequencing technology. This deal enables a major expansion of Natera’s laboratory capacity to support the fast-growing demand for our Panorama™ test.”

 

About Illumina

 

Illumina (www.illumina.com) is a leading developer, manufacturer, and marketer of life science tools and integrated systems for the analysis of genetic variation and function. We provide innovative sequencing and array-based solutions for genotyping, copy number variation analysis, methylation studies, gene expression profiling, and low-multiplex analysis of DNA, RNA, and protein. We also provide tools and services that are fueling advances in consumer genomics and diagnostics. Our technology and products accelerate genetic analysis research and its application, paving the way for molecular medicine and ultimately transforming healthcare.

 

About Natera

 

Natera is a leading genetic testing company that has developed a proprietary bioinformatics-based technology (NATUS) to deliver accurate and comprehensive high-throughput testing for reproductive indications from tiny quantities of DNA. Natera operates a CLIA-certified laboratory in San Carlos, Calif., providing a host of preconception and prenatal genetic testing services. Test offerings include pre-implantation genetic diagnosis to identify chromosomal anomalies or inherited genetic conditions in embryos generated during an IVF cycle; products-of-conception testing following miscarriage to rapidly and extensively analyze fetal chromosomes in order to understand the cause of the pregnancy loss; non-invasive prenatal testing to determine paternity; carrier screening tests to detect whether parents carry genetic variations that may result in disease in the child; and Panorama, a safe, simple test for pregnant women that identifies the most common chromosomal anomalies in a fetus as early as nine weeks. Natera’s PreNATUS clinical trial for non-invasive screening of fetal chromosomal anomalies is funded by the NTH and is being conducted by the leaders in maternal-fetal medicine in the United States. For more information, visit www.natera.com.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This release may contain forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements are detailed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our most recent filings on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, or in information disclosed in public conference calls, the date and time of which are released beforehand. We do not intend to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this release.

 

Illumina, Inc.

Natera, Inc.

 

 

Investors:

Ian Stone

Rebecca Chambers

619-308-6541

858-255-5243

ian.stone@russopartnersllc.com

rchambers@illumina.com

or

or Media:

Solomon Moshkevich

Jennifer Temple

650-249-9090

858-882-6822

smoshkevich@natera.com

pr@illumina.com

 

 

31



 

Exhibit H
Final Shipment Purchase Order

 

32


*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. nateraTM PURCHASE ORDER Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph: 650-249-9090 Fax: 650-362-9357 PURCHASE ORDER #: 101183 ORDER DATE: 8/13/13 PAYMENT TERMS: Net 15 BUYER ID: wremo VENDOR: Illumina, Inc. 5200 Illumina Way San Diego, CA 92122 Fax: 858-202-4766 SHIP TO: Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road Suite 410 San Carlos, CA 94070 Account # 23955 * CHANGED SINCE LAST REVISION LINE# VENDOR ITEM # NATERA ITEM # QTY PRM DATE REQ DATE UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] [*] NOTES: SUBTOTAL [*] FREIGHT [*] TOTAL [*] Natera, Inc. 201 Industrial Road, Suite 410, San Carlos, CA 94070 Ph 650-249-9090

 

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Natera, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

State of Incorporation

Natera International, Inc.

 

Delaware

 





Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 15, 2015, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Natera, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP  

Redwood City, CA
June 1, 2015